Actions

Work Header

The King's Pet or The King

Summary:

Sequel to Call Me Katto (spoilers follow!) Katara wakes to find herself imprisoned by the man she loved and must navigate a subtle battlefield if she hopes to escape and free her friends. Yet Zuko, embroiled in Azula's deadly game as he returns to a life he lost long ago, has no intention of letting her stray from his side. They could face anything together - if only she didn't hate him.

Chapter Text

AN: Welcome to the sequel to Call Me Katto! If you haven't read that, probably should. This story will be better if you do. :)

Special thanks to Rhaetia over on ff.net, who suggested the song from which the title comes. You rock, friend.

.

.

"When you catch the light
the flood changes direction,
and darkens the lens
that projects my disguise

...

'Hey little girl, would you like to be
the king's pet or the king?'"

-Neko Case (from "Wild Creatures")

.

.

Prologue

.

Loska let her hands pass slowly over the glassy surface of the water in the steel medical tub and her patient swayed as the healing glow washed over her. The girl let out a little groan. A good sign. She would wake soon. Loska had never kept a patient in a recuperative sleep for so many days and she had been afraid she wouldn't be able to get this one out again.

Afraid - partly for the life of a fellow Water Tribe woman, but mostly of the Prince's temper. He stormed into the infirmary at least three times a day and Loska never got used to it. The Princess had rarely come to the infirmary since Loska was brought aboard, and she seemed to prefer to pretend the healer was a piece of furniture - which was fine by Loska. As long as she performed her duties to her master's satisfaction, she was invisible. She was safe.

But not from the Prince, with his contained rage and his horrible scar and his demands for status reports. It chilled her, the way he loomed over the medical tub, glaring down at the indecently-clothed girl floating inside. Glaring, and sometimes something else, something even more unnerving. Loska was afraid for the girl, and she was afraid for herself now that this angry young man had come aboard the Princess's ship. She avoided the Prince at all costs and did everything in her power to remain unnoticed.

And that meant ensuring that the girl lived, one way or another.

The risks of keeping her asleep had been necessary. With so much internal damage - broken ribs, bleeding in the organs - the healing had required complete stillness. Any excitement, and there could have been other problems. Even with the patient asleep, Loska had had a difficult time mending those bones. Yugoda had always said…

Loska swallowed and checked the progress of the knit as her trembling hand passed over the ribcage. It was not strong yet, but that would take time. For now, it was enough. Strong enough to hold while the patient was moved to a bed before she woke up. Then, the patient would cease to be a patient, which meant she was no longer Loska's problem.

But…

Loska sat back on her heels and glanced at the locked door that led onto the corridor. If she called, a guard would come to help her, or perhaps send for the ship medic. But either way, some strange Fire Nation man would be putting his hands on this poor girl's bare skin and that was unthinkably inappropriate. The Prince ogling her in her underthings was bad enough.

Loska knelt beside the medical tub and bit her nails. Her mother had always scolded her for biting her nails. Now she did it just to take comfort in remembering the way Kodera would huff and say, Nobody wants to be tended by a healer with slobbery fingers and raw nailbeds, Loska.

Perhaps that was exactly the point. Maybe, if she made herself unappealing, the Fire Nation would release her. Loska's thumb nudged the slim steel collar locked around her neck. There was no chain, no impediment against motion, but the collar carried a metaphorical weight that kept Loska's head bowed.

The girl didn't wear a collar, but she did wear a betrothal necklace. Loska had left it when she peeled away all the grubby, confusing layers of red and blue mens' clothing. Did all the Southern Water Tribe girls wear boy clothes and haircuts? Or was this one being intentionally deceitful?

Loska couldn't really blame her if she was. She knew what happened to pretty prisoners of war. She'd been spared so much because she wasn't too proud to yield at once. Not after she saw what happened to Yugoda.

The girl's secret was obviously out now, though. Loska had taken pity on her and at least provided her with a proper sarashi, but that did nothing to solve the larger problem. She might not be wearing a collar but Loska did not envy her. The Prince clearly had ideas about what was going to happen when she recovered. Loska shuddered at the thought. Poor girl.

It would be a small mercy to spare her any more degradation at the hands of their enemies. There was little in Loska's power to do, and she certainly couldn't save her patient from her fate, but she would do this one small thing. Carefully, she reached into the warm water and lifted the girl by her shoulders.

Loska was strong. She had what was referred to in the Water Tribe as a 'winter warm' build. Several suitors had admired her round face and general thickness. But slim as the girl was, she was heavy. Loska struggled hauling her limp weight out of the tub and had to settle her on the floor for a rest. The girl groaned and shuddered in her arms, probably because the steel floor was cooler than the pool had been.

Then, suddenly, the girl jerked out of Loska's arms and rolled on her hands and knees, quick as an arctic cat. Loska lost her balance and fell back on her rump, staring suddenly into fierce blue eyes.

Only they weren't fixed on her. They were locked on something behind her. It came to Loska suddenly - the Fire Nation tapestry hanging on the far wall, the steel room all around, the hot glow of electric lights.

The girl wasn't looking so good. Her eyes were glassy and her face was pale and breaking out in a sweat, probably a result of the pain she had to be in after moving like that and breathing hard like she was now. It was as if she didn't feel it, though. She bared her teeth at the tapestry and her wild eyes dribbled thin, unnoticed tears.

"Where is he? He's going to pay for this." She started to rise, bracing one bare foot on the steel. "I swear I'll-"

The strain to stand was too much for her exhausted body. The girl blinked hard, then collapsed, unconscious. For a long time, Loska sat staring at her, waiting for her heart to stop pounding.

She had seen that look on warriors during the siege. It had rattled her then, but it also made her feel good to know they were on her side, fighting to protect their people. But on this girl, this half-starved convalescing girl in a shabby boy's haircut and borrowed underwear, it was genuinely frightening. A true Water Tribe maiden, if she woke in such a situation, would cry out for help or turn to her fellow tribeswoman for comfort. She most certainly would have remembered her modesty and at least tried to cover herself.

But in this girl there was none of the grace and tranquility on which Water Tribe women prided themselves. There was only a warrior, boiling just under the surface.

Loska finally swallowed and climbed to her feet. She hesitated a moment longer, staring wide-eyed at the stranger sprawled on the floor before her. Then she went to the door for the guard.

 

Chapter Text

The night wind was warmer than it had been for weeks, and heavy with a promise of yet more rain to come. Chunky clouds passed rapidly, casting massive shadows across the Southern Sea as if monsters were migrating beneath the surface. The half-moon was sinking in the west, and in the moments when the clouds cleared, it cast its glimmering light like a trail leading the royal cruiser home.

Prince Zuko refused to look at the moon. Instead, he watched the line of the distant coast by the patchy white light. A thin shadow on the northern horizon was all he could pick out of the land where he had lived and fought and scrounged like a peasant for weeks. It moved by so easily now, like a passing cloud, but he still remembered how hard it had been to walk that high cliff path, much less climb up to it.

"Can you see the smoke?"

He startled at the unexpected voice behind him but refused to turn around. Only the ocean caught his glare. "There isn't any smoke, Azula."

"It's a war, Zuko. There will always be smoke somewhere," she said and came to lean her elbows against the gunwale beside him, facing the opposite direction. "Zhao began his third attempt on the rebel base today. He planned to use blasting jelly to bring their mountain down on top of them."

"If Zhao thinks he can force the rebels out of that stronghold, he's a bigger fool than I thought," Zuko spat. "And even if there was smoke over the mountain, we won't be close enough to see it for another eight days."

"Oh, that reminds me," Azula sighed. "The navigator has submitted a formal request to be disciplined for whatever it is you believe he's done wrong."

Zuko did look at her then, frowning and confused.

She rolled her eyes. "You can't hover over the staff every day and not expect them to notice, Dum-dum."

"He didn't do anything wrong," Zuko said.

"I thought you would say something like that, so I told him you weren't convinced that he was setting the most efficient course."

"That's not true!" Chon was actually a seasoned navigator with a nuanced understanding of how a ship this size needed to be handled. Zuko had been watching him in an effort to learn something.

"Would you prefer that our staff figures out that you've gone native?" Azula peered at him, and she actually seemed concerned. "I'm just looking out for you, Zuko. You've been away from home for a long time, but no one in the Fire Court is going to make it easy for you if you don't at least act like a prince."

Zuko looked away. This had all seemed so natural once. There had been no momentary confusion when a servant addressed him while looking at the floor, no restlessness in him that refused to go away. Now, it all seemed so strange. These people revered him, treated him with all the respect and ceremony of the station to which he had been born.

It made him furious, and he didn't understand why.

"What am I supposed to do?" He flung out his hands and glared at Azula. "We're not even a quarter of the way through this voyage! Do you want me to sit in my room meditating for the next four weeks?"

"You could try reading a book," Azula said, unimpressed with the display of temper. Zuko made an annoyed sound. "Or," she went on, "we could have a friendly spar now and then."

Zuko assessed her casual expression and knew this was as much a trap as Azula's little chats. All week, she had been urging him to tell her more about his adventures with the rebels. He had told her the basic story, but had left out a great many details because he was certain she had some kind of vested interest. Maybe she was mining him for information that she could use later. Maybe she had scented blackmail material. Telling Azula secrets was as good as putting his life in her hands.

Sparring with her was almost less dangerous by comparison, but he still didn't want to do it.

"Thanks," he said, "but I'm not interested."

Azula's eyes flashed like she was laughing at him. Then she straightened and examined her claw-like nails. "Oh, I'd almost forgotten - the waterbender…"

Zuko broke out in a cold sweat like he did every time Azula brought up Katara. He fought to keep his voice annoyed and perfectly even. "What about her?"

"Apparently she woke up an hour ago."

A rushing sound was rising around him, as if he was falling slowly into a flooded river. It took every scrap of self-control he possessed to stand perfectly still while Azula watched him from the corner of her eye.

"The healer believes she will recover quickly once the initial weakness passes. I had her chained."

"She's a political hostage," Zuko snapped, "not a slave."

Azula turned her full attention on him and staged an artful shrug. "You can call her whatever you like, but it doesn't change anything. She's powerful - for a waterbender - and we happen to be traveling across an ocean. It would be a simple matter for her to slip away."

"She wouldn't leave her brother or her friends. Trust me," Zuko said, scowling and ignoring the unpleasant feeling in his chest. "As long as we have Sokka, Katara isn't going anywhere."

"All the more reason for caution. The moon will be full in little over a week, and if she recovers as quickly as the healer anticipates, she could be strong enough then to create a serious problem."

Zuko thought back to the night they had infiltrated Zhao's supply station to rescue Sokka. Katara had been able to do things he hadn't realized were possible. She had taken out soldiers with a simple sweep of her arms. She had lifted a tower of water more than fifty feet in the air when they jumped off the crane platform. And now, in just days, all of that power could be leveled against this ship, against him.

Zuko's scarred ear throbbed a little where the cuts she had given him were still pink and tender. She hadn't held back when they fought on the beach. She wouldn't hold back the next time she had a chance, either.

But maybe… Maybe, now that the Avatar was in a special cell in the brig and those crazy flying fantasies she'd had were no longer possible, maybe Katara would be willing to accept the reality. This had to happen. The Fire Nation had to win the war if it was ever going to end. Zuko had had to take Katara and Sokka prisoner to stop Hakoda from struggling against the inevitable. They had left him no choice.

But, if she could be convinced to cooperate now, this didn't have to be such a bad thing. At the very thought, a sick weight in Zuko's chest, a feeling he'd almost become used to in the days of this voyage, eased.

"I'll handle it," Zuko said at last, fixing Azula with a hard look. "My way."

Her sharp lips curled just slightly downward at the corners. "Alright, brother. Do whatever you like. Just don't expect me to help clean up your mess." She took a few slow steps toward the tower, then paused and peered back over her shoulder. "It would be a real pity if the Avatar managed to escape because you refused to keep a tight leash on your… political hostage."

Zuko glared back, clinging to the safety of silence and reminding himself of the comforting facts. Over all the fighting, Azula hadn't heard what was said on the beach. She couldn't know anything about what had happened between Katara and him, because he hadn't told her anything. She couldn't know, and if she acted like she did, it was because she was trying to tease him into revealing something. Zuko had fallen for it all the time as a kid. Not now, though. Not with this.

If there was one secret that Azula could use to destroy him, it was what he felt for Katara.

Zuko watched in silence as Azula walked away. Only when the steel door had shut behind her did he stride for the stairs that led below, hurrying for the infirmary.

.


.

Katara woke up with a painfully dry throat and a throbbing ache in her chest. She lay flat on her back in a bed - not a hammock or a pallet, but a real bed - and she was warm and comfortable. The room around her was quiet, but there were sounds of footsteps coming from somewhere, ringing as if through steel.

She had had the most awful dream, that everything that could have gone wrong had gone wrong. It was lingering with her still, an anxious twist in her stomach. She raised a hand to touch her belly.

The chain locking her wrist to the bed frame rattled loudly.

Katara opened her eyes. The room was dimly lit by an electric lantern mounted on one wall. Across from the narrow cot on which she lay, there was a steel door with a tiny viewing window. There was an empty shelf built out from the wall beside her bed, and nothing else.

She let her head fall back on the stiff pillow, tired from holding it up long enough to look around. The ceiling above was dull steel. Like the walls. And the floor. But in the center of the ceiling there was a small vent that blew in a steady stream of warm air.

Staring at that, Katara began to rack up a careful list of things she knew were true. She had been captured by the Fire Nation. She was on a ship, a very big one. She had been hurt very badly. There had been a fight… on a beach.

Katara shut her eyes and gritted her teeth against a wave of dizzying pain. She pulled against her bonds. Where was Sokka? Where were Hakoda and Toph and Aang and all the others? Where was-?

Zuko. Katara went slack and stared at the ceiling. It hadn't been a dream. Everything that could have gone wrong had gone wrong. Her eyes began to well up.

There was a clank and a shuffle and then the door swung open. Katara scrubbed her face dry against the shoulder of the rough gown she was wearing, then looked to see a woman come in carrying a tray with a bowl and a cup. She stopped in the doorway when she saw Katara awake and stared with wide blue eyes.

Katara broke out a big smile, flooded with relief to see a Water Tribe face despite the Fire Nation clothes. "Hi," she croaked, then cleared her throat. "Will you help me? I need to find my family."

The woman hesitated a moment longer, then strode briskly to the shelf beside the bed to set the tray down. "I don't know anything about any others. You're the only one they brought to me. You need to sit up and eat," she said, a faint tremor in her voice.

"Alright," Katara said, watching her a little more closely now. The woman wore a steel collar and her eyes flicked back toward the doorway occasionally. Katara let herself be repositioned, helping as much as she could despite the pain of moving and the shackles she found were clamped around her ankles. Finally, she regained her breath as the woman sat on the edge of the bed and picked up the cup. "I'm Katara. What's your name?"

The woman's eyes flashed and she held the cup up to Katara's lips. "I'm just a healer. My name isn't important."

Katara swallowed the sips of water the healer offered her, then spoke hurriedly as the other woman exchanged the cup for the bowl. "I'd like to know it. You saved my life, didn't you?"

The healer kept her eyes on the pasty food as she scooped up a tidy little bite and held it before Katara's lips. "I did as I was told. And so will you if you want to survive."

Katara opened her mouth to speak and found the spoon darting in instead. She swallowed… whatever that bland paste was, and tried again. "We could help each other. We're on the same side, here."

"No." The healer glanced back at the empty doorway and then fixed Katara with a hard look, a frightened look. "Whatever fight you're thinking about starting, I don't want any part of it," she hissed. "There are only a few Water Tribe people on this ship and we are done fighting, alright? So just stop talking and eat this so I can go."

Stunned, Katara didn't resist the spoon as the healer brought it to her mouth again and again. Her throat was tight but she swallowed until it became easier, until she settled on the outrage simmering in her. "I'm done," she finally said, turning her head away from the hovering spoon but keeping her eyes on the healer. "But I'll never let the Fire Nation beat me like they've beaten you."

The healer dropped her eyes and lowered the spoon back to the bowl. Then she looked at Katara again, a little pity in her furrowed brow. "There are worse things than choosing to surrender."

Katara did not have long to think on that because footsteps approached in the corridor beyond and suddenly a man was filling the doorway, staring at her. It took her a second to recognize him. His clothes were the luxurious cloths and cuts of nobility, and they made him look bigger and more threatening than his Water Tribe costume ever had. But his face was the same angry face, with his angry scar and his angry eyes.

Zuko took one step into the room, noticed the healer, and snapped, "Get out."

The healer scurried to obey, leaving the tray where she had placed it at the bedside. Katara balled her hands into fists at her hips and glared at him while he closed the door. It clanked shut with an uncomfortable finality in the quiet room. Then, Zuko was watching her again.

Katara scowled back, seething. This was not the boy she loved. Had loved. That boy, that honorable, awkward boy, wasn't real. The man standing before her now had coaxed her into giving him her trust, her virtue, and her love - and then he had betrayed her. Katara could hardly stand the sight of him.

But before she sent him packing, there were things she needed to know. "Where is my family?" she asked, slow and hard.

Zuko folded his arms over his chest and stood at the foot of the bed, frowning at her. "Sokka's in the brig with Toph and the Avatar. They're fine. Your father escaped with his men - and-" He turned his face slightly away. "-my uncle." It was gratifying to know things hadn't gone entirely his way, but Katara was too angry to enjoy it. Before she could respond, Zuko shut his eyes for a second, then added, "Tukna didn't make it."

Katara let her head fall back against the wall. She had known Tukna all her life. He wasn't that much older than Sokka, but she always remembered him as an adult, a good natured man who grabbed his belly when he laughed. He shouldn't have died.

And he wouldn't have if Zuko had helped her stop Azula. Katara didn't look at him when she spat her next words. She looked over him, beyond him. "What are you doing here?"

Zuko assessed her for a silent moment. "I heard you were awake," he finally said.

"And what? You just wanted to come by and lord it over me?" Katara rolled her eyes. "You got me. It was a great performance. You really had me convinced that you could care about someone other than yourself."

He flenched and then glared at her, disbelieving. "It wasn't a performance! I love you, Katara!"

"Don't you dare say that to me! You love me?" Katara jerked her hands to the fullest extent of her restraints - just a few inches off the mattress. "Is that why I'm chained to a bed? Is that why you betrayed me?"

"I told you I had to capture the Avatar. I told you what I-"

"You don't even know what love is!"

"I know that sometimes when people love you they have to do things that hurt, Katara. For the good of everyone."

He hadn't just hurt her. He had doomed her family, her people. Katara didn't want to hear his excuses - she wanted to lash out at him. She wanted to wound him the way she was wounded. She leaned forward, focusing very obviously on his scarred side. "Let me guess. Your father taught you that."

They had never discussed it, but she could tell immediately that she had hit the nail on the head. Zuko reared back, eyes wide in outrage, then stabbed a finger at her. "You're out of line."

"What are you going to do, Zuko? Whip me? Burn me for my own good?" She gave her chains a yank, shouting now. "Go ahead! Show me exactly what kind of man you really are!"

He stared at her, tight-lipped and fists clenched at his sides. He stood that way for so long, it finally registered to Katara that he might actually do one of those things. Because if he could burn her father's ship and get Tukna killed and imprison Sokka and Toph and her, who could say exactly the depths to which he was capable of sinking?

Katara dropped her head back against the wall, her chest throbbing, but she held her scowl. There was still a little water in the cup at her bedside, and the pasty food was probably wet enough to bend. Subtly, with a tiny shift of her hand, she reached for them.

Zuko stalked around the bed, watching her with those furious yellow eyes. He was coming closer to... what? Hit her? Katara didn't know. It didn't matter. She had to defend herself and escape these chains. She had to get to the brig and save her friends. Gathering herself in an instant, she flattened her hand and swept it to the side. The water sprang off the tray in two razor-sharp spikes of ice. They came straight for Zuko's throat.

With a snarl, he punched an inferno against her attack. Heat licked at Katara's nearest hand, warmed her face. There was a smell of burnt paste. Then, the only water in the room was just gone.

Zuko loomed over her, baring his teeth and breathing hard in the raw silence. For the first time, Katara began to feel more afraid than angry. She was out of water and out of tricks. Pain gnawed harder at her chest after even that tiny bending move. Disarmed and chained, she truly was at the mercy of this man.

Then Zuko pinched the bridge of his nose and sat down on her bedside, holding out his hands as if explaining to the wall. "It doesn't have to be like this."

Katara sat still, alarmed in a whole new way. This close, she could feel the heat of his body and couldn't stop remembering how she had craved it before, how in the dark of the hold, it had come to feel like home. She shoved the memories away and drew back from him as much as her chains would permit.

"It doesn't have to be like this," Zuko said again, and there was something strange in his voice. A note of pleading under all the anger and frustration. It was in his eyes, too, as he turned to look at her. He reached into a pocket and drew out a small steel object. "I know this isn't what you wanted, but fighting isn't going to help your situation now." He laid his warm palm over her fist. Katara stared at him, paralyzed.

In his other hand, he held a key.

"You're a political prisoner now, which means you can be allowed some freedoms if you swear to abide by the rules." Zuko peered earnestly at her, and if Katara hadn't known better, she would have thought it was desperation that made his palm feel humid against her knuckles. "We could still be happy together, Katara."

Katara went on staring at him as his meaning became clear, as she saw a glimpse of that boy she had known. That beloved, not-real boy. That lie. She jerked her hand out from under his. The cuff barked her wrist and her elbow rapped hard against the steel wall but she didn't even notice. "You can't be serious. You can't honestly believe that I would want to be with you after what you did."

"Well, not right away, but-"

"I would rather rot in chains with my friends," Katara hissed, "than sit here with you this close to me."

Zuko's expression hardened and he withdrew his hands to his thighs. The key winked out of sight. Abruptly, he stood and made for the door but then, at the foot of the bed, paused and spoke without looking back. "You want to be behind bars? Fine." He frowned over his shoulder at her. "But you aren't getting rid of me. You made a promise, Katara, and I'm holding you to it."

"I didn't promise you anything and even if I had I wouldn't feel compelled to keep my word with a liar."

"I never lied to you," Zuko said with startling heat. "I was always honest about my intentions. But you said you would never leave me."

Katara blinked, at first not remembering. Then it came. That night in the hold, when she had been struggling to tell him about the maybe-pregnancy and he had held her so close and pleaded with her to stay, stay with him. She remembered the wet heat lingering between their bodies, the desperate need to secure him in her future.

Now he glared back at her, his spine so straight, his head so high. Despite the hair beginning to shag around his ears, he truly looked like a prince. Part of it was the fine clothes. More was the ruthless light in his eye, the hard press of his mouth as he reminded her of the words she had said in that vulnerable moment, turning them against her now like carelessly discarded weapons.

"You said you would never leave me," Zuko said. "And you never will."

Katara could only stare at him, her back pressed hard against the wall behind her, as he stalked from the room. The door clanged shut and the sound rang in her ears as his footsteps rapidly receded down the corridor. Then, everything was still.

Her hands jerked to a stop at the ends of their chains - she couldn't even cover her face when she began to cry. Bad enough that she was a prisoner, and a largely helpless convalescent. Bad enough that her friends were trapped with her while her dad was somewhere out there, probably worried sick. Bad enough that Zuko had revealed himself to be so cruel, and that she had been such a fool to believe she could change him. Katara had just remembered something that chilled and sickened her beyond all of that.

She hadn't had time to brew the tonic.

.


.

Iroh sat quietly across the low table from Kottik and Miku and poured tea from the simple porcelain pot into one of the two remaining cups. He almost spilled. Not because of the men watching him so closely - he was quite used to that by now - but because it was still a bit unfamiliar, pouring while the ship was fully stationary this way. Even after three days living in the beached ship while the hull was being repaired, Iroh still felt strange, as if he should be in motion but was not.

He shut his weary eyes and held the cup below his lips, breathing the simple fragrance. This was only a common green tea, but the scent was wholesome. It smelled of the earth, the proper balance of elements. A soothing aroma to one who needed the comfort of such simple things.

Boots thumped rapidly down the stairs from the deck above and Hakoda's voice came as he approached through the galley. "Kottik, I want you to test the inside of the seal. Miku, go with him."

The two murmured their assent and went by way of the hold, leaving Iroh alone while Hakoda stood at the other side of the low table. Iroh kept his eyes closed and breathed the rich steam. "I am sorry for the loss of your man," he said at length. "He possessed a generous heart. Your ceremony was a fine honor to his memory."

For a while, Hakoda did not speak. Iroh only sipped as he waited. "I've noticed," Hakoda finally bit out, "you don't offer to share your tea anymore." There was an edge in his voice that had nothing at all to do with tea.

"I find it hard to believe that any of your men would risk drinking a concoction brewed by a prisoner," Iroh said, then peered evenly up at the other man, "if that is what I am."

Hakoda seemed to consider this for a moment, then sat down. It was surprising that he would - they had not spoken since that day on the beach. "This ship will be ready to make way soon. I haven't decided yet whether I want you on it."

Iroh took a slow sip of his tea. "A hostage is not much use when you abandon him on an isolated island."

"You're no good to me as a hostage. Your nephew knows that."

Yes, he did, didn't he? Iroh remembered those tense moments, the sword against his throat, Zuko turning the situation against Hakoda, threatening Sokka, looking so like his father. Iroh remembered.

He drew a long breath over his teacup and then placed it on the table. "I agree. I would make a much more beneficial ally."

Hakoda watched him with the same shrewd expression. "That simple. You turn against your own flesh and blood and now you want me to trust you?"

"It is hardly simple," Iroh sighed. "I am an old man. My brother cares for nothing but power and my niece is deranged. My nephew is the only family I have left. I think you can imagine how difficult it was for me to leave him."

"It's easy to leave when you plan to return."

"I have no such plan. Except to help you rescue your children and free the Avatar. If that path takes me back to Zuko-" He shut his eyes tight, then relaxed. "It is incidental."

The silence stretched and Iroh sipped his tea again before meeting Hakoda's suspicious eyes. "Honestly," Iroh said with a frown. "I thought you were a reasonable man."

"Hmh. And you think I ought to be grateful for your help?"

"I think you ought to feel remorse for locking up my nephew."

Hakoda stiffened and braced his hands on his thighs. "Your nephew did exactly what I thought he would do."

"Perhaps that is because you so clearly expected it of him," Iroh said, putting down his cup with a hard clack. "You took away his choice. He is lost now, because you were impatient!"

"He has my children," Hakoda snapped. "You saw how he was, and you still sympathize with him. You know what he'll do to Sokka - toKatara!"

"No," Iroh said, slumping and fixing his gaze on his teacup. "I can no longer claim to know what he will do. I blinded myself hoping he would determine on his own what was right. I believed his love for Katara would be enough to sway him to the side of peace and balance." The cup looked so small and alone on the table before him, but he did not pick it up. It was empty. It would be cool to the touch. "I am a sentimental old fool. But the fact remains that he has lost his way and I cannot help him anymore."

They did not speak for a time and, from below, there came several hammering thuds as the men stressed the new seal to be sure it would hold. At last, Hakoda leaned forward and picked up Iroh's teapot to refill his cup - and to fill the matching cup that Hakoda had apparently brought with him from the galley. Iroh had not had the heart to set it out, and he watched the tea spill and settle into the white porcelain with a deep sadness sapping the strength from him.

"If he truly loved Katara," Hakoda said, "he'd let her go."

Iroh watched him settle the pot back on the table top, steady and careful. "A starving man would sooner let go of his last plum tree." Hakoda's eyes snapped up. Iroh raised just his fingers off the table, a subtle calming gesture. "Now would be a good time, I think, to turn our attention away from what foolish young men should be doing and focus instead on what clever old men might accomplish together."

Hakoda met his stare for a tense moment, then raised his cup to drink. He did not savor the tea - Iroh could see the unyielding furrow in his brow, the strain in his jaw as he swallowed it down like medicine. He could see in this younger man a reflection of himself. Years ago, when his own son had been lost, Iroh had known the same rattling dissatisfaction with what remained to him in life. He could see in Hakoda the bitter guilt of a warrior whose children had followed his example to their destruction.

"We can't catch them before they reach the Fire Nation," Hakoda said, looking down his nose into his cup. "Their engines and the spring winds are against us. No doubt they're headed for the capital, and once they pass the Gates of Azulon, we'll be forced to abandon ship and follow overland in disguise." He shook his head slowly. "A march could take weeks longer and there will be no certain escape. I won't lead my men to their deaths in a hopeless fight. Better if I pass the chieftaincy to Bato and then rescue my children alone."

"Better still," Iroh said, "if you command a Fire Nation vessel past the Gates of Azulon."

Hakoda assessed him, then set down the teacup and planted both palms against his knees. "I'm listening."

Iroh folded his hands into his sleeves. "It so happens I know the location of just such a ship..."

 

Chapter Text

Zuko stalked down yet another flight of steel stairs and along an empty corridor, still too angry to consider where he was going. As long as it wasn't the infirmary, he didn't care.

He had actually spent a fair bit of time already exploring Azula's ship, and he supposed he would be spending even more time that way now that he couldn't watch Navigator Chon plot courses without drawing attention to himself. Between that and talking to Katara, Zuko felt like a fish swimming circles in an ever-shrinking pool.

She thought she was so right about everything. She refused to listen, refused to see things as they were. And then when her attack failed, she just stared up at him with that hurt, frightened look, as if the only decent thing he could do now was just hold still and die...

Zuko bared his teeth, turned on the spot, and punched the nearest wall. His fist left two tiny knuckle dents and a sooty smudge but the bang of impact was quickly swallowed by the drone of the engines.

He must have wandered to the rear of the ship, one of the lower levels. In his old ship, there was hardly a place where one could go to get away from the sound of the engines. Not so with a royal cruiser. His quarters, when he cared to visit them, were perfectly quiet. It was ideal for meditation, but meditation did not serve Zuko now as it had weeks ago. Meditation was frustrating because even in the perfect silence of his sitting room or the soothing glow of his bedchamber, there was an anxious hum in the back of his mind, always pushing toward the fore. It made him itch to move.

So Zuko stalked on down the corridor, opening and closing his fist by his side. His knuckles ached dully, but it didn't matter. It was actually kind of a relief to have such a simple sensation nagging at him. Better that than the tangle of emotions he didn't dare face.

He reached the top of one of the mid-ships stairwells and found himself at the entryway to the brig. A steel double-door stood shut, guarded by four soldiers - two inside and two out. It was late now, and the order had already been made hours ago to relocate Katara to a real cell with all haste, so there was no reason for Zuko to go in.

Except… Zuko could look in to be sure that preparations were being made as he commanded, couldn't he? Yes. Princes did things like that.

Mind made up, he stalked toward the doors. He didn't even need to give the command. The guards mumbled his name and hurriedly opened the way.

Beyond, there was a well-lit corridor studded with guards standing at attention. This facility, he had learned from Azula, was specially designed to hold benders - the Avatar in particular. Where Zuko's ship had been outfitted with a simple row of cells, Azula's boasted this high-security block complete with solid steel walls, dual-point locking doors, and dehumidified ventilation.

He had come here only once before. Azula had led him to the door at the end of the block and slid the panel away from a small window so that he could see that the Avatar was secure. The boy sat cross-legged at the center of the room, eyes closed and fists touching in meditation. He was chained arms and legs to the floor. There was enough slack for him to move around, but not to stand.

Zuko remembered wondering if they had had those manacles specially made to fit the boy's slim wrists or if child-sized cuffs were common enough that that was not necessary. He had said nothing, though.

"Prince Zuko," said the captain presently in command. He emerged from an office to one side, wide-eyed. "We didn't know to expect you, sir. What can we do for you?"

"Show me the cell you've prepared for- the waterbender."

"Of course, your highness." If the captain noticed Zuko's near-slip, he did not let on. He only moved to one side to allow Zuko the lead and, from a step behind, guided him to one of the doors. It looked exactly like all of the others.

Inside, there was a simple pallet on the floor - and chains. A set of manacles waited before the door, each attached to a long chain that spanned the width of the room and vanished into a small hole in either wall. Where the manacles sat, there were ankle cuffs set into the floor.

"What is this?" Zuko asked, gripping the doorframe.

"Oh, the chains, sir? Those will restrain the prisoner when we bring her drinking water or her waste pail. She will kneel here and then-" The captain stepped to one side of the door and pulled a lever Zuko hadn't noticed. There was a clank of steel and the long chains began retracting through the holes in the walls. They stopped abruptly and the captain righted the lever. "It's designed to pull just until the waterbender's arms are fully extended - no farther."

Zuko stared at the cuffs on the floor. A memory came unbidden of Katara bathing with her bucket of water in the barracks. He remembered the first night he had warmed the water for her, when she had moaned that way, and a rush of longing came crashing though him. Longing for her, and that dim room, and the prickling awareness he felt with his back to her while she went about her task. Even her small splashing noises, he missed them.

And now he was going to throw her in this metal box and she would only ever touch water while she was chained like a criminal. There would be no bathing here - unless one of the guards went in with a scrub brush. Which was unthinkable. Who had he been fooling? Katara would never forgive him for this. He couldn't keep her here.

But he couldn't very well keep her in his quarters, either. There were a great many reasons to dismiss that as a bad idea, not the least of which being that Katara didn't want to be anywhere near him.

"Is… everything to your satisfaction, your highness?"

Zuko's jaw tightened and he stepped away from the cell. No, she didn't want to be near him. She'd made that very clear. But then, she'd made it very clear back when they shared that barracks, too. Maybe a few days in here would help her develop a clearer perspective of her options.

"Er, Prince Zuko?"

"It will do." Zuko turned on the captain, and the man snapped to attention. "Where is her brother?"

The captain's eyes flicked about the corridor for an instant. "Oh! The warrior, yes. This way, sir."

.


.

Sokka hadn't seen more than one limb of a human being in five days. He knew that five days had passed not because of any change in the dim lighting - it never got any dimmer - but because he had paid enough attention to the rhythm of his meals to know he received three meals each day. It was usually a fishy-spicy-ricey mix that he might have enjoyed in other circumstances, and after the third meal there was a long period of inactivity during which the viewing panel would regularly slide open as guards checked up on him.

As an experienced prisoner of the Fire Nation, Sokka was well aware that this was much more security than was actually needed to contain him. He tried to explain this waste of resources to the arm that shoved his food bowl through the slot at the bottom of the door, but that guy clearly didn't care about efficiency.

He knew Toph was in the next cell over because he had seen her being carried there when they were all brought in. Her feet had already been bandaged and her face was drawn. Sokka knew it wasn't all pain that made her look like that, but he couldn't forgive her that easily. Accident or not, she had almost killed his sister. It was Toph's fault they were up to their eyeballs in security instead of roaming the seas cooking up a scheme to take down the Fire Lord.

Not that he could talk to her even if he wanted to. The wall separating their cells was completely solid.

Sokka had never gone a week without talking to anyone before. It did awful things to his mind. It made him think a lot of dark, pragmatic thoughts. Like, it wasn't just Toph's fault that Katara had been hurt. Like, if he had had the guts to kill Zuko instead of locking him up, none of this would have happened. Like, if Sokka hadn't tried to rescue Katara on that bison, Hakoda could have taken her with him when he escaped.

And now, Katara was alone and hurt somewhere on this ship. Maybe Zuko had her, that slime. None of the guards would tell him. They just gave him meals and looked in on him to be sure he wasn't - what - escaping through the steel walls?

So he didn't startle when he heard the panel in the door slide open, even though it was an odd time for a check. He just sat still, his back against the wall, face hidden in the comforting darkness between his folded arms and drawn-up legs. There were some indistinct words and the panel shut.

But then the door clanked and swung open and Sokka scrambled to his feet. Framed in the doorway, angry as ever, stood Zuko. Sokka was torn between the grudge he held against this guy and the relief of seeing another person. The grudge won.

Sokka took a step closer and raised one threatening finger. "Where is my sister? If you've done anything to her, I swear I'm gonna-"

A soldier standing just behind Zuko rapped a billy club against the doorframe. "Watch your tongue, prisoner. You're addressing the Crown Prince of the Fire Nation and you'll show him the proper respect if you know what's good for you."

Zuko held up a hand and the soldier - a captain - backed off. Still glaring at Sokka, he gave Zuko a short bow and moved out of sight. Zuko stepped into the room and the door closed behind him.

"Katara's been recovering in the infirmary, but she'll join you in the brig soon. Tomorrow morning, probably."

"I want to see her. Now."

Zuko narrowed his eyes. "Don't make the mistake of thinking you can demand whatever you want from me. This is my world. Your tribe isn't hanging around watching anymore. If you're not careful, you might find yourself locked up in a trunk somewhere."

Sokka stepped closer, tight-lipped and glaring. "What, are you gonna order your cronies to do your dirty work for you?"

Zuko surged forward to stare him down. "I don't need help to put you in your place. I don't need to sneak up on you, either."

"Yeah, you're a real tough guy, Zuko. I'll bet Katara just loves that about you, doesn't she?"

"She'll warm up to me. She did before."

Sokka didn't think. He just closed the narrow gap between them and tackled Zuko to the floor with an infuriated yell. The door clanked open but he didn't hear that. He was only aware of Zuko snarling and punching and elbowing - or maybe that was Sokka himself. It was difficult to tell who was winning.

Then hands clamped onto his arms and hauled him to his knees. Zuko surged off the floor and stood over him, wiping blood from his lip and practically smoking out his ears.

But it was the guard captain who came down on Sokka with that club. The first blow split his lip against his teeth, the second punched into his gut, and the third cracked down on the back of his head, knocking him out cold.

.


.

It took Zuko a gaping second to steel himself and bark, "Stop!"

The captain ceased beating Sokka at once, and stood at attention, clutching hard to his weapon. His eyes had a wild look but they remained fixed on a point straight ahead. "My deepest apologies, Prince Zuko," he gasped. "This was my fault. With the Avatar my main focus, I haven't taken the time to correct this prisoner's attitude."

"Never mind that," Zuko snapped, glaring down at Sokka's limp body. "I'll handle his punishment myself."

The captain flashed a hurt look, then resumed his military blankness. "As you will it, sir. I… I realize my service has been unforgivably lacking. Shall I resign my post to a more suitable officer?"

Zuko hesitated, momentarily confused, then let out an irritated huff. "That isn't necessary. You've performed your duties satisfactorily. I-"

It struck Zuko that it wasn't very princely at all to take a dirty job like disciplining a lowly prisoner into his own hands. That would probably raise eyebrows amongst the crew, and word would undoubtedly spread to the Fire Court. He would look barbaric, just like Azula had said.

But he couldn't just let his soldiers beat Sokka. That wasn't… right. This attack wasn't an act of disrespect like the guards were thinking - it was much more personal than that. And Zuko had to answer it in kind.

He did not bother to wonder why he felt that way, too focused on figuring out how to accomplish it so that it would appear appropriate.

"It has to be me," he bit out, "because, ah, in the Water Tribe, a flogging doesn't carry as much weight as... being defeated by a better man. And, since So- this prisoner is technically a prince, only being defeated by my hand will teach him to respect me."

The guards stared past him with carefully-concealed doubt.

"The Water Tribe is… complicated."

"Yes, sir," the captain said, then flicked his eyes down to stare at Sokka where he was drooling a little blood down the front of his tunic. "Never would have guessed," he murmured.

"You doubt me?" Zuko asked, hard and mean in the way he had learned made men jump.

The captain jumped. "Oh! No, Prince Zuko! I would never doubt you! I just-! I've never seen foreign royalty before and I would never have been able to distinguish this, this... unwashed ruffian from any other."

Zuko stared him down. The captain was not yet middle-aged, with a slightly uneven mustache and weary lines around his eyes. His name was Jeon and he had been sweating since Zuko arrived. Maybe Jeon was having trouble adjusting to commanding the night guard. Maybe the last hawk had brought bad news about his family. Maybe he had never wanted this job and was terrified of failing now that he had it.

But a prince didn't think of such things. A prince gave commands and expected them to be obeyed. A prince didn't suffer ineptitude or lax formality.

Zuko stared the captain down until he saw a bead of sweat race out from under the man's helmet like a startled mouse. Then, he turned to leave the cell, snapping his final command over his shoulder. "Give the prisoner tomorrow to recover. I'll deal with him the day after."

.


.

When the guards came to move Katara, she didn't get a chance to struggle. They switched her straight from the bed chains to waterbender restraints while she was still blinking off sleep. Neck, wrists, waist, and ankles, she was locked in in just seconds. Then they stood her up and she almost fell down under the weight of all that steel, so they had to half-march and half-carry her down to the brig.

She had thought she would memorize the route, but all the corridors looked the same. There were signs painted on the walls in the first stairwell, but none of them were of any use to her. They all led to places she didn't want to go. Mess hall. Dormitory. Armory.

When they finally arrived at the brig, Katara felt the bubble of foreboding in her chest grow larger. The thick steel doors opened and there were so many soldiers stationed along the hall. How was she going to get out of here? How was she going to get her friends out?

The guards were about to guide her into a cell when she picked out a voice over the sound of her chains. It was muffled, coming from behind one of the doors farther down, but she would know his voice anywhere.

"Katara! Is that you? Shout if it's you! Katara!"

"Sokka!" She shoved against the guard gripping her arm and felt the control chain yank tight from her other side, already drawing her legs and arms in. "Sokka! I'm here!"

Sokka was shouting something else to her but she couldn't hear over the guard. "Quiet down, waterbender." He began pushing her back toward the cell.

"Please," Katara gasped, pain lancing through her as she pushed back. It only made her want to push harder. "Let me just see my brother! I just want to see him!"

The guard glared down at her. He was a big man, with a square jaw and a pointed beard on his chin. "You'll see him when it pleases the Princess and the Prince. Until then, you wait quietly in your cage and we won't have a problem." He gave her another firm shove, his fingers biting deep into her arm, and Katara was propelled into the cell. The door slammed shut behind her.

And then, for a very long time, nothing happened. Katara rattled around the cell - literally, because her chains dragged and clanked and weighed her down - until she finally became too tired and had to rest on her pallet. She must have dozed off because she snapped awake when a meal of crumbling rice and oily smoked fish was shoved through the slot at the bottom of her door. She ate the salty food and complained loudly that she'd like something to drink, but got no reply.

It was only at what must have been the end of the day, after her third meal had come, that they finally let her drink. The guards commanded her into even more chains - chains rigged to stretch out her arms and lock her kneeling to the floor - and Katara obediently put them on because she was so very thirsty. When she was secure, a guard came in to check that the locks were engaged, and finally, from a cup on the end of a long staff, Katara was allowed to drink.

She lay on her pallet afterward and stared at the dim steel ceiling where the vent was blowing its constant stream of warm, dry air. She lay there and stared and tried to think of practical things.

Sokka was unreachable, but not a stone's throw away. Toph and Aang probably weren't far off, either, but equally beyond her power to help. If she had water, maybe she could freeze the hinges on the doors and somehow blast through. And then fight all the guards in the hallway beyond before the guards outside the brig managed to call for reinforcements. And then somehow find Appa and escape.

Katara wanted to reach up and brush her loose hair away from her face but decided to try blowing it away instead because her arms were tired and so heavy with steel. When she blew, her chest began throbbing again.

Even if she had water, she would have to wait until she was stronger. And even as she healed, she was going to weaken if they were always going to give her so little water each day. That meant that whatever she did, she would need to do it sooner rather than later. Not to mention the fact that they were creeping closer to the Fire Nation every second. Better to break free when they could still make it back to the Earth Kingdom.

And of course, Katara had that other time-sensitive problem. That problem she was powerless to deal with now. That problem she was trying not to think about...

She shut her eyes so tight that she blocked out most of the dim light, but the backs of her eyelids still glowed a muted red. She was so stupid not to have made the tonic days ago. So stupid to think a baby would make any difference to Zuko. So stupid to have ever looked at him and let herself see a boy instead of that creepy prince she had always known he was.

Katara curled on her side and fisted her hands in her hair. There was a lump in her throat like she was going to cry or scream and her face twisted on its own into a snarl.

She had counted the days a dozen times. Her cycle should have started already. Certainly, there were other stresses that might have caused her rhythm to skip, but in that cell under the unceasing dull light and the oppressive thirst, the horrible truth grew more evident, more likely. Katara was carrying her enemy's child. She was tormented with visions of herself chained and big-bellied in the months to come, paraded before the Fire Nation, a spoil of war. She couldn't stop seeing in herself the shameful woman that her people would speak of, the ruined girl, the fool who'd allowed herself to be used by the prince of the Fire Nation. The love-blind little fool who'd opened her legs and lost the war.

The thoughts crowded in around her until she could hardly breathe. Then, as she had been doing since she woke up in that infirmary cot, Katara made herself assess her situation. She made herself search for the escape route she knew had to exist. She gritted her teeth and thought of practical things.

Sokka was unreachable, but so very, very close…

Katara laid awake late into the night this way, then woke and paced her cell all morning, lifting her arms and her chains to try and fight weakness. She rested. She ate. In the afternoon, the guards opened her door and the same man who had shoved her in the previous morning stood waiting. Over his big shoulder, Katara could see another soldier loitering in the corridor.

When she didn't move any closer, the big guard held out his hand and made a beckoning gesture - two short, impatient twitches of his fingers. "You're going upstairs, waterbender. Give me your chain."

"I am not going upstairs," Katara snapped, backing away. "You can tell him I don't want to see him. Ever."

The guard stepped through the door. It was a quiet threat, and he went on watching her with the same steady stare. "I don't care what you want. Your options are limited to walking upstairs like a human being or getting dragged by your leash like an animal."

Katara bared her teeth and stood ready. The guard stood perfectly still for a long time. Then, he made a lunge for her control chain. Katara dodged him, but the other guard slipped into the room and grabbed the chain linking her manacles. Katara head-butted him and they both went staggering back.

"Doesn't work so well when your opponent wears a helmet, hey?" Katara blinked hard to clear her vision and saw the first guard standing before her, gripping her control chain and watching her as he addressed the second guard. "Shon, how's your face?"

Shon, a skinnier man with a slim mustache, leaned against the wall by the door and dabbed at his brow under the helmet. "I'm fine," he huffed, glaring at Katara. "I just didn't expect it. None of the other women put up a fight like that."

Katara bared her teeth again, on the brink of concisely illustrating just how different she was from the other women, but her chain jerked, cutting her off. The first guard was still watching her, but he spoke past her. "Take a break, Shon."

"Lieutenant Roshu, I-"

"You've been briefed on this prisoner. Either you weren't listening or you weren't thinking. You need a break. Send me Kaiji for the transfer."

Katara watched Shon bow and hurry from the cell, then looked back at the Lieutenant. He was still watching her, gripping her chain and waiting for her to make a wrong move. If she had water, she could get out of these chains, race out into the corridor, fight the guards, and free her friends. But she didn't have water. It was all she could do to keep standing. One way or another, this man was right - she was going wherever he dragged her.

But she went on scowling at him anyway. She wouldn't make this easy. She wouldn't be like that cowed healer.

Lieutenant Roshu's tawny eyes narrowed a bit. "That private might look at your pretty face and get the wrong idea, but I know what you are."

"Yeah?" Katara sneered. "And what's that?"

"You're a wolf." The Lieutenant spoke without moving, watching her with his mouth pressed to a hard angle. "You can't help but snap and snarl like any wolf on a chain. And if some fool forgets it, you'll tear his throat out like any wolf would. But I won't forget," Roshu said. "You won't ever get past me, waterbender."

His look was beyond threatening. It was hateful. This man hated her, and the knowledge pressed Katara back a step. She had always kind of thought that the Fire Nation had to hate the Water Tribe to treat them the way they did, but seeing it now directed at her by a stranger was unnerving.

Katara kept scowling at him, though. In fact, she was kind of scared, so she scowled even harder. "You keep on thinking that, pal. I want to see the face you make when you figure out you're wrong."

Roshu watched her for a second, then gave the control chain a jerk. Katara teetered, but didn't fall. Instead, she dropped to a crouch and glared up at Roshu. He stepped closer, smoothly taking up the excess chain to keep it tight. The motion spoke of long practice.

"The only reason you aren't eating deck yet," he said slowly, "is the Prince's order that you're to be handled carefully while you heal. Now you might think I'm making that up so I don't have to knock a little girl down, but you and I both know you're not a little girl. And if it so much as looks like you're thinking about making a move while my hand is on this chain-" He increased the pressure slightly. Katara toppled to one knee. "I'll risk my Prince's anger to keep you in line. Do you understand?"

Katara glared up at Lieutenant Roshu, and there was no small amount of hate in her own expression, now. Past him, she saw another soldier standing in the doorway, looking on. He cleared his throat but the Lieutenant seemed not to notice, intent on his prisoner's answer.

"Yes," Katara spat. "I understand."

"Good." Roshu let off the pressure and backed up a few steps. "Get up and quit wasting time."

Seething, Katara extended to her feet. Her chest hurt. Her back and legs hurt. Her head was pounding and there may have been a lump rising on her forehead, she wasn't sure. What had just become totally clear, though, was that she was going to have to pick her battles with the Lieutenant.

The ensuing climb was more taxing than she could have expected and, to her shame, the Lieutenant and his quiet assistant had to carry her up the last few flights. They finally arrived in the royal suites and Katara was so busy staring surreptitiously at the ornately appointed doors and the meek, silent servants who opened one of them, she did not immediately realize that the sitting room beyond was empty.

Lieutenant Roshu guided her to one end of the low, rectangular table. "Sit."

Katara would have loved to sit, she was so tired, but she turned a mutinous look upon him and remained standing for several long seconds. Only when he gave her chain a warning jerk did she finally lower herself to sit on the cushion. It was embroidered silk, softer than any cloth she had ever touched. And it was a mere cushion for sitting on the floor.

Katara scowled around the room at the pink and gold decor and, with a start, she noticed something she should have seen at once. A window. A large window. Through it, she could just see where the horizon cut off the ocean. A glimmering, hopeful stripe.

Katara stared out the window as the silent seconds grew into minutes. A plan was forming. She could wrench away from the Lieutenant, smash through the glass with her own chain, and dive for the sea. It would be a long drop, and she would have to figure out some way of rescuing the others from the brig, but getting out of her own restraints was a first step. It was practical. This was her chance.

Katara subtly tensed, preparing to leap to her feet and strike at the Lieutenant's face, but at precisely that moment a door opened and bowing servants ushered someone through. Someone Katara had not expected. The back of her neck prickled at just the sight of her.

"So good of you to join me," Azula said as she stood like a fortified tower at the other end of the table. Her smile was knife-sharp and her eyes glittered knowingly. "We have such a lot to talk about, just us girls."

 

Chapter Text

Sokka read the signs on the walls as he was marched down another long corridor and hoped that he would be alive later to use all this information. The guards hadn't told him where they were taking him, but he had a pretty good idea that he had some kind of punishment coming for attacking His Royal Jerkness. Something more serious than the aches he'd endured yesterday.

It was worth it. Sokka didn't regret jumping Zuko - that ice-hole had been asking for it - but he also didn't want to end up executed. He didn't want to die, but more than that, he didn't want to leave his little sister alone. Never again.

Finally, they arrived at a tall double door where two guys dressed as servants stood waiting. The doors opened to reveal a wide, open room lit by lanterns high up on the walls. In the center of the room, dressed in a sleeveless tunic and loose pants, Zuko stopped pacing and addressed the guards with a growl.

"Release him."

"Sir?" The guard in charge hesitated, still gripping Sokka's arm like a vice.

"Release him," Zuko repeated with furious calm, "and get out of my way."

As one, the guards hurriedly removed Sokka's manacles and let him go. They took up posts on either side of the closed double doors. Sokka stood alone before his enemy, waiting.

He noticed now that there were scorch marks on the walls and floor in here - which at first made him wonder whether he'd been taken to the royal chump-burning room. But the floor gave slightly under his feet and he realized the surfaces weren't steel like the rest of the ship, but some kind of mat. Maybe it was a training room, then. Not an ideal place for an execution.

Zuko looked like he hadn't slept. It was early, before dawn if Sokka's internal clock could still be trusted, but the dark smudge under Zuko's good eye suggested this wasn't his only early morning - or late night, whatever the case was. Despite that little hint of sleeplessness, Zuko stood straight as a nail and watched Sokka with weird intensity.

"You paid me a great disrespect," Zuko said. "Now you're going to fight for your honor."

There was something so uncomfortable about this, some undercurrent that Sokka didn't quite understand. He frowned and crossed his arms. "For my honor? You're the one who dishonored my s-"

"Here." Zuko crouched and snatched two swords off the floor, hurling one through the air. Sokka had to think fast to catch it, but managed. Zuko was already advancing. "Just shut up and fight."

Sokka met his attack and immediately found the length and balance of the Fire Nation sword were very different from those of the weapons he was used to. He blocked haphazardly several times while Zuko backed him across the room with precise attacks and measured advances.

Sokka tripped up and fell hard on his back, reflexively raising his sword to ward off a killing blow that never came. Instead, Zuko stood over him, more furious than ever.

"Get up! You aren't even trying!"

"I've never used a sword like this."

"A real warrior can wield anything as a weapon, Sokka."

Sokka recognized this immediately as one of the phrases the Warriors had used during training and thought for an instant that Zuko meant to taunt him with it. But then Zuko's eyes popped and Sokka understood. He hadn't remembered. It had just come out. For a heartbeat, they stared at each other from opposite ends of their swords and it was familiar. It was a thing they had done dozens of times together.

As if to strike the moment aside, Zuko came down with a chop and a yell and Sokka had to fling himself out of the way. He scrambled back to his feet and gripped the short hilt with both hands, ready for the next attack.

Zuko followed more slowly, sword trailing low at his side and his face twisted into something nasty and unfamiliar. "Your father is going to surrender to the Fire Nation on behalf of the Southern Water Tribe, because if he doesn't he'll never see his kids again. When he does surrender, I might set you free - but not Katara." He stopped just out of reach, sword raised, and spoke the final words quietly, too low for the guards by the door to catch. "She's mine. Do you understand? I will never let her go."

It was an obvious taunt, but Sokka didn't care anymore. He rushed in all at once with a slash and immediately found that gripping the hilt with both hands bared his side to his opponent. Zuko blocked, stepped in, and punched him in the kidney. Sokka staggered back, wincing.

"Is that it?" Zuko snarled. "Your sister is chained up in the brig. She's scared and alone, Sokka. What are you gonna do?"

Sokka straightened and spoke through his teeth. "I'm going to kill you."

This time when he lunged, he stabbed repeatedly with a one-handed grip and Zuko's blocks could only divert his blade rather than stop it. From the correct distance, Sokka struck again and again, pressing Zuko back. As he got used to the new weapon, he moved harder and faster. He started thinking again of his training, all those practice sessions. All the jokes.

When the firebender tried to riposte, Sokka saw it coming and slapped his weapon wide. Then he stabbed at Zuko's chest, to the left, where the heart would be in any other person.

.


.

Katara watched Azula seat herself the way an arctic cat would - gracefully, precisely, and with obvious confidence that she could regain her feet faster than anyone else in the room. She sat just this way, still smiling her chilling smile, and Katara hardly noticed the servants setting out three fragile lacquered boxes and an ornate tea set on the table between them.

"You are all dismissed," Azula said, almost flippantly.

Katara didn't look away, so she only heard the servants and other guards leaving. Lieutenant Roshu was the only one to speak. "Princess Azula, the orders for this prisoner-"

"Have changed, obviously." Azula finally shifted her eyes from Katara to examine the big man behind her. "Unless you believe my brother's orders supersede mine on my own ship, Lieutenant."

"N-no, Princess Azula! I only want to fulfill my duty and keep the waterbender from escaping."

"And you think she is capable of leaving this room before I wish her to do so?"

"No, Princess," Roshu said, and Katara could hear his armor creak as he squirmed. "But she has already lashed out at one of my men today and it would shame me if she struck at you, Highness. She's unpredictable."

Katara watched Azula watch the Lieutenant with the same steady, almost bored stare, and she could sense a terrible decision being deliberated. She was certain Azula was considering whether to allow the Lieutenant to walk away from this room at all.

"I suppose her actions would seem difficult to anticipate if I, too, lacked imagination," Azula finally said.

Though Katara didn't like the Lieutenant, she still emitted a relieved breath. She didn't want to witness his murder. Then Azula's eyes slid back to her and all her tension returned.

"But I do not, and I can see everything she's thinking, written plain on her face." Azula tipped her head to one side, and her smile returned, tiny and coy. "She thought she could escape through the window before I arrived, but now she's having second thoughts. Because she knows that I will win any fight she starts. And while she might realize soon that the contents of this teapot are within her grasp and I would do my best not to injure her too grievously…"

Azula's smile sharpened. "…she can't possibly imagine the things I will have done to her brother if she attempts an escape."

Katara sat very still, trying not to let her fear show. But Azula saw right through her - she could tell. The princess looked away at last, satisfied. "So you see, Lieutenant, I have this situation entirely under control. You are dismissed."

Katara heard Roshu make a few quiet formalities and hurry for the door.

"Oh," Azula said before he could leave, "and if you ever question my command again, I will have you flogged and discharged from my service. We will cross paths with the armada any day now. No doubt Admiral Zhao could find a use for you on the front lines."

"Yes, Princess," Roshu said.

There was the sound of the door closing softly. Katara was alone with Azula. The princess sat straight with her hands resting on her thighs, her attention entirely devoted to her prisoner. Katara's skin crawled and she fought hard against the urge to fidget.

"Now that we have a moment alone, I would like you to answer a question that has been preying on my mind for days now."

Katara swallowed her fear and frowned. "I'm not answering any questions."

"Are you sure? Because I've been dying to know-" Azula leaned forward minutely, "Aren't you the famous waterbender Katto?"

Katara flenched in mild shock. "Where did you hear-? Oh, forget it. I know who told you."

"If you're thinking it was my brother, you're wrong." Azula slid the lid from one of the boxes and selected a tiny cake from a row of identical cakes. She held it up to examine. "Exile has made him evasive. A lucky thing, I suppose, now that he has secrets worth concealing."

Her eyes fixed on Katara and she bit the very corner from the cake. Katara's pulse was racing and her mind was a flurry of possibilities and denials. Did Azula already know what they had done? Or was she just harboring suspicions? Or was she referring to some entirely different secrets?

But Azula gave no answers. She only sighed, cast a disappointed look on the cake, and set it back in the box with the others. "My chef allegedly possesses a unique genius for desserts and yet he presents me with dry cakes. I wonder if he also possesses a unique genius for mining coal."

Katara sat silent and watched her select a tiny, sparkling, golden-brown ball from another box. She took a careful bite and her eyebrows lifted minutely. She sampled the morsel again, speaking almost absently between delicate bites.

"You're quite famous in the Earth Kingdom for your involvement with that blood sport they enjoy - though more so for your political leanings. There are songs about you. Terrible songs, but still." She popped the last bit into her mouth and chewed slowly, swallowed. "I suppose for a peasant princess, it must be flattering."

Katara frowned a bit harder. "I'm not a princess."

"Agreed. However, you are the daughter of your country's leader. The Fire Nation will call you a princess for lack of a better term." Azula peered into the lacquered box as if there may be something inside of greater interest than this conversation. "Besides, Zuko has already asserted that your brother is a prince and should, to some degree, be treated as one. Implicitly, so should you."

Katara blinked in surprise but her frown didn't ease. Why would Zuko do that? What was he scheming now?

Azula plucked out another delicacy and went on. "The northern chieftain is still being held in his own palace, you know. He no longer rules, of course, but many of his people continue to look up to him. It behooves the Fire Nation to treat captured royalty with a measure of respect." She scrutinized the sweet, then placed it back in the box and wiped her fingers on a napkin. "The issue of you and your brother is less clear. Mistreating you will not inspire riots in a conquered city. Kept to a minimum, it won't even drive your father to retribution - what little he is capable of with so few ships and men remaining under his command."

Katara glared into Azula's cool, bland expression. "He might surprise you."

"I doubt that." Azula smiled faintly and they watched each other as the silence stretched. "The point I'm trying to make," she finally said, "is that you would do well to think carefully about the grave position in which you've landed before you dismiss an advantageous title."

"Will being a princess get me out of the brig? Will it get me more than a cup of water a day?"

"Unlikely." Azula cast her eyes over Katara's shabby prisoner clothes. "But it would at least afford you something presentable to wear."

"Oh lucky me," Katara sneered. She lifted up her hands before her as if in gratitude. "So at least when you trot me out in chains in front of the entire Fire Nation, I won't offend anyone's sensibilities. That's a relief."

"When we reach the capital, you will be presented to my father."

The room seemed to shift into a narrow tunnel, closing in around Katara while Azula's ambivalent voice continued from far, far away.

"Appearances mean quite a lot to him, and whether you come to him a wreck in chains or a princess will make all the difference in whether he decides to lock you up in a prison with other uncooperative waterbenders or keep you - and your brother - in more civilized confines."

Katara tried not to imagine it, but it was too late. She saw herself forced to kneel in a lavish throne room, dirty and dehydrated while the Fire Lord loomed ahead of her, cast in flame and shadow, assessing her. Would her belly be larger by then? Would he know on sight that she was carrying Zuko's illegitimate child? And if he knew, to what bleak fate would he send her then?

Katara felt a little nauseous. She pinched her eyes tight and breathed in deep. She had to focus on the present. This moment, this ship, this escape she would concoct before any of those nightmares became real. There had to be a way out. She would find a way.

The other thing… she would deal with that later.

When Katara looked up again, Azula was watching her closely. Her hand rested on the third box, the smallest box, the one she had not yet opened. "You look pale," she said, an edge in her voice. "Perhaps you'd like some tea."

And then Azula opened the lacquered box. The thin wood flaps that fit inside the finely crafted lip scraped loudly in the quiet room. Azula reached in without tearing her eyes from Katara, without even blinking, and Katara knew that whatever came out of that box was going to change everything. She wanted to look away, but she couldn't.

From the third box, Azula drew out the broken spiral of bark that had resided for weeks in Katara's own pocket.

.


.

Zuko turned his shoulders so that the dulled point of Sokka's sword landed only a glancing blow across his chest. The swords weren't honed to a keen edge, but enough force could certainly make them lethal. Enough speed could still draw blood. At this moment, with the fight raging inside him, Zuko knew his opponent was capable of doing the job.

It was exhilarating.

As he spun through the dodge, he grabbed Sokka's extended arm and dragged him off balance, then kicked his rear to send him staggering. Sokka made a startled noise, then whirled back to face him again. This time, Zuko led the attack.

Sokka might be strong and fast enough to kill with this practice sword, but Zuko was stronger and faster. The fight was rigged to start with, and Sokka had to know that. But Sokka was also clever, and now that he was angry enough to lash out, he finally employed all that tactical cunning Zuko knew he possessed.

When Zuko lunged, Sokka deflected with the twist of the blade he had seen Zuko use just minutes ago. He picked things up so quickly. It was kind of frustrating to Zuko, who had struggled to learn the nuances of this sword and had ultimately given it up for the broadswords.

But then, that was also kind of the point. Zuko had specifically chosen a weapon he was weaker with, a weapon that would make the contest more even. He would still win, but Sokka would at least feel like he had a chance - which would make his defeat all the more humiliating.

Zuko knocked Sokka's feeble parry aside and stepped into his too-wide stance to shove him off balance. Sokka didn't fall back this time, though. He took a controlled step and jammed his knee into Zuko's side. Zuko absorbed the blow with a grunt and tried to punch Sokka in the face. His fist met only the steel of the sword hilt as Sokka raised an unexpected block. He tried to hit Zuko in the face with the hilt, but Zuko dodged back out of range and used the flat of his blade to slap Sokka's ribs under that raised arm.

The blow was hard, probably powerful enough to bruise bone, but Sokka bared his teeth and surged forward into a new attack at once. Zuko met him with matching ferocity.

.


.

"This was found in your old clothes before they were disposed of in the furnace," Azula said, holding up the bark as if it was another delicacy to be sampled. She was not looking at it, though. She was still watching Katara, analyzing her reaction. "Not a variety many in the Fire Nation would recognize. But known to one of my maids, a colonial girl, I believe. The brewing is quite simple."

Katara could only stare. In a daze, she watched Azula's hands as they lifted the lid from the teapot and placed the bark within, then cupped the pot's round sides and heated the water until steam came snaking out from the spout.

"I- I don't need that," Katara sputtered at last. "I don't even know what it is. It could be poison!"

"Poison!" Azula said, cool and delighted. "I couldn't possibly poison you. Zuzu would throw one of his fits and waste all the work I've done on his behalf. No, this isn't poison - as you are well aware."

Her stare was penetrating, and it sent the same two words throbbing over and over through Katara's mind. She knows she knows she knows… Katara held her head high and met that stare but it felt like a brittle defense.

Azula's face changed subtly; her brow knit and her sharp eyes widened in something like worry. "Honestly, this isn't even about you. I'm making this offer out of concern for my brother. If the Fire Lord discovers just what Zuko has been doing with the enemy all these weeks, he won't stop at killing his illegitimate grandchild - and probably you in the process. He will remove Zuko from the line of procession to prevent any future embarrassments." Azula leaned forward an inch, and the fear in her eyes looked so real. "He'll kill Zuko."

Katara's head was spinning. Her chest hurt. She had thought that she would be kept in some awful cell to carry the baby to term, an illustration of the Water Tribe's shame and defeat. And the baby… she hadn't really thought about what would happen once it was born. She had naively assumed the child would stay with her.

But Azula was right. The Fire Lord wouldn't suffer a threat to his throne to live - and that's what this baby was. That's why Pakku had wanted her to get pregnant to start with. Now, whether she took the tonic or not, the child wouldn't be allowed to survive. If Katara refused to drink the tonic to keep a secret that seemed already to be out, she would probably die along with her unborn baby. And so would Zuko.

So would Zuko. Not that that mattered to Katara. She knew what he really was now, and she hated him. It would serve him right to die alongside the budding family he had betrayed.

But in the midst of all her spite and justified fury, Katara found herself remembering that last night on her father's ship. Zuko had said it was okay if she wanted to keep the baby. He had said he wanted to marry her. And for all she hated him now, for all she was fiercely certain of his deceit no matter what he claimed about honesty, there was a much-loathed part of Katara that didn't truly believe he had been lying then. Maybe, just maybe, Zuko didn't realize the danger he had steered them all into.

Katara stomped that doubt down beneath the reality of the situation. It didn't matter if Zuko had done this to her unwittingly. He had done it, and now he was holding her prisoner in inhumane conditions. He deserved to be hated. He deserved to suffer the consequences of his actions. And, one way or another, Katara would see that he did.

But not by sacrificing her own freedom and that of her friends. Not by exploiting the hopelessness bound to the life growing inside her.

Katara clenched her teeth and stared at the teapot. Inside, the tonic was steeping. It would be ready soon, and she would drink it. She couldn't wait to drink it. She couldn't wait for this to be over.

Best not to think too much about how the ache in her chest lanced so much deeper than broken ribs.

Azula turned one of the cups over, then slid the tea tray across the table toward Katara. The lacquer hissed against the polished tabletop and the lid of the pot rattled just faintly, like teeth chattering in a closed mouth.

Katara grasped the warm handle and filled the cup with amber liquid. Some drops pattered on the tray, too loud in the silence. The cup, when she lifted it, left a broken ring of liquid behind, and Katara stared at it for a long moment, smelling the faintly acrid steam the way she had watched Iroh do.

She couldn't wait to drink this tea… but now, when the solution was finally hot in her hands and ghosting against her lips, something held her back.

.


.

When Sokka hit the floor for the sixth time, he tried to rise and found that he couldn't. Zuko, who possessed the freakish stamina one would expect of a firebender, waited in a ready stance for a moment longer, then straightened.

"I win."

"You don't win until I yield or you kill me." Sokka curled his lip, breathing hard and straining to brace himself on his elbow. "And I don't yield."

If Sokka had been thinking clearly, he would not have so explicitly dared Zuko to finish him off. He would have thought of Katara, and he would have thought more realistically about Zuko's capacity for murder. But they had been at this for hours. Sokka was so tired and so angry, and he was so sick of Zuko winning.

Zuko scowled down at him, and he looked huge and unforgiving from down on the floor. He approached the way a summer storm approaches, slow and implacable, each stride accompanied by a sway of his fists. His knuckles strained where he gripped the sword. Sokka imagined the motion, the fall of that blade that would end him, the coldness he would see in Zuko's eyes.

"Then we'll just have to continue this when you aren't so close to fainting," Zuko spat. There was no coldness in his eyes. Just the irritation that was normal for such an irritable guy. He snapped some commands at the guards, who hurried to gather Sokka up off the floor and drag him back to the brig.

As they went, Sokka craned his neck to look back over his shoulder in time to see Zuko hurl his sword across the room. It hit the far wall and thumped impotently to the floor.

.


.

"What are you waiting for?" Azula asked, and Katara could hear now how carefully she controlled her tone.

Katara opened her eyes and truly looked at Azula. Not the fine clothes and the posture and the luxurious props. She looked at Azula and remembered how crazily suspicious Zuko had seemed when he talked about his sister. Katara looked at Azula and remembered how Hahn had tried to silence her when she threatened to expose him as a traitor. Katara looked at Azula and thought of Pakku's plan, and how Iroh, the last time she saw him, had urged her not to abandon her old master's teachings.

Katara set down the cup to think.

Azula watched the motion, her expression blank. "Is this some Water Tribe sentimentality, or do you truly hate my brother enough to die in disgrace in an attempt to avenge yourself?"

"It's not about me," Katara said. Absently, she placed her hands in her lap the way her Gran-gran had taught her was proper when holding a guarded conversation. "It's about you. Why are you really offering this to me, Azula?"

"I've already explained. Zuko will be killed if his mistake is discovered."

"Maybe." Katara shrugged. "But I think you just don't want anyone getting in your way. You don't want your brother to have an heir."

"A bastard is not an heir," Azula said. Her tone was almost still light, but the corners of her mouth were turned down. "It's an embarrassment."

"It's a threat." Katara held her head high and didn't notice the way her hands crept up as she spoke, the heels of her palms pressing lightly to her abdomen. She didn't notice the passion building in her as she settled on this path, the hope bursting out of hopelessness. "An illegitimate child can still make a claim to the throne."

Azula assessed her, and she was truly frowning now, but she didn't disagree. "So you've decided to be a princess after all. Forgive me but I don't know whether to offer congratulations or condolences. That thread you're grasping is a fragile one. So easily snipped."

Katara sat very straight and did not flinch. She was still a prisoner. For now. But that didn't mean she was powerless. She was going to escape this ship. Hakoda was still out there, and he would support her no matter what. And, until then, though saying the words filled her with distaste… "You said it yourself - if anything happens to me, Zuko will throw a fit."

"That was before you decided to usurp him," Azula said. "My brother may be a fool, but I doubt even he will take that lying down."

Katara held her mouth firmly shut and tried not to let her thoughts show, but secretly she was cheering. Never mind losing his protection, she hoped Zuko would be furious when he heard. She hoped that the next time she saw him, he would be mad enough to finally drop the act and forget about whatever twisted version of love he still had for her.

"Delightful as this has been," Azula said with breezy insincerity, "I'm sure you have important work to get back to. Walls to stare at and so forth. Guards." She rose easily from her cushion and, without a backward glance, strode toward the door through which she had come.

Katara heard the guards enter through the second door, but she only watched Azula's slim, straight back as servants opened the way for her. Close as she watched her though, Katara could not see Azula's cunning smile.

 

Chapter Text

Zuko flexed his aching hand as he stalked back to his quarters. Sokka was so stupid. He was just a stupid, stubborn, pathetic excuse for a man. He knew he couldn't win that fight, but he refused to admit defeat and just let it end. He insisted on dragging it out and now Zuko would have to beat him again tomorrow.

…which didn't actually bother Zuko as much as it really should have, since not knocking the idiot's face in at the end had made him look weak in front of the guards. He had known it was happening as it happened. He had felt them watching him as he stood over Sokka, waiting for him to land the final blow. He had felt it, but looking down on Katara's brother, Zuko just couldn't raise his hand to the task.

Because Sokka was only a bewildering idiot. He had left Zuko's knife on him in that trunk. He had said they could be brothers, and then he put Zuko in chains.

Admittedly, that made a lot more sense now. After all, Zuko had to keep Sokka and Katara locked up to prevent them from doing something stupid. And he still… he still felt very strongly about them.

Zuko arrived at his quarters and an attendant opened the door for him. He waved the man off before he could even start offering all the usual personal services. "Just a basin and some water, Yotsu."

Yotsu dropped his chin. "Yes, of course, Prince Zuko. Forgive my assumption, but I took the liberty of preparing them for you already. Shall I heat your water, Prince Zuko?"

"There's no need for that."

"Very well, Prince Zuko. Please tell me if I may be of service, sir."

Yotsu shut the door and Zuko was alone in his silent dressing room. He began stripping off clothes slowly, mindful of his stiff injured places. For all that Sokka was an idiot, he had landed his blows well. Zuko's wounds throbbed all over - arm, ribs, shoulders, chest. No deep cuts, but he would have some impressive bruises tomorrow.

And yet he felt… okay. Not happy, but not as sick and furious as he had felt before, and not as overwhelmed as he usually felt when faced with Yotsu and other members of the staff. He felt calm. And as he calmly heated the water in his pitcher and calmly washed the sweat from his skin, kneeling over the basin on the floor the way everyone had on the Water Tribe ship, Zuko almost escaped from the feeling that had been hounding him for so many days and nights, that feeling that he had ruined everything.

The calm followed him to his bed and pressed him into a heavy sleep, rich and dreamless. Zuko awoke relaxed and hungry late in the afternoon and only then realized he had neglected to dress after his bath.

He was tying the silk strings of a fresh pair of lounge pants when there was a soft knock and Yotsu entered the room with his head unobtrusively bowed. "Prince Zuko, your honored sister waits in your sitting room."

Zuko gritted his teeth and yanked on a light undershirt before the marks on his upper body might be noticed. Yotsu was an excellent servant - he noticed Zuko's preferences and anticipated his wants, he knew when to be quiet and leave his master alone - but even a good servant might gossip.

"What does she want?" Zuko had learned that it was futile to command Azula's staff to tell her he didn't want to talk. They would get a panicky look, as if suddenly finding themselves pinched between two boulders, and Zuko would just have to deal with her himself.

Yotsu had a mild case of the same look now. "She did not say, sir. I could inquire…"

"Don't bother." Zuko pulled on a formal tunic with a high collar and little silk flames embroidered all along the hem and began fumbling with the sash.

"May… I help, sir?" Yotsu was staring at the floor before him in the appropriate way, holding perfectly still. Holding his breath.

Zuko sighed and stuck out his arms at shoulder level while Yotsu darted about tugging and adjusting and tying off the sash just so. He worked fast, as if time was limited. And maybe he believed it was. Zuko had snapped at his attendants before for taking too long. He had dismissed at least two valets. Maybe that was why only Yotsu ever seemed to come to him anymore. Thinking of this now for the first time, Zuko felt even more uncomfortable.

At last, Yotsu stepped back and folded his hands before him once again. Zuko lowered his arms and watched him.

Yotsu blinked at the floor. "Thank you, Prince Zuko. It is my honor and pleasure to serve the Crown Prince," he said, measuring his words.

"Right," Zuko said under his breath, and strode through the door into the adjoined sitting room. He did not see how Yotsu looked up from the floor to watch his back as he went.

Azula was seated at his low table, peering distastefully into his box of cakes while a servant poured tea. "You've eaten almost all of these. Honestly, Zuzu, I thought you had taste."

Zuko sat down across the table and frowned at her. "What do you want, Azula?"

Azula waved the servants off and waited for the door to close before leaning back on one arm and fixing the knuckles of Zuko's right hand with an airy look. "A brother who doesn't embarrass me at every turn, to start."

His knuckles were red and swollen from where he had punched Sokka's sword hilt just hours ago. Zuko snatched his hand off the table and placed it on his knee, out of sight. "The Water Tribe doesn't believe-"

"I really don't care what they believe," Azula sighed, "and neither will the Fire Court. If you want to whip him yourself for the satisfaction, just do it."

"If I did that," Zuko said carefully, "he'd only think more of himself."

"I fail to see how he could rise with more dignity after being tied and flogged."

"He would think I needed him to be helpless," Zuko snapped. "And I don't. If I have to beat him a hundred times to teach him respect, I'll do it. I don't care how it looks."

"Clearly." Azula fixed him with a dry frown, then shrugged. "I suppose it's a small matter, so long as you never lose."

Zuko scowled at her. "I won't."

She watched him steadily. "Of course not."

Zuko met her stare a moment longer, then glanced at the door. "Is that it?"

"You aren't even going to invite me to stay for dinner?" Azula lifted one eyebrow. "You really have turned to barbarism."

"I don't feel like playing games with you, Azula."

"That's just as well. You never were any good at them."

Zuko shifted and made to rise, but her next words stopped him.

"Do you remember the year I turned ten? When that circus came to the Capital?"

The year before Zuko was banished. Against his better judgement, he sat back down and watched her closely, suspecting some trap. "Father forbade us to go. He said it was beneath the dignity of our station."

"Of course he did. You were so pathetic about the whole thing, going on about how you just wanted to see the exotic animals." Azula rolled her eyes. "Honestly, you didn't miss anything. They were all just a bunch of pitiful beasts in cages."

"Wait, you got permission to go?" Zuko scoffed and folded his arms. "I guess that shouldn't surprise me."

"I didn't get permission. I snuck out of the palace with Mai and Ty Lee."

"And you just left me behind? Why are you telling me this?"

"We didn't invite you because you would have either gotten caught or decided to be all noble at the last minute and turn us in. It's what you always did, Zuko. Don't take it personally."

Zuko, of course, took it very personally, and scowled at his sister over the cooling tea.

"The point," Azula pressed on, "is that you have never understood how to get what you want from Father. You make it a lot harder for yourself than it needs to be."

"Easy for you to say. You're his favorite, the prodigy. He's happy to give you anything you ask for. You have no idea what it's like to be me."

Azula frowned at him, untroubled by sympathy. "I'm trying to help you, Dum-dum. I know there's something you desire, something that Father isn't going to want to give you, no matter how heroically you return."

Zuko's breath came a little harder and he watched her more warily than ever. Was she talking about his honor? His throne? Or… She couldn't mean Katara. She couldn't know about Katara. Zuko steeled himself. "You're lying. Father will be pleased that I've returned. He wouldn't refuse to restore me to my proper place now that I've captured the Avatar."

"You know that's not what I'm talking about." Azula narrowed her eyes and leaned forward to brace her hands on either side of her knees. "If pretending ignorance is the only trick you've learned in exile, the Fire Court is going to eat you alive."

Zuko glared back at her and didn't speak. It was safer to be silent.

After a tense moment, Azula heaved a sigh and rolled her eyes. "Alright, fine. I know I haven't been very nice to you in the past and you're having trouble trusting me. But this isn't some game where I trick you into making a fool of yourself for my amusement. We aren't children anymore, Zuko. The stakes are higher now, and you can't afford any more blundering."

She seemed so sincere. But Azula was good at that. She could really seem to mean things she didn't mean at all. Zuko narrowed his eyes as if that would help him see the truth.

Azula met his stare for a long moment, then finally let out an annoyed breath and stood up. "Maybe you need more time to think this through. Take as long as you want. Just don't be stupid, Zuko - you know you'll need my help to get on Father's good side." She tipped her head to the left, assessing him one final time. Considering her next words. Then Azula shrugged and turned to go. "When you decide you want to keep the waterbender, you know where to find me."

Then, while Zuko was still staring at her like a speared fish, Azula strode from the room. The door shut behind her and Zuko sat in silence for a full minute before remembering to breathe. He placed both palms on the table top and stared at the untouched cups of tea.

The set was pink, marked in gold leaf, flames becoming flowers becoming flames. Iroh would have pointed out that it was the pink glaze - rare, and prized for the rosy flush at the base of the vessel - that made the set truly valuable. But Iroh was not here.

Zuko snatched up the nearest cup, lurched to his feet, and hurled it at the door. A servant, who happened to be peeking in to see if she was needed, had to duck out of the way to avoid being hit in the face. From the hall came the sound of porcelain smashing against the far wall. The servant would probably think Zuko had been aiming at her, and that just annoyed him more.

"Get out," he shouted, though he was alone in the room and the door was already closing. The shoulders of his fine robe creased as he threw his arms up in the air. "Get out!"

.


.

Katara thought she knew how to deal with tedium, but the brig went far beyond the dragging days she had known at the South Pole. Back home, she had always had a task to perform. Mending, cooking, preserving - there had been no end to the work. At the time, it had seemed like a curse. Now, alone in a cell with nothing to occupy her for days at a time, Katara looked back on those years with no small amount of longing.

In particular, she wished she could speak to Gran-gran. She wished she could remember all the details of early stages of pregnancy. She wished she could ask questions she had never thought to ask before. Then again, the thought of facing Gran-gran now that she had decided to bring a baby into the world young and unwed made Katara cringe.

But she didn't think much about Gran-gran during her empty days in the brig. Every morning, Sokka was taken from his cell and they shouted a few words through her door as he was hustled past. Katara, asking what was happening. Sokka, saying he was going to be fine. The guards, telling them both to shut up. Every afternoon, he returned quiet and weary, but angry. She could hear it all in his voice when he said he was fine, fine.

Katara worried, but the guards would tell her nothing so she found other ways to fill her time. She exercised her body gently, careful of her injuries and her constant weariness, and she ate the salty food and drank the sparse water. She glared in silence at her keepers and conserved her energy for carrying her chains and holding her head up high when anyone was looking.

And she thought. She thought about her conversation with Azula, replaying it in her mind and trying to understand the unease she still felt. She thought of what she would say to Zuko when he stormed in, and then, when days passed and he never came, she thought of things to say to him with regard to his absence. She began to wonder whether he wasn't worse than she had thought, so cold he wouldn't even bother to speak to the woman carrying his child. She cursed herself for a fool for expecting more from him, even now.

But mostly, Katara thought about her baby. She worried about Azula's threat, about the ways a pregnancy could be terminated. She picked at her food looking for unfamiliar herbs. She drank her water in cautious sips, tasting for anything out of the ordinary. There was no sign of any drug, yet Katara still worried. She thought again and again of the Fire Lord, every day a little closer.

And then, when the worries became almost too much, she covered her face with her blanket and shut her eyes in the almost-dark, breathing her own humid breath, and she stroked her flat belly through the ratty prisoner's tunic. In whispers, Katara told her baby that everything was going to turn out alright, no matter how hard it seemed now. She promised to love and protect her baby from all the rest of the world, from its own father if need be. She sang the songs her mother had sung to her as a child, soft and close against the rough wool.

This was what she was doing when Zuko finally came. She heard some activity beyond the door, but that wasn't strange, so Katara didn't pay it any mind. She just stayed curled under her blanket, humming over the words to a lullaby she only half-remembered now.

Then the door clanked open and the peace she had built evaporated. Katara threw off the blanket and sat up with a rattle of chains. Zuko stepped into the room. Behind him, the door clanked shut.

Katara wanted to stand up and face him on her feet. She had planned to be undefeated when he came, she had promised herself she wouldn't let him know how this imprisonment had affected her. Yet now he stood before her and Katara wasn't certain that she could stand without staggering. Better to make her point where she sat on her pallet than to show such an obvious sign of her growing weakness.

But at just the sight of her, Zuko stood arrested hardly past the threshold. "You look awful," he said.

Katara could tell from his tone that it came more out of shock than a desire to criticize. Still… "Back at you," she sneered.

It wasn't true. The glossy black silk of his tunic fit well to his shoulders, and he looked healthier than he had when she saw him three or four… or five days ago. But it wouldn't do for him to know that.

He didn't seem inclined to care about his own looks anyway. "Are you being mistreated?" he demanded.

"Yes," Katara spat, "but I don't think you're about to change the way you do things."

Zuko looked at first incensed - as if he meant to storm off and find whoever had wronged her - and then stung when it turned out to be him. Then his jaw tightened and the expression was gone. "Sokka doesn't look this bad."

"Sokka probably gets enough water to drink. He might even get to actually wash his face sometimes. I don't know." She fixed him with an especially dark look. "I still haven't seen him."

Frowning harder still, Zuko banged on the door until it opened and then he stormed out into the corridor. The door swung shut again and, through it, Katara heard his raised voice and the much quieter apologetic tone of the captain. Moments later, Zuko was back in the cell, suddenly crossing the room, stepping over the restraints in the floor to get to her.

Katara didn't want to seem alarmed - she had planned to appear unafraid - but she backed away from him as he crouched before her, his knee almost brushing hers.

"Here," he snapped, and Katara finally noticed he was holding a canteen out to her.

A canteen heavy with water. It may have been her imagination, but Katara was sure she could smell it through the open spout. Water. Stale and room temperature and perfectly thirst-quenching.

And in just the one set of restraints, her hands were free at last to bend it.

The plan assembled unbidden in her mind. First, she would take Zuko out with a surprise strike. Then, while he was still sprawled on the floor, she would break out of her chains, rush into the corridor and fight all the guards, rescue the others, figure out where Appa was, and escape.

This was it. This was her chance. She raised her hand to draw water out of the canteen.

Zuko watched her steadily. From the corner of her eye, Katara spied the open door. Through it, an anxious guard looked on. Her empty hand seemed to weigh ten extra pounds. Zuko watched her, waiting.

Katara licked her cracked lips. This might be her best chance to escape. If she didn't take it now, she might never get another.

But if she did try now, and then failed because her strength was low, how much more security would she have to fight her way through next time? And besides, the full moon was coming in just a few days. Katara could feel it, that high tide of power drawing ever closer. Better to drink now and be strong then.

Her fingers fumbled against the metal vessel, but Zuko didn't let go until she had a firm grip. Katara upended the canteen and gulped down mouthful after mouthful until her lungs were screaming for air, until Zuko was pulling the canteen away. Katara pulled right back. The metal slipped through her fingers, but she managed to catch a grip on the canvas strap and held it taut.

Zuko stopped pulling and fixed her with a look somewhere between disapproval and concern. "You'll make yourself sick."

"I don't care. Give it back."

"It won't help you to throw it all up again."

"I'm not going to throw up." Katara's stomach ached and sloshed a little, but she kept on glaring at Zuko. "Don't be a jerk."

The words hung between them as the silence stretched on. It felt suddenly like a strange thing to say, too personal for this setting. Finally, Zuko passed back the canteen, not quite surly about it but not happy either. "Suit yourself."

Katara took another sip, just to prove she could, then settled the canteen on her folded legs. Zuko hadn't moved away, he had sat down, and it was weird how the knees of the fine pants he was wearing were almost touching her filthy prisoner clothes and bedding and he didn't even seem to notice. It made her kind of angry. Everything about him made her kind of angry.

"So you finally got around to coming to talk to me." Katara tipped her chin down and glared at him. "Don't think you're going to change my mind with a little water."

Zuko frowned at her for a beat, then turned to bark over his shoulder at the guard holding the door. "Out."

The door shut and locked and Zuko turned back to her, not sitting quite so straight as before. "I didn't mean to leave you here for so long. Azula… somehow, she knows about you. And me. I thought if I stayed away she might let it go." He shook his head. "But then I realized that was stupid. She'd never fall for it."

Katara watched him speak, her fingers tight as wire around the canteen. Her stomach churned. She had to shut her eyes. Something wasn't right here.

"She's got to be up to something," he went on, then huffed and rubbed vigorously at the back of his neck. "Or maybe I'm just not being fair. Maybe she really does want to help me this time, and by being paranoid I'm only sabotaging myself."

Katara swallowed hard and fixed her eyes on a steady point beyond him. Zuko didn't know, she realized. Azula hadn't told him. Why wouldn't she tell him? Why would she leave it to Katara to tell Zuko about the pregnancy and her plan?

"The worst part is," Zuko said, shoulders hunching minutely, "she's right. I really do need her help."

Katara's head was buzzing with too many thoughts, too much information, but one thing was clear. Azula wanted Zuko to feel this way - she wanted him to feel dependent on her. She wouldn't risk straining his trust by telling him Katara meant to usurp him with their child. Zuko wouldn't really believe that until he heard it from her, anyway. Then, while he was reeling from Katara's news, Azula could comfort and console and guide him into doing whatever it was she wanted.

But Katara couldn't just not tell him. Could she? Zuko had betrayed her but, loath as Katara was to admit it, he really hadn't lied to her about his intentions. He hadn't even misled her. He had only ever urged her to join him.

This was different, though. They weren't wary allies going up against a third party. There was no uncertainty now about what side they would choose when the time came. That time had come and gone. They were enemies now. Katara was threatening Zuko's crown and her only claim to that power was the fragile life she carried. It would be smarter to keep the secret for as long as she could and throw a wrench into Azula's plans.

Katara licked her lips and looked away from the fretful line in Zuko's brow. It was too familiar. "Why are you even telling me this?"

"It involves you," he said in a high, halting tone. "I don't know if I believe her, but Azula says she knows a way that I can keep you with me when we reach the Fire Nation."

Katara reeled back, repulsed. "Keep me with you? You want to keep me on hand like some kind of slave?"

"No! You will never be a slave!" The words echoed off the steel walls, but for all Zuko's conviction, they rang false in Katara's ears. "You're a royal hostage," he went on more quietly, with the same intensity. "You belong in the palace, in a decent room with enough food and water. Not-" He flung his arm around as if to lash the room in which they sat. "-drying up in some prison."

"That's great, Zuko." Katara folded her arms tight over her chest. "I'm so glad you have such a generous understanding of how I really deserve to be confined."

"I never wanted to imprison you at all," he snapped. "You chose this."

"No!" Katara stabbed a finger at him, furious. "You don't get to blame me for the things you're doing, Zuko! You chose to capture Aang. You took me prisoner, you sent me to this cell. If you don't like something about the way all this has played out, you need to think about all the things that you've done and quit lying to yourself about not having any other options."

Zuko glared at her the way a cornered animal glares. "I didn't have other options. You asked me to abandon everything that makes me who I am and turn my back on my people. I'm trying to do the best I can for you right now, and all you do is rip into me because things didn't go the way you wanted. That's life, Katara. It doesn't always go your way."

"Don't you dare lecture me about the unfairness of life, Zuko. Not now." Katara turned her face from him, hot with anger and mortification as a few tears spilled down her cheeks. They had crept up on her. They had been creeping up for days, ever since she had realized she was pregnant. Her chains rattled as she swiped the tears away.

Zuko was silent as she drew several long breaths. Katara didn't look at him. She didn't want to see whatever look he was giving her. She didn't want him to see the panic and pain in her expression. This wasn't how she had wanted this talk to go at all.

Then his arms swept up around her, shocking and familiar, and for a moment all Katara could think was how clean and good he smelled, like some spice she didn't know. His warmth sank through her tunic and into her back and shoulders, and it was so good, so good to be held by these particular arms. Katara ached with the sudden awareness of how she had missed this. Her hands settled all on their own against his silk-covered chest.

And then she remembered where they were, and all that had happened and all he had done, and she shoved him away. Zuko sat back hard, startled. Katara glared at him, and she didn't care now if he could see that she was crying. She didn't care about Azula's scheming or any of it. All she wanted right now was to make Zuko back off. To make him stop reminding her of that unbearable fantasy.

"Don't ever touch me," she snapped. "I don't care what you think you feel, you have no right to touch me. I don't love you. I don't want you anywhere near me."

Zuko stared at her, a helpless tilt to his brow. He looked troubled, but not beaten. Not yet.

Katara straightened, holding her head up high and glowering back at him. "I'm pregnant."

The immediate flash of emotion in his eyes was so strange, Katara didn't even want to know what it meant. "I thought you'd decided to end it." His voice was low, strangled.

"I changed my mind," she ground out. "When I escape with my friends, I'm going to raise this baby far away from you and the Fire Nation. I'll teach him how to treat the people of the world with respect and dignity-" Katara bared her teeth. She'd forgotten all about the tears still wet on her cheeks "-and when he's old enough, I'll clear his path to the throne myself."

Zuko had gone pale. His mouth hung slightly open and his good eye was huge. Even his scarred eye had stretched far wider than usual. Slowly, he mastered his expression. And climbed to his feet. For a long moment he stood there, glaring down at Katara where she sat, looking as if he meant to say some angry, horrible thing.

But he didn't. He just turned away and strode out of the cell.

Katara watched him go, breathing hard. For a long while, she only stared at the shut door. Her fingers began to ache and only then did she realize she was clutching the canteen hard enough to strain them.

It was half empty, not enough water left for an escape. Not yet. Katara fitted her mouth to the spout and tipped her head back and drank until she couldn't hold any more. Then, finally, she wiped the tears from her face.

 

Chapter Text

Katara stayed on edge all day long. She was afraid Zuko would come back to actually say whatever awful thing he'd been thinking earlier. But when the door finally opened around dinner time, it turned out to only be Lieutenant Roshu.

This was normal enough - Roshu was always the one who came in to check her restraints before her daily drink - but this time a second guard slipped in behind him. While Roshu spoke to Katara, the other man tentatively picked up the empty canteen from the floor and shook it.

"Get up, waterbender. You're going upstairs."

Katara climbed to her feet slowly, careful not to jostle the water she had concealed inside the locking mechanisms of her cuffs. "Which of them is it this time?"

Roshu narrowed his eyes at her. "You'd be wise to answer either summons quickly and with less attitude."

"Oh, I'm sorry, Roshu. I forgot that asking questions is frowned upon in the Fire Nation."

"You're pushing your luck, prisoner. Watch your mouth or you'll earn yourself a lesson in respect."

"Oh, didn't you hear? I'm a princess." Katara held her head as high as she could, met the Lieutenant's glower, and gave her best impression of Azula's airy indifference. "Only my private tutors teach me lessons."

Roshu's face twisted and turned a shade redder but he did not speak. He snatched up her chain and marched her out of the brig. Katara had to struggle to keep pace while focusing on holding her water in the manacles, so the lower levels and a great many stairs passed without her noticing.

But then, at the bottom of the last flight of stairs, the Lieutenant stopped. The landing was dimly lit by a lantern, and the orange light cast deep shadows in his brow and the corners of his mouth. He fixed the second guard with a hard look. "Wait at the top."

A shudder swept up Katara's spine and she subtly leaned away from him, letting her wrists be cinched in slightly by the already taut chain. The other guard peered between her and his commander. "Sir?"

"One minute, Private," Roshu said. "If I haven't brought her up, you sound the alarm."

The guard still didn't look convinced, but he nodded and hustled ahead up the stairs. And Katara was alone with the Lieutenant.

He frowned down at her, huge and angry and gripping that chain. Katara steeled herself. It would be easy to use the water from her cuffs to break free. He would be so surprised, he wouldn't even see the attack coming until he was out cold. It wouldn't even take a minute.

"You joke, but the Prince beats your brother every day."

Katara's mind went blank. "What?"

"A consequence of disrespect. The wolf attacked Prince Zuko in his cell and, instead of just having him flogged once, the Prince sends for him every day and uses practice swords to beat him until he can't get up."

Water was trickling unnoticed down Katara's fingers and seeping through her cloth shoes. She could only meet Roshu's stare as he went on.

"So you keep on pushing him, waterbender. Keep shouting at him like a fishwife behind closed doors and keep making your snide remarks. One of these days, he'll get enough. Then you can have private lessons with the Prince just like your brother."

He pressed her on up the stairs and Katara stumbled along, numb. In what seemed like no time at all, they were up the stairs and a new door was opening before her.

.


.

Sokka didn't realize something was wrong until the guards reached the level of the training room and then kept shoving him up several more floors. Sure, it was late in the day for his playdate with the jerkbender, but he had been too busy enjoying the extra hours of sleep to really think about that. As he was hustled down a spacious, richly-appointed corridor, he began to finally wonder at the occasion for this morning's cancellation. Whatever it was, it couldn't be good.

Finally, a servant opened one of the doors and Sokka was driven into a room bright with daylight and really unnecessary gold decor. His eyes were drawn at once to the window on the far wall, through which he could see a sky going pink with early evening. It was the first time Sokka had seen the sky in ten days.

Zuko stood peering out the window with his hands clasped behind his back. He was wearing a snazzy black tunic that he probably wouldn't want to ruin with blood or sweat, so Sokka immediately became even more suspicious. If he wasn't here to fight, the mystery only deepened.

"Remove his chains and go," Zuko said, not bothering to look away from the world outside.

He probably didn't see the guards' uncertain glances and shrugs, but Sokka did. He also saw the way their eyes slid sideways at their prince's back. But Zuko's budding mutiny - or whatever that was - wasn't Sokka's problem. He jangled his chains. "Hey. Kaiji. Make with the removing, will ya? I'm gonna get a cramp."

The guard, a tall thin guy with a mustache and a pointy beard, frowned at him and muttered something about 'Water Tribe buffoons' as he worked the key.

Sokka didn't watch them leave. He rubbed his wrists where the manacles had chafed and frowned at Zuko, who still stared out the window. Then the door shut quietly and the room was silent. Awkwardly, uncomfortably silent. Sokka scanned the place, looking for potential weapons, but all he saw were a few tapestries, a low table, and some sitting cushions. There were two doors besides the one through which he'd entered, leading off opposite sides of the sitting room. Unless Sokka wanted to start a pillow fight or run away, he was out of luck.

"Alright," Sokka finally sighed. "What's your game now, Zuko?"

Zuko did not speak for a long moment, then turned to face him. He was as tense and sour-faced as ever, but his eyes flicked toward Sokka, then away, then back again. "What do you think of this room?"

"What, are you tired of our old room?"

Zuko huffed and his face twisted with irritation. "Just answer the question."

Sokka folded his arms and pretended to consider it. "Whoever lives here is rich enough to hire someone with taste to decorate, but chose not to, probably because he believes conspicuous wealth is charming. Which it's not."

"Sokka."

"What do you want me to say? It's gaudy. That's not my fault."

"But is it…" Zuko's mouth pinched shut and he glared at the wall, then at Sokka again. "Does it look comfortable?"

Sokka frowned at him, then glanced around the room again. The cushions. The tapestries. "It could be less Fire Nation-y."

Zuko followed his line of sight and stalked across the room to yank down the giant Fire Nation insignia. He frowned at the empty wall, then back at Sokka.

Sokka shrugged and gave him a thumbs-up.

Zuko glanced one more time at the wall, then took a breath and stepped to the side and opened the door that led off toward the stern of the ship. "Now this one," he said, waiting for Sokka to precede him.

Sokka heaved a sigh and shuffled toward the door. "You know, if you're gonna make me go through the whole ship one room at a time, I can save you the trouble and tell you right now that you're trying for way too much red…"

He trailed off as he looked around the second room, alarms beginning to clang in his head. This room did not fit next to the sitting room they had just left. This room didn't belong in this part of the ship at all.

It was a cramped bedroom, windowless and lit by two oil lamps hung from iron hooks in the walls. Even mellow light made the pale yellow walls glow and it spread softly to all corners of the room. There were several large mirrors mounted to the walls near the door, and the other walls were lined in a great many shelves that stood empty except for a few books and scrolls stacked all together, and some shelves lower, a row of militantly folded clothes. A paper screen filled the back wall but on the near side there was a simple pallet on the floor, tidily made with a fine blanket pulled snug over the top.

Sokka looked on this room and his stomach plunged as he realized immediately what this was. And who was intended to live here.

"It's small," Zuko was saying behind him. "I knew it was, but it didn't seem so bad before everything went in. I would have had one of the guest rooms prepared, but they all have windows. So that wasn't an option."

Sokka turned to face him, but he didn't really see Zuko. He saw beyond him, over his shoulder, through the doorway to the door on the far side of the sitting room. He shoved past Zuko on his way to that door.

"Hey! What are you-?"

Sokka threw the door open and froze as all his fears were confirmed. The room beyond was also a bedroom, but this one belonged here. It was dark and lavish. Long drapes. A bed big enough for three or four people.

And it smelled like Zuko.

Sokka whirled in the doorway. Zuko stood across the sitting room, looking way more irritated than he had any right to feel. "You smug, smoke-blowing monster," Sokka shouted, storming closer. "You brought me up here, and asked my advice, all to rub this in my face?"

"Don't be dramatic," Zuko snarled.

"Quit dishonoring my sister!"

Zuko's one eyebrow gave a startled leap and his face flushed a sudden, desperate shade of red. But he didn't protest.

"All you've done is hurt her and shame her. The least you can do now is stay away."

Zuko stared at him as the blush faded away to an unhealthy pallor. Then he bared his teeth. "That's not an option anymore."

Sokka was about to demand what, exactly, this was supposed to mean, but Zuko abruptly backed down and returned to the cramped bedroom.

"Did you see this part? Pay attention, Sokka."

Swearing through his teeth, Sokka followed him, and paused in the doorway. Zuko had compressed the folding screen, and now Sokka could see that the room went on. There was a second pallet, made up like the first, crammed in the back. More clothes waited in tidy stacks on shelves above the bed.

Zuko was standing by the screen, an especially bitter tilt to his mouth as he watched Sokka's reaction.

"You're going to keep us both in here," Sokka said.

"Based on the size of those hovels you lived in at the South Pole, I assume you'll have plenty of space."

"Funny. What was this before? Your surplus formal wear storage room?"

Zuko went tight-lipped. "It was mostly empty."

"Uh huh." Sokka scratched his chin and looked over the room again, saw it again. Then he turned the same assessment on Zuko. "Why?"

Zuko glanced to one side. "The tailor on staff works quickly…"

"No, I mean why are you moving us up here? We both kind of want to kill you and you expect to sleep peacefully two rooms over?"

"I would hear either one of you coming, especially with guards posted in the sitting room. And I had a lock installed on the door."

Sokka inspected it, a sturdy enough deadbolt attached to a much less formidable door. "So you're going to keep us locked in a closet, because…?"

"It's better than a trunk."

"You're a riot today. But seriously."

Zuko frowned at the pallet at his feet. "It's not proper to keep foreign royalty in those conditions." His eyes flicked to one side and his expression turned a little harder. "And Katara can't stay in the brig anymore."

"Why not?"

Sokka watched Zuko's eyes dart around and his suspicions grew. "She isn't getting enough water," he murmured, building steam. "The guards are afraid of her, and it's made them careless about her upkeep. I won't risk her losing- her health."

Sokka did not like the way Zuko's eyes had roamed while he spoke but were now resting steadily on him, like a dare. Oh no, he did not like that at all. "There's something else, isn't there?"

Zuko's jaw flexed and he was silent. To Sokka, that just screamed I have a big nasty secret and you're not going to like it.

"Katara will be here soon," Zuko said abruptly. "You should clean up and change." He took the three steps across the room to where a low, narrow table was set up at the base of a mirror. Kneeling, he put his hands on either side of a bowl of water, and breathed. When he rose again, steam drifted from the surface.

As Zuko passed him in the doorway, Sokka worked his jaw and shrugged. "This room is okay, I guess."

He turned in time to see the way Zuko's expression brightened with startled hope.

"But," Sokka said, clasping the other guy's shoulder and leaning close, "I can't wait to hear what Katara has to say."

He shut the door in Zuko's tense face with great satisfaction.

.


.

Zuko turned away from the door of what had up until this afternoon been his dressing room, and paced the clear space before the window. His knee was still sore from a particularly devious trick Sokka had pulled yesterday. All day, he had been careful to maintain a level stride, because it wouldn't do for anyone to know that the prisoner had injured the prince. Now, absent-mindedly, he paced the sitting room with a slow, off-balance rhythm.

Outside, the sun had set. The sitting room was growing dark. A maid entered quietly and went around lighting the evening lamps and shooting tiny licks of flame into the candles in their high sconces. Zuko paid her no mind. He only stopped and peered out the window.

In particular, he peered at the steel lattice he had had welded into the window frame before noon. It was a piece of large-square fence panel from the rhino pens. Someone had painted it black to match the trim, and now it very nearly looked elegant, but Zuko knew it was strong enough to hold in a Komodo rhino and, probably, Katara.

But Katara during a full moon? Nothing was certain.

It was an enormous risk, taking her out of the brig now. If she escaped, she would wreck havoc. Sink the ship, free the Avatar.

Or just leave. With Zuko's son.

She had called it a 'he.' Zuko didn't know how she knew, he just accepted that she would. A boy, a son. Zuko was going to have a son. He had been thinking the words over and over all day, and they still felt raw and unreal. How could he have a son? He had onlyjust ended his banishment, and he'd been a kid when he left. He was only now going home, and he wouldn't be home a year before he became a father.

The sky to the south was a gradient from evening green to deepest black. The stars shone cold as icebergs in the distance. Zuko could see his reflection in the glass as night deepened and the room grew brighter. He looked frightened, and he was. He was terrified.

And yet…

Zuko had not had time to really process it the first time Katara brought up pregnancy. That whole last night on Hakoda's ship had been a desperate, painful blur. Katara had already decided there wasn't going to be a baby, then. And it had been over, just like that. Zuko hadn't let himself think on it any more.

But all day today, a warm knot had been tightening in his chest. When he stood perfectly still, he could hear a quiet voice, the distant sounds of turtle-ducks, waves hissing across hot sand. Zuko was going to have a son.

And Katara meant to take him away. Not just that, but she planned to turn Zuko's son against him and instigate a civil war for the crown. She thought she could tell him this to his face, just like that, and Zuko would simply allow it to happen. She thought he was weak.

She could think again.

Zuko didn't care one bit if Katara didn't want to be around him. She was staying here, where he could keep an eye on her. She was going to eat well and drink enough water and be comfortable, and she wasn't going to be manhandled by any of those idiot guards.

And when she made her move to escape, she was going to find Zuko first and foremost standing in her path. She was a fool if she thought she could leave these rooms without killing him first.

He heard the door open and turned in time to see a hulking lieutenant usher Katara into the sitting room. She looked dazed, but better than she had this morning. Her eyes, at least, were brighter and her color was a little less pallid, though perhaps that was the light.

Then she spotted Zuko and her expression hardened. Zuko was ready. He frowned right back.

Then he looked to the guards. "Private, you're dismissed. Report back to your captain. Lieutenant," Zuko paused to assess this man. Lieutenant Roshu, Katara's transport officer. He was known to be among the best at keeping newly chained waterbenders under control. "You'll meet with me tomorrow morning to discuss your assignment. Dismissed."

Zuko didn't see Katara's eyes follow the leaving guards. He was too busy noticing how reluctant the Lieutenant was to relinquish that chain.

As soon as the door shut, Katara crossed her arms, chains rattling. She looked thin-lipped and a little flushed now. "Dismissed, huh? How am I supposed to get back to my cell?"

"You aren't going back to the brig," Zuko said.

"And you expect me to stay here with you?" she demanded.

Zuko narrowed his eyes. He had had a very long day preparing these rooms, involving a lot of tense conversations with a lot of concerned staff members. It was a miracle Azula hadn't intervened. And yet here was Katara, getting upset before she even knew what he had in mind. Because she didn't want to be around him. Because he hadn't given her her way and resigned himself to life as an honorless failure. Or was it because the sight of her crying had compelled him to comfort her in what turned out to be the wrong way? Zuko didn't know. Zuko didn't care. If she wanted to argue, he was game. And he would win.

"That's exactly what I expect," he said. "And that's how it's going to be."

"Or what?" Katara jutted her chin forward and waded another step into the room.

"Or nothing. There is no 'or.'" Zuko began closing the space between them, watching closely as she uncrossed her arms, as she balanced her stance. He didn't want to feel this now, he was so mad at her, but the way she held herself ready to face him in this fight… it excited him.

Yes, she looked much better than she had this morning. Much stronger. The water had already done her good.

"Pff." Katara pulled a disgusted face. "Don't you mean you'll beat me up?"

Zuko stopped several paces away. "Don't test me, Katara. I'm not going to hurt you," he said, "but I will stop you if you try to leave."

"I'm not afraid of you. I don't know what you think is going to happen here, but you're not going to bully me into sleeping with you."

Zuko jerked back a step and stared at her. Did she really think he would do such a thing? She looked angry… and beneath that, rattled, and Zuko realized that she had just lied to him. She was afraid of him. Even standing before him, ready to fight, she was afraid. Katara had stopped being afraid of him after their early days in the barracks. But now she feared him again.

And it crossed Zuko's mind that that might not be such a bad thing.

His father was feared, and respected for it. The Fire Lord was a fearsome ruler by tradition and Ozai, as a leader and a man, commanded the fear of all those around him. Zuko had always subconsciously believed that this was something to which he, too, should aspire. Perhaps fear was a chain strong enough to hold Katara to him. He wouldn't actually hurt her, he wouldn't even touch her. And besides, acting the way she had, thinking so little of his strength, his honor, she had spun his patience so thin. It would feel good to remind her who held the power, who controlled every aspect of this situation.

But Zuko choked on the words. Something told him there was an invisible line before him and, if he stepped over, there would be no returning. Even angry as he was, it felt so wrong to have Katara watch him as if she didn't know him at all. As if he might do anything.

Zuko drew a great breath and straightened a degree. He tamped down the anger as he would a flame. "You're right," he said. "That's not going to happen." He indicated the door to the former dressing room. "You and Sokka will be share that room."

Katara blinked and shot a suspicious look at the door. "Sokka?"

"Yeah," Zuko said, low and irritated. "I don't know what's taking him so long in there."

Before he even finished the sentence, Katara had jangled across the sitting room and burst through the door. There was a startled yelp.

"Hey! Naked guy in here!"

"Sokka!"

She vanished into the room beyond and Zuko turned to look out the window. Or rather, at his own frown reflected in the glass. Something had changed in his eyes and mouth, but he couldn't say what it was.

Was this weakness, or was it strength?

In the reflection, he saw a maid quietly enter and cross the room. Her head was bowed, but her eyes flicked up Zuko's back furtively. When he turned to face her, she watched the floor.

"Prince Zuko," she said a little breathlessly, "your honored sister has requested your company for the evening meal."

Zuko scowled. He'd been expecting some form of this invitation all day, and now it had come at the most inconvenient time. He had intended to remain with Katara and Sokka and keep an eye on them tonight. If they made a bid for freedom and he wasn't here to stop them, then this would all have been for nothing.

"Sokka…" Katara's muffled voice came from through the closed door, but the affection was so thick in it it made Zuko ache. "That can't be right. You're putting it on backwards."

"How would you know?"

"Common sense! Look at the seams!"

Then again, Azula's suite was just down the hall and up the stairs. Maybe it would be better to give them an hour or so to catch up now while they were still off-balance from the change. Maybe then Zuko wouldn't have to be there when Katara told Sokka about the baby. There would probably still be a backlash waiting for him when he returned, but Zuko could deal with that later.

"Have Yotsu bring fresh water and oversee their meal. There are to be no less than six guards in this room at all times. Understood?"

"Yes, Prince Zuko," the maid said in a tiny voice. And then, in a tinier voice still, "But… water, sir?"

Zuko narrowed his eyes.

"I would never dare question my Prince," the maid said all in a rush, "but Yotsu is not a powerful firebender like your highness. The waterbender could kill him."

Zuko assessed this maid anew. She had a thin face with an innocent openness. He had not seen her before. This was not one of Azula's maids; her uniform was not quite tidy enough, and she was too bold or foolish besides to survive that position. Maybe she was one of the staff that carried things up from the kitchens.

"What's your name?" Zuko asked abruptly.

She swallowed and her eyes widened even more. "Sian, your highness."

Zuko dipped his chin in acknowledgement. "Tell Yotsu to treat my guests with the same civility he shows me. They won't hurt polite people. Now go."

Sian bowed and hurried off, and Zuko frowned at the door to the dressing room. Their voices were still drifting through, bickering affectionately.

Yes, he thought as he strode out into the corridor, better to give them tonight. He selected a handful of the guards stationed nearby and sent them to stand ready in the sitting room, then went to speak to his own sister. Agni help him.

.


.

"You don't look like he's been beating you," Katara finally said, voicing a relief that she'd felt the second she spotted Sokka's nearly-naked and nearly-bruiseless body. She was sitting on the floor on her side of the paper screen now, twiddling her thumbs and trying not to spread her filth anywhere.

Sokka poked his head around the screen to frown at her. "Did Zuko tell you that was what was happening?"

"A guard told me. He said Zuko beats you with practice swords."

Sokka rolled his eyes and started doing up the toggles of his jacket one-off. "I get a sword too, you know. We both get our whacks in. Just because I'm not some flame-throwing war machine doesn't mean I can't hold my own."

Katara watched him realize his mistake with the toggles and start undoing them again. "So why don't you have any bruises?"

"They take me to see Loska before I go back in the brig."

"Who?"

"Loska. The waterbending healer? You met her." Sokka finished his toggles and admired himself in one of the rooms's large mirrors.

Katara blinked at him for a second, remembering. "Oh," she huffed, "so she can tell you her name but I'm not worthy?"

Sokka looked at her in the mirror. "Yeah, actually you did come up one time. I asked her if she'd seen my sister and she told me I ought to be ashamed for letting you spoil your feminine charms."

"Ugh," Katara scoffed, folding her arms and glaring. "And what did you tell her?"

Sokka held up his hands in diplomatic surrender. "I just nod and let her do her job, Katara. You can't fight a traditionalist when she's also your doctor. It's bad form."

Katara made an irritated sound and would have told him it was bad form not to defend your sister from at least one of her many critics, but there was a soft knock at the door. She and Sokka shared a look, then Sokka called, "Who is it?"

"His Highness, Prince Zuko's valet," answered a level voice. "I've come with fresh water for- for the Lady's bath."

Katara perked up. "Oh! Come in!"

The door opened and a slim man in a servant's uniform entered, expertly balancing a tray on one hand as he shut the door behind him. Before it closed, though, Katara caught a glimpse of the guards milling around the room beyond. Her eyes narrowed. Of course.

Staring fixedly at the floor, the valet quietly went about replacing Sokka's basin of dirty water with clean water from a pitcher, and then set out a few glass bottles. He almost scurried right back out of the room, but Katara spoke first, repositioning to lightly touch one of the bottles.

"Wait- er, what's your name?"

The valet turned and bowed. "I am Yotsu… Princess Katara."

Katara froze at the title, then smiled just a little. It was strange and pleasant to have someone from the Fire Nation treat her with reverence after the past weeks. So much about this seemed like a too-good dream. The snug room, the privacy, the politeness... It was almost enough to make Katara forget she was a prisoner. Almost.

Sokka snickered. "Princess Katara. Oh that's rich…"

Katara shot her brother a scowl and then turned back to the valet, who had inched a little closer to the door. "Yotsu, I wanted to ask you about these bottles. What are they?"

"Scented oils and a lotion, Princess. Apologies for the scant selection - it only occurred to me at the last moment that you might enjoy such a thing." Yotsu stiffened. "Not that I wouldn't expect a princess of the Water Tribe to enjoy refined things! I only mean that, as a man's valet, I am not so well practived in personal service for ladies."

Sokka was snickering again and Yotsu's eyes widened. Katara finally caught the joke and glared daggers at her brother. "Sokka!"

"He said it," he chortled.

Katara rolled her eyes and looked back to Yotsu. The man was clearly trying to remain stoic but a crease had formed in his brow. Katara felt embarrassed for him. "I'm sorry about my brother. He's an idiot sometimes. Would you mind helping him dress himself properly? I don't think he can match an outfit and his pants are on backwards."

"They are not… I don't think."

Yotsu raised his eyes to glance over Sokka's clothes and the furrow in his brow deepened. "It would be my honor to assist Prince Sokka," he said carefully.

Sokka made some grumbly noises but finally assented. Yotsu slipped past Katara and pulled the screen fully into place.

"Okay then," Katara said as they began a very quiet discussion about seams, "I guess I'm just going to wash up while you guys do that…"

They went on whispering as if they hadn't heard her, but Katara couldn't wait any more. The basin of water was right there before her and the need to be clean was an itch between her shoulder blades, an itch she had to scratch. Right now. She hurriedly stripped off her grubby clothes and dipped a washcloth into the room temperature water. Her element pressed against her skin like a tiny hug. The splash and hiss of wringing out the cloth gave her a chill of anticipation.

It didn't matter that the water wasn't hot. This was perfect. Katara was leery of most everything else, but not this. Water was simple. Water was comfort. And power.

But as she bathed, she had to wonder. What was Zuko up to now? Why had he placed this advantage in her hands when he knew what she planned to do?

She felt a little embarrassed for jumping to the conclusion that she had, now that she had seen that Sokka was alright. Not that Zuko hadn't been a real creep lately, and he certainly had had that look in his eyes for a second, Katara hadn't imagined that. Nor had she imagined the concentrated leap in her pulse, or her uncomfortable mixture of desire and fear. She just tried not to think of those feelings, because they made her hate herself.

It didn't matter. Regardless, Katara was sure that Zuko had some selfish reason for taking her from the brig now. Something to do with the baby. Maybe he just wanted to see to it personally that she didn't escape with his heir. Or maybe he intended to slip her some kind of herb to end it, as he had believed she had already done.

But no, Zuko wouldn't try that kind of easy deceit. He thought too highly of his forthrightness, his honor. More likely, he would try to get on her good side and then convince her to do whatever it was he wanted.

Katara finished washing and dropped the cloth on the table by the basin. In the mirror, a strange naked woman was looking back at her. She was thinner than Katara, and her posture was not so straight, but it didn't seem to matter because there was power coiled in the muscles of her stomach. There was fresh hardship in the planes of her face. Beneath the calm of her eyes, violence. Whatever Zuko wanted, this woman wouldn't give it to him.

It was the girl inside, whispering like a ghost about that honorable boy with the hungry eyes - that was what made Katara sweat.

 

Chapter Text

Zuko was already gritting his teeth when he arrived at the informal dining room where Azula took most of her meals. He didn't like this room, probably because he associated it with word games and the subtle grillings he had endured here. Azula was seated at one end of a long rectangular table, sipping from a fragile porcelain cup. Her eyes followed him as he took his place opposite her.

"Wine, brother?" She waved a hand and a servant rushed to fill his empty cup. "It's a special summer variety. I've broken it out some months early, but the warm flavor is said to pair well with roast duck."

Zuko met her gaze and tried not to think about her choice to order water fowl. "Sounds great."

"You'll thank me later."

Servants brought out a selection of delicacies on several tiny plates and Zuko ate in tense silence, made only more uncomfortable by Azula's apparent ease. She tasted each plate before her one at a time, then selected a plate to push forward and began the process again. She was eliminating her least favorite dishes. Her servants looked on with rapt but well-concealed attention.

"In case you were wondering," Azula finally said as she pushed forward the third dish, "you made a mistake today."

Zuko's eyes flicked to the servant waiting to refill his untouched wine cup, then back to Azula. "I don't remember asking you."

"Advice freely given, then. Whatever you're hoping to accomplish, this arrangement will only complicate matters."

"They're royal hostages. They belong in a royal suite."

"But yours, Zuko?"

Zuko's mouth twisted and he glared at her raised eyebrow, her knowing little smile. He had thought a lot about this subject in preparation for this meeting, but now that the moment had come to defend his decision, his heart was still in his throat. "The Water Tribe lives communally. Keeping them close is a show of respect."

"Which they have done what, exactly, to earn?"

"When I lived among them, they had the courtesy to treat me as a guest, even knowing full well who I was."

"And that worked out so well for them."

Feeling abruptly queazy, Zuko set down his chopsticks and sipped the wine. It was as good as Azula had hinted, and that only bothered him more.

Azula sighed and, with a gesture, called for the next course. Servants cleared away the small plates and replaced them with bowls of rice and dishes of sliced roast duck.

Roast duck was one of Iroh's favorites. Zuko took a few bites and felt strange. His throat hurt. Perhaps he'd swallowed a bone.

Azula was watching him like he was throwing some kind of tantrum and she was sick of it. "Think, Zuko. The ship is full of secure rooms. At least put them far enough away that you won't be the first casualty when they try to escape."

Zuko turned a piece of duck over and over on top of his rice. "I realize that it's a risk," he said at last. "But Katara alone is going to be a problem during the full moon, no matter where she is."

"I doubt she could do much damage in the brig."

"Then you're underestimating her." Zuko straightened and frowned down the table. "She's resourceful. She finds water in places you'd never expect. The last time Katara stood under a full moon, I watched her almost single-handedly take out Zhao's supply station - because he had her brother. Keeping them separated would be a mistake."

Azula assessed him in much the same way she had on that beach, when Zuko had redirected her lightning. "You expect her to escape with her brother and leave the Avatar behind?"

"No. I told you she'd never leave her friends. But Sokka could slow her down on her way to break into the brig. She'll try to protect him, no matter the cost."

Zuko's stomach was cramping. He set down his chopsticks again. He didn't like thinking about this, about Katara in a fight while pregnant. He didn't like to think of the guards closing in on her. He didn't like to think of fighting her himself - really fighting her, and all the brutal desperation that entailed now that so much hung in the balance. There had to be some way of preventing that fight, but he didn't like the ideas that were occurring to him and time was running out.

"I suppose you would know," Azula said, "but I wish you'd take the time to consider how this situation looks. It wouldn't seem so deviant if it was just the waterbender."

Zuko frowned at her, not understanding but feeling a whole new discomfort growing all the same.

Azula plucked up a morsel of duck and watched him dryly. "You aren't the first prince to bring home spoils of war, but you might be the first to keep foreign royal siblings in an adjoined room like concubines."

Zuko jerked back from the table, upsetting his wine without even noticing. "It's not like that at all!"

"The truth is merely one more version of a story when it passes through the Fire Court, Zuko." Azula shrugged minutely and ate her bite of duck. "But by all means, don't let me prevent you from doing things your way."

Hot-faced and far past the point of choking down another bite, Zuko surged to his feet and stalked from the room. Anything to get away from this budding horror.

He was used to storming down the stairs, through the corridor, and into his empty sitting room, so when he burst through the door and found two young dignitaries sitting at his table eating noodles, he froze.

They looked so different in shades of red, though Zuko couldn't have said why. Even with their wolf-tails, they looked refined. Katara had shunned the skirts in favor of loose pants, but the splits in the sides of her long tunic made this the most feminine clothing he had seen her in since that parka at the South Pole. If that even counted as feminine. Which, to Zuko, it didn't.

She looked beautiful, subtly elegant as she paused with her wrist bent and her chopsticks poised over her bowl. She looked like she belonged in a palace. But even in fine clothes, even in chains, she did not look like a concubine. Zuko nearly cringed with relief.

"What do you want?" she demanded.

At her tone, all the guards stiffened. Where he hovered discretely behind her, Yotsu snapped his eyes up to gape at her. Sokka just raised his eyebrows at Zuko inquiringly as if to echo the question.

Zuko didn't look at any of them. He just glared down at Katara, the epicenter of all his problems. "Leave us."

The guards clanked out and Yotsu followed, shutting the door behind him. A fragile silence stretched.

"Wait," Sokka said. "Were we supposed to go, too?"

"I don't care how much you hate me. If you disrespect me in front of my subjects again," Zuko enunciated, never tearing his eyes from Katara's rebellious glare, "Sokka goes back in the brig and you will stay here with me, alone."

Katara's mouth tightened. She looked like she was trying to think of a way to fight him, even though he held every advantage. Zuko wasn't sure whether he wanted to shout at her or kiss the hard line of her mouth until it softened to him again. He gritted his teeth and did neither.

"Do you understand?"

"I want to see Aang and Toph," she bit out. "Let me see them, and I'll behave."

"This isn't a negotiation! If you don't do as I say, you lose the privilege of seeing your brother. End of story."

Her nostrils flared and she only glared harder. "It'll be a lot easier to stomach pretending to respect you if you do something worthy of it."

Sokka leaned back from the table as if the air between them had grown too hot, but Zuko didn't notice. He stalked toward her and stood just on the other side of the table, a leap away, blind with fury.

"What does it take, Katara? Because I've made a fool of myself for you over and over. I'm risking everything to let you live here so you'll be safe and comfortable. I've offered you freedom, a throne, everything I have - and you'd rather suffer and spit in my face than compromise." His hands, unnoticed, had balled into fists. "Do you want me to be cruel? Do you want me to live up to your worst expectations? Is that what it's going to take to make me worthy of your respect?"

Katara met his stare for a long, still moment. She spoke in a perfectly level voice. "I want to see Toph and Aang."

Zuko glared at her viciously, then spun away in a flash of fire and burst through his bedroom door. It thundered shut behind him. He ripped the curtains from his window and burned them to a heap of ash. He kicked his too-large pallet hard enough to send it slamming flat against the wall. He drew back to blast fire at his own altar- and stopped. And sat down hard with his elbows on his knees and his face in his hands.

No matter what he did, nothing worked out in his favor. He was going to return to the Fire Nation a laughing stock with an insubordinate concubine that he was too weak to discipline. No, two insubordinate concubines. People would think he was some kind of spineless incestuous pervert. It wouldn't matter that he'd captured the Avatar, he would still be an embarrassment to his father. Disgraceful.

And at some point, word would get out that Katara was pregnant. And that… Zuko hadn't really thought much about how that news would be received back home. He'd been avoiding thinking about it all day, actually. It was a headache waiting to happen, and he already had so many of those.

Zuko shoved the heels of his hands into his eyes and flung himself flat on the floor. What was he going to do?

.


.

"Wow," Sokka said, staring at Zuko's door as the silence solidified. "That was intense."

Katara thunked her bowl down on the table so hard she sent a chop stick flying, but she hardly noticed. "He's a spoiled child. He thinks he can order me around like one of his servants. I might be in chains, but I'd rather die than obey him."

Sokka peered at her thoughtfully. "Did he really offer to free you? As in, no chains?"

Katara shot him a dirty look. "It would just be a trade-in, Sokka. I might get out of the cuffs but I would have had to agree to conditions."

"What conditions?"

"I didn't ask, but I think 'I promise to never escape' was probably on the list."

Sokka scooted a few inches closer to her and spoke more quietly, but his eyes were wide. "And you didn't think about maybe just lying so you could get us all out of here?"

Katara scowled at him, then at the remnants of her noodles. "I don't have to lie to beat him."

"Katara, this isn't the time to take a principled stance against fibbing. We have to get Aang off this ship." He shot a sideways look at that door again. "And, call me crazy, but I really don't think Zuko has hit his worst yet. He's been tightly wound since we got on this ship, and I don't want to see what happens when he snaps."

"Me neither," Katara sighed, rubbing her fingertips through the short hair on the back of her head. "Listen, Sokka, it's too late to try the easy way now. We just have to wait a little longer, anyway. The full moon is in three days. With enough food and water, I'll be strong enough then to fight all night if I have to."

"That's good," Sokka said, shaking his head, "because you'll probably need to. Zuko knows how powerful you are. He's not going to take any chances."

"He already has," Katara said, grim-faced, "by ever letting me out of the brig."

Sokka watched her for a second, then put his hand on her shoulder. "About that… Why are you out, exactly? Zuko told me it was for your health, but it was pretty obvious that he was trying to keep something from me."

Katara's gut clenched and she refused to look at him. She had been dreading this moment. "I'm not totally sure, either. I mean… there is this one thing, but I don't know what Zuko's trying to accomplish by moving me."

"Okay, so what's the one thing?"

"I, um…" Katara licked her lips and looked down at her hands twisting in her lap. "I might be, I mean I'm pretty much positive now that I am… um, pregnant."

She didn't look up as the quiet stretched out, so she didn't see the understanding break on Sokka's face, and she didn't see his eyes flit over to the empty spot on the wall where a Fire Nation tapestry had been hanging just a few hours ago. She felt it, though, when Sokka hugged her. She squeezed him back for a long while, desperately tight.

When they finally parted, Katara cleared her throat. "An illegitimate child can still make a claim on the throne in the Fire Nation. So I'm going to raise him to be a better Fire Lord than his ancestors."

"And that's what you told Zuko, huh?" Sokka rubbed the back of his neck and puffed out a breath. "No wonder he's been such a basket case."

"Don't sympathize with him!" Katara hissed.

"I'm not! I'm just saying I could see how I'd act like a moody jerk, too, if I was trying to look after the mother of my child and she was challenging me in every way she could think of."

"He's not trying to look after me, Sokka. He's buttering me up. Just wait. He'll be offering me some medicinal tea or something in no time."

Sokka peered at her, then at Zuko's door. "You're probably right. He doesn't really… think like we do, does he?"

Katara made a disgusted noise and cast her eyes over this strange room with its opulence and rigid tidiness. To grow up in a place like this must have warped Zuko's brain.

"Hey," Sokka said, grinning, "wanna go turn the lamps out in our room and sleep in the dark?"

Katara grinned back, and when she followed Sokka into their room, she left her thoughts of Zuko behind.

.


.

For the entire next day, Zuko stayed out of his quarters. He rose and ate early, then met briefly with Lieutenant Roshu. What he learned of the man set his mind at ease. A good soldier and an honorable Fire Nation man. Zuko gave his new orders and sent him to join the guards in the royal suite.

After that, he practiced firebending on deck under the rheumy eyes of Lo and Li. They had unnerved him as a boy, and his lessons with them had suffered for it. Now, though, he just found them dull. He listened to their reedy voices as they told him (often at the same time) what was wrong with his form. It was irritating, but still better than talking to Katara.

"So much anger! So much power!"

"But to harness it, you must narrow your focus."

"Quiet your mind."

"Breathe," they said together, "and let your passion burn through you."

Zuko began his kata anew, but his knee had started throbbing again and his mind would not still. Iroh had always told him that power in firebending came from the breath, not muscle or emotion. Yet Azula was an astounding bender and she had trained for years under Li and Lo. Maybe Iroh had been wrong.

Iroh had been wrong about other things.

Zuko trained without rest until the sun had long passed its peak, then snapped some orders and stalked down the stairs and corridors to the drill room. He did not have to wait long before the guards escorted Sokka through the door. Their eyes locked and held while the guards removed his chains and then retreated to the edges of the room.

Sokka stood over his sword where it waited for him on the floor, but did not pick it up. "So we're going to keep doing this, huh?"

"Until you yield or I kill you."

Sokka watched him for a long moment, then shrugged. In a rush, he snatched up his weapon and waded in, his expression stony. They fought until both were breathing hard and sore from several minor hits. Zuko had just shoved Sokka away and was about to press the attack when his knee spasmed. With a grunt, he adjusted his stance to the defensive. But instead of attacking, Sokka spoke.

"Katara told me," he said, low enough that the guards wouldn't hear.

Zuko stiffened. The sweat on the back of his neck went cold. "Told you what?"

"About your kid."

It was like he'd been kicked in the chest. For some reason, he had thought this wouldn't come up here. Fighting Sokka was the simplest thing in Zuko's life right now. He wasn't ready to face this, but he swallowed and held his head high, and waited for the attack that was sure to come.

But Sokka just watched him, a more thoughtful look on his face. "I don't really know what to believe about you anymore and I'm not sure whether I should hate you or just be angry." He shrugged, shaking his head. "But despite everything you've done, I kind of still want to believe that you really are too honorable to turn into the kind of man who imposes his will on his family."

Zuko scowled, as confused as he was angry. "I wouldn't exactly call Katara family."

Sokka fixed him with a dry frown. "You think the kid could possibly be anyone else's?"

"No!"

"Then you and Katara started a family. A crappy, divided family that probably shouldn't exist but does." Zuko opened his mouth to contest that but Sokka just surged on. "Look, you don't have to like each other to share responsibility for your kid. Is that what you want to do or am I misreading that nest you built for her?"

Zuko felt himself blushing and glared off to one side. He should bark something, raise his sword, anything to make Sokka just shut up, but his knee was throbbing with every beat of his heart. When he opened his mouth the wrong words came out.

"She makes it so hard to do what's right."

"Yeah, so… maybe I can help you out with that."

Zuko shot him a suspicious look, but Sokka just shrugged.

"I know Katara's putting you in a tight spot, and you're looking for a way out of doing a whole lot of stuff you don't want to do just to save face. So," Sokka said, taking a big breath, "because I love my sister and I want her to be safe, I've decided to make life a little easier for you."

Zuko frowned at him and was about to demand what that was supposed to mean, but Sokka moved first. He threw down his sword and held up his hands.

"I yield," Sokka said loudly. "You're clearly never going to give up, and I'm never going to beat you."

There was a shuffle from the guards still waiting by the door, but Zuko just stared at Sokka and mentally scrambled to understand what he was playing at.

"You win, Prince Zuko." Sokka bowed his head. He waited a second and then looked up significantly. "I pay my respects to a superior fighter."

Zuko watched him an instant longer, then stiffened his spine. "I accept your surrender…" He watched the other man straighten, then dropped his own sword on the mat. It made a heavy steel sound and a rush of air like a sigh. "…Prince Sokka."

Sokka's eyes shone as if he wanted to make a joke, so Zuko turned away and made for the door, struggling to keep the limp from his stride. As he approached the guards, they stared straight ahead, more alert than usual. "Take him to the healer, then back to my sitting room," he bit out.

As Zuko stormed up the stairs, he fought the urge to hit something with each step. His knee was screaming, his mind was racing, and he was furious - and he wasn't sure why. After all, hadn't he wanted this? Hadn't he wanted Sokka to admit defeat and just get it over with? Now that it was done, though, Zuko felt… wrong. Not exactly cheated. Just wrong.

He stalked into his sitting room and was immediately annoyed by all the guards loitering around. Guards, Lieutenant Roshu, and Yotsu, but no Katara. Probably, she preferred being alone in her room to being watched by all these strange men.

"Out," Zuko barked. They hustled to obey, but Zuko wasn't watching anymore. He banged through to his own room and, though he didn't notice that the bed had been straightened and the drapes were replaced, he did see the basin of water waiting and felt a surge of gratitude for Yotsu. He would bathe, and it would calm him before he had to sit down for dinner with Sokka and Katara.

Zuko had stripped off his clothes and pressed a few handfuls of water to his face and was actually starting to unwind a little when he heard his bedroom door unlatch behind him.

He froze. It wouldn't be Yotsu. He would announce himself. And the suite had been empty… except for… but she wouldn't just…

The door opened slowly. There was a rattle of chains.

For a long moment, Zuko waited, hardly daring to breathe as water dripped from his nose and chin. She had stopped in the doorway, and there was no way she could miss seeing him where he knelt in the middle of the room. There was no way she wouldn't see that he was naked. Any second, she was going to think better of this and Zuko would hear the door shut behind her as she left.

But the door didn't shut. She wasn't leaving. What did she want? Why wasn't she speaking? At last, Zuko schooled his features and turned to face her.

Katara stood leaning against the door jamb with her arms crossed. "Where is Sokka?" she asked quietly.

Zuko held himself steady, very aware of her unflinching gaze. Despite their times together in the dark, despite all the ways she had touched him, she had never seen him naked before. And maybe it didn't matter to her anymore, but it kind of mattered to Zuko. He didn't want to stand up and expose himself to her unless he absolutely had to.

"He'll be here soon," Zuko said in a hard, level tone. "He's fine. Now, get out."

"That's not what I asked."

Katara raised a hand and Zuko whipped around to find the water rising up from the basin in a long, glistening tendril. It reared up before him like a viper and hovered there. Zuko braced himself to bat it from the air with his fire, but remained still, waiting for the attack. It didn't come.

"Did you send my brother to that enslaved healer to tidy up the damage you caused?"

"Yes." Realizing how bad this sounded, Zuko went on. "We didn't fight for long today so there wasn't much to heal, but that's where he is."

The water swayed before him. "And yet here you are, the mighty Crown Prince of the Fire Nation, covered in bruises and bathing on the floor like a peasant. What, no waterbending healer slave to serve you, Prince Zuko?"

"Katara," Zuko snapped, "stop this." To his horror, his body was beginning to react - to her gaze, her threatening voice, her righteous scorn, he wasn't sure. If he stood to face her now, she couldn't help but see that he was hardening. She would be scandalized. She would think he wasn't taking her threat seriously. And he was. "I don't want to fight you," he said, and in so many ways it was the truth.

But it was also a lie.

"Oh, you mean you'd rather just threaten me when you feel like it?" Katara laughed mirthlessly. "I'm sorry Zuko. You lost that option when you moved me in next door."

"Well if I'd thought you would come into my room to harass me while I was naked," Zuko said through his teeth, "I would have locked you in."

Katara was silent for several long seconds. Then the water returned to the basin with deceptive gentleness. "Don't think I don't know what you're up to, Zuko. You can talk about your good intentions all you want, but I'm not buying it. I don't trust you, and the next time you get in my way, I won't hesitate to take you out."

Zuko glared over his shoulder at her, but Katara had already withdrawn, quietly shutting the door as she went.

He slumped and passed a hand through his hair and allowed himself several rapid breaths. Moments later, muffled by his door, he heard the sound of the guards returning with Sokka.

Sokka… Did he really mean to help Zuko or was Katara's little show of strength just now a part of some elaborate strategy between them? No, that couldn't be. Sokka would never approve of Katara coming into Zuko's room at all, much less while he was in a state of undress. Katara had to be acting without his knowledge. And if Sokka didn't know, Zuko sure wasn't going to tell him.

No, he would deal with this directly.

Zuko finished his bath, but it wasn't the calming time he had anticipated. His mind was whirring and every splash of luke-warm water against his skin was equally unnerving and arousing.

.


.

Katara sat on her side of the screen while Sokka got cleaned up on his. He was saying something about appearances, but she wasn't listening anymore.

She was thinking about earlier, when she'd heard Zuko blow through the sitting room and dismiss everyone, when she'd peeked out, hoping to see Sokka and had instead only heard the quiet splashes coming from behind the other door. She hadn't really thought it would be unlocked when she tried the knob. But it was. And there he was.

Now, Katara scratched the side of her neck and glowered at the floor between her feet and tried to focus on the right things. Not the muscular sweep of his back or the curve of his pale backside. Not the spectrum of bruises on his chest or the big red scar on his shoulder. What was important was that she'd made a stand. She'd shown him he could bellow all he wanted but he still had every reason to be afraid of her here, no matter the chains she wore.

But she kept thinking about that scar. The scar he'd gotten helping her rescue Sokka. She remembered healing it by the campfire, how strong and fine he had seemed that night. He'd said he would marry her that night. Make her Fire Lady.

Katara fiddled with her manacle and glowered at the floor. None of that should matter now. Clearly, it didn't matter to Zuko. Not like it mattered to her. All Zuko wanted was to dominate her and bend her to his will. Two days left until the full moon - she couldn't wait to escape.

And when she was out of here, she could forget all about the peculiar edge in his voice when he was angry and afraid, that edge that sounded so like desire.

"…could at least try to seem like you care." Sokka stepped out from behind the screen, dressed and ready. "Have you even been listening?"

Katara straightened up. "Huh? Oh, about the appearances, right. I totally agree, Sokka!"

He frowned at her. "Right. So you promise to be polite at dinner?"

"Polite? I'm always polite. When am I ever not polite?"

"To Zuko."

Katara stiffened and shot him a horrified look, then scowled, but Sokka quietly rushed on before she could protest.

"Look, we don't have a lot of time left before the full moon. You could spend that time embarrassing him in front of his servants if you really want to, but that means I'll probably end up back in the brig. That's one more cell for you to bust open, and one less pair of hands to help you save Aang. Or," Sokka said, holding up his hands as if to calm her, "you could play nice for two days and we can take Zuko down together."

Katara frowned up at him, then sighed and gave her head a helpless shake. "Sokka, I don't know if I can do it…"

"Little sister," Sokka said as he knelt down in front of her and grabbed her shoulders, "if there's anyone I know who can be nice to someone just to make a point, it's you."

 

Chapter Text

When Katara and Sokka emerged from their room, they found Zuko already seated at the low table, stiff and formal. His eyes shot immediately to Katara for a hard second, then snapped to Yotsu, who bowed and leaned out the door to signal someone in the hall.

Katara took a seat on a cushion much closer to Sokka than Zuko, putting her almost directly across the table from him. Their eyes met and held. Zuko frowned back at her steadily, with almost the same stern look he'd worn when he was naked.

Katara banished the thought, but it kept creeping back. The muscled ridges of his shoulders, the shallow valley of his spine - but mostly his eyes, like some cornered animal's. The way he looked at her now, though, was different. Like a promise of retribution soon to come.

A flurry of servants entered the room bearing several dishes and bowls of rice. As they set the table and retreated to places around the perimeter of the room, Katara and Zuko's eye contact held, stretched out.

Katara would be polite, fine, but she wasn't going to be the one to look away. She wasn't afraid of him.

"So," Sokka said at length, plucking food from the dishes on the table and collecting it in a teetery heap on top of the rice in his bowl. "Prince Zuko. Now that we've settled our dispute, maybe you'd, ah, regale me and my royal sister with stories of, um…"

He elbowed Katara and she narrowed her eyes and picked up her chopsticks. Then, after a sharp little breath, she forced a sugary smile onto her face. "Why don't you tell us about the Fire Nation? We'd love to hear all about our new home."

Zuko watched her even more stonily than before. "What do you want to know?"

Katara stabbed her chopsticks down to squeeze the juice out of a mushroom, smiling harder still. "Oh, I'm sure you can think of something great to tell us about your country, since it's so great."

"I hear there are some pretty nice beaches!" Sokka put in between mouthfuls.

Zuko finally picked up his own chopsticks and began warily selecting bits of food for his bowl as he spoke. "Sure. There are beaches."

"How nice for you," Katara said as she mashed that same mushroom deep into her rice. "Looking forward to spending time on those nice Fire Nation beaches, Prince Zuko?"

He paused with a bite halfway to his mouth. "I haven't really thought about it. I doubt I'll have time for that kind of petty diversion, though."

Katara held her smile but couldn't help her eyes from narrowing.

"Yeah," Sokka said. "I'll bet you've got five years' worth of prince stuff to catch up on, huh? I remember this one time I got behind on lessons back home and Gran-gran-"

Katara stopped listening to this story, which she knew because she'd been there to witness Sokka's month of procrastinating, and focused instead on the new light of worry in Zuko's eyes. He ate quietly as Sokka talked, frowning into his bowl. Without his challenging gaze to meet, Katara glanced past him at the blank-faced servants, then down at the food before her. She finally ate that mushroom and, finding it only mildly spicy and savory enough to make her mouth water, picked a few other things from the same dish.

"But you probably won't have to worry about that," Sokka was saying, rubbing the back of his neck. "I doubt your teachers have the kind of disciplinary authority that Gran-gran has."

"No," Zuko said, not looking up, "but I still wouldn't want to be underprepared. It's not like learning sums, Sokka. If I'm mediating some dispute and I don't know enough about the law to rule fairly-" He looked up abruptly, at Sokka, then Katara, then beyond them. "It won't be an issue. I often studied with Uncle during our voyage."

Katara could hear the lie in his tone and she opened her mouth to make a caustic remark, but Sokka elbowed her again. She drew a breath and picked up another bite of vegetable. "Iroh's a wise man," she said instead. "He probably taught you a lot."

Zuko shot her an irritated look that swiftly faded when he saw she wasn't being sarcastic. "Yes," he said quietly as he picked at his food. "He did."

The meal went on peacefully enough and, after Sokka polished off his second bowl of rice, the servants cleared away the dishes and replaced them with squat tea cups. One man went around the table with a teapot, filling each cup with something hot and fragrant. Katara peered into her cup with no small amount of suspicion, then eyed Zuko.

He had already taken his cup in hand and was apparently breathing the steam. The look on his face was more troubled than angry - but still angry. Always angry. And he wasn't drinking.

Katara folded her hands in her lap and waited.

"What kind of tea is this?" Sokka asked, sniffing his own cup.

"Green tea with ginger root, probably," Zuko said. He finally noticed Katara watching him and his frown grew more pronounced. "What?"

"Mm!" Sokka said, jerking as if he'd burned himself. "It's good, Katara! …hot."

Katara just went on glaring at Zuko. "I don't want any tea."

"So don't drink it."

"I won't."

"Fine." Zuko rolled his eyes away from her like she was acting crazy and sipped his own tea.

Katara worked her jaw to the side and hoped he scalded himself. Then she turned to Sokka. "I'm done."

"Oh…" Sokka shrugged. "I guess you should… ask to be excused? That's what polite people do, isn't it?"

Katara fixed him with her most withering look, then stole a glance at Zuko. He was watching them over his cup with a furrow in his brow. "I don't want to ask," she whispered back. "You ask."

"Katara, I want to stay and finish my tea. Green tea with ginger is supposed to be a great digestive aid. That fish was spicy!"

"Maybe if you ate one piece instead of four, you wouldn't have this problem," Katara hissed.

"If you want to go," Zuko said in a calm voice that wasn't at all like him, "just go."

"What I want," Katara snapped, planting her hands on the table as if that would brace her against the gust of this fury, "is to see Toph and Aang."

Near the door, the last two servants stiffened. Beside her, Sokka pressed a hand over his eyes. Zuko stared back at her, his yellow eyes burning. Slowly, he lowered his cup to the table before him.

.


.

There it was. Finally. Zuko had been sitting here for the past hour waiting for Katara to drop that unnerving facade and now, at her biting words, he nearly smiled. Much as he wanted to keep what remained of his dignity, he found he liked it better when Katara was open with her hostility. Her honesty was strangely comforting.

It also made the vague plan presently forming in his mind seem so much more satisfying.

"The Avatar is off-limits," Zuko said. "But I might consider letting you visit with Toph, provided you do something for me first."

Katara watched him narrowly for just a second too long. "And what's that?"

Zuko dismissed the servants with a gesture, then went back to gazing evenly at Katara. She glared back at him, all temper and suspicion. Good. If she was suspicious, she was nervous, and she should be nervous. She'd broken an unspoken truce between them when she entered his room. She'd be a fool if she didn't expect repercussions.

Beside her, her brother sat tense and very still, no longer bothering to feign interest in his tea. "Alright," Sokka said the second the door closed. "Getting creepy."

Zuko shot him a sour look but didn't dignify that with a response. He spoke only to Katara. "I'll let you see Toph if you heal me."

Katara's eyes flashed with some feeling Zuko was sure he must be misinterpreting. She didn't really just scan the breadth of his shoulders through his tunic. No, she was nervous and resentful. She swallowed and dipped her chin lower, watching him still.

"Why don't you just make Loska do it?" Sokka demanded. "She's actually trained to heal people and, also, you know, she's your slave."

"She is not my slave," Zuko bit out.

"Well, she's scared enough of you to pretty much do whatever you say anyway so-"

Zuko swiped a hand through the air as if to bat away the very notion. He knew the healer was afraid of him. He'd noticed it every time he entered the infirmary, and it made him feel sick and strange. Furious and yet pleased. But Sokka and Katara didn't need to know that.

"Look - Loska, the surgeon, the servants, the guards - everyone on this ship will report to Azula about anything I do. I don't want it getting back to her that I needed treatment after fighting you. She already-" Zuko huffed out a sigh and shook his head, then fixed his stare on Katara. "Will you do this or not?"

Katara fiddled with her manacle and frowned at him. "I want to see Toph every day, not just once."

Zuko tensed and drew breath to argue, but then sat back from the table instead and let the air out, calm and steady. It didn't matter, anyway. Toph was blind and powerless on a ship at sea. It was Katara that required careful handling. Better to give her what she wanted when he could. "Fine. You'll see her for half an hour every day. And you'll never speak about my request. Understood?"

Katara hesitated only a second before nodding. "Okay. Agreed."

"Good." Zuko climbed to his feet, trying not to favor his sore leg, but perhaps not trying hard enough now that the servants were out. Katara watched him closely. He held his head high. "Let's go," he said.

"Right now?"

"What do you mean 'go'?" Sokka demanded. "Why would you need to go anywhere that isn't right here, where I can oversee this little transaction?"

"A servant will come in soon to take the cups away." Zuko's eyes settled on Katara. "So it's my room or yours."

"Yours," Katara said at once. "I'd prefer that you stay out of mine."

Zuko narrowed his eyes. "Yeah, I like my privacy, too."

Katara glared back at him, but her cheeks stained a rosy pink. It was hard not to notice how pretty she was when she was angry and embarrassed like this, when he'd finally gotten her where he wanted her. Well, nearly where he wanted her.

Sokka's voice shocked him like a pail of cold water in the face. "Hey! It's my room, too, you know," he said, glaring between them. "And in case you were wondering, I don't like either of those options."

"Nobody asked you," Zuko said.

Katara shot him an annoyed look, then turned it on her brother and climbed to her feet. "Just drink your tea, idea guy."

Sokka caught her hand before she could move away, and peered searchingly up at her. He spoke quietly, completely serious. "Are you sure, Katara?"

She huffed, but didn't pull away. "I know what I'm doing, Sokka."

"Alright, just…" Sokka let go of her hand and sighed. "Never mind what I said about being polite. If you want me to come with you, just say so."

It came as no surprise that Sokka was behind Katara's sudden effort toward civility, but Zuko didn't spare a thought for that. Azula's warning about the Fire Court was prickling across the back of his neck. He couldn't allow them both to adjourn to his room with him. He needed the servants to see Sokka at least. Better still if the healing and everything else could be handled quickly enough that Katara's absence wouldn't even be noticed, but at the very least Sokka couldn't be seen missing.

Besides, this was private.

"No," he said with more force than he had intended. They turned matching scowls on him at once. Zuko tipped his chin a little higher and met their stares. "Sokka stays here."

"Why?" Katara demanded.

"I don't have to explain myself to you," he snapped. "It's just the next room. If you shout loud enough he'll hear you anyway. He doesn't need to be there." Zuko glared at her harder, hoping to disguise the heat suddenly rising in his face. "Unless you're that scared."

"Obvious taunt much?" Sokka said under his breath, but Katara didn't seem to hear.

"I already told you," she snapped. "I'm not afraid of you. You know I'm not."

Maybe not when I'm naked and unsuspecting. Zuko worked his jaw and barely held back the retort. "Then quit wasting my time," he said, and angled his body in an 'after you' gesture toward his door.

.


.

Katara glared at Zuko's stupid face and not the rest of him. He stood so straight and tall, and concealed his injuries so smoothly. If he even really had any. Just looking at him, she felt the most intense surge of… feelings. Not good feelings exactly, and not bad feelings entirely. More than anything right now, she wanted to reach out and shove him. Ignoring Sokka's cautionary murmurs, she stalked through the door ahead of him.

She didn't see the final glare that passed between Zuko and Sokka. All she heard was the door snapping shut behind her, too loud in this quiet room. Katara whirled around to face her enemy, only to find him already striding past her toward the middle of the room. Toward his bed.

The light of four lanterns and the candles on his altar put a hazy gleam on his tunic and his back was wide and straight beneath it. This was the man she had given herself to. This was the man who had fathered her child. And then betrayed her.

Katara shook off the thoughts. She had to stay sharp. There had to be some trap here. Zuko wanted more than just a discreet healing. He wanted to get her alone, to get revenge on her for threatening him. Whatever he was planning, he would fail. Katara would make sure of that. But until he made his move, she would play along. She wanted to see Toph, and she wasn't going to give him an easy excuse to break their deal.

Zuko pulled the knot in his sash apart slowly, but he turned to face away from Katara, so all she saw were the motions of his elbows. There was a slithering sound of silk and then he dropped the sash to the floor. "There's a pitcher to your left," he said as he was shrugging out of his stiff outer tunic.

Katara yanked her eyes from the muscles his sleeveless undershirt couldn't hide and found a pitcher of water by the door where he'd said. With a surreptitious glance back at him, she bent the water into the air in a small stream.

Zuko was watching her steadily, completely shirtless now and waiting. He didn't look alarmed, just ready. "Are you going to do this from the doorway, too?"

The urge to give him one solid whip was almost irresistible. "I wish," Katara spat, then stalked toward him. Her chains jangled in the quiet. He seemed to get bigger as she got closer, and the marks on his torso became clearer, too. Bruises, mostly, some older than others. Katara huffed. "I can't do anything about most of this. I can bring down the swelling but the color will probably just have to run its course."

"Do what you can."

Katara stole a glance at his face to find him staring fixedly off over her head. She drew a breath, set her mouth in a line, and put her water to work.

It wasn't as uncomfortable as she had expected. She didn't need to touch him at all, really. And since he wasn't watching her, she could almost feel clinical about this. She could almost pretend she was just treating one of the villagers back home, or Sokka after that time he fell down the escarpment.

After she had dealt with the worst of it, Zuko raised his arm and indicated a red, swollen place on his ribs. "Here."

With just the tips of her fingers, Katara probed along the bones beneath. "This might be a fracture. I probably shouldn't try to do anything with it, since I've only healed scrapes and burns before. Going under the skin could be dangerous."

Zuko looked at her then, and for once he hardly seemed angry at all. He just watched Katara until she scowled and snatched her fingertips off his skin. Then he went back to staring past her. "Try."

"Fine. If I kill you, I'm saying it was your own stupid fault."

"Fine," Zuko said through his teeth.

She did what she could without touching him, and it turned out to be quite a bit. Katara had been awake for only one of Loska's treatments before she was moved to the brig, and for all that it had been a tense moment, Katara had learned a little about reinforcing the bond between mending bones. Now, if she could just get injured and healed a dozen or so other ways, she might have a passable repertoire as a healer herself.

When she was done, Katara took a few steps back. Zuko frowned at her, but she only crossed her arms. "I want to see Toph in the afternoons."

"We aren't finished yet."

"How many times did Sokka hit you?" she huffed.

"I didn't count," Zuko sneered, "but I hit him more."

Katara rolled her eyes and looked away from him, shaking her head. "Can we just get this over with already so I can go?"

Zuko scowled at her a moment longer, then kicked off his shoes and began pulling apart the ties of his pants. Katara, only seeing this from the corner of her eye, felt her face heating again. He wasn't going to take everything off, was he? And was he going to just keep standing there like that? Would he expect her to tend his wounds on her knees? Was he going to look down at her like-

She hadn't thought of it in so long, Jeeka's taunt and the accompanying mental image, but it came back to her now. Zuko's yellow eyes watching her down the length of his torso, hard and pitiless. Katara felt the same rush of revulsion and arousal, burning shame. But now it was worse. Now her mind was filling in details she hadn't known before. The smell of his body, the texture of his most intimate skin. Now she was weighed down by these chains, both literal and metaphorical.

But the former were chains from which she could break free in a second, which was all the time it would take for Zuko's ruthless stare to crack on an edge of fear. And that knowledge, that Katara might seem to be under his control but was in fact just as powerful as ever, only made the fantasy more enticing.

Fantasy? Katara's eyes bulged and she pinched her leg through the fabric of her pants. What was wrong with her? She hated him, she didn't want to be anywhere near him, much less entertain perverse daydreams about him.

"You're acting awfully shy after that stunt you pulled earlier."

Katara whipped around to find Zuko lowering himself to the edge of his bed. He was watching her with a pleased, almost mocking look, wearing nothing but Fire Nation underwear.

Katara crossed her arms. "I am not acting shy. I've just seen quite enough of you for one day."

Zuko's frown deepened and he went back to glaring at the far wall. "Then heal my knee so you can get out."

"Gladly."

Katara crouched beside his extended leg and raised her water around the joint, even though she wasn't sure what to do for a sprain or whatever this was. It was different from other wounds, harder to find the source of the pain. For a long while, Katara just examined the joint, pressing at different spots with her water. Then, she found it.

"Ah-!" Zuko jerked and his hands clenched where they had been resting on his fine coverlet.

Katara shot him a glare but found he'd pinched his eyes shut. "Hold still," she said quietly.

"I am holding still," Zuko spat. And he was, he was sitting perfectly upright while his fingers fisted around his bedding.

Katara rolled her eyes and focused on dispersing the swelling and regenerating what had been damaged. She went slowly, not wanting to do this incorrectly regardless of the identity of her patient. And besides, it seemed to hurt a lot more than her usual healings and Katara wasn't above stretching out her captor's suffering.

At last, Zuko relaxed and let out a ragged sigh. Sweat dotted his temples and his eyes had a glassy look when he opened them. Katara stood up in a rush and folded her arms, letting her water splatter to the floor. She didn't feel bad for him. Not at all.

"Walk around a little. See how it feels."

Zuko nodded and braced himself for a moment, then climbed to his feet. He took a few even steps, then assumed a firebending stance, flexing his knee more and more. "It's tight," he said, bending to retrieve his pants, "but better."

"Be sure to stretch every day." Katara looked away as he dressed and shrugged. "Unless you want it to hurt again."

Zuko finished with the ties and looked at her for a long moment, a thoughtful tilt to his brow. Katara fought the urge to squirm, suddenly feeling as if her last words might have suggested that she cared if he hurt himself - which she didn't. At last, Zuko seemed to come to some decision and his usual stormy look settled back over his face. It was a relief.

"I'll admit you caught me by surprise this afternoon," he said in that quiet, threatening voice he used to use when they first met, "but you won't get that lucky again. The next time you come into my room uninvited, you'll regret it."

"Pff, what are you gonna do? Threaten to take Sokka away every time I do something you don't like?"

"That's public action. What you did today was private, just between you and me." He began slowly walking toward her. Katara took one step back and held her ground. "And if you want to threaten me in private, that's fine. If you want to goad me into a fight when no one else can see, alright. But I'm warning you, Katara-"

He was coming too close. Katara took another step back, hit something solid, and sat down hard on his bed. Zuko frowned down at her, out of arm's reach but close enough to make standing up awkward.

"I'll fight back, and I will defeat you."

Katara glared right back at him, but she couldn't help it. Her eyes darted down his naked belly, just for an instant. He would see, she knew he had to see the sweep of her eyes. But she couldn't help it. She hated Zuko more than anyone else alive, more than the Fire Lord himself, but somehow that wasn't enough to make her stop desiring the sleek strength of his body.

He blinked and a confused, incredulous look flashed over his face. Katara felt herself beginning to blush. She had to take control of this situation.

"Is that supposed to scare me?" she demanded. "I've beaten you before and I'll beat you again."

"With my bath water? I don't think so." He was so self-assured, she hated how certain he was. It made her skin crackle. It made her want to shove him just to feel his hot flesh for that instant. "But you go ahead and try me, Katara. We'll see how it plays out."

"Yeah, let's see!"

Katara surged to her feet and swept her arms to whip the water up off the floor at his back, but Zuko just threw himself at her, bearing her immediately back down on the bed. The scuffle was short and unfair and the water fell out of the air on top of them like a sudden rain, unnoticed.

With both of her hands pinned under his, Katara could only glare up at him. He was smirking down at her, so pleased with his petty little victory, and before she could censor the thought, Katara wondered if he had smirked this way in the dark of the hold while he moved inside her. The thought filled her with fresh rage - and a vengeful kind of desire.

She jerked her hands under his and bared her teeth. "This doesn't prove anything!"

"Right. You'll just have to try again later. Maybe you'll get lucky."

"I don't need luck," she hissed, and then tried to knee him where he straddled her hips. The angle was all wrong and she only ended up mashing her thigh against his backside.

Zuko's eyes bulged, then narrowed. "Quit struggling. You shouldn't strain yourself in your condition."

"Oh, that's rich, coming from you! You just tackled me!"

"I didn't land on you. You hit the bed harder than I hit you."

This was actually true, and knowing that made Katara furious. "Shut up!" She wrenched at her hands, trying to twist her fingers away from his enough to manage just a tiny bending gesture. He held her tight, though, with his fingers laced through hers so that she had no room to move at all. Finally, Katara jerked one last time and let out an infuriated sound. "Rrh! Let me go!"

"And let you attack me again? I don't think so." The amusement was gone from his expression, replaced by a hint of worry. "You need to calm down. You're going to hurt yourself-"

"Don't tell me to calm down!"

"-or the baby."

"Oh please! We both know this baby is going to ruin everything for you, so quit pretending like you care."

Zuko abruptly let go of her hands and sat back, his one eyebrow angled high. "You think," he said softly, "I don't want my son."

Katara hesitated with her hands still flat on the bed, as stunned by his sudden retreat as she was by the genuine shock and hurt on his face. In her silence, Zuko wrenched away and stalked several paces from her. In the middle of the room, he whipped around and spoke in a viciously controlled tone.

"You're the one who didn't want him."

Katara leapt to her feet, bristling. "I never-"

"On your father's ship," Zuko spat. "You said we were too young, and it was a bad time. You had decided to end it. That's what you said."

"That doesn't mean I didn't want-"

"You only changed your mind when you realized you could use my own son against me."

Katara jerked back in shock but then quickly recovered and stomped across the room toward him until she was close enough to jab a finger hard against his chest. "You put me in chains and locked me up in a cell like an animal and you think you can take the moral high ground? I didn't decide to get pregnant, and yeah, I did plan to stop it - before I realized you were willing to throw away our future for your stupid throne! You took everything from me, every choice I had, so when Azula made me her slimy little offer, of course I saw things in a different light!" She threw her arms up in the air. "You're the one who put me in this position and you still have no clue what you've done to me. You have no idea how I feel, so don't you dare say I don't love my child! Don't you dare!"

For a long moment, Zuko glared down at her and Katara glared right back, both too angry to speak. Then, finally, Zuko took a step away and pinched the bridge of his nose, his mouth twisting into a bitter grimace. When he looked back at her and spoke, his voice was low and stiff.

"What do you mean," he enunciated, "about Azula making you an offer?"

Katara crossed her arms, irritated that he would dodge the subject but also a little relieved. "She had me brought up from the brig and tried to get me to drink the medicine Suki gave me. Someone found it in my clothes and knew what it was."

She stopped to watch as Zuko's face stretched out in horror. Then he took three steps from Katara and kicked his altar across the room, lit candles and all. Hot wax splattered the floor and one candle rolled dangerously close to the bed. Katara made a noise of disapproval but her voice was lost under Zuko's.

"How could you let this happen!"

"Me?" Katara threw her arms out to either side, but they jerked to a stop at the ends of her chains. "You're blaming me for this?"

"You were carrying that medicine on you?" Zuko paced back and forth, glaring at her, flinging out his arms. "Azula probably didn't even know anything before you talked to her and now she knows you're pregnant with my son! What else did you tell her, Katara? Did you tell her I proposed? Oh! Or maybe you told her how long I spent believing you were the Avatar!"

"No, but maybe if you shout it a little louder, she'll hear it from you!"

"Katara!" Sokka, who had burst in as soon as he could after hearing the table hit the wall, stood by the door, assessing the situation. He shot Zuko a hard look, and pointedly lowered his voice. "Katara, are you done healing Zuko?"

"Yes!" she snarled as she stomped toward the door. "I'm done healing him, I'm done talking to him, I'm done!"

Zuko followed after her, growling rather than shouting. "Are you done looking at me, too? Because I was starting to get uncomfortable."

Katara wheeled around to face him. "Why you arrogant-"

Sokka grabbed her arm and dragged her through the door. "Yes! She's definitely done with all those things. We're going to our room right now."

"Good!" Zuko stormed past them into the sitting room. "Stay there."

"Where do you think you're going?" Katara demanded as Sokka hustled her toward their room. Zuko just kept on stalking toward the door to the corridor. She sniped at his back. "Fine! Don't tell me! You might want to put a shirt on, bruise boy."

Zuko froze with his hand on the door, then turned back to glower at her. Just from his look, Katara could tell she was right, and he hated it. She smirked. Sokka's grip tightened on her arm. Finally, without a word, Zuko stomped back into his room.

Sokka hustled her into theirs and only spoke when the door was shut behind them. "Did he hurt you? I honestly didn't expect him to do anything-"

Katara slouched and scowled back at the door. "Ugh, I hate him! He's the most infuriating, unfair, selfish-"

"Katara," Sokka leaned close, gripping her shoulders and peering searchingly into her eyes, "did he hurt you?"

There was a burning in her chest and throat, and if Katara had been the girl she used to be, she would have pressed her face to Sokka's shoulder and cried it out. But Katara was a warrior. Tears were for the helpless.

"Like he could," she snapped. She jerked away from Sokka, shook her chains, and began pacing the tiny room. "Do you know what he said? He said he wants the baby more than I do! How could he say that?"

"I don't know," Sokka said, "maybe-"

"He acts like I'm in the wrong! I'm the heartless, conniving one." Katara slowed her pacing, and stopped. She wrapped her arms around herself and glared at the folding screen, the softly glowing lanterns. She tried not to look in the mirrors, but it was impossible not to see.

There she was. That hard woman, furious and desperate. That woman who could do what it took to survive.

She watched in her reflection as Sokka settled his hand on her shoulder once more. "You're joking, right? Katara, you're pretty much the most caring, sympathetic person I know. Zuko is deeply confused about a lot of stuff, especially family. I've been trying to imagine what he plans to do with us when we get to the Fire Nation and it just doesn't add up."

Katara turned to look at him, taking comfort in his clear-sightedness, the distance that allowed him to think these things through. "What do you mean?"

Sokka spoke carefully, his hand still warm on her shoulder. "Zuko isn't going to try to deny the baby is his, right? Now maybe if you were just any girl, he'd be able to hide you away somewhere and let you raise the kid in secret. But you aren't just any girl; you're the Southern Princess of the Water Tribe, a valuable hostage with anti-Fire Nation politics. People will be suspicious if you just vanish. And," he sighed as if reluctant to go on, "I really doubt anyone in the Fire Nation would be comfortable with you raising the Crown Prince's firstborn."

Katara's mouth sagged open as she started to see where he was going with this. "You think Zuko's planning to take my baby away from me. That hypocrite!"

"I don't think he's planning at all," Sokka corrected. "Whatever he thinks is gonna happen when we get to the Fire Nation, he's not being realistic."

Katara wasn't sure she believed this. It was easier to accept that Zuko was cruel, that he meant to do the exact thing he'd accused her of planning, because then she could simply be angry with him and dismiss the tangle of other emotions tugging her this way and that. She could forget the look on his face when he'd jerked away from her, their struggle forgotten. You think I don't want my son.

"It doesn't matter anyway," she finally said. "We aren't going to hang around long enough to find out."

.


.

Zuko scowled where he hovered on the other side of their door, then finished tying off his sash and stalked out of the sitting room. As he pulled the knot snug at his belly, other knots were tightening.

They thought they would get away from him so easily. And yet he was supposed to be deeply confused and unrealistic? When they made their bid for freedom, he'd show them a fight like they'd never seen before. Oh, they were going to be sorry.

Zuko stalked up to Azula's chamber, shot the servant at the door a glare, and slammed through the door into the sitting room. A few handmaidens stared at him, startled and frozen, but the rest of the room was empty. "Azula!" Zuko barked.

From the open dressing room door, there came a lofty sigh. "If you've come for a game of Pai Sho, I must disappoint you. I'm simply exhausted from the day." Azula appeared in the doorway and didn't even try to be convincing with her fake yawn. She was, however, dressed for bed, with her hair loose and freshly combed.

Zuko didn't care, and he didn't care about the half-dozen servants hovering about the room, each of them unobtrusively tense. "We need to talk," he spat. "Now."

Azula assessed him for a drawn-out moment, then dismissed the servants and settled on the heap of cushions gathered on one side of her tea table. "Alright, Zuko," she said in a pleasant, almost anticipatory tone. "What is it you want to talk about?"

Zuko struck his arms out to his sides. "How could you not tell me you knew Katara was pregnant?"

"Apart from your… exploits being a distasteful topic to broach," Azula said, a cunning smirk deepening in the corners of her mouth, "of course I would tell you if I knew such a threat against the throne existed."

Face heating, Zuko balled his hands into fists and glared. "Stop it, Azula. I know you know, so quit lying!"

"I'm not lying. I'm simply telling you-" Her eyes were so keen, so bright. "-no such threat exists."

Zuko stared at her, uncomprehending even though a spot in his stomach was turning to ice.

"I suppose you need it spelled out. Very well." Azula leaned toward him, her sharp nails grazing the polished surface of the table. "There is no pregnancy, Zuko. There never was."

Chapter Text

Zuko felt like he was falling a long ways, yet his feet remained flat on Azula's sitting room floor. No pregnancy? No baby? In his mind, Zuko had been holding his son for days, a warm weight now turning to smoke.

He shook his head and glared. "Katara wouldn't lie to me."

"Debatable. In this instance, however, the waterbender herself doesn't know the truth."

"Why should I believe you? You always twist things to your advantage, Azula. My heir would stand in your path to the throne. I know you don't want that."

"Honestly," Azula sighed, "you can have the throne. As heir apparent, I spent the past year sitting in on council meetings and making rulings on small disputes." Her eyes narrowed minutely as she recalled. "My decisions were rarely… popular."

Zuko watched her closely. The idea of Azula willingly relinquishing power was laughable… except, maybe receiving criticism for the first time in a life spent doing everything perfectly really was too much of a strain for her. Because what would she do if a council disagreed with her ruling? Burn their petitions? Intimidate them?

"Point being," Azula went on, "I have no problem, personally, with you spawning a line of half-breed natural children poised to start a civil war. I simply know for a fact that you haven't achieved it yet. Unless…" She arched an eyebrow, watching him with a blend of distaste and cutting amusement. "…you've resumed your efforts since the waterbender left the infirmary."

Zuko's face went hot and he bristled. "Of course not."

"Ah Zuzu, I've missed watching you fight wars with yourself. I think I'll really enjoy having you back in the palace again."

He shot her an especially nasty look, but couldn't help believing her just a little.

Azula sighed and rolled her eyes upward. "My healer of course could tell with a simple scan that your little prize wasn't carrying any… additional passengers. But discovering that peasant medicine in her clothing lent me a great opportunity which, honestly, you should be grateful I bothered to pursue."

"Grateful," Zuko spat, shaking his head. He still wasn't sure he believed. He didn't want to believe.

"Yes, grateful," Azula said, watching him steadily. "Because now you know what that waterbender will do with just a whiff of power. Now you know that she will turn against you and in so doing reduce your nation to chaos."

Zuko glared at her, then tore his eyes away.

Azula tipped her head toward him. "Zuko, it's time to set aside whatever childish delusions you have about this girl and consider realistic options."

The words were hammering in his head. Unrealistic. Deeply confused. Zuko gritted his teeth against them. "What are you suggesting? That I throw her in a cell and keep her there indefinitely?"

"That would be the wisest course," Azula said with dry disapproval, "but there is another way. You could also convince Father to allow you to keep her as your personal concubine, if you'd bother to listen to my advice."

"She's not a concubine!"

"No," Azula said, tipping her head to one side. "Then what is she?"

"She's-"

Zuko's silence stretched out, and Azula examined her nails. "Let me guess. She's special. You're in love with her. You may even want to marry her, because you think she would make an excellent Fire Lady and it wouldn't even bother you if your heir was born a waterbender."

Zuko stood stunned, his jaw working slightly. It was uncomfortably close to the truth.

Azula glanced at him. "Do I need to explain why that's wrong, or do you want to guess?"

Zuko gritted his teeth and mastered himself. "When she gets past her anger-"

"She'll still be a waterbender. And an enemy of the Fire Nation. Not only would she be untrustworthy to fulfill the duties of the Fire Lady, the Counsel of Sages would never allow the crown prince to sully himself with such a union."

Zuko's head buzzed as he tried to find a way around this cruel truth.

"Not to mention what Father would have to say on the matter…" Azula watched him as she went on blandly. "He might even banish you all over again. And so soon after your return. Now that would be a pity."

"Stop it, Azula."

"On the other hand," she went on, her tone turning serious, "when you are presented to the people of the Capital upon your return, you will represent the conquering power of the Fire Nation in their eyes. Imagine what it would do for our people to see you holding the chain that keeps the infamous Katto, and the Water Tribe itself, in line." She lay back on one elbow that knifed deep into the cushions. "Father would appreciate the symbolism of that arrangement. Probably enough to make it a permanent installation at the palace."

Zuko scowled and began to pace. "I won't publicly humiliate her. There has to be some other way."

"You could visit her in prison, I suppose."

"This isn't a joke!"

"No. It's a choice - a very simple one. Either you show Father that you can keep your pet under control, or you bury her away in some dry hole where she can't cause trouble."

Zuko turned for the door. "I don't have to listen to this."

"Have it your way," Azula sighed, "but try not to do anything stupid like telling the waterbender the truth."

Zuko paused to shoot her one more glare, but he found Azula looking back at him with urgency rather than the mockery he had expected. She went on, unblinking.

"As long as she believes there is a life inside her to protect, she's weak. Trust me, Zuko. When she's wielding the power of the full moon, you'll be glad you listened to my advice."

Seething, Zuko stalked from the room.

.


.

Katara propped her cheek on her knuckles and glared unseeingly at the scroll spread out on the table before her. She had chosen it at random from the shelf after the guards took Sokka away, but had been too angry to so much as read the title. They wouldn't say where they were taking him, or when he would be back, only that they acted on the Prince's orders.

Katara clenched her teeth and drummed her fingers on the parchment before her. She hadn't seen Zuko since the previous night, but she had heard him storm back to his quarters, and in the morning his clipped tone had awakened her as he gave orders to Yotsu in the sitting room. By the time she and Sokka finally got up and emerged from their room, Zuko was hours gone.

But his absence clearly didn't stop him from being a nuisance to Katara. She stewed, certain that he was taking out his frustrations with her on Sokka with a practice sword. So much for being polite. Katara drummed her fingers on the scroll and stole glances up at Lieutenant Roshu, who stood at attention by the door with the other guards, all of them pretending not to notice her dirty looks.

Abruptly, the door swung open and another guard arrived, escorting a shuffling girl.

"Where are we?" Toph asked in a high, frightened voice that was not like her at all. She clenched the hand of the guard on her right, who bent his head toward her as he replied. Katara remembered him from transfers with Lieutenant Roshu. Kaiji. He guided the small earthbender through the doorway with ill-disguised care.

"We've arrived in the royal suite, Miss Bei Fong."

Katara leapt to her feet, forgetting the guards in her shock. "Toph!" She rushed across the room.

Toph's blind eyes widened and she reached out one hand in an uncharacteristically helpless gesture. "Katara? Is that you?"

Brushing off the strangeness of her friend's behavior, Katara pulled her into a tight hug despite her chains between them. Toph stiffened in her arms, then yielded and hugged her back with a ferocity that did not fit the lost tone of her voice. Katara gulped back tears. "Are you okay? I was so worried about you being alone in those cells."

"You were worried about me?" Toph choked, her rough voice just shy of a whisper. Her fingers dug into the back of Katara's tunic. "I almost killed you, Splatto."

Katara hesitated and, stiffly, Toph drew back.

"I should have known better than to get involved in that fight," she said, her tone once again the high, lost voice of a small girl. "I can see now why my parents kept me from learning too much bending; there's no way I can safely earthbend without being able to see."

"How can you say that?" Katara sputtered, halfway between laughter and genuine concern. What had happened to the resilient, rough-and-tumble Toph she knew? Had a couple of weeks in a cell really changed her this much? "Toph, you know that's not true. You're amazing! You're the Bare-Knu-"

"Katara, I know you want to make me feel better," Toph cut in. There was an odd emphasis in her speech, like she was clenching her teeth. "But I'm just a helpless blind girl."

Katara shook her head, about to press the issue, but Toph squeezed her wrist and tipped her head ever-so-slightly toward Kaiji. That was when Katara took in the guard's lingering stare at the back of Toph's head and realized what was going on.

She was playing them. Maybe Azula and Zuko knew the extent of Toph's power, but all the guards could have seen was a blind girl accidentally striking her ally with a boulder. Probably, they had been warned that she was dangerous, but being warned was a far cry from being made to believe.

Katara's teeth clicked together as she shut her mouth.

Toph smirked slightly, then blanked her expression before turning slightly back toward Kaiji. "I hope it's not rude to ask, but can we possibly have some tea? My throat is terribly dry after climbing all those stairs. I haven't been out of my cell in so long..."

The soldier bowed sharply. "Of course, Miss Bei Fong. I'll see to it."

"Thank you. Katara? Is there somewhere we could sit down?"

"Uh, yes, because you're so tired from all that climbing!" Katara fluttered to guide Toph deeper into the room. "Come on, Toph. There's a table just a little way over here...

"Actually," Toph said as they shuffled together, "I would much rather lie down, if that's alright with your guards."

Katara realized at once what she was up to - if they could get into her room alone, they could speak more freely. She cast a challenging look back at Lieutenant Roshu. "I'm sure the Lieutenant wouldn't mind if you lay in my bed while we talk, Toph."

All pretense of ambivalence gone, Roshu stepped threateningly toward them. "Prince Zuko's orders were clear. You're to have your visit within sight of guards at all times."

Katara glowered and opened her mouth to deliver a sharp retort, but Toph squeezed her hand. "That's alright," she said, and it was artful how she at once seemed both plucky and deeply disappointed. "I can sit at the table."

Katara scowled at Roshu, who gave no sign of bending as Toph made her painfully slow way toward the cushions. It surprised her, then, when he cleared his throat. "I suppose we can watch through the open door, if you must lie down, Miss Bei Fong."

"Oh, that would be just wonderful," Toph sighed. "Thank you for being so kind."

Hardly able to contain her own smirk, Katara guided Toph into the little side room and helped her settle on her pallet, propping her up with pillows so that she could sit in a reclined position. A moment later, a maid delivered a tray of tea and small cinnamon biscuits. Katara watched her go, taking the opportunity to assess where Roshu had taken up watch near the table. She met his eye for just an instant before turning back to Toph and speaking very softly.

"We'll have to whisper if we don't want to be heard."

"Oh Katara!" Toph tittered, loudly enough for anyone to hear. "I think the Lieutenant is just trying to follow orders. I don't recognize his voice, so I don't think he's been charged with my care before, but he seems like an honorable enough sort."

Katara made a disbelieving noise. Roshu was a bully, pure and simple. She struck him from her mind. "How was it for you down there? They wouldn't give me enough water to keep a buzzard-wasp alive."

Toph sipped her tea and related a place that Katara was quite sure she had never been. Where she had had chains and degradation and perpetual twilight, Toph had all the hot baths she wanted and a maid available any time she needed assistance. The guards set to watch her seemed to treat her more as a temperamental baby sister than a true threat, and often stayed to play games and keep her occupied. She even remarked that the cinnamon biscuits were her favorite.

Katara crunched down on her own biscuit, scowling. "Huh. Imagine that."

"Hey, I can't help it that I was raised to exude a certain charm and culture a bumpkin like you couldn't possibly manage." The smile vanished from her face a moment later as she went on softly. "I guess I have to thank my parents for something after all. If they hadn't been so touchy about my hobbies, I never would have gotten good at dissembling to please them."

Katara patted her hand where it rested on the bed, but Toph snatched up her fingers in a tight grip.

"We don't have a lot of time left," she said in the same low tone, "and there are things I need to tell you. I can see."

"Your eyes? How-"

"No, dummy, I'm blind. It's the metal." A tiny smile crept across her face. "I can see on this ship because of the metal. Like, right now, Appa is rolling over in the hold. Snoozles is on the observation tower with your jerk boyfriend."

"He is not my-"

"And Princess Crazy Times is scaring the pants off one of her maids." Her fingers clenched harder around Katara's and she grinned. "Sometimes, there's so much going on that I can't keep it all straight, but I can pick stuff out in bits and flashes. It's because metal is just tiny pieces of earth, purified and arranged. It's different from stone, but it's still earth."

Katara sat forward, her heart in her throat. "That's incredible, Toph!" She modified her tone, shooting a glance back at Roshu, who was watching them narrowly now. "Er, that you can sympathize with your parents that way! Really amazing growth!" She dropped her voice down to a softer register. "So if it's earth, you can bend it!"

"Theoretically, yeah."

"Okay… Why am I getting the feeling that there's a problem, here?"

Toph shrugged and sighed, seeming to fight the words out. Finally, she hung her head. "Because I haven't actually tried."

"Well that's okay! If you just need time alone-"

"It's not that I haven't had the opportunity." She gritted her teeth and jerked her hand away. "It's that I'm scared, alright? This is just like the sandbending, only worse. What if I do it wrong? I could sink the ship. I could kill you and everyone else and myself to boot, this time around."

Bewildered, Katara watched the Bare-Knuckle Earthbending Champ curl in on herself like a wounded tigerdillo. At length, she put her arms around the younger girl and pulled her stiff body to her chest. "Oh, Toph. Sometimes accidents just happen. You can't let the fear of failing stop you from even trying."

Toph hugged her back suddenly. Her breath tickled Katara's ear. "I almost squashed you like a bug and you're over it just like that. I don't know whether to be relieved or mad that I spent all this time being scared that you'd never forgive me."

"I'd settle for you becoming freakishly obsessed with our escape," Katara whispered.

"Already there, Sweetness."

Lieutenant Roshu stepped into the doorway, blocking part of the cool natural light. "Time's up. Break it up and say your goodbyes."

"We'll talk tomorrow," Katara said as she helped Toph to her feet. She guided the earthbender back through the sitting room to the hall, feeling even sillier now that she knew the truth.

"I would very much like that," Toph said as she allowed her hand to be transferred to Kaiji's gauntleted one. "See you tomorrow, Katara."

Katara took a step out into the hall to watch her go, but was pulled up short by her chain. When she looked back, she found Lieutenant Roshu holding the loose end and watching her with a hard light in his eye. She nearly rolled hers. "Do you mind?"

"The Prince commanded that you remain in this room, and you will not set foot out of it until either his order changes or I'm dead."

Katara really did roll her eyes as she clanked back toward the table. "There. I'm clearly not trying to escape. Happy? Will you let go now?"

Roshu waited until the maid scurried out with the remaining tea things before he dropped the chain. Katara chafed under his unwavering scowl.

She held out her arms to either side. "What is your problem? Do you seriously think I would try to escape now, without my brother?"

The big lieutenant did not speak, but he paused in his march toward his post by the door to turn an intense glower on her, instead. It was as if she had called his mother an ugly name. Katara huffed and stalked into her bedroom, slamming the door behind her.

In privacy, her anger drained away. Even her troubling thoughts of Zuko seemed further from her mind. She laid down on her bed and stared up at the lamp light glimmering on the ceiling. A hard smile creased her face. Tomorrow night, between the full moon and Toph bending metal, they wouldn't just escape this cursed ship; they would leave it a sinking ruin in their wake.

.


.

"I always thought it was interesting how the ocean takes on the color of the sky," Sokka said at length, folding his arms across his chest and shrugging in the same movement as he peered off into the distance. "Blue on clear days, grey on days like this. Do you imagine it's just the shininess of the water, or maybe-?"

"Shut up." Zuko stared out across the choppy sea to the west, not really seeing the grey waves. He stood with his prisoner on the observation deck, high above the rest of the ship and all the unsolvable problems he would have to face down there. Some days, the cool wind helped to still his extreme moods. Today was not one of those days, in no small part because of the incessant talking of his captive.

He had taken Sokka out of the suite so that he couldn't plot with Katara and Toph. Logically, he knew the two girls would have no trouble scheming on their own, but at least this way Sokka wouldn't be contributing directly while they were all together. The only other arrangement Zuko had considered was sitting in on the meeting himself, but he had quickly dismissed that; he wouldn't be able to sit across the table from Katara for half an hour and not say something.

Even standing here with her brother, he was having trouble not saying something.

It wasn't right to leave Katara in the dark, or that Azula meant to take advantage of her concern for a baby that didn't even exist to keep her under control. It wasn't right or honorable. On his way to bed the previous night, Zuko had made it all the way to Katara's bedroom door and raised a fist to knock before he really stopped to think. It wasn't right, and it wasn't honorable, but Azula had made a good point about Katara using the pregnancy to pursue power.

His scowl deepened. She had started this thing, with her threats and scheming. She had brought this on herself.

Sokka let out an exasperated breath. "Look, I'm sorry I'm a normal human being who gets bored after standing around in the wind for a couple hours. I thought we were up here to fight, and frankly I'd really rather do that than hang out in broody silence."

Zuko turned his scowl on the other man. "It's hardly been one hour and you haven't been silent for a solid minute of it. All you do is talk and joke."

"Then give me a sword," Sokka said darkly. His amiable smile had faded to reveal the irritation beneath.

Zuko glared back and thought about it. In truth, he longed for the clash of steel and the test of strength and skill, and the resultant diversion from his unhappy thoughts. This wasn't a good time, though, not with the serious matters plaguing his mind. He turned back to the sea. "I'll pass."

Sokka threw up his hands with a frustrated noise, then braced them on his hips. "What is your problem lately? Last night you throw a fit at Katara and now you drag me out here to - what? - punish me for not letting you two kill each other?"

"Is that what she told you happened?" Zuko sneered. "That I threw a fit like some child? Did she even tell you what she-"

"No," Sokka snapped, holding up both palms like a barrier, "I don't want to know what she did or said, I don't care. I'm her brother, that puts me on her side automatically."

Zuko stared at him for a second and couldn't help his eyebrow tipping back in stunned disbelief. Then he turned away again. It was so easy for Katara. She and her brother were always on each other's side, and she could always trust Sokka to be there with her best interests at heart. They had no idea how lucky they were, how crazy it was to rely on someone just because of shared blood.

Azula always lies.

There was a rustle and a sigh and Sokka came to lean against the rail beside him. "Look, I told you I like you despite everything you've done, and I do, but I can't just sit back and watch you make Katara miserable and then pretend to see things your way. I get that you're going through a lot, but you can't take it out on her. A man doesn't do that."

Zuko snapped his eyes to Sokka's profile, acutely reminded of something Iroh had once said. A powerful ache filled him as he longed for his uncle - his advice, his presence, even his stupid tea. Iroh would know just what to do about this situation. Zuko swallowed the feeling down deeper, buried it under a layer of bitterness. "I wasn't taking my anger out on her. We had a disagreement."

Sokka fixed him with a searching stare. "Right. A disagreement about what?"

Zuko almost didn't tell him. It wasn't any of Sokka's business, really, and if Katara hadn't told him, maybe she didn't want him to know. But the urge to defend himself was stronger than Zuko might have expected. "About her passing sensitive information to Azula. Like my- Like… her pregnancy."

Sokka sucked in a breath. "That is serious... but I really don't think Katara would knowingly tell her anything."

"Yeah, well, you don't always have to tell Azula things before she figures them out. I warned Katara. She should have been prepared."

"If Azula is so perceptive, maybe you're being too hard on her."

"You don't get it," Zuko spat. "When we reach the Fire Court, the two of you are going to have to deal with being in front of dozens of nobles who'll see right through you, who'll know intimate things about you before ever laying eyes on you."

Sokka hesitated and Zuko saw the reason in his eyes, burning for just an instant before it was smoothed away. His temper flared.

"Oh yeah," he sneered, "you still think the two of you are going to get away before we reach the Fire Nation. Don't be stupid, Sokka. It would take a miracle to get you and all your friends off this ship."

Sokka's eyes widened, then narrowed. "I let Katara handle the hopey-inspirational side of things. I'm mostly the logistics guy."

"When we make landfall, you're going to be the imprisoned-for-life guy," Zuko snarled. He was so angry, and it bubbled up in him, spewing out as thoughtless words. He gestured sharply as he spoke. "And Katara will either end up rotting in a separate prison or chained and paraded around the capital like some kind of despised criminal. She'll be lucky if she isn't stoned to death by an angry mob! Oh, but maybe, if she's really cooperative, the Fire Lord will let me keep her as a concubine! A concubine! She'll just love that, won't she, Sokka!"

For a moment, Sokka's fists trembled at his sides and he breathed hard through his nose. When he spoke, though, his voice was level if tense. "Are you trying to trick me into attacking you in front of your guards, Zuko? Is this some plan to get me out of the way?" He straightened and folded his arms over his chest. "Because it's not going to work."

Zuko glanced toward the men standing guard on the door to the control room. They were far off enough not to hear all of what was said, but perhaps a fair bit of what was shouted. When he looked back at Sokka, he rammed a hand through his hair and heaved an enormous breath, consciously lowering his voice. "No. It's nothing like that, just forget it."

He turned away to glare back out on the sea, but Sokka only stepped closer. "No, seriously, what was that? Are you really so mad at her that you want her to suffer like that?"

"No! How could you think that?"

"Then what is it, Zuko? What's your problem?"

Zuko met his glower and doubled it for intensity. "You're my problem, Sokka. You and your sister. If you two weren't here, things would be so much simpler."

"Then maybe," Sokka said with exaggerated simplicity, "you should let us go."

The words rang in Zuko's head like hopeful bells, bells quickly dampened. "I- I can't do that."

Sokka scoffed. "You won't, is what you mean."

"Fine. I won't. You're both prisoners of the Fire Nation. To release you would be treason."

"Yeah, because that's been a real hurdle for you in the past, hasn't it?"

"What's that supposed to mean?"

"It means," Sokka bit out, "that committing treason wasn't such a big deal to you when you were still trying to get under my sister's parka, but now that you pretty much own us both, you don't feel like it's worth the risk anymore. Especially with Daddy Fire Lord about to hand her to you like some trophy for being the world's biggest ice-hole."

Zuko stared back at him for one quivering second, then burst into motion. He grabbed the front of Sokka's fine red tunic and yanked him so close that their noses almost touched. "Speak to me that way one more time, and I'll put you in the infirmary for the rest of this voyage."

"Oh, was I not showing the proper respect?" Sokka ignored the grip on his tunic and just scowled right back. "I'm so sorry, Prince Zuko. Your royal highness of course has the right to degrade and dishonor my sister all you want since she's just a simple peasant girl and you're such a great and mighty conqueror-"

"I'm warning you, Sokka..."

"-you treacherous savage! You said you loved her and now-"

"You think I like this? You think I want to drag her through all that shame? I have no choice, Sokka! She's left me with no choice! None!"

"Let us go! Set the two of us adrift in a life boat, I don't care, just let me and my sister go!"

"Rrh!" Zuko gritted his teeth and shoved Sokka away, whirling to clamp his hands around the rail. Sokka steadied beside him and then stood there, waiting with his arms still crossed. Finally, Zuko broke the stifling silence. "If you really were peasants, I could let you go, but you're the children of the chief of the Southern Water Tribe. I can't even just let one of you go, because you are next in line for the chieftaincy and Katara is a renowned warrior. Even Toph is a member of a powerful Earth Kingdom family. If I let any one of you go, I would return to the Fire Nation with only a fraction of the victory Azula has already claimed in messages she's sent ahead by hawk." He turned just his head to glare into Sokka's scowling face. "So no, I don't have a choice. Not when releasing you equates to failure and weakness in my father's eyes."

Sokka's expression didn't change. He didn't even blink. "That's all that matters to you, isn't it? What your father sees when he looks at you."

Zuko glared for a beat longer, then scowled out at the sea. His hands were hot on the steel rail, but he hardly noticed that. "You can't understand this. Your father is not like mine."

"If by that you mean a murderous psychopath, then yes, I'd have to agree."

"Hakoda is as much a killer as my father, Sokka. He's a warrior. It's implicit." His fingers tightened around the rail as he considered his next words. "But for all his hardness, he still loves you and Katara. When I saw him talking to you, there was warmth and tenderness in him. Even when we reached the island, he had me tied up instead of killing me outright. My father... is different."

Sokka was silent for a long moment, then turned to place his own hands on the rail. "To be fair, I think Dad probably preferred the idea of killing you. I insisted, though. I figured all you needed was a chance and you wouldn't turn out to be all bad in the long run," he said with a hint of the old wryness in his voice. Then he sighed. "And I guess I wasn't completely wrong. You still haven't told Katara about what we did to you, have you?"

"I... would rather she didn't know."

Sokka coughed, but it sounded almost like a short, unwilling laugh. Zuko felt a strange ache in his chest. "So," Sokka said at length, "since you doing the right thing is out, which of those exciting options are you planning to choose?"

"I don't get to choose, Sokka. Katara won't stop fighting me, and no one who watched her for ten minutes would believe she was defeated enough to be kept as a concubine." Zuko shook his head. "At this rate, she'll end up imprisoned in a special waterbender facility."

"What about the baby?"

Zuko flinched as he remembered again. There was no baby. There would never be a baby, not with Katara. Not now.

But Sokka could not know that, because Sokka knowing was as good as Katara knowing. Zuko's brow knit and he ducked his head. "I don't know."

"You expect me to believe that between now and last night, when you accused Katara of not wanting the baby as much as you do, you've decided your kid's fate doesn't matter?"

"That's not what I said," Zuko said through gritted teeth. "Just drop it."

"But you don't know what will happen to your kid, and that doesn't bother you."

Zuko snapped upright, meeting Sokka's challenging stare with a snarl. "Guards! Take- Prince Sokka back to my sitting room."

Sokka didn't even blink as the guards came and began leading him away. "Just so you know? Avoiding the issue won't make it go away, buddy."

The final word was spat, more a curse than any profanity he could have used. Zuko turned back to the west and tried to ignore it, but the word dug in deep under his skin.

Chapter Text

Aang fought his restraints for days. He shouted at the top of his lungs and sliced at the chains with wind and the scant water he could get in the dry chamber until exhaustion held him flat to the floor. When it became clear that that approach wasn't going to work, he tried sweet-talking the guards who brought his meals and gave him water with a cup at the end of a long staff. He tried to convince them to unchain just one of his hands.

"So I can stretch," he said, smiling hopefully, "because, uh, jeez, my shoulders are so sore…"

The two armored men who had come in with his bowl shared a look, then shrugged. One of them produced a key. Aang tried not to grin as it slid into the lock.

"What do you think you're doing, Private?" demanded an ill-kempt captain as he marched in from the corridor. The other two guards straightened to attention at once.

"Er- The prisoner wanted to stretch his shoulders, sir. I was only unlocking one hand, and we're here to watch him, so…" The guard shrugged, already blushing on either side of his pointed mustache.

"Are you a complete idiot, Bochee? This is no simple prisoner! This is the Avatar! With one hand, he could destroy us all and send the ship to the bottom of the crushing depths!"

Aang smiled winningly. "That really doesn't sound like something I would do. Besides, if I sank the ship with one hand, wouldn't I still be chained to it with the other?"

The captain fixed him with a sour look. "Obviously, you'd break out of your other restraints, first. Guards! From this day forth, you are not to talk to the Avatar, and you are most certainly not to remove any of his restraints."

And so it was. Aang still chatted at the guards in his usual friendly manner, but their responses were limited to smiles and nods from the ones who liked him and scowls from those who took their jobs more seriously. Aang himself was relegated to long periods of solitude and the loneliness and boredom weighed as heavily on him as the knowledge that his friends were headed toward their doom as surely as he was.

So when, late one night, he heard a purring chatter from the air duct, he thought at first that he had become unhinged. It was only when the grate swung open and a dust-stained head poked out that he recognized the sound.

"Momo!"

The lemur squirmed out of the vent and glided down in a tight spiral to land on Aang's outstretched arm, cocking his ears out of the way for a hug.

"Boy, am I glad to see you! I thought you'd stayed behind on the island."

Momo churred, his green eyes huge and blank.

Aang grinned ruefully. "Yeah, I guess I would rather eat Fire Nation prison food than more onion-and-banana juice, too." He petted the lemur for a moment, then flopped back on the pallet his chains kept him on. "Oh Momo, this is all my fault. If I hadn't gotten impatient with Guru Pathik, I could have unlocked my seventh chakra and mastered the Avatar State by now. Katara and the others are in this mess because of me."

The lemur scurried onto his chest and loomed into his line of sight, enormous ears blocking out the ceiling. Abruptly, the little creature sneezed and shook the dust from its fur in a grubby cloud. Aang sneezed in return, then folded his arms behind his head and brightened.

"I guess it's not too late to try, though. After all, to unlock my seventh chakra, the only thing I have to do is let go of all my worldly attachments." His smile faded and he rolled his head to the side. "Just that one thing. Nothing hard about that, right?"

Momo turned a few circles and settled down in a weary ball on his chest. Aang stroked the long ears thoughtfully, but went on frowning at the door.

"I've been trying to get out of here for days, Momo. A week or more, I guess. I know that I can't save Katara without the power of the Avatar State, but I can't just let her go, either. Every time I think about her, my heart feels like it's going to burst out of my chest. She came all that way to help me, and I just ended up getting her hurt and captured along with her brother. I don't want to let her down again, but if it takes not caring about her anymore to save her, I… I don't know if I can do it."

Momo sighed out a sleepy purr and, suddenly, Aang sat up and grinned. The lemur squawked and tried to fly away, but not before Aang snatched him up and held him at arm's length.

"But now that you're here, maybe I don't have to! Momo, I want you to go find me a key."

He mimed unlocking the cuffs with an invisible key. The lemur looked on, head cocked to one side.

"A key, Momo. A key."

Momo turned a few circles in preparation to lie down again. Aang threw up his hands.

"How can you think of sleeping at a time like this? Momo, this is really important! You have to go!"

Momo yawned hugely and blinked his big eyes, but then scurried up one of the wall-mounted chains and launched himself toward the vent in the ceiling. Aang watched his chubby hindquarters struggle and then vanish through the snug hole, followed swiftly by the lemur's striped tail. Even though the chains locking him to the floor were just as heavy as ever, for the first time since his capture, he felt like he was floating.

.


.

After sending Sokka away, Zuko lingered on the observation deck until a light rain began pattering down. Even then, with pin-sharp beads of water sticking his face and quickly wetting his outer robes, he did not want to go back to his quarters. He didn't even want to go back into the steel corridors of the ship, because going inside would mean taking one step closer to facing Katara and keeping the truth from her.

Instead, he spent the next few hours walking the length and breadth of the main deck, watching the rain fall in sheets onto the surging waves. The sea was growing rough by the time he finally paused to peer upward, his eye drawn is if by magnetism to the yellow glow of his sitting room window. It was easy to tell that one from the rest, with the painted steel criss-crossing it.

Zuko drew a breath and let it out through his teeth. Perhaps Katara would be watching the rain through that window. Maybe she would even remember, as he did, that night she had goaded him into a fight on the edge of a pond in the rain. The thought filled him with bitter longing, because of course she would not remember that, not now. Not with Sokka there to report every detail Zuko had stupidly spouted off about the bleak fate awaiting her in the Fire Nation. More likely, she would be looking out at the rain and planning how to kill him with it.

He did not want to go up there, but his clothes were soaked through and he was keenly aware of the meals he had missed already today. In this, as in so much else, he had little choice.

He climbed the long stairs slowly, trying to stop thinking about his healed knee and the events of the previous night, and passed the guards and servants in the wide corridors of the royal suite before a footman opened the door for him and he strode into the sitting room.

More guards stood at attention on either side of the door, and they stiffened as the prince passed them. Sokka and Katara sat at the table, playing a simple game with stones and a cross-hatched board. They both looked up at him, Sokka with a furrow in his brow that was difficult to read and Katara with a cool frown. She scanned him with a disinterested sweep of her eyes and lifted one eyebrow. Zuko braced himself.

Then she looked back at the game and sniffed. "Looks like someone's been swimming."

Sokka shot her a warning look, but directed his words elsewhere. "Prince Zuko, please tell me dinner is soon? Because I'm starving."

"Dinner isn't for hours, Prince Sokka," Zuko grumbled as Yotsu helped him off with the sodden weight of his robe. "You can't possibly be that hungry."

"I don't know," Katara cut in as if it hardly mattered to her one way or another. "Sokka has a pretty high metabolism. You wouldn't want us to arrive at the Fire Nation unfit to be presented to the Fire Lord, would you?"

Zuko frowned at her, but she didn't look up at him, focusing instead on moving one of her stones, so it was difficult to gauge her sarcasm. Sokka watched him with a hopeful grin. At last, Zuko rolled his eyes and sent Yotsu to see if the cook could manage an early meal. He considered adjourning to his bedchamber to change out of his damp clothes, but realized that would look like retreating to all the watching guards and servants. Instead, Zuko settled across the table from his captives with dignified ease and, exhaling slowly out his nose, began to steam his clothes dry.

Sokka smiled in a not-entirely-friendly way. "So, how is the weather looking? Are we in for a storm tonight?"

"The navigator tells me it's nothing to be concerned about. He's charted a course that should miss the worst of it. We can expect choppy seas, and perhaps some lightning."

"Mm, lucky thing you came down from the observation tower when you did, then. Wouldn't want to be up high on a steel ship in a lightning storm."

Katara's mouth curved as if she was on the verge of contesting that, but then Sokka placed his stone and she made an irritated noise instead. Zuko watched the pucker in her brow and the pensive slant of her mouth. She didn't seem any angrier than usual, certainly not in the middle of the sort of rage he had expected.

Sokka himself was watching Zuko with concealed dislike. Puzzling on that in the back of his mind, Zuko looked back to Katara as she moved a stone to one space, hesitated with her fingers still on the piece, and then slid it to an adjacent space before finally letting go. It was jarring to see her at-ease after so much anger. It made his chest ache.

"How was your visit with Toph?"

Katara's eyes flashed as she looked up at him. Zuko had no real skill at reading people, but even he could see the smirk she tried to conceal. It at once pleased him and made him deeply suspicious. "Oh, I'd say it was pretty illuminating."

Zuko narrowed his eyes, but before he could demand what that was supposed to mean, Katara had shrugged and looked to Sokka.

"She gets cookies in the brig. And her own maid."

"What?" Sokka squawked, "All I got was gruel and insomnia! How is that fair?"

"Well, she is the heir of the Bei Fong fortune."

"So? I'm a prince! I at least deserve cookies in my internment." This last was directed at Zuko. "What's the big idea?"

"I don't know anything about any cookies." On a hunch, Zuko turned a sharp eye on the guards at the door. One in particular, a tall junior lieutenant with scruffy facial hair, was in the act of shuffling his feet. Zuko made a note to have a talk with that officer later. He turned back to the table and managed a threatening smile for Sokka. "But since you mentioned it, it's about time I did a security inspection."

Sokka frowned back, but Katara just smiled sweetly. "Inspect all you like, Prince Zuko. It's your ship."

"Actually, it's my sister's ship."

Sokka moved a stone seemingly at random and Katara turned a narrow focus back to the board. "Then maybe," Sokka said with a lightness belied by his frown, "she should be doing more inspecting and less prying into other people's personal business."

"Maybe you should practice that shutting up we talked about earlier."

They shared a hard look, but it ended swiftly as servants came in with an array of dishes. Steamed vegetables and cold ginger hog-chicken, accompanied by bowls of a light, clear soup. The game was cleared away and the three ate in silence for a time. At length, Katara spoke.

"Thank you," she said stiffly. Her look said the gratitude was grudging, but Zuko felt electricity crackle up his spine all the same. "I was surprised to see Toph at all, honestly."

Zuko grasped her meaning at once. She had thought he would refuse her the visit because he had been so angry last night. He scowled at her, but spoke softly. "I gave my word. You can trust that I'll keep it."

Katara's face twitched, but she went on looking at him with just a slight furrow in her brow. "Can I?"

Stung, he nearly shouted at her. He nearly snapped that she was the one who kept changing her mind. Instead, he glowered down at his food and remembered how he had told her once that she would never be a slave. And yet, now he would condemn her to life as either a prisoner or his concubine - and what was a concubine if not a slave?

When the meal ended and the servants replaced the dishes with tea, Zuko was still brooding. He startled when Yotsu poured tea into the cup by his hand.

"So, what do we have tonight?" Sokka asked, sniffing at his own cup. "No ginger this time. Ginseng?"

"Yes," Zuko managed.

"Just ginseng?" Sokka's brow screwed up and he eyed Zuko. "No special frills or fancy ingredients or anything especially princely? Not even, say, cinnamon cookies?"

"No."

Sokka made a thoughtful noise and sniffed the steam again. Katara, on the other hand, wasn't touching her cup at all. She had been so adamant in refusing tea last night, but Zuko had just figured then that she was looking for reasons to be angry. He had certainly seen her drink tea before. Presently, though, she just seemed to be frowning at the amber liquid as if lost in thought.

"Uncle always…" Zuko hesitated, not sure why he was saying this, and kept his fingers on the sides of his cup even as it burned him. "Uncle always said the flavor of ginseng was a pure note and should be allowed to sing alone."

Katara shot him an assessing look. Sokka spoke before she could, though. "Well, our gran-gran always said tea was just an excuse to eat cookies, but I guess she never met your uncle. Hey!" He grinned and elbowed Katara. "I'll bet Gran-gran and Iroh would probably make a pretty cute couple…"

"Ugh! Sokka!"

Zuko burned his tongue on hot tea and coughed. "That would never work."

Katara rounded on him. "She's not that much older!"

"Yes, she is," Zuko choked out, "but it doesn't matter. Uncle Iroh's wife died before I was even born. He'll never remarry."

Katara's look softened at that. She peered at him, then at her teacup for a long while as Sokka went on about how Iroh just hadn't met the right old lady. Zuko tried to blot the conversation out of his memory and fixed on the only other thing he could think of to say.

"Your tea is probably cool enough to drink by now, Katara," he said in his best courteous host voice. "Don't you even want to try it?"

She fixed him with a glower, then shot a sideways look at Sokka. "See?" she hissed. "I told you."

Zuko fought a scowl as a bubble of irritation swelled in his gut. Nothing he did ever pleased her. "You told him what?"

Sokka looked between them with uncertain twitches of his eyes, then frowned as he fixed his stare on Zuko. "She told me you would push her to drink a little medicinal tea."

Zuko had to grit his teeth and think for a second to keep from scoffing at the ridiculousness of this conversation. "I guess ginseng does have some health benefits but I fail to see why that's such a bad thing."

They both watched him steadily, Sokka as if searching for an answer he was afraid to find, and Katara as if she was afraid of not finding it. Zuko became more aware of the guards and servants lingering in the room. With a curt word, he dismissed them, then stared back across the table until the door was shut behind them.

Rain beat against the glass as the silence stretched between them.

"Alright," Zuko said, drawing a calming breath through his nose. "You think I'm trying to poison you. I'm not, and both of you are acting crazy."

"Not her," Sokka said at once, grimmer than he had been moments before. "The baby."

Heat flashed through Zuko's face, then drained away. A long, brutally silent moment passed, and he shoved his fingers through his hair and pinched his eyes shut tight, bracing his elbows on the table.

That she would think that of him, still… That they both would…

A part of Zuko wanted to rage at them for their suspicion and assumptions, to burn the room to cinders. Yet there was another part of him, too, a voice that rasped gently at the back of his mind. It hurt him to listen to it, and he had fought so hard to ignore what it had been telling him over the past weeks, but in this moment it seeped through.

He would hold her against her will, lock her up like an animal, condemn her to misery and dishonor - and if he would do all of that, could he really blame her for suspecting him of doing worse?

Zuko's mouth twisted into a sour frown and he looked Katara in the eye. She stared back askance, expression guarded. She had no clue how the loss of their child ate at him.

"You told me you want your son," she said abruptly, shaking her head and squinting as if to see him more clearly, "and despite everything you've done, I still want to believe that, Zuko. I really do. But-"

"Stop." Zuko swallowed, glared at the far corner of the room, then back at her. He knew she didn't trust him, but he couldn't stomach hearing her say it. Not now. "There's something you need to know."

Katara stiffened minutely. "What do I need to know?"

He had to swallow before he could go on. "Last night I confronted Azula about her talk with you. She said… She said there was no baby, and the healer would have known if there was."

Katara's eyes widened, but then she only sat frozen in place. Beside her, Sokka sputtered. "I think Katara would know if she wasn't pregnant. Right, Katara?"

Katara did not look away from Zuko, but her brow furrowed slowly and she dipped her chin in agreement. Her arms came up across her chest. "I would know."

Her words should have thrilled him, but there was an undercurrent in her voice that Zuko did not understand. He clenched his jaw. "Look, I know tomorrow is the full moon. I know you're planning to escape - and so does Azula." He pointed toward the door as if she might burst in at any moment. "She wants to use this against you. She thinks you won't fight as hard if you believe you could hurt the baby. That's why she met with you and offered you the tea in the first place - to maneuver you into doing what she wants."

"And you expect us to believe you're just telling us out of the goodness of your heart?" Katara curled her lip. "Jeez Zuko, that's really noble of you."

Sokka jumped in. "Yeah, for all we know, this could be the real deception. If Katara really is pregnant, then it's in Azula's best interest - and yours I might add - that she drinks a little medicinal tea and has a miscarriage."

"I would never want that," Zuko barked, but he couldn't hold the glower on his face as what Sokka was saying really sank in. His eyes slid to Katara, who was gripping her own arms tightly. He hardly dared to ask, but he had to. "So you're sure? Azula was lying?"

"Of course I'm sure. It's my body. I would know."

The words came out fast and hard and, even though they were exactly what Zuko wanted to hear, he felt as if he was looking across a field of ice that would shatter the second he tried to step out on it. He searched Katara's eyes for some hint of what lay beneath, but she only frowned back at him.

At length, Zuko nodded and rose from the table. "I'm tired. Stay up and play your game if you like. I'll summon the guards back in."

Sokka and Katara said nothing and, by the time Zuko had gone to the door and the night guards were coming back into the room, the siblings had closed their bedroom door behind them. Zuko adjourned to his own chambers and allowed Yotsu to help him off with his now-dry clothes. All the while, his head was filled up with the pounding of his own heart.

.


.

"No, Momo. That's not a key." Aang held up one of the shriveled lychee nuts and then popped it in his mouth and grinned half-heartedly. "Your efforts are appreciated, though!"

The lemur cocked its head and snatched up a lychee nut for itself. Aang only sighed and watched.

He had been sending Momo out for days now. Sometimes his little friend would stay away all day, sometimes only for a few hours. The things he brought back were almost never keys - and the one time Momo did bring back keys, none of them fit the locks on Aang's cuffs. Mostly, the lemur brought bits of food clearly filched from the ship kitchen. Aang tried to stay positive about it.

"You know, Momo, I have heard that lychee nuts are actually a key ingredient in a lot of Earth Kingdom pies and tarts. So, in a way, you're getting better!"

Momo ignored him, scurrying across the floor to catch a nut that had rolled away.

Aang watched, propping one cheek on a fist and his elbow on his knee. "Oh, who am I kidding? This is never gonna work. Don't get me wrong, you're great at going and getting stuff, but I'm starting to think the sphere of your interests does not coincide with what is really needed, here."

Aang did his best to stand, which, thanks to the chains, was more of a hunched crouch than the dignified posture he had been shooting for, but he did his best to pace in what little space he had.

"I've been thinking and, the harder I fight against letting go of Katara and opening my seventh chakra, the farther I am from achieving my goal and actually being with Katara. I don't want to do it, but I'm really starting to think there may be no other way. So, Momo, your responsibilities have been restructured." He held out his arms to either side. "Congratulations! This is actually a promotion!"

Momo rolled over and peered at Aang over a swollen belly. Aang held up a finger.

"I know what you're thinking; why me? I don't have the experience to council someone on an issue of this importance! But you're wrong, Momo. You'll see in no time - your potential is limitless."

Aang threw himself in a gust of air onto his pallet and folded his arms behind his head. "I guess my biggest problem with letting go of Katara is... she's kind of my only friend. I hated leaving her behind at the mountain. But I had to - we needed different things, and letting her pursue her own path while I pursued mine was the right thing to do. I guess... I guess that was an act of letting go, even then, but this is different, too. I mean, Katara's not just a friend. She broke me out of the ice. I was frozen for over a hundred years and it was only when she came along that I finally woke up. What are the chances of that? I think… she might be the one for me, you know? The one! Who am I to deny fate? I can't just let go of my forever girl," Aang said hotly. "What if this is my one shot in life to find true love and I never meet anyone else half as brave and kind and beautiful as Katara? I may just be twelve, but this is a big deal!"

Aang twisted his neck to look at Momo, who was delicately licking one armpit. At the pause, Momo looked up and churred softly.

Aang sighed and flopped back around. "Alright, so you have a point. People do change and twelve is pretty young for a big commitment... but it feels so right. How can something that feels like it was meant to be possibly be wrong? The monks always said that falling in love was one of life's most precious gifts. It doesn't seem right that the Avatar should be denied something that should happen for everyone." He rolled his head to one side to peer at the steel door, eyes half-lidded. "But I guess life isn't always fair or right for the Avatar, just like for anybody else. I knew there were sacrifices I would have to make. From the second the other kids refused to let me play with them, I knew being the Avatar wasn't any kind of lucky break. It was a heavy responsibility, right from the beginning."

He drew one more deep breath and stared up at the ceiling, pained but determined. "And now, if I'm going to help Katara and restore balance to the world, I have to make a sacrifice. I have to let go of my worldly connections to truly be the bridge to the Spirit World."

As the words left his mouth, Aang shut his eyes. Something in him shifted, an obstruction broke free and pure light spilled through him. On an astral trail blazed through the stars, he took a final step and reached out toward a giant boy with glowing eyes and arrows. Aang opened his eyes to find he was standing, free of his chains.

"Woo!" He threw up his arms and danced around the room. "Way to go, counselor Momo! I'm even-"

He pulled up short, staring at the body sitting in a meditative pose on the floor. It was him - a thin monk weighed down by massive chains - and yet Aang could walk around himself, seeing his resting body from every angle. He nearly tripped over Momo in his distraction, but even when Aang waved a hand in front of the lemur's face, the little creature didn't even seem to see him.

"Am I... in the Spirit World?"

"Not exactly," said an aged voice behind him.

Aang leapt in the air and spun to face the tall man behind him, a man in Fire Nation robes with an ornament pinned to his topknot. Though Aang did not know how, he knew the man's name at once. "You're Avatar Roku!"

The old man smiled just faintly. "Yes, Aang. I have been waiting for you. There is much that you must know."

Chapter Text

Beyond the bars on the window, the sky was a pastel splash of pinks and greens that soon faded to a flat blue. The night's humidity burned away until, far off to the north, the mountains became clear where they jagged against the horizon. Katara could only just pick them out as the rising sun caught against their eastern faces, but she refused to tear her eyes from them, refused even to sit down, and stood stubbornly at the window with her arms folded snug over her chest as the soft morning hardened into day.

She had not slept well. Too much rested on her shoulders now, too much was uncertain. She had tossed and turned for hours and finally got up to watch the waxing moonlight glint on the waves. The guards stationed in the room had been on edge, especially the officer who had come to take Lieutenant Roshu's place, but Katara kept her back to them and pretended not to hear their murmured conversation or strained silences.

It didn't matter anyway, what they said. Tonight, she would wipe the floor with the lot of them, and if they didn't know it yet, that didn't matter either. The full moon was coming, and its light would clear away all the uncertainty, all the complications, and the only thing that remained would be the simplicity of the fight.

Katara watched the sea, and waited.

Not long after sunrise, one of the doors behind her opened and Katara heard the guards straighten to attention. She did not bother turning, not even when Zuko sent Yotsu for tea and dismissed the rest. His voice, rough and quiet from sleep, tingled up her spine strangely and reminded her of a stone room grown stuffy at dawn. She dug her fingers into her arms and let the thoughts flow away. An effect of her own sleepless night, that's all.

"It's… a beautiful morning," Zuko said, abruptly standing beside her.

Katara shot him a dirty look from the corner of her eye but did not speak. For a long time, they were both silent.

"So," Zuko said at length. "Tonight you attempt your escape."

His tone was difficult to read. He sounded almost bitter, almost threatening, almost sad.

Katara tilted her head back to peer down her nose at him. "You knew I would. I don't see why it should come as a shock now."

"It's not," he bit out. He shut his eyes to cut off his glare and, when he opened them, seemed calmer. "I just wish there was some other way."

Katara took his measure with her eyes, long and slow. He had not slept well, either, she decided, and she was glad. "I offered you another way, once. Before you betrayed me."

"I didn't-"

"Fine. Imprisoned me. It's the same thing."

"It isn't the same. It-" He tore his eyes away again, but he looked as much pained as angry. "I wish you could see that."

"Wishing things weren't the way they are doesn't change anything, Zuko." Katara gritted her teeth and turned back to stare out the glass. "I gave you the chance to do the right thing and join the Avatar. Tonight I'm leaving, and this time you had better stay out of my way."

"You know that's not possible."

"Then we have nothing to talk about." Katara felt her face twist and tried to clear her expression, but the scowl endured as their silence lengthened.

Yotsu returned with the tea and Zuko went to sit at the table, dismissing the valet shortly. Tea splashed into its cup, and then the room was quiet once more.

At length, Zuko spoke again, his voice tight with the effort of restraining some powerful emotion. "If things had gone differently that day on the beach, and Azula and the rest were defeated but I ended up your prisoner, what would you do?"

Katara scrunched up her nose and turned her scowl on him. Undaunted, Zuko met her dark look with one of his own, cupping his tea between both hands on the tabletop.

"If you let me go," he went on, "I could report on your location to the Fire Nation. You could kill me, or you could keep me locked up. Or you could make me swear on my honor not to attempt an escape." He worked his jaw and added bitterly, "Unless I refused out of spite."

Katara recognized the jab, but only rolled her eyes away from him and shook her head. Zuko just pressed harder.

"Well? What would you do? Tell me, what's the right thing to do when you're keeping your lover captive, because I-"

"I am not-!" she squawked as she spun back, then dropped her voice to a hiss. "I am not your lover!"

"You were."

Her face burned and her mind was a jumble of denials, of how inappropriate that word was. His tone was inappropriate, too, soft - almost a plea. She threw her arms out to either side. "Well now I'm your prisoner! I'm the ransom you'll use to buy back your status! I mean nothing to you!"

Zuko stared at her as if she had lied to him about the color of the wall. "How can you say that?"

"How can you think anything else? You want to play this stupid game with me to justify the way you've treated me? Well thanks, but I'd rather keep a clear view of this- this abuse you've subjected me to!"

She took three steps toward the door to her room, but Zuko shot to his feet to intercept her, eyes wide with alarm. "I didn't mean-"

"I would have let you go," Katara snapped. "I would have dropped you on some island somewhere long before I tore you apart trying to force you to bend to my way!" Her voice wobbled, but she only shook her head and backed toward the door. "I would have let you go."

Zuko stared at her, and a deeper hurt flashed in his eyes before she turned away and darted through the door into her bedroom. There, in the darkness with Sokka's even breathing, she sank to the floor with her arms around her knees and shut her eyes.

Tonight, it would end. Tonight. She repeated the word in her mind, letting it break on her like white light, cold and clean and certain.

.


.

Zuko wrapped his fingers around the taut chain and pulled with all of his weight. The steel loop welded to the wall held and the chain itself hardly moved. On the other end, the beast restrained to the center of the loading bay did not so much as stir. The sky bison's breaths came out in steamy gusts that smelt of hot hay, so Zuko was sure it wasn't dead, but that seemed to be the only sign. No amount of noise or motion had roused the beast so far. Cautiously, he settled one hand onto the fur of its trunk-like leg.

"Why Prince Zuko," came a voice from behind him, and he startled despite the amusement under the chastening words, "whatever are you doing down here?"

Zuko turned to watch sourly as Azula stepped down the steel stairs from the doorway. Her smirk was knowing, her teeth gleaming in the lantern light. "Come to pet the exotic beasts?"

"This animal has to be secure," he snapped as he turned away. "It could cause a lot of damage if it gets loose."

"Oh, I hardly think it would be much worse than the usual disaster you insist on courting." Azula strode to the bison's head and ran a finger down one curved horn, then checked her fingertip as if for dust. "You can rest easy, Zuzu. The sedative I've been using to keep the bison docile has been most effective." She raised her eyes to him. "If only I could spare a little for you."

Zuko bristled. "You want to drug me, now? I guess I shouldn't be surprised."

Azula rolled her eyes. "It would be for your own good. Perhaps if you slept through this voyage, you would stop sabotaging yourself long enough to win the victory you're so close to achieving."

"What are you talking about? I haven't been sabotaging myself!"

She fixed him with a wry look and folded her arms over her chest. "No? Then I suppose you've restrained yourself from telling the waterbender that piece of sensitive information we discussed?"

A drop of sweat sped down Zuko's spine, but he held his glare carefully. "I didn't say anything."

Azula's expression did not change, but there was cold amusement in her eyes. "Of course you didn't."

The silence was stiff in the hold, broken only by the bison's breathing and the distant stomps of the Komodo rhinos. Zuko hardly breathed.

Finally, Azula let out an airy sigh. "What are you doing down here, Zuko? It's hardly past dawn."

"I told you. I'm making sure the sky bison is contained. What are you doing down here?"

In answer, Azula withdrew a glass vial from her silk tunic and snapped her fingers. A groom came scurrying from the rhino enclosures, took the vial from her waiting hand, and went about reaching into the bison's mouth to administer the sedative. Azula watched him from the corner of her eye, but she kept her focus on Zuko. He tried to keep his expression blank, but he could not help the flick of his eyes toward the vial as it vanished into the bison's mouth and emerged empty.

"The sky bison is contained," Azula said. Her tone was not exactly reassuring. Nor was the smile that began to creep across her face. "Now, won't you join me for breakfast, brother?"

"I'm not hungry," Zuko said as he began to turn away, but Azula's fingers latched onto his arm through the sleeve of his tunic and she joined him on the stairs.

"Oh," she said, "but I insist."

.


.

Katara became slowly aware of two arms cradling her and the feeling of being lifted. At first she felt safe. Then a creeping thought, the sort that had plagued her all through the night, slithered in.

She had slept through the full moon. She had slept all the way to the Fire Nation. Zuko was carrying her off the ship now to present her to the Fire Lord.

"Nnno!" she cried, swinging her sleep-weakened arm up at her assailant.

whop!

"Ow! Katara!" Sokka put that special emphasis on her name that he only used when she was being completely unreasonable. "I should drop you, y'know. It'd serve you right. Ungrateful..."

Katara blinked up at him as he went on grumbling and then settled her a little more roughly than was necessary on her pallet. "Sokka? What's going on?"

"I woke up hungry," Sokka started, rubbing his face where she'd hit him, "but I couldn't leave the room because somebody was taking a nap up against the door. I thought, gee, I hate to wake her up, so I'll do the nice thing and move her to bed. And you can see where being nice got me!" He pointed at his reddened cheek, glowering.

Katara sat up, still a little too rattled to laugh at her brother's antics. "I thought you were Zuko. I thought I'd-" She shook her head and was about to apologize, but Sokka crouched down beside her.

"Nerves, huh? I thought I heard you tossing and turning a little extra last night. And then that shouting match this morning..."

"Ugh. You heard that?" Katara fell back against her pillow with a sigh, suddenly feeling all her exhaustion anew. "He's so delusional. He still thinks he's doing the right thing."

Sokka settled down with his back against the wall and shrugged. His focus took on a distant quality as if he was running a lot of information through his head. "I don't think that's exactly right. I think Zuko knows what he's doing is wrong, but he sees every alternative as one kind of wrong or another. He's basically trapped in a whirlpool of moral indecision, and everybody who throws him a line is on the wrong side."

Katara raised an eyebrow and smiled faintly. "A whirlpool of moral indecision. Nice one, Sokka."

"I do what I can," he said with a humble grin. It faded quickly. "I thought he'd changed his mind about wanting the baby, but with what Azula's apparently been saying, maybe he just doesn't know what to believe."

Nodding slightly, Katara let out a sigh. She wished she knew what to believe. She wished she had the healer training that would allow her to know the truth right away. This pregnancy could change everything, and it exhausted her that whether she was having a baby or not, neither way was any kind of clean-cut victory for her.

"Do you?"

Katara blinked rapidly. "What?"

"Do you know what to believe?" Sokka asked gently. "I know you said you knew last night, but what we tell Zuko isn't necessarily accurate information... Do you think it's possible Azula could be telling the truth?"

Katara pinched her eyes shut tight. "We can't do anything about that, Sokka. We can't know until… until we know. The only thing we can do now is focus on getting Aang and the others off this ship."

"I agree," Sokka said with a resolute nod. Then he ruined it with a grin. "After all, what if it was Azula's plan all along to let Zuko tell us her supposed plan and then use that uncertainty to throw us off our game tonight?"

"That's a pretty convoluted plan, Sokka," Katara said with a doubtful frown.

"Well, I'm a convoluted guy."

"No argument there."

They chuckled for a moment, then Sokka's stomach rumbled loudly. "That's my signal to get going." He stood up, stretched his shoulders, and ran a few strides in place. "How about it, Katara? Brunch?"

Katara pulled her blanket up to her chin and sank deeper into her pillow. "Maybe later. Save me some fruit or something."

"Alright, but I'm eating all the mangoes. Late risers get papaya."

"Ugh," Katara sighed into her pillow as Sokka blew out the lamp and shut the door behind him. "I hate papaya."

.


.

Zuko picked at his sweet dumplings and tried not to let his thoughts show on his face. Azula was watching him from across the table like a hawk, and any fleeting sign of uncertainty would spell trouble. He popped a dumpling in his mouth and chewed it up even though it tasted like sugary sand.

"You aren't enjoying your breakfast?" It was a quiet question, and Zuko had a feeling that it meant something else, but he tried to shake that off.

"I told you I'm not hungry."

"Perhaps you'd like some tea, then?"

Azula gestured off-handedly and a maid darted in to fill Zuko's cup. Maybe it was his imagination, but the tea looked the same amber color as the sedative he'd seen vanish into the bison's mouth. He wanted to ask what kind of tea it was, but the question seemed overly suspicious, and Zuko didn't want to seem suspicious. He wasn't, actually. He had no reason to be suspicious, since he was doing nothing wrong. He and Azula were on the same side in this.

Still, sweat pricked his brow.

"I'm curious," Azula said idly. "How do you envision this escape attempt going tonight? What will you do to stop them?"

Zuko mashed one of the dumplings on his plate until the pleated edge broke apart and the red bean paste squeezed out. "I'll keep guards in the room and when she tries to leave, I'll stop her."

"That easily."

Zuko glowered at her. "I didn't say it would be easy. You're the one who's underestimating her if you still think you can keep her contained in a cell."

"And yet I'm taking the threat of her escape more seriously than you are."

"What's that supposed to mean? I'm taking this very seriously!"

Azula arched one perfect eyebrow. "So seriously that you insist on keeping her out of the cells? You truly believe that she is dangerous, that her bending will be nearly unstoppable with the full moon, and yet you think that you and a handful of guards will be all it takes to keep her from tearing the ship apart in an effort to free the Avatar. I simply fail to see how you can deny the sense of keeping her in the brig."

Zuko glared at her, then tore his eyes away. "I've told you - she would find a way out of the brig."

"How?"

"I don't know! That's why she's so dangerous! If we just assume that we know the extent of her power, she'll create some new way of bending that we can't predict and she'll use it unexpectedly! At least in a direct fight, she won't have time to think of new techniques to use against us - she'll have to rely on what she knows. And I can fight what she knows."

A memory came to him of a tower of water a hundred feet high, of Katara limned in moonlight as the ocean rushed up at her command. Zuko swallowed and stared fixedly at the shredded dumplings and red pulp on his plate.

"We have Lieutenant Roshu as well," he added, trying to keep the desperation out of his voice. "His experience will prove invaluable in keeping her under control."

"I imagine that would be true," Azula sighed, "as long as he's allowed to do his job."

"Meaning what, exactly?"

"While it's possible that you aren't being a complete fool about your strategy, I still harbor some doubts that you'll stand by and watch another man take control of your prize."

Zuko sputtered, red-faced and suddenly even more desperate to be out of the room. "That's not how it's going to be."

"No?" Azula sat forward, eyes intent as a cat's on a bird. "Picture it, Zuko. Fix it in your mind, because there's no better way to prepare yourself for this. The fight will begin, and just as swiftly, the lieutenant will grab hold of the chain and end it by yanking the waterbender off her feet. She'll lie there on the floor, winded but not yet beaten - and then what?"

"I- What?"

Azula sipped her tea and tilted her head to one side. "The fight won't be over the first time she falls down, Zuko. She will try to get up, and your lieutenant will put her down - again and again until she gives up or knocks her head against something." She set her cup down and leaned forward on her elbows, watching him ever more closely. "So tell me, Zuko. What will you do? Just stand there and watch it happen? Or will you feel compelled to be more involved? Will you feel like it's your personal responsibility to contain her gently, or will you stand back and do what it takes to keep your pet under control?"

Zuko froze, his head gummed up with the memory of Katara's furious words this morning. He already held her against her will. Could he really stand by and watch her get beaten down in an unfair fight as well?

"I- I could reason with her. I'll fight her if I have to."

"But when she's helpless? Because that's what it will come down to, Zuko. Tonight your facade as the benevolent keeper comes to an end. You will either master her, or she will take everything from you."

Zuko looked again to the carnage on his plate and he felt the blood drain from his face. Abruptly, he stood.

"Leaving so soon?"

He turned back only once he had reached the door. Azula watched him over the tiny bit of fruit she still pinched between her chopsticks, a faint furrow creasing her brow. Whether it was annoyance or concern, he could not tell.

"I really am only trying to help you, you know."

"Thank you. For breakfast," Zuko managed. He could not quite thank her for her help. It made him feel like he was falling for a very old trick.

.


.

Katara finally roused a while past noon, gritty-eyed but rested enough to face whatever was waiting on the other side of her door. She dressed quickly in the dark and emerged to find Sokka sitting at the low table across from Zuko. Both were reading, or pretending to, but the furrow in Zuko's brow and the speed with which he looked up at the sound of the opening door told Katara he wasn't enjoying it.

He didn't exactly look happy to see her, either. Katara shared the sentiment.

Sokka turned and grinned at her. "You're just in time for lunch!"

Zuko fixed a dour look on the back of his head but then transferred it to Katara. "Are you hungry?"

She was, very much, but she shrugged anyway as she came to sit beside Sokka. "I could eat, I guess."

Zuko sent Yotsu off to the galley and, while he was diverted, Katara stole a glance at what he was reading. She pulled a face and turned back to share a look with Sokka and mouth the title.

Rice farm taxation?

He shrugged and tapped a finger on his own scroll, which turned out to be an illustrated story. "It has a dragon in it," he whispered happily.

"Uh huh…" Katara glanced at the rows of text and fixed a more penetrating look on Sokka. "When is Toph coming?"

She startled when Zuko answered her. "She'll be joining us for lunch."

"Us."

"Yes," Zuko said, his tone hardening. "The two of you, and me. Us."

Katara swallowed back her anxiety and folded her arms coolly. "Keeping an eye on us? Are you scared of what we might get up to unsupervised?"

"I'm not scared," Zuko sneered, "but I'm not stupid either. I've already been way too lenient with you so far."

Katara worked her jaw for a seething second, then sweetly asked, "Why not just deny us the visit in the first place, Zuko?"

"You know I wouldn't do that," he said slowly, frowning back at her. "I gave my word."

He held her stare and an uncomfortable heat spread through Katara's belly until she tore her eyes away. Inwardly, she cursed him and his stupid, selective honor.

They waited in silence for a time and Katara stared at Sokka's story over his shoulder, attempting to pretend to read convincingly. In reality, she was racking her brain trying to figure out a way for Toph to maintain her helpless little blind girl act without rousing Zuko's suspicions. If he realized what she was up to, flooding the brig with guards would be one more obstacle he could place in their way tonight.

Yet try as she might, Katara could think of nothing - short of making a scene to distract everyone from Toph's uncharacteristic behavior.

She was sweating when Toph finally arrived. Kaiji escorted the earthbender carefully through the door and to her seat at the table, even helping her to sit down on the cushion between Zuko and Katara. Katara remained frozen in place, forcing her mouth into a smile.

"Welcome back, Toph!" she said too brightly. "I'm so glad to see you, and I'm sure Sokka and Zuko are, too!"

"Prince Zuko," Zuko corrected through his teeth. His eyes flicked from Katara to Toph and only narrowed more.

"Yes," Sokka said with a sage nod. "And Prince Sokka, too, bids you welcome, Toph."

Toph smirked and opened her mouth to speak.

But before she could, Zuko dismissed the guards. He looked sourly at Toph as he did it, and in a flash, Katara understood - he expected Toph to be as bad about disrespect in front of the guards as Katara. She sagged in relief and tried not to look too happy.

"Wow," Toph finally said when the door had shut, "a royal audience. I didn't expect this, Fanboy. I would've worn my fancy prisoner rags if I'd known."

"Toph," Sokka squawked, "don't call him by nicknames! He's the enemy!"

She shrugged. "Enemy or ally, he's still just a noodle-headed fanboy, Snoozles. Good to see you, by the way."

"Ha! That joke just never gets old…"

Zuko frowned, but it didn't have the heat Katara had come to expect. "Watch yourself, you little mud-grubber or I'll have you sent back to your cell. My uncle isn't here to protect you anymore."

"Yeah, and I'll bet he's just a weight off your shoulders, huh?"

Zuko jerked back as if she had slapped him. Katara hesitated, sensing this was dangerous ground, but finally couldn't help asking. "Where... is Iroh, anyway?"

"Probably still with your dad," Toph answered blithely, oblivious to Zuko's now-very-genuine scowl. "He wasn't too happy about the way things turned out on the beach. I'll bet he's-"

"Shut up," Zuko finally snapped. "I don't want to hear another word about my uncle or I will make you sorry."

Toph's eyebrows inched up and Katara and Sokka both avoided meeting Zuko's eyes. A knock on the door announced Yotsu had returned with their meal and, for a while, they all ate in silence. At length, Sokka started chatting with Toph about cookies and sea travel. Katara began stewing again, trying to think of a way to tell Toph their plan for tonight without letting on to Zuko.

Sokka slapped his knee, chortling around a mouthful of rice. "…and I thought that was going to be the longest voyage of my life! Who was I kidding, am I right?"

"Yeah," Toph answered, "but you shouldn't be too hard on yourself. Nobody expects to be imprisoned and taken away to the Fire Nation. It's just one of those things that happens to other people."

Zuko watched them as if he expected them to make a break for it right there at the table, but he said nothing. He ate his food intermittently, turning the pieces over and rearranging them on his plate more than was necessary. Katara wondered if he was still thinking about his uncle and a cold lump started forming in her belly. She shook the thought off. He didn't deserve sympathy, not after what he'd done. In fact, if he was suffering, he had every bit of it coming to him.

"What's wrong, Zuko?" she asked before even realizing she was going to speak. "Aren't you enjoying your duck?"

Zuko glared at her and matched her arch tone. "You're one to talk. Have you eaten anything at all or are you too busy scheming?"

Katara yanked her hands apart from where they had been folded carefully in her lap and began shoveling food into her mouth. "Look, Zuko! I can do both at the same time!"

Toph snickered. "That's right, Splatto. Show off those table manners."

Zuko's eyes shot to her at once. "How do you know what she's doing?"

Katara's heart plummeted into her guts and her stomach churned. The food in her mouth suddenly tasted like steel. Zuko knew. He would figure out Toph's secret and the jig would be up.

"Uh, I have ears?" Toph scoffed. "She's rolling enough food around in her mouth to feed a badgermole."

Zuko's suspicious glare didn't falter. He reached across the table and removed the teacup from Toph's reach.

She frowned in confusion. "Hey! What are you-?"

"Porcelain," he growled.

"Hmph. Are you gonna take my plate, too?"

"As soon as you're done eating, yes."

"What's the big idea?" Sokka demanded, outraged on behalf of a fellow eater.

Toph spoke through a sardonic smile. "Fanboy here is scared I'll wreck his nice dishes."

"It's ceramic, Sokka," Katara put in with a dark look for Zuko. He glared back at her, unrepentant.

"Basically just fancy baked dirt," Toph added, deftly plucking a bit of rice off her plate. "Well, ya got me, Fanboy. Feel good now?"

"Actually, it feels a lot like you're hiding something." Zuko scanned the others with hot sweeps of his eyes. "You may as well give it up, all of you. You aren't escaping tonight, or ever."

"You don't think so, huh?" Katara asked, smirking. "We'll revisit that when the moon rises."

"Yeah," Zuko said, threatening despite the casual words, "I guess we'll see."

Katara held his eye contact and it was like holding a flame - burning, fluttering, painful.

Toph chuckled and pointed her chopsticks in Zuko's general direction. "Really, Splatto? You've still got the hots for this guy, even after he turned out to be a total jerk?"

Sokka sprayed tea on the table. "What?"

"I- ugh! I do not!" Heat flooded Katara's face and she couldn't bring herself to look at Zuko, focusing all the force of her glare on Toph.

Zuko, however, seemed thoroughly diverted. "How can you know that?" he demanded, and if he was surprised, it was lost in his suspicion.

"You two still threaten each other like it's foreplay," Toph snickered. "It's too bad we aren't having noodles - Katara could wallop you with them just like last time."

"You're avoiding the question. How are you able to read her heart rate?"

"She was touching her plate."

"No, she wasn't!" His eyes flicked to Katara's hand where it rested on the table, then to her eyes. "Were you? That's not even how it works!"

"Sure it is," Sokka said with a shrug. "Toph is sensitive to vibrations in earth, so Katara touched her plate, her heart beat faster, and Toph was able to sense the change. What she wasn't able to sense," he went on, grinning forcefully, "was that Katara's heart rate sped up because she's excited about the prospect of the humiliating butt-kicking she's gonna give you tonight."

"Yeah," Katara interjected. "That, exactly."

Zuko glared at the lot of them and snatched up his mostly-empty tea cup, sloshing the remainder on the table as he shook it. "But to feel those vibrations, Toph would have had to touch Katara's plate at the same time."

"Isolation from my element has made me more sensitive," Toph said easily. "So tell us, Fanboy, because I think we all want to know; are you that scared of the afore-mentioned butt-kicking or is it the thought of losing Katara - who, frankly, was always too good for you - that makes your heart beat like a rabbaroo's?"

Zuko dropped the cup with a snap. "Don't push your luck, kid."

She grinned, her frosted eyes halfway closed. "Alright, Splatto. Nevermind. I totally get it."

"There's no 'it' to get," Sokka snapped. "I think we've all learned our lesson about fraternizing with the enemy, here."

He didn't look at Katara, but she could feel his scrutiny anyway. It wasn't meant to be cruel - just an assessment she was now expected to agree with. Across the table, Zuko held Sokka's stare with an irate tilt of his head. His eyes flicked to Katara abruptly, and she could not read the look of them - anger, always anger, but something more as well now. Resentment? Regret? Whatever it was, it sent a pang through her chest.

She looked down at her plate. What was wrong with her? She had to focus on telling Toph their plan, and here she was getting wrapped up in the conversation that was meant to distract Zuko. Katara swallowed down a piece of vegetable and tried to banish the strange feelings. Focus. She had to focus.

"So how's Appa?" she asked abruptly.

Zuko blinked. "Who?"

"The sky bison? You know, last of his kind, about two tons and covered in fur?"

"Oh. Yes. The bison. He's fine." He tipped his face down to his plate, turning and turning a piece of duck. Abruptly, he went on. "Azula keeps him drugged, so if you're hoping to escape on him, you're gonna be disappointed."

Katara's heart sank a little, but Sokka immediately narrowed his eyes, "Why would you tell us that, unless you mean to misdirect us from a viable means of escape?"

"You aren't escaping, Sokka. With or without the bison. You're not going anywhere."

"We don't need Appa," Katara said. She placed her chopsticks beside her plate in a cool, precise gesture. "We're within sight of the coast."

A wisp of smoke trailed up from the chopsticks Zuko clutched in one hand. "That's a lot more open water than it looks like."

Katara leaned forward over the table, her mouth quirking up at one corner to show her teeth. "Yeah. All that open water. Whatever will we do, Zuko?"

His eyes flicked down to her smile and widened fractionally. In his hand, the chopsticks cracked. Off to one side, Toph grinned, one hand splayed out on the floor behind her as she savored the last bites of her duck. She did not speak, but abruptly Zuko snapped his eyes to her.

"Time to go. Say your goodbyes."

"But I'm not done eating!"

"Then you'd better finish quick." Zuko stood in a rush and strode for the door.

Sokka leaned in hurriedly and whispered, "We meet on deck. Toph, you'll be able to tell when we make our move, right?"

"No problem, Snoozles."

"Wait," Katara said. "We need Appa. Toph, can you get the loading bay doors open?"

Toph was nodding but Sokka shook his head, glancing up at where Zuko was already returning with the guards. "We don't have time now, Katara. We can't ride Appa if he's unconscious."

"No, but if we can get him away from Azula's sedative, he'll wake up. We need him."

Sokka did not look convinced, but it was too late to argue. The guards came to escort Toph away and she accepted Kaiji's help with soft-spoken thanks. Zuko, standing over his place at the table, watched the earthbender with narrowed eyes. Katara leaned forward on the table.

"Prince Zuko," she said sweetly, "would you, uh, like to play a game of stones?"

His narrow focus switched to her, then back to Toph as she shuffled from the room. At last, he looked back to Katara. "It seems to me we're already playing a game. Princess."

The door shut quietly and they were alone again. Katara did not look away and did her best to appear innocent. "I don't know what you're talking about."

Zuko folded his arms and raised his chin. "Don't."

The quiet of his voice was strange, choked, and it made Katara sit back and reassess him. Before she could speak, he turned on his heel and marched from the room.

"Huh," Sokka said as more guards filed into the room. "I guess he's not a big fan of stones."

Katara went on frowning at the door as a maid cleared away the dishes. "He just doesn't like any game that he might lose."

Despite all of the watchful eyes in the room, no one could see the flick of her hand under the table. The maid cried out as the tray on her arm overbalanced, dumping all the dishes to the floor in a thunderous crash.

Sokka squawked and leapt halfway to his feet, but Katara just spun around to where the maid had dropped to her hands and knees in the shards of porcelain. Without thinking, she laid her hand on the other woman's shoulder. "Are you okay?"

It took her a second to realize the thin-faced woman was stammering desperate apologies. In the same second, her control chain drew taut in warning.

"Keep your hands to yourself, waterbender."

"Hey," Sokka snapped at Roshu from his sitting cushion. "She's just trying to help."

Katara spared a snide glare for the lieutenant. "She could cut herself on the pieces."

"I-I'm alright," the maid managed, and began gathering the mess onto her tray. "My sincerest apologies, Princess, I- I have not dropped a tray in- in months!"

"Don't feel bad," Katara said, helping to gather up some of the pieces. She could feel Roshu watching, the choke chain still held tense against her, but she ignored him. "Really, it's not a big deal. Sometimes things just break. Besides, I think they can afford a new one."

The maid did not look convinced. She shook her head and hurriedly gathered up the shattered plates and teapot. Katara was sure she saw at least one cut on her darting fingers, but she did not point it out. Moments later, the maid was scurrying from the room, the tray of broken porcelain rattling in her hands. Katara watched her hunched shoulders as she left, but her eyes were quickly drawn to where Lieutenant Roshu stood, watching her. His expression was inscrutable.

Katara lifted one eyebrow. "Getting a little jumpy, aren't you?"

Roshu only narrowed his eyes. Other guards around the room shuffled their weight from foot to foot. Sokka chuckled and began setting out the stones board. Katara just smirked at the officer holding the far end of her chain.

"Don't worry, Roshu," she said as she covertly froze the spilled tea into the sitting cushion nearest hers. "We won't start early."

Chapter Text

Zuko stood on the observation deck, watching the sun sink toward the horizon. All of the necessary orders had been made, all of the preparations seen to. Soon, he would need to return to his sitting room. The full moon would rise as the sun set, and Katara wasn't likely to waste any time.

Still, there were long minutes remaining in the day, and Zuko did not want to spend them bickering pointlessly, or growing distracted by the heated promise in Katara's looks, or by the chilling possibilities of what lay ahead. Now was not a time to be confused or conflicted. Now was a time for certainty, for decisive action.

Zuko grimaced and stared hatefully into the setting sun. At his sides, his hands quavered until he balled them into fists.

In a puff of smoke, he spun to look at the sky beyond the control room, where the moon would soon crest in the dusky east. In his mind, he could already see it, its edge a white blade slicing up the sky. He could almost feel it on his throat.

His boots clanked rapidly down the stairs and corridors and he burst into his sitting room to find his captives still idly playing stones. The room was ringed with a dozen soldiers, and yet when Sokka took in his arrival, he couldn't seem to contain his smile.

"What," he said with a shrug. "No Azula?"

"She's busy," Zuko said, though in fact he really didn't know where she was or what she was doing. He had assumed he would be dealing with this situation on his own, and nothing she had said had led him to believe otherwise. Only now, when it was too late to hunt her down and ask, did it occur to him to worry.

But Zuko didn't waste much thought on it. Azula wasn't here, and that would have to be good enough for the time being. No doubt she would complicate things later. But for now, all the complication Zuko could handle was sitting at the table, placing a stone with poorly feigned focus before turning her dry stare on him.

"Aw," Katara pouted, "and I was hoping we could have another girl talk."

Zuko held her look for a tense moment, then darted a glance past her to the window. Beyond, the sky was deepening from green to blackish blue. The lamplight in the room cast a rich gold across Katara's skin and gleamed off the beads in her short hair. They sparked as blue as her unblinking eyes.

"What?" She shook her head minutely. "No more threats? What's the matter, Zuko? Afraid to say whatever awful thing is on your mind?"

Zuko resisted the urge to glance at the guards surrounding the room. Instead, he scowled more furiously than ever. "The only thing on my mind is restoring my honor."

Katara's face tightened. Her frown turned ugly. "Your honor. That's right. It's all you've ever thought of, isn't it?"

She let the question hang between them, and Zuko found answers fighting their way up his throat. No. Yes. No. He swallowed them back fiercely, disguising his uncertainty behind a hard expression.

Katara waited a long moment, then slowly climbed to her feet. Lieutenant Roshu, already gripping her control chain, applied pressure just before she could straighten fully.

Zuko watched the collar around her neck drag her head into a partial bow and a horrible sickness roiled in his stomach. He willed himself to stand still and hold his fists low at his sides. Tight as he held himself in check, though, Azula's voice drifted through his mind.

What will you do? Just stand there and watch it happen?

Zuko knew what he had to do. He knew he had to stand back, allow Roshu to do his job, and watch Katara struggle. He knew he had to do it - but the sound of that chain tightening pulled at him like a hook through his belly. It took every ounce of will in him to keep from stepping forward.

Katara, on the other hand, seemed unconcerned. She didn't so much as glance at the chain or the lieutenant. She went on glaring at Zuko, and though her head was bowed, he felt her stare like a point of heat between his eyes.

"It's funny," Sokka said with no trace of humor, "I used to believe in your honor. We both did."

Katara shot him a sideways glare as if his stating what they all already knew was some small betrayal. Sokka shrugged pointedly and went on.

"We both told our Dad about how honorable and well-intentioned you were. He sat there and listened and respected our opinions…" Sokka shook his head and laughed unhappily, "…and the whole time, he saw right through you."

Zuko remembered Hakoda's penetrating stare, the way he had always seemed to be waiting for some other foot to fall. He remembered the rage and betrayal he had felt inside that trunk. "He didn't know everything," he spat.

"He knew exactly how naive we were being, and he knew exactly what was going to happen, from the Avatar to Katara, he knew-"

"Sokka!" Katara, red-cheeked and wide-eyed, scowled down at him. "Not a good time!"

"If he doesn't hear it now, he never will."

"I don't care! I don't want to hear about how right Dad was all along!"

In her anger, she took a step closer to Roshu, widening her stance for a dangerous heartbeat before the lieutenant reigned her in again. Still sitting, Sokka tensed but said nothing. Katara turned her glare on the man holding her control chain, and Zuko could see the tension in her as she braced for motion.

"Stop," he said, and whether he was talking to the soldier or the waterbender, even he wasn't sure. For a second, both paused, watching him as they watched each other. Then, Katara shut her eyes and drew a deep breath as if smelling something sweet and nearly forgotten.

"Time's up," she said through her teeth.

Behind her, white light gleamed on the steel lattice crisscrossing the window. For an instant, everything moved very slowly. Lieutenant Roshu heaved on the control line, hauling Katara off her feet. On the other side of the room, guards closed in on Sokka, who scooped up a handful of game stones and started hurling them at exposed faces. Katara was falling. Zuko's heart shot into his throat and he lurched forward. There was a sound in his ears, distant turtle-ducks. Katara was falling, and he wasn't going to be able to catch her.

Then she hit the floor and writhed like an eel. Zuko didn't even see how she did it, it happened so fast. Out of nowhere, a jet of water was lashing down her body, severing the bolts in all six locks before slithering viper-fast up the control chain and blasting Lieutenant Roshu in the face. He sputtered and tumbled backward into the guards standing behind him and they all went down in a heap.

Katara spun to her feet in a whirl of water and a shower of falling chains. One of her loops of hair had come free and trailed after her as she shifted her weight, as she gathered the scant stream of water around her. Zuko couldn't look away from the chafed marks around her wrists and throat where the chains had never come off until now.

He should have been looking at her eyes.

Katara's next move was a lightning fast whip of water that struck Zuko's forehead with a shuddering crack.

.


.

Many decks of steel below, past the anxious shuffling boots of the hundreds of soldiers aboard and the clangs of activity in various parts of the hold and the scurrying vermin in the galley walls, Toph withdrew her hand from the steel floor and let out a deep breath.

"Nice moves, Splatto," she said, because she was pretty sure they were. It was hard to tell through so much activity and from such a long distance away, but Toph felt like Katara was a pretty safe bet these days.

"I guess that's my song," she said, climbing to her feet. She had already kicked off the pinchy shoes her maid had brought for her and now wriggled her bare toes against the steel floor. "And now," she announced quietly as she rolled her shoulders in preparation, "four-year victor of the Earth-Rumble Tournament and undefeated champion of the bare-knuckle pit, here for the first time thanks to that no-good double-crossing firebender-" She held up her hands around her mouth and booed for good measure. "Here she is, one night only, the Bliiiind Bandiiiiit!"

Toph threw up her arms and posed for her mimicked applause for a completely reasonable amount of time, then settled into a casual bending stance.

"Her opponent," she said grimly, whipping out one hand to point. "Twelve feet tall and two point three tons of solid steel, The Wall."

"Ooooh," said the imaginary crowd. "He's so big and tough!" "What's the Blind Bandit gonna do?"

"Alright The Wall," Toph said, shifting her feet into position, "I'll bet you think you're pretty bad, huh?"

The Wall didn't even blink.

"Well I'm here to take you down!"

Toph launched one hand like a knife, but her fingers hardly made a dent and came back sore. She cursed through her teeth and flexed her hand before dropping it to her side.

Toph wasn't the sort of person to despair. She threw herself at problems head-on and bulled her way through until they were solved. Or at least, when she was bending, that's what she did. With her parents, it was different. Even her own indomitable stubbornness hadn't been enough to get her way with them - because they were just as stubbornly set on their own way.

Now, after being trapped in this cell for all this time and playing nice for all the guards and servants while also struggling with her guilt over almost killing Katara and definitely being the reason they lost the fight on the beach, Toph felt pretty much right at home. Not helpless - but definitely stuck.

She laid one hand flat on the steel wall and hung her head. "I can feel everything that's going on on this ship. I can feel Katara whipping firebender butt. I can feel Sokka going to town with that sword. I can feel the Avatar, not twenty feet away from me right now, sleeping or something…"

She pressed her other hand to the wall, slid her blunt fingers along its cool surface. "I can feel every buzzing piece of you in there, just like I could feel you in that stupid sand. And I'm not going away until you do what I want."

Toph set her feet, hunched her shoulders, and plunged her fingers into the steel wall. It bent and screamed and finally yielded, just a bit, just enough for her to reach a hand through into the Avatar's cell. Toph grinned, triumphant.

"And that's why I'm the champ."

She paused for a second, feeling for the guards. There were more of them than usual, tonight. Zuko must have acted on his hunch and doubled the guard just to be sure. Still, they were mostly gathered around the station at the end of the hall. No one came running to investigate the noise - probably because they couldn't quite hear it.

Toph reached into the hole and widened it, peeled the steel down until the opening was big enough to fit through. Then she tottered into the Avatar's cell.

"Rise and shine, Twinkle Toes! We've got places to be and bad guys to pound!"

She nearly ground a fist into her palm, but then hesitated. Aang was just sitting there in the middle of the room with that little monkey thing clinging to his shoulder. Now that Toph was really paying attention, he wasn't actually breathing the way he did when he slept. He was just sitting there in that meditative posture.

"Aang?" Bouncing off the high steel walls, her voice didn't sound like an announcer's, or like a roaring crowd. It sounded small and afraid.

.


.

Katara slashed her tea at the closest soldier and, when he blocked with a puff of flame, she redirected into his face hard enough to send him flying. He flipped back in a clatter of armor, but she was no longer watching. She had already moved on to the next man, another firebender, anonymous behind his white face plate.

A few weeks ago, she would have thought of Tyno and his comrades the Freedom Fighters had cut down. She would have thought of the human faces behind the masks, and perhaps she would not have attacked as viciously as she did.

She would have even checked to be sure that Zuko was still alive after the blow she had dealt him to the head. But now, she mashed worry and sympathy down next to thoughts of how right Hakoda had been, and locked it all away.

Now, she dodged a blast of fire and used the momentum to punch her next opponent's knee with a fist of ice. The joint bent in a way it should not have. The firebender howled and crumpled to the floor. Katara had already spun to take on the next enemy.

Those calm masks didn't fool her anymore. She saw right through them. The men underneath had pale skins and tawny eyes, filled with hatred and cruelty like Roshu's. Firebender eyes. The eyes of the man who had murdered her mother. These weren't people, she reminded herself. They were monsters. And one by one, Katara took them down.

She did not see it, but on the other side of the room, Sokka had run out of stones and was dodging spear thrusts. He threw one of the sitting cushions, but the spear he had aimed for punched through the silk and burst out the other side in a puff of feathers. Sokka looked at that cushion and held up the stones board like a shield.

"Katara! Little help here?"

Seamlessly, Katara redirected her water to slice between Sokka and the spearmen closing in on him. Three spear heads hit the floor and the soldiers peered in shock at the staves they now wielded. They swiftly drew swords and advanced on Sokka again, but he had already dodged around them and snatched the sword off an unconscious guard.

Katara, only vaguely aware that her brother had not quite escaped the danger, was facing down the next enemy, the next firebender. Behind this private, she could see Roshu regaining his feet along with those he had bowled over in her initial strike. He was still gripping the chain in one hand as if he did not yet understand what had happened.

I know what you are, he'd said in the brig, his face tight with hatred and disdain. His eyes burning with it. From the very start, he had made it clear that she was no more than a dangerous animal. An animal he believed he could control.

"You want to see a wolf?" Katara growled now. "I'll show you a wolf!"

She lunged at her opponent, baring her teeth and completely unaware that, behind his mask, the private's face registered terror.

.


.

Aang stood on the side of a red mountain watching soft pink wisps of cloud peel away and vanish into a misty landscape. "I don't understand. If I didn't open my seventh chakra, how can I be in contact with my past lives? Can I even enter the Avatar State?"

"You cannot - not yet." Roku stood on the peak above him, hands folded together in his sleeves. "The Avatar State is immensely powerful, but even without it, the wisdom of each Avatar who came before you is available to you. When you look inside yourself, you will find us here, waiting."

A second Avatar appeared behind Roku, then a third behind her, and a fourth and so on until the line of Avatars spiraled down the whole height of the mountain and vanished into the pink clouds below.

"Woah," Aang said, watching the countless white eyes flare up at him. "That's a lot of wisdom."

Abruptly, all of the Avatars began fading away until only Roku remained. "You can always reach us, but today I reached out to you to deliver a very important warning."

The mountain around them went dark and, when Aang turned around, he saw a trail of fire scorching its way across the sky. He could hear the flames roar, even from here, but just the sight of it chilled him.

He tried to shake off the feeling and looked back to Roku. "A comet? That's what you want to warn me about?"

The flames' red light danced across the old man's staring face. His eyes, still white and glowing, seemed dimmer against that blaze. "This comet is unlike others - with it comes a surge in the power of firebenders. For the hours during which the comet passes through the sky, it multiplies their strength a hundred fold."

Aang looked back at the blaze in the sky. It had grown brighter, closer. He could feel the heat carrying on the wind, pressing his face like the air spilling out of a furnace.

"It is called Sozin's Comet," Roku said, "because the last time it lit our sky, Fire Lord Sozin harnessed the power of the comet to launch a crushing attack against the other nations."

Flames filled up the sky, red and raging. Where once pink clouds had drifted, black smoke roiled around the mountain. Aang's eyes fell ever wider. He tried to take a step back, but there was nowhere to go. Roku went on, unrelenting.

"He annihilated the Air Nomads in a single day."

"No," Aang wheezed. He couldn't breathe. He had known his people had been defeated, but not like that. Not scorched out of existence in a matter of hours. He whirled on Roku, and the heat fluttered the back of his robes, burned the backs of his ears. "Why are you telling me this?"

Roku's gaze was pitiless, as hard as the mountain under their feet. "A hundred years have passed, and when summer draws to an end, Sozin's Comet will light our sky once more. Bolstered by its power, the current Fire Lord will be able to finish what his ancestor began and crush all those who remain to resist him."

A new sound rose up through the roar of flames, and even as Aang turned to look, his face was already twisting up in horror. Fire had flooded the landscape and chewed its way up the mountain. Below, Aang could see people beating ineffectually at the burning rocks. Their shapes were shadowy and indistinct, but one wore her hair short, with beaded loops.

"Katara!" he shouted, reaching out - but the heat scorched his fingertips. As he watched, the distant figures broke apart and vanished into the blaze. Roku was still speaking behind him, but Aang could barely hear over his own shouts.

"Aang, you must stop Fire Lord Ozai before summer's end, or the world will burn."

.


.

Zuko opened his eyes and snapped up into a sitting position. He nearly went down again, his vision crawling with widening black spots. Instead he blinked hard and struggled to hear something other than the ringing in his head.

The sitting room was a whirlwind of chaos around him. Bodies lay strewn about the floor, many groaning and struggling to rise, but some lying still. As he watched, Katara trounced one of her guards with that same trickle of water she had whipped Zuko with, then whirled that meager weapon to bear against the two firebenders who rushed in when their comrade fell. In the same moment, Sokka leapt up on the low tea table to evade a sword thrust that would have taken him in the leg. He landed with one boot on the guard's blade, pinning it to the table, and slashed with his own weapon. The guard surrendered his sword and fell back, but another dodged in to take his place, and Sokka was quickly on the defensive again.

Ignoring the pounding in his head, Zuko staggered to his feet. He couldn't just let this happen. He had to fight. He took one furious step forward - and dropped hard to his knees.

When his vision cleared again, it was to the sight of a firebender flying across the room to slam into one of Sokka's guards. Now entirely focused, Katara was making short work of the last man before her.

No, not the last. Zuko could see the way her furious eyes flicked past her target to the lieutenant bracing himself against the wall. As Zuko watched, Roshu forced his white knuckled fist to open. The chain rattled as it hit the floor. The officer's back straightened to the sound as if he was being hoisted up, a bitter offering left to a savage spirit.

It was the look of a man expecting to die.

Zuko shoved himself from his knees to an off-balance sprint. Katara dodged a fiery blast and sent her water into a geyser under the tea table, launching the sturdy wooden piece into the air at an angle. It hit the firebender squarely and sandwiched him against the wall with enormous force. When the table dropped away, the soldier slid down the wall with a groan.

The table fell down between Katara and Roshu. She didn't even blink, didn't even hesitate. She brought her water around her body and froze it into a spray of icy daggers aimed for the lieutenant's heart. They whistled through the air toward their target, then stopped.

Before she could change her mind, Zuko leapt into the daggers' path and swept his leg up in a fiery roundhouse kick. The ice melted and Katara had to dodge clear of a wave of fire. She recovered glowering, her shoulders hunched and her hair come loose from its wolftail.

"Give it up," Zuko rasped. His head was hammering in time with his pulse, but he managed to stand steady. "You're out of water, and too high up to reach the ocean. And even if you weren't, I won't let you ki-"

Something collided with the side of his head and Zuko reeled back down to one knee. Through another spray of dark spots, he caught a glimpse of Sokka shouting and gesturing toward the doorway. A red shape ran past. Zuko's eyes slid down to the object that had hit him. A guard's helmet, still rocking on the floor. Lieutenant Roshu, he realized, was bowing on his hands and knees before him, speaking without looking up from the floor.

"-deepest shame, my Prince. Please, enact a just punishment for my failure-"

"Raise an alarm," Zuko choked out, clambering again to his feet and making for the door. He had to step over a groaning private to reach it, but he did not slow. "Raise the alarm and then get the healer up here."

Roshu said something else, but Zuko was no longer listening. The corridor stretched out before him and his head jarred with every step he ran but he did not slow. He had to fight. He couldn't just let this happen.

.

.

"Come on, Twinkle Toes! Wake up!" Toph rapped the top of the monk's head where a prickly layer of hair was coming in and tried to keep the rising panic out of her voice. The little monkey thing screeched at her and then hid down the back of Aang's tunic. Toph heaved a sigh and stalked a few steps away.

"Look, I totally get that you're probably up to your armpits in Spirit World mumbo-jumbo but you've gotta prioritize real world problems first, get it? I can't be responsible for hauling your unconscious body around on top of ground-breakingly metalbending our way out of here." She threw up her arms. "And what if I move you and then you can't find your way back to your body from whatever weird plane of existence you decided to visit at the absolute worst time ever? I'm not gonna be the one who broke not one but two members of our group before we even really started hanging out. So just - wake up!"

Toph waited, and listened for a long moment. Her shoulders slumped. "Please?"

Through the floor, she could feel the cacophony of action going on above. She couldn't pick out Katara anymore. Soldiers clanked up the stairs into the tower and across the deck and through the miles of corridors, so many that searching for Katara was like trying to find a single ant marching through an entire colony.

Toph knew the moment a group of soldiers got knocked down the stairs, though. She could hear each piece of armor clatter and weigh down the men inside while two lithe figures leapt over the tangle and carried on down the stairwell. Soon, they would reach the main level. She had to be on the deck to meet them.

"Alright, no more playing around." Toph stomped back to Aang and grabbed hold of his tunic, preparing to hoist his slight weight onto her shoulder. "We've gotta go, Twinkle-"

Aang's eyes blinked open at the last second, flicked to where her fingers were twisted up in his tunic, and settled a little wildly on her face, but Toph didn't see that. She only felt his heart rate suddenly bang through the floor, and his voice crack on the words, "I can't- I can't do it!"

And then Toph felt the floor zip out from under her as a gust of wind hurled her across the room and against the far wall.

.

.

Katara jumped from the top stair to one felled man's breastplate like he was a stepping stone, and then hit the landing at a run. She could hear Sokka right behind her - and the accompanying groans of each soldier he stepped on - and knew there was no space to pause or hesitate.

It had been luck that she happened to run bodily into the leader just as he was stepping for the top stair, and luck that the rest of his squad was gathered so close behind him that his fall took them all out, and luck that Sokka was so close behind her that he could catch the back of her sash to keep her from falling with them. Katara just hoped their luck would hold a little bit longer. She wasn't helpless without water, by any means, but it would be reassuring to get outside where she could reach the ocean.

Feet thundered up the stairs below, though, and Katara didn't need to count the boots to know there were too many this time. On another landing, she hesitated.

"This has gotta be it," Sokka shouted behind her. "The deck should be on this level!"

Katara didn't question him, she just darted through the nearest door and helped him block the locking wheel with an ornate candlestick he snatched off a nearby side table. They shared a brief grin, but that faded when they turned to look around the room.

It was a sitting room, not unlike the one Zuko had kept them in, but much larger, with more cushions and tables around the walls. It had the look of a common room, perhaps where lesser nobles would gather on a more sociable voyage. Presently, though, the room had only two occupants.

Two wrinkled old women sat at exact opposite ends of the low tea table in the center of the room, watching them with matching startled expressions - which morphed at the same time into calculation.

"A royal brother and sister," one said in a reedy voice.

"-so much the same," said the other, and Katara would have thought it was the same old woman speaking if she had not seen the other's mouth move.

"-and yet totally opposite in every regard."

"Such a waste," they said together.

Katara and Sokka stared in bewildered silence until someone began pounding at the door behind them.

"Excuse us, Elders," Katara said with her sweetest smile, then turned a tense look on Sokka.

"Alright, so it's not the right level," Sokka grumbled, holding his sword behind his leg as if to conceal it. "At least we aren't fighting a hundred guards on the stairs. I don't know what the deal is with these two, but-" He darted a glance at them. "-I think we can take them."

Katara rolled her eyes and huffed, "We're not fighting old ladies. Even… weirdly creepy old ladies."

The old ladies in question were watching them with pale, unblinking eyes.

Ignoring the prickles on the back of her neck, Katara stepped farther into the room, smiling again. "We're sorry to have interrupted you, but we'll be gone in just a minute."

She snatched Sokka's hand and dragged him around the edge of the room to the two wide windows. Outside, not so far below, the deck of the ship sprawled out. Moonlight gleamed along the railings and edges of storage crates, but the control tower itself cast a massive black shadow across much of the deck. In the room, lit with lamps and candles, Katara could not pick out any of the details within the shadow.

"I don't see Toph, yet. I hope she got out okay…"

"Can we forget about Toph for the moment?" Sokka griped beside her, watching the old ladies and, beyond them, the shuddering door. "It sounds like those guys are about to take that door off its hinges. We need an escape route."

His eyes went to the doors that lined two sides of the sitting room, but Katara didn't look away from the window. "We already have one."

She dropped into a bending stance and hardly noticed Sokka groan as she focused on the sea below, reaching out with her body. The wave came up in a massive surge and spewed onto the deck, rocking the ship hard to port with its weight. Katara didn't hear the old ladies cluck as their table began to inch across the room, too focused on banking the water and bringing it up in a towering tentacle to punch through the glass of the second window. Then she grabbed Sokka and pulled him through the open hole into the salty night air.

"Sorry, Elders!" he shouted, though the last word was lost in his growing scream as they half-skidded, half-plummeted toward the steel deck below.

Katara took them down in a rough curve that left them staggering to a stop in the deep shadow - staggering, because she was finally able to see what the darkness there had hidden. Soldiers, dozens of them, waiting in ranks that swiftly closed around Sokka and her. And amongst them, sitting calmly on a storage crate as she watched, was Azula.

"Why, it seems the royal prisoners have escaped," she said with a flat lack of surprise. "Take them."

The guards moved in, but Katara was already in motion, dragging water around her in a gushing whirlwind that sent men sprawling back into their comrades. She raised up a field of tentacles, tossing enemies left and right and swallowing up their fire as swiftly as it came. Sokka darted in wherever there was an opening, parrying away weapons and lashing out with his stolen sword.

When the nearest soldiers were cleared, Katara dragged more water off the deck where it had puddled and widened her reach, launching men overboard with sudden waves and tripping them up with darting streams. Moonlight glinted along the edge of a wide double door set into the deck. The loading bay. With a blast of ice, she broke the locking mechanism and blew the doors wide open, revealing the lamplit hold below. In the middle, breathing deeply and secured with chains, was Appa.

"Uh, Katara…"

"Got them!" She leaned past Sokka to send the five men behind him overboard with a single wave. Sokka seemed not to notice, pointing toward the control tower.

"Katara, look out!"

It wasn't the warning that made her turn and look, it was Zuko's shout as he barreled into her defenses and cut through two of her tentacles with a fiery kick. With hardly a thought for Sokka or the other soldiers, Katara froze the water at her back into a massive curved wall and zeroed in on him.

Before she could attack, though, Zuko had already launched his own assault, kicking and punching blasts at her as he advanced across the deck. Katara blocked and deflected with short waves, then quickly turned her defense to offense, arcing the water through the air and bringing it down like a hammer.

Zuko dodged out of the way, kicking flame as he went, but he couldn't avoid the backsplash. It flooded under him, then turned to ice, locking up around his ankles. He blasted free, but not before Katara was able to launch her true attack, a wave she slung around her body and sent with enormous speed for Zuko. His feet slid across the icy rubble beneath him, but he still managed to punch a blast into the center of her wave, breaking it apart.

Only, Katara had anticipated that. She sent the remaining streams as a dozen icy spears to pin her enemy to the wall of the tower. Metal screamed as it was pierced and Katara froze, still holding her final bending position.

Zuko hung there, breathing hard and staring at her. As if uncertain, he finally looked down at the damage. Spears of ice as thick as his wrists protruded under his arms and on either side of his torso. Even between his legs, three spears had lanced through the fine silk of his clothing and held him in place like a mounted insect. One protruded by his neck as well, where a thin line of blood was welling up against the stark white of his skin.

Zuko stared at Katara, and she stared back.

"Either finish it," he said, "or go now."

For a confused instant, she shook her head. Then she scowled. "I'll leave when I have my friends."

His brow furrowed and steam began to rise from the ice where it touched him, but before he could free himself, Katara was in motion again. With a shout, she gathered another heavy wave and struck him with brutal force until he sagged there, unconscious.

"You hesitated."

Katara whirled to face Azula, but when she saw what the princess was doing, the wall of ice behind her shuddered.

"A real princess never hesitates." Azula held Sokka on his knees with one arm twisted tight behind him and his head held stiffly up. Under his jaw, she tapped her knife-sharp fingernails. Even from a distance in the moonlight, Katara could see that dots of blood had already formed there.

"Let him go," she said between clenched teeth.

"Surrender," Azula countered breezily. "Go back to your cage in the brig and I will release your brother in the next cell. You have my word."

Her smile made Katara's hands curl into fists at her sides, but she drew a breath and forced them to relax. The brig. Toph had to be coming any second. They would get Appa out together and she would wash them to land on an ice floe. All she had to do was stall a little longer. All she had to do was get Sokka out of Azula's reach.

"Why should I trust you?" Katara kept her movements subtle, tensing in preparation to raise a fast attack. "You might decide to hurt him anyway, just to teach me a lesson."

"True. But you can trust that I will kill him if you strike at me now."

Katara stopped, and the knowing look in those sharp eyes did as much to stop her as the threat had.

"Leave me," Sokka said, then yelped as Azula twisted his arm a degree more. "Just go, Katara! You can rescue us later if you're free!"

"Can she?" Azula asked with passing interest. "Because I doubt one waterbender alone could manage to break into each of the prisons I've picked out for you and your friends. And that on top of navigating a war zone on land and crossing an ocean with no ship… No, Katto of the Water Tribe is going to be busy for quite some time before she can even attempt a rescue." She dragged her index fingernail lightly across Sokka's skin. "Which means that you and I will have ample time together to work on your manners."

"Stop," Katara bit out. Azula's estimation cut far too close to her own fears. She couldn't leave this ship without Sokka or the others. But time was running out, and Toph had yet to appear. There was only one option before her, only one chance.

Between one breath and the next, Katara shot a lance of ice off the deck at Azula's feet. It should have passed through the weak place in her armor beneath the arm and come out through her collarbone. It would not have killed her, just taken her out of the fight.

Instead, Azula darted back a step at the last possible second and the ice missed her completely.

But she dragged Sokka with her. It happened so quickly that Katara didn't believe at first that what she was seeing was real. The spear took him through the chest. The bloody tip burst out of the silk of his shirt and Sokka stared at it in surprise before he choked out a scream.

"It seems I broke my word after all," Azula said, releasing her hold and stepping back easily. Sokka quivered in place, not quite on his feet, impaled. "But only because you killed your brother before I could."

"No!"

Katara lunged forward in a surge of water. Sokka slid down the ice spear. His fingers closed around the shaft but the bloody grip couldn't stop his descent. Katara skidded to her knees beside him and only then thought to release the ice. The spear, liquid again, fell apart on them both. Sokka sagged and groaned.

"Don't you listen to her, Katara," he grunted, his face lined in agony. "She did this, not you. You remember that if I die-"

"Be quiet, Sokka!"

"If these are my last words, you're gonna be so sorry you were mean to me."

"Shut up and let me focus!" Her hands already glowing with healing water, she pressed one to his chest and the other to his side where the spear had entered. She felt for the torn pathway, the pierced muscle and cracked bone, and desperately, with forced gentleness, coaxed it all back together.

As she worked, she listened to his breathing the way Gran-gran had taught her to do with chest wounds. Sokka's breaths came shallow and broken with pained noises, but there was no gurgle, no bubbling in the wound, no coughing. His every cry and complaint was a reassurance to her - because it meant the spear had missed his lung.

When it was done, Katara watched the relief spread over Sokka's face as his pain diminished. His eyes half-opened and he grinned wearily. "See? Nothing to worry about."

He reached up and dabbed a tear off her cheek. Katara, unaware that she'd been crying and not inclined to care, bent down to hug him.

Or she would have, had two sets of hands not come down on her, hauling her to her feet and away. Sokka tried to sit up and could only wince and lay back as Azula loomed over him. Katara wrenched against the soldiers gripping her but, when she spotted the princess, she stopped struggling.

"I suppose we could do this all night," Azula said, examining her nails. "I did make you a promise, after all."

"No! Don't touch him!" Katara sent one of her guards sprawling with a haphazard stream, but another man took his place at once.

"You aren't doing much to convince me." Azula crouched over Sokka and daintily tugged his shirt aside to reveal the closed wound. Sokka flinched away from her, then winced. "Not the best work I've seen. But then, you weren't trained in healing, were you, Katto of the Water Tribe?" Her eyes flashed as she smirked up at Katara, "I know. We could stage an experiment. How many times do you think you can heal him before you grow too weary and he dies in your arms?"

"Don't! Please! I-" Katara clenched her fists and scowled at the deck before straightening under the restraining hands on her shoulders and arms. "I give up. Take me to the brig if that's what you want, but don't hurt him."

Azula's smile was sharper than her nails. "We're past that stage. I require something more from you, now."

She snapped her fingers and, from the control tower, two slim medics hustled, straining under the weight of the cloth-and-beam stretcher they held between them. They crouched to settle it on the deck and Katara made out Zuko's still form, terribly bruised but breathing. Azula's eyes did not so much as flick toward him, fixed on Katara. A spear of ice would have held her in place more gently.

"You attempted to escape and gravely injured a member of the royal family in the process. Now you plead for your brother's life. It seems only fair that you offer something of equal value in its place."

Katara unthinkingly pulled against the guards holding her, but their hands did not yield. She could move no farther away from Zuko's unconscious body.

"In exchange for your brother's life, you will swear a solemn oath on your honor, your nation, your spirits - whatever it is that matters to you and your savage people. You'll swear it before these witnesses, and know that if you ever break your word, everyone in the Fire Nation will know that the Water Tribe has no honor."

"Wait-" Katara pulled harder against her guards, but it wasn't Zuko she was trying to escape, now. It was the trap she felt closing around her. Azula didn't even pause.

"Swear to devote yourself to Prince Zuko's service in whatever way he sees fit, for the rest of your life."

"No way," Sokka grunted, propping himself up on his elbow. "Don't do it, Katara. I'd rather die than let you do this."

"Either way," Azula shrugged. In a flash she yanked Sokka upright by a grip on his hair and pressed her nails against his throat.

"No! I'll do it! Stop!"

"Katara, don't!"

"On your knees," Azula said patiently.

Katara sank to her knees. The guards still stood with their hands weighing on her shoulders, but she hardly noticed. The moon had risen high while the fight commenced and now it shone down, casting everything in a soft, dreamy light. Everything, except for Azula's nails where they rested on Sokka's straining throat. Everything but the dark stains covering his torn shirt.

Distantly, Katara marveled that this was really happening, that Toph wasn't arriving now, at the last possible second, to smirkingly save the day. The words came out stiffly, through her strangely constricted throat.

"Let Sokka live and I swear, on my family and my people, to serve Zuko for all the days of my life."

Azula dropped Sokka back to the deck and brushed her hands together before strolling toward the control tower. She didn't even spare Katara a backward glance. "Take the prisoners to the brig and see my brother to the healer. Prince Zuko has just reduced the Water Tribe's most famous warrior to a slave. Father will be delighted."

Katara only heard it as if from a great distance. She hardly felt the guards haul her to her feet. Sokka held her stare with wide, disbelieving eyes until she was half-dragged away and, as they took her through the dark doorway into the hot lantern light of the ship, the same words rattled over and over through her head.

Where's Toph? What happened to Toph?

Chapter Text

Pain woke him, lancing through the bones of his chest and reverberating like hammerfalls in his skull. Zuko opened his bleary eyes and thought at first the ceiling was on fire, until he recognized the familiar gilded moldings of his bedroom.

There was a soft feminine gasp nearby, but when Zuko turned his head to look at the healer - who stood frozen in place, her frightened blue eyes locked on him - black spots rose up like a sea to swallow him.

The next time he woke, Azula stood over him, a faint, unimpressed frown coloring her cool features. "The healer suggested that your brain might have been damaged by repeated blows. I doubt we will be able to notice the difference, as I can't imagine you behaving any more stupidly than you have up to this point."

Zuko shut his eyes. His aches were fewer and not so all-consuming, and the pain seemed to fade even more next to the memory of what had happened. "I did everything I could to stop her."

For a second, Azula was silent. Her reassuring tone smashed the quiet like a fistful of blasting jelly. "And you succeeded."

He snapped his head around to look at her, ignoring his body's wave of resistance to the sudden movement.

Azula smiled and flicked his blankets higher in a weak mimicry of care. "In my letter to Father, I emphasized the boldness of your strategy and your confidence in its success. I told him how you faced down the renegade prisoner and forced her to yield. And, when she still evinced signs of willfulness, how you extracted a vow of servitude from her."

"But I-!" Zuko tried to sit up and found that he could not. His muscles were bruised and battered, and the bones beneath creaked together. He fell back with a yelp but stared up at Azula still. "I didn't do any of that! Why would you- Why would you lie?"

Her smile faded and she folded her arms coolly over her chest. "I did it for you, Dum-dum. So that when you arrive in the Fire Nation, you can at least appear to Father and the court as a half-respectable prince instead of a pathetic, sentimental fool."

"That was never going to happen! I was-" Zuko stopped himself, wincing at the pain of breathing as well as his closeness to admitting to what he had tried to do.

Azula let him stew for a long moment, then sighed loftily. "I suppose you could write your own letter to Father explaining the truth, if it's that important to you. I don't really see the point, though. I've gone to a lot of trouble to construct this fantasy for you. The waterbender is yours, by her own oath."

Zuko flinched, turned his eyes back up to the ceiling. The gold glimmered in the candlelight, curls and flame designs so sharp they would probably shred the skin if touched.

"Honestly," Azula said, tapping one finger on her sleeve, "your lack of gratitude is beginning to hurt my feelings, Zuko."

He looked up at her through narrowed eyes, trying to cypher out what all of this really meant. There had to be some hidden agenda. Maybe she just wanted him in her debt so that she could control him later on. Maybe all of these secrets were weapons she meant to use against him. The one thing he was certain it could not be was sisterly support.

Azula sighed and turned for the door, not bothering to look back as she spoke. "She's in the brig. Try to delay your visit until you're at least able to walk."

.


.

Katara sat on her old pallet, clad in new chains, and focused on the fading power of the moon. Sunrise would not come for another hour or so, but she did not move from her spot. The empty steel room around her was as blank and bleak as the rest of the voyage, as the rest of the life stretching out before her.

Sworn to Zuko's service. Her stomach twisted, too empty to do anything but wring like a rag, and still her head wouldn't clear. She kept circling back to those horrible words. Sworn to Zuko's service. In whatever way he sees fit.

At first, she had stomped around the cell, slamming her chains into the walls and kicking her bedding across the room. She had shouted a lot of rude things. She had cried a little - in fierce, furious spurts followed by more shouting.

Now, she thumped her head back against the wall behind her, then did it again. The night was all but gone. The brig was quiet beyond her door.

And then the wall tore open beside her and Toph came clambering in.

Katara startled to her feet in a jangle of chains before recognizing her friend. When she did, though, her lip curled and she opened her mouth to let out some especially scathing words. "You-"

Toph flung up a hand uncomfortably close to Katara's face. "Before you get going again, I just want to say that none of this was my fault."

"None of…" Katara sputtered. Her fingers constricted into claws at her sides. "Not your fault?"

"No," piped a voice from the next room. "It was mine."

Aang darted through the hole in the wall and gave her a nervous smile.

"Sorry, Katara. I… kind of knocked Toph out before she could tell me about the plan." He dropped the smile and peered at her worriedly. "Sokka told us about what happened. Are you okay?"

Katara stared at her young friend, not sure how to answer.

"Of course she's not okay!" Sokka grumped as he squeezed through the hole, holding one arm tight to his injured side. "We just got done beating the sealfeathers out of what amounts to a small army only to have our one shot at escape blown by a couple of no-shows!"

Katara stepped in to help steady him as he straightened and their eyes locked. Despite all his bluster, he looked away first - at her hand on his arm, and then the floor.

"Look," Toph snapped, bracing her hands on her hips and glowering at the far wall, "I don't know how else to say 'not my fault,' so I'm not even gonna bother. What I will say is it was a stupid girly move to go making promises under duress, Splatto!"

Katara rounded on her, ignoring Sokka's hand on her shoulder. "What do you know, you little jerk! It's not like you were there!"

"Guys!" Aang stepped between them, smiling and patting the air. "Let's not forget that, bad as this is, we're in it together. It really wasn't Toph's fault that we didn't get out when we were supposed to, and it's thanks to her metalbending that we can get out now! Through forgiveness and teamwork, we can make our next escape attempt a soaring success!"

He trailed one finger into the air as if tracing the path of a flying bison. Sokka frowned at him disbelievingly and Toph made a rude noise. Katara did her best to smile.

"That's great, Aang… but it's not that simple anymore."

"Why not?" Sokka asked. He was frowning, tight-lipped, at the floor. "Toph's right - you made that promise under duress. That can't really count."

"Yeah!" Aang said, nodding. "A vow doesn't carry the same weight if it's not made freely. And besides, who's to say that the best way to serve Zuko isn't to give him some alone time to work out his anger problems?"

For a fluttering instant, the future opened up before Katara. They would escape, all together, right now. They would disable the ship, take Appa, and make for land. They would soar away into the soft light of morning.

"I can't."

The others started to argue, but Katara pressed on. "You're right that it shouldn't count. Azula used a dirty trick to put me in this position, and that alone would justify me breaking my word. But it's not just about my word, or me." Her shoulders slumped and she looked away from her friends. She had been thinking about this all night and, much as she wanted to, there were realities she could not deny.

"It's about the Water Tribe. Not… our pride or our honor - but the people who are already enslaved. If… the Southern Princess breaks an oath to the Fire Princess, how is that going to effect things for our people? What if all of those enslaved waterbenders get punished for what I do?"

For a moment, everyone was silent. Katara watched fear and sorrow battle on Aang's face. Toph's stubborn expression melted into one of sagging comprehension.

"The Fire Prince," Sokka corrected sharply. "You promised to serve Zuko, not Azula."

Katara's stomach writhed. "It's the same thing."

"No, it's not, because how do you think all those Northerners are going to react to the last Water Tribe princess serving the Fire Lord's son?"

"I don't know, Sokka," Katara snapped. "Maybe they'll get me a sympathetic card."

"I'm just saying that if you're acting as a figurehead," Sokka said, gesturing with his free hand, "maybe escaping and continuing to fight for the rebellion and help the Avatar sets a better example than letting Azula trick you into feeling a sense of obligation for people who have nothing to do with you. Who want nothing to do with you! Do you really want to go through with this for a bunch of people like Loska and Hahn?"

Katara stared at him, her face growing hot as her scowl built. "I don't have to like all the Northerners to want to help them, Sokka. They're still Water Tribe, and I won't turn my back on them just because it's going to be unpleasant."

"Unpleasant? Katara…" Sokka gave her a beseeching look, then glanced down and off to one side.

At Aang, who was watching them. Katara met his worried stare and smiled, but looked away quickly. "Maybe… it would be better if the three of you leave without me."

"No!" Aang and Sokka said at the same time.

"It's the perfect time," Katara pressed. "After the way things resolved, they'll never expect a second break tonight."

Sokka was still shaking his head. "No way. I am not leaving you alone here."

"Yeah," Toph snorted, folding her arms tight to her chest. "Wouldn't want Azula to run out of leverage, would we?"

"Why you little-!"

"Hey!" Aang stepped in, holding up both hands. "Now, I don't know how you usually do things in this group, but I do know that you came a long way to find me. I'm not about to leave any of you behind." The steely look drained away from his face as he glanced over his shoulder through the hole in the wall. "At the same time, I think I speak for everyone when I say I really don't want to go to the Fire Nation. So let's just… go get Appa and leave!"

"Sounds good to me," Sokka said, fixing his stare on Katara. Aang followed suit, peering up at her with huge, luminous eyes.

"Come on, Katara. Think of how much fun we'll have! No more chains or cells or guards… It'll be like after Kyoshi Island - remember? Remember the mushroom man? And the mountain goat-dillos?"

Katara smiled despite herself, but then her smile faded. "Aang, that was so much fun. But things aren't as simple as they seemed then. I found out later that those mushrooms were being used to drug rebel soldiers so the Fire Nation could capture them easily. And besides… I swore an oath on my family and my tribe." Her eyes fixed on Sokka. She had to swallow hard to clear her throat. "That was so stupid. I could've sworn on honor or the moon for all Azula cared but, in that moment, all I could think about were the things that mattered most."

"Katara," Sokka protested quietly.

"They're just words," Aang said in a rush. "I mean - that sounds bad, but what I mean is that anybody who knows you will understand you still love your family even if you don't keep your word this one time."

Katara drew breath to disagree, but he pushed on quickly.

"Please, Katara! We have to get off this ship!"

For a second, everyone stared at him, except for Toph, who shifted her bare feet on the floor.

"Woah there, Twinkle Toes. You're acting awfully twitchy… Is there something you'd like to share with the group?"

Aang glanced between their faces, smiling hugely. "Nope! No, nothing to share here! How about you, Sokka, do you have anything to share?"

"Now that you ask, I have started to feel like my voice isn't quite being heard any-"

Toph spoke over him, unwavering. "Does this have something to do with that weird trance you were in when I came to bust you out?"

"Trance? Ha ha! Good one, Toph! I wasn't in a trance!"

"Yes you were, and it was when you woke up all scared that you blasted me into the wall. Which, thanks for that, by the way." She rubbed tenderly at the back of her head.

Katara stepped closer to Aang, bending slightly to catch his eye. "Aang, we're your friends. Like you said, we came a long way to find you - because we believe in you. I believe in you. Whatever is bothering you, you can tell us."

His large eyes flitted over the room as if seeking some escape, but then fixed on Katara. Aang let out a heavy sigh. "I was contacted by one of my past lives. The Avatar who came before me, Roku…"

As Aang described his vision and the fiery destruction he had witnessed, Katara felt her mouth go dry. "One day. Ozai could wipe out the resistance in one day."

"He could take out Ba Sing Se, too, if he arranged his forces for it." Sokka rubbed his chin, then squinted at Aang. "How sure are you that this wasn't just some wacky Avatar fever dream?"

"Pretty sure, Sokka." Aang rubbed his fingertips together absently.

"Aang," Katara said, settling one hand on his slim shoulder. "If Avatar Roku told you you have to stop the Fire Lord before the end of summer, maybe the Fire Nation isn't the worst place for you to be."

"Are you kidding?" Sokka threw up his hands and then winced. "He can't just hide out in the Fire Nation when the entire Fire Nation is going to be looking for him, Katara!"

"He can if he's already been captured," Toph said with a shrug. She cracked her knuckles, smirking. "As long as they keep us in metal cells, we can leave any time we want."

"You'll think that," Sokka scoffed, "until they drop you in a wooden one."

"Oh please, Sokka." Katara shook her head. "As if the Fire Nation makes anything out of wood."

"I can't go to the Fire Nation," Aang blurted out. "I can't fight the Fire Lord! Azula almost killed me and she's just a teenager! I'm not even halfway to being a fully-fledged Avatar since I haven't mastered waterbending yet and I don't know anything at all about earth or fire!" He threw his hands up in the air like he was drowning. "I can't even enter the Avatar State right now because of my messed up chakra!"

Sokka leaned toward Katara and spoke out of the corner of his mouth. "What's the Avatar State?"

Katara could only shrug, as bewildered as everyone else. Aang slumped like a sail after the wind cuts out.

"How can Avatar Roku expect me to save the world when I couldn't even save my friends from getting captured? It's my fault Toph didn't make it into the fight tonight, and it's my fault Katara had to make that stupid oath. At this rate, my best bet for stopping the Fire Lord is to just let him keep me prisoner and hope my bad luck rubs off on him, too."

Katara hesitated, then put her arm around his thin back. "I know things seem bad right now. But we're in this together, just like you said. I might be trapped here, but that doesn't mean I can't help you learn waterbending for as long as you decide to stay on this ship. And Toph-" She drew a deep breath and looked at her surly friend. "Toph isn't just an amazing earthbender, she's also the first ever metalbender. She could teach you so much."

Toph, whose stiff shoulders softened under the praise, smiled faintly. "Just putting this out there but, if you want this educational cruise to last a whole long longer, there are all kinds of things I could do to the engine to make that happen."

"And what about me?" Sokka demanded. "I'm a highly-trained warrior, too, you know!"

"And there's Sokka, too." Katara smiled sweetly. "He's pretty good at stones."

"And swords! And boomerangs!"

"Well, the monks didn't really believe in solving problems with violence," Aang said, grinning, "but swords and boomerangs are pretty cool."

"Aw," Sokka said, his smile suddenly falling. "Boomerang! If there was a time to come back, it was about four hours ago…"

Katara patted his shoulder. "There, there. I'll bet Dad picked it up off the beach and he's bringing it to you right now."

He shot her a hopeful look. "You really think so?"

"Sure, Sokka," she smirked faintly. "We all know how much your stuff means to you."

.


.

Zuko woke to a hazy figure leaning over him and cool pressure on his chest. In a snap, he caught one of his assailant's wrists. She squeaked and water spilled on his skin, but it was only when his vision cleared completely that he recognized the healer. Her wide blue eyes did not stray from his hand where he held her until, stomach lurching unpleasantly, Zuko let her go. She sat back, unmoving, and seemed not to breathe.

"What are you doing?" Zuko's voice was rougher than he had expected, and when he coughed, his chest throbbed.

She spoke so softly that he hardly heard her. "Checking the knit, Your Highness. There are still many small fractures to mend."

"My soldiers?"

"I was only instructed to help a few with serious internal damage. The rest have been cared for in the infirmary by the medics and Surgeon Yao, and I was - given the honor of tending your wounds, Your Highness."

Zuko rubbed his unscarred temple, then his face. "How long have I been asleep?"

"Two days and a night, Your Highness."

He tried to sit up and only managed to rise onto his elbows on the second attempt. Even with that little progress, the room swam around him and the healer stammered at his side.

"Your Highness, please, your injuries are still at risk. If you will allow me to finish-"

"Where are my clothes?" It was supposed to come out in the same low voice as his other questions, but it didn't. Zuko fell back as he pulled the sheet up to his armpits, the pain in his chest all but forgotten.

The healer's face reddened all the way to her hairline but she stared fixedly at the floor with the same calm expression. "Your Highness's valet took them. I could run and find him, if that is what you wish." Her lips pursed as if to keep in her next words, but they escaped anyway. "But… no healer could in good conscience advise you that you are in a fit state to rise and dress."

Zuko frowned at her but made no move to sit up again. "How much longer will the healing take?"

"Sessions each day for the coming week would see the bones fully regenerated. Or-" She blinked, not quite daring to glance up at him. "If Your Highness prefers, I can finish the basic knit in a long session today and, after a full night's sleep, you should be healed enough for gentle exercise tomorrow. Walking only would be best. Running or heavy breathing could- could cause more damage."

Zuko let out a slow breath and glared at the ceiling. He rolled the sheet back to his waist and dropped his hands to his sides. "Get it over with."

The healer approached at once, yet her hands trembled as she raised water and applied it to his skin. Zuko tried not to notice, and he tried not to pay attention to the creases that formed around her eyes as she worked to hold her placid expression, but it was impossible. He could not seem to stop noticing all of it, down to every hitch in her breathing. It had been easy to brush off this woman's fear when he did not need something from her. Now, when he had to hold still and face the enduring reality of it, her anxiety ate at him like acid.

For a long while, the room was silent except for the sounds of healing water, but Zuko finally let out a breath and spoke. "Your name is Loska, right?"

Her water trembled but her expression did not change. "Yes, Your Highness."

"Did you… Did you treat Princess Katara before she was taken to the brig?"

"No, Your Highness," Loska said, but a furrow formed between her brows. "I was instructed to check her brother's injury, but it was healed already. Or-" She made a faint disparaging sound and did not go on.

"Or what?"

"It is nothing, Your Highness."

Zuko looked at her and waited. Though she would not meet his eye, Loska finally yielded under his stare.

"Just- A trained healer would not have left such a nasty scar. Those born to the gift are often insensitive to its art. But then, she must have been very afraid. The spear went right through him. It- it was a miracle his lung was undamaged."

"Sokka," Zuko uttered, then cleared his throat at once. His hands had curled into fists at his sides. "My guards were under strict orders to avoid killing blows. When I figure out which of them did it, he'll have me to answer to."

The healer was silent, going carefully about her task. Her hands still shivered occasionally, and the creases remained around her eyes.

"Do you know which of them it was?"

"I am sorry, Your Highness, but I was not there to see the fight."

Zuko was not sure he believed she was as ignorant as she claimed, but his eyes fell to the slim steel collar around her neck. Perhaps it wasn't safe for a slave to incriminate guards. Better to ask the officers in any case.

Zuko turned his stare back to the ceiling and tried to ignore the familiar chill and tingle of healing. The gilded flames overhead caught a hint of pale daylight around the shut curtains of his windows. They looked almost like dozens of tiny crescent moons - or perhaps tiny silver collars.

"How long have you been a slave, Loska?"

Her hands did not even pause in their graceful motions. "I surrendered at the fall of the North, Your Highness, but it was some months later before I was selected to serve the royal family."

Zuko's eyebrow tipped back. "You serve in the palace?"

"I am Princess Azula's slave. I go wherever she chooses to take me."

Her soft voice was a snaking current, pulling his thoughts to crushing depths.

"We're done, now. You may go."

Loska stepped back at once, putting away her water and bowing her head.

"Find Yotsu and send him to me."

She stiffened, but did not refuse. "As Your Highness wishes."

.


.

Katara settled into a surprisingly contented rhythm. In the day, she slept and ate her meals. She wore her chains and drank water from the cup on a staff. She also endured a very embarrassing visit from Loska, who barely spoke to her - perhaps as a courtesy due to the personal nature of their interaction.

And in the nights, she waited until the guards had settled into the station at the end of the hall, and then Toph opened holes in the walls and knocked off everyone's chains. Katara and Aang practiced waterbending with the others' leftover drinking water. Sokka and Toph went over plans for sabotaging the engines or played stones with a set made from bits of the ship. Before dawn, everything went back to where it had been, Toph smoothed out the dents in the walls, and everybody got a good day's rest.

Things were going so pleasantly that Katara almost forgot why they were all still there. It came as a shock to her one day when she woke to the sound of her cell door opening and sat up to find Zuko stepping into the room.

Despite his fine silk clothing and the rigid way he always carried himself, his face was pale and there were strained lines around his eyes and mouth. Katara didn't really pay attention to any of this, though. She spotted him, remembered her oath, and calmly assumed a formal sitting position on her pallet, facing the wall opposite her.

Zuko eyed her for a moment, then gestured to the guard lingering behind him in the corridor. The steel door swung shut and locked with a rattle. Slowly, he crossed the room to stand in her line of sight.

"Why," he ground out, "are you still here?"

Katara flicked a curious glance up at him. He glared down at her, hands fisted at his sides and his jaw clenching as he waited, briefly, for an answer. Abruptly, he bared his teeth.

"You were supposed to escape," he snapped. "You were there, on the deck, the entire ocean at your command! You could have sunk the ship! You could ha-" He stiffened and lowered his arm from the sharp gesture he had been making. When he went on, there was a hollow quality to his voice. "You could have left - why didn't you just leave when you had the chance?"

Katara stared at him, not sure what to think. She had expected grim satisfaction, gloating perhaps. Instead, Zuko watched her with his one eyebrow tilted back, and on the unscarred side of his face she could see the dark circle beneath his eye. He was acting almost as if he had wanted her to escape, and she had failed on purpose.

But that was ridiculous.

"I couldn't leave my friends." She fixed her stare on the far wall. "And once you distracted me enough for Azula to get her hands on Sokka, leaving wasn't really an option anymore."

Zuko took a step away and dug his fingers into his hair. Katara watched with a cool frown until he straightened and scowled at her again. "That wasn't how it was supposed to happen."

Katara could only stare at him for a beat, incredulous. "This is exactly what you have wanted all along. I gave up my freedom, and now I'm your slave."

"You are not a slave! I never wanted-" Zuko grimaced and lowered his voice. He clutched one arm tighter to his side so subtly Katara almost didn't notice. "I release you," he said, his voice shaking. "I release you from your oath of service."

"Where are the witnesses?"

"I- what?"

Katara narrowed her eyes. "Did you expect me to fall to my knees in gratitude and just forget? Without witnesses, there's no proof that you released me. If I escape now, it would just look like I broke my oath, and my people would suffer for it."

Zuko stared at her for a beat, then shut his eyes tightly, turning away. Katara could not have known how he was cursing Azula, cursing himself for always being too slow to keep up. To Katara, he only looked like a thwarted villain.

"So yes, I am your slave. Until you release me publicly, I live to serve you," she said, curling her lip. "Your Highness."

Zuko cast her a wild-eyed stare that quickly darkened. "Don't call me that!"

"Oh, I'm sorry. Do you prefer 'Master'?"

His fists quivered at his sides. His teeth glinted in the red light. "Stop it, Katara."

"So you prefer a silent slave?" she sneered. "I'll just-"

"Is this why you stayed? To torture me?" His eyes bulged and he leaned toward her, his hands spread wide before him. "It wasn't enough to make me believe you loved me and then just give up when things got hard! You couldn't just kill me or leave me in peace! No, you had to stay here so you could keep punishing me for loving you back!"

Silence welled up like blood from a wound. Finally, Katara broke it, her voice swelling from a brutal quiet. "Do you even hear how crazy that sounds? I didn't choose to stay. And I'm so sorry my imprisonment is so hard for you. If you really didn't want me here, you should've helped me instead of fighting me harder than anyone else on this ship!"

"I knew you would beat me! You beat everything I set up against you! You would've beaten Azula, too, if you hadn't let her get to Sokka!"

It cut her, because the same thing had occurred to her, too. Katara flinched and looked away, and only then realized she'd been gripping her chains so hard her hands hurt. She let go, flexing her fingers and releasing them in her lap.

"I didn't…" Zuko shifted from foot to foot and let out a sigh through his teeth. "I didn't mean that. It was my fault, not yours. Azula never fights fair. I should have seen it coming. I did exactly what she wanted me to do when I distracted you."

Katara said nothing, but she looked back at him, taking in his scowl, his arm still tucked snug to his side. With his other hand, he fumbled a small object out from between the folds of his sash.

"Here," he said, moving to close the distance between them.

Katara leaned back minutely, but he stopped at arm's reach, offering her the object - a brass key. She stared at it as if it was bait in a trap.

"Take it. There's really no point in the chains anymore."

"Since my oath is just as good?"

"Since you can get out of them pretty much any time you feel like it." Zuko stayed where he stood, unbending. "I ordered your chains struck yesterday, but none of the guards wanted to risk being the one to do it. After what you did to the men stationed in my sitting room, I can't really blame them."

Katara snatched the key from his hand, then frowned at Zuko. "Oh boo hoo. Poor little firebenders. I guess thirteen to two wasn't fair odds, huh?"

"Look, I'm not saying you were wrong," Zuko said as he took a step back, "but Private Shin won't walk for at least a month and only that because we had Loska aboard. The infirmary is full of soldiers who are excited to tell all their friends about the crazy waterbender who almost killed them. When Lieutenant Roshu heard that I meant to unchain you, he filed a formal complaint with his unit captain."

"Well that makes sense," Katara sniffed. "I can't imagine what a brute like him does when he isn't bullying someone else."

"He's a safety officer, Katara. It's his job to avert disaster."

"He dragged me around by a leash like an animal! And you defended him!"

"He isn't a bender! The way you were cutting down the other soldiers, it looked like you might kill him!"

Katara stared at him for a tense moment, the key digging into her palm. "I didn't realize he wasn't a bender, but I wouldn't have killedhim. He's been cruel and I just wanted to give him a good scare before I left."

Zuko nodded and looked away. "Well, that much went according to plan." His eyes cut back to her and he spoke more quietly. "How has he been cruel?"

"You mean aside from the whole 'chaining me like an animal' thing?"

Zuko flinched but didn't rise to the taunt. He only waited. Katara let out a breath and began searching her cuff for the keyhole.

"He made me feel… less than human. The chains and the suspicion, like I might lunge and bite somebody at any second. But the worst was when he told me you were beating Sokka. He did it to scare me and remind me how helpless we were."

Zuko was quiet for a moment. The little brass key fit with a satisfying click into her cuff, and then the weight fell away. Her wrist appeared, reddened from long wear and scabbed where the steel had banged her skin after she had been returned to her cell.

"Did he ever hurt you?"

Katara flexed her free hand and rolled her eyes up to him. "No more than he was supposed to."

"He wasn't supposed to hurt you at all. I kept him as your transfer officer because there are no marks in his record for misconduct or injuring a captive and his interview gave me the impression that he was an honorable soldier. If that's not the case, tell me and I'll remove him."

From his tone, Katara suspected he meant this in more than a professional sense. She looked back to her other manacle. "Do what you want. You will anyway."

Hurriedly, she unlocked the other restraints, too, until only the collar remained. She struggled to find the keyhole behind her neck.

"I could…" Zuko hesitated when she shot him a fierce look. "…help?"

Katara curled her lip at him. "I'm good, thanks."

Zuko frowned, but stood back with his arms folded over his chest. His eyes, Katara noticed, tracked her wrists as she worked.

Finally, she tossed the chains aside and settled comfortably back into her formal position. She had not felt so light since the night of the full moon and drew a deep breath, rolling her head and her shoulders to ease the old strain in her neck and back.

When she opened her eyes, Zuko was still watching her. It put a hot ember in her belly and a lot of angry words in her throat, but Katara just firmed her mouth into a tight line. "Is there something else you want, Your Highness?"

"Don't." The word came out choked and strange, but Zuko's voice leveled out as he went on. "I meant it when I released you. I may not be able to make it public for a while…" His eyebrow tipped back and his eyes fell off to one side. "…more than a while. But I will do it. You have my word."

"When? How long?"

"I- I'm not sure. Long enough for me to establish my standing back home, and for you to prove you've abided by the terms of your oath. A month after we arrive, maybe longer."

Katara curled her lip. "So what you're really saying is that I have to play along and act like a nice, domesticated waterbender if I want to keep that month from stretching out into a year."

"Do you have a better idea," Zuko snarled, "because I don't, Katara. Believe me, nothing would be a greater relief to me than getting you and your stupid brother off this ship today, but we both know you're too stubborn to leave without the Avatar."

"And when you release me," she said, slow and sharp, "you think I won't take him with me, then?"

He met her stare flatly, not quite scowling. "Once the Avatar reaches the royal palace, he's my father's problem. Take him for all I care. Fuel the resistance, drag out the war." His mouth hardened into a line and he turned his eyes from her. "Raise my son to hate me, just don't force me to watch."

Katara eyed the hunch in his shoulders and finally let out a sigh. "My… I'm not pregnant."

She didn't expect the bitterness that twisted his face, but it passed quickly, replaced by the glare he fixed on her. "I guess that must make you happy. Now you can really pretend you never had that lapse in judgement."

It stung her more than it should have. She clenched her hands together in her lap to keep from crossing her arms over her chest. "It's a relief."

Zuko flinched as if her voice was an icy wind, then strode for the door. He rapped once, and when it opened, he commanded the soldier on the other side to gather up the discarded chains. Then, without a backward glance, he left.

He did not stay to watch Katara take in the private's edgy way of moving, nor did he pause to reassure the guards who had gathered in the corridor, anxiously handling their weapons and waiting for something to go wrong. Zuko strode straight out of the brig and into the stairwell, pausing only on a landing between floors where he would not be seen.

There, he clutched at his aching chest and breathed slow and deep until the urge to shout and punch a wall faded away. Lashing out would only hurt him. Whatever he did, he only ended up hurting himself.

"Prince Zuko?"

He opened his eyes to find Yotsu standing a few steps above, staring impassively at the floor. Zuko straightened at once. "What is it?"

"Your Highness, the healer has arrived in your chambers again. I of course followed your orders yesterday but it seems Princess Azula has given instructions of her own."

Zuko steeled himself and began climbing the stairs. "I'm going to the control tower to check our progress. Come alert me when she's gone."

Yotsu followed two steps behind him. "Your Highness, it is possible she will wait for some time, today. Princess Azula allotted her three hours for your healing."

"Then take her a pot of tea."

There was a beat of silence and Zuko turned a frown on his valet. There was no sign of confusion or uncertainty on the man's face, but he now stood three steps behind. "As you command, Prince Zuko," he said, ducking his head in a firm bow.

Zuko turned back to climb the stairs and did not see the way Yotsu's eyes raised up to him, watching his shoulders hold stiff with each determined step.

Chapter Text

"That's pretty good, Aang," Katara said, admiring the sway of tentacles and trying not to think of how thirsty she was. Sokka and Toph saved their water all day and it was still hardly enough for some of the techniques Aang needed to learn, so drinking the bending water wasn't allowed until after the lesson. "Try to keep your arms in a little tighter, though. That way your movements will be more controlled."

"Like this?" Aang tucked his elbows in and his water quaked.

Katara modeled the posture for him again, then pulled the water away from him to show him the movements. "The octopus is about the motion of each arm, but it's also about the rhythm of those separate motions as they occur at the same time. Ready to try again?"

"If I had a decent amount of dirt," Toph said where she sprawled out on one of the pallets, "I'd show you how to make a rock-topus. It's about smashing eight times as much stuff."

"Ha ha! Good one!" The water, just returned to Aang's control, shuddered to a stop. "Wait, is that a real earthbending move?"

"Aang, be careful!" Katara guided the water out of the fall it had begun and streamed it around her body in a big tear shape. "I don't want to drink brig floor-flavored water tonight."

"Sorry, Katara. I don't either…" He shrugged helplessly. "It's just hard to stay focused on doing one thing for so long. Can we play stones or something for a while?"

Katara let out a slow breath and focused for a moment on the soothing motion, taking the water around her body, dividing it into two streams, and then bringing them back together. "If you need a break, I guess it's not such a bad idea to take one."

"Don't feel bad, Aang," Sokka said almost idly. "Katara had a real reputation back in the base for being kind of obsessive. Guys were always asking me, 'Sokka, why is your weird little cousin so disinterested in fun manly things like snapping wet towels or telling jokes about girls?'"

Aang plopped down beside him near the stones board, grinning. "What'd you tell them, Sokka?"

"Well, mostly I told them about how Katto was the only waterbender in the whole South Pole, so just having the opportunity to learn how to bend really meant a lot to him. Also, I pointed out how skinny and dopy he was and, you know, a guy's gotta have something going for him."

Katara cast him a cool look but didn't stop streaming the water. Aang laughed, but then smiled at her. "Don't worry Katara, you make a really pretty girl."

"Thank you, Aang," she said, prim and smiling. She didn't see the way Aang blushed when he gazed at her, but Sokka did.

"How about it, Toph?" he said, tossing one of the stones pieces at her. "Do you think you can take on the Avatar?"

She sat up in a rush, smirking. "Try 'take out'. I owe you a KO, Twinkle Toes."

Aang chuckled nervously and Sokka withdrew, coming to stand on the other side of the cell where Katara was freezing the water into beads in mid air and orbiting them around herself like a string of pearls.

"So," he said, fanning out his hands before him. "Can we talk for a second?"

"Zuko came to see me the day before yesterday."

Sokka groaned. "Alright, setting aside for a moment why you waited until now to tell me… What's the latest war crime?"

Katara heaved a breath and smashed all the beads together into icy dust. "I needed a little time to cool off. He was mad at me for beating up his soldiers, and he was mad at me for losing to Azula, and he was mad at both of us for still being here." Sokka made an incredulous noise, but she only went on quietly. The dust swirled around them like a snowstorm, then melted it into a dozen thin streams. "And then he said he would release me once things are settled back in the Fire Nation, if I can behave myself long enough."

Sokka scrubbed snow out of his face. "Errgh! He is so crazy. First he says he'll never let you go, then he says he can't possibly let you go, and now he says he'll let you go, just not yet… This has gotta be some kind of trick to lull you into accepting a life of servitude. You're not thinking you can actually trust him to set you free, are you?"

Katara swirled the streams through the air and then blasted them together at one point, creating a careening mass of water. "No, but it doesn't matter whether I trust him - either he lets me go or he doesn't. It'd be pretty risky for you guys to wait around on Zuko's whim when you don't need to. Which is why I don't want Aang to know my release is even a possibility." She slowed the stream, curling it through loose loops and finally dividing it into the two pitchers still waiting on the floor. "Sokka, I know you don't want to, but when the time comes, you're going to have to be ready to escape without me."

"Absolutely not. If you think for one second that I would leave you alone in the Fire Nation with that ice-hole and his diabolical sister, you're as crazy as they are."

Katara braced a hand on his shoulder. "Think about it. Spring is almost over and Aang has to be ready to fight the Fire Lord before the end of summer. I can teach him a lot about waterbending here, but there's no earth. What if we reach the Fire Nation only to be immediately split up and sent to different places? Even if Toph and Aang get sent to the same prison, just how much earthbending - you know, loud rumbly smashy earthbending? - do you think they're going to be able to do?"

Sokka was shaking his head, but he shot a glance over at the others where they played their game. Toph was crowing loudly about some move she had masterminded, but then Aang took his turn and made a modestly smug comeback. Katara watched her brother's face, and she could see the tightening in his jaw as she went on.

"Sokka, I can't leave Zuko until he releases me, if he ever does. But Aang is more important than I am, and I need you to help me convince him that it's okay to leave me behind."

Sokka turned back to her, his brow wrinkled up over wide, pleading eyes. "Katara. You can't ask me to do that."

"I'm not saying you have to go now," she said, frowning down at the pitchers. "Actually, the more time Aang has to learn waterbending, the better. But, at some point-"

"Look, can we just focus on the here and now and not get all fatalistic about what may or may not be possible down the road?"

Before she could answer, Sokka looped one arm around her back and steered her toward the others, effectively ending the conversation. Katara didn't resist. It would take time to find another opportunity to try and talk sense into him, but it hurt to see that brittle look on his face.

Brittleness vanished behind smirking satisfaction. "Toph's figured out where to hit the engine so the ship loses power gradually instead of all at once. That way, since it's nothing catastrophic, nobody will realize there's a problem for a while."

"Or suspect sabotage," Toph grinned as they approached. "Pretty sneaky, huh?"

Katara sat down next to her friend and smiled. "Toph, I think you might be the sneakiest earthbender I've ever met."

"Yeah," Aang said, a bemused slant to his mouth. "You sure do have a way of winning stones when it doesn't seem like you should be able to."

"Don't give me all the credit! You're a really skilled loser, Twinkle Toes."

.


.

Zuko stood in the control room, studiously ignoring the tense shoulders and clipped voices of all the technicians and navigators around him, and watched the goings on of the ship. He would have stood out on the observation deck, but the wind was driving in a cold rain and he had come to detest the feel of rain on his skin more than ever. Instead, he observed while Navigator Chon adjusted their course to accommodate for the high wind and called the change to the helmsman.

Chon, middle aged and cut of a cloth as stiff as his uniform, dared to glance at the formerly banished Crown Prince and, finding himself watched, bowed. "So long as the wind remains steady, I am quite confident we will pass north of Whale Tail Island early tomorrow night, Your Highness."

"Good work, Navigator."

Zuko would have left it at that, but Chon hesitated to turn back to his work as if expecting something more. Having spent the past few days recuperating in his rooms and trying to pound rice farm taxation laws into his brain, Zuko pounced on the opportunity.

"These waters are heavily patrolled by the armada. How is it we haven't encountered any warships?"

Chon used one of his sharp tools to indicate marks penciled on the map. "We spotted ships here yesterday and here three days ago. News of our passage was likely relayed to command by hawk, Your Highness."

"So if Zhao means to intercept us, we can expect him near here." Zuko tapped a point on their route and immediately stiffened. Zhao might have called the banished prince to a halt at his leisure, but no officer, even an Admiral, would dare to waylay a royal cruiser.

Chon blinked at the spot where his finger had landed, and his thin mouth curved up on one side. "Aye, sir. That would be the case, but the princess has commanded his presence here," he indicated a crosshair on the route a short distance east from the spot Zuko had indicated. "We'll rendezvous with the Admiral's flagship at mid-afternoon, take on fuel, and then continue on our way, sir."

Zuko blinked down at the crosshair, then drew a deep breath. His ribs were slow to heal without Loska's treatments, but the ache had diminished a little. His suspicion of Azula's motives, on the other hand, had not. Whatever her reasons for commanding Zhao himself to attend to refueling her ship, Zuko was certain he would not like them.

"Not to worry, sir. Won't delay us by much more than an hour, I expect." The other side of Chon's mouth bent up to match.

Zuko nodded shortly and turned to go, not noticing the eyes that followed him out of the room.

.


.

Katara had slept through the morning and came groggily awake for what she thought was the lunch hour only to find Lieutenant Roshu leading a maid into her cell. She sat up at once, rubbing the sleep from her face.

"Rouse yourself, waterbender," Roshu said, stationing himself by the door. "You're going upstairs. A maid's been sent to ready you."

The maid, the same thin-faced young woman Katara remembered from the day she broke the tea set, carried an armful of folded cloth stacked in a basin. Inadvisably, she held a silver pitcher in the two fingers she had managed to disengage from her other burdens. She shuffled past Roshu without a glance, and ducked her head to Katara.

"Princess," she said, and began unloading on the floor, pulling bottles from her apron pockets and arranging things around the basin for Katara's use.

Katara sat straight-backed and observed, her eyebrows creeping up. Finally, she looked past the maid to Roshu, who still waited by the door. He was watching the pitcher as if it contained a snake. Sourly, Katara folded her arms over her chest.

With her task finished, the maid sat back, noticed Katara's focus, and followed her stare to the man lingering by the door. "Lieutenant," she chided softly, "I think the princess would like a little privacy, now."

Roshu hesitated, and Katara let out a sigh. "Lieutenant Roshu doesn't believe wolves like me keep their promises."

The maid blinked at the floor, her brow creasing. "I don't know anything about any wolves, but Prince Zuko told me Princess Katara wouldn't hurt anyone polite."

Roshu, torn between glaring at Katara and shooting the maid a look that was part disbelieving and part sheepish, grumbled something under his breath and left the room. "If you call, Sian, I'll be here," he said before shutting the door.

Sian went back to preparing, pouring half of the steaming water out into the basin. Katara watched the careful balance of her motions.

"Thank you," she said, venturing a smile. "He really doesn't like me very much."

Sian kept her head bowed but Katara saw her eyes flick toward the door. "Lieutenant Roshu is a very cautious man, that's all, Princess. There is hardly anyone aboard who is not afraid of what you'll do when you leave this room. We all felt the ship rock the night of the full moon."

Katara knew that caution wasn't Roshu's only reason for disliking her, but she didn't argue. "You don't seem afraid, Sian."

Her cheeks pinked and she dipped her chin a little lower. "Shall I help you undress, Princess? One mustn't keep Princess Azula waiting. Or Prince Zuko."

"Oh," Katara said, and felt her own face heating. "I can undress myself, thank you."

"As you wish, Princess." Sian bowed and turned away to sit patiently waiting nearby.

Very conscious of her company, Katara shrugged out of her ruined silk clothing and went about washing. The water had cooled but was still pleasantly warm, and the soaps had a light citrus scent. It was almost enough to make her forget about the other woman in the room - who did not watch, but was watchful all the same - and whatever new torment she was headed for.

Zuko and Azula at the same time. That was new. She wondered if they had come to some accord, now that Azula had procured Katara for him. Zuko hadn't seemed happy about that a few days ago, but perhaps he had changed his mind again.

Katara let out an annoyed breath and made a conscious effort to let the thoughts flow away. She would find out soon enough.

"Would you like help dressing your hair, Princess Katara?" Sian asked without seeming to look up.

Katara, clad in fresh undergarments, hesitated. "I was thinking of washing it, actually."

"There may not be time for it to dry, Princess."

"Oh, don't worry about that."

"Would you like me to pour for you, Princess?"

Katara almost refused politely, but then shrugged. "Alright."

She leaned over the basin while Sian poured water from the pitcher through her hair. Before Katara could reach for the soaps, the maid had snatched up a different bottle and began massaging something into her wet hair, pressing gentle circles into her scalp. Katara stiffened only for an instant before the sensation lulled her into a slump. Only when Sian had rinsed away all the soap did she return to herself.

"That was wonderful, Sian," she said as her hair dripped. "Where did you learn to do that?"

"It is only palace training, Princess. Any personal attendant would know how. I am not half as skilled as Princess Azula's maids." She began dabbing at a few puddles on the floor where falling water had missed the basin. "You see, Princess? I- I cannot help but spill."

"Here," Katara said, concerned by the note of desperation in Sian's voice. "Let me help."

With a few quick passes of her hands, she gathered the water up off the floor and dropped it back in the basin with hardly a ripple. Then, with the same pull and sweep, she dragged the water from her short hair.

Sian watched with wide brown eyes, her hands still raised and hovering before her. Belatedly, Katara realized she might have frightened her. Before she could speak, a sudden smile darted across the maid's face and disappeared.

"Princess, we must hurry. The Prince and Princess do not like to wait."

Katara sat still and allowed Sian to attend her, arranging her hair and dabbing her skin with certain oils and lotions in certain places before helping her don the fresh rose silks she had brought. She did not see it, but Sian smiled faintly as she worked, her eyes bright and sharp.

The Head of Servants, fully aware of the young maid's tendency to spill and break things, had only allowed her to come on this voyage as a scullion with the understanding that she would step in and act as a maid only if something happened to one of Azula's entourage - which was not unheard of. It was only luck that so much of the staff had become afraid to serve their long-banished prince, who sometimes shouted for no reason or threw teacups across the room. And of course, there was the waterbender princess, rumored to have fought every restraint since the day she woke up with a temper to match the Prince's.

The other maids whispered none too quietly that Sian must be simple-minded to not be afraid, but she only shrugged that off as she had always shrugged off unkindness. To her, Katara's presence aboard was a sort of fantasy come to life. She had always wanted to attend to a princess, but her skills had never met Azula's exacting standards. And Katara, she was coming to realize, was actually kind when she wasn't battling for her freedom.

Of course, none of this was proper for a lowly maid to say to a princess, so Sian did not say it. But she did tie Katara's sash at such an angle that the lines of her garments flowed in a soft diagonal toward her face, and she did arrange the three remaining blue beads in her hair before tying it back in the almost-topknot she preferred. And when Roshu came to escort the princess away and Sian was watching her go, Katara's glance back and smile of gratitude made her heart thump in her chest.

.


.

If the servant hadn't been there to snap the door wide before Zuko reached it, he would have banged it open hard enough to dent the wall. Instead, he could only stalk into Azula's formal receiving room and glare the force of his temper.

"This is a waste of time."

Azula did not look up from overseeing as the maid plumped her sitting cushions on the raised dais. "Actually, I think you'll find it a suitably expedient way to refuel, since you're so concerned about finding time in your busy schedule." The cushion thickened to her satisfaction, she lowered herself and sat languidly. "How did you find the control crew, by the way? Stimulating as ever?"

Zuko huffed out a breath and waved the maid away from his sitting cushion, separated from Azula's by a small square table bearing a teapot and two cups. The maid scurried out of his way at once, but he did not sit, choosing instead to stand before the dais and Azula's bored stare. "We should be on deck to face Zhao when he boards, not hiding and drinking tea."

"It's raining, Zuzu. Princesses do not wait in the rain for their lessors." She propped a wrist up on her bent knee and admired her fingernails. "And neither do princes who mean to be taken seriously. Zhao has overstepped. It is time he is faced with the consequences of his ambition."

Certainly, Zuko had not forgotten all that Zhao had said and done when he believed the prince would never regain his status. Frowning, he stepped up on the dais and lowered himself to sit beside Azula, stiff and cross-legged and facing the door. "Until the Avatar reaches the capital, I don't technically have the power to dole out any censures."

"But you will in a matter of weeks." Her eyes flashed slyly as she turned them on him. "And the dread of a just punishment is half the point."

Zuko assessed her for a moment. "Why do you care, Azula? Zhao didn't act against you."

"No. He sought to gain my favor by discrediting a member of the royal family. A grave miscalculation, as it turns out. One I would see made an example of."

Zuko went on watching her, trying to see just what it was she was after, but she gave no sign. A servant arrived to announce the Admiral's imminent arrival and he was forced to set the thought aside for later.

Zhao appeared in the corridor and the servant divested him of his drenched cloak before he turned to enter the room. His expression was confident but well-guarded, and he bowed low. "Princess Azula, Prince Zuko. It was an honor to receive your invitation."

"Yes," Azula said, "it was."

Zhao stiffened as he rose from his bow, then sank to a seat on the lone cushion before the dais. His eyes met Zuko's and held, and the scar on Zuko's back shot through with crackling remembered pain. He remembered, too, Zhao's claim that his father would never suffer him to return home. Zuko braced his hands formally against his thighs to keep them from curling into fists.

At the same time, he sat elevated. Looking down on this hated man, he couldn't help but hear an annoying voice at the back of his mind, rasping something about power and justice. Zuko scowled and did not speak. At length, Azula went on.

"My brother and I would enjoy a status report on your progress against the rebel training base and that city you laid siege to some weeks ago. Have you broken through their defenses, yet?"

"Not yet, Princess, but it's only a matter of time. Gao Ling's walls are massive and well-patrolled but behind them-"

"As I recall, you described it in a letter as 'an unwalled town at best'."

"Yes, Princess," Zhao said, a muscle twitching in his jaw. "All my spies and maps indicated that that was the case, at the time."

Azula watched him for a long moment. "I did wonder, when you were so easily able to subdue the Northern Water Tribe, whether your skills might not have been exaggerated. After all, commanding an army at siege is quite different from killing a fish."

Zhao lowered his chin a degree and forced his next words through tight lips. "Princess Azula, Gao Ling is home to the region's strongest earthbenders and, with their ranks swollen with refugees and rebel support, they have been able to put up an unanticipated level of resistance."

"Unanticipated," Azula said. "Prince Zuko, would you say that is accurate, considering all that you witnessed while you lived in disguise in Gao Ling?"

Zhao watched him warily now. Zuko frowned impassively back at him. "Gao Ling is known throughout the Earth Kingdom for its earthbender fighting rings. The pit fighters may not have been a force in the war before their city was directly assaulted, and might even have been disregarded as performers without martial prowess, but it would be the height of arrogance to think such a city could be taken easily. With the additional support of a neighboring mountain fortress and underground supply lines, Gao Ling could be considered the last holdout of the Earth Kingdom, second only to Ba Sing Se."

That muscle in Zhao's jaw twitched again, but he fixed his eyes on the floor before him.

Azula glanced at her sharp nails again. "It is a pity you didn't think to ask for any such insight when you encountered Prince Zuko during the attack on your supply station."

Zhao's eyes widened and flicked between them. One of the dots of rain on his brow rolled down and vanished into his sideburn. "Princess Azula, I only thought to defend the honor of the Fire Nation against the prince, who at that time appeared very convincingly to have gone renegade. Even his Water Tribe allies knew his identity and seemed to trust him as one of their own."

"And I told you then," Zuko bit out, "they were a part of my plan to capture the Avatar."

There was a faint snort from one side of the doorway where, to Zuko's surprise, Katara stood with her arms folded over her chest. At her side, Lieutenant Roshu was watching her with wide, infuriated eyes, but Zuko did not really notice him. He could only stare at Katara, aglow in fresh silk with a sour frown drawing her face downward. His chest ached furiously at the sight of her. It was all he could do to remain still, his fingers digging into his thighs.

Zhao, who had turned to look as well, made a faint, bemused sound. When he turned back to Zuko, his hard mouth had tilted slightly upward. "My deepest apologies, Prince Zuko. Clearly, I misunderstood the situation. However did you win Katto of the Water Tribe to the Fire Nation's cause?"

His tone suggested he had some idea, but Zuko did not sully himself with hazarding guesses. "I didn't. Princess Katara of the South was a prisoner until she pledged herself to my service to save the life of her brother."

"I see," Zhao said, casting her another look. "Far be it from me to question your judgement, Your Highness, but I would not trust Water Tribe honor enough to let a powerful bender wander my ship unchained."

Katara's frown tightened into something more focused. "That's a pretty bold sentiment coming from a man who burned his prince while his back was turned."

"Perhaps a muzzle would be prudent as well."

"Enough." They both turned to look at Zuko, who glared back at each in turn, finally settling on Zhao. "In twelve days, I will return to the capital to deliver the Avatar to my father. When it pleases me, I will send for you, and you will answer for your disrespect."

Zhao bowed, hand over fist. It was difficult to tell with his face turned to the floor, but when his eyes flashed up briefly, Zuko was almost certain he was smirking. "As you command, Prince Zuko."

"You are dismissed." Zuko waited until Zhao had backed toward the door, then stopped him before he could turn away. "Zhao. A wise man would use the next twelve days to prepare his campaign for his successor."

Zhao froze in place. His eyes widened and his jaw clenched. At length, he bowed again. "Of course, Prince Zuko."

As he strode for the exit, Katara's eyes were hard on him and she did not step aside to let him pass. It made Zuko's pulse speed to see the older man hesitate before her, stopped by the mutinous set of her face. Defiance suited her so much better than the cold disdain she had leveled on him when last he'd seen her.

Zhao said something through his teeth to her and Roshu clamped a hand onto her shoulder, but Katara only hardened, her mouth pinching down to a short line. It was a look Zuko remembered from the training camp, a look that meant trouble.

"Summon her," Azula said faintly, "before this becomes counterproductive."

Zuko cleared his throat, remembering their present situation acutely. He straightened his back; in his focus, he had begun leaning forward. "Katara."

She didn't look away from the opponent before her, and her tone was sweet enough to turn Zuko's stomach. "Yes, Your Highness?"

"Come here."

She stepped around Zhao slowly, watching him from the corner of her eye until he left the room. Then she came to stand before the dais, glaring up at Zuko with her hands still fisted at her sides.

"Bow to your master," Azula said idly.

Zuko clenched his jaw to keep from protesting and saw how the silk of Katara's outer robe crinkled where she pressed her knuckles into her hips. Then her eyes slid back to him and held, flatly, as she cupped one hand around the opposite fist and bowed in the Water Tribe way. Zuko fought for a blank expression, but all he could think was that he had never seen Katara bow before.

Azula smiled. "Well Zuko, your waterbender may be ill-mannered for a palace slave, but her loyalty has a certain charm."

"That's not what that was," Katara seethed. Her cheeks reddened. "Zhao is vile."

"I doubt there is time left in this voyage to truly train her to service, but perhaps Li and Lo could cure her of this distasteful habit of inserting herself into the conversations of her superiors. And, of course, we must have her fitted for a collar…"

"No." It was out of Zuko's mouth before he could really think about it, but he kept his stare locked on Azula anyway as she arched an eyebrow at him. "Katara is mine to command. From now on, whatever decisions need to be made regarding her, I'll be the one to make them, Azula - not you. And that includes when she's to be summoned from the brig."

"She isn't one of your toys, Zuko," Azula sighed, casting her eyes toward the ceiling. "I'm not going to steal her or break her in a fit of boredom. Think of the embarrassment she would be at court with this sort of behavior."

Zuko curled his lip and opened his mouth to tell her he didn't care, but Katara spoke first.

"Oh, I wouldn't want to embarrass Prince Zuko."

Sarcasm dripped off the words, and her large-eyed smile made the back of Zuko's neck prickle in warning. He watched her press her fingertips to her chest and bow her head slightly to one side, a coy gesture he had never seen before.

"Since I live to serve him, of course I want to know how best to perform my duties. And I simply must have a collar of my own. That way, no one will ever, ever forget-" She smiled harder, her teeth flashing. "-that I am his to command."

Zuko thought of Loska, meek and collared and so afraid of him. The thought of Katara following suit was appalling, impossible. It didn't bear thinking about. And that had to be why she was doing this. She wanted him to see that collar on her every time he looked at her. She wanted to remind him every second that she was a slave until he found a way to set her free.

Zuko dug his fingers into his thighs and glowered at her. "You want to wear a collar so badly? Fine. I suppose you must find the idea comforting, since it's the custom of your people for a woman to wear the token of the man who possesses her."

That wiped the smile off her face. Katara's eyes widened and her nostrils flared, but she kept her mouth clamped shut. He could see how her hand twitched at her side, barely resisting the impulse to reach for the necklace she wore, before closing again into a fist. "Your Highness is so considerate."

Zuko didn't leave off glaring back at her. "Lieutenant, return Princess Katara to her cell until Li and Lo are ready to see her."

Roshu guided Katara out the door with a grip on her shoulder. She didn't take her furious eyes from Zuko until the wall was between them. Even then, Zuko still felt her stare, twin icy knives twisting in his chest.

Abruptly, he surged to his feet and snapped at Azula. "Why did you have her brought here?"

She remained as she had been throughout the exchange, leaning back on one arm and smiling. "What better way to convince Zhao of his error than to put proof and a witness before his eyes? Now, not only does he realize the catastrophic blow his actions will have on his career, he knows his very life hangs on your whim." Her brow puckered in something close to concern. "My staff tell me it's quite an impressive scar."

Zuko turned away with a sharp breath through his teeth and stalked to the edge of the dais. He had known the valets and attendants would report to her, but that didn't make it feel like less of an invasion.

"There was the matter of your pet, as well."

"Don't call her that. She's not some animal on a leash to be trotted out for guests."

"No," Azula said as if explaining a simple concept to an obtuse child. "The leash is very much metaphorical now. Perhaps she truly can be held in check by an oath, but like every other captive waterbender of note, it was the threat to her family that stopped her. That is the only force you can count on to hold her - for now."

Zuko shut his eyes. Sokka. One of the unit captains had given him the story, how it had been practically an accident, the way Azula stepped out of danger and pulled the tribesman into it. How Katara had run her own brother through. The truth was, there were no accidents when it came to Azula, and no miracles either. The only reason Sokka was still alive was that she wanted him to be.

"Oh, brighten up, Zuko. You can be so tedious sometimes. There is good news, too, you know."

Zuko looked back at her, not trusting her definition of 'good.'

For the first time since he had entered the receiving room, Azula took a sip of tea, smiling over her cup. "Your waterbender may not like you, but this meeting has made it clear that there are people she dislikes more."

Zuko folded his arms over his chest. "Considering that Zhao subjugated her sister tribe and temporarily killed the moon spirit, it isn't a huge comfort that she hates him just a little more than she hates me."

"You fail to see the bigger picture. As long as she's aboard this ship, you are her primary enemy. But when we reach the capital, she will have a wide selection of nobles and officials to hate. Imagine the respect you would garner if your enemies were to become hers, as well."

It played through his mind and lingered like a fine perfume - because it was so very close to the fantasy he had always had. Katara challenging Zhao on Zuko's behalf. Katara at his shoulder, glaring down on the scheming peers of the Fire Court. Katara at his side as he knelt before the curtain of flames…

Zuko shook his head, but the notion clung. For all that it pleased him, he found himself clutching his folded arms tighter to his stomach until his ribs shot through with fresh aches. Katara didn't want to be there. She didn't want to be with him, didn't want to support him in his destiny, and didn't want to face the cruel reality he had to face. She hated him, and the sooner he could get her away from him, the sooner he could begin forgetting the idiotic fantasies that he'd allowed to lure him into such foolishness in the first place.

Watching him, Azula sighed. "Go back to your important hovering, if you must. Don't bother thanking me for helping you prepare a strategy against the Fire Court."

Still standing at the edge of the dais, Zuko peered back at his sister. For a moment he was silent, uncertain. "You could have warned me," he finally said. "About the meeting with Zhao, about Katara. You could have let me prepare for that."

"If I had warned you" Azula said with a calculating glance and a subtle smile, "it wouldn't have been a surprise."

Chapter Text

"Bow your head when you attend your master," one of the old women said, rapping the back of Katara's head with a knobby finger until her chin dipped toward her chest. "A slave must never dare hold her eyes on the level of a prince's…"

"…unless it is the Prince's bidding that you meet his eye," the other old woman said as she poked Katara's back to make her sit up perfectly straight where she knelt by the table's edge.

"…in which case you may do so…"

"…bearing in mind what a great honor he has permitted you."

Katara adjusted her posture, carefully maintaining the calm, relaxed mask of a slave while her thoughts roiled like a flooded stream under the surface. After a week of Li and Lo's private instruction, and even more nights spent drilling Aang on waterbending, she was almost weary enough to regret baiting Zuko.

Almost. Whenever she felt exhaustion dragging her toward remorse, she pulled up a mental image of him saying that snide thing about betrothal necklaces or his accusations that she was only here to cause him grief. At those times, her slave mask sometimes faltered to reveal her scowl, which Li or Lo - who she still could not tell apart - would punish with a bony-fingered poke or a swat with a closed fan, or whatever they had at hand.

The worst, though, was the stillness. A palace servant did not look around the room or settle into a comfortable position or even sigh. She knelt with perfect posture for hours, awaiting the moment her services were required. All day, Katara knelt in the old women's large sitting room, practicing the indirect observation and menial skills that were her lot as a slave of the crown prince. The old women punished any break in form so that, by the evening, she had sore places on her arms and head and hands from disciplinary swats.

Presently, the afternoon was drawing to an end and the pounding in her head made it hard to keep from clenching her teeth - a habit of which Li and Lo were intent on breaking her.

"Now," they said together, "pour the tea."

Katara bent her wrist as a glimmer crane bends its long neck to drink. She grasped the handle as she would the hand of a small child and raised the pot from the table in the way of a tufted seed pod uplifted by the gentlest breeze. The arc of tea as she poured stretched no longer than half again the height of the cup and the sound - because Li and Lo were listening - was precisely the sound of tea striking the cup at the base just where the side began to curve up. She returned the pot to its place, the spout angled away from her imagined master, and sat back to her proper posture, all without ever raising her chin.

Katara did not know what a glimmer crane looked like, nor had she seen tufted seeds fly from their pods, but after this day, she knew the lectures on tea pouring down to her bones.

"An unrefined but tolerable finish."

"Presentable pouring at best."

"But pleasingly graceful!"

Katara hated the little throb of accomplishment she felt at the praise but held her blank expression. She had craved Pakku's rare approval, too. Though the cut bisecting her chest had faded, it itched in memory. Probably, it would delight her old master to know that his most despised student was now learning the particulars of being a slave.

Katara pressed her tongue to the roof of her mouth and let her stung pride flow away. These lessons meant nothing. Kneeling and bowing and pouring tea were only another mask she needed in order to survive the coming weeks or months. Or years. She tried not to think of that. She absorbed the lessons and let her rage and frustration flow away with her steady breathing. She bowed her head and let herself become entirely Yin.

Later, when she trained with Aang, she would retake her Yang. Just thinking of it now, the hours of movement and forms and light sparring, eased the strain that had built all day in her back and legs. Motionless, she waited, kneeling with her hands arranged in her lap and her soft gaze fixed on the edge of the table before her. She never looked up, but watched the two old women who hovered in her peripheral sight.

"A slave."

"But also a princess."

"You will outrank many, but yours is a position of deepest shame."

"Rather than ruling your people, you serve your enemy for all the world to see."

"You will be despised by the Water Tribe for your submission."

"You will be vilified by the Fire Nation for your past deeds."

"And while the Fire Nation will not forget your royal status…"

"It is your master, the Prince," they said together, "that gives your life true worth."

Katara had heard this before and, though she still wanted to scowl and shout and flip the table over - anything to break the oppressive stillness - she did not move except to blink occasionally.

Resistance of any kind with Li and Lo accomplished nothing. In the first few days, she had snapped and argued that this was all wrong. How could they justify treating human beings this way? How could they fool themselves into believing that the serving class was fundamentally beneath them? Every time, the old women had only reminded her of her oath, then went on at length to explain that slaves spoke only when asked direct questions.

So now Katara sat in silence, gathering the lessons she would need to satisfy the terms of her promise. Her time in the Fire Nation was not going to be easy, but if the price of freedom was only her pride, so be it. She was a waterbender. She could adapt to anything.

The lesson came to its end and Katara was finally allowed to execute the graceful rise from her kneeling position. It was not easy - her legs had fallen asleep - but she did not falter. Li and Lo had kept her late more than one night to practice this movement. Tonight, she succeeded on the first try.

"Excellent balance."

"Truly, the poise of a royal servant."

Katara said nothing, and did not allow her face to show her feelings, but inwardly, she corrected the old woman. Hers was the poise of a waterbender.

Roshu marched her from the room and down the familiar path back to the brig, his watchful silence as annoying as ever. Katara cast a glance back at him where he followed a step behind her. Her head still hurt and she was exhausted, but there was a giddy pleasure to being free of Li and Lo.

"You know, I've seen Loska going around the ship without an escort."

Roshu's heavy eyebrows drew together as he frowned down at her. "She isn't a warrior."

"So just because I'm not helpless, you don't trust me to behave myself?"

He did not respond for a moment and Katara rolled her eyes back to the front with a sigh. Finally, though, Roshu spoke. "In my experience, it's exactly when you think you have a waterbender under control that he becomes the most dangerous. I won't fail Prince Zuko a second time."

Katara looked back at him, but he didn't meet her eye, staring past her toward the end of the corridor. She let out a weary snort. "Don't tell me you blame yourself for my escape."

He flicked a steely eye toward her but remained silent. Katara turned back. She had come to face the stairwell yawning open before her. As she dropped from step to step, she sank into the hum of engines and the dimmer lights of the less-used corridors.

"I was intensively trained to escape those restraints," she said quietly. "You couldn't have stopped me with them. Trust me, what you've got now is much more effective."

They descended in silence after that, so it was easy to hear the approaching footsteps and terse conversation that announced more people were climbing the stairs toward them. Katara didn't alter her stride until the party appeared on the landing below. At the sight of them, she pulled up short.

Zuko stared up at her and stopped. Following just behind him, Yotsu grabbed the arm of a grease-stained engineer to prevent him from bumping into the prince. The engineer, in the midst of saying something about the latest malfunction in one of the pressurized chambers, cut off abruptly.

For a second, Katara only met Zuko's stare. To Yotsu, a royal servant for more than half his life, it was clearly an act of defiance. Roshu, on the other hand, had watched Katara closely enough these past weeks to know when she was taken off-guard. Yet the engineer, who had never seen the Water Tribe warrior-princess before, looked up at a beautiful, powerful woman deciding how to handle a brush with the unwanted admirer who now owned her life.

The ship, after all, was alive with rumors.

Deliberately, Katara stepped to the side of the stair and bowed her head, clearing the way for the Prince - as was only proper for a slave. She did not look up at him directly again, holding her gaze on the floor, but she could see how Zuko tensed and scowled. She pressed her tongue to the roof of her mouth and did not smirk.

After more than a week of avoiding the sight of her, he had to face it now. Katara had not seen her reflection recently, but she knew she was transformed. From the modest silk tunics and lounge pants in which Sian dressed her, to the slim steel collar locked around her throat, there could be no mistaking what she was.

She hoped he choked on his guilty conscience.

After a beat of silence, Zuko's boots continued up the stairs, followed closely by those of his entourage. Katara listened and watched in the subtle way she had learned, but there was no outward indication of what Zuko was thinking as he passed. He stared straight ahead, his back stiff and his fists swaying at his sides. Then, he was gone.

Katara frowned up the stairs after him, but he had already disappeared on the landing. Roshu, looming over her with folded arms, cast her a bland frown.

"I don't care what those two fossils say," he growled. "You have a better chance of passing for a circus platypus bear than a royal servant."

Katara smiled. "Aw Roshu, is that supposed to be a compliment?"

Faint spots of color appeared high on his cheeks and he glowered down at her. "Absolutely not."

Katara grinned as she turned away to continue slowly down the stairs.

"You might fool them eventually," Roshu muttered as he followed, "but you won't ever fool me."

.

.

A chunk of ice whizzed toward Aang's head. With a yelp, he dropped low, only to feel the ice brush the short hair that had thickened all over his scalp in his weeks of captivity. Tiny flecks of dust fell on him from the missile, stingingly cold on the back of his neck.

"Katara!" Sokka admonished from the sidelines. "Aang's not gonna be able to defeat the Fire Lord if you take his head off!"

Katara was watching Aang with an intense stare, a look nearly as hard as the ice she had launched at him. The dark circles under her eyes only made them more piercing. At Sokka's interruption, she took a deep breath, and winced. "Sorry, Aang. I thought you were ready."

"It's okay, Katara," Aang said with a nervous chuckle. "The swamp benders didn't do a lot of hard style. I keep forgetting ice is an option."

The crease in Katara's brow deepened, then eased as she drew another breath. "I guess that makes sense. But waterbending is all about the duality between opposites; to master this element, you need to practice both soft and hard."

Aang hesitated. Looking at her weary face, he couldn't bring himself to point out that she hardly ever used soft style anymore. She had pushed him harder and harder every night, and it was easy to see the toll her exertions had taken on her. How could he criticize her teachings when she was so clearly giving it everything she had?

And besides, Aang had a bigger matter to address. He made himself smile, for her. "You're right, Katara. I'll keep trying. Can we just stream for a bit, though?"

She nodded and they began again, passing the water back and forth. Aang liked this sort of cooperation better than sparring. Sparring with Katara felt more and more like an actual fight.

"So," he began, rolling his eyes as if he'd find the right place to begin in some corner of the ceiling. "How long do you guys think we have before we get to the Fire Nation?"

"It's hard to say, really." Sokka sprawled against the wall, idly watching Toph pick nonexistent dirt from between her toes and Momo pick nonexistent bugs from her hair. "The trip from the Eastern Air Temple to the Fire Nation capital should take four or five weeks. With the delays we've caused, I know we're gaining days, but we've got no way of knowing how many exactly."

"Not to mention, we don't even know where we are to begin with," Toph grumbled. "I don't know about you guys, but I sure haven't been counting the days since the start of this joyride."

"Twenty-eight." Aang clenched his teeth and added a little speed to the water as he passed it back to Katara. She watched him with concern lining her tired eyes. "This is the twenty-ninth night."

"Okay…" Sokka tugged the hairs on his chin. "So we're probably getting close. We might have a week or two left, at most."

For a long moment, the cell was silent apart from the quiet rush of water. Then Aang dropped his bending stance and stepped away. Katara, frowning, guided the water into the pitchers.

"What's wrong, Aang?"

He stared at her. "How can you ask me that with that thing around your neck?"

He hadn't meant to begin with that, but the sight of the collar was a prickleburr against his skin. Its gleam was dull and ugly in the red light, but to the last Air Nomad, it shone clear as evil.

Katara did not move. "I already explained. I have to get used to bending in it so it won't distract me in a real fight."

"You wouldn't need to get used to it if you would just escape with us." Aang threw up his arms, casting his eyes over the steel ceiling, the steel walls. "We only have a little bit of time left before we reach the Fire Nation and you still choose to stay in these cells! Do you see all this? Tons and tons of metal looming over us like a boulder over a few bugs! We should be out in the wind, Katara! In the clouds and the stars! I don't belong here, and neither do you!"

Katara's frown deepened, but then she shut her eyes and, when she looked at him again, her expression had softened. She approached and settled a gentle hand on his shoulder. "You're right, Aang. None of us belong here. The world is… messed up, and we're all trapped in something a lot bigger than a few cells. I've been so caught up in my own struggle that I forgot what you must be going through." She pulled him into a hug. "I'm sorry I've been hard on you."

Aang felt a blush rising in his cheeks, but he hugged her back tightly. When they parted, he smiled up at her. "Does that mean we can leave now?"

Katara squeezed his shoulder. Her forehead puckered prettily. "You guys can leave at any time," she said softly, "but you know I have to stay."

Aang jerked away from her. "We aren't leaving you!"

She said nothing. Instead, her eyes slid to the side, to Sokka. He sat forward to brace his elbows on his knees. Slowly, resolutely, he shook his head. Toph went on picking at her toes like this conversation had nothing to do with her.

"See?" Aang stuck out an arm. "Sokka agrees with me."

Katara didn't look away from her brother. She only let out a sigh, her shoulders slumping as if that breath took the last of her energy with it. "I think I'll call it a night. Toph, would you close my wall?"

"Sure thing, Sugar Queen."

Aang reached out for her as she went but she was already climbing through the hole in the wall. A moment later, the steel squealed and righted itself. Aang slumped across the room to sprawl on the floor next to Sokka.

"Ugh! A week or two. What are we gonna do?"

Sokka was silent, staring thoughtfully at the wall. It was Toph who finally stopped picking her toes and spoke. "Here's a new idea. We could all try listening to what Splatto's saying."

Sokka rounded on her. "Oh, so that's it? You're tired of your little helpless mannered-lady act and you're ready to just drop my sister and go?"

"No," Toph ground out, folding her arms over her chest. "But at least I can see past my own hurt ego to recognize that we're the number one reason Katara has to stay. As long as Azula can threaten one of us, Katara has no choice but to do whatever she says."

"There's a chance-" Sokka grimaced and raised a hand beside his downturned face. "I know it's crazy to believe this, but there's a chance that Zuko might still let her go."

Aang sat up to stare at him. "Zuko? The guy who followed her all the way from the South Pole, burned Kyoshi Village, and imprisoned her to start with? Is that the Zuko you mean?"

"Wow, Snoozles," Toph snickered. "Way to live the bromance."

Sokka rolled his eyes. "I know, I know! It's just that Zuko, despite all the crappy things he's done to Katara… he still loves her and wants to do the right thing. He's just the worst at figuring out what that means."

Toph said something pithy but Aang didn't really hear her. He felt his body distantly, as if he had lost control in a dive and was suddenly hurtling toward the ground unchecked. The words were ringing in his head.

He still loves her, still loves her, loves her…

Katara had tried to convince Zuko to go with them on the beach, and suddenly it seemed less likely that it was only the random generosity of a compassionate girl. But what else could it possibly be? Katara wouldn't fall in love with someone like Zuko. Scarred and shouting and dangerous and maybe even evil - that couldn't be the type of guy she liked. It just couldn't.

The others went on bickering, oblivious to Aang's stunned silence.

"Look, I'm not saying Zuko's smarter than a box of rocks," Sokka said, "but he's not entirely stupid, and he's not heartless, either - he's backed into a corner. I think he knows it's only right to let Katara go, but if he does it openly, he's committing treason, and that could mean banishment all over again."

"And what?" Toph demanded, leaning away from the wall. "You expect it to be less treasonous when we reach the Fire Nation? Maybe you're the one with rocks for brains."

"Maybe so. But we're running out of time and Katara still isn't budging…"

Aang watched Sokka frown at the floor below his folded legs. He could not have guessed it - because he was not familiar with Katara's posture and habits the way that Sokka was - but Sokka was thinking of the way his sister sometimes sat so prim and still now. Aang knew enough to feel a tremor of unease, but it was nothing beside the alarm Sokka felt. His sister was changing. Those old women were a forge and a hammer and they were beating Katara into the shape they wanted, whether she knew it or not.

"I know it's a huge risk," Sokka said quietly, "but I can't just leave her alone with these people. I have to believe that Zuko will find a way."

Toph made a rude noise. "Yeah, and never mind what Katara wants for herself. Does it even cross your mind that she may not want you hanging around and watching every indignity she has to endure to get through this? Or do you just not care?"

"Oh, you're one to talk. You act like it never happened, but I remember what you did on the beach-"

Aang didn't see Toph tense, and he didn't see Sokka's hands balling into fists. He only shut his eyes and pressed his palms to his forehead. "Enough!"

He sprang to his feet and took up a combative posture at the center of the room. Sokka peered at him warily and Toph just slouched, only the tilt of her head indicating her attention. "We're not leaving Katara," Aang snapped. "And we're not trusting Zuko! There has to be another way, but we're not going to find it by picking on each other and arguing!"

Sokka sat back and held up his hands. "You think you can come up with a better idea? I'm all for it, Aang. Frankly, I could use a little Avatar Wisdom right about now."

"Yeah, let's hear from the Avatar." Toph folded her hands behind her head and leaned back on a curve of metal. "Go ahead, Twinkle Toes. Show us the way."

Aang straightened and turned to peer at the door. He looked all around the cell, at the walls, the hole torn through one as if the steel was a slice of warm cheese. But it wasn't cheese, it was steel - it was all steel, impenetrable and inescapable. Aang felt the silence lengthening and his palms began to sweat.

When he looked back at his friends, the pressure in him only mounted. Sokka was watching with a pitying tilt to his brow and Toph was shaking her head as if at the antics of a child. Aang had never been uncomfortable with befriending kids who were older than him, but in this moment, the few years separating him from these two felt vast.

"I… I need to go meditate on it," he said, trying not to hunch his shoulders.

"Aang," Sokka started, but Aang had already darted through the hole in the wall, and through the next wall into his own cell.

It was as far as he could run from them in the confines of the brig, and it wasn't far enough. He could still hear their low voices, his own name said gently. Finally, Toph closed the hole in the wall, and Aang was alone.

.

.

Toph could feel the little airbender pacing in his cell, and she could feel Katara sleeping in hers, but she couldn't tell what Sokka was thinking. He sat six feet away, rubbing his face from the sound of it. His heartbeat sounded like a slow, angry throb.

Toph's heartbeat was a little more fluttery. She stomped it down mercilessly.

"Alright," she snapped. "Clearly you and me need to straighten some stuff out."

"Do we? Because everything seems pretty clear to me."

"Then those rocks rattling around in your skull are also effecting your vision. What happened on the beach was an accident. Katara forgave me for it, so whatever your problem is, you need to let it go."

His heart sped up, but he didn't move, didn't speak. Toph waited, at the ready.

"Accidents seem to happen an awful lot with you, Toph. First you almost kill my sister. Then you bate Zuko at lunch, practically handing him your tactical advantage just so you can razz him. And, most recently-" He repositioned to sit facing her, and Toph could hear the scowl in his voice. "-when Katara and I were fighting for our lives, you just didn't show up."

"It's not my fau-"

"We were depending on you! We were waiting for you! If not for you, we could have left before Azula forced Katara into making that oath."

"And what?" Toph folded her arms tight over her chest. "You think Katara would have just left Aang behind? I'm the reason we could have all left that night, and I'm the reason we could leave right now if you'd quit filling Twinkle Toes' head with false hope. You should count yourself lucky I don't decide to leave on my own without any of you."

Sokka made a disgusted sound. "Yeah? You need us, too. How else are you gonna cross the miles and miles of ocean to the nearest land?"

"I'd figure something out! I'm not helpless! I don't need anyone!"

The words hung like smoke in the air. Toph nearly choked on them. Scowling, she climbed to her feet. She would have stomped out of the cell, but Sokka leaned forward and caught her hand. It froze her in place, a jittery point of warm, human contact against the world of metal and rock that Toph could understand.

"I'm not saying you're helpless. You do need us - but we need you, too. That's what being part of a group is. We support each other, we back each other up." He let go of her hand and sat back. "We don't leave each other behind."

Toph stood still, her face angled downward and her hand still tingling. She rubbed it against the hip of her skirt. "I don't want to leave Katara behind any more than you do. She's kind of my only friend. After I hit her on the beach, I was so…" She swallowed it down, stiffened. "I was so ashamed. I thought she would never forgive me. But she already had."

Sokka was silent, but the steady pound of his heart was like a fist on the door of a debtor. Toph turned her face away.

"Look, I know you want to stay and watch her back. I want to do that, too. But Katara isn't going into a fight. She's going to court. She's going to have to do a bunch of really humbling things and, if we're there in the palace with her, we'll be a constant reminder of what she was before. It'd be like if Wanjo Naru walked up to me at a fancy dinner when I had to act demure in my stupid little dress, or else get in trouble." Toph frowned. "And whatever else she might have to do, I don't want Katara to slip up and get in trouble in the Fire Nation court."

Sokka was quiet for a moment, then spoke rapidly. "But if Zuko releases her from the oath, she can go free. None of that will matter."

Toph tipped her head back toward him. "Do you really think he will? Because I have my doubts. Even if he wants to let her go - which is debatable - he's gonna have his image to think of, and it's gonna take time. Which, I don't know if you've forgotten, but we don't have a lot."

Sokka let out a hissing breath that grew into an annoyed sound.

Toph stuck out a hand toward him. "Listen, Snoozles. The only reason I can justify leaving Katara is that it's not forever. We only have a few months to take down the Fire Lord. After that, getting one waterbender out of the capital should be a snap. I think she can handle Fanboy and his legions of charcoal-heads for a few months."

"What if there isn't enough time for Aang to train before he fights the Fire Lord?" Sokka asked quietly. "And if Katara is still trapped alone in the Fire Nation when the comet comes? What if we lose the fight without her?"

The question came like a cold wind. It made Toph want to curl her toes under. Instead, she just straightened. "The Blind Bandit doesn't lose, Snoozles. With me on your side, Team Avatar is gonna pound the Fire Lord into ashes."

Sokka said nothing for a moment, and his heartbeat did nothing to reveal the worry that creased his face as he looked toward the hole in the wall where Aang had disappeared. Then he swallowed and looked back at the blind girl standing beside him, grinding a fist into her palm. "Not gonna lie, I'm pretty jealous of your confidence right now."

"Of course you are," Toph blustered, turning to go so that he wouldn't see her blush. "Those rocks you've got for brains are actually pretty smart. Sometimes."

.

.

Aang paced for what must have been hours, because Toph came shortly before dawn to put his chains back on and ungently tell him to keep it down so that she could sleep. After that, he spent some hours meditating, or tried. Every little sound - the guards marching in the corridor and delivering his meals, Momo grooming himself in the vents - scraped the surface of an anxious sore in Aang's chest.

He tried to sleep, but every time he shut his eyes lately, nightmares bloomed like mold. He dreamed often of fire, and a huge evil man commanding it. Every time he tried to run away, he found himself trapped in a river's current, and dragged inexorably back toward the flames. Every time he tried to fly, the air puffed out from under him. Gone, just gone.

Tonight, Katara was in the water with him, staring toward the flames with something between fear and anticipation. When he tried to pull her toward safety, Aang found himself dragged along even faster.

He sat up, breathing hard, and stared at the red-lit walls with wide, quivering eyes. Momo, who had been sleeping on his chest, screeched and flew back into the vent. Aang stared after him for a long moment.

"I wish I could fit in there, too, buddy," he said, then immediately sighed and straightened up. "No, I don't. Even if I could leave on my own, I couldn't leave the others behind…"

Although, a part of him wondered, wouldn't they all be fine on their own? Appa was drugged and chained up somewhere. He neededAang, and he'd been with him for years, not at all like his new friends. Toph could get Sokka out pretty easily, and Katara… Well, if she wanted to be with Zuko so badly, that was just fine by Aang.

He knew that wasn't right, though, and even as the scowl built on his face, it faded away. Whatever Katara was feeling for Zuko, surely it was nothing beside her worries for her people.

Aang returned to his meditative pose, but his mind was weighed down with worldly sorrows and residual anger. He needed to reach Avatar Roku. Sokka was right about that - a little Avatar Wisdom was definitely in order… only Aang had meditated for hours and he couldn't seem to find that misty state of mind. The longer he tried, the more hopeless it all seemed.

Two unhurried knocks preceded a tearing sound, and the wall opened up to reveal a groggy, irritable Toph. "Alright, Avatar Angsty. What gives?"

Aang sat up in a rush at the sound. "What?"

"Every time I start to drift off, I feel you wiggling around in here and your heart starts fluttering like a batterfly." She flopped down on her belly next to him, pulling up a hump of steel to lay on like a pillow. "So how's the deliberation going?"

Aang glanced at the door, the viewing panel that could slide open at any second. "Toph, shouldn't you stay in your cell? The guards might hear us."

"It's early evening. They're all down at the station waiting for Splatto to get back. …speaking of flutter-hearts." She smirked. "Don't worry about them, Twinkle Toes. I got it covered. Now-" She yawned, her blind eyes barely open. "Talk to me or I'll knock you out for real this time just so I can get some sleep."

Aang hesitated. He wanted to lie and hide the vulnerable truth from this hard girl, but she always knew when he was lying. She could see right through him.

"You were right, okay?" he snapped. "Is that what you want to hear? I don't have any solutions! I'm just a kid and it's a huge joke that I'm the Avatar!"

Toph sat up at once, astonishment clear on her face. "I never said that."

Aang stared at her for a long moment, then turned away in a rattle of chains. If he could have flown off to a distant mountain, he would have done it. Instead, he wrapped his arms tight around his legs and braced his chin on one knee.

Behind him, Toph sighed. "Okay, so maybe I implied it. Look, I don't know anything about your life, but for me, people have always told me what I couldn't do. My parents, the servants, that hogmonkey's auntie Woo Jin - none of them believed I could be anything but a helpless blind girl."

Aang didn't look back at her, and he didn't ask who Woo Jin was. He only frowned straight ahead as Toph went on.

"But that never stopped me. In fact, it made me work even harder to prove them all wrong. I guess I just assumed you wouldn't doubt yourself or your abilities. Because you are the Avatar, Twinkle Toes. You have the power to change the world, and nobody - not Zuko or Azula, not the Fire Lord, not even me - nobody is gonna stop you."

Aang looked back over his shoulder at her and smiled half-heartedly. "Good pep talk, Toph."

"That's Sifu Toph to you, Lily Liver." She smirked. "I'm not some namby-pamby puddlebender. When we start your earthbending lessons, you'd best not complain about how much hard style I choose to focus on. 'Cause I'll tell you right now-" Her knuckles cracked like falling rocks. "It's all hard style."

Aang let out a nervous laugh, then fiddled with one of his chains. "I guess that was pretty ungrateful of me, wasn't it? Katara's trying so hard to teach me everything she can before we get to the Fire Nation. It's just a lot sometimes. And it doesn't help me focus when I'm constantly worrying about how we're all still trapped here."

"Yeah," Toph said grimly, folding her arms over her chest. "About that. Have you got any ideas or not?"

Aang hesitated, then sighed, leaning back on his arms. "I've been trying all night and I can't reach Avatar Roku. I have no idea what to do about Katara. There's gotta be some way to convince her to go with us, though. I can't just leave her behind again like I did at the resistance base."

Toph huffed out a sigh and came to sit beside him. "I've gotta level with you - I'm not really the touchy-feely reassuring member of our group. You're not going to talk Katara out of honoring her oath. It doesn't matter how unfair or stupid it was that she made it in the first place - you heard her reasons for keeping it. The second it became about protecting other people, it turned to stone, because annoying and self-righteous as she is about it, Katara really cares about other people."

Aang rattled to his feet, hunched slightly under the pull of his chains. "She could help so many more people if she'd just come with us! We could travel and help people along the way. But she won't even think about it!"

"Look." Toph clambered to her feet as well, smoothing out the floor with a stomp. "And consider this your first lesson in earthbending. Either you bend the rock or the rock bends you. There's no in-between, no middle ground. Either you have a way to get Katara out of her oath, or you don't. And you don't. So quit moping about what you can't change, quit trying to convince her she's wrong, and focus on what you can do, which is learn everythi-"

She stopped short and tipped her head to one side, then scrambled back toward the hole in the wall.

"To be continued, Twinkles!"

"Why? What's going-?"

She bent the wall back into its proper shape just as there was a rattle and scrape from the door. The viewing panel shuddered, evidently jammed, and someone on the other side swore. Not a second after Toph had smoothed the dents from the wall, the door swung open and a pair of guards hustled in, looking around as if expecting an attack. More hung back in the corridor at the ready. When they saw Aang was still in his restraints in the middle of the room, they relaxed a measure.

"What was all that noise?" one demanded, his mustache bristling.

"Noise?" Aang hesitated, tapping his fingers together, then straightened. "Uh, oh yeah. That was me."

The guards shared a suspicious glance, and the one with the mustache frowned more deeply. "All that shouting was you?"

"Er… yes?"

"Well, what do you want, Avatar?"

"Uh, right! It's very important, actually. I want, uh…" Aang rubbed his chin and peered askance at the guards, trying to look wise beyond his years. What sort of thing would an Avatar ask for? What would Avatar Roku say?

Aang did not know enough about Roku to guess, but he did remember what another wise man had once told him about the Avatar.

The Avatar is the bridge between our world and the Spirit World, but he also negotiates for peace and harmony between the four nations. Giatso smiled and sliced the cake into five pieces for the five council members. Which is why, if you are going to sneak a bug into Councilor Miang's dessert, it would be prudent to sneak one into them all.

Aang blinked, and suddenly a pathway opened up before him, a flicker of clear blue sky. He might not be able to convince Katara to break her oath, but she wasn't really the one deciding. After all, Sokka thought there was a chance…

The guards were watching him with mounting uncertainty, but Aang didn't really notice. Solemnly, he peered back at them.

"I want to talk to Prince Zuko."

Chapter Text

Zuko did his best not to shout at the engine room workers or the mechanics, but sometimes the fury that had been building in him cracked his calm surface and erupted.

"I don't care if it keeps springing new leaks!" He jabbed two fingers against the mechanic's oil-spotted uniform front. "It is your job to fix it, and if you have to patch it back together every morning and every night until this ship limps into Harbor City, you will do your job."

The mechanic, staring with twitching eyes at a point in the distance, stammered his acquiescence. They always stammered their acquiescence, they always did their best. It was difficult to believe, though, that the finest royal cruiser in the fleet could be coincidentally experiencing unending malfunctions while carrying home the most important prisoner in the war. Zuko gave the repair crew a final scorching look and then stalked from the engine deck, trailing a cloud of smoke.

Technically, a prince should not have bothered with such menial affairs. There were officers for that sort of oversight, and they should have been reporting the troubles to Azula, who commanded the ship. It just so happened that Zuko had been having tea with his sister when one such report arrived and, desperate for anything to do that was not reviewing records of maritime trade law or histories of export and agricultural taxes, Zuko had pounced on the opportunity. Now, weeks had passed and what had begun as a pleasant enough diversion had mutated into an infuriating mystery.

Because there was no way this was a coincidence. When Zuko figured out which of the engine workers was sabotaging the ship, he would personally see the man brought to justice.

"Y- your Highness."

He paused on the landing and snapped his glare onto the soldier. "What is it now?"

"Sir," the private said, his eyes wide over his drooping mustache. "The Avatar has requested an audience with you, sir."

Zuko came to a complete stop, frowning. After all these weeks at sea, the Avatar had never made such a request before. It was on the tip of Zuko's tongue to refuse. After all, he had resolved to stay clear of the brig and all of the turmoil that waited for him down there.

But, it was the Avatar. He couldn't help being a little curious.

Zuko spun on his heel and strode back down the stairs toward the brig. Soldiers cleared a path for him in the corridors and servants bowed deeply, standing still in the way of nervous rabberoos.

Not at all like the way Katara had stood so still on the stairs a few days ago. Walking past her had been like walking past a coiled mink-snake. Her collar had gleamed just like scaled flesh. Her humble posture still itched under his skin like venom.

Zuko squashed the memory brutally. He filled his days with unnecessary tasks and dry studies so that he would not think of her. Just because he was going to the brig now did not mean anything had changed.

Inwardly, he cursed the giddy tremor in his chest.

Guards opened the way for him and he forced himself not to glance at her door as he strode past. The Avatar's door swung open before him and he went straight into the cell, still glaring.

To his surprise, the boy had grown a head of hair that made him look even younger. He sat on the floor in a meditative posture, which fell apart as he startled with a rattle of chains at the sight of his visitor. Zuko stopped and waited for the door to close behind him.

At another time in his life, Zuko might have looked on the captive Avatar with pride. He had accomplished what none of his ancestors could. A hundred years of quests came to an end with this monk locked in these chains.

But looking at him now, Zuko wasn't proud at all. There was a chaotic storm of feelings in him, but none of them was pride. He spoke quietly, fighting to maintain a calm demeanor.

"You requested my presence, Avatar. Here I am. What do you want?"

For a second, the Avatar only stared at him. It strained Zuko's patience, that wide-eyed stare. Then, the airbender straightened his back and held up his chin. "I want you to release Katara from her promise."

A filament of ice tickled through him, but Zuko brushed it away. Probably, the kid had overheard the guards talking. "You are my prisoner. What reason could I possibly have to obey your command?"

"It's not a command. It's just the right thing to do."

As if the words were a hook, they pierced through Zuko's skin and held him rigidly in place. The Avatar peered up at him with a determined, earnest look on his face.

"A hundred years ago, when I got frozen in the ice, the Fire Nation was still at peace with the other nations. I had friends there. I visited all the time. And the one thing I remember best about the Fire Nation-" A smile fleeted across his face like a bird across the sky. "-was all the rules. I know a lot's changed, but I don't believe the Fire Nation could have completely forgotten how to tell right from wrong." The whimsy cleared away, leaving a faint furrow in his young brow as he sat straight again. "The Fire Nation I remember would never have enslaved their enemies. Holding Katara to a promise she made to save her brother's life is wrong. But… I think, in your heart, you already know that."

Zuko stared down at the boy on the floor. He was so small, his wrists as fragile as wings under the manacles. His eyes were so bright and clear. A horrible ache lanced through Zuko's chest, like something vital had been torn out of him. Something he hadn't known to miss until he saw it looking back at him through a child's eyes.

"You're right," he said, smooth and quiet. His face twisted bitterly. "A lot has changed in a hundred years."

He watched fear seep over the Avatar's face, and he didn't bother to stop himself.

"Do you really think it's that simple? Some confusion over right and wrong? I was taught that to relinquish any advantage over an enemy is a sign of shameful weakness. I was taught that, to be a worthy Fire Lord, I would have to be merciless - not just with my enemies, but witheveryone."

The Avatar leaned away from him, bracing one hand behind him as if to get up and run. But of course he couldn't run, not chained to the floor the way he was. Realizing that he had been looming over the boy as he spoke - shouted - Zuko took a step back.

"What do you know," he said, tight-lipped. "You're just a kid."

The kid stared up at him, another frightened rabberoo frozen in place. Zuko looked away with a sharp exhale and folded his arms over his chest. He fought a wave of nausea, scowling so it wouldn't show.

"Katara will be safer in my service than she would be in a prison." He looked back in time to see the boy's uncertain expression. Zuko's jaw tightened. "It's yourself you should be worried about, Avatar Aang."

He turned to leave, but Aang's voice pulled him up short.

"Whatever you think is going to happen with her, you can forget it."

Zuko stopped. Slowly, he looked back. He didn't like that tone. "Excuse me?"

Aang flushed, but his grim frown did not waver. It was as if the child had blown away like mist to reveal something harder and older towering in its place. "You heard me, Zuko. Whatever happened between you before the beach, whatever made her want you to join us then, that time is over. Katara will never forgive you after everything you've done."

It took Zuko a moment to feel the disbelieving sag of his face, but in a snap he was scowling again. He stalked close and bent forward, bringing his nose within a foot of the Avatar's and forcing him to back up.

"You don't know anything about that, either."

Aang met him with a glare of his own. "I know she would rather live in a cell with us than upstairs with you."

Zuko's scowl hardened - but only until the words sank in. He straightened back up slowly, watching Aang's confused face without really seeing it.

…in a cell… with us…

It wasn't possible. It wasn't possible… but it would explain so much.

"Hey - where are you going? Hey!"

Without another word for the Avatar, Zuko left the cell. As the guard shut and locked the door behind him, he very slowly walked to the next door along the row. His fingers were numb, which he only noticed when he fumbled sliding the panel aside. Wide-eyed, he looked in at Toph.

She sat against the wall across from the door, picking her nose with casual enthusiasm.

Zuko grimaced out of reflex, but did not look away. He was remembering the teacup and the plates, the things he had been wary of allowing in her reach, and all the while she had heard his heart hammering in his chest. No doubt she could hear it now.

.


.

Lieutenant Jee woke in a rush, but it was already too late. In the darkness of his quarters, he could not see the faces of the men surrounding him. He could only feel their hands, hauling him to the floor and pinning him on his chest. They caught his arms and bound them tight behind him, slipped a gag between his teeth when he drew breath to shout, and cinched a canvas strap around his chest hard enough to drive that breath out - all in the space of a few seconds. Then, two of them hoisted him onto their shoulders and carried him out to the main deck. Overhead, the stars shone coldly down and Jee could feel the tickle of fur trim brushing his shoulder.

They came in the night. A dishonorable attack, indeed, taking a ship by stealth in the night. Small wonder that veterans of the North called these men wolves.

Jee hit the deck with a faint grunt and immediately rose up to his knees. The warriors watched him, ready to close in, but they knew their technique. Black spots swelled in Jee's vision as he gasped for air. Quickly, he fell unconscious.

When next he opened his eyes, Jee found his men gathered around him, lying or kneeling on the steel. Without exception, the firebenders wore straps across their chests. The crew and attendants were simply tied with wrists behind their backs. They all looked bewildered and frightened, vulnerable in their sleep clothes. Even the sentries, removed of their helmets and armor, sat blinking in the starlight. Trussed up and plucked like a crew of ducks. A most shameful defeat.

Beyond his fellow captives, Jee spied the enemy. Just three warriors manned the deck, the blue of their armor fading into the night while the white fur trim blazed. Their faces were concealed by night and the shadows of their wolf helmets. A fresh trainee might even believe there were no men at all beneath - only the night, and its hunters.

Jee climbed carefully to his knees and subtly tested his bonds. If he could get free, he could easily divert the guards while his soldiers broke loose and took control of the deck. In a fair fight, they would stomp this rabble to cinders.

Again, black spots swam before his eyes. Jee sat back on his heels and focused on his limited breathing until the dizziness faded. With the strap across his chest, there would be no burning through the ropes, and the knots were tight as lug nuts. There was nothing to do but chew on his gag and wait.

A group of captive engine workers came stumbling up from the hatch, and one of the enemy broke away from behind them to address one of those standing guard.

"Well, this really is all of them," he said as if still doubtful. "Miku is watching the brig until we get back to clear it. I want you and Kottik with me. No last minute surprises."

He cut off as the other man gestured with his chin toward Jee. "It seems the commander's finished his nap."

The newcomer turned his head and Jee had the uncomfortable feeling that it was the wolf eyes in the helmet that watched him. He did not flinch or shy. These renegades had taken him from his bed while he slept. They had no honor, and he owed them no respect.

"Hakoda," said the guard, "I could go with Kottik and Kovu if you want to stay."

"No." The word had an unmistakeable ring of command. "Go to Miku and wait for me. I'll be down directly."

The taller man nodded and departed the deck with another warrior, but Jee was watching the leader. Hakoda. Without hesitation, he strode forward to stand over Jee, reaching up with dark hands to remove his helmet. Beneath, his hair was long and beaded, and his eyes were pale and sharp as a hawk's.

"Lieutenant Jee," he said with no trace of doubt. "I am Chief Hakoda of the Southern Water Tribe. This ship is hereby commandeered. Your men have been spared as a courtesy, but if any of them cause trouble, I won't hesitate to cut their throats myself. Have I made myself clear?"

Jee glared up at him for a beat, then nodded slowly, deliberately.

The chieftain watched him, face hard as ice. "I'm going below to release your prisoners, now. Rest easy knowing that whatever treatment they have known on this vessel, I will inflict on you in turn."

It was clearly a threat intended to make him squirm. Jee barely kept himself from scoffing aloud. The warrior leader watched him a moment longer, then departed after his men.

Even though there was nothing to fear on that score - the earthbenders had been held very comfortably these past months - Jee knew he couldn't allow his men to be locked up in the brig. Once those cells shut, there would be no hope of regaining control of the ship. He had to act now, or he would lose the chance to see his crew to freedom.

Jee twisted his wrists in their bonds in an effort to stretch the ropes, loosen the knots, anything. There was little give, but he kept trying. He twisted until his bones ached and his skin thinned and broke. A warm trickle of blood rolled down his knuckles, but Jee only tried harder.

Around him, his men sat up or leaned to conceal his efforts from the guards. The sky in the east was beginning to lighten. Jee could almost pull one hand free of the ropes.

One of his men nudged him, nodding with wide eyes to the south. Beyond the guard at the rail, a mast was gliding nearer. A Water Tribe ship coming alongside. Reinforcements.

With a final, desperate pull, Jee tore his hand free of the ropes, then quickly began pulling down the canvas strap. If he could move it below his ribs, it would no longer restrict his breathing. It was very tight, though, and he could only scrape it along his skin when his lungs were completely empty.

Wood barked against steel and one of the warriors unrolled a rope ladder down the side of the ship. Jee had to get to it before any more enemies boarded. He clawed at the strap, and if it yanked out some of the hairs on his chest as it went, he did not notice.

With a deep breath, Jee leapt to his feet, burning the ropes from his ankles and the gag from his mouth in an instant and barreling into one of the guards in the next. He knocked the man overboard, then slashed fire at the rope ladder where its steel hooks were locked onto the gunwale. Flames caught, and the cords began to fray.

Jee could not stop to watch, though. Three more guards manned the deck, and all of them converged on him, handling spears with easy expertise. Jee lashed out, sending bright bursts of fire at the two on one side, then the one behind him.

They dodged his fire with the confidence of long practice, and in the growing light, their weathered faces spoke of long years at sea, made longer by bloodshed and slow defeat. But these were the survivors. They knew what they were doing, these three, and they closed in on him like wolves on an elk-bison.

But they did not expect Jee's men to interfere. One warrior went down, tripped by a soldier who flung out his bound legs, then weighed down with four tied but no less heavy bodies. Another warrior cried out and tumbled back as Jee slipped past his defenses to land a solid, explosive blow to his chest.

The last warrior rushed Jee, and when his spear thrust was blocked, he drew a short sword and kept coming. Too close to firebend, Jee retreated from the gleaming blade. It sliced his side above the hip, then slashed down his breast. He did not even feel the blood flowing, though.

Jee remembered this, the dance he had known so well as a young man fighting for his nation's glory in the Earth Kingdom. Back then, the dance had made him a successful soldier, scorching out the enemy with all the passion of his people. But years had tarnished that glory. Time had turned him surly and insubordinate, until he was sent away to follow the banished Prince into exile.

Now though, the dance beat through him as relentlessly as his own blood. Jee dropped back another step and, when the warrior slashed the air where his throat had been, he darted back in and punched him in the face. The warrior stumbled back and went sprawling on the deck. Jee advanced. He drew back his arm for the killing blow.

A hand closed over his fist and swallowed his fire like a well.

As if in slow motion, Jee looked to the side. He did not see the rope ladder, smoking but still strong. Nor could he see the men climbing up from the sailing craft below. All he could see was the familiar face of the General. He was thinner than Jee remembered, as if the steel he had kept hidden all these years had finally come back to the surface.

"General Iroh," he said, unthinking. "Help us."

The General's face did not soften and his hold did not gentle. "That is what I am doing, Lieutenant. Protect your men, and yield now."

Jee teetered on the brink of obedience. When the Dragon of the West gave an order, he was to be obeyed - because no one could match this man's legend. Once the crown prince, slayer of the last dragon, legendary hero of the war… Jee had fought under him at Ba Sing Se as a common firebender fights under the sun. Even long after the General had fallen into disgrace, many still cherished the memory of what he had been.

So it did not sink in at first for Jee that Iroh had come with the Water Tribe wolves. The awareness floated on top of his mind like a layer of scum on top of clean water. Slowly, though, he began to understand. The warriors had known how to take the ship. They had known about the prisoners. They had known Jee was in command.

"You betrayed us." His breaths came shallow, as if the strap was not sagging around his waist soaking up blood, but still tight across his chest, suffocating him slowly. "You betrayed us to the enemy!"

Iroh did not move except to blink slowly. "Calm yourself, Lieutenant."

"I don't follow the orders of traitors," Jee growled, then broke the contact between them and squared off toward the old man. His men, who had been struggling to free themselves moments before, had stilled to watch.

Iroh did not assume a bending stance. He did not even move, except to lower his hand to his side. "You're making a grave error, soldier."

"Where is Prince Zuko?" Jee demanded. "He would never stand for this kind of collusion with the enemy."

Iroh's mouth bowed downward a fraction more, but he was not the one to answer.

"Your prince is in Fire Nation waters by now. He may even have reached the capital, if the seas have been favorable."

Jee adjusted his posture to both hold his fighting stance toward Iroh and to take in Hakoda and his men, who had just emerged from below with the freed earthbenders. The chieftain stepped closer slowly, taking in the situation - his fallen men - with quick sweeps of his eyes. For an instant, they fixed on the burned man. Then his stare locked on Jee, the sole threat.

"Iroh, if you don't get him under control, I will do it myself."

"There is no need for that," Iroh said placidly, watching Jee as well. "The Lieutenant is understandably concerned for his men. They have waited here for two months for Prince Zuko to return, only to be embarrassingly caught off guard. Even surviving such a disgraceful defeat could put their loyalty into question when they one day escape."

Jee felt a bead of sweat roll down his brow, but he did not waver. It was true. Iroh's treason would taint them all. The old man raised his eyebrows and went on.

"Except, of course, that their Prince knows the character of the men who served him with such loyalty for the past five years. Now that he has ended his banishment and returned home a shining hero to his people, Prince Zuko will be able to protect them when they come under scrutiny." Iroh's eyes narrowed fractionally and his tone turned grim. "But even the crown prince cannot heal a dead man."

Jee stared stonily back at him. Behind the old man, more warriors were climbing aboard from the rope ladder, too many for him to fight alone. His men sat still, sharing uncertain sideways glances and allowing their shoulders to slump. He began to feel the sting and throb of his wounds, but the physical hurts were nothing beside the pain of this defeat.

Straightening slowly, Jee lowered his hands to his sides. Warriors rushed in at once to bind his raw wrists behind him and replace the other restraints. Jee ignored them and Iroh, in favor of watching the other warriors gather around their comrades who had fallen. There was a great deal of shoulder-grabbing and relieved grinning as they hoisted them to their feet.

"It's nothing." The man with a big burn on his breastplate coughed and brushed away some of the scorched fur trim. Then he felt at his face. "He didn't get my eyebrows, did he?"

"Don't worry, Kovu. You aren't any uglier than you were before."

The warriors chuckled - all but their leader, who was watching as the canvas strap was cinched back around Jee's chest. He came to stand beside Iroh and frowned down at the prisoners.

"Which of these men is the medic?"

"Physician Shiro," Iroh said, indicating the thin surgeon - the only man present in a sleeping gown. Shiro's narrow mustache drooped and his eyes were wide, but he raised his head at his name. Iroh went on pleasantly. "He is most capable. And, he sings a lovely baritone."

Hakoda's eyes slid sideways at the old man. "Good. After he treats the Lieutenant, he can keep everyone in the brig occupied. It's going to be crowded down there."

At the chieftain's order, the prisoners were taken below a few at a time. Jee hung his head and awaited his turn, idly watching as Hakoda formally bid farewell to the earthbenders. He clasped their forearms and wished them luck in finding the resistance and their families before the Fire Nation found them. It was the first news Jee had heard of the successful occupation.

"It is a pity," Iroh said quietly as the soldiers climbed down the rope ladder to the ship below, followed shortly by several of the Water Tribe warriors. "A squad of earthbenders would be invaluable if things do not go according to plan in the capital."

"If that happens," Hakoda said, squinting into the rising sun to watch the other ship's sails fill as it began gliding away, "I doubt seven more men would be able to save us."

Jee could see the thoughtful set of the General's face as he assessed his ally. It was not quite a sympathetic look.

"Perhaps you are right," Iroh said, turning to face the sun as well. "A wise man does not plan to fight a battle he cannot possibly win."

The chieftain said nothing, but Jee saw his knuckles whiten where he gripped the gunwale. He saw, and he knew that that was exactly what this man intended to do.

.


.

Sokka rolled away from the thing prodding his shoulder and burrowed deeper into his pallet. The prodding didn't go away, though, and he swung an arm at whatever it was. Probably Toph, trying to get him to play another game of stones - which, really, was not such a fun game when she kept cheating.

"Sokka, wake up."

At the familiar voice, he jerked upright. Zuko drew back a step, then cast him a reproachful look. Warily, Sokka sat up on his pallet.

"You were sleeping pretty heavily for an afternoon nap," Zuko said darkly. "Late night?"

"Oh, the usual." Sokka rolled his shoulders, trying to work out the knots and make a point at the same time. "I just toss and turn on these prison pallets. But I guess you know all about things keeping you up at night." He shot a cool glance at the other guy. "How's the conscience, by the way?"

Zuko narrowed his eyes. His shadowed, blood-shot eyes. Abruptly, he looked away, a bitter frown twisting his mouth.

Sokka wrestled the urge to crow about just desserts. Something about this felt inappropriate, though, like a crack in a steel hull that could sink the ship at any second. And, while Sokka wouldn't mind seeing Zuko brought low after everything he'd done, he didn't want to see him implode while the gang was in the way. So instead, he folded his arms over his chest, propped up a knee, and leaned back against the wall, waiting. After a moment, Zuko straightened and scowled harder than before.

"We've been having a lot of engine trouble lately." His voice had regained its quiet, dangerous tone. His eyes fixed unerringly on Sokka. "I've been pretty sure it's sabotage for a while, but now I'm certain of it."

Sokka screwed up his brow in bewilderment that was mostly genuine. "Are you saying you think I did it? Because, in case you haven't noticed, I've been kind of a shut-in."

"Right. You're just sitting in an empty room, doing nothing."

"Not nothing," Sokka said with well-feigned offense. He pressed one hand to his chest. "I'll have you know I am now a master at spitting into the air and catching it in my mouth. Would you care for a demonstration?"

"I'll pass."

"Your loss."

Zuko's fists shook at his sides. "You know, you're probably right. It's pretty crazy to think that you could be involved with the sabotage. But, then again, I've personally threatened the entire machine crew over the past couple of weeks. They must think I've lost my mind, too." He narrowed his eyes. "But I haven't lost my mind, Sokka."

A chill oozed down Sokka's spine like ice down the back of his parka, but he held a level stare. "I don't know. You sound pretty crazy to me."

Zuko smiled, brief and unpleasant. "Funny. You know what else is funny? The first time you and Katara were down here, you were both demanding to see each other within a matter of days. Now, you're both as quiet as happy clam-frogs. Why is that, Sokka?"

"Maybe Katara, like me, has developed a healthy meditation routine. And hobbies. Are you sure you don't want to see my spit trick?"

"I don't want," Zuko bit out, "to see your stupid trick."

"Then why are you here?" Sokka dropped the amiable pretense and glared. "Because unless I've developed the ability to walk through walls, I obviously haven't been sabotaging your ship, and I can't see that there's any other reason for my sister's slaver to talk to me."

Zuko stared at him for a moment, strain lining his face. "I'm here because I just left an audience with the Avatar. If he said to Azula half of what he said to me, Toph would be dead right now."

Sokka felt the blood drain from his face. Last night's conversation came back to him in a rush. He'd said he believed Zuko would let Katara go - in front of Aang, who was desperate to get out of here. He should have known better than to think it would just reassure that flighty little guy.

But maybe Aang hadn't given too much away. Sokka tried to swallow his alarm and hold an unreadable expression, waiting. When he didn't respond, Zuko lurched a step closer.

"Did you think I wouldn't realize what was going on?" he barked. "Did you and your little friends think you could dangle the truth right in front of me and I wouldn't see it? How stupid do you think I am?"

Sokka didn't answer. He only looked up at Zuko, blank-faced. Zuko's good eye bulged as he went on.

"I won't just sit back and let you mock me! I'm not some weak fool!"

"No one's mocking you," Sokka said carefully. Zuko glared back as if this was an obvious lie. Sokka shrugged. "Alright, so Toph mocked you that time. She mocks everybody. What are you going to do? Kill her for being a pest?"

"What else can I do?" Zuko asked nastily. "The entire ship is made of metal. She can bend almost everything aboard."

For a second, Sokka's confidence shook. He hadn't really believed Zuko would put Toph to death, but he had already gone to extraordinary lengths to obtain the Avatar. He held Katara as a slave. Who could say where the limit might be?

Zuko watched him for a moment, then sat down facing him, forcing his fists to flatten out on his thighs. "No one can know. If this gets back to Azula, she won't hesitate to take extreme measures to prevent another incident."

Sokka squinted at him, trying to understand what was happening here. "So... you're going to...?"

"Tell no one," Zuko said through his teeth. "And you're going to shut the Avatar up."

"...I don't buy it. If what you're suggesting were true," he emphasized, "containing Toph is your only chance of keeping Aang on this ship. Since it's been historically proven that you'll throw any of us under the sled to get him to the Fire Nation, why would you now decide to do nothing to keep him from escaping?"

There was a faint smell of hot silk. "You know why."

Sokka assessed the furious twist of the other guy's face. He wanted to say that he didn't know. He wanted to say that Zuko's reasoning, as it were, was beyond the understanding of any normal human. But the truth emerged in Sokka's mind, stubborn as boulders with the sea washing against them.

Katara won't leave without him.

To Sokka's eye, the fury on Zuko's face became like snow blanketing the tundra. There was a whole ecosystem under there, hidden away. Safe.

Zuko huffed. "Look, I don't know why you're only slowing the ship down when you could just sink it. I don't want to know. I don't care. After I leave this room, I don't want to have any part at all in your plans, whatever they are. But there's something you need to know first." His jaw clenched and his spine stiffened. "Azula insists Father will want to keep the Avatar in the capital, and she's still deliberating on what to do with Toph, but… You'll be sent to the Boiling Rock."

Sokka looked askance at him, not sure how to take any of this. Instead, he focused on the practical details. "What's the Boiling Rock?"

"It's the highest security prison in the Fire Nation, Sokka. It's built on an island in a boiling lake inside a volcano, that's also an island. It's supposed to be inescapable. If you go in there, you're not coming out any time soon."

"An island inside another island?" Sokka frowned thoughtfully. "But why would Azula-"

"Actually…" Zuko shut his eyes for a second. "It was my idea. Azula wanted to keep you on hand, in case Katara tries another escape. I thought it would be safer if you were out of reach."

"Out of the way, you mean."

"Yes." Zuko frowned back at him unapologetically. "Katara has a better chance of busting you out of a prison than escaping the palace before Azula uses you to make her do something really terrible. Because she will. I can protect Katara as a part of my household, but you're just a prisoner, and you're vulnerable. It's only a matter of time before Azula exploits that."

Sokka didn't like this, but there were a lot of things Sokka didn't like. He didn't like it that he had to trust Zuko in the first place, and he didn't like it that it came easily, that he actually agreed about Azula and could see how sending him away probably wasn't an entirely sinister idea. He also didn't like Zuko referring to Katara as a member of his household.

He narrowed his eyes. "And you just had to pick the inescapable prison inside a volcano, didn't you?"

"It… seemed like a good fit. You're an important prisoner. I don't want to come across like I'm going easy on you."

Sokka watched a red spot well up on the jerkbender's good cheek. "Oh no," he said. "That wouldn't do at all."

The red spot only grew. "I'm telling you this now so that you can avoid going there completely. After we reach the capital, there will be at least a few days of ceremony and celebrations before anyone is sent anywhere. That's the time when you and Toph need to take the Avatar and leave."

Sokka sat away from the wall. "And my sister? Will you set her free then, too?"

Zuko's jaw clenched and he dropped his eyes off to one side. "She'll follow when she can."

Sokka let the words settle and watched the ugly stew of feelings he could see on Zuko's face. More than anything else, he didn't like the thought of leaving his sister alone to deal, not with Azula and the Fire Lord and the entire Fire Nation, but with this guy, specifically. No matter what she said, he could sense that she still had a blind spot that was exactly Zuko-shaped. With her new training added to the mix and her highly rational brother removed from it, any number of terrible things could happen. He couldn't leave her. He just couldn't.

Abruptly, Zuko rose to his feet. "Do whatever you want. Just tell the Avatar to keep his mouth shut."

Sokka watched him pound a fist on the door and then march out, and he wondered. Later that night, he would pull Aang aside and have a meaningful conversation about the difference between trusting someone, and trusting that someone to behave a certain way.

In the mean time, though, Sokka thought about prisons and duty and enemies who were only mostly enemies, most of the time.

Chapter Text

When the ship first came in sight of land, Zuko stood on the observation deck and watched the mountains ease past all day long. His eyes traced up the smoke trails of distant volcanoes until he could no longer differentiate them from the darkening sky. Then he watched starlight wink off the warm sea. He watched the first rays of dawn strike a towering wall of rock that Navigator Chon informed him was a part of the Black Cliffs.

However hard he looked, though, he did not remember any of the islands they passed. There was only a horrible ache in his chest as he watched the slow approach of the Gates of Azulon. The towering statue of his grandfather had, during the pleasant voyages of his childhood, filled him with pride and awe.

But Zuko hadn't seen the gates the last time he passed this way. He had been in a cabin below, suffering the fever that had followed the Agni Kai. Now, he could only glare up at it, Azulon's likeness looming in domination over the sea, over him.

The statue was bronze, and it did not exhibit the tarnish and weathering he had seen on many monuments in his travels. Even as this occurred to him, though, he realized that, of course, this statue was not so old at all. The gates couldn't even have existed back in the Avatar's day. Before Zuko's grandfather, Harbor City had been open to the ocean.

Peeling his white-knuckled hands off the rail, Zuko stalked below. Time was growing short, and there were matters he intended to see to personally before they made landfall.

.


.

Sokka stood by his pallet and watched Zuko orchestrate the placement of a large mirror against one wall of his cell, accompanied shortly by a basin, a folded towel, soap, and a razor. All of the servants cleared out as their burdens were positioned to the Prince's satisfaction - except for Yotsu, who lingered by the open door. Zuko, finally bereft of people to boss around, turned on Sokka.

"We arrive at the capital tomorrow. Make yourself presentable."

Sokka scratched the straggly hairs on his chin. "Actually, I'm trying out a new look. Rugged and manly, am I right?"

"You're not," Zuko said, glowering at him, then the mirror. "You look like a common thug and your warrior's wolftail could almost be mistaken for a topknot."

Sokka hesitated, then shrugged and went to sit before the mirror. At the sight of his reflection, he stopped. "Aw man…"

It was true, his hair had grown out all over. In his reddish brown clothing, he very nearly looked Fire Nation. Except for the blue eyes.

"A prince is emblematic of his people," Zuko recited. Sokka did not really watch his reflection pace by behind him. "When you're presented to the city, they'll call you a savage. But the wolftail… with your head shaved, it's not so unlike a Phoenix Plume. It might make an impact."

"An impact." Sokka flicked his eyes to Zuko where he hesitated in his pacing. The look on his face shifted in a heartbeat from uncertain to seething.

"Just get cleaned up, Sokka. Yotsu will help you if you want."

"Oh no," Sokka said blithely, "unlike my sister, I don't need help with my manscaping."

Zuko frowned at him and just waited. With a final shrug, Sokka wetted his hands, took up the soap, and washed his face. It had taken years to perfect his routine, but he was well practiced now, and having an audience didn't bother him. At least Zuko didn't pester him to hurry up the way Katara always had.

Methodically, Sokka slid the razor along his jaw in a cascade of short strokes, clearing away the unfortunately scattered beard hairs he had accumulated. Then he rinsed and began on his scalp. In the mirror he could see that Zuko still watched him, a thoughtful line in his brow.

"Are you going to make Katara shave her head again, too?"

From the way Zuko blinked and stiffened, it was pretty clear that the thought hadn't occurred to him. "Princesses don't really wear the Phoenix Plume."

"How about slaves?" The razor rang as it rasped free. "Is there a certain style for that? I seem to remember Zhao's waterbenders were sporting a pretty short cut."

Zuko glared at him. "Katara's hair stays as it is."

Sokka shrugged and expertly sheered the hairs off the back of his head. "You're the boss, Boss Man."

When the job was done, Sokka washed away the traces of soap and admired his work. He looked almost like himself again. A little sleep-deprived, maybe, and his clothes were way too red, but he grinned and made muscles at himself anyway.

"What are you doing?" Zuko demanded with quiet disgust.

"Representing the Water Tribe with charm and incredible good looks."

"You mean jokes and buffoonery? That won't win you respect in the Fire Nation. Quit slouching. Princes don't slouch unless they're in informal company. Even though you're a prisoner, you have to hold yourself as if you command every room you enter."

Sokka turned around to frown at the stiff guy behind him. "So, basically, puff up like you. Do I have to scowl all the time, too? Because I think that'd give me a headache."

Coincidentally scowling at exactly that moment, Zuko paused. His mouth remained tightly downturned, but the lines around his eyes slackened minutely. "Just remember, whatever happens, you're a prince."

With that, he stalked out of the cell and Yotsu summoned his underlings back in to cart off all the stuff. Sokka remained sitting on the floor, watching the activity until Yotsu came to collect the soap dish.

"That guy, huh?" Sokka chuckled confidentially. "What do you think that was supposed to mean?"

"I do not know, Prince Sokka." The valet kept his eyes on the soap and his expression gave away nothing. Watching him, Sokka began to get a sour feeling in his gut.

.


.

Aang, lounging on his pallet and bending short jets of air to float a tuft of Momo's fur overhead, nearly leapt out of his skin when Zuko came barging into his cell.

He'd been thoroughly chastened when Sokka told him that he'd let too much slip during his meeting with Zuko more than a week ago, but his embarrassment had only deepened when Toph overheard. She congratulated him loudly and sarcastically enough that Katara found out, too. The look she had given him…

She'd ultimately said it could have been worse, but Aang knew that he had really let her down. So he had promised to be more careful and avoid talking to any of their captors. Zuko's sudden appearance made him immediately break out in a cold sweat.

"What's going on?"

Zuko stopped before him, crisp and formal. "This voyage is almost over, Avatar. I won't present you to my father looking and smelling like a vagrant. My servants will attend to you."

"'Attend to' me?" Aang screwed up his face. "You mean like give me a bath? That sounds pretty weird."

Zuko only narrowed his eyes. "Just let them do their job. If you bend, I will make you regret it."

Aang swallowed and thought carefully. "I… think you know I won't."

"No," Zuko said slowly and heavily. "I don't know that."

Aang blinked at him, bewildered, but Zuko only shot him a final hard look and strode from the cell. A handful of servants came in a moment later and began cleaning Aang up, taking his clothes to wash, and carefully shaving his head. It was, indeed, very weird to sit in his underwear with a handful of men wiping him down with warm cloths, but their movements were perfunctory and they worked fast. Mildly embarrassed by the strangeness of it all but willing to go along with it, Aang held still, closed his eyes, and let his mind wander.

He didn't really understand the way the others viewed Zuko. He didn't get how he could be both an enemy and a sort of ally, and he really didn't see why anyone would hold so tight to anger. Aang had been furious and devastated when he realized what had happened to his people. In fact, he had entered the Avatar State and blew down part of the Southern Air Temple - because that was what unchecked anger did. It destroyed everything around it.

Zuko, as far as Aang could tell, was always angry. Even in this. It was essentially a kindness to let him face the Fire Lord with his arrow on display, proclaiming him the monk he was, but Zuko certainly did not make it seem like kindness.

But Aang forgot all about Zuko and the awkwardness of being washed by strangers as his mind stuttered across the Fire Lord. Throughout the voyage, he had thought more and more of what awaited him at its end. Every time he returned to the thought, it was like tripping over an unexpected obstacle. His stomach plunged. He saw again the roaring man in the flames, hotter and closer than the vision had ever been, in the swamp or his nightmares.

"My sincerest apologies," cried the servant directly behind him. He dabbed anxiously at the back of Aang's head with a cloth. "Please, you must not move, Avatar!"

"Oh," Aang shrugged, belatedly feeling the sting where the razor had nicked him. "Sorry… I guess I'm just not used to, um, being attended to. The Air Nomads didn't really have servants. We always just did this stuff on our own. You know… in private."

The servants did not look up from their tasks, but Aang's face reddened anyway. At length, the young man who was efficiently wiping off under his left arm quietly said, "It is a mark of great respect that Prince Zuko would order his own servants to see to your care, young Avatar."

Aang smiled hesitantly. "Uh, right… I guess that is pretty nice of him."

One of the others snorted. "You're not fooling anybody here, Jong. The Prince only brought us down here because he has no use for us himself. Don't get all starry-eyed about it."

Jong shot the other man a sour look, but before he could speak, the middle-aged man who had scrubbed Aang's clothes in a bucket and was now steaming them dry vigorously between his hands turned a hard look on the other servants. "Have you all embraced impropriety in the Prince's service?"

"No, Yotsu," said Jong, a little shame faced. The other servant echoed him shortly.

"Then silence yourselves and finish your work," Yotsu said. His hands never stopped moving over the yellow fabric.

"They're not bothering me! Really!" Aang almost reached up to rub the back of his neck, but stopped himself. "I'd honestly take impropriety over awkward silence any day."

None of the servants spoke. The bath ended shortly and they helped Aang on with his clothes and filed out. Alone again, he laid down on his pallet and stared at the ceiling. He didn't fidget. He didn't play. He didn't meditate or try again, fruitlessly, to reach out to his past lives. Aang laid on his pallet and reminded himself over and over that his friends were just a wall or two away. Whatever the Fire Nation had in store for them, they would face it together, and it would be okay.

Yet, every time he shut his eyes, Aang stood alone, one boy monk facing a mountain of fire.

.


.

The ship docked at Harbor City just past dawn the following day and Zuko lurked on the main deck as the sun mounted the sky, watching the preparations for the procession. Presently, the sky bison was being loaded onto a large steel-reinforced cart drawn by a team of rhinos. The beast was drugged still, and weak besides from over a month spent in the brig. As the crane hoisted its sagging bulk out of the hold and over the ship's side to the cart waiting on the dock below, it was like a sad mockery of true flight.

Zuko watched, glowering, until the task was complete. Then he strode down the gang plank to the palanquin where Azula waited. She cast him a faintly annoyed look.

"Do you intend to hover over the palace servants this way as well? Diverting as it has been to watch you rattle off commands like a lowly sergeant, I doubt Father will appreciate your scorn for dignity."

Zuko sat beside her, stiff-backed next to her languid recline on the cushions. "There'll be other things to do in the palace."

He did not see the look on Azula's face, but he felt her eyes on him. A bead of sweat rolled down below his high collar.

"Worry is for commoners and weaklings, Zuko. You, a prince, are above such earthly annoyances."

"I'm not worried," Zuko said, curling his lip. "I have nothing to worry about."

He reflected that, if Azula had been Toph, she would hum that she could tell he was lying. But Azula only pinned him with her sharp eyes. Though she merely shifted on the pillows and signaled the servants to close the gauzy curtains, Zuko felt as if she were breathing down his neck. The fabric swayed shut, shading them and obscuring them from the eyes of the soldiers who had formed up in ranks to welcome the royal procession through the gates.

.


.

Katara did not see Zuko across the busy deck as Lieutenant Roshu marched her up from the brig. She was distracted by the way the gathered workers and soldiers cleared a path for her when they saw her coming. Though she kept her gaze lowered in the proper way for a slave, she could see their body language change as they spotted her. Many soldiers grew rigid. Many workers craned their necks.

Katara let the scrutiny pass over her and wash away, leaving her expression tranquil. She let their reasons for staring flow out of her mind and focused on each measured step forward.

Roshu directed her down the gang plank and into her place in the procession. Not far behind her was Toph, encased in a body-sized steel box and being loaded onto a wagon by four large men. Through the small window, Katara thought she could see the earthbender's face in the shadows, sly and calm.

Moments later, Sokka was delivered to her side. He wore manacles and a troubled expression. His eyes darted across the wharf ahead and widened.

"That's a lot of soldiers."

Katara followed his gaze and felt her stomach drop. She tried for a moment to count their gleaming headpieces - not helmets like soldiers abroad wore, but some kind of ornate band with plates on either side that stretched down to the jaw - and quickly gave up. There were so many.

To think, she had believed that the few hundred soldiers and recruits under the mountain had been an army. To think, this was just the force the Fire Nation kept behind to defend the capital in the unlikely event of an attack.

On the dock ahead, Katara spotted the top of an ornate palanquin as it was lifted and born forward. Zuko, she remembered, had scoffed at the idea of the Fire Nation being defeated, regardless of the Avatar's return. Nearer to her, she could see Aang, chained to two posts in the bed of a wagon. Though his arms were outstretched by his restraints, his shoulders hunched as if bracing for an impact. He looked so tiny in the face of that sea of red armor.

Small, yes - but not helpless. Katara took a deep breath and shouted. "We're here, Aang! We're with you!"

He peered over his shoulder at her and managed a nervous smile that quickly faded. When he turned back, though, he stood straighter.

"Yeah, Aang," Sokka chimed in. "We're all-"

"Silence," Roshu said behind them. Katara shot him a dirty look.

"Do you mind?" Sokka huffed. "My beloved sister and I are sharing a moment with our friend after weeks of separation. We're bonding, here!"

"You'll shut your mouth as ordered or you'll be led on a chain at the end of the procession. Now march, prisoner."

"Yeah, fine…" Sokka glanced at Katara and she pointedly rolled her eyes where Roshu could not see.

The line made slow progress at first, but it became steady as they climbed the incline toward the gate. Katara and Sokka walked behind a squad of soldiers with Roshu following closely and a line of armored firebenders blocking them off on either side. It was a bit claustrophobic, but Katara didn't really notice.

More than half of the soldiers standing at attention on either side of them were women. Their uniforms were the same that the men wore, but it was obvious in their faces and the curves below their light shoulder plates. Katara stared at them from the corner of her eye all the way up the avenue.

"Would you listen to that?" Sokka asked as they neared the gates. "They're throwing us a welcome party."

Katara looked through the yawning arch and tried not to let her jaw drop. "That's not a party, Sokka. It's a mob."

Indeed, the street beyond was choked with people, milling and vying for a better view. People even sat on the rooftops and gathered in the open upper-story windows. As Aang passed, some shouted or shook fists, but most continued cheering as they had for the royal palanquin.

"Maybe a mob is the Fire Nation version of a welcome party?" Sokka shrugged beside her, then frowned. "And hey, I'm the pessimist. Shouldn't you be the one looking for a bright side?"

Katara smiled too-sweetly. "It sure is a pretty day, though, Sokka. Would you just look at all this sunshine?"

She meant it to be sarcastic, but it really was nice to be in the hot midmorning sun after so many weeks in the brig. The air was warm and humid from recent rain, but the breeze rolling in off the sea whisked the sweat from her skin and ruffled the damp hair that curled against the top of her neck. Then they passed through the gates and the breeze was snuffed out.

People were howling at them.

Katara kept her chin level and her eyes low, but she could see the press of faces past the firebenders on either side of her. They hooted and jeered, they shook fists and made threats - against the Water Tribe, against Sokka, against her. It was difficult to pick out singular voices amongst the clamor but, from the few things Katara could decipher, that was for the best.

"Hey wolf pups!"

"-back to that block of ice you-!"

"-hundred men died under that mountain!"

"Ao-ao-awoo!"

The crowd roared, but no one dared press the firebender escort. Still, sweat broke out on Katara's brow now that had nothing to do with the heat. There were so many people, and they were all so angry.

"Don't let them see you're rattled."

Beside her, Sokka walked with his head held high and a grim expression on his face. He shot her a sideways glance.

"Show no fear."

Even now, sweating under her steel collar in a strange land, the words made Katara think of home, of Sokka training the boys under his watchtower. It was the first lesson she had ever learned about being a warrior. In fact, she had rallied herself with these very words when the creepy prince turned up on that island, and when she'd been Suki's prisoner, and when she'd faced Toph in the arena. Now, Katara clenched her jaw and lifted her head to a level inappropriate for a slave.

It was only because her eyes were fixed on the horizon instead of on the heels of the soldiers before her that she saw the rock coming. It was fist-sized, arcing out of the swarm of bodies toward Sokka's raised temple.

Katara didn't pause to think. In a rush, she reached for the dampness still clinging between the paving stones and struck upward with a knifing gesture of her arm. The rock stopped in midair, inches from Sokka's startled face, encased in a thin splash of ice that jagged up from the street.

The people surrounding them went silent, their yellow and tawny and amber eyes fixed on Katara. The firebenders glanced between her and the crowd, uncertain which to defend against which. The squad ahead began to draw away, still unaware of the disturbance. Katara could see these people, all these hateful faces, closing in on her and Sokka like a sea she couldn't hope to bend.

Show no fear. She stiffened, sank more fully into her stance. Her heart still jolted beneath her jaw, desperate and terrified, but her hands were steady as she braced herself for the attack.

Yet, before the squad had left four full paces between them, a voice cracked into the silence from behind her.

"Princess Katara," Roshu barked, loud enough to reach both sides of the avenue, "the Prince will hear of this defiance. Now march!"

Katara glared over her shoulder at him for just one second, just long enough to see the stubborn jut of his big jaw and the tense lines around his eyes. It reminded her in a flash of how he had refused to flinch the night of the full moon, even when she had leveled a dozen icy daggers on his heart.

Then Sokka tugged her arm and she turned back around to stalk forward. The crowd resumed its previous noise, but did not escalate again. Unbeknownst to her, her stride no longer resembled the measured step of a slave, so much as the prowl of a waiting predator. Katara didn't care - she was too busy watching for more rocks.

Instead, her eyes fell on the face of a little girl, lifted up on her father's shoulders to see the procession. She stared back at Katara with an elated, frightened expression. Katara looked away first. At her sides, her hands trembled.

.


.

Sokka breathed easier when they left Harbor City and began the march up the mountain road, even though the climb was difficult and the sun was beating down hotter than he had ever felt it before. He even felt good enough to finally crack the joke he'd been sitting on since things almost turned ugly in the street.

"I mean, come on! They brought me all the way to the Fire Nation just to finish me off with earth? What's that all about?"

Katara rolled her eyes at him. "You're so right. That guy really should have thrown a fireball at you."

"Hey, I don't think it's too much to ask for a thematically appropriate, irony-free death."

"Silence," Roshu said again from over their shoulders.

Sokka was silent. It hadn't escaped his attention that his sister's keeper had probably saved their lives back there, between the timely intervention and the loud reminder to the crowd that they were royal prisoners. So much for Zuko's haircut idea, though.

The procession came at last to the top of the mountain and filed through a set of massive gates into a much nicer-looking city than the one below. Here, the paved streets were tidy, the tall buildings were in better repair, and the people waiting in crowds were a much cleaner, better-dressed lot. There was still a lot of booing for the Avatar and the Water Tribe, but Sokka didn't feel the same urge to duck and cover.

People had gathered all along the broad, straight avenue, right up to a circular wall at what Sokka estimated was the city's center. These gates stood open as well, so he didn't have to guess what lie beyond. The palace sat massive at the center of a plain of rock, its red and gold spire jutting into the sky. Even though he saw it from half a mile away, Sokka still stared in awe as they approached. The city was full of buildings bigger than anything he had ever seen before, but the palace was vast among even them.

And the closer they got, the vaster it seemed.

The procession filed between the inner gates and up open flights of steps into the broad courtyard between the towering wings. There, they stopped. Ahead, more wide stone steps mounted the base of the spire, terminating in a grand entryway at their summit. Squinting, Sokka saw drably-dressed attendants on either side, but in the center where he might have expected to see a tyrant in a flaming crown, there was only empty space, and open double doors.

Parts of the procession broke away. Regiments of soldiers fell back, wagons were unloaded and steered away. Aang, still chained to his posts, was raised on a platform from the wagon bed and hoisted onto the shoulders of burly guards. Farther ahead, Sokka could see Zuko and Azula emerge from their palanquin and begin mounting the steps, ranks of servants at their heels.

Then Roshu ordered them to follow and, with just an honor guard of soldiers remaining, Sokka found himself climbing the steps beside Katara. She was still glaring ahead as if on the watch for the next attack. That, at least, was good - that she'd dropped her humble posture and was facing her interment like the battle it was. Sokka clung to that scrap of reassurance through the blur of activity that followed.

The palace was as vast inside as out - and twice as complicated. He lost sight of Zuko and Azula between the cavernous receiving chambers and the spare, cramped halls intended for the staff. Then Aang and Toph vanished and Roshu directed Sokka and Katara into a small tea room where they sat for hours at a scored table, guards choking the corridor and watching them through the only door. As the stifling afternoon passed, servants - none of whom had been on the ship - delivered a light meal and, later, tea. Sokka complained idly that it was crazy to serve hot food on a hot day, followed by a hot drink. Katara froze his tea in its cup. Which, actually, when it started to thaw, was pretty refreshing.

Only when the corridors darkened with late afternoon did the tedium break. A murmur arose from down the hall, orders were relayed, and Sokka and Katara found themselves hustled out of the tea room and into a new part of the palace. Gas lights burned already all along the grand hallways, flickering where window shades were propped open to catch the cooling air of dusk. Sokka became aware of a reedy voice - no, two voices - orating to what sounded like the ocean.

"…where Prince Zuko at last threw off his disguise…"

"…and, finally reunited with Princess Azula…"

"…defeated the Southern Water Tribe renegades," the voices cried together. The sound Sokka had mistaken for surf welled up anew, and this time he realized what it was - the cheering of a truly massive gathering of people. He shared a nervous look with Katara as the guards stopped them near the corridor's end.

"Yet Prince Zuko has grown bold and cunning in his years abroad!"

"He did not allow the enemies of the Fire Nation to go free! Instead, he captured the heirs of the savage Southern chieftain…"

"…Prince Sokka, and the famed warrior Katto of the Water Tribe - none other than the Princess Katara in disguise!"

Sokka and Katara were marched past a towering fiery display, only to turn as if walking out of the flames onto a balcony where the two old women from the ship already waited - and beyond them, what may as well have been an ocean after all. The gathering was difficult to make out where Sokka stood, caught between the violent light of the flame wall and the orange blaze of the setting sun, but he could pick out hundreds of tiny, distant lights. Lanterns, held aloft over what must have been thousands of people. Thousands of booing, jeering people.

At least, Sokka reflected, they were too high up to worry about any stray rocks.

Their guards guided them off to stand at one side of the balcony, and Sokka blinked in surprise as something cold clutched at his hand. Beside him, Katara stared out on the crowd, her chin high and her expression unshaken. Her fingers clenched around his tighter than the manacles around his wrists, though. It had been years since she had been frightened enough to hold his hand, since she had believed he could protect her. And now, here they were, prisoners in the Fire Nation. Sokka had never been so certain that he couldn't protect her - but she needed him now more than ever. Whatever he had to do, he realized, he was going to do it. Sokka squeezed her hand back and held his head higher as the crowd roared its displeasure.

"Each on their own," one of the old women proclaimed, and their audience quieted to hear, "your Prince and Princess possess the passion and ambition that have made our Nation the greatest in the world!"

"But together, Prince Zuko and Princess Azula have truly accomplished the impossible!"

"United," they chorused, "they have captured the Avatar!"

They pointed identical bony fingers toward a lower balcony, off to one side, where sudden lights flared to reveal a yellow-clad figure struggling against chains. Sokka could see the bald head and the blue arrows, but something wasn't right.

"That's not Aang," Katara murmured beside him. "Where's Aang?"

"Maybe they wanted to be extra sure he didn't escape." Sokka shook his head minutely. "I'm sure Aang is safe. I mean, it's not like they would kill him - then they'd just have to find him all over again…"

Katara shot him a brittle look from the corner of her eye. "Yeah. You're right."

Still, her fingers felt stiff and cool, and they did not move, even when he squeezed them tight. The old women raised their arms overhead, their wide sleeves draping down like wings.

"Now, welcome home your heroes!"

"Your princess, whose clever foresight and prodigious skill in battle made these heroic victories possible!"

"Princess Azula!"

Sokka watched her stride out of the wall of fire and present herself to all the people of the capital as if the thunderous cheers were no more than her due. If anything, Azula looked bored as she stopped at the balcony's edge and looked out over the lantern-studded crowd. Her armor was black and gold, more ornate than what she had worn on the beach that day more than a month ago, and the light of the setting sun gleamed off that and the gold ornament in her perfectly-arranged hair.

She would have seemed beautiful, aglow in all that light, if Sokka hadn't known already what she was capable of doing with her blue fire. He watched her stand before her people and remembered Tukna, scorched and still on the sand.

"And, after five long years, your Prince at last has returned!"

"All hail Zuko, Heir Apparent!"

The crowd had been loud before, but as the Fire Prince strode to the edge of the balcony, their screams built to an even greater pitch. Zuko's armor matched Azula's, and his normally shaggy hair was combed and oiled to hold it in a topknot. Sokka had never seen him look so much like an actual prince, and from the gilded armor to the screaming crowd to the puffed-up way he held himself, it all clicked into place.

It was laughable that Zuko had ever tried to pass for an angry refugee, even for a second - because this was what he was. The Prince of the Fire Nation.

But Zuko and Azula wore their royalty very differently. Where she gazed blandly off into the distance, Zuko peered down at the gathered masses. Even when he finally raised his chin, there was no satisfaction in his downturned mouth, no relief in his furrowed brow.

Sokka barely restrained the urge to snort and shake his head. He glanced sideways at Katara, and found her glaring at Zuko with renewed fury. The nerve of the guy - he wrecked everything for them, and then didn't even have the decency to enjoy his sleazy victory.

"Silence," the old women cried. "Princess Azula speaks!"

A hush fell over the crowd. Sokka looked to the Princess where she waited, a hint of displeasure tugging her mouth down at the corners.

"The Southern Princess has vowed to serve Prince Zuko, but her brother lives by the mercy of his enemies," she said, cold and crisp into the silence. "Let this savage be reminded that the Fire Nation knows no mercy. Let the rulers of all lands be reminded of their place before the Fire Throne."

The crowd cheered and Sokka stared uncomprehendingly at Zuko, who did not even flinch. His gut flipped. Hands clamped onto his shoulders and Katara's cold fingers wrenched from his as he was forced to the center of the balcony. The guards knocked him roughly to his knees.

Katara took one step to intervene, but Zuko met her eye and stopped her with a subtle shake of his head. Sokka saw her jaw clench and her eyes flick toward him, and he knew that, if she acted now, there would be no chance of Zuko setting her free. He had to do something to stop her.

Unaccountably, he remembered what Zuko had said in the brig. He was a prince. No matter what happened, he had to act like a prince.

Show no fear.

Sokka lifted his chin and did not struggle against the guards. "You can imprison us with chains and forced promises," he said, loud and clear, "but the Water Tribe will never accept Fire Nation sovereignty!"

Azula, smirking faintly, made a slight gesture to the guards.

Behind him, Sokka heard the sound of a knife pulled from a sheath. Katara stood like a fierce statue, her eyes fixed hard on a point above him. She was holding her breath, braced to leap into motion.

One of the guards took hold of Sokka's wolftail, and with a few quick saws of the knife, sliced it off.

Sokka did not move as his hair fell loose to his cheeks. He only stared at Zuko's unmoving back, processing. It was a struggle not to laugh at this petty assault, when he had expected something more painful.

Clearly, Zuko had expected this, though. So much pomp and presentation - was it all for this moment? The crowd was roaring its approval. Had Zuko given Sokka the razor just to make this spectacle more shameful? It was hard to look at the dark, jagged shape of him standing between Sokka and the setting sun, and not shove him off the balcony.

But in the same breath, Sokka understood. The people in Harbor City were so angry. What better way to calm that bloodthirsty mob than humiliating a foreign prince? What better way to keep them from throwing rocks than to display a far more spectacular vengeance on their nation's enemies? What better way to protect Katara than to inflict the full share of cruelty on Sokka?

I don't want to come across like I'm going easy on you.

Sokka only stared at Zuko's back for a few seconds as his mind shuffled these thoughts like a deck of cards. Everything snapped together. Grudgingly, Sokka shut his eyes and allowed a minute nod.

He watched from the corner of his eye as the guard offered his severed wolftail to Azula. She waved him off with formal satisfaction.

"Present it to Princess Katara. A token to remind her of her brother, who she will never see again."

Sokka looked on, clenching his fists against his chains, as the guard approached Katara. Her hand shook as she accepted the lock of hair, clutching it as tight as she had held his fingers minutes ago. Her eyes slid up to him, blue and bright as the icy sea. Sokka could swear he felt a glacier-chilled breeze soothe the heat from his brow, gentle as their mom's hand.

"Don't worry, Katara," he said quietly as Azula ordered him away to some prison. The guards began hustling him back toward the wall of flame, but he didn't look away from his sister's face. "I'm here."

.


.

Aang tugged again on one of the chains that held his wrists up and out, then at the ones that held his ankles low and close. There was no slack, no room to wiggle. The manacles were snug as buttoned cuffs around his slim wrists.

The chamber he'd been taken to was massive, so big that if Aang blew all the air he could as hard as he could, he might be able to shimmy the cobwebs that clung to the domed steel ceiling. The air was dry from the unrelenting heat of the sleeping volcano, and guards stood at the chamber's one opening, a door at the far end of a long steel bridge. The paneled metal floor sloped down away from the platform on which Aang was anchored and his chains were set into massive rings welded and bolted in place.

He had thought his prison on the ship was bad, but here he didn't get to move at all. It was crueler than anything he had imagined. Toph was going to have a tough time getting to him without those guards seeing, too, unless they took a break at some point. Aang had been half-standing and half-hanging for what had to be several hours now and he hadn't seen the guards so much as move.

But then, perhaps they had switched out and he just hadn't seen. He had drowsed through what must have been the entire afternoon following the stress and heat of the morning. In fact, his head felt heavy now and his eyes were impossible to keep open. The silence of the room weighed on him with an almost physical pressure. His chin sank down to his chest.

When his eyes opened next, Aang blinked slowly, then startled fully awake. The guards were gone, but a man stood on the steel platform just feet away, watching him. A huge man in the sharp mantle of state, crowned with the golden flame. His yellow eyes simmered like windows into a furnace and the slight smile on his face had the same unkind sharpness Azula possessed. There was no need to ask who he was - the name rasped out of Aang's dry throat as if pulled by string.

"Fire Lord Ozai."

The Fire Lord narrowed his eyes fractionally and arched one eyebrow. His voice was mild and chilling, his thoughtful drawl dragging like fingernails against the nape of Aang's neck.

"For one hundred years, my ancestors have sent armies and fleets to every remote corner of this world, scraping through the ashes of your temples and hunting down every last Air Nomad. My father spent decades cultivating his networks of spies in the Water Tribes, eliminating any possible candidate with raids and assassinations. My brother searched - before he grew fat and disgraceful. Even I, in my youth, invested time and resources into the hunt for the Avatar…"

He lifted both eyebrows, peering down his nose at Aang. "And who should end your years of hiding but my son. Will wonders never cease?"

Aang had dreaded this meeting for months, ever since his visions in the swamp. The Fire Lord had grown in his mind into a titan, representing all the evil of the world - but now here he stood, and he was just a man.

Aang's hands closed on empty air and hardened into fists. "I wasn't hiding. If I hadn't been frozen in the ice when Sozin attacked my people-"

"You would have died," Ozai said easily. "And Fire Lord Azulon's campaign to find your reincarnation would have been a success. You would have hung here, in this very prison, until the present moment found you, shriveled with age but very much alive." His mouth widened into a smile. "As I will keep you for all the long years of your life."

Aang shook his head to dispel the ice locking up his spine. "No! I'm going to break free of this place and put this war to an end!"

Ozai's smile broadened. "And I suppose you believe you are the one who will stop me? Let us suppose that you're right, and you do manage to escape - even if you had full mastery of the two elements now at your command, do you really think that you could hope to face me in a fight, much less all the power of the Fire Nation?"

Aang could not tear his eyes away as Ozai raised one hand and ignited brilliant flames over his open palm. Sinister shadows lanced up the Fire Lord's face.

"Water and air are alike in their weakness, Avatar. They do not hold up well against adversity. Even earth will crack under enough heat."

A bead of sweat raced down Aang's brow. His breath came short and stuffy.

"Fire is the only true power," Ozai said. "Eventually, everything burns."

Suddenly, Aang drew a great breath and blew out the flames with a gust so powerful that it spun the Fire Lord around in a flurry of red robes. Ozai righted himself with an indignant glare, a few strands of long hair blown out of place.

Aang shrugged and half-grinned. "I'm sorry, I thought I saw a spark fall on your sleeve. See? The Avatar looks out for everybody - even you."

"How delightful," Ozai sneered as he stood tall over him. "Perhaps if you hadn't spent the past hundred years cowering in an ice floe, the world would be a better place after all. Something to occupy your thoughts for the next hundred years."

Unhurriedly, he turned to leave, only the sounds of his shoes echoing off the cavernous chamber. Aang felt the silence press in around him again, thick as tar. It forced him to battle to the surface.

"You can't keep me here like this!"

The Fire Lord did not so much as pause in his stately walk across the bridge.

"Fire Lord Ozai! The war has to end! Balance must be restored!"

"Must it?" Ozai paused before the door and peered slyly back at him. "One hundred years without the Air Nomads, and the world goes on turning. Don't you imagine that, if balance was really so important, catastrophe would have befallen us by now?"

"What is war," Aang demanded, "if not a catastrophe for soldiers and innocent people and the land itself?"

"War is only struggle on a grander scale, Avatar, and struggle is one of life's constants." Behind Ozai, the door clanked open. The Fire Lord cast Aang a final smirk. "Only the weak call it anything else."

.


.

Toph ran her fingers along the glossy edge of the table, then followed the grain in the wood to where she remembered her teacup sat. Still, her finger bumped the wooden cup too hard. She felt the trickle of hot liquid under her thumb and the scent of ginger in the air thickened.

"Please," she said for the umpteenth time, fighting hard to keep the frustration out of her voice, "can we go for a walk on the grounds? All I need to settle my stomach is a little fresh air."

"I'm sorry, Miss Bei Fong," the maid said again, "but you mustn't leave the suite."

The sympathy had dwindled throughout the afternoon and now she could only barely keep the exasperation out of her tone. Toph could hear it, but only just - and that was a sure sign of the quality of this maid's training. Royal servants. It made Toph want to heave a big gusty breath and throw something - but ladies didn't do that kind of thing.

"All of the windows are open, though," the maid went on, "and the evening will cool very soon. If you would like, I could fetch a fan."

"Actually, I would like that very much," Toph said carefully. "Would you please?"

"Right away, Miss Bei Fong." With a brief assurance of her speedy return, the maid hurried out. Her feet hardly thumped on the wooden floor at all, but Toph very clearly heard the door slide open and her steps recede down the hall. Then, hers were the only breaths left in the room.

She let out an enormous sigh and, rising carefully to her feet, began feeling around the room with her hands. It was a spacious sitting room with a large rug, doors on two sides, a couple of cabinets, and three windows along a third wall. Each shutter was propped open to catch the lackluster breeze, but the smell of dirt and the sounds of leaves occasionally brushing together drifted up from far below. Toph thought she remembered the porters climbing some stairs, but it had been difficult to tell from inside her metal box.

Really, who could have predicted that the Fire Nation palace would be so substantially composed of wood?

"Oh, Snoozles," she sighed, "you're gonna laugh your dumb head off about this some day. Probably not any time soon. …but if you ever say you told me so, I'm gonna punch you. Fair warning."

"They say that talking to people who aren't there is a sure sign of budding madness," came a familiar voice from the doorway.

Toph jerked away from the window and spun to face Azula. She hadn't heard her footsteps at all. That on its own wouldn't have been a surprise - her steps on the ship had often been light - but it was frightening to suddenly realize she was no longer alone in the room.

"If you do feel yourself sliding into a psychotic state," Azula went on, "do refrain from damaging the furniture. They're antiques. I can't say that I would miss them, personally, but this is one of the finer guest suites, and the palace has only the highest standards to uphold."

Her voice was moving, Toph realized, turning her head toward where she was fairly sure Azula had paused across the room. "Relax, I'm not going to mess up your stuff." She folded her arms over her chest. "If you just stopped by to remind me to use coasters, message received."

"Hardly."

Toph startled and adjusted the angle of her head. Azula had crossed the room and stood at the window beside hers. From the brush of silk against polished wood, Toph could tell she was leaning against the sill.

"The truth is, I could no longer restrain my curiosity. My servants often amused me during the voyage by regaling me with the latest antics of the helpless but plucky Earth Kingdom maiden in the brig. They admired your high breeding, and of course fell quite thoroughly under your ruse." The volume of her voice changed subtly and Toph could practically feel her assessment. "I simply had to meet you again. Toph Bei Fong, the - what was it you called yourself in those fighting pits? The Blind Bandit?"

"If you're threatening to out me to the staff, go ahead. I doubt they'd believe you anyway."

"What they believe is of no consequence. They may believe that you're a genteel blooded lady or a slavering ruffian - it makes no difference. All that matters is that they obey orders." She leaned closer, and Toph could hear the smirk in her voice. She could feel her breath faintly stirring her bangs. "And trust that my staff will obey my orders. By all means, ask to walk the grounds a thousand times. They will never allow you to leave your new… let's call it a temporary home. The term 'prison' is so uncivilized."

Toph flung up a hand between them, generally where Azula's face should have been. "Save the 'abandon all hope' speech, would you? I don't do well with lectures."

"Then allow me to illustrate my point more directly."

Faster than Toph could react, Azula grabbed her wrist and forced her arm out the window - or would have, if her knuckles hadn't barked something in the way. The grip on her wrist withdrew and, frowning, Toph felt along the criss-crossed wooden bars.

"Lattice work," Azula explained, "designed to keep out the worst of the sun. The panels are still quite strong, though. I doubt a genteel noble's daughter would be able to smash through and climb down from this treacherous height before being discovered. Particularly without the benefit of sight."

Toph snorted. "Yeah, yeah - resistance is futile, whatever-"

She stopped as her fingers traced down to the sill and came upon an object waiting there. The instant she felt it, Toph knew what it was. A rectangle of glossy cloth with an embossed seal. Her finger traced the winged boar, barely feeling each splayed pinion.

"I had planned to keep the original, of course," Azula said conversationally, "but it seems I'll have to send it off to your family after all. They insist they need more proof than a detailed rendering of the crest and your physical description. To be quite honest, though, I doubt they will put up much resistance to my overtures. The Bei Fongs are little more than a long-celebrated noble house settling into decline. Oh, they will tout their loyalty to the Earth King and cling to their long-standing traditions, but in the end they will find themselves faced with a simple decision."

The crest dragged out from under Toph's numb fingers.

"They will either choose to earn a respectable place in the new governance of Gao Ling, or they will allow the Bei Fong name to disappear with their only heir."

Toph wrestled her uncertainty back and folded her arms over her chest with a derisive snort. "I've got bad news for you, Princess. My parents aren't exactly a military powerhouse. They never get their own hands dirty and they keep like five guards on staff. Whatever you want them to do to 'earn' your favor, you'd better brace yourself for disappointment."

"Oh, I doubt that will be necessary. I rarely misjudge an aristocrat," Azula said, strolling across the room. This time, Toph heard each step, every rustle of silk - and she heard it because Azula wanted her to. The sounds cut off near the door. "And, should this turn out to be one of those rare occasions, and your parents do disappoint me… Well, it is you who should brace yourself, Miss Bei Fong."

"For what?" Toph chortled. "The deepest boredom I've ever known?"

In response, there was only silence. A faint breeze stirred through the windows and, far below, leaves shushed together. Toph waited a long moment, the hairs on her neck raising.

"Fine! Just walk away mid-banter! Like that's intimidating!"

There were some soft steps, then the maid's voice hesitantly broke the quiet. "Ehm, Miss Bei Fong? Were you… speaking to someone?"

"N-no," Toph said, turning back to face the window. She patted the air until her fingers brushed the lattice, then let the weight of her arm hang from the tenuous grip. "I'm alone."

Chapter Text

His father did not send for him that night, so Zuko did not sleep. He paced his suite - not the individual bedroom he had slept in as a child, but a lavish section of the palace set aside and devoted to the comfort of the crown prince and his family. The rooms had sat mostly empty for the better part of the past decade, but Zuko could not banish his awareness of who had resided here before him. Throughout the night he walked the sitting room and the bedrooms, the study and the tea room, and there was nowhere that he did not feel like an intruder. No matter how he paced, ghosts followed him.

When dawn finally cast the clouds in buttery gold light, Zuko stood in the small courtyard garden, glaring at a patch of cerulean sky. He did not look at the far end of the garden, at the closed panels of the apartment there. He had arranged it with Yotsu so that the garden would be his until night turned to full day. Then his doors would be shut and he could pretend that she was not over there at all.

But Katara pulsed at the back of his mind, sharper and more persistent than the ache of his slowly healing ribs. She shouldn't be here. She didn't belong in this world, his world. She'd been brought up mending and gutting fish like any peasant. When she'd been presented to the people, her bearing had not been that of a princess - she'd held her brother's hand like a scared girl. It was unlikely any of the roaring crowd below had been able to see, but Zuko had seen. The Fire Court would know, and they would pick her apart until there was nothing left.

When the softness of dawn faded away and the sun fiercely peeked over the roof's apex, Zuko summoned his attendants to close the hallway panels, then to see to beginning his day. The men blinked at the floor a little nervously upon arriving, but Yotsu set them to their tasks with quiet efficiency. Zuko stood in place like a mannequin as they replaced his sleep clothes with royal robes. He sat like stone as one man repaired the night's damage to his carefully-disguised hair, using more of the herbal-scented substance to flatten the stray hairs and reaffix the false topknot.

Here, appearances meant everything, and looking the part was only the beginning of what a proper prince must do.

"Yotsu," he said when it was done and the other attendants were filing from the suite, "what are my duties for the day?"

Yotsu blinked at the polished floor. "Your duties, Prince Zuko?"

"Surely, there's something I should… do."

"Yes, Your Highness, of course. I shall inquire with the household office at once."

Zuko watched him go, then began pacing the hallway. It was both long and wide, lined on one side by the panels that shut out the view of the garden, and on the other by the doorways that opened onto the master bedchamber, sitting room, and study. At either end the hall turned, leading to a small servants' dormitory and more rooms still. Zuko remained in the main stretch of hallway until he heard a distant scrape from the gardens, the sound of panels sliding open. He fled to the sitting room and was immediately assaulted by the smell of ginseng tea. Glaring at the breakfast tray awaiting him on the low table, he spun on his heel and made for the study.

He had hardly circled the large room when footsteps approached the second door, the public entrance, and Yotsu breathlessly announced the formally-robed men as they entered. "Prince Zuko - apologies - Chan Xu, Minister of the Royal Household, and Master Tak, Chief Librarian and Grand Tutor of the Heir Apparent."

Zuko received the bowing officials with a faint frown. Minister Chan Xu had a narrow face and a bureaucrat's oily smile, which he fixed on Zuko from the moment of his entrance. "Your Highness! Please forgive our abrupt arrival - we are honored indeed to stand in your presence. Tales of your victory have spread throughout the palace, regardless of the lengths to which I have gone to stifle gossip among the staff. Truly, your heroic exploits have captured the imagination of all of Caldera!"

Zuko's frown deepened, but he did no more to express his trepidation. "When I was last in the palace, the Agency of the Royal Household was headed by Minister Tenkai. Did he finally retire?"

"Sadly, no," Chan Xu said with surpassing sorrow. "I was appointed in Tenkai's place some years ago, after he voiced dissent against the Fire Lord's decree that the palace staff must be reduced."

"I see," Zuko said, though he lingered on his memory of the stiff-necked old minister with the kind eyes.

Chan Xu went on smiling. "As Minister of the Royal Household, it is my duty to assist the crown prince in choosing a housekeeper and under-servants who will attend to his inner sanctum. However, such tasks are tedious and beneath the notice of great personages. I would gladly select those servants best qualified, if it please your highness."

Zuko very nearly agreed and waved the man off, but then stopped. He could almost hear the unending hum of his old cruiser engine, the rasp of a familiar voice. He could almost smell jasmine.

Just because we are at sea doesn't mean we shouldn't live comfortably. All we need is one majordomo - to organize the staff! Such a person - of the proper temperament of course - would prove invaluable to morale.

Uncle, this isn't a pleasure cruise! The ship is fully crewed and we can't afford every frivolous thing that occurs to you.

Zuko shut his eyes against the rest of the memory and the roiling feeling in his gut, then looked back up at Chan Xu. "No. I can spare the time to choose my own staff. Gather candidates and I will sit in on the interviews this afternoon."

The minister's smile faltered, but only for an instant. "Yes, Prince Zuko. It will be done as you say."

Chan Xu bowed and backed out of Zuko's presence, and the Chief Librarian immediately stepped forward in his place. He was a much older man, bent and shriveled with no hair left on his scalp, but a well-tended beard accentuating his jaw with three white points. Zuko, who had not remembered him at once, now had to wrestle back the urge to fidget.

"Master Tak - congratulations on your new title."

"It is hardly new, Your Highness," Master Tak rumbled. "Up until the reign of Fire Lord Sozin, the royal family always employed a Grand Tutor. The founding of the Fire Academies and subsequent advances in our nation's education system resulted in a declining need for specialized tutelage for the royal family, but doubtless your lessons have been neglected these past years and no generalized curriculum can be expected to repair such a cavity in a standard education, much less that required by the crown prince. The Fire Lord wisely resurrected the customary post of the Grand Tutor at the urging of the Minister of Ceremonies, who then selected me for the task."

"Yes," Zuko said. He very nearly managed to sound stern rather than overwhelmed. "That's all- very interesting."

"Indeed, then we are in agreement," Master Tak said with the stiff earnestness of a man whose scope of interest did not encompass the unspoken feelings of others. He scanned Zuko as if seeing him anew. "It seems you have matured much in your voyages, Prince Zuko. I dare say you will find your upcoming visits to the Royal Library far more enlightening than those of your… less scrupulous years."

Once again, Zuko froze under the old librarian's eyes, just as he had years ago in a narrow aisle between towering bookshelves, gripping the hilt of his knife where Azula had lodged it in the spine of some ancient tome before running off.

Presently, he felt his face wash with heat. Master Tak was oblivious but over his head, Zuko could see Chan Xu making some quiet arrangements with Yotsu. His sharp eyes flicked for an instant back to Zuko, but an instant was all it took for the truth to become clear.

The choice to appoint this particular librarian as Grand Tutor was no accident. It was a test. The Fire Lord's ministers meant to evaluate Zuko, to see that exile had truly changed him. To be sure that hardship had truly beaten the weakness out of him.

His hands closed into fists at his sides.

"I can't wait," he said to Master Tak. "In fact, let's begin today. Right now."

The old man did not smile, but his eyes widened and caught the light. "Yes, Prince Zuko. Allow me to pull the appropriate tomes and prepare a space in the Royal Library. All shall be ready in moments, Your Highness!"

He bowed stiffly and scuttled from the room, but Zuko only watched the minister. Chan Xu had finished with Yotsu and stood now with his hands folded into his sleeves. His brow was etched with a well-crafted furrow.

"Forgive my boldness in saying so, Prince Zuko, but I worry that Your Highness takes on too much. Even the Fire Lord leaves lesser matters in the hands of his ministers. You have only just returned and must be weary from your long travels. A day of rest could-"

"I don't need rest." Zuko said, quiet and sharp. Chan Xu's expression did not change, but his skinny throat bobbed. "And I don't need my father's ministers to make my decisions for me." He stalked across the room and glared down his nose. The other man, already half a head shorter, seemed to shrink smaller still. "Do not think that you can overstep the bounds of propriety with me, Chan Xu. You won't like the consequences."

"Yes, Prince Zuko! I wouldn't dare!" Chan Xu dropped his head into a deep bow.

Zuko frowned down at the top of his hat of office. He might have expected some sense of triumph in this moment, but there was only the same sickening weight he had felt since he had looked out on the faces of his people. "Send for me when you have arranged the interviews. You know where I'll be."

And with that, he marched from his study to meet the old librarian, the minister's eyes burning on his back long after he had moved out of sight.

.


.

Katara knelt in the shade of the upraised walkway, watching little brown birds bathe in the dust on the opposite end of the small courtyard. The garden itself was lush - and artfully arranged with a few large, smooth stones gathered in the shade of a small tree - but there was a spot beneath the far wall where the earth did not hold water. There, the little birds congregated, taking a moment to ruffle their feathers in the dirt.

"Forgive me, Princess Katara," Sian said as she settled a legged tea tray at Katara's side and poured carefully, "but you have hardly spoken this morning. Are you feeling unwell?"

Katara glanced at Sian's bowed head and couldn't suppress the despairing breath that leaked out of her. Her throat was sore, her voice hoarse. "If I were you, I think I'd be pretty sick of hearing me speak by now."

All of the previous day, and most of the two nights she had spent here, Katara had not stopped demanding answers. She had not stopped prowling the apartment to which she was confined until exhaustion took her where she sat. Even then, no sooner had she shut her eyes than she saw Sokka once more, fading to a shadow as the guards walked him into the wall of flame. She had heard his voice and jolted upright so suddenly that Sian dropped the teapot she had been clearing away, splattering cold tea and porcelain across the sitting room floor. Katara had barely noticed.

Where is my brother? Where are my friends?

No one would tell her. Sian had earnestly confessed her own ignorance more than once. The palace maids who came and went from the apartment stared at the floor with wide eyes and shook their heads desperately. Roshu had only glared at a distant point and informed her that he would be in the antechamber, within easy hearing range should she get any ideas about causing trouble.

Presently, he sat at the far end of the walkway, just inside the door that led out to the maze of the palace. Katara had been successfully ignoring him all morning - he was about as unobtrusive as an armored gargoyle - but she had not failed to notice that Sian had taken him a cup of tea.

The maid pressed her hands together in her lap, peering down at the tray with a crease in her normally smooth brow. "Princess," she whispered, "I could never tire of your-"

"Just," Katara said, stiffening against the increasingly familiar feeling of being fawned over, "don't worry about it, okay?"

"Alright," Sian said faintly. She was silent for a moment, then jerked as if remembering. "Princess, I did overhear some news in the kitchen. Ginji was complaining about the young lady she serves. I think she must have been speaking of your friend, Miss Bei Fong - which means that she is still somewhere in the palace."

The slight bow that Li and Lo had cultivated in Katara's spine snapped out. With a surreptitious glance at Roshu - who was also evidently watching the birds - she bent closer to Sian. "Where would she be?"

"I- Princess, I could not know such a thing!" Sian's eyes darted to one side and the furrow deepened in her brow. "But… I would suppose that she might be in the guest wing. Certainly, it would not be proper for the scion of a noble house to be held in the cells."

Roshu cast a suspicious glance their way and Katara picked up her teacup and straightened, looking serenely out on the garden once more. The porcelain was too hot for her fingers, but she ignored the soft burn. A thread of worry drew tight in her chest as the implications sank in; if Toph had been here in the palace for two nights now and had not managed to sneak out even to see Katara, something was wrong.

Katara let her eyes climb up the red-painted wood of the wall across the garden. Yes, something was very wrong.

Toph was the key to everyone else's escape. If she was unable to leave her room in the guest wing - if that was where she was - there was no chance she was going to be able to free Sokka and Aang. She needed help, at least to get started getting the others to safety. Katara watched the birds and began forming a plan.

"Princess," Sian said faintly. Katara looked back at her just in time to catch her in the instant before she dropped her eyes. Sian stared at her own knee as if watching it transform into a viper. "Please… I am certain your friend is comfortable. Please don't-"

Suddenly, the door to the antechamber snapped open. Katara leapt to her feet, easily falling into a bending stance in the loose silken clothing Sian had brought her, but immediately felt silly. A tall, thin woman entered, followed by a half-dozen maids, one of whom was taking notes.

"…for new paper for the walls in the companion suite at the very least. From the look of things, it's no surprise these rooms have been unused for over half a century."

Katara watched the maids cluster together to look at a corner near the ceiling where the paper had peeled away from the wall and felt oddly defensive of her latest prison. To her, it was the nicest place she had been kept since her capture - in particular the garden, where she could look up at the sky - and she found the wooden floors and sitting mats oddly comforting, almost familiar in their similarity to Water Tribe huts. Now a stranger had come and was threatening to change this new place, without so much as glancing at Katara herself.

"Excuse me," Katara said with a forced smile. The thin woman stopped extolling on the sins of the aging decor long enough to cast a guarded look at her. Katara put a little more friendliness in her smile. "I don't think we've met. I'm Katara. Who are you?"

The woman's expression only hardened. "A slave is in no position to speak to a majordomo."

A block of ice dropped into Katara's stomach and her smile eroded away. "Well I'm speaking to you now."

Something tugged at her sleeve and Katara glanced down enough to see Sian peering pleadingly up at her. She dropped her eyes at once and shook her head vigorously.

"As majordomo of the household of the crown prince," the thin woman began, her tone sharp and lofty, "it is my duty to ensure that His Highness finds only pleasant energy in his quarters. An insubordinate slave creates tension and strife. Such a slave cannot be allowed to remain in His Highness's inner sanctum without correction."

Katara curled her lip but was cut off by the rustle and thump of Sian throwing herself onto hands and knees beside her. "Please Mistress Pokui! The Princess is only-"

"A slave." The thin woman, Pokui, pressed her lips into a hard line. "And a slave must know her place. As must a servant. You are dismissed, girl. Go down to the vats and see if that fat old toad has need of a new laundress. If she does not, you shall have to seek employment outside the palace."

Sian stared straight ahead, her expression shattered. Katara whirled back on Pokui. "You can't do that!"

A thin eyebrow arched and her face did not otherwise move. "His Highness selected me over a dozen applicants for the post of majordomo, vesting in me the authority to dismiss and install staff in whatever way I see fit to protect the tranquility of these chambers. As such, I will see you attended by maids who do not incite your more barbaric tendencies."

Katara bristled, but was distracted from spitting back a retort when Sian rose meekly from her knees and made for the door. Startled, Katara took a step after her. "Sian!"

The maid hurried past the intruders, her head bowed, but paused in the doorway to look back at Katara. Her cheeks were flushed an angry red and tears threatened to spill from her eyes. Sian took one final look at Katara and, without a word, hurried from the room.

Katara stared after her, then glowered at Pokui. "Nice. What's next? Are you and your cronies gonna steal my lunch money?"

The majordomo scoffed faintly. "As if you have more than skins and rudimentary tools to your name. No, as I said before, your behavior shall be corrected."

"Corrected?" Katara raised an eyebrow and unthinkingly settled into a fighting stance. Beyond the cluster of maids, she caught a hint of movement as Roshu stiffened, but she ignored him. "I don't know if you've heard, but there is only one person who gets to give me commands. I want to hear what he has to say about this."

The maids gasped. Pokui only blinked. The change that came over her face was like a thin skin of ice forming over still water, swift and difficult to identify.

"You are foreign and uneducated, so I shall permit you this mistake, this once. A slave does not make demands of a head servant, and certainly not of her master. Prince Zuko will come to you in his own time if it pleases him. Until then, as his majordomo, I act with his authority." Her tight lips twitched faintly. "If you defy me, you effectively defy His Highness, breaking your oath of service. Now, either behave as you were trained - or lash out in some foolish fit of barbaric pride and I shall instruct you in a way that will better sink in."

Katara scowled, her heart pounding as she tried to decide whether Pokui was telling the truth. Li and Lo had told her that she outranked most servants, but that meant maids and footmen - not the majordomo. Still, yielding to this woman felt like a trap, like Zuko had put Pokui in place to keep Katara in line without having to dirty his own hands.

She gritted her teeth. Fine. He was so worried about her behavior, she would behave. For now.

Katara relaxed from her bending stance and assumed the relaxed submissive pose of a slave. It felt like shrugging into a parka full of ants. "Mistress Pokui."

Pokui raised her chin slightly, revealing the hard cords of her throat. "Good. Now, I will return to my work and you shall drink your tea. Your new maids will arrive shortly."

Katara bowed incrementally and knelt again beside the low tea table, once more facing the garden. Behind her, she could hear Pokui making notes on what she intended to change, what furniture was simply too worn to be kept, and what ought to be brought in to replace the unacceptable pieces. Her voice rasped at Katara's nerves subtly, until a specific sentence leaked out of the bedroom.

"...however unlikely, we must not discount the rumors entirely. We must ensure that Prince Zuko, should it please him to visit this apartment, finds the decor especially accommodating as it is unlikely he will be received so by his slave…"

Katara glared across the garden at the little birds squawking and chasing one another through the low tree, then up and away into the open sky. Her eyes lingered on the panels on the far side of the garden wall, panels that looked enough like those in her own apartment that she could not help but know there was another set of rooms over there. She could not help knowing who lived there, just a stroll in the garden away.

Blood pounded through her face but she felt so cold. She knew - and so did the maids. So did everyone. She was a slave to Zuko's whims and everyone in the palace knew what he wanted, what she had given him. In the cup in her hand, the tea froze solid so fast the porcelain split against her palm with a grating crack.

"Don't cut yourself."

Katara did not look at Roshu, even as his boots thumped on the walkway with his slow approach. He stopped just outside arm's length and stood over her.

"Bleeding won't help your situation. Put down the cup."

"You must love this," Katara spat. "It's got to be so satisfying, after I embarrassed you back on the ship."

Roshu did not speak, but he let out a stiff breath as he took a knee beside her, clamped a hand around her wrist, and pried the broken cup from her fingers. Katara resisted, glaring at him now, but his hands were much stronger and he took the cup easily. He released her before dropping the shards of porcelain and ice on the tea tray. His face was stern as ever, lined and unblinking and devoid of any satisfaction, and it only made Katara feel small as he rose to return to his place by the door.

"Well, enjoy it while it lasts," she snapped at his back.

Roshu paused to look back at her with renewed suspicion and Katara, even though she had just dropped a hint at her intention to escape, felt a wash of reassurance. Whatever humiliations she had to endure, she was still powerful, still a force to be feared. She glared out past the silent garden, beating the panels of Zuko's apartment with her eyes.

.


.

Zuko marched the corridors of the palace with the dignity befitting a prince despite the storm rumbling inside him, despite his overwhelming urge to run.

Three days had dragged past, punctuated only by matters of small importance. Lessons, staffing concerns - the sorts of things Zuko would have finished dealing with the year he turned seventeen, had he not been banished. For three days, like a child, he had spent the mornings sitting in the cavernous library with Master Tak, committing dry information to memory, from tax policy to the more boring parts of his ancestral history. For three afternoons, he had met with new maids and footmen, trying to suss out enough difference between their precise, refined postures to justify choosing some over others - experience he would already have had, had he grown up in these halls. Instead, like a child, he had to rely on Chan Xu to tell him the pertinent information.

And, like a child's, his heart had soared when the Fire Lord's attendant arrived. At last, Ozai had sent for him.

The feeling had been fleeting, though, however Zuko clung to it. With every step nearer to the throne room, he felt himself filling up with familiar fears. Anxieties chased one another through his head like a flock of cinder swifts circling the mouth of a volcano.

Attendants opened the doors to the throne room before him and he entered, for the first time in five years, to stride between the proud gilded pillars. Every step felt like an elevation, as if he was coming now to the peak of a mountain he had been climbing for all this time. At the base of the dais, he lowered himself to a full kowtow before the wall of flame.

And he waited.

The room was silent except for the rush and crackle, and the walls were lost to the darkness beyond the looming shapes of the pillars. Gold glowed out of the darkness like eyes. Beyond the fire was a shadow, and Zuko knew better than to raise his head and look before he was bade.

"Zuko," the Fire Lord said at last, his voice as dry as the air in the room. "Rise. Let me look at you."

Zuko rose to his feet and fixed his eyes on the shadow beyond the flames. He focused on forcing each breath through the choking crowd of words clogging his throat. The shadow rose, the gold crown flashing.

"You have grown much from the boy you were. When I sent you away, you were a cowering embarrassment. Now, after the hardships of your voyage, you have completed your mission. You have regained your honor, and you have grown into a man. A hero to your nation. A true prince."

The words shook Zuko like a heavy blow, but apart from the faint widening of his eyes, he did not move. "Thank you, Father."

Ozai emerged through the flames and began to slowly pace the wide dais, casting Zuko with looks he did not quite recognize, until he realized he had seen that expression on his father's face when he looked at Azula.

"Now that you have reclaimed your rightful place as my heir, there is much to be done. The war is near its climax and the people of our nation must not be allowed to falter before our armies put an end to the last resistance. You will play a key role in my strategy, Zuko."

Zuko's neck stretched and he seemed to grow taller in the subtle way of a plant straining for the sun. "I'm going to war?"

It was what all the great Fire Nation heros did. Iroh had won his nation's love with his victories as a general. If Zuko's father meant to send him to war, it was an honor and a triumph.

And yet even as Zuko reached out for the chance to fight for his country, he remembered the squad of soldiers he had seen slaughtered by freedom fighters. He remembered the boys in the rebel base, their struggle to prepare themselves in time. He tried to think 'enemy' as Palluk's face flashed through his mind, but it did not hold as it should have.

"No," Ozai said, a smile creasing his handsome face. "Our armies are led by competent generals and one doesn't switch out experience for youthful vigor in the final days of a war. No, my son, you will fight here, at home, to keep our people's eyes fixed on our great victory." He stopped directly before Zuko, looming like an altar before a supplicant as he went on.

"The city is restless. The common people of the Fire Nation have forgotten why we fight. They have forgotten what winning this war will mean for them. They have become weak and divided, riddled with nay-sayers and cowards." He curled his lip. "Terrorists. Even some among the nobles have become increasingly dissatisfied with our progress in the war. You will go before our people, one at a time if you must, and show them why winning the war still matters. Show them how our victories abroad bring honor on us all."

Sweat rolled down Zuko's spine and his mind raced, but he did not move. He thought of victory and pictured a heap of dead Water Tribe boys. The sick feeling in his gut only intensified.

It was stupid to feel this way. His father had honored him with this task. His father believed in his ability to keep the peace, trusted him to handle something of this importance. Zuko firmed his jaw and curled his fingers into fists at his sides. This was war, and he would not forget his place in it.

"Yes, Father," he said, a familiar glower settling on his face. "I will not fail."

"Excellent," Ozai said, smiling again. His eyes narrowed with cunning amusement. "Azula told me of your plans for your slave."

Zuko flinched and his face heated in a sudden, guilty wash, but Ozai went on as if he had not noticed.

"I'm impressed. When I first received reports of your involvement with the Water Tribe, I thought you might have followed in your uncle's footsteps into sentimental disgrace."

A bead of sweat dropped down Zuko's cheek and onto the shoulder of his formal tunic. He did not dare look away from the stare his father pinned him with.

"But no. You captured the princess to lure in the wily Southern Chieftain. Every indignity she suffers will make him more desperate to act. More foolish." Ozai's smile deepened into a sharp grin. "You calculated the military advantage to be greater than the damage to your reputation at court. A wise bid - unless it fails."

Zuko swallowed and unlocked his jaw. "It won't. Chief Hakoda will give up anything to save his children."

"I suppose you would know, having sailed with the man."

Zuko opened his mouth to agree, only to taste salt. For an instant, the wind was in his face again and Hakoda stood beside him, sturdy on the bucking deck. Unused to the rough sway of the smaller craft, Zuko stumbled. Hakoda shot out one hand and caught him by the shoulder, bracing him with a warm, callused grip.

"Now's not a good time for a swim, Prince Zuko," he laughed into the wind. "At this speed, even Katara would be hard pressed to fish you out."

It was a moment he had put from his mind for weeks, a feeling he had left behind in that trunk in the dark. Now, it returned to strike him hard in the chest. Zuko looked up at his own father, who was proud of him at last, but the pain did not abate. The sickness rolled over in his gut. His mouth twisted into a bitter frown.

"Hakoda is ruled by his heart. He's weak, and when he falls, he'll bring his people down with him."

Ozai's smile stretched, and Zuko did not truly notice it but the expression did nothing to warm his eyes. They gleamed, cold and hard as the gold affixed to the walls. "See that he does, my son."

.


.

Katara peered at her reflection as the maids rustled and tidied away the remnants of their preparations behind her.

She looked like a joke. Her clothes were on the purple side of blue, cut in a style that didn't quite look familiar, with soft brown fur trim. The maids had dressed her in the stuffy tunic and pants and strangely puffy boots, then a seamstress had come in and made adjustments so that everything fit as snug as it could. They had even tied a slim fur choker above the steel of her collar and braided her hair with painted blue beads.

All this without even a hint as to what was going on. Katara had asked repeatedly, but the maids only gave vague answers. The most direct thing either of them had said was, "It is his highness's wish," which to Katara sounded a lot like the rattle of a pricklesnake. If she pressed too hard, she could be accused of not upholding her oath. The last thing she wanted to do after this miserable incarceration was make it all a waste of time.

Finally, an escort arrived and Katara, with Roshu a step behind her, was marched from the suite. The palace was as dizzyingly large as she remembered it, and she didn't recognize the door they took out to the broad paved exterior. Afternoon was sliding into evening and the entire space was filled with the orange light of sunset, casting long shadows across the paving stones. To Katara, it looked just as she imagined a desert would, hot and empty and tedious. A grumbled command from Roshu propelled her down the short, functional flight of stairs and into the small palanquin that waited there, just big enough for one. The bearers rose and bore her off through the city.

It was a struggle now to remember just how many days she had been in the palace, each the same as the one before, except for the increasing sense of urgency. Katara counted carefully as the tidy streets swept past. Six days. Tonight would be the seventh night she had slept there.

Not that sleep came easily. Katara woke often with nightmares chasing her, mostly about whatever terrible thing was happening to Sokka. If it was true that Zuko meant to send him away, there couldn't be much time left. Katara had to act, and soon. Every time she woke sweating in the night, she stared blindly at the ceiling above, her mind a sick whirl of failed plans.

At least, after the first couple of nighttime disturbances, the maids quit waking with her. In the day, they clung to Katara like scales on a fish - with about as much personality - but they soon took their prisoner-mistress's nightmares in stride and stopped rising when Katara sat up suddenly in bed. They even slept through her tip-toed explorations of the apartment as she searched night after night for a way out that had not been there before. Yet at night the panels were shut, and they were too loud to open even a crack without alerting Roshu. He, at least, seemed to sleep as fitfully as Katara herself.

At an intersection of streets, Katara watched a handful of girls about her age, each of them dressed in a school uniform. They paused in their conversation to watch the palanquin go by, though they couldn't have seen who rode in it through the swaying veil. The sight of them there, clutching their books and giggling excitedly, made Katara feel miles away from solid ground, adrift in the chaos of the life she had come to live. For a heartbeat, she wished it could be as simple as doing lessons and making friends.

But Sokka needed her help, and Aang and Toph did too. Katara wouldn't give up while her friends needed her. She would fight, and she would find a way to get them out of here.

The palanquin passed through a broad gate and left the massive buildings of the city behind. Katara blinked at the view opening up before her. A garden sprawled around her with rambling paths and artfully cultivated trees and clumps of grasses. Weather-washed stones sat together in clusters, strewn in flowering vines that did not entirely obscure but also served to enhance the buff texture of the rock. Even the faint breeze that found its way past the stifling veil bore a fresh scent of lush plants and earth. It was as if the tiny courtyard garden had been multiplied and lent a proportionate quantity of peace.

Katara gazed at the scenery until the palanquin bearers brought her over the rise and the setting sun glittered off a vast surface that stretched out before her. She blinked, trying to process what she was seeing.

"Is that a lake?"

Indeed, it was no mere ornamental pond. The lake sprawled in a natural depression, with reaching inlets and a network of walkways and bridges along the nearest bank. Life pressed in around the water's edge, lilly pads and reeds growing together in quiet shallows and birds rustling in the trees. On the trimmed grass of a broad lawn nearby, people moved about beneath three silky pavilions, the brilliant reds and golds of their fine clothing standing out in the fading light of day.

"Lake Pei Lu," Roshu said from where he walked beside the palanquin.

There was an edge to his voice, a threat he wasn't quite putting into words. Katara turned a sour look on him, but he still did not speak. She watched, unseen through the veil, as he swallowed and frowned at the pavilions as they neared. His eyes flashed back in her direction.

"You say you mean to honor your oath," he said with a faint curl of his lip. "We'll see soon enough what your word is worth."

Katara rolled her eyes but said nothing as a realization struck her. Six days following the voyage would be… She had felt it building this entire week as anxiety, rationally explained worry - but now, while the sun inched nearer to the horizon, the familiar exhilaration built to new heights. Had it been so long already? A little breathless with the surprise and the heat of her costume, she turned her wide eyes back to the lake.

As the sun set, the full moon would rise. The full moon was rising and Katara was being carried to a lake. If there was a moment to escape and free her friends, this was it. She stared at the glimmering water, unblinking despite how the dancing light stung her eyes.

Chapter Text

Katara could not have seen, but the palanquin's approach did not go unnoticed by the party on the lake's edge. A great many finely dressed men and women paused in their conversations, flashing sharp eyes toward the rather plain conveyance and its rather obvious accompaniment of guards, but few remarked on it and fewer still watched as it disappeared behind the Fire Lord's pavilion, where His Majesty sat in aloof splendor, flanked on each side by his royal children.

Or, rather, his royal heirs. Only a fool would now refer to either one of them - the scarred and glaring elder or the calculating prodigy - as children.

Still, many cunning eyes flitted toward the dais, and many cultured voices quieted as they waited for the spectacle that was sure to come. After all, Ozai never threw a party without a weighty agenda, and a full moon celebration was the most laughable practice of which anyone could recall having heard. It so smacked of Water Tribe savagery that many of the younger attendants had adopted silken collars or beads in their hair, with tongues in cheek to match the event. The refreshments were served on ice and there was rather a great deal of purple in the decor. It was all terribly droll.

Katara could not hear a change in the drone of music and conversation as she emerged from the palanquin into the hustle behind the scenes. Golden serving platters and domes flashed and liveried servants rushed around, a hundred cogs working the same dizzying machine. A pitcher of wine was shoved into her hands and servants herded her after two other maids as they passed through the curtain that separated the servant area from the back of the dais. She stumbled on the step up and paused on the cusp of an entirely different world of fine silks and gems and deadly glances.

Nothing in the tenors of voices or the low rolls of laughter seemed to change, but the hairs on the back of her neck prickled and her skin crawled. Like a shock of icy air up the back of her parka, she was exposed, and she stood perfectly still, eyes lowered in the proper way for a slave but with her posture too stiff, too upright.

Such nuances might not have occurred to Katara, but they certainly did not go unnoticed.

Belatedly, she realized who sat before her, partly blocking her from the congregation. Two familiar backs, ramrod straight and clad in the finest silks, and between them, on a raised platform, wearing a crown brilliantly limned by the light of a hundred candles, sat the embodiment of evil.

Katara couldn't help it. Her eyes fixed on the curtain of black hair that fell down below the Fire Lord's topknot. It would be so easy. The wine she carried called to her, water enough to do her bidding, especially tonight. He would not see it coming. He would not suffer. He would simply die, fast as that lieutenant in the woods, the Fire Nation man who had tried to take her prisoner when she was looking for Sokka, the officer who had reminded her for an instant of her father - before Smellerbee's knife found his throat.

The man sitting before her now did not make her think of any kind of father. He sat perfectly still, a facsimile of a human being responsible for the suffering of the entire world, not even glancing at the servant who knelt to refill his cup. Katara hadn't even seen his face. She wouldn't have to.

There was a faint noise from the other side of the curtain and a hand snaked through to grab her wrist. Katara looked back and locked eyes with Roshu, a snarl contorting her face for the instant it took to remember what he had said.

We'll see soon enough what your word is worth.

Katara forced herself to relax, forced her face into the bland, expressionless mask of a servant. Then she ripped her arm from Roshu's grip and turned away.

With the power of the full moon and a lake of her element so close at hand, Katara could assassinate the Fire Lord and free her friends. All she had to do was break her oath before all these witnesses and murder Zuko's father. All she had to do was play the part of the barbarian they had dressed her up to be. If Katara had been hard like Jet had yalked about, this would all be so easy.

But Katara wasn't hard that way, and seeing the masses of city guards gathered on the docks had hammered it home; the death of the Fire Lord wouldn't end the war. The next Fire Lord would just step up to command the vast armies and resources of the Fire Nation. Whether it was Azula or Zuko, Katara bitterly decided it didn't matter.

Those watching closely could see the Water Tribe slave's knuckles turn white where she gripped the pitcher and her face turn red all the way to the roots of her beaded hair. They could see the bitter twist of her mouth and the stiff restraint in her shoulders as she knelt at the prince's side and filled his cup with a passable pour. Most agreed that if their servants were that surly and resentful, they should be quite embarrassed - but then, their servants were not foreign princesses coerced into oaths of obedience.

The prince, the more attentive observers noticed, did not seem eager to show off his prize. The frown he had worn all evening only deepened, and the tell-tale glitter on his furrowed brow announced his tension. When he raised a hand to wave her away from filling his cup, the gesture was soft, his fingers slightly parted, the thumb minutely forward, reaching.

The slave righted the pitcher at once and shifted to sit back in the proper way, just within reach behind him, waiting to be needed again. Beneath lowered lashes, the prince's eyes flicked to follow her, then fixed instead on the wine cup. He did not drink. The sun bellied past the horizon and still he did not drink.

Some laughed - very quietly - that their fierce-looking prince was shy of that little girl. Some scoffed at the weakness of it, imagining they saw in Zuko the failure of his father's lesson. Some, of a more shameless inclination, exchanged theories on just what exactly such a reaction might mean, given the rumors that had come out from the voyage and the different accounts of what might have taken place before. Everyone who was anyone had a gossipy laundress or stablehand who had it from one of the Princess's crew that certain proprieties had been set aside, or that a third party had witnessed a truly compromising scene.

Nothing was confirmed of course, but that only made the possibilities all the more enticing.

A herald called for quiet and even the most voracious whisperers stilled. The Fire Lord was about to speak.

"Honored guests. There is much to celebrate," he said, his satisfied tone an added titillation. "The Avatar is defeated and my first-born has returned, bringing great honor on our nation. What better time than the rise of the full moon, when the strength of our enemy is at its peak, to glory in our victories over them?"

Ozai raised an arm to the east, where the moon was breaking the horizon, fat and yellow from the humidity. Dignified cheers rose from the gathered nobles, echoing the sentiment and applauding the showmanship. Ozai went on, his tone lofty and deliciously leading.

"A toast to Prince Zuko and Princess Azula, heros of the Fire Nation."

The assembled guests cheered and raised their glasses. The prince and princess raised their cups to one another in polite acknowledgement, then sipped and set their wine aside. But Ozai was not done.

As the Water Tribe slave shifted forward to refill the Prince's cup, the Fire Lord swept his hand to indicate her. "And a toast to Princess Katara, reputed to be a hero of her people and perhaps the greatest waterbender of her generation, " Ozai's mouth pulled taut in a mocking smile. He watched the girl's bowed head from the corner of his eye, watched the wine slightly overflow the prince's cup, and raised to toast a second time. "To Katto of the Water Tribe, and all the wines and teas she will so heroically pour in the coming years."

Katara felt the laughter of the nobles like a physical illness, seeping through her skin. Her focus narrowed to her every breath, coming too fast on the heels of the last, and to the ice skimming the top of the wine she clutched too tightly in her lap. It was all a test. The lake, the moon, all intended to sharpen these taunts, to tempt her toward breaking her oath.

"Don't you want to see a demonstration of her skills, Father?"

Zuko's voice was just loud enough to carry to the nearest of the avidly interested nobles, but Katara, still kneeling beside him after overfilling his glass, was close enough to hear very clearly the severity of his tone. In fact, she could also see the way his fingers curled into the leg of his fine pants on the side where no one would see. No one but Katara.

She saw, and swallowed back the unwelcome tickle in her chest. Zuko clearly wasn't amused by the festivities - but he was never amused. He was probably just playing his part in their cruel game, making a spectacle of her for his own benefit.

The Fire Lord turned a dismissive glance on his son. His smile was gone and his voice was so quiet even Katara barely heard. "I have seen waterbenders before, Zuko. Your pet is special only in her pedigree."

Zuko's shoulders tensed as if he were about to argue, but he only remained stiff and silent. Katara finally managed to back away and fixed her blank stare on the sole of his fine boot. For no reason she cared to admit to herself, she cursed him for a coward.

In the audience, though, there was a rumble of excitement.

"Oh, how very diverting," a woman was saying. "I haven't seen waterbending since Admiral Zhao's last stay in the city."

"And under a full moon - that would have to be at least somewhat impressive, wouldn't it? For all they talk about it?"

Azula leaned in and quietly spoke to the Fire Lord, so softly that Katara could not hear. She could only kneel in place, certain that she was the topic of conversation and that whatever was about to happen would not be good.

.


.

Zuko seethed. Azula had told him before that he did not know how to get his way with their father and, in this instant, he knew it for a fact. He gritted his teeth harder still as she spoke.

"Father, Zuko's strategies have never been the most prudent, but in this case, I believe his instinct is correct. The waterbender can be more useful than a mere hostage."

Ozai sat straight and unyielding. "And when she gets a taste of power and decides to cause a scene?"

Azula smirked. "We still have the brother in the city. If the spectacle gets out of hand, we will simply remind her who will bear the punishment for her transgressions."

Sokka. Zuko knew Katara would not break her oath - or he was fairly certain she wouldn't, in any case - but it still unnerved him to think what Azula would do to Sokka if anything went awry. Last time, she had very nearly gotten him killed, and Zuko knew his sister was not one to follow a death threat with anything less severe.

At length, the Fire Lord cast a sideways glance on him. "Perhaps more entertainment is in order," he conceded aloud. "Very well, Prince Zuko. Astound us."

It had been many years now since Zuko had last seen the downturned corners of his father's mouth, but seeing them now brought back a flood. In a burst, he remembered the many times that Ozai had discouraged him from being an embarrassment, from trying when it was likely he would fail. Hot anger surged through Zuko's chest, sweeping away weak feelings like love and sorrow and aching disappointment. He felt like a blocked steam pipe, primed to blow.

This was dangerous ground. To overstep the bounds of acceptable behavior was to face monumental consequences. To displease Ozai was to invite disaster. In that spirit, Zuko had silently endured this assemblage of Fire Court nobles making sport of a weak mimicry of Water Tribe customs all through the early evening hours. He had watched them delight in doing it in front of Katara. He had sat by while Ozai goaded her, humiliated her directly. Zuko could say nothing about any of that, having just returned from a five-year lesson in holding his tongue.

But even faced with the dire threat of his father's disapproval, he leapt on the chance to make these people eat their words. If he couldn't do it himself, he could at least watch as Katara did.

"Yes, Father," he said, dropping his eyes and forcing his fist to release the crushed silk at his side.

He turned to find Katara kneeling just behind him with the pitcher in her hands, listening with her eyes fixed on the dais and her head bowed like a slave. Zuko frowned a little harder.

"Katara."

"More wine, your highness?"

Zuko brushed off the quiet barb, but glowered for good measure. "Go down to the dock and perform the first sixty movements."

Katara hesitated for an instant, then shifted and began to rise - but Zuko grabbed her forearm, stopping her short. Her eyes snapped to his hand, then to his eyes, the furrow in her brow registering her displeasure.

"Big, so that everyone can see."

Her lip curled minutely. "Your wish is my command, your highness."

Zuko's heart lurched uncomfortably in his chest as their eyes met and held. He had not spoken to her in weeks, not since Zhao had come aboard the cruiser, and he had begun to hope that his feelings would all just fade away with a little time and distraction. Now, it was all the rest of the world that faded away as the light of candles and torches flickered across her frowning face and her blue eyes struck him like an electric charge. As if from far away, he noticed the intense heat penetrating her linen sleeve where it pressed between her skin and his.

Zuko snatched his hand off her arm and scowled. "Go."

Katara paused an instant to force the glower from her face, then left the pitcher on the dais and marched straight through the gathering. Nobles stepped aside to make way, some shocked at her audacity and some bemused. Zuko watched their faces - but he could not long avoid watching the stiff square of Katara's fur-tufted shoulders.

The fur. It was the fur trim. In this climate, even at night, she had to be broiling. Of course she had been hot to the touch. There was nothing more to it than that.

The costume might have made her temper seem silly, if he didn't already know what she was capable of doing on a night like this. He watched her pass out of the greater torch light and more fully into the light of the rising moon. Candles lit the short walkway and the dock beyond, but their glow hardly seemed to touch her. She was a shadow cast in silver light and, for a moment when she reached the far end of the dock, she stood perfectly still.

Zuko watched her intently, but he could hear the murmurs of the nobles before him. They were not paying attention to her, not yet, too preoccupied with trivial details. It was dizzying just listening to them, what little he could hear. The things they noticed…

"Your slave," Ozai hissed beside him, too low for anyone else to overhear, "took a tone with you."

Zuko blinked, but did not otherwise react under his father's scrutiny.

"And you did nothing."

The stern accusation hung in the air like smoke, making it hard to breathe. Zuko cleared his throat. "I commanded. She obeyed."

"That remains to be-"

Ozai cut off abruptly as a roar of water thundered up from the bank. Like the head of a sea serpent, the glimmering tear-shape surfaced, then parted from the lake to loom before the tiny shadowy figure standing on the dock. She shifted, and the water surged around her, building speed and power.

Even though he had witnessed Katara do things more spectacular than this, Zuko had to remind himself to blink. The sight was impressive - but something was different. Some nuance of her posture or tension had changed, and it made her strikes harder, her ice sharper. Even as he dismissed the thought and instead shot an assessing look at his father, disquiet settled in his gut like a lump of cold clay.

Ozai watched Katara move through the stances, his eyes perhaps a little wider than usual but giving no other sign of his thoughts. Zuko looked past him at Azula, whose smirk had only grown. That was no more satisfying than Ozai's reaction.

The nobles, on the other hand, were silent, transfixed. When Katara whipped the air over the pavilions, the silk shimmied and the posts shuddered from the resonant crack. Most of the audience flinched. It was almost enough to bring a smile to Zuko's face.

Almost.

Instead, his eyes were drawn back down to the slim girl shifting through the postures on the dock as a massive stream whirled around her. The magnitude of her power only made him more aware of how small she was, how vulnerable to the dangers of this place. Despite all that had changed between them, despite the way she had crushed his heart, she was still a girl alone, surrounded by her enemies. She might not like it, but she needed him now more than ever. She was depending on him to find a way to free her.

It gave Zuko a terrible feeling, a soft warmth in his chest and a sick fire in his throat. He could no more shirk his duty to her than his duty to his people. One way or another, he would keep her safe, and he would find a way to set her free.

"Such raw power," Ozai said softly, darkly. His eyes cut over to Zuko. "And you defeated her in this state."

"I- What? No!"

Belatedly, Zuko noticed Azula watching him with narrowed eyes and realized his error. Ozai cast her a deceivingly mild frown.

"It seems there was some miscommunication in your correspondence, Azula."

She smiled pleasantly. "Zuko is only being modest, Father. True, taking down the waterbender was a team effort-" Her eyes locked on Zuko and held with meaningful intensity- "but Zuko did most of the fighting. Didn't you, brother?"

Technically, it was true. Zuko had been the one to stand in Katara's way at every step. He had been the one to get thrashed. His ribs still ached sometimes in remembrance.

But even though it was technically true, Zuko felt like a liar when he confirmed it aloud. Ozai examined him with a suspicious light in his eyes, but Zuko only watched Katara enter the final movements of her sequence, her water beginning to calm from its previous fury.

"She only stopped to save her brother," he said abruptly. "If we had not had Sokka, Katara would have released the Avatar and sunk the ship."

"That," Azula supplied, "is why Zuko insists we must keep the brother in a secure location, though I should think the prison tower is secure enough for one non-bender."

"Perhaps." Ozai's voice was quiet, thoughtful. Zuko could see from the corner of his eye that he, too, was watching Katara. "But as to whether the prison tower is secure enough to keep out something like that…"

Katara's stream split in two, redirecting to whirl around the dock and recombine with a resounding crash.

"I admit to harboring some doubts," Azula pressed, "but Zuko believes the waterbender is too honorable to break her oath."

"She is." Zuko shot Azula a look as hard as the words. "But Katara isn't the only threat. If either of the other two manage to get free, they will take Sokka with them when they leave the city. Then it really will just be her oath holding her here."

"Don't be ridiculous. The Avatar is chained up in the prison Grandfather Azulon built and the earthbender is easily enough trapped in a wooden room in the palace."

Zuko blinked. He had been trying very hard to avoid all thoughts of the Avatar - remembering his last sight of the kid chained to the prison wagon only caused him more turmoil - but it had not even occurred to him that Toph had truly been trapped this entire week. She had visited her friends secretly aboard the ship, after all. Zuko had only assumed that she was biding her time, plotting her escape for some perfect moment. It seemed he had removed the little earthbender from his list of troubles prematurely.

His stomach dropped and he gritted his teeth. "Underestimating any one of them would be a mistake. Sokka won't be secure until we send him out of the city."

"If that is your recommendation," Ozai said, his sharp eyes fixed on Zuko, "then it will be done."

Zuko sat back an inch, feeling as if his foot had come down on firm ground when he had half expected to fall. Somehow, it was not a pleasant feeling. Perhaps because Azula peered at him past their father with a trace of annoyance penetrating her bored expression. Perhaps because Sokka's departure from the city was only going to make it harder for Toph to free him later.

Zuko fought hard against the urge to pinch the bridge of his nose.

"You were both right," Ozai said after a silent moment. He was peering down at the lake with a pleased light in his eyes. "The waterbender will be quite useful."

Everyone under the pavilions watched as Katara reached the final pose, guiding the massive stream of water back to its resting place with more power than Zuko remembered from his last sight of the form. Waves expanded out from the spot, and by the light of the moon, he could see how they reached all the way across the lake. He could see the way Katara paused, her thin shoulders rising and falling with her breath until she spun on her heel and came marching back up the incline.

This time, the nobles cleared a wide path for her before she even came near the pavilions.

.


.

Their eyes followed Katara through the rest of the evening, then through the litter ride back to the palace, and the walk to her apartment. Even hours later, lying in her bed in the dark of her room and listening to her maids' breathing grow deep and steady, she saw them still. Yellow, gold, tawny, fawn - the eyes of monsters, widened with wonder or fear or hunger, all fixed on her.

Katara slipped from her bed, pressing her bare toes to the polished floorboards with each step to the door and then out into the larger apartment. She knew these rooms so well now, especially in the dark. She knew just how far she could walk the hall before Roshu would stir. Instead, Katara walked the circumference of the tea room until she had lost count of the times her fingertips had trailed along the new wallpaper.

Their eyes followed her still, and walking circles in her apartment only made Katara feel more like a displaced beast on display, pacing behind the bars of her cage. The full moon was descending from its peak now, but its power still flooded her. She could feel the water in the pitcher on her vanity in the next room, shivering just the tiniest bit with her every step. She could feel it in the plants out in the garden, swaying in the faintest breeze.

Katara blinked. Though she could see nothing, she took four steps, raised her hand, and pressed it unerringly against the panel that separated her from the garden. The wood was faintly cool to the touch. Through the crack, Katara felt a breath of fresh night air.

It would be a simple matter to escape the courtyard with the power that thrummed through her tonight. She could strip the water from every plant out there and use it to boost her to the roof. From there she could sneak through one of the windows on the upper level and go find Toph. Maybe she could even help free Aang and Sokka without anyone noticing she was gone.

She slid the panel aside, baring her teeth as light poured over her face and outstretched throat. Katara swallowed, gulped in a few breaths of the scents of earth and plants. A distant chorus of insect song hummed from beyond the palace walls, and a few lone voices sang back and forth across the small courtyard. Above, the moon was radiant, beaming across the clear sky, dampening the lesser glows of stars.

Down the hall, the door to the antechamber scraped open. Roshu's sleep-roughened voice came out of the dark. "Stop where you are."

Katara didn't even look in his direction. Half smug and half defiant, she stepped down onto the soft grass. Dew had begun to form, and it tickled and lapped at her feet, wetting the tops of her toes.

Katara had just a few seconds to enjoy the sensation before the thump of hurried feet announced Roshu's pursuit. She turned to face him where he loomed in the doorway, and even though she had to crane her neck to look up at him, and even though she wasn't sure what she was about to say or do, her scowl was ferocious. Roshu pulled up short, hesitant but still unwilling to let her go.

"Lieutenant," came a voice from the garden.

Katara spun around so fast she nearly fell. Zuko stepped out from beneath the small tree where the shadows had hidden him. Beyond him, Katara noticed for the first time that the panels on the far wall all stood open to reveal the apartment beyond, softly lit by the glow of a single oil lamp positioned on the edge of the walkway.

"Prince Zuko," Roshu uttered, and though Katara didn't turn to look at him, she could hear the rustle of his clothing as he bowed. "My apologies, your highness - I did not realize… I thought the princess was attempting an escape."

Katara narrowed her eyes and returned her focus to Zuko, who was looking at the man lingering behind her. The prince had changed out of his evening finery, but the robes he wore were still of clear quality, draping his broad shoulders and stretching all the way down to the curled toes of his shoes. His expression, on the other hand, remained the same grim frown he had worn through the end of the party.

"She isn't," he ground out. "Leave us."

Katara listened to Roshu's murmured acquiescence, then his receding footsteps. Zuko's eyes slid as he watched the guard leave. Then, they snapped to her. Katara met him frown for frown.

"You did well tonight," he said abruptly, a little too quickly. His brow knotted and he glanced to one side. "For the most part."

Katara bent forward slightly, clenching her fists at her sides. "You mean your snooty friends were impressed by the show? Good, because that was really preying on my mind."

"They aren't my friends," Zuko snapped. "And yeah, they were impressed. Most of them have never seen a waterbender of any real power - and these are people who respect power, Katara. In the interest of ethical treatment for your people, tonight was a good first step." His scowl faded slightly, twisting into disbelief. Hope. "Unless… you really were about to escape."

"Hardly!" Katara could hear the false note in her own voice, and it only made her angrier. "I'd like to see how you enjoy being paraded around for idle rich people to laugh at."

Zuko wavered just for an instant, then dropped his eyes and shrugged, scowling again. "You just have to get past it. We need to discuss Toph-"

"I'm sorry, did you just tell me to get over it?"

"Past it. You can't let yourself get upset over Fire Court games or they'll only tear you down-"

Katara stalked the three steps between them and jabbed him hard in the chest. "You don't get to tell me what to feel. I may be a slave, but you can't command my feelings."

Zuko glared down at her. "I'm just trying to keep you safe."

Katara stood in place, glaring back up at him, until she noticed the heat radiating off of his body. She hadn't realized she'd gotten so close, but only handspans separated their chests and, where her finger was still stabbed against his breastbone, Zuko hadn't stepped back. He hardly seemed to be breathing at all. He only stared sourly back down at her, but the sourness faded as the seconds ticked past.

Katara snatched her hand away and took a long step backward. "If you really wanted to help me," she quietly snapped, "you'd set me free."

"I'm working on it." Zuko sighed and raised a hand toward his face, then stopped midway and dropped it. "But you have to cultivate status and respect first. If I freed you before your honorable compliance was widely known, it'd look like I was colluding with the Water Tribe."

"Because you are," Katara put in with no small amount of venom. "I'm Water Tribe. You're colluding with me to arrange my escape. That's what this is."

Zuko shot her an affronted look that swiftly turned to anger. She folded her arms over her chest and tipped her head to one side, raising one eyebrow in challenge.

"This," Zuko said through bared teeth, "has nothing to do with the Water Tribe or my loyalty to my Nation. It's between you and me. Don't mince words with me."

She glowered back at him. "Oh, I'm sorry. Is that out of line for a slave? The list of things I'm not supposed to do is so long, sometimes parts just slip my mind."

"Katara-" He glared at her, and her name came out half-growled and half-sighed- "however it might sting your pride, you must be seen performing your duties - by the court, and by the people - so that it will be believable that you have earned your freedom through honor and strength of character. Otherwise everyone will just think I set you free to get rid of you, because you couldn't do this with dignity and because I-"

He looked away, his mouth twisting, and let the rest of it go unspoken. Katara did not know, could not have guessed, how the words skittered through his head and gnawed at his heart.

And because I'm too weak to keep you under control like my father would.

Katara only glared a moment more, then let her eyes slide off the brooding prince so that she could peer for a silent moment up at the moon. She felt their stares again, felt their laughter like a chill, and tightened her arms across her chest.

"Let me get this straight," she said softly. "The only way you can ever hope to set me free without damaging your reputation is if those people - the elites of the Fire Nation, who see me only as a curiosity to be mocked, feared, and used - can be convinced that I make a nice, agreeable slave."

"That you keep your oaths," Zuko corrected.

Katara shut her eyes and drew a deep breath. She knew in her heart that there was a way through this - because there was a way through every dark time. Through the war, through losing her mother, there was always a way to keep moving forward until she reached solid ground again. Katara knew it was there, but for all she believed, she couldn't see it.

And with her eyes closed, she did not see Zuko stare at the faint pained lines around her face. She did not see him flinch, then rally himself back to a glare.

"I know you don't trust me," he said abruptly, low and fierce, "and that's fine. I'll see this through on my own. All I need from you is one thing."

Unsure where the intensity had come from, Katara frowned back at him. His hard, down-turned mouth, his burning yellow eyes. He spoke slowly, each word sharp enough to cut.

"Don't use that snide tone of voice with me, especially in front of my father, ever again."

Katara had thought that she was past vulnerability with him, that nothing he did could hurt her more. Now she blinked, taken aback by his cruelty - that he would kick her when she was so low, that he would strip away even the scraps of her dignity - but taken aback even more by the sick downward lurch of her own stupid heart.

She looked away and, out of habit, smoothed her face into the expressionless mask of a slave. Her voice emerged surprisingly level, considering her insides felt wrung tight as wet rags. "Fine. Was there something else?"

"No. Nothing."

Katara pressed her lips together and watched his scowl slide off to one side. "You wanted to discuss Toph."

Zuko was silent for a second, then stiffened his posture to peer imperiously down his nose at her. "A discussion isn't necessary. I'm handling it."

"If there's anything I can do to help-"

"You can't help. Anything you do now will only make it harder for me to free you later."

Katara did not flinch, but it cut her to the quick, because it was true. There was nothing she could do for Toph and the others if she wanted to try to help her people within the Fire Nation. All she could do was appear in Zuko's shadow, an accommodating instrument, and wait for him to take action. The helplessness was an ugly flood though her, and she sank her fingers into the only solid thing she could get a grip on.

"I hate you."

The words just popped out, but Katara let them linger in her mouth, weighed their cold honesty like pebbles of ice under her tongue. Zuko blinked, his eyes catching a glimmer of moonlight as they widened in an expression that Katara had seen on Sokka's face when her ice spear had punched through his body.

As quickly as it appeared, the look was gone and Zuko was scowling harder than before. "Yeah? I can't wait for the day you go free. I hope you go back to that giant block of ice you came from so I never have to see you again. But until then-" He stabbed out his entire arm to point past her at her apartment- "stay out of my garden at night."

Tight-lipped and stiff-backed, Katara nodded and turned to go. She slipped silently through the door to the dark rooms beyond, then slammed the panel shut as hard as she could.

On the other side, unseen, Zuko glared at the spot where she had just stood, fists trembling at his sides. Once again, he was a blocked steam pipe, a breath from bursting. But now, alone in his own garden, he was free to, if he chose, turn in a brilliant wheel of fire and punch a raging blast into the nearest thicket of plants.

He could picture it very clearly, the blinding light, the cleansing heat. For a moment, it would feel good. Then the servants would come, wide-eyed and tense, and Yotsu would ask if he needed anything, as if the garden wasn't on fire. Gardeners would be alerted. Plants would be replaced without comment.

And on the other side of her stupid panel wall, Katara would have the satisfaction of hearing the blast, and in it she would hear the full measure of the power she still had to hurt him, idiot that he was.

The silence in the garden stretched, cooled. A leaf-insect trilled from the jasmine climbing one wall of the courtyard. Finally, Zuko shut his eyes and drew a great breath, letting it out in the slow, controlled release it took to extinguish a fire. For hours more that night he paced the garden in the dark, rubbing his chest through the stiff silk of his robes.

Chapter Text

The next day, after Katara had sat brooding over her morning tea, Yotsu arrived. It had never happened before, so Katara wasn't sure what it meant, or what the maids whispered about as they adorned her in the plain but high quality silks she had come to perceive as normal. Then she was shunted out the door and hustled, with Yotsu ahead and Roshu following at a short distance, around several corridors until they rounded a final corner and Katara found herself staring at Zuko.

He wore a dark tunic with a stiff, high collar and rich yellow trim - still formal, always formal, but not so ornate as what he had worn at the party. Katara focused on what their level of dress might mean about where they were going rather than look at his face. Still, she could feel his frown as he watched her approach.

He did not speak. Instead, he turned on his heel and began marching away. At a subtle gesture from Yotsu, Katara hastened to follow. She fell in two steps behind him, as was proper for a slave.

Zuko led the way out of the palace by the massive front entrance and descended the broad open stair to a waiting palanquin. Katara followed and allowed the attendants to guide her to her place, a lower level to one side of and slightly behind the large platform. Zuko assumed his seat at the center, elevated by a few inches and surrounded by cushions that his rigidly straight spine did not touch. The gauzy curtains were released to obscure the passengers from view and then the bearers hefted the palanquin from the ground and hustled off at a brisk pace.

Katara watched the passing city, trying to pretend she was untroubled by the silence within the veils. From the corner of her eye, she spied Roshu following still, part of a small contingent of guards. Zuko did not speak or even, as far as she could tell with her eyes averted, look at her. It should have been a relief not to speak to him, but it only made her more tense.

They took a turn onto an avenue with fine houses lining both sides, the tiles of their curved roofs all the same deep red-brown. The houses and grounds grew larger as they proceeded, until each house was palatial in its own right, separated from its neighbors by wide expanses of courtyards and gardens and manicured woodlands.

At last, they turned down a long drive that climbed the wall of the crater and approached a house half-hidden behind a well-tended stand of trees. They arrived before large double doors, already opening to receive them. Zuko climbed down from the palanquin the moment it settled. Again, Katara followed without a word. To her surprise, Roshu remained with the other guards in the drive. When she stole a backward glance at him, he was watching her with a disgruntled but resigned air.

Servants in livery incrementally less fine than those of the palace ushered Zuko to a tasteful sitting room, where a man in resplendent robes stood waiting, ready to bow the instant Zuko stepped over the threshold.

"Your highness! I am most honored by your visit!"

Zuko did not bow. Katara gazed blankly at the floor by his boot and supposed that princes were too good for petty shows of courtesy.

"Lord Gan," he said, and no more.

Lord Gan smiled, resuming his full height. He was a man of middling years with no hint of grey in his brown hair and, Katara noticed absently, a ring on every other finger. "Please, sit with me and enjoy the view of my humble grounds," he said, gesturing toward the two chairs arranged side by side to face the open side of the room.

Much like the panels in Katara's apartment, the wall had been slid aside to reveal the manicured slope and, beyond, a view of the city. The breath caught in her throat at the sight. At a distance, the reds and browns were gentled and the hard edges softened by the humid morning air. It was lovely, for such an awful place. She looked away from the sight quickly, fighting a scowl.

Zuko settled into one chair but did not sit back. He didn't even slouch. Katara assumed the proper position behind his left shoulder and, from the corner of her eye, watched him frown out at the sloping landscape. "A pleasing outlook," he said, his tone as rigid as his posture.

Lord Gan settled into the other seat. "My thanks, your highness, but I can hardly take credit. I patronize a little company from the lower city that only employs veterans of Azulon's war. I find the view infinitely improved by the satisfaction of supporting a good cause."

"Veterans," Zuko said quietly.

"Yes, your highness. It is most unfortunate, the way our veterans are treated when their service has rendered them too damaged to function in Fire Nation society. But my opinions on such matters are widely known - and come across rather dull next to tales of wartime heroics. I should not wish to bore you."

Zuko's silence stretched and, even though Katara couldn't see his face, she could tell his frown had only deepened. "It seems your opinions are not known to me."

"A rare opportunity for me, then! I have thoroughly exhausted all of my acquaintances on the topic, but if your highness has no objection, I would be delighted to… go on and on, as my wife puts it."

"On the contrary," Zuko said, turning an assessing look on the noble, "I'd like to hear what you have to say."

"Excellent! Then let us have refreshments to accompany our dry talk."

With a wave of his hand, Lord Gan summoned a servant with a tea tray. The placid-faced woman who settled it on the table between the two chairs lifted the pot with uncommon grace and filled the two cups, then bowed and hastened from the room.

Lord Gan was already fully engrossed in his talk of slums and a "homeless presence" in Harbor City, and he showed no signs of letting up. He spoke so rapidly that Katara had trouble keeping up when he moved on to taxes and percentages and resources. Zuko, to her surprise, seemed fully prepared for this conversation. He asked unexpected questions and offered up some statistics that Katara was fairly sure he had not made up.

"…so you do see why I say the numbers suggest that the situation is improving." He met the noble's eye as he spoke. "The instances of veterans reported to be living in the streets has gone down. That's the definition of improvement. How can you still claim the situation is out of control?"

"Forgive my obstinence," Lord Gan said, sitting back easily in his chair, "but how do you explain that figure when, by all accounts, government-funded support has been cut almost in half over the past eight years? More Fire Nation citizens serve overseas now than ever before, and yet the number of injured survivors to return has reduced. Assuming the numbers are being reported correctly, and that conditions and practices of war have not changed drastically in the past decade, where did all of the wounded veterans go?"

Zuko looked away from the older man to frown out at the city and, for a long moment, said nothing.

At length, Lord Gan resumed describing his pending proposal for some kind of oversight on some bureau with a long name that was confusingly similar to a different bureau he had mentioned earlier. Katara struggled to follow the flow of the conversation, frowning down at the tea tray as she focused on their voices, until Zuko set down his empty cup with a slightly-too-loud tap.

And, just like that, Katara realized why she was here. Forgetting herself, she flashed a glare at the back of Zuko's head, then bent to refill both cups. She tugged back her sleeve and bent her wrist as the glimmer crane bends its neck to drink, and grasped the handle as she would the hand of a child, and all the rest of it.

It was only when she settled the pot back in its place, spout carefully positioned, that she realized Lord Gan had paused his latest monologue. His eyes were fixed on her wrist, narrowed slightly in thought. Suddenly embarrassed, Katara snatched her hand away from the teapot.

"Something weighing on your mind, Lord Gan?"

Zuko's voice cut the silence like the slow slide of a very sharp knife. Even with her eyes averted, Katara could see how he watched the noble. She could see Lord Gan's nervous smile.

"I was merely marveling at the honor you do me," he said, so smoothly that Katara thought perhaps she had been mistaken about this man being nervous. "An exotic princess to pour my own tea, in my own home. And yet-" His teeth flashed in a faint grin- "despite her dainty wrists and fetching blush, I cannot help but recall that this is the very same bender from the lake, standing at my back to serve, while your highness entices me to speak openly of my beliefs on a topic that has become rather… incendiary of late. Were I at all a secretive man, I should be hard pressed one way or another to keep my head."

Katara watched, hardly daring to breathe as a stiff silence fell. Zuko held the noble's gaze and neither man moved for a long beat.

From outside, there came a distant sound of a small child laughing. Lord Gan's smile returned, broad and bright. "Luckily for me, I strive for right action and live my life in the light of day. Might I prevail upon you to meet my wife and son, Prince Zuko?"

"Thank you-" Zuko rose from his chair, and Lord Gan followed suit- "but I have to go. Another time."

"Of course! I should think you hardly have a moment to rest. It seems everyone I speak to has an appointment with your highness, or is making some attempt to gain your ear."

"Yes… The Minister of the Royal Household informs me that my days are booked through the next four weeks."

"Then I shall understand if you are forced to decline my next invitation - although, I do very much look forward to talking with you again, Prince Zuko." He paused in Zuko's path, meeting his eye with a slight duck of his chin. "It would be my honor to welcome you back to my home."

"I'll remember that." Zuko's eyes locked with the noble's once more, and Katara frowned faintly, trying to grasp what wasn't quite being said. There were no hints, though, and the moment soon passed.

Lord Gan saw them back to the drive and saluted with a single upraised hand as they climbed into the palanquin and rode away. Katara sat in silence until they emerged on the street once more, then turned to fully look at Zuko.

"What was that all about?"

"Politics," he said absently, still frowning straight ahead.

"Tea and loaded silences and using me as a… I don't even know - a distraction? A threat? That's just politics?"

Zuko amped up his frown and turned it on her. "Yes. It is. And if you don't like your role in it, that's tough. You don't get to choose your duty."

Katara stared back at him for a tenuous moment, somehow still surprised that he could be so callous. Finally, she snatched her gaze away and stared out at the fine houses all tidy in a row. There was an enormous pressure behind her eyes but she swallowed it back. She refused to cry in front of him.

"It's not so easy, is it?" Zuko asked, quiet and furious. "Choosing your people over your own selfish feelings."

Katara did not look back at him, and she did not think about how he might mean to do more than hurt her with the question. "It's not fun, but it'd be a whole lot less horrible if you would quit being so cruel."

"I'm cruel." Zuko let out a breathless, mirthless laugh. "Yeah, that makes sense."

Katara held to the silence, wrapping her arms loosely around her middle. At length, Zuko turned back to face the front. He scowled at his knee for a moment, then straightened and went on in a less nasty tone.

"A lot gets worked out in tea rooms. Nobles don't always want to air grievances in an open setting, where everything they say goes into the peerage's personal record books. Nobles like Gan want to meet me to see where I stand on their interests and whether I'll be useful to them in swaying my father to their causes." He let out a deep breath. "It's actually good that you're going with me because these people need every chance to see you following through with your oath."

Katara's mouth twisted, but she didn't speak. This wasn't just about how she was perceived, and Zuko knew that. Lord Gan had as good as said it. This was about Zuko showing off his domesticated waterbender, and intimidating nobles with her power, which was his power, because she was his possession.

It did not occur to her that this arrangement might not have been his idea to begin with.

Katara only glowered through the veil at the sun-drenched city. Then the palanquin took a turn and her stomach fell.

"We aren't going back to the palace," she said, half asking and half despairing.

"Other appointments," Zuko said grimly. He paused, glancing sideways at her, and unclenched his jaw. "Look, this isn't fun for me, either. Just… pour the tea and let me focus."

Katara shut her eyes, guessing the number of hours until midday, until night. All of them she would spend trapped beside and slightly behind Zuko, pouring his tea and listening to his impenetrable conversations while rich strangers stole glances at her. The thought was enough to make her a little ill.

She fumbled at a fold in her tunic and slid her fingers to the hidden pocket where she kept her mother's necklace and Sokka's severed wolftail. Since Sian's dismissal, she had not trusted that the items were safe in the apartment, and had invested a lot of energy into keeping them concealed from her maids.

Now, as her fingers closed into a fist around the lock of hair and the ribbon, she felt the power of conviction return. She wouldn't give up. For Sokka, and Aang and Toph, and for her people. She could do this. She would.

When she opened her eyes, Zuko had turned to face her fully, a doubtful frown tugging his aristocratic features downward all around the unchanging mass of his scar. Katara sniffed and raised her chin.

"Of course, your highness. No distractions here."

Zuko frowned at her a moment longer, then looked ahead. He let out another barely audible sigh, and his shoulders incrementally relaxed. Katara sat stiff and straight in place and pretended she had not seen the perspiration dotting his temples.

.


.

After the final appointment of the day, Zuko made his way back to the library, where he reviewed the material from his early-morning lesson and read the sections of books Master Tak had left out for him to look over. He returned to his rooms late in the night, only to receive an unnecessarily long report from Pokui about more minor staffing rearrangements. After that, his servants came to remove his stiff outer robes and fill his basin with water and turn down his sheets.

At last, truly alone for the first time all day, Zuko half-heartedly splashed his face and neck and finally fell upon his bed. He pressed his face into the pillow, blocking out the dim glow of the lamp, but not the memory of her eyes, burning holes in the back of his neck.

She hated him, hated him. He had suspected before, but hearing the words made it real. Knowing for certain made it agonizing to sit just feet away from her, to see her eyes cast down, at anything but him. Given the choice, Zuko would have left her to her apartment and gone about his duties alone - but just like Katara, he didn't have a choice.

Ozai wanted the Fire Court - and in particular the known and suspected dissidents among them - intimately aware of the powerful weapon the Crown Prince commanded. That was why Zuko was traveling the city to the homes of the most influential, courteously arguing the Fire Lord's case while Katara stood behind him like a loaded catapult. It was no surprise that Lord Gan had seen through to the threat, but that he had openly remarked on it was unexpected. Zuko had no doubt that he was hiding something, and speculations about Gao and all of the other nobles he had met with today preyed on his exhausted mind.

His thoughts had just quieted when the bedroom door scraped faintly. For a far-off, drowsy second, Zuko imagined that it was Katara, come to hover behind him, hating him even in his sleep.

But of course, she would not spend a second more in his presence than was required of her.

An instant after the thought occurred to him, Zuko launched to his feet and assumed a bending stance beside his bed. Azula stood casually leaning against the door frame, looking faintly amused.

"Expecting an assassin?"

Zuko straightened from his fighting stance, but he did not relax. "What do you want, Azula?"

"It's a lucky thing for you that I'm not interested in seeing you dead." She examined her nails as if imagining his blood under them in any case. "But I can't promise that I won't change my mind. You do have a terrible habit of making me look bad when I try to do you a favor."

Zuko shut his eyes for a second and rubbed the aching place where his forehead had been wrinkling all day. He had almost forgotten his slip at the party. "I didn't mean to just blurt it out like that-"

"You're my brother, Zuko. All's forgiven."

The look she fixed him with, though, told him that this wasn't actually forgiven. Not at all.

"I came to tell you that I took the liberty of delaying the prison transfer for a few more days. A messenger hawk arrived while you were out drumming up a social life." Azula peered at him with hooded eyes, the tiniest smirk forming at the corner of her mouth. "It seems Uncle has gotten himself captured trying to commandeer your rusty old steamer."

Zuko did not move, but he felt as if he was suddenly falling. Some of his shock must have shown because Azula's smirk bloomed fully.

"His Water Tribe allies abandoned him when they realized the fight was hopeless. Sad, really, that one of the Fire Nation's greatest tactical minds could slip so far in old age."

Zuko blinked and frowned. It didn't sit right with him that Hakoda and the others would flee and leave a friend behind… but how much of a friend was Iroh to them in any case?

Azula watched him, eyes sharper than any hawk's. "Unless you suspect some treachery?"

"No." Zuko did not fidget, and he did not blink, but he couldn't escape the feeling that Azula read something from his face that he did not want her to see. "When will they arrive?"

"The day after tomorrow. Then Uncle and your Water Tribe hostage can share a convoy out to the Boiling Rock." She turned and stood in the threshold, pausing to look back as if a final thought had just occurred to her. "Perhaps no one has told you, but you're looking a little rough around the edges, Zuzu. You have the biggest circles under your- well, circle under your eye, I suppose." She smirked as she withdrew from the room. "Don't neglect your sleep, brother."

Zuko stood by his bed long after the door shut behind her, and when he was certain Azula was gone, he began to pace.

.


.

Katara climbed the massive stairs of the formal entrance to the palace, maintaining two steps below Zuko, as ever. For three days now, she had followed him through an unending schedule of informal teas, minor public appearances, and royal audiences. The last were her favorite, because they stayed in the cool royal receiving hall, away from the scorching sun and stuffy palanquins, and there was no tea to pour. But no matter where they went or what they were doing, it was still expected that Katara bow her head with placid comportment. And so, with all the determination she could muster, she sat beside and slightly behind Zuko all day, each day, and fulfilled the terms of her oath.

Since their talk in the palanquin, she had not spoken to him and he had not spoken to her. They had ridden throughout Caldera and walked the corridors of the palace to his appointments, always endeavoring not to look at each other. It was as if they had secretly agreed on it.

A part of Katara still wanted to tell him what an incredible jerk he was, but she couldn't help being a little relieved as their silent truce settled in like packed snow. Silence was a kind of freedom when the only words she could speak were a slave's words, and when she could only speak them in a slave's quiet voice. Katara wrapped herself in a protective mask and layers of formality as concealing as the layers of silk she wore, and she waited.

It was near midday, so she expected to return to her rooms for the usual brief lunch. To her surprise, as she followed Zuko through the main entryway, he took a sudden turn. Katara hesitated. Behind her, she heard Roshu rumble quietly.

"Keep up, Princess."

Zuko paused in the broad corridor he had turned down and looked back at her. Katara met his stare by accident, and her stomach gave an immediate lurch. Perhaps it was the weariness written clearly on his face - a thing never hinted at by his unflagging posture or his alert conversation at appointments - or perhaps it was the carefully neutral expression he wore.

Of course, any expression that wasn't a flavor of anger was bound to be jarring by now. Katara lowered her eyes and stifled the urge to curl her lip. Zuko gestured with his chin toward the corridor, turning to keep walking even as he spoke.

"Come on."

Katara followed him into an unfamiliar part of the palace. They climbed a sweeping stair into one of the towers and, halfway down a final corridor, a startled-looking attendant opened a door for them.

"Miss Bei Fong," Zuko said as he entered. "I hope you'll excuse the intrusion."

Katara snapped upright and stared. Sitting with her elbows on the low table in the middle of the room, her unseeing eyes wide with shock, was Toph. She straightened up slowly, and when she spoke, her voice flickered between piping incredulity and the high, uncertain tone of a little blind girl.

"Prince Zuko? What are- I mean, to what do I owe the honor of this visit?"

"As an esteemed hostage of high standing, you are entitled to certain acts of regard," Zuko recited smoothly. "I've come to pay my respects to the scion of an old and much-respected house. Please allow me to attend you at lunch." He turned his attention briefly to the maid stationed in the room and sent her to procure a meal. Then he strode across the room and sat at the table across from the little earthbender.

Toph's eyes narrowed, and her ears shifted slightly as she listened to the sounds of the room.

Katara hesitated, very aware of Roshu guarding the door behind her, then followed Zuko. She fixed her eyes on her proper place, to one side and behind him, and heat flared through her face. Sitting in a slave's place in front of Toph, even though everyone knew it was all for appearances' sake, suddenly filled her with virulent shame.

But, as she approached, Zuko stopped her with a look she chose not to meet.

"Sit with us."

It was quiet, but it was a command. Katara wasn't sure whether to be relieved or angry, and for a second only succeeded in frowning at the floor.

"Who's that?" Toph turned her head slightly, trying to get a fix on the people in the room.

"Princess Katara is joining us for this special occasion," Zuko said flatly.

"Katara?" Toph squeaked, and the smile that burst onto her face made all the frozen parts in Katara thaw at once.

She sat down hard on the bare floor next to Toph's cushion and threw her arms around her friend. The earthbender stiffened for a second, then hugged her back with a whisper into her shoulder.

"Someone else is here."

"Just Roshu." Katara sniffed and held tighter to her friend's smaller frame, whispering even more softly. "I'm so glad you're okay. When you didn't come, I knew something was wrong. We have to-"

Zuko cleared his throat. He sat across the table from them, watching with a faintly annoyed frown. Katara shot him a dirty look, but she released Toph and sat back to put a little distance between them.

A furrow formed in Toph's brow and she narrowed her eyes as if listening to something no one else could hear. Listening to them. Katara felt another flush of embarrassment.

"How has your stay been?" Zuko asked after a beat of awkward silence. "Are you comfortable?"

"Are you kidding? I've never had it so good. I thought we had nice stuff back home, but this stuff-" Toph gave him a slightly sinister grin. "This is some real nice stuff."

"Yeah," Zuko said quietly, "I've heard about your new-found appreciation for blown glass. Azula tells me that you've accidentally dropped enough artisan works to double your ransom."

"How am I supposed to enjoy them aesthetically if I don't pick them up and hold them?" She waved a hand in front of her face.

Katara grinned at that innocent voice, at the idea of Toph breaking anything accidentally. "Yeah, I mean, she's blind. You can't really blame her for a few knick-knacks."

She turned back to find Zuko watching her with a distant look on his face. She could not have guessed, because he gave no outward sign of it, but a terrible ache lanced through him as he watched her smile wilt at the sight of him.

"No," he conceded quietly. "I can't."

Katara felt her smile fade, and looked away, looked down. This had been normal not so long ago, but it was too strange and too painful to try and behave normally. It was impossible to force out weak jokes and pretend that things had not irrevocably changed. She turned back to Toph, who had that intense listening expression on her face again.

The maid returned with a light lunch of noodles and chopped vegetables in a salty, spicy sauce. It was good, but Katara picked at hers, preferring instead to chat with Toph once the maid was gone again. Zuko was quiet after he dismissed her, pretending to be wholly focused on his food. Katara was wise to the pretense, but she let herself try and forget that he was there anyway. She told Toph about the garden and the city and then, in slightly veiled language, about the full moon party.

Toph snorted at one point, though she had been careful to mostly remain a proper lady in front of Roshu. In an undertone, she murmured, "I'll bet you scared the starch out of their fussy britches, didn't you?"

"Well." Katara smiled wistfully. "Maybe a little."

"A lot, actually."

She did not look up at Zuko when he spoke, but the pleasure drained from her face. He had to have seen - he was looking at her, had been looking at her through most of the meal - but he still went on.

"If any among the Fire Court had convinced themselves that waterbending was a weak art, Katara's demonstration set them straight."

Katara grew hot-faced and frowned down at her plate. He sounded pleased, righteous, and she couldn't help thinking how it had been his decision, not hers, to put on that display. It had been his command, his idea, his bid for power by inspiring fear. Katara had only been his tool.

To Zuko, watching her duck her head and blush angrily, she looked as if she was refusing to accept what little progress they had managed on her behalf. He glared at her, confused and frustrated by her unreasonable expectations.

Toph's eyes narrowed as she listened to the silence. Her mouth twisted to one side. "Help a blind girl out, your highness. The Princess is either gloating really quietly - which is pretty unlike her - or she didn't have fun at the party at all. Why is that?"

Katara could feel Zuko's glare on her, but she refused to look at him. Instead, she gazed blankly down at the uneaten food before her. Zuko let out an irritated breath. "The only people having fun at that party were the nobles who drank and talked all night. It wasn't supposed to be fun."

"Besides," Katara put in quietly, looking at Toph and pointedly not Zuko. She spoke carefully but could not keep the bitterness entirely from her voice. "Slaves don't have fun. It's improper."

Toph blinked straight ahead, then scoffed. "Right. Okay. I get it. You-" She snapped up a hand to point in Zuko's general direction- "have got to-"

"Go," Zuko interrupted sharply. "Yes. I have many appointments this afternoon, including a very significant audience. But I have a gift for you, first."

He sent Roshu - who stepped out into the corridor to send a footman - to summon Yotsu. As the Lieutenant was leaving, Katara stole a glance up at Zuko and noted the tension on his face. Toph just rolled her eyes and, while they were alone, grabbed Zuko's wrist where it rested on the table. Katara stared, a little surprised by the sudden contact.

"Listen here, Prince Noodle-head. You think you can make Katara all quiet and miserable and then bribe me into ignoring it?"

He glowered at her hand and tugged his wrist but her grip didn't slide. "Stop it. You're going to blow our cover."

"Don't be such a lily-liver. Tell Katara you're sorry."

"For what?" He hissed through his teeth, half glaring at her and half watching the door. "For doing what I have to do to get her out of here? For making her miserable? Of course she's miserable! I'm miserable! Duty isn't supposed to be a good time."

"This is about more than duty and you know it."

The door creaked as Roshu returned and Toph instantly unhanded Zuko. They both sat perfectly straight, the very picture of young nobility on a social call. Katara watched it all with her heart in her throat. Toph, however, just gave a tittering laugh.

"And how well we all know that it is the onus of the mighty to see to the wellbeing of those under our care. Classic noblesse oblige."

"Noblesse oblige." Zuko frowned, lofty and unhappy. "Thank you, Miss Bei Fong, for that… thoughtful recitation."

"Anytime, your highness," Toph replied through her smiling teeth.

Servants arrived bearing a narrow litter, to which was rigged a large golden box with a small clock face. Katara took one look and sat transfixed in wonder and distaste. It was garish and ornate, with many tiny golden figures lined up in rigid rows. The servants - it took four to carry the weight and the stout litter sagged between them - bent as one to settle the hefty burden in a space near the wall that Yotsu deemed appropriate.

"My gift," Zuko said, though his grandiose tone fell a bit flat. "This clock was a prized possession of King Bau, who ruled the western Earth Kingdom seventy-three years ago. My great grandfather defeated him and claimed the clock as a prize of war. Now, I give it to you, Miss Bei Fong. May its chime recall to you the proud history of your people."

As if on command, the clock struck the hour. The gears within began an additional whir and the sweet plucked notes of a song emerged. Several of the little square figures on the front of the clock twirled in an intricate dance in time with the music, then all went still in their original places.

Toph's smile had faded to a grimace as the tune plunked along. "You shouldn't have."

"By all means," Zuko said, only a little dryly, "feel free to… enjoy it aesthetically. This piece of art won't break, and I doubt you could knock it over. You see-"

Toph had climbed to her feet and made her way over with her fingers outstretched. The instant she touched the metal surface, her unseeing eyes widened.

"-the case is made of solid gold."

Katara stared, as taken aback as Toph. Her stare slipped unbidden to Zuko, who sat across the table, one corner of his mouth tugging slightly upward as he watched Toph realize what his gift meant.

It was her escape. He was giving her a tool she could use to break out of these rooms, and he had done it boldly and openly. Finally, Toph could free the others, and Katara would be able to stop worrying about Sokka and Aang and whatever dank cells they had been stuck in.

Zuko's eyes slid to her, and for once Katara did not look away. She did not think to veil her expression, did not shut her hanging jaw or smooth her puckered brow or stop staring at him. The not-quite-smile faded from his face, replaced by a look that was harder to read.

"Oh, Prince Zuko," Toph said from where she stood, admiring the golden clock - which was slightly more than half her height and a few times wider at the base - with the palms of both hands. "You really shouldn't have."

Zuko climbed abruptly to his feet. "I do hope the gesture will make the remainder of your stay with us more pleasant."

"It already has." None of the servants knew her well enough to hear the sinister undercurrent in her voice, but Katara did. It nearly made her smile. But Toph had turned around, and she was not smiling at all. "You can't be getting up to go already."

"I must. I've already stayed longer than I intended and will be forced to cancel my early afternoon appointment."

He gestured to Yotsu, who bowed and stepped from the room, probably hurrying to send a messenger. Katara climbed reluctantly to her feet, knowing that an escape from one appointment could only mean they were due at another.

"That is a pity," Toph said. "I do feel terribly guilty for keeping you."

"I think Lady Tam Rao will understand my postponement. I am expected to stand at attendance on an important audience in just an hour…"

He did not emphasize the words, but he came to join Toph where she still stood with one hand pressed against the clock. Very deliberately, he traced one of the reliefs at the top.

"You were fond of my uncle, as I recall. He has arrived in the city and I am to witness him face the Fire Lord for his treason."

Toph stiffened, and Katara snapped her eyes to Zuko to catch the look on his face, to see if he might be signaling her in some way. After all, Iroh had last been seen with her father; the capture of one could easily mean the capture of the other.

But Zuko only frowned mildly at the spot where his fingertips rested against the clock, pausing for a beat before going on.

"Don't worry about him. He's expected to join Prince Sokka's prison convoy shortly after the audience. They'll both be kept at the Boiling Rock - as opposed to the Avatar, who will remain here. In any case, I thought you'd like to know what became of your friends."

Toph did not move, and her blind eyes did not blink or widen, but Katara could see how intently she listened. Then she reached out with her off hand and unerringly placed it on Zuko's arm near the elbow. Katara knew now that no one touched royalty unbidden, but maybe the rules were different in the Earth Kingdom, or maybe just for blind girls. In any case, none of the servants standing by batted an eye.

"Thank you. For that, and for the gift and the pleasant visit, and-" Something in her tone shifted, and her smile turned a hint wicked- "most especially for the noodles. It reminded me of the first time we had noodles. Do you remember?"

Zuko stiffened. "Yes."

"Grandfather was the only reason you got my help after that. He was very well-spoken in your favor." She paused, her eyes half shut with fond memory. Then she removed her hand from his arm. "I'm glad you haven't forgotten. That's all."

Zuko stood silent for a moment, seemingly frozen, his head still slightly bowed down to address the short girl. In a snap, he straightened and glanced at Katara before fixing his frown on the door. "Time to go."

Figuring the servants could talk all they wanted, Katara swept in to catch Toph in another hug. She seemed to sense this one coming, though, and hugged her back tightly.

"Come find us soon, Splatto," Toph hissed. "I'll make sure we stay close."

"Keep them safe," Katara managed, then sniffed. "Don't let them-"

From the door, Zuko cleared his throat. Katara sighed and withdrew.

"Are you unwell, Prince Zuko?" Toph asked, all innocent concern.

Zuko leveled a chastening look on her and, belatedly realizing it would have no effect, switched his focus to Katara, only to catch her discretely dabbing at her eyes. He looked away, the quality of his frown changing subtly. "It's only a tickle," he grumbled. "Good day."

"Good day, Prince Zuko. Good day, Princess Katara."

Katara hesitated in the doorway, about to follow Zuko out, but looked back instead. "Good day, Toph."

Toph smirked, then a frowning Roshu stepped into Katara's line of sight and she hurried to catch up with Zuko. Her last sight of Toph warmed her, though, and she soon began stealing glances at the prince who walked slightly ahead of her, wondering what other information he might be holding back.

"You looked surprised," he said abruptly, too low for Roshu and the other servants following to hear. "Is it really that shocking to you?"

It took her a second to realize that he was referring to her surprise at the gift, and Toph's impending escape. When she did not answer right away, Zuko looked back at her from the corner of his scarred eye. With his head held so high and the sour twist of his mouth, he seemed to already know the answer. Still, he asked.

"Did you really think I would keep them trapped here?"

Katara, with her face still tipped down, met his stare and held it. "Forgive me if I have trouble believing you'll do anything that doesn't benefit you or the Fire Nation."

"You know my thoughts on the matter. You know I'll keep my word."

"Yeah. When it's convenient," Katara said under her breath.

Zuko rounded on her, glaring. Everyone in the corridor behind her froze, but Katara only met his eye, daring him to contest it. For a second, she thought he would. He loomed over her, scowling down into her face. He opened his mouth with an unpleasant twist.

"Prince Zuko!" Yotsu's voice came from the corridor through which they had just passed, and the taps of his running footsteps rapidly followed.

Katara glared back at Zuko until, finally, he directed his attention to his valet. Yotsu arrived, breathing hard but stubbornly displaying all the proper courtesies. His bow was perhaps brief, but deep, and as he straightened he presented Zuko with a sealed scroll.

"Your highness, the Fire Lord has been detained by pressing concerns outside the palace. He has commanded that you take his place to deliver General Iroh's sentence."

Zuko took the scroll and broke the seal swiftly, scanning the short block of writing within with the furrow rapidly deepening in his brow. Then, quite suddenly, his eyes widened and his one eyebrow tipped back. Katara watched, a feeling like a stone weighing her stomach. Something had gone terribly wrong.

Chapter 21

Notes:

AN: Thank you for all the reviews and encouragement! I wish I was better about one-on-one responses, but every time I try to tackle it, I feel compelled to make every message unique, and to really express my appreciation for the attention people pay to what I've made, for the way folks pick up on nuances that I've labored over. I want to say something meaningful back, because what you all write is so meaningful to me. So then I wind up so anxious that every response takes me half an hour. :P Maybe that should be my resolution for 2017, getting better at responding to reviews.

Chapter Text

 

Zuko marched toward the throne room, his mind awhirl with the words written on the scroll crumpled in his fist. For the first time in days, he was hardly even aware of Katara following behind him, trotting to keep up. The rustle of her clothing did not even touch the stormy chaos of his thoughts.

...will discuss the matter upon my return...

...I have no doubt that you will perform your duty with the utmost diligence...

...easily entrusted to my loyal son...

...loyal son...

Zuko clenched his teeth as if that might still his thoughts, and only by sheer force of will did he wrestle himself back from wild suspicions. It was not so strange that the Crown Prince should be sent in the Fire Lord's stead to deliver his will. Zuko had already represented his father at some minor functions. It wasn't so strange...

But a judgement on a member of the royal family? There had not been a conviction of treason within the royal family for hundreds of years. The situation demanded the gravity of the Fire Lord's undivided attention, which meant his actual presence. Ozai had condemned Iroh to a lifetime of imprisonment, after all, and even if the old man was a crazy traitor, they were still brothers. What could be more important than looking his brother in the eye when this heavy blow was dealt?

What could possibly be so important that Zuko's father would leave him to preside over this matter, over this man?

...loyal son...

He shook off the thought before it could even solidify in his mind, disgusted with himself. The matter was simple. Iroh was a traitor. Traitors to the Fire Nation were no more than honorless cowards. They didn't deserve sympathy, or great shows of dignity and respect.

...And besides, Toph would free Iroh before the convoy could even leave the city. It wasn't like Zuko was truly condemning the old man to any real suffering.

Not at all...

He arrived in the throne room far too early and sat at his place on the left side of the high platform, stiff as a board and with his pulse hammering in his throat. He did not watch the royal guards assume places by the door and at the base of each pillar in a display of strength, nor did he see Lieutenant Roshu take up a post discretely off to one side, out of sight for the ceremony but near enough to watch his charge. Nor did Zuko notice Katara kneel on the dais behind him, concealed slightly behind the ornate structure built over the Fire Lord's seat.

All that Zuko noticed was the moment his attendants arrived to hurriedly arrange the black armor of the crown prince over his light formal attire. The armor had been made weeks before Zuko had set foot in the capital, cast and hammered to his exact measurements so that it fit him close as a crab's shell. Every time the servants tied the breast and back plates together and lowered the mantle past his head, he felt his chest swell against the steel, buoyed by the pride of his birthright.

But now he felt as if the armor hung off him, as if there was just not enough of him to fill it properly, and he realized suddenly that it had been weeks since he had trained. Iroh, who had always urged him to take proper breaks "to allow the lesson to sink in," would probably be delighted. Zuko banished the thought and scowled.

The second his boots had been replaced, he dismissed the last of the servants with an unintentionally sharp command. Alone on the dais at last, he drew a breath, cleared his mind, and ignited the line of flame that stretched across the throne room.

Katara squeaked behind him, and Zuko startled. He had almost forgotten she was there and, heart banging against the bones of his chest, he shot her a warning look over his shoulder. That was all he needed right now, another of her fits of insubordination.

But Katara only stared blandly down at the floor in her usual stubborn way. Zuko glared at her, but she said nothing. With a faint huff, he turned his scowl on the flames before him, and the still throneroom beyond.

The minutes seemed to crawl by, but then, suddenly, the broad double doors opened to make way for a procession. The soldiers marched loosely, not the tight formation Zuko might have liked to see from his own men, but he brushed the thought aside at once.

In the middle of the escort, the old man approached. He walked slowly, with his head hung forward and his shoulders slumped. His hands were shackled before him and his straggly hair hung loose around his face. His grey beard had grown unkempt and concealed much, but Zuko could spot the weary sag of his eyes and the red in his cheeks even at a distance.

Zuko's hands curled into fists on his thighs. The old man should have been offered a palanquin or a cart, something to spare him the climb up the mountain in the heat of the day. But in the next breath, Zuko forced his hands flat again. He had a purpose here, a duty to perform. He would not be distracted from the Fire Lord's justice.

He was a loyal son.

The escort brought the prisoner before the throne and stopped, holding ranks. At their center, the old man stood very still, peering grimly up at the figure behind the flames. Zuko thought he saw a flash of surprise, a faint widening of those warm eyes, but if he did, it was swiftly smoothed away. Iroh frowned up at him, stern and unyielding. Zuko had to unclench his teeth and swallow hard before he managed to speak.

"Prince Iroh, you stand accused of treason against the Fire Nation…"

The formal words dried up in his throat. He swallowed again, trying to force away whatever was obstructing him.

"At the Eastern Air Temple, you aided the Water Tribe against Princess Azula and against me, and risked the escape of the Avatar. You were later caught in an attempt to commandeer a Fire Nation vessel along with those same resistance fighters."

He paused. There were other instances he could bring up - about fraternizing with Jeong Jeong the Deserter, or about Iroh's unexplained ties to that old waterbending master, or about his repeated attempts to sway Zuko to treason - but those things suddenly felt personal, private missteps that did not bear mentioning in this arena.

It was all treason, though, and Zuko felt a horrible press of guilt as he left it unsaid.

The flame wall fluttered and huffed. The silence was brutal, oppressive. Zuko realized that he should just deliver the sentence now. He could put an end to this scene and send the old man away, send him to prison, to his freedom. The words hung on the tip of his tongue.

"Do you have anything to say in your defense?"

The question was pointless; there was nothing to be said. No amount of excuses or explanations could change the known facts. No one could avert the sentence that the Fire Lord had already decided. But it was Zuko, not Ozai, who sat on the dais, and it was Zuko, not Ozai, who would deliver the sentence. He had to ask - because Iroh was not just a faceless traitor. He was Zuko's teacher, the one member of his family who had followed him into exile, the one member of his family who...

Zuko clenched his teeth. He needed to understand why his uncle stood below him now, and why he had chosen this shameful path.

Iroh looked up through the flames, his wiry eyebrows knit together and his frown severe.

"You know as well as I do, Prince Zuko, that these allegations are true," he said in his raspy, level voice.

Just hearing it, Zuko felt as if he'd taken a kick to the chest.

"I acknowledge that I have acted against the interests of the Fire Lord, and that the Fire Lord would of course consider that treason. I gladly confess to having aligned myself with the Avatar in the fight for balance, and furthermore-" He paused, narrowing his eyes- "I confess to having conspired with many known enemies of the Fire Lord."

The fire shuddered and flared, and for a beat it was the only thing in the throne room that moved. Finally, Zuko found his voice, steelier than he felt.

"You admit pretty easily to plotting your own brother's downfall."

Iroh stared flatly back at him. "And yet he is not present to hear all his old suspicions confirmed. If he wishes to call in the debt for my crimes, why is he not here to do it himself?"

"The Fire Lord has honored me with this duty."

"Has he?" he barked. "Do you feel honored, Prince Zuko?"

Zuko felt ill. Iroh's anger cut at him, and his boldness was a surprise. He may as well have been surrounded by his own soldiers rather than Zuko's.

Now that he thought of it, there was something off about all of this, something very wrong with the armored men below. Only seven served in the escort, and the two spearmen had fallen back to join the guards at the door. At the front, the firebenders stared straight ahead, their masks impenetrable. The officer in the lead had to be Lieutenant Jee, but he wore a helmet as well.

Zuko's neck prickled. Lieutenant Jee never wore a helmet. He claimed it interfered too much with his peripheral vision.

Iroh, perhaps spotting some stiffening in his posture, went on in a harder voice.

"It is no longer for me to discuss these matters with you. My destiny lies in another direction, now."

Zuko hardly heard. He was looking more closely at the soldiers. Their stances were not quite right. The man who was not Jee had clenched his fists at his sides and seemed on the brink of action.

"Guards!" Zuko shouted, already knowing it was too late. "These are not my men!"

The guards stationed at the door tried to leave to raise an alarm, but the men on either side of them were too fast. In a flash, their spears sank between the gaps in armor. There was a brief scuffle, and both guards went down. They lay in their own blood on the polished wood floor.

Zuko hardly saw them fall. Before him, the escort party split in all directions. Whale tooth swords flashed out of concealment. Iroh's shackles fell to the floor with a clatter and he leapt into the space between two firebenders, swiftly engaging and knocking both to the floor with controlled bursts of flame.

And the man in front, the man who was not Jee, vaulted onto the platform straight through the wall of flame and, before his boots even touched the stone, he swung his blade at Zuko's throat.

.


.

Toph waited, tapping her fingers on the table, for the clock to chime. Ginji sat on the other side of the room, the tiny sounds of sewing emanating from her. It had been frustrating, being trapped here with nothing to see and so little to listen to. The monotony had driven Toph to strange interests.

"So did you convince that guard to go out with you or is he still playing hard to get?"

"Oh," Ginji sighed. "He took me down to a tea shop on the pier. He spent half the date trying to interest me in his fireball league even though I explained that sports are the most boring thing to me. It was torture. I thought I was literally going to die."

"Sounds pretty bad," Toph said, listening to the clock whir faintly across the room. "What about the other half of the date?"

"Well, I told you he's pretty..." The smile in her voice was easy to hear. "A girl's got to look on the bright side."

"Ha ha! Nice. So what happened? I want details."

Ginji, as always, was happy to accommodate her. At the start of her imprisonment in the palace, Toph had thought her personal maid's incessant sighing was going to drive her crazy, but when she finally managed to strike up a conversation with her, it became clear that their interests overlapped significantly. Toph was delighted to hear the inappropriate ins and outs of Ginji's exploits, and Ginji, being possessed of a rebellious streak that made her a less-than-stellar maid, was delighted to expose a little noble girl to the dirty underbelly of palace life.

After she had told the whole story in all its juicy splendor, a charged silence fell. Toph could practically hear Ginji chewing her lips. "There's a rumor going around that Prince Zuko summoned Princess Katara to his garden the other night. Do you think he..." She stopped sewing and nearly purred. "...claimed what's his?"

"Pbb! Please. Those two are not on friendly terms. Did you even see them together earlier?"

"Friendly and amorous are not the same thing, little madame. My aunt used to say that aversion is a mask you wear to conceal attraction."

"That's a pretty saying, but I know them both, and I'm telling you right now that - firstly - Prince Zuko wouldn't make a demand like that and - secondly - Katara would knock the sparks out of him if he tried."

"But she swore to serve him."

"Yeah, but she's not a slave. She's a princess. And the Water Tribe has a whole bunch of crazy rules about girls getting physical- Just-" she waved a hand to dismiss the topic- "trust me on this. Even if there is attraction, neither one of those stiffs is going to set aside their personal moral code for a little make-out time."

Ginji sniffed and began to say something else, but the clock finally struck the hour. As the little tune plunked out, Toph grinned, and crossed the room to press her hand against the gold surface. The parts inside blazed to life in her mind, a hive of pieces working together to produce that dumb little song.

The more Toph heard the tune, though, the more she liked it.

"You really do like the Prince's gift, don't you?" Ginji said, smiling again. "I haven't seen you get so excited about anything before."

Toph barely restrained a cackle. "Yeah, it was very thoughtful of him."

She wondered if she should wait a little while to make sure that Iroh got all the way to wherever they were keeping Sokka. But then, what if she waited and they both got taken out of the city in a cart or something? Who knew how many carts there were coming and going from this place all the time?

No, better to move now and try to pick them out of the confusion.

"He certainly isn't like I thought he would be," Ginji went on quietly. "All the servants from the voyage talk about how violent he was, but he seemed so pleasant during his visit here, and I haven't heard of a single thing he's done to frighten a servant since he arrived in the palace."

"Let me tell you something about Zuko…" Toph snickered and felt along the width of the clock, listening to the music dwindle and stop. She could feel each little metal tooth as it was plucked by the big nubby cylinder inside. "At heart, he really can be a good guy, and I actually do hope we'll get to be friends again one day-" She dug her fingers deep into the soft gold- "but he makes some really destructive choices."

Ginji made a shocked noise, but Toph barely heard. She was reshaping the clock, forcing the outer case to split and roll into a massive ball. All the gears and cogs spilled out in a flood of tiny pieces, almost liquid in the way they surged up under Toph's feet and bore her forward, toward the window.

"Great taste in gifts, though."

The ball of gold smashed through the lattice and, from the sound of it, a big chunk of the wall below, and Toph could hear the wooden fragments rain down on the courtyard, perhaps a story down. A garden. She could tell by the soft sounds of debris striking grass and water. The golden ball resounded as it struck deep into the soft earth. Toph rode the cluster of clock bits straight out the side of the guest wing and fell with them toward the ground. The earth bowed deeply to accept her, and suddenly all the world was clear to her again.

She could see the stable and the cage inside, and the massive bison pacing inside that. She could see the stone throne in the heart of the palace, and the chaotic scramble taking place atop it. She could see the deep subterranean places where guards marched and lava bubbled and a skinny kid hung, stretched out between his chains like a plucked duck.

Toph grinned and cracked her knuckles. "Alright, guys. Let's get this show on the road."

.


.

Katara fell back on one hip, still kneeling just behind the golden pillar of the throne, as one of the intruders surged through the fire to strike at Zuko with a flashing sword.

But Zuko was quick. He rolled to his back, then kicked his opponent's hand. The sword screeched a handspan along Zuko's breast plate before it went clanging across the floor. Zuko flipped to his feet and, with a shout, punched a blast of flame at the armored man.

Yet the stranger was quick, too. He dodged to the outside of the blow and, turning with the momentum, dropped down and swept a leg into Zuko's ankle. The prince went staggering to one side, and his opponent came at him again, grabbing his outflung arm and using his momentum to slam him face-first into the wall. Zuko twisted away with a shout and an eruption of flames, but before he could square off and get his bearings, his attacker was on him again.

Katara watched, stunned by the sudden violence and completely unarmed, until Zuko managed to carry through with a fiery punch and the stranger dodged back near where she still knelt.

Without thinking, she snapped out her foot and tripped him. He went down in a clatter of armor, and his firebender helmet went bouncing across the stone. Katara stared, transfixed by the sight of blue-beaded locks. Fierce eyes, blue eyes, snapped to her, then widened, softened.

"Katara."

"Dad!"

She fell on him, flinging a hug around his neck. His big arms closed around her almost too tightly. Katara did not see the way he watched Zuko over her shoulder, nor the way Zuko watched them, unsurprised. He stood in a bending stance, poised to strike at his fallen enemy, but he did not move. In her father's arms, Katara forgot he was even there.

Then the flames of the throne went out with a fwoomph and Iroh's hard voice rose over the continued sounds of fighting from the columns.

"Surrender, Prince Zuko. You are gravely outnumbered."

Hakoda pulled Katara to her feet with him, then rounded to face the conflict. Over his shoulder, she could see that Zuko stood ready to fight. From all sides, Water Tribe warriors in disguise waded in on him. Zuko curled his lip - bloodied from his impact with the wall - and held his hands rigid like blades before him.

"A prince of the Fire Nation never surrenders. You'd better hope you can subdue me before more guards come."

"We can do a lot more than that," Hakoda said, his voice low and heavy in a way Katara did not recognize.

Iroh flicked a hard look at the Water Tribe chieftain. "Prince Zuko is not our target, Chief Hakoda. Remember the plan." His eyes returned to Zuko. "Where is the Fire Lord?"

Zuko hesitated as he met his uncle's eye, then twisted his mouth into a snarl. "Like I'd tell a pack of assassins anything. I'm not a traitor and a coward like you!"

"We don't have time for this," Kottik said from the edge of the dais. "The prince would serve just as well. He'll know enough-"

"We do not need him," Iroh spoke over him, "nor do we have time to fight. I can take us to the Avatar's prison through the hidden tunnels, but we must hurry."

"I don't know how you're used to doing things, but we don't leave enemies at our backs."

"Our agreement ensured minimal casualties."

"Yes, but this is not the scenario we had hoped for," Bato put in reasonably. "If we want to get out of here without being roasted, we're going to have to change the plan..."

Katara stared between this standoff and the chamber below the throne, where two men in red armor still struggled and many more laid sprawled and unconscious on the floor. Roshu - quickly recognizable by his lack of a helmet - fell back again and again as his younger, more ferocious opponent - Miku, probably - slashed at him. It took Katara a moment to realize that the lieutenant was unarmed.

But then Miku overextended his reach. Roshu dodged the slash, then leapt back in to slam the smaller man with his shoulder. Miku flew back into a pillar, then fell to the floor in a heap. Roshu ran past him before he even fully landed and grabbed Kovu's ankles where the warrior stood on the dais, yanking the man to his belly with a shattering impact on the stone.

"Run, Prince Zuko! You must-"

With a growl, Kottik lashed out. It seemed almost off-hand, a single smooth jab of the tip of his sword right into the side of Roshu's neck. Katara saw the lieutenant's eyes go wide and he clamped his big palm to the spot, but blood leaked out immediately, spilling down the front of his armor, a slightly darker red.

Katara didn't think. She darted over the Fire Lord's seat and dropped to the floor just as Roshu fell forward, holding himself upright with one arm flung onto the dais. He slid down sideways, blinking hard as if confused.

As there always was when he followed Katara to Zuko's appointments in the heat of the day, there was a flask at his belt. Katara yanked the cork from it and pulled out the few mouthfuls of water that remained, forming it into a glowing blue ball. Roshu blinked hard at it, then at Katara as if trying to recognize her. When she reached for his throat, he slapped her hand away. Katara frowned but did not stop.

"Just hold still, you stubborn hog-monkey."

He fought her until he was unable to lift his arm. Finally she managed to shove his bloody hand clear and clamp her own over the wound, sealing it in a surge of light. When she withdrew, Roshu lay still, swooning from the loss of blood, but breathing steadily. Through the slits of his eyes, he fought to focus on her - but the glower on his face seemed to come very easily.

When she looked up at the men standing on the dais, still hovering on the edge of violence, she startled. Kovu had risen unsteadily to his feet and was frowning at her with an almost hurt look. Kottik watched her from the corner of his eye, all reproach. Iroh's face had gentled with thoughtfulness and pity. Zuko's eyes flicked to her in the same way they flicked to all of the enemies surrounding him.

Hakoda stared at her directly, anger and frustration and horror all mingling on his dear face.

"What are you doing?" he finally demanded. "We are at war and you heal the enemy. This- this arrogant pup puts a collar on you and you just sit at his heel? I thought you were a warrior, Katara!"

Katara felt her face heat as everything came shockingly into focus. She felt the cold iron against her neck. She felt the sticky blood between her fingers and the silk against her thighs. No words came to her now to defend her actions; nothing that Roshu had done redeemed him for being a bully when he'd held the chain. He hadn't even wanted her help. Maybe it would have been better to just let him die. Katara dropped her eyes from her father's in a way that was nearly reflexive, now.

"She doesn't have a choice," Zuko snapped, "so leave her alone."

Hakoda rounded on him, bristling, but Katara finally managed to speak. "It's true. Azula made me promise to serve Zuko or she would have killed Sokka."

"And now you are bound by honor," Iroh said quietly, a little bitterly. His eyes flicked to Zuko, whose scowl had only deepened, and there was judgement in his look.

"Take her with you."

Everyone present blinked and stared at Zuko. He did not waver as Katara gaped back at him, but switched his focus to Hakoda as he went on, quiet and fierce.

"I won't tell you where my father is, but your kids don't belong here." He darted a glance at Iroh, a hint of red rising in his cheek. "Sokka's in the prison tower. Now take Katara and get out."

Scoffs and disbelieving glances flew among the warriors. Unnoticed, Iroh's eyebrows tipped back and he stared at his nephew. Katara took a step nearer, shaking her head to try and clear it, but her voice was lost in the noise. "You can't just hand me off like-!"

"Smells like a trap."

"He takes us for fools."

"Hey, how stupid do you think we are?"

Hakoda cut through sharply. "And the Avatar?"

Zuko narrowed his eyes and his mouth turned downward. "What about him?"

"Did you think I would hear my son's name and forget?"

Katara watched Zuko blink before his expression turned stony. She let out a frustrated breath and cut in before he could say something foolish. "Toph is probably escaping right now. She'll free Aang - she can go right through earth and metal, so it'll be easy for her to get to him, wherever he's being held."

Bato and Kovu cast her doubtful looks, and the others seemed to ignore her. Hakoda, still watching Zuko steadily, finally spoke in a too-calm voice.

"Katara, I know you believe in your friend, but what makes you think she can escape now, when she hasn't managed it in all this time?"

"They were keeping her in a wooden room, but she has metal now. She- er, this might sound a little crazy, but Toph can bend metal." Katara could see the warriors subtly shaking their heads, sharing disbelieving glances. Her back stiffened. "Trust me, she will escape. I was there. I saw her reaction when Zuko gave her the clock."

Kottik scoffed aloud, but Iroh's voice was quiet, and a pained note ran through it.

"Zuko…"

The prince's face contorted, turned fiercer than before. "She doesn't belong here, either. None of you do. Get out! Get out!"

He swept his arm at them and a burst of flame arced out in its wake. The warriors ducked back, but Iroh only raised one hand, brushing the brightness from the air. Tendrils of smoke swam up and vanished around him, but Iroh stood unmoving. His look was grim, his hands steady at his sides.

Facing him, Zuko breathed hard through his teeth. His knuckles were white, his eyes wild. He looked a little crazy, and even Katara took a step back, not sure what he might do. But the pause stretched, and Zuko did not strike.

Behind her, she heard commotion coming from the door, and one of the spearmen there called out.

"Guards approaching!"

Zuko and Iroh did not move, but Hakoda looked between them. "Iroh, we can't wait around here any longer."

"Very well." He fixed a final assessing look on Zuko, then hastened past him to a place in the wall behind the throne.

When she had first arrived in the throne room, Katara had been about as unnerved by the monstrous face decorating the wall as she had been with Zuko's particularly bad mood. Now she watched as Iroh pressed a surge of fire into a crack and a part of the monstrous mouth slid away to reveal a passageway lit by sporadic torches.

Iroh entered the passageway and paused there, not looking back. The spearmen came from the doorway half-carrying a dazed Miku between them and, with the help of Kovu and Bato, began hoisting him onto the dais. Over their low talk, Katara almost did not hear Iroh speak. But she did hear, and she turned back to watch him peer over his shoulder at Zuko.

"This was a test, you know. Your father will not forgive failure."

Zuko flinched, but he did not argue and he did not look surprised. Katara's breath caught in her throat. She was beginning to understand what had happened when he read that letter. He had known from the start that this sentencing was a test. And it hurt him.

An unwelcome pang lanced through her chest. Zuko might not deserve her sympathy after all he had done to her, but it was so wrong for a father to put his son in such a cruel position. And for what? To prove what?

Zuko only curled his lip. "He'll understand I was taken by surprise. This scheme of yours was crazy. No one could have anticipated it."

"Someone did," Iroh said as he turned back to frown meaningfully at his nephew, "or else my brother would have been here personally. Make no mistake, he will not see a great deal of difference between allowing my escape and aiding in it."

"So I should do what? Run away and join you and the Avatar?" Zuko spat out the question. He stuck out an arm toward the men scattered about the floor. "These are our people, you crazy old man! Unlike you, I haven't abandoned my duty to them."

"I only meant that you will need to become a better liar before you try and explain your survival to the Fire Lord," Iroh said coolly. He frowned at Zuko for a moment, then let out a heavy sigh, glancing about the throne room.

Katara followed his stare to the doors, bound shut with a sturdy leather cord. They rattled and creaked, and she thought she heard shouts from the corridor beyond.

Suddenly, a blast thundered behind her, and Katara whirled around in time to watch Iroh's second strike. His fire consumed the frame surrounding the throne, melting the gold and setting the wood ablaze. The timbers splintered and collapsed in on themselves.

"Perhaps the wall hangings next," he said to Zuko without humor. "You want it to look convincing."

Zuko flashed a wide-eyed stare between him and the burning throne, and Iroh hurried into the passageway ahead of Miku and the spearmen.

Kovu, Kottik, and Bato still stood in a loose circle around Zuko, waiting for some signal. Hakoda, however, only glowered at the prince. Zuko tore his attention from his uncle's vanishing back to return the hard look, his eyes darting to either side to watch the warriors around him.

A blast hit the doors, shuddering them on their hinges, but the ropes held. Katara glanced back in time to see the bonds stretch and a little gust of fire wink through the crack, then looked pleadingly up at her father on the dais above her.

"Dad, you have to go. Toph will find you. I know she will."

Hakoda snapped his attention to her, very clearly trying to restrain strong emotions. "Why does that sound like you think you're staying here?"

"Because I am," Katara said. She held up her chin, refusing to look away this time.

"No, you're not!" Zuko snarled down at her. "You hate me so much? Now's your chance to get away! So go! Go!"

"Go slush yourself," Katara spat, baring her teeth at him. "You don't get to decide when this ends. You don't get to sweep me out of the way just because I make you uncomfortable."

"You don't make me uncomfortable - you make me miserable!"

"Because I remind you of what you did!"

"What I did?" he roared. "You broke your promise! You lied! You never loved me at all - you just used me!"

Katara's jaw dropped and she opened her mouth to shout back, only to pause at a faint movement to one side. Kovu's wide eyes flicked away from her as she glanced at him, but it was enough to launch a searing blush down her face and neck. Bato and Kottik didn't so much as blink, watching Zuko.

A second blast came from the doors, louder than the first in the sudden silence.

Hakoda, watching the exchange with a calculating frown, cleared his throat. "Alright, so you don't want to go. Do I at least get a hug goodbye this time?"

Katara gaped at her father. She had expected to have to fight him from the room, but now he stood with his arms spread to receive her. His expression was grim but resigned. Suddenly very aware of the door cracking behind her, Katara scrambled onto the dais and threw herself into his embrace.

"I'm sorry about this, Katara," he said against the side of her head. Unseen, his eyes flicked to Zuko, narrowed. "But there's no time."

Then he hefted her over his shoulder like a sack of cabbages and moved immediately into the tunnel at a trot.

Katara squawked and thrashed, but his grip was tight and it was all she could do to keep from bouncing hard on his armored shoulder. Looking back, she could see Bato and the others following and, beyond them, Zuko watching her disappear into the dark.

Despite what he'd said, he did not look pleased to see her go. He stood alone on the dais, an alarmed look on his face and his mouth opened as if to protest. But then his expression closed off like a door slamming shut and he whirled away in a flash of fire. The blasts of firebending and gut-deep shouts echoed down the tunnel. Katara glared back until she lost sight of the throne, until the noises faded to whispers in the distance.

.


.

"Thanks, Momo," Aang said to the lemur perched on his head, and more specifically to the squirming cave crawler being held before his face, "but I'm still gonna have to pass."

Momo purred and then the cave crawler disappeared, replaced only by the rapid crunch of little teeth chewing. Aang sighed.

"At least you're still having a good time. This place is terrible." He looked again, for the thousandth time, the ten thousandth maybe, up at the domed steel ceiling, at the distant walls dotted with torches and the door that only ever opened for the delivery of his meals - usually a broth or porridge of indeterminate origin. A guard had to stand there and spoon it into his mouth, and then watch in awkward silence as he chewed. Unless it was Ming's shift. She would at least sneak him a real vegetable and try to tell a joke.

She was too smart for the 'unchain just my one hand so I can stretch' trick, too, but at least she was a good sport about it. Unlike some people.

"Hey!" One of the guards stepped away from his post at the door, his voice echoing through the chamber. "Is that monkey thing in there again?"

"No," Aang said, tipping his face up so that Momo fell off the top of his head and hung down his back by a stinging grip on his ears. Aang flinched, his eyes tearing up a little. "No monkey things in here."

"It's in there again," the guard said in a lower voice to his partner. "I saw its big ears."

"Just leave it alone, Churri," the other guard, a tall thin guy with a mustache and a pointy beard, sighed. "We saw it on the ship sometimes. It's just a little animal. It's not hurting anything."

"Look, I'm down here babysitting in the dark all day, I don't want to clean up after some loose monkey. I hate monkeys." Churri paused, then went on grimly. "I'm going in there to catch it."

"We're under orders. The captain won't be happy if you get too close to the Avatar."

"He's chained up. What can he do?"

Aang smiled innocently and thought of all the things he could do.

Unfortunately, chained up as he was, it was a pretty short list. He could blow Churri off the platform, and Momo could pick his pockets in the confusion, but Aang knew his guards never carried the key to his manacles. The captain carried the key, and he was almost never here. And he certainly never got close enough to be blasted off the platform by a gust of airbending.

Churri hefted his spear and marched across the steel bridge, his curl-toed boots clanking loudly in the quiet. Momo peeked over Aang's shoulder to watch. When he was about halfway across, the guard narrowed his eyes.

"You said there weren't any monkey things in here. The Avatar's not supposed to lie."

"Well, technically Momo's not a monkey. He's a lemur," Aang said helpfully. "And there aren't actually any rules that say the Avatar can't lie. I'm just supposed to promote peace and harmony between the four elements."

"Peace and harmony. Right." Churri was watching Momo as he stalked closer.

"I used to visit the Fire Nation a lot before the war," Aang went on. "It used to be really nice here. Hospitable. This one time, my friend Cuzon and I went looking for eel-hounds-"

"Yah!"

Churri made a mad leap across the platform and dodged under Aang's outstretched arm to grab for Momo. The lemur just darted onto Aang's shoulder and ran up his arm, stopping about eight feet along the connected chain. There, he perched in place and looked back at the guard with an offended screech. Churri poked at him with his spear, but the lemur was just out of reach.

"Anyway, to make a long story short, we ended up soaked and miles downriver and had to ask for help from a bunch of strangers to get back to Cuzon's village. A lot of people helped us," Aang said, smiling faintly as he remembered. "They dried our clothes and gave us food and one man even gave us a ride in his cart."

Churri glowered up at Momo, working his jaw to one side in thought. "Maybe a trap would work. I'll bet that old groundskeeper has something…"

"The point is that people in the Fire Nation were prosperous and generous. Now, it's all… power and hatred and war. I just don't understand how things could have changed so much here."

"Kid," Churri huffed, "don't ask me. I'm a prison guard, not a historian."

"You're talking about what happened in Harbor City, aren't you?" the other guard said from his post at the door. His quiet voice echoed in the emptiness. "The whole Fire Nation isn't like that. I'm from a village in the north, and times are hard there, too, but you'd never see a mob in my hometown."

"I'd like to visit there sometime," Aang said with a genuine smile, then a shrug, "but I'm pretty… tied up right now!"

Both guards were silent. Churri frowned at him a little distastefully. "When they told me I'd be standing watch on the Avatar, I thought it'd be an honorable and dignified post. I wrote to my father about it. And now I end up chasing your pet monkey and listening to your bad jokes."

"What can I say? I'm full of surprises!"

The earth began rumbling beneath them, rattling the steel panels on their bolts. Churri struggled to keep his feet, staring at Aang with wide eyes. "What are you doing? Stop that!"

"It's not me," Aang shouted over the rumble. Momo shrieked and flew up toward the vent through which he came and went from the prison.

With a scream of tearing metal, one of the walls burst open, giving way to a cloud of dust. A sudden grin split Aang's face. He hardly dared to believe it. From somewhere in the darkness beyond, a twinkling music-box tune emerged, playing behind a piping voice.

"And now, presented by the Blind Bandit and her Amazing Musical Metalbending-" Toph emerged from the dust, smirking- "here's a little number I like to call 'The Avatar Escapes' in B flat!"

With the final word, she reached out with both hands and, from across the huge room, twisted the door in its frame, effectively locking it shut. The guard, who had been scrambling to fit the key so that he could raise an alarm, took a bewildered step back, then shot a wide-eyed look at Toph.

"M- Miss Bei Fong?"

"Hey Kaiji! How's it going?"

"I- It's- alright…"

"Oh," Aang said, beaming. "You guys know each other?"

Toph shrugged off-handedly. "Kaiji was kinda my buddy on the voyage. He's a good guy."

Churri seemed to come to his senses and leveled his spear at her. "Halt!"

"Are you kidding me?" Toph dropped into a bending stance and the steel under the guard's feet rippled like a shaken sheet. Churri dropped his spear and went tumbling down the far side of the platform with a cry.

Toph shifted, and a stone spar slammed into the platform, creating a bridge between Aang and where she stood. She tottered across and broke open his cuffs in her bare hands. Aang wobbled and plopped down on his rear the second he was free.

"Oof."

"Come on, Twinkle Toes," Toph said as she broke the cuffs off his ankles, "quit goofing around. We're on a schedule, here. Tick-tock."

Aang picked up Churri's discarded spear and used it as a staff to drag himself to his feet. He wobbled a bit, then stood firm. "What's that music?"

Toph pulled a little metal box from a fold of her pink clothes, which would have been elegant if they weren't all smudged with dirt. The box appeared to be gold and had no opening that Aang could see, but it still played its little tune. Toph grinned at the sound.

"Just a little Earth Kingdom history." Her expression turned serious and she knelt to press her hand to the steel on which they stood. "I'll tell you about it later. Right now, we have to go. Gramps is in big trouble."

.


.

Iroh hastened along the passageway, breathing hard but not slowing until he reached the first fork. There he paused to wait for the others.

The tunnels spread out silently around him, hungry throats from which to choose. He should not have hurried ahead this way. It was foolish to divide their number, but there was little about this plan that had not been foolish from the start. He had relied too much on that craziness and audacity, and had gambled that his brother would never expect the Water Tribe to move so boldly to reclaim their own. Even as a boy, Ozai had always underestimated the power of love in that way.

Not like Zuko. Watching him through the fire, Iroh had not seen a trace of the compassionate boy his nephew had been, but he should have known better. He should have guarded his heart against not only his worst fears of what Zuko would do, but against the cutting hope that came at the slightest chance...

Iroh let out a long breath and pressed the thoughts away with it. There was no time now for doubts or speculation. Zuko had chosen his own path, and only he would be able to change it. For Iroh, there was a different road to travel. The fate of the world was at stake. Time was of the essence. He had to face facts, not tangle with hoped-for possibilities, and he had to salvage what he could of this disastrous turn of events.

Behind his peacefully shut eyes, Iroh cleared away all of the possibilities. Toph was still incarcerated in an unknown location. Sokka, if he had not been sent away already, probably was being held in the tower. The Avatar was in Azulon's prison beneath the mountain. It was most likely that Ozai had left Zuko to dole out the sentence as a distraction, while he himself hid away in a safe place until the attack was dealt with.

Iroh opened his eyes. He knew where his brother would hiding. Yet, facing Ozai was not the point of this endeavor. They had only intended to take the Fire Lord hostage and use him to ensure the release of the Avatar and the other prisoners. With Katara and Sokka positioned as they were, the game had changed.

At the scuffs and quick beats of footsteps, he turned back to face Nuklok and Akuma, who walked on either side of Miku to help steady him. "Where is Chief Hakoda?"

Nuklok shook his head. "They should be right behind us."

"There is no time to waste." Iroh indicated the tunnel to the right. "This passage will take you to the cliffs outside the prison tower. There is a path over the rim of the mountain to the west of the tower, but it may be guarded."

Miku blinked hard, rubbing the back of his head. "Where are you going?"

Iroh turned to look down the tunnel to the left. "We came here to free the Avatar - but I will not force Hakoda to choose between the fate of the world and his own children. While you and the others find Sokka, I will find Avatar Aang and meet you on the western path. With a little luck, we will all escape the city together."

"And without it," Akuma grumbled, "I guess we'll meet up in the afterlife."

Nuklok ignored him, frowning fixedly at Iroh. "Hakoda's not going to like us splitting up."

"Then he and I will have plenty to discuss when this is over. For now though, I must hurry."

Iroh left them at the intersection and ran down the passageway that would take him, after many twists and turns, to the prison built to hold the Avatar. He had taken two turns when he caught the clank of armor from ahead and pulled up short. Seconds before the squadron rounded a bend, he darted down a side-passage, intending to cut around the obstacle in the network of tunnels. Yet, he only encountered another squadron and was forced to turn again. And again.

By the time he reached the familiar passage, Iroh knew what was happening. He was being herded, not toward the Avatar's prison, but to a place equally deep under the mountain. The Fire Lord's bunker.

The broad door before him stood unguarded. Iroh frowned at it for a long moment despite the approaching sounds of soldiers. He had no desire to face Ozai. There was no reasoning with him, no maneuvering him, and certainly no fighting him. Ozai was a ruthless firebender in his prime - Iroh, however he might have prepared himself for this day, had faded from the best of his strength. There could be no victory for him or for the side of balance on the other side of that door.

But there was also no turning back. Iroh pushed the door open and stepped warily into the room beyond.

There were no guards. Only a few standing torches scattered around the perimeter of the room and, sitting on the low platform below the Fire Nation banner, another player Iroh had failed to properly anticipate.

"Hello, Uncle," Azula said with a smirk. "How good of you to stop in for a chat."

Chapter Text

"Put me down! Dad, you can't do this!" Katara's head throbbed from the pressure of hanging upside down and her breath came out in short hisses as Hakoda's shoulder plate dug into her belly. "I'm only going to escape the second we come close enough to water."

"I'm counting on good sense to have returned to you by then," Hakoda rumbled.

His pace was still quick, even after they rejoined with Nuklok, Akuma and Miku. Miku was limping along mostly on his own now, but he still looked dazed. The other members of the tribe followed along the narrow corridor, pointedly not looking at Katara where she hung. She pulled in as deep a breath as she could and tried for a reasonable tone.

"There's nothing wrong with my sense. I have to stay and fulfill the terms of my oath, or all the people enslaved by the Fire Nation will-"

"I don't want to hear it, Katara. Whatever he told you to make you think you had to stay, you need to forget it right now."

"No!" Katara thumped her fist on the red steel hard enough to sting. "This isn't about anything Zuko said! It's about the Water Tribe. The Fire Nation thinks we're-"

"You can't reason with them," Hakoda snarled. "You can't save our people by sacrificing yourself. And I refuse to let you make another mistake when I can prevent it. I will not lose you again."

Katara glared back at Bato and the rest. "Are you just going to let him do this?"

Bato shrugged, his eyes fixed above and beyond her. "He has a point, Katara. The last time you insisted on trusting the firebender, things didn't turn out well for us. You and Sokka were captured... And we lost Tukna."

Hakoda's shoulder caught at a searing angle on her ribs, and Katara's eyes flitted to Akuma before she pinched them shut. Tukna and Akuma had been more like brothers than cousins and, though he stared straight ahead as if he had not heard, the reminder of his loss struck Katara like a slap.

Kottik muttered from behind Bato, a distasteful twist to his mouth. "We've risked everything and come around the world to rescue you. And you want to stay. Healing our enemies and meddling with a firebender. Bowing and scraping through this place like some-"

Hakoda stopped abruptly and swung around. Katara couldn't see, but she could tell from the silence that the other men had all stopped. "Stow that. You're talking to my daughter."

"Your girl has-"

"It doesn't matter," Hakoda barked. "It's done."

In the tense silence that followed, Katara dropped her eyes back to the stone floor, blood beating in her face. She pressed her hot cheek against the cool steel on her dad's back, just for a second.

From far behind them in the tunnel there came a distant clamor of other armor, other boots. Hakoda turned back and hurried on, and the others swiftly followed. Time was running out. Katara swallowed hard against a wave of bitter nausea.

"He's right though," she said. "I've been sitting in Zuko's shadow like a good little slave. I pour his tea and keep my head down and let Fire Nation nobles stare at me, and I don't speak above a murmur, and I don't waterbend unless my master tells me to-"

"Katara…" Hakoda emitted a low growl, but she only pressed on.

"-and I've endured all of it for my people," she snapped. "I hate it here. I hate the tedium and I hate being constantly reminded that these smug aristocrats think they're above me. And I'm - I'm ashamed. I want to leave. Dad, I want it more than anything."

Her voice cracked, but Katara clenched her teeth together and kept going.

"But if I go now, all of this will have been a waste of time. All those nobles who looked at me and just saw a- a collared savage? If I don't stay long enough to prove them wrong, that's all they'll ever think of the Water Tribe. I will have made things worse for our people, not better."

Several of the men let out weary sighs and grumbles. Hakoda's arm hardened where he held her knees to his chest. "There is no making this better. You can't fight a war by submitting to the enemy."

The words stung her, sharp and unexpected as the pinpricks dancing across her numb hands. The silence was filled with the creaks of armor and scuffs of boots and her own strained breathing, and in the absence of words, doubt echoed louder and louder in Katara's ears.

With the men of her tribe surrounding her, she felt suddenly very young. Young enough that maybe all these ideas were just silly after all. It was all nothing more than a little girl's fantasy, thinking she could make an impact on the Fire Nation. Her face burned, harder than before.

Maybe… maybe she really didn't have to do this anymore. Her dad had come, and together with Toph they could free Sokka and Aang. They could escape the city together and fight this war in a way that guaranteed results - by helping Aang become a fully realized Avatar. He was the only one with the power to truly end the war, after all. The Avatar had to be the top priority, and Katara was only allowing herself to become distracted by engaging with the inner workings of the Fire Nation. She belonged at Aang's side, lending her support, helping him believe that he could defeat the Fire Lord.

But however Katara repeated the words in her head, they felt wrong. Like a fur mitten sewn too small - the plush lining would keep her hand warm, but only if she held her fingers perpetually curled in on themselves to fit.

It would be easier to stay here - hanging over her father's shoulder like no sixteen-year-old son ever - but Katara knew this was not where she belonged. She knew it the same way she had known that she had to be the one who rescued Sokka, and that she couldn't just stay home in the village waiting for the war to end. If she did not act, no one else was going to stand in her place. The war was all over this world, she would face it wherever she went, but the fight she was leaving behind in the palace, that was hers alone.

At length, they began climbing a slope upward and, at Hakoda's signal, Akuma and Bato hurried ahead. There was a distant sound of a door creaking open.

Katara felt the warm, dry air before Hakoda carried her through the door and into the sun. They emerged in a rocky gully with thickets of low scrubby plants. To the east along the crater wall, a tower was built into the rock. Katara got a good look at it, just the pointed roof visible over the gully's edge, as Hakoda turned back toward the tunnel entrance.

"Block it."

"With me," Bato said. Katara didn't see what he did, but she heard boots rattle the rocks, some grunts of exertion, and then the grinding thunder of massive stones tumbling. The door crunched under the impact.

Katara's stomach heaved with fresh dread. The way back was closed.

"Dad, you have to put me down," she said with careful calm. "You can't carry me into that prison."

He hesitated a beat, then bent down to settle her on the uneven ground. When he pulled back, Katara folded her arms over her chest and frowned at him. Hakoda frowned back, but the lines around his eyes spoke more of sorrow and worry than anger. Even though he had just carried her from the palace like a child, Katara felt her outrage soften under that look.

"I know you feel like you don't have a choice in this, Katara. It can be hard to see a situation clearly when you're caught up in the middle of it. But trust me when I say this; there's nothing for you here." Hakoda rested his hand on her shoulder, and Katara felt herself nearly melt at the touch. "We need you. Your family, your people - we're right here, and we need you."

Katara could not look away, could hardly breathe. She was trapped, torn between what her heart ached for, and what had to be done.

"Dad…" She looked down, struggling for the right words. "I always thought the Fire Nation had to hate the Water Tribe to treat us the way they do. And they do. They hate us. They think we're weak and honorless and that makes it okay to wipe out our culture and turn us into slaves."

He squeezed her shoulder gently as if to pull her into a hug, but Katara shook her head and straightened, backing away.

"When Aang masters the elements, I have no doubt that he will defeat the Fire Lord. It's his destiny. But it's not just the Fire Lord he has to stop - it's the entire Fire Nation, and a century of hatred and cruelty and violence. We can't put all of that on Aang. We all have to do everything in our power to change the world if there's ever going to be peace."

Hakoda's eyes were widening, his mouth pulling down and open as if he knew what was to come next and wanted to stop her from saying it.

"What I'm doing here won't win the war," she pressed on, harder than before. "I know that. But I made a promise, and the Fire Nation won't forget if I break it. I refuse to make it that easy for them to justify what they're doing to us."

Hakoda shook his head side to side in sharp jerks. "I'm proud of you for being so brave, Katara, but I can't leave you here. I won't."

"I know."

Katara felt something in her chest rip, but she still dropped into a bending stance. With circular sweeps of her arms, she tore the water from the scrubby plants in the gully, leaching them down to their very roots. The stream swooped around her and stopped, poised as her ready posture.

Hakoda fell back a step, gaping at her. Beyond him, the other men of the tribe, who had busied themselves with blocking the door to pretend they did not hear the argument, turned back. They watched with expressions ranging from shock to betrayal. Katara focused only on her father, his empty palms held out to both sides.

"Katara-"

"I love you, Dad. Get Sokka out of here."

Before he could argue, Katara used the water to boost herself up to the lip of the gully and began running down the slope, back toward the city. She dodged around boulders to avoid being spotted from the tower just in case, but she did not look back. Her nape itched and burned with the heat of remembered stares, scorching as the Fire Nation sun. She could almost hear the plants she'd leached dry as they cracked and broke in the weak breeze.

.


.

"You don't sound so hot, Twinkle Toes." Toph paused in the rough-hewn tunnel, turning her head to listen more closely.

Aang tried to slow his breathing, but he couldn't help it. He felt like his lungs couldn't draw in enough air and like his muscles had given about all they had to give. They hadn't come far at all up the steep incline and yet he kept stumbling over uneven places in the rock, barely saving himself from a fall with his grip on Churri's spear.

"Well," he puffed, "I have kinda been chained up for weeks. And I've been eating a lot of gruel and gruel-like things. You know what they say about diet and exercise!"

"Yeah. Get some." Toph frowned and pressed her hand against the wall. "Okay, no offense, but me going up against Azula with you wheezing in the background like a dying tigerdillo is probably gonna turn out as well as that time Snoozles got shish-kebabbed."

Aang winced and rubbed at the stitch in his side. "I guess I see your point."

"Nice one-" Toph grinned toothily- "but anyway, new plan. I'm gonna go take care of Gramps alone, and you're gonna go bust your giant stink-monster out of monster jail."

"Appa!"

He was so elated that he almost didn't notice Toph narrow her eyes and lower her head, shifting her hand slightly on the wall. "Huh. What arethey doing?"

"Who? What're who doing? Where's Appa?"

"Chief Hakoda and the other Water Tribe warriors. They're on the edge of the crater, near a tower. There's a path over the side of the mountain there, but… they're just hanging out right now. And Spla-"

She jerked a little as if suddenly remembering something. "Splitting up. They might be about to split up. You've gotta get Appa and find them before anybody gets lost. Here."

Aang frowned at her, but Toph only fell into a low stance and, with quick punches and a push, opened a tunnel almost straight up through the rock. "This should take you to the basement of the guard post where they're keeping Stinky."

Aang peered up into the new tunnel, bracing his hand on the wall. It intersected with several pre-existing passageways, so parts were lit by the torches that burned along the walls there. Each lit place in the new tunnel grew smaller than the one before, vanishing to darkness far, far above. It was a long way to climb or even airbend the way he was feeling, and the thought of heading into a fight at the end of that leached the strength from him.

"Toph… What if I'm too weak? What if they catch me again?"

Even as the words fell from his mouth, he felt a terrible chill, a sick twist in his gut. What if this whole escape was nothing but another dream? What if he was about to wake up, his hands numb again from his weight and the chains?

Toph grabbed him by the arm and pulled him close. "Listen up, gruel-breath. All that noise you just made? All that defeatist mumbo-jumbo? You let that crap stand and you will definitely get caught again."

Aang looked at her with an alarmed frown. "Is this supposed to be a pep talk? Because this kind of pep is seriously not helping."

"Look," Toph said, letting him go with a nonchalant shrug, "you're the Avatar. Those guards up there have no clue what's about to happen. They might suspect an attack to come from outside the compound - but not from the basement. Just slip in, do your tricky airbender tricks, and free Appa. Don't let that little voice in your head tell you that you can't do this, because you can."

Aang looked at her, the earnest expression she wore dimly visible by the light of a distant torch. He drew a breath and straightened his shoulders. "Right. I can do this."

"Great! Now hurry up, because we don't actually have time for touchy-feely hand-holding sessions." Toph turned to go, her bare feet thumping on the stone. Aang hesitated.

"Hey Toph?"

She stopped and let out an annoyed breath. "What now?"

"I just wanted to say thanks. For getting me out, and for the pep talk."

"No problem, Twinkle Toes. Now get out of here!"

Aang went, leaping up the tunnel only a little bit less weightlessly than he normally would.

He finally came to the small hole at the top of the tunnel and squeezed through into the chamber beyond. The cellar, thankfully, was not entirely dark. He could see vague shapes - heaps of full sacks, stacked crates, what might have been a flight of stairs built against one wall. Light and indistinct voices leaked down from the guardhouse above, filtering through the gaps in the floorboards. Farther off, an alarm bell tolled repeatedly. Aang settled on the floor and, carefully setting aside the spear so that it did not clatter on the flat foundation stones, allowed himself to rest for a moment.

It smelled like grain and molasses in the gloom. The cellar must have been used to store extra feed for whatever animals they kept in the 'monster jail' above. Aang slowed his breathing and wondered what kinds of animals they fed sweetened grain to. Surely not Komodo rhinos - they were pretty much just carnivores as far as Aang knew. Maybe ostrich-horses or hippo-cows…

There was a faint scrabbling sound from the hole. Aang hopped up to a ready stance and stared into the darkness, his mind darting to other carnivorous things.

Two big white ears poked up from the tunnel, followed by round green eyes.

Aang slumped and gusted out a big breath as Momo launched out of the hole, flew a short circle, and perched on his shoulder with a chittering purr.

"Shh," Aang said, holding a finger to his lips and then pointing overhead. "We're biding our time, Momo. If you don't keep it down, those guards will hear us and we'll lose the element of surprise."

Momo cocked his head and churred again. When Aang shushed him a second time, he dropped his ears back. Aang glanced up at the lines of light, then petted the lemur on his shoulder.

"Sorry, Momo. I guess I'm doing a lot more hiding than biding down here. It's hard not to be scared of what's going to happen when I go up there. I know Toph has a point - doubt won't help me win this fight - but dismissing it is easier said than done. I… I don't want to do this alone."

Momo purred and draped his tail around Aang's neck, a warm and ticklish brush of fur. Aang grinned and petted him again.

"It's a lucky thing I have you with me, buddy."

They remained that way for a few long breaths, and Aang felt the small weight on his shoulder shift minutely. At length, he bent down to retrieve the spear.

"Come on. We have to get to that tower and help the others."

With Momo still clinging to his shoulder, Aang crept up the stairs and pressed his face to the crack around the door at the top. Beyond, he could see a dusty courtyard and another building on the other side. Guards marched along the perimeter of the fenced-in enclosure, and a few people in workers' clothes went about leading some giant lizards into the far building - a large and well-kept barn.

"I'll bet Appa's in there," Aang whispered.

Momo, clinging to the hair on top of his head now and peeking through the crack as well, churred.

"We just have to get to the other side of that courtyard without all those guards closing in on us. We don't want to get trapped."

Aang retreated from the door and peered around the basement for something he might use as a distraction. Momo launched off his shoulder and flew to a shelf built into one wall, which was lined with wide-mouthed canisters. Aang watched, momentarily bewildered, as Momo began licking one intently.

"Find something tasty?"

Not waiting for a response, he crossed the basement and picked up a canister. It had been opened and the sides were drizzled with lines of sticky molasses, which came off on Aang's fingers in dark smears.

"Blech. But..."

He popped a finger in his mouth, and the sweetness was a burst of flavor after so many weeks of gruel. Aang looked at the canister again and, with a surreptitious glance around the empty basement, unscrewed the lid so he could dip a whole finger into the gooey substance. Even in the relatively cool basement, the heat of the Fire Nation day made the molasses run thin, and Aang had to interrupt the dangling line of syrup with his mouth before he could suck the layer off his finger. When he did, his eyes rolled back into his head.

"This stuff is irresistible. I think I'd eat raw grain, too, if it was coated in a little of this..."

Aang froze with his finger poised over the canister as a brilliant idea occurred to him. He looked at all the canisters lining the shelf, and he looked up at the floorboards above him. A smile spread across his face, slow and sweet.

"One tricky, sticky airbender trick, coming right up."

.


.

Iroh stood across the chamber from Azula, and for a long moment, neither spoke. The marching boots in the distance grew louder, then quieter again. The torches crackled in the silence.

"What," Azula finally said, her smirk deepening, "aren't you happy to see me, Uncle?"

Iroh watched her from behind hooded eyelids. He could almost see the precocious little girl she had been, before her viciousness had become honed to Ozai's liking. Talking with her was not necessarily less dangerous than fighting her, but it was preferable none the less.

"You look pleased enough for us both, Azula."

"I've merely come to appreciate the company of my family. Even the weak, traitorous branches."

Iroh did not miss her use of the plural, but his stomach still clenched when she went on.

"Speaking of Zuko, was it a pleasant reunion?"

"I am surprised you were not there yourself. Watching your brother stamp out the last embers of his conscience seems like the kind of activity you would enjoy a great deal."

"Surprised, Uncle? You should know better. Zuko never would have acted so foolishly if I had been watching. "

Iroh glowered at her. "I have no idea what you are referring to."

"No?" Azula smirked again, and the torchlight glittered in her eyes. "Setting aside for a moment that he allowed you to leave the throne room alive, I know he told you and your flea-bitten allies where that scraggly excuse for a prince was being held. It was foolish to come here alone, decrepit as you are, but I suppose you had no choice once the wolves had picked up the scent of their lost pup."

"Zuko said nothing," Iroh grated. "Do you think my years away from the palace have cleared my memory of the way things are done here? Sokka could only be held in the prison tower."

Azula went on smiling. "You have your story, and I have mine. It hardly matters. That prisoner was sent away days ago. But, now that I think of it, it must have slipped my mind to notify Zuko."

Iroh held an unflinching expression, but a chill crept down his spine. However their paths may have diverged, it alarmed him to know his nephew was so ensnared with an opponent against whom he was completely outmatched. Azula went on, her voice a steady flow, smooth as a spider stepping across her web.

"It's been obvious from the start that my brother still harbors certain weaknesses, but I had maintained such high hopes for his rehabilitation. I won't bore you with the details, but suffice it to say that my efforts on his behalf have gone most unappreciated. Perhaps this little exercise will teach him the proper respect for my goodwill."

"Respect?" Iroh barked. "The Fire Lord will kill him!"

"Father is busy with more important matters. I see no reason to involve him in Zuko's feeble gestures at treason. Yet."

Iroh gaped at her, unable to hide the shock and worry on his face as her plans began to come clear.

"At the end of the day," Azula patiently explained, "your attack will result in nothing. You will be arrested here and taken on to your just reward. Your friends, on the other hand, will shortly find themselves trapped in the prison tower. The guards will cut them all down one by one, except perhaps for their leader - though we don't really need him, since we have his heirs already…"

The air in the chamber felt stuffy, the glare from the torches seemed suddenly too bright. Iroh cursed himself. Blind old man, foolish old man…

"…The Avatar shall remain safely undisturbed," Azula went on, "and Father will return from his pressing business to find the situation well in hand. Most importantly, Zuko will learn what happens when he attempts to play at subterfuge."

"You are going to a great deal of trouble to keep him between you and the throne," Iroh said, finally restoring his stony expression.

This was none of his concern. He should not allow Zuko's predicament to add to his own. Not any more. And yet he watched Azula with keen attention, searching her expression for hints of deceit. Her mouth quirked slightly downward and her eyes tightened.

But before she could speak, a mighty rumble shook the room. Azula leapt to her feet in a flash, and her stare told Iroh she had not expected this interruption. One of the rough-hewn side walls of the chamber punched in in a cloud of dust and debris, knocking the nearest standing torches clattering to the floor. Through the gaping hole stepped a slim girl dressed all in pink. She cracked her knuckles and swung up one arm to point unfailingly at Azula.

"Hey Princess," she sneered, "it's time for our rematch."

For the space of a heartbeat, Iroh stood transfixed, facts rearranging in his mind. Then Azula pounced in his momentary distraction, punching a fierce blue gout of flame at him. Iroh stumbled back, evading so narrowly that he smelled burnt hair from his beard.

Toph stepped forward and punched overhead. A great spar of stone erupted through the polished granite of the royal sitting platform, shattering it. Unfazed, Azula leapt back acrobatically and propelled herself off the wall, then kicked a wild line of flame at Toph as she was arching through the air. The earthbender raised up a stout defensive wall on which the flames broke and, the second Azula touched down, sent it like a wave across the room, tearing the floor to rubble in its passing.

Over the roar of fire and stone, Iroh could not possibly have heard guards approaching from behind the shut doors at his back, but he knew they were coming. Though he and Toph together were probably strong enough to defeat Azula, they could not afford to become embroiled in a fight now. Lives were at stake.

Just before the short wall struck her, Azula jumped on top of it and delivered a flurry of punches and kicks. Iroh surged into the path of the blows, blocking and sweeping them aside in flashes of yellow and orange.

"We must go! Now!" he shouted over his shoulder.

"No way!" Toph stomped to his side and sent an array of boulders flying at Azula, who ducked them with ease and came back up to attack again. Iroh blocked, but Toph continued her assault.

"I've got a lot of feelings to work through, here-" She raised up pillars in her opponent's path, but Azula dodged around them. "-lots of icky vulnerable emotional-" With every word, she stabbed stone into the air to no avail. "Rrh! Hold still!"

"I'm hardly moving," Azula said as she ricocheted off a pillar and flipped upside down to kick a wheel of fire at them.

Iroh countered with a hard punch, busting the blue flame apart. No sooner had Azula come down than she was moving again, evading flying rocks and huge jutting spalls.

"Is this all it took to win your little barbarian pit-fights? No wonder the Earth Kingdom is on its knees."

"That's it. Now you're gonna-"

"Do not let her bait you!" Iroh shouted, but the thunder of bending went on. Every time Toph slowed her assault, Azula pressed the opening - so Toph did not stop. Between countering the blue flames and yelling to be heard, Iroh was shortly breathless.

"She knows she cannot defeat us together, but if she delays us long enough, it could mean the deaths of our friends. We must rejoin Hakoda and his men! They are heading into a trap!"

Toph paused for an instant in her assault, and Azula landed on one of the long stones angling out of the floor. "No," Toph said, a furrow in her brow, "they're already in it."

Azula peeled her teeth back in a feral sort of grin. "Then they are as good as dead. It seems you have that in common!"

At that moment, the doors burst inward and a swarm of guards hustled into the room. Iroh turned toward the tunnel through which Toph had come. "Now! We must go now!"

"Uh, right!"

Iroh ran a few steps and turned back to see the young earthbender still in the mouth of the tunnel, reaching as if to grab something huge before her. Beyond her, he could see the soldiers closing in. Azula drew back for a strike.

Then, in response to her clutching fingers, the steel I-beams on either side of the hole twisted together in front of the hole. The wall, suddenly unsupported, groaned. Iroh had a final glimpse of many alarmed faces turning upward toward the shifting ceiling, then massive stones fell and blocked off the chamber. All light winked out.

Iroh, his heart in his throat, could not see Toph bend down to press her palm to the floor, but he could hear the fading rumble, the muffled clack of massive stones shifting and settling.

"Relax, Gramps. The rest of the chamber is holding. Nobody's getting squished today."

"That is a relief," he managed, then lit a flicker over his palm. By the light, he could see her smudged face approaching at a quick walk through the settling dust. He couldn't help but smile. "I admit I did not entirely believe it when Katara said that you could bend metal, since such a thing is entirely unheard of. How silly of me! I have never been so glad to be wrong."

A grin split Toph's face. "Don't beat yourself up about it, Gramps. After all that time you kept me company while I was puking my guts up on the Water Tribe ship, how could you have known you were dealing with the greatest earthbender in the world?"

"Even then, I did not lack for signs." Iroh watched a little color rise in her cheeks. She reminded him so much of his nephew in moments like this, when a parent's doting praise bucked her from her arrogant performance. Iroh felt an ache in his own chest resonate in answer, and he rested one hand on her shoulder. "It is good to see you, Toph. But we must hurry and help the others."

"Right. I think I can take us straight up to the tower, but it's gonna be a rough ride. You ready?"

"I am with you," Iroh said, warmth in his voice, "but we cannot forget the Avatar..."

"Way ahead of you," Toph said with an easy grin.

She dropped into horse stance and, with rough gestures of her arms, broke the rock they stood on away from the tunnel so that they were riding it like a sled up the steep slope. The wind swiftly puffed out Iroh's light and they rumbled through the darkness. Iroh's heart returned to his throat.

"Actually," Toph went on, shouting over the grinding rock, "Aang's doing better than anybody else right now. Go figure!"

Iroh, swaying with the motions of the stone, allowed himself a bewildered smile. "How cosmically just that we old men came here believing we would fish all of you out of hot water, only to find each of you had the situation in hand in your own ways."

"Yeah..." Toph hesitated, an uncharacteristic note of uncertainty in her voice. "Totally under control."

She said no more on it, and Iroh let the moment pass, but his mind whirred. The situation was not at all under control. It was little more than luck that Zuko had enabled Toph to make her escape at such an opportune moment, and that his plan coincided so beneficially with Iroh's. Less lucky was Azula's keen awareness of her brother's complicated allegiances. She had clearly had no warning of Toph's metalbending, but Zuko was not likely to have another such powerful surprise up his sleeve. Whatever Azula was up to, she would not be so easily misdirected again.

But Iroh could not fight the intricate political war Zuko had steered himself into. That was a struggle for Zuko, alone. Iroh fixed his eyes on the darkness ahead and let the dank wind cool his heated brow as they rumbled ever nearer to the surface.

.


.

Hakoda stared at the spot of sky where Katara had just disappeared over the lip of the gully. He felt breathless, and although his legs strained beneath him and his boots scraped over the gritty earth, he could not seem to move forward. Finally, he became aware of the arms holding him back.

"If we go chasing after her," Bato was saying, "we won't escape the city. Hakoda, we have to get Sokka and run."

Hakoda strained against them with a wordless snarl. These men were his brothers. They had grown up together, gone to war together. The men standing around him now had stood beside him through all the hardest times. Every hard-won victory in the last four harrowing years, every crushing loss. Kya. But warm as their hands were where they gripped his shoulders and arms, they did not ease the chill wracking through him now.

Katara had looked so like her mother in the moment she turned away, and it wrenched at Hakoda with the power of the nightmares that had snapped him awake sweating and choking on his cries in the years when Kya's death was still a fresh wound. He had not protected his wife, and now his daughter was running straight to her own end, and he could do nothing to prevent that, either.

"Hey, you know what?" Miku said with forced brightness. "I think she's going to do okay here."

Several of the others made disgusted sounds and muttered about head injuries. Hakoda seemed not to hear at all. Bato shot the younger man a warning look, but Miku just shrugged and persisted.

"Am I the only one who saw what she just did? She pulled water out of nowhere."

The men were silent, and the words against us floated through all their minds and eyes.

At last, Hakoda stopped struggling. The others withdrew a step, but Bato remained, still gripping his shoulder and peering into his face.

"We'll free Sokka," he promised. "This fight isn't over yet."

Hakoda let a few more breaths ease the raw place inside him, then nodded. "Right." He turned and set his eyes on the tower. "Right. We go in in pairs. The alarm is already sounding in the city, so the guards will be on alert. I want a distraction from the cliffside, and the other group will slip in over the front walls. Make your disguises count. Kottik-" He caught the dour man's eye. "You and I will take the roof."

Kottik nodded, but said nothing.

"I'm a better climber," Miku said, holding up one hand. He had lost a gauntlet somewhere and his palm looked skinny and naked.

"You'd make a prettier smear on the rocks, too."

"Kovu has a point," Hakoda said dryly. "Best you stay grounded until your head clears. You're in the group of three."

After he sketched a diagram of the tower in the dust and everyone was clear on their roles, they moved out. Hakoda led the way up the slope to the base of the crater wall and, hidden from the tower by a rocky outcropping, he and Kottik shed their Fire Nation armor. Neither of them were young anymore, and they would need all of their agility for the climb.

Kottik did not protest, but his mouth held in the same tight downward slant. "Your sword."

"Back in the palace."

Hakoda said no more and began to climb, but he remembered the moment the firebender had rolled back and kicked his weapon right out of his hand. Maybe, if his initial strike had been just a little harder, things would have turned out differently. Iroh would not have forgiven him, but Katara might not have been so determined to stay. A fair trade, if not a prudent one.

But Hakoda had not quite put his all into murdering Zuko, and now he had to pay for that sentimental lapse. He had never been bloodthirsty, had never allowed his fight to be tainted with a thirst for vengeance. Hakoda's war had always been a matter of inevitability, a struggle for the survival of his people - not the punishment of individual soldiers for the Fire Nation's crimes.

Seeing Katara in a collar, though. That made him regret not pushing the extra half-inch it would have taken to put an end to that firebender once and for all.

He jammed his fingers into the crevices between rocks and hauled himself higher, faster. Kottik followed along, silent as a pointing finger. That was why Hakoda had chosen him. It didn't matter how much the man disapproved - so long as there was a fight ahead of them, Kottik was reliably focused, silent, ready to do whatever needed done.

They came to the highest ledge and crept along it as far as they could, then made the daring leap over to the sloped roof of the tower. Tiles crunched under Hakoda's boots, but the pieces did not slide away. He and Kottik shared a loaded look, then each chose a window on the level below. Swift and silent, impervious to the dizzying fall below, they swung from the roof and through the windows.

Hakoda landed clear and clean on the floor of the observation room, but Kottik slammed boots-first into a guard. They went sprawling, but Hakoda was not watching anymore. Two more guards stood stunned with their backs to him, gaping at the pair on the floor. The second they regained their senses, they would shout an alarm and the advantage would be lost.

In one smooth sweep, Hakoda spun the first man's helmet around so that it covered his face, then kicked the second man in the back of the knee. As he went down, Hakoda darted in to slug him in the face, knocking him flat to the floor. Then he spun back to the first man, swept the legs out from under him, and wrestled his arms behind him in his moment of breathlessness. A moment later, one man was bound and gagged and the other was unconscious. Hakoda rose and claimed a fallen spear, ready to move on.

Kottik, however, was still crouching atop the guard he had subdued, his sword drawn back for a killing blow to the throat. He was hesitating. That all on its own was enough to make Hakoda pause and stare.

The guard bared her teeth at him, but her eyes were afraid. Her voice, when she tried to cry out, was faint, breathless from the larger man's weight on her breastplate.

Kottik did not look away from her. His expression was as unyielding as the icy peaks of home. His sword hand, though, shook almost imperceptibly.

All in a rush, he set the weapon aside and yanked down her paneled headdress, tightening the knot in her mouth as an impromptu gag. He rolled her over despite her struggles and bound her wrists behind her with a strip torn off his uniform brown tunic.

As he snatched up his sword and joined Hakoda at the door, he would not make eye contact. Whatever had passed through his head, it was behind him now. Abandoned for the focus of the moment. Hakoda drew a breath and found his own focus. Then they moved on.

They crept down the stairs, past a level of dark barracks, then ventured lower into the prison proper. Like shadows, they darted along the blocks of cells, searching the slumped bodies and despairing faces for one in particular. They hid away in the stairs and in empty cells as patrols of guards marched past, then hastened on.

Sokka was not on the first level, nor the second. Hakoda's jaw ached from how hard he clenched his teeth together, but he was steady and patient as he led Kottik down another level.

Sokka was not there, either.

Beyond the barred windows, sounds of commotion came from the courtyard. A small explosion marked Bato's use of their only bit of blasting jelly. The distraction had begun. Hakoda was supposed to be freeing Sokka now and using the chaos as cover to get him out of the tower. A swell of feeling mounted in him as they completed a circuit of the fourth level. Only one remained.

Somewhere outside, a man screamed. His voice was nearly unrecognizable in its agony, but Hakoda knew at once that it was Akuma. The distraction was failing. Time was running out.

But they finished their circuit of the final level and there was still no sign of Sokka. Hakoda turned toward the stairs. Perhaps they had overlooked him.

Kottik grabbed him by the elbow with a grip like iron. "He's not here."

Hakoda turned on him in a rush, shoving his hand away, but Kottik didn't even flinch. He just frowned evenly up at his chief, ready to do whatever needed to be done.

And Hakoda knew what had to be done. He did. It was a maelstrom opening up inside him, that certainty. Sokka was not here. They had been deceived. They had come here for nothing, and now they would have to fight their way free, all for nothing.

Hakoda grimaced against the roar rising up in him, then shut it all away. He let himself become ice, still and calm and deadly. When he looked back at Kottik, he felt nothing but the thump of his heart.

"Let's go."

They found their way to the heavy bolted door and made quick work of the guards waiting there. It was easy. They were unprepared for an attack from within.

Outside, the courtyard bristled with squadrons of soldiers running back and forth, far more than Hakoda would have anticipated for a stronghold of this size. The anterior gate stood open and a stream of soldiers rushed out, shouting as they closed in on the warriors outside. Near the main gate, Nuklok backed into the corner where Akuma lay crumpled and shivering. Their disguises had apparently afforded them no advantage at all, but Nuklok held his spear at the ready, leveled against the advancing line of firebenders.

Hakoda and Kottik did not shout as they rushed in to attack the firebenders from behind. Their first strikes were deadly. Two enemies fell, never to rise. Before they even hit the ground, Hakoda had spun to his next opponent. He did not see Kottik, but heard the sound of his sword screeching against armor. Nuklok lunged at another in his moment of distraction. Two more enemies fell.

Then the advantage was lost. A grunt and a blast of heat were the only warnings before Kottik staggered into Hakoda's back. There was a smell of burnt cloth and flesh. Hakoda stumbled too close to the next firebender and caught the man's fist with one cheek in a blast of stars and premature flames. In the moment it took his vision to clear from the impact and the haze of pain, he realized the howling sound was the enemy who had struck him, clutching his broken hand.

A fireless blast hit his side and Hakoda went tumbling to the packed dirt. For a few seconds he lay where he had fallen, his head ringing anew. Smoke and dust filled the air in a choking cloud. An officer was shouting something, but it seemed so distant, lost somewhere out of sight.

Unaccountably, he remembered a blizzard years ago, one of the big ones that would occasionally require that they ran ropes from one hut to another just so no one got lost going to see a neighbor. He remembered following the rope home from Bato's hut, pellets of ice rasping off against his mitten as he walked. That flat whiteness had seemed to go on forever. He could have been miles or feet from home, and he would never know the difference - until the baby cried. Then her voice rang out across whatever distance remained, slicing through the indistinct landscape like an arrow shot straight for his heart.

Her cries would not reach him here, so far from the clean cold of home, but he still felt it. The punch of impact, the ache.

Hakoda choked and coughed in the hot dust before covering his mouth with his uniform shirt. The earth shuddered under his hands as he pushed himself up to his knees, then forced himself to his feet. Then, through the clamor of armor and groans, he heard it - the voice of a child, calling his name.

Chapter Text

The mood inside the guardhouse was one of quiet anxiety. With alarm bells clanging over the city and hastily-passed rumors of some kind of attack at the palace, every soldier assigned to the stables was on edge, and those stuck inside had it worst. They were on a strict rotation so that no one spent too long standing in the sun in their armor, but it was frustrating to be cooped up in the guardhouse with something obviously going on out there. They watched at the windows and, when nothing happened out in the yard, they paced.

If there were some scrabbling sounds from the basement, none of them thought anything of it. Rat-vipers got into the grain sometimes, but who could spare time for shooing pests now?

Suddenly, the middle of the floor exploded upward in a shower of wood and dust and a boy dressed in ragged yellow and orange leapt through. He carried a spear across his shoulders and tied to either end was a grain sack dribbling molasses from multiple little holes. No sooner had he popped into sight, grinning, than he started dancing around the room, twirling the spear and flinging ribbons of sticky syrup all over everything.

Guard after guard made a dive for him, but the kid seemed weightless. He slipped right away and kept shouting.

"Ha ha! None of you can catch me! Too slow!"

Shortly, every guard in the room was covered in molasses. The door banged open and the captain surged in, followed by every other soldier from the yard. He pulled up short, his mouth hanging open with a half-spoken demand for an explanation. A moment later, he too was covered in molasses.

"You idiots! One of you grab him!"

But the boy only darted away and finally came to rest on the edge of the card table. The sacks hung light and empty from either end of the spear. With a sheepish grin at the men closing in around him, he tossed the weapon aside.

"Well guys, it's been great, but I gotta run!"

"Block the exits!" the captain shouted. "Don't let him get away!"

But it was too late. The boy flew impossibly through the air and dove head-first through the hole in the floorboards. Guards fell through trying to follow after him and crashed to a rough landing on the stone floor below. The man at the bottom of the heap saw the boy dart up the stairs and out the door into the bright sunlight. With the weight of so many other bodies bearing down on him, though, he could not spare breath to shout.

Up in the courtyard, the few remaining soldiers chased after the boy. He stumbled and swayed, evidently tired, and the men posted outside the barn surged forward to grab him. At the last second, a winged-monkey creature dropped out of the sky and shrieked around their heads. The boy ran past, pushing with one skinny arm off the wide doorframe.

Several grooms made a stand in the aisle between the rows of stalls, wielding pitchforks or shovels or the big rasps they used on rhino claws. They weren't soldiers, but they wouldn't just let some kid steal the Fire Lord's animals. Or, worse, the Princess's racing lizards.

People still half-jokingly whispered that disappointing the Princess was a good way to get banished. In the present moment, though, not one of the grooms doubted it could happen.

The boy pulled up short and seemed for a second as if he'd been thwarted in his mischief. But then he dropped into a bending stance, twirled around, and shot out his arms to either side of the aisle. Thin gusts of air tore along the walls of doors, snapping the simple iron latches open. A dozen doors swung wide, and a dozen high-spirited Komodo rhinos and racing lizards emerged.

The grooms fell to chaos trying to shoo the animals back in, but it was too late. The biggest rhino lumbered toward the exit and the others fell in behind him. The racing lizards scattered, some skittering up the walls toward the loft. A couple of eel hounds loped out. A skittish tigerdillo, a gift that had hardly ever been handled - because what did one even do with a tigerdillo - trotted out of the barn and rolled right through the paddock fence, shattering the planks.

By the time the rhinos were escaping, syrup-splattered guards had poured out of the guard house and were rushing across the courtyard. When the two groups spotted each other, they stopped. The guards became suddenly aware that they were coated in the same molasses that was used to make grain palatable to the ferocious war mounts. The rhinos lifted their horned snouts to the air, sniffing.

The guards let out alarmed cries, turned around, and ran back for the guard house.

Meanwhile, no one really noticed the exhausted boy making his way back to the farthest stalls, leaning on doors as he yanked open more latches. He came at last to the biggest stall, reinforced with steel set into the stone foundation, and hung off the bars, smiling.

"Appa!"

The bison lifted his shaggy head and snuffled at the boy through the slats. Enormous chains rattled from all six of his legs, but his rumbles and groans were happy, excited. The boy reached a slim hand inside and pressed it to the bison's massive forehead, and for a second, both shut their eyes and breathed deep, relieved breaths. They were complete again.

"Okay boy," Aang said as he backed up a few steps. "Let's get you out of there."

He fell into one of the stances Katara had taught him and drew up streams of water from the trough in Appa's cage. One by one he froze the locks and shattered the mechanisms. Then he threw open the door, scattering bits of broken steel. Appa wiggled his toes in the straw and took one step out.

"Halt!"

Aang spun around and found the aisle of the barn blocked off by four guards who had managed to evade most of the molasses. They leveled spears at him and the two in the center stepped forward into firebending stances.

"Waugh!"

Aang dodged into the stall and pulled the door shut behind him, hiding behind the solid lower half. A few licks of flame puffed through the bars above his head. Appa reared back and groaned.

"Okay," Aang said, scrambling up on the bison's head. "Looks like we've gotta find another way out of here, boy!"

Appa turned and, with a mighty flap of his tail, blasted the rear corner out of the roof. Twisted bars stuck out, bared without the wall behind them, but nothing had been done to reinforce the top of the enclosure. A huge section of rafters and crossbeams went flying, leaving a gaping stretch of open sky.

"Nice one, Appa! Yip yip!"

They flew between the jagged bars and beams of the roof and swiftly climbed high over the city, the sun cutting their silhouettes like perfect gems, the fresh wind stroking their cheeks. Free.

.


.

"Alright," Bato said as the blast faded to echoes and the rear gate slumped broken on its hinges. "I think we have their attention. Ready the rocks."

"Ready." Miku and Kovu drew back their arms, each clutching a jagged stone the size of a fist. Between them, they had gathered a heap of similarly shaped rocks, and they knelt on the slope behind the cover of an oblong boulder, waiting for the first soldiers to show their faces.

It did not occur to them to joke that they had laid this same trap as boys, only with snowballs. Bato raised his own rock and tried not to let that bother him.

They all knew what was at stake here. This whole thing stank of a trap, but they had to rescue Sokka before they fled the city. He was one of the pack. He was worth the risk of saving.

Even if attacking this prison in broad daylight was crazier than riding wild hippo-seals. Even if the plan to escape was hazy at best, and the rendezvous point was a long march from the capital through hostile territory. Even if Hakoda was so shaken from Katara's betrayal that he might not be able to pull off one of his miraculous victories this time.

Despite everything stacked against them, and despite the coil of fear in his gut, Bato held his rock steady when unseen soldiers - and from the sound of it, maybe a rhino - ripped down the broken gate to clear a path.

Hakoda had been right about one thing, at least. The anterior gate was the ideal target for the blasting jelly; where the outer wall butted against the sheer rock of the canyon, it stair-stepped up to provide additional protection. Unfortunately, the design also made the wall difficult to man and, where the three warriors had taken cover on the slope, they could not be fired upon from the guard tower.

So, when firebenders began trying to march out, Bato and the others were free to pelt them with stones that gouged at faces and battered helmets to the ground. The lead squad faltered and blocked the gateway and, for a moment, the enemy was held at bay.

Then, they ran out of rocks.

"The trail. Quickly."

Kovu and Miku ran ahead, scrambling between outcroppings of crater wall to reach the path they had found zig-zagging up to the cliff. They raced up the first stretch, hugging the stone wall as the ground receded below. About halfway, they paused long enough to shove a heap of boulders down the steep incline. Screams came from below. Miku tried to lean over the edge for a look, but Bato grabbed his shoulder and steered him on.

"Great way to get your face burned off," Kovu scoffed.

"I just wanted to see-"

"Save your breath for the climb," Bato cut in, then followed his own advice.

This was good. With any luck, the pursuit would be slowed enough by the rockfall that they would have a chance to climb all the way out of the crater and disappear into the forest on the mountainside. It would leave Hakoda and the others with a difficult escape on their own, but at least the tower's forces would be divided. Maybe, just maybe, this day would end in victory.

The instant the notion formed in Bato's mind, though, he came around a bend in the path and stopped short, blocking Kovu and Miku with either arm.

Above, not a stone's throw away, the jagged rim of the crater lunged upward. A hole had been chiseled through, leaving a tunnel just tall and wide enough for one man to walk. Through it, Bato could glimpse a door of light from the far end.

But his eye was drawn to the dozen soldiers who stood guard on the path where it flattened and widened at the base of the cliff. They watched him back, none of them appearing surprised.

This was not a standard sentry. There was no shelter, no outpost built to guard this hidden entrance. These men had been assigned this post because they expected someone to come this way today.

Because it was a trap. Bato had known, and still he put his foot in the snare. Now, Kovu and Miku would share his fate because he hadn't listened to his gut.

They were warriors, though, and this fight wasn't over. Bato snapped out his sword and took a step forward. The officer belted out orders to take the leader alive. The firebenders leapt forward in a coordinated strike.

And a monstrous blast of wind whipped over Bato's head and slammed the line of armored men into those behind them, sending the entire detail to a sprawling, groaning heap against the cliff wall. For a heartbeat, he could only stare at them, at the suddenly cleared path. Then, a huge shadow coasted over him and its owner, an enormous six-legged beast, settled in the open space. A skinny kid in ragged yellow robes hopped off the creature's head and alighted before them.

"Hey guys!" He grinned and held up one hand in greeting, though the expression became uncertain as he looked them over. "Um, you areWater Tribe, right? I saw you running from those other soldiers and I thought…"

"Avatar Aang," Bato managed, finally regaining his senses. He had seen this boy once before - from a distance on the beach back at the Air Temple - although the giant flying animal made a stronger impression. Bato sheathed his weapon and removed the Fire Nation helmet he had forgotten he was still wearing. "I am Bato, and these are Kovu and Miku. We're lucky you came along when you did."

He offered a hand and the Avatar shook it in the proper way.

"So was it the old man or the little girl who rescued you?" Miku asked, grinning. Bato turned a dry look on him, but he only shrugged and rubbed the back of his head. "I've got a bet with Nuklok. If I win, he's got to give me his good belt buckle. You know, the abalone shell one with-"

"Apologies, Avatar," Kovu interrupted, slinging an arm around the younger man's shoulders to silence him. "He hit his head."

"That's alright," Aang said with a smile. "And it was Toph who freed me. I'll tell you all about it later. Right now, though, something tells me we need to go help the others."

The clanks of armor announced the pursuing soldiers not far down the path. Bato glanced back. "I don't think we'll have much luck retracing our steps."

"That's okay - Appa can carry us!"

With that, the Avatar leapt up to land light as a sparrow on the giant beast's head. The warriors remained where they stood, wide-eyed. Finally, Kovu raised a shaking hand to point.

"You can't mean for us to actually get on that thing-"

Bato grabbed him by the shoulder and hauled him toward the creature. He'd ridden stranger things than flying buffalos - probably - and for less dire reasons than this one. Miku scrambled up into the huge saddle without coaxing, but Bato had to shove Kovu ahead of him.

"This thing flies. You saw that, right? I don't think I'm comfortable with-"

"You can be comfortable later, after we help our brothers and get out of here."

No sooner had Bato hauled himself up after Kovu than the beast surged beneath him and he felt the sickening swell as they lifted up off the ground. The rock of the cliff fell away and the crater shifted below, widening into a vast and horrible chasm. Buildings diminished to children's toys. Men crawled about like ants.

"Okay everybody - hold on!" the Avatar cried, joyful as only a child could be when faced with such a nauseating sight. Kovu wrapped his arms around the rim. Miku laughed.

Bato gripped the saddle with one hand and the back of the younger warrior's belt with the other. Then, the bison dropped into the crater like a hawk diving out from under its flea-mites.

.


.

There was no outer wall surrounding Caldera to mark the boundary between the city and the crater cliffs - buildings simply cropped up wherever the land became suitable for construction. On the outskirts downhill from the prison tower, the arid, jagged ground broke suddenly into clusters of fine houses and thickets of greenery. The road from the prison switchbacked down the slope before smoothing out to a gentle curve as it entered back into the city.

Katara did not have time for gentle curves. She set her sights on the palace and ran for it in an all-out sprint, skidding down the rocky slope and occasionally using the dwindling stream of water to help soften her landings. Her lungs seared and a stitch lanced through her side, but she pressed on, harder than before.

She had to get back as quickly as possible. It wouldn't take any time at all for word to spread that she had abandoned her oath, and Katara couldn't let that happen. She had to see this through. She had sacrificed too much now to fail.

Her dad's eyes burned at the back of her mind, hotter than the sun blazing overhead. There was a feeling in her belly like she had swallowed a mouthful of the volcanic rock crunching under her fine palace shoes.

She shut away the sick feeling and fixed her sights on the spires of the palace, and on the shade of a tended copse of spindly trees just ahead. She skidded to a stop among the long, thumb-thick trunks, bracing one hand on a boulder and heaving in one deep breath after another as she rubbed the stitch from her side. The last of her water fell to the ground, vanishing at once among the tufts of bending grass.

The manor house nestled among the trees was the first of several, and the more closely-arranged buildings of the city proper stood clustered at the base of the slope. She was more than halfway there. As soon as she caught her breath-

"You there! Halt and identify yourself!"

Katara turned to find a handful of guards closing in on her from the direction of the house. They wore some noble's livery, one of the wealthier families. She held up her hands, still gasping.

"It's okay! I'm just - passing by."

"She's a slave," one man said, eyes fixed on her collar, on the beads in her braided hair. "Waterbender."

To Katara's bewilderment, they lowered their hands and weapons. Another guard, evidently the captain, fixed a stern look on her and took a step closer. She was an older woman, and though her face was hard, her tone was not unkind.

"Come now. My lord will want you escorted home. Who is your master?"

Katara's breath was finally evening out, and her mind stuttered as she realized, piece by piece, what was going on here. They thought she was one of the healers. They thought she was one of them, and so they thought she was defenseless, little more than a lost girl, a lost pet.

Tinder sparked in her stomach where an ache still lingered from her father's shoulder.

Katara's lip curled. It didn't occur to her now that cooperating would probably mean reaching the palace more quickly and easily. She would not be carried back and forth like a parcel. Fought over and returned to the rightful owner like misplaced property. She wasn't property. The healers weren't property.

"I can get back on my own, thanks."

The captain took another step closer. The guards behind her began fanning out through the slim trees to surround Katara. "Don't resist. You know the law. You know what happens to runaway slaves."

"I'm not running away," Katara snapped, widening her stance but letting the guards move around her. She was ready for this fight, for any fight. "And no. I don't know the law, so why don't you tell me. What happens to runaway slaves?"

"A beating, if you're lucky." The captain sized her up anew, eyes narrowing. "But for a trouble-maker? Probably worse."

Katara could see the guards sliding into her blind spots, but she did not move. There was something hiding behind the captain's stern tone, some knowledge in her eyes. It prickled at Katara's nerves, difficult to identify and swiftly lost in the rising flood of her anger.

"Don't make this harder on yourself than it has to be." The captain raised up one hand, reaching out as if to slip her fingers through the halter on an escaped ostrich-horse. "No harm's been done, now. We can just take you home."

"Home," Katara repeated quietly. She thought of her father's eyes and the cold wind, so far out of reach to her now, and sank deeper into her fighting stance. "I think the word you're looking for is 'cage'."

The captain stopped approaching and withdrew her hand slightly. Her eyes did not flick to the side, but Katara heard the tall grass behind her rustle against heavy boots.

She moved in a rush, yanking at the water in the slender trees surrounding them, dragging the trunks into a whipping frenzy. Guards cried out and went tumbling as branches swatted at their heads and shoulders.

Katara ran. She tore the water out of the trees and the grass and the irrigated soil as she raced down the incline. For an instant she thought the roaring sound in her ears was from the blood that pounded desperately through her, but then the wave surged up beneath her, hardening under her feet. Then she was surfing on ice, shooting down the slope into the city proper.

.


.

The deafening grind of rock on rock was actually kind of nice when it drowned out a whole city of chaos. Simple. Toph let the vibration buzz up through her - toes, heels, shins all the way to her head - and swallow all the other signals she was receiving.

She wished the rumble would drown out the sick feeling in her gut when she thought of Azula walking free. Because, for that cold-blooded schemer, walking free meant blackmailing Toph's parents. If they hadn't received the seal yet, they would soon, and she wasn't sure what lengths they would go to to save her. Puny as they were, they had a lot of sway in Gao Ling. It could be bad news for the resistance if they decided to do something stupid.

But there was nothing to do about that right now except get out of the Fire Nation. One stomp at a time.

Toph stopped the rock slab and paused to listen. They were underneath the prison tower now, and the chaos of many boots pounding the rock was beginning to unify into patterns. The Water Tribe warriors walked differently, even when they wore Fire Nation boots. Toph could see them all arranged in the courtyard like tiles on a board.

"Alright, Gramps. I only see Hakoda and three of his guys, with a whole bunch of firebenders between them. I'll take us up right in the middle."

"I am ready."

The calm determination in his voice was no act. The old guy didn't pretend to be fearless and confident before a fight - he just breathed in, and out, and then his heart beat its honest rhythm.

Toph half-smiled, and felt her own heart settle. There were a lot of enemy soldiers up there, but she knew a winning hand when she was dealt it.

She took them up in an explosion of stone and dust that knocked the nearest firebenders on their faces. It also knocked Hakoda down, but Toph wasn't about to be picky. The warriors had had their turn. It was time to tag out.

The soldiers still standing tried to close in, but Toph punched up a defensive wall that launched a half-dozen men screaming through the air. A captain reformed his squad of firebenders on the other side of the courtyard and they shot a synchronized barrage. Toph raised a rock shield to swallow the blasts and then broke it into little chunks to send whistling back. The stones battered armored faces and bellies until the threat was leveled to a groaning heap.

Behind her, Toph sensed Iroh redirect a couple of firebenders and then hasten to aid a warrior who was still protecting a fallen comrade. In the main tower and the turrets around the courtyard, more soldiers were coming. Toph blocked doors with little juts of stone. Archers had taken up position on the walls to fire into the fray. Barely in time, Toph softened the walks under their feet to sand and trapped them waist-deep as they sank. They struggled and kicked, bows forgotten in their panic.

Toph smirked, but it was difficult to be amused by her enemies' kicky legs when so much was going on simultaneously all around her. Soldiers were regaining their feet all over the courtyard. A rhino rider had redirected his mount to break through Toph's defensive wall. A squad was attempting to close Iroh and the two warriors back into the corner.

The performer in Toph wanted to drag this out and really embarrass these guys, but after what had happened on the beach, she knew how quickly the tide could shift in a real fight. They needed to get out of here.

As the thought passed through her head, Toph noticed Hakoda slowly regaining his feet - and the enemy who had recovered more quickly behind him. The firebender pulled back a fist to strike, Hakoda still coughing on hands and knees.

"Chief Hakoda!" Toph turned and tried to launch a counter, but she was too slow - the firebender was already in motion. She could hear the lick of flame sparking into existence.

Then another man slammed into the firebender's knees, sending him sprawling. The blast of bending shot the flagstones with a sizzle. Toph rushed in to help, but the scuffle ended almost immediately, an alarming amount of blood pooling on the ground. The smell, even from feet away, filled her nostrils and buzzed in her head.

"Is-?" She swallowed and tried for a more devil-may-care tone. "If it isn't Old Grumpy! I totally had that guy, just so we're clear."

Kottik grunted and wiped his knife on the firebender's armor padding. He smelled like burnt cloth and flesh. And he was grinding his teeth.

Hakoda's hand fell on Toph's shoulder and, though she couldn't see the look on his face, she could tell from the pounding of his heart and the creak in his voice that he wasn't alright either.

"Toph," he said as if not quite believing it. As if he was disappointed.

"Thank me later, Pops." She pulled away from the paternal touch and turned back toward the fight. "Right now, we need to bust you guys out of here."

With a thunderous crash, Toph's defensive wall sagged and fell and the rhino trampled over the rubble with a triumphant roar. Toph rubbed her palms together and assumed horse stance.

"Alright you scaly overgrown pig-chicken, let's see just how tough you really are."

Abruptly, the rhino cringed and scuttled back through the hole in the wall. Toph frowned and straightened up.

"Hey! That wasn't even good banter!"

Belatedly, she realized that the courtyard had gone quiet and the wind that had picked up wasn't a breeze - it was a direct gust and it smelled way too much like fur, hay, and hot stinky breath. Toph grinned before the bison even settled on the ground.

"Way to go, Twinkle Toes! I knew you could do it!"

He chirped something from around the bison's head, but Toph didn't hear over the scuffle of boots behind her. Kottik had sagged against Hakoda and was trying to right himself. Across the courtyard, Nuklok was carefully lifting Akuma off the ground with Iroh's help.

And all around, soldiers were regaining their feet.

"We have to go now," Hakoda gritted, dragging Kottik toward the bison. "I hope that thing can carry all of us."

"Only one way to find out," Toph said. She stomped and raised her arms and a ramp of stone jutted up on either side of the bison. A couple of men hurried down to help their injured comrades climb.

Toph stayed where she stood and slid one foot across the flagstones. Ten paces away, the ground under a recovering squad of firebenders jerked to one side, dropping them all back down. She opened a deep pit right in the path of a running spearman and he toppled in with a yelp. She shoved back the remains of her defensive wall and knocked a few soldiers into the rhino, which then roared and danced around in a lumbering panic.

"Come on, Toph!" Aang called. "Time to go!"

"Ugh, fine."

With a final punching gesture, Toph brought up a pillar and shot herself into the air. She sailed in an arc, just as she intended, toward the spot where she had heard the others settle into the saddle. Arms came up to catch her when she hit with a grunt. All around her were worn cushions and men who smelled like sweat and blood and char. Some still wore creaking armor. Some were too quiet.

To one side, Aang coaxed the bison into the air. Everyone swayed together as the saddle surged beneath them. Behind, there were blasts of firebending, a crackle of approaching missiles.

"Incoming!"

A heavy body was already standing, shifting through controlled stances despite the tilting saddle. Off to the bison's side, fire slammed into stone. Then they were soaring, climbing into the salty breeze above the crater's edge.

Toph knew this moment should feel like a victory. She was free after weeks of captivity and blindness. She had arguably won every fight, had pretty much done nothing but dominate down there. Everything had gone better than she could have planned. The Avatar was free and the Fire Nation was sure to pay.

And yet her belly was full of gravel. This wasn't like coming out of the pit to a roaring crowd. It was like sneaking out of her room after arguing with her parents.

Maybe it was just the vibe. Everyone around her was cramped and silent. What Toph needed was a little dose of positivity. She made her way to the front of the saddle and draped her arms over the edge to talk to Aang.

"See?" she crowed. "I told you you could do it, and you did!"

She couldn't see his reaction, but she knew he was only half-facing her when he spoke. His smile sounded genuine, though - like he was unexpectedly rediscovering a favorite toy. "Yeah. Yeah, I did! Thanks for believing in me, Toph."

"No thanks necessary, Twinkle Toes. Just let this be a lesson to you. I'm always right."

"Ha ha! Well I'll be sure to never question that again!" He was quiet for a moment, then went on in an undertone. "Toph, you could feel the whole city, right? When you were on the ground."

"Most of it. I get a lot of interference when there are too many people moving around."

"Right. So… could you feel Sokka and Katara?"

Toph hesitated, but only for the space of a breath. "Snoozles is probably already in that Boiling Rock place. And Splatto doesn't want our help."

"Maybe I could talk to her-"

"If you land this stink monster one more time, we might not get a second chance to leave."

The only sound was the wind and Toph became aware of how the gravel in her belly grated with her every breath. She sighed.

"Listen-"

"You're right." The smile was long gone from Aang's voice now. "Appa can hardly carry all these people as it is."

Toph relaxed and patted his stiff shoulder. "Don't worry. She's got this."

Aang didn't reply, and Toph eventually turned around to sit against the rim of the basket. The steady motion of Appa's flight was soothing, and after the exertion of the fight, Toph quickly found herself lulled.

All of that peace snapped away when she caught Aang's voice, probably too low for anyone else to have heard over the wind. His tone was tender, and frightened and sad, but hard under all that.

"I'll come back for you. I promise."

.


.

When the guards finally burst through the ornate doors, they found the throne room in shambles. The floor was littered with dead and unconscious bodies and small fires still gnawed at the pillars and polished wooden floor. Golden moldings had dribbled down the walls to form gleaming puddles. Nothing remained of the wall hangings but shreds and ash.

In the mouth of the great dragon, the Fire Lord's hidden door gaped open. Many of the torches had been extinguished in the tunnel beyond, but firebending flashed and boomed where the shadows deepened. The Prince, though he was out of sight, was clearly already in pursuit of the invaders. The guards hastened to follow his shouts and the blasts of his bending.

However fast they ran, though, it was never quite fast enough. The Prince and his opponents were always out of sight around the next turn.

The guards rounded the final bend to the crash of tumbling rock and found Prince Zuko staring at the jagged wood and heap of rubble that had moments before been a sturdy door. In the flashing light of the one surviving torch, dust furled around his heaving shoulders. His fists were hard and still at his sides.

All at once, he spun to face them, barking orders. "Half of you will stay here to dig out the door. The rest of you, with me."

They parted to make way for him, and the Prince was running once more, leading them back to the last fork, where he diverted and ran through several turns and up a stone stair to one of the guard posts in the city.

He roared orders as he passed through the station, adding soldiers to the force on his heels. They spilled out into the street behind him and began racing back toward the edge of the city where the invaders had fled. The people of the city scurried to clear a path.

But then the din of alarm bells and clamoring citizens was cut by a guttural roar in the sky. Everyone stopped, even the Prince, arrested by the strangeness of it, and raised their faces to look.

A monstrous creature was surging away from the prison tower and over the highest rooftops, plunging through the air and paddling with a tail the size of a wagon bed. A cluster of people clung to its back, not daring to look down. On the monster's head, a skinny boy sat easily, leaning forward into the wind.

Few had the presence of mind to realize at once who the boy was, so many were shocked when Prince Zuko bellowed.

"The Avatar is escaping! Firebenders, shoot him down!"

A barrage of flames arched up into the air, but in the confusion of the moment, many flew wide or too low to reach. Even the Prince, evidently as taken by surprise as the rest of his men, aimed just slightly too far ahead, and the Avatar's bison was able to dodge clear. It climbed slowly over the city, heavily burdened under so many riders, but then it cleared the jagged rim of the crater and swiftly began to dwindle in the fierce blue sky.

Zuko stood among the soldiers and commoners in the street, his heart pounding much harder than the long run could account for. He had not been able to pick out Katara among the passengers, and he felt unaccountably cheated. As if having a final glimpse of her would have changed the way he felt now.

It wouldn't. She was gone. Finally, she was away from here, and Zuko could truly focus on fulfilling his destiny, on being the kind of prince he was supposed to be - instead of the weak, conflicted wreck she made of him.

As a prime example, there was no rational reason why Zuko should spot the Avatar flying out of the Fire Nation's grasp and feel as if a chain had rattled free from his own shoulders.

It was her fault. It had to be.

Zuko shook off the thoughts and rapped out orders, sending more soldiers to deal with the blocked tunnel door from the outside and to demand reports from the prison tower and the royal stables. He also sent a runner down to the Avatar's prison to assess the situation, and another to ensure that the wounded guards in the throne room had been seen by medics.

He had just begun marching back to the palace - because he refused to wait for a palanquin with his heart still hammering - when another cry of alarm rose up behind him. Zuko looked back. His eyes widened and his mouth opened as if to protest the impossible sight.

A flood was thundering up the street, sending people scattering into alleyways before it. Yet the water did not crash over everything indiscriminately. It swooped to avoid two small children who stood frozen in its path. It arched up a wall to rush over a flower vendor's cart rather than smash through.

And at the head of the flood rode a slender woman with piercing blue eyes. Zuko's head rang the moment they locked on him like two hands around his throat. He could not manage to think clearly past the reality that she was not gone, that she had never left. He sucked a sharp breath through his teeth and it unfurled in his chest like wings.

His gut, however, was roiling, molten, rising.

"Protect the Prince!" a guard cried, turning with a handful of other startled soldiers to launch an assault on the rampaging waterbender.

"No! Stop!" Zuko choked and raised his hand as if to grab them, but it was too late. They snapped through their katas and plumes of flame roared down the street.

Katara alighted and, like the final move of a dance, swung the mass of her water up before her into a gushing shield. The sun was bright overhead, though, and the impacts of multiple blasts sent her skidding back, steam rising up off the wet street before her.

"Enough!" Zuko's voice cut the noise, and the firebenders before him stilled, stiff-backed and ready to continue if necessary.

Katara held her stance for a moment, ferocity twisting her face, then let the last of her water drop to the cobbled streets in a splash. She marched forward, glare fixed on Zuko. The firebenders tensed, but Zuko did not notice. He did not see them.

Watching her was too much like staring into the sun. The display at the full moon party had been nothing but a performance: this was the reality of her. She marched forward like a warrior, like she would fight anyone who stood in her way. Most especially him. The sight filled Zuko with fresh heat, a feeling he had nearly forgotten after so long seeing only her bowed head and collared throat. This was the girl he had chased across the Earth Kingdom, the one he had risked his life and his destiny for. Watching her now, after everything, was dazzling.

It was agony.

A few paces short of the firebenders, Katara stopped and snapped her hands up before her, one molded around the other in the Water Tribe way. Her back hardly bent when she bowed.

"Prince Zuko," she proclaimed, loud enough for everyone on the block to hear, "I escaped my kidnappers and returned as quickly as I could. I've come, of my own free will and in the name of my honor and the honor of the Water Tribes, to fulfill my oath of service to you."

She glared at him and Zuko frowned back, unblinking. Those words would only seem humble to outsiders who did not know how virulently she defied him.

Abruptly, Zuko remembered they were not alone. A lot of people were watching this exchange. Minor nobles and dignitaries behind their latticed windows. Soldiers and servants, many of whom would be telling this story within the hour. When he spoke, his voice came out surprisingly level.

"Princess Katara. Because I watched your father carry you from the palace with my own eyes-" Her mouth tipped downward at the loud revelation, but she did not speak. "-I will allow you to return to my service. But if you are reported to be involved in the escape of the Avatar or his allies, you will be treated like any other enemy of the Fire Nation."

At the mention of her friends, her eyes brightened and the slant of her mouth reversed. Perhaps she had not seen the bison fly over, or heard its roar over the noise of her waterbending. Zuko wondered if she would remain pleased with this development instead of finding some fault in it, as had become her habit.

Unlikely. As she stared back at him, the startled pleasure in her eyes faded, hardened to something else.

"Yes, Prince Zuko," she said at last, and that was all. For now.

"Come, then." Zuko watched her step primly between the hulking firebenders before turning away and striding back toward the palace. He did not glance to his side, but he felt her there, two steps behind, the rustle of her clothing itching at the back of his mind.

All through the afternoon of reports and interviews, he felt her there. Despite her silence, Zuko had trouble focusing on the work at hand. She poured the tea that Yotsu brought, and he kept catching glances of her dirty sleeves, and the scent of her sweat. He sank his teeth into the inside of his lip and scowled at the witnesses as they spoke.

The head groom did not look up from the floor the entire time he explained about Azula's racing lizards. The two guards from the Avatar's chamber were ashen-faced and terrified as they described Toph's unbelievable arrival. Toph's maid stammered and blinked rapidly, still shaken even hours after the event.

Zuko received their reports and asked terse questions, and ruthlessly quelled the urge to reassure them that none of it had been their fault. A bead of perspiration tracked down his spine, followed by another and another, but Zuko held his scowl firm as a shield before him. With Katara so near, it was easy to exude unhappiness.

Azula appeared in the audience hall midway through the afternoon. She said nothing, just stood inside the doorway and listened to a captain from the prison tower describe the attack. Zuko tried to pretend she was not there, that she was just another notary transcribing events, but his pulse beat hard in his throat.

The damage to the Fire Lord's bunker had been extensive, but none of the guards seemed able to say why a fight had taken place there. Seeing the hard set of Azula's mouth, the tightness around her eyes as she watched him, Zuko began to form an idea of what it was they had been holding back from him.

After all, someone had anticipated Iroh's plan.

"…final toll is six dead and nine wounded," the captain finished, frowning at the far wall. "Heavy losses, considering we faced a handful of warriors and a few inexperienced benders. Still, your highness, I implore you to have mercy on my soldiers. They fought hard and well. Whatever the savages' purpose for attacking the tower, they did not succeed."

Zuko's eyes snapped back to the captain. "I imagine," he said carefully, "they were looking for their prince."

"I hope they find him," he said with a faint curl of his lip. He blinked as if remembering to whom he spoke. "Forgive my candor, Prince Zuko. I've never lost a soldier at home… and those wolves will never survive an attack on the Boiling Rock."

A cold lump formed in Zuko's gut, a crackling awareness. It was like standing on a frozen pond and knowing that a massive and hungry fish swam beneath him, just a thin sheet of ice away.

Across the audience hall, Azula stared back at him. No pleasure registered on her face, but her stare was cool, and Zuko knew without a doubt that she could sink him. That she would.

Silk rustled behind him as Katara shifted, a slide of layers against one another. Zuko could not guess at her reaction, but the sound was enough to remind him of the captain. Stiffly, he resumed his questioning.

At length, Azula left the room as quietly as she had come. Zuko bent his mind to the task at hand and shut away thoughts of what she was about to do. It was unlikely she would inform on him, at least - that wasn't her style - but it was even less likely that she would just let this go. He had thwarted her plan to capture Iroh and the Southern Water Tribe chieftain. Whatever revenge she meant to take upon him now, it would not be so innocuous as a threatening late night visit.

Chapter Text

When the reports were done and the orders for repairs had been put in and a messenger had been sent to apprise the Fire Lord of the situation as it stood, the afternoon was drawing to a close and Katara's knees were throbbing from kneeling for so many consecutive hours. With every heartbeat, needles stuttered across her kneecaps and ankles, harmonizing with the drawn-out ache that thrummed the length of her spine. It droned on and on in the back of her mind, a symphony of modest sufferings.

Katara breathed slowly and evenly and did not allow her discomfort to show. She had sat through the whole long afternoon with perfect posture and a perfectly blank expression. She had refilled the Prince's teacup each time he emptied it, and each time, she poured exactly as she had been trained. When he finally dismissed the notaries and rose to retire to his private chambers, Katara rose with him as if attached to his shoulder by an invisible thread. To every staff member watching, she was a proper and attentive servant.

But behind her downcast eyes, she seethed. The pain was easy to set aside when her thoughts were so sharp, so bent on all the things she planned to tell Zuko once she had him alone. His hypocrisy sickened her. His words during the confrontation in the throne room echoed in her head, chased by the hot shame of that moment, the injustice he'd inflicted on her.

She followed him to his chambers as she always did, and bowed in attendance with the other servants in the corridor, all waiting to be dismissed. This had become a ritual after their political tea trips around the city. Katara would see him to his quarters and then, with Roshu trailing after her like a polar bear-dog, adjourn to her own rooms. Usually, she was more than eager to be rid of Zuko's company. Tonight, things were different, and the lieutenant being in an infirmary somewhere had little to do with it.

He could send her away now if he wanted, but that did not matter; she knew how to get to him when all the doors were shut between them.

But Zuko did not proceed into his chambers. With her head bowed and her eyes lowered to just the proper level, Katara could see how he turned his head, not to look at her but to indicate that he was addressing her.

"You will attend me in my sitting room this evening."

For a second, she did not speak, and emotions rolled through her like fronts colliding, stirring each other to a mightier storm. How dare he command her this way, now, after what he had done? And with Yotsu and the door guards and the maids and footmen looking on, noticing this new development, probably already internally speculating. A blush crawled up Katara's neck and across her face. Behind it, rage lashed her like a punishing rain.

For a second, she did not speak. Then her voice came, low and even. "As you command, Prince Zuko."

He turned away and stepped through the doorway. A heartbeat later, Katara followed.

She could not have guessed from his rigid posture or steady stride, but Zuko was being pummeled by his own inner storm. He knew she followed behind him and held her head bowed and her eyes fixed to the floor like dustmice, but he sensed her the way he would sense a rocket aimed at him while the fuse burned down to a sliver.

Zuko was not so stupid as to stand in front of a lit rocket, but he also wasn't stupid enough to allow her to see his fear. If he had simply dismissed her as usual, she (and every staff member watching) would think he was hiding from her. And he didn't want to hide. He didn't want to sit in her mocking silence for another second.

What Zuko wanted, the desire that had burrowed into his skin and left him mercilessly itching under his sweat-chafing formal attire, was to really have it out with her. In his mind, he was already arguing with her, she was lashing him with words, and words swiftly escalated to blows. Their elements were devastating the sitting room, blasting through plaster and buckling polished floorboards with steam. Their bodies and tempers snapped back and forth and finally, winded but hardly spent, they fell together. The warmth of her skin. Her pillowy hair. Her sweat an aromatic hook tugging him closer…

Zuko tamped down the thought the way he would pinch out a flame. That wasn't happening. He would not allow that to happen.

While these thoughts played swiftly through his mind, he led her down a short, wide hallway to the receiving room. He ordered a footman to fetch tea and then, as if an afterthought, turned to Katara. Her short hair was mussed and dirt clung to her clothes, but that was the only outward sign that she was not another humble servant.

That, and the collar. If Zuko had not already banished his heated thoughts, the sight of that iron ringing her slim neck would have done it. It looked cold and heavy, and too coarse to be allowed to touch her skin. He had almost stopped noticing it, but then Hakoda had remarked on it. Iroh had seen. Now, the sight of the collar filled Zuko with an ugly feeling that writhed greasily in his belly.

Then Katara's eyes flashed up in a glance only he was in position to see. It lasted an instant before she dropped them again, but Zuko felt her stare still on him, like chips of ice dropped down his shirt.

"My armor needs repairs. I'll be right back," he said in a deliberately steady voice. "Wait here."

"Yes, Prince Zuko."

Zuko felt like there was probably some hidden meaning in her quiet tone or her unchanging expression, but he turned away and marched from the room. Soon enough. They would deal with that soon enough.

Yotsu had proceeded him to the dressing room and had already selected light evening wear, so Zuko had only to nod his approval and raise his arms. The footmen swiftly went about their tasks, unstrapping the ceremonial armor he had worn for Iroh's sentencing, now freshly scorched and scored by whale-tooth swords. The heavy plates came off and Zuko felt suddenly too light, as if he might be blown away.

The servants replaced his underlayers with fresh robes, too formal for a night in his own chambers, but not quite so fine as he would wear to a celebration. The flames in the hems were sedate, dark red on black, and the high collar and pointed shoulders were a dignified but understated cut. As the silk settled around him and Yotsu tied off the sash and arranged the knot, Zuko was stricken with the same terrible foreboding he had endured all afternoon.

A summons was coming. Perhaps not for hours yet, but it would come. The Fire Lord would not be satisfied by a messenger's retelling of the catastrophic events of this day, and Zuko would be called to explain himself. And, if Azula had already sought out their father, if Zuko was wrong and she decided to do away with him completely after all…

For an instant, it seemed the floor of the dressing room had dropped away and he was a heartbeat from plummeting into darkness. Zuko clawed at solid ground and fixed upon the only thing that seemed as real and important as whatever Azula held in store for him.

Katara. He had to deal with Katara. There was no time to let his fears take hold when he had her to face as well. His relief at the thought was a painful thing.

Finally Yotsu and the footmen stepped back. Zuko lowered his arms and strode from the room, perhaps a little too quickly. As he reentered the sitting room, he found Katara standing over the low table, which was already set with tea and a single cup. She stood in the spot where she would kneel once Zuko assumed his place at the table. Instead, he stopped midway between the door and the table, clenched his teeth, and dismissed the lingering servants from the room.

Katara did not move, and for all she did not appear to be looking at him, she was watching him closely. As the footmen filed out, her heart pounded in her throat, and the rage and humiliation there closed in until she thought she would choke.

When the door slid shut, she didn't even allow the silence to set.

"Does it come easily to you?" she asked, her voice surprisingly controlled as she rolled her eyes up from the perfectly arranged tea set to fix on his face. "Watching innocent people squirm and stutter with guilt over something you caused, I mean."

Zuko did not speak for a moment, but Katara saw how his shoulders hitched up a fraction. She glared at his face, and at the spot behind his ear where a few hairs had come loose from his false topknot. At last he broke the silence, his tone careful, but angry. "Don't tell me you want me to come clean and face the consequences. You know your game can't go on without me."

"Yeah, well it seems like it's pretty dicey with you, too." Sick of standing in her place, she turned away and began pacing one side of the room. Zuko tensed at her sudden movement. She pretended not to see, although it might have pleased her had she been in a better mood. "You lied about Sokka."

"I didn't know. Azula told me she had delayed the transfer."

"Right," Katara sneered, then immediately shook her head and gritted her teeth, not wanting to accept that this could very well be true. "Fine. Did she also make you give me back to my father?"

Zuko's lips thinned and his jaw angled slightly higher. "I saw a chance to set you free and I took it."

Katara stopped pacing, and scowled. He stood there so cool and straight-backed, like this was just another formal audience with just another upset staff member. Katara wanted to slap his stupid head right off his stiff neck.

"You took away my choice," she said instead, soft and venomous. "You undermined everything I've done here. Everything I sacrificed, everything I endured, my every reason for being here - you dismissed it all as less important than your hurt feelings!"

"Hurt feelings?" He took one step toward her and jammed a thumb into his chest. "I risked everything I've fought my whole life for to see your friends and family escape today. Did you really think your father was ever going to leave without you? I made a calculated decision in the heat of the moment because that's what leaders have to do."

"Quit trying to pass this off as some kind of noble act that you put a lot of thought into." Katara folded her arms tight around her, but even clamped against her ribs, her hands still shook. "You didn't want to deal with me anymore, so you tried to get rid of me the second you got a chance."

"You want to believe that? Fine! Whatever it takes to make it easier to hate me, right?" He threw up his hands, then crossed his arms over his chest and scowled down at the lone teacup. "Because I'm the bad guy, and I deserve it. No matter what I do, that's never going to change."

Katara gaped at him. "Are you feeling sorry for yourself right now?"

"No!"

"You are!" She watched, aghast, as he turned his back on her and began pacing the opposite side of the room. "All that stuff you said in the throne room - about me lying to you and using you… and never- never-"

"Don't tell me you deny it," he said, turning around and glaring hard at her from across the table that lay between them like a barricade. "If you had really loved me, you would never have asked me to give up my destiny. My birthright. Who I am." He shook his head and backed up a step. "You only ever wanted me for what I could do for you and your cause. That's still all you want."

"That's ridiculous!"

"No, it's reality. Your behavior when you thought you were pregnant was proof. You told me I was going to have a son. You made it real. And you only ever used it to h- threaten me."

Oblivious to his slip, Katara opened and shut her mouth. Her face burned. She remembered the hard woman she had seen in the mirror back then, the ruthlessness she had embraced. Zuko's words struck deep and stung.

He could see it in her face, too. He raised his chin, a prince preparing to accept his enemy's surrender. "Today I gave Toph a means to escape - for all your allies - and you responded by insulting my integrity. Short of open treason, nothing I do will ever satisfy you."

Katara curled her hands into fists and knuckled hard at her ribs. She felt sick, swollen with so much anger and sorrow and shame that her voice came out strangled. "Do you honestly believe you've done so much for me that I have to forgive you now?"

He didn't speak, only watched her with tight lines around his mouth and eyes, like he was struggling against a high wind. Katara shook her head and looked away, grimacing. But even though her teeth were clenched together so tight, words still came out.

"I did love you. I loved you so much, and you chose your destiny over me. You made yourself my captor, my enemy - and I was… I thought I had my enemy's child inside me and- and you can't imagine how that felt."

She shook her head, her mouth twisted against the memories, the steel cell and chains. Zuko was looking at her strangely, and she became sharply aware of the vulnerability of her words. She bared her teeth.

"I don't owe you anything. You are my enemy, and I'm not ashamed of using the only weapon I had to fight for myself and my people. I had no other choice." Zuko pulled a face and started to shake his head, so she rushed on. "Oh right - I could have forgiven you for betraying me and dooming the world to more war and destruction and just- just agreed to be your- your concubine! What was I thinking? That soundsgreat! 'Concubine' is a much prettier word than 'slave' for what's basically the same thing."

"I never asked you to be a concubine," Zuko finally snapped.

"No, you just had some hazy idea that we could still be together even though I was your prisoner!"

He flung out his arms and shouted. "Well thank the spirits I'm free of that delusion!"

"And yet you still have the audacity to claim I never loved you because I asked you to consider a different path!"

"What kind of person would I be if I had taken that path, Katara?" he demanded, pacing again.

"What kind of person do you think you are now?" she sniped back, but he was already going on and didn't seem to hear.

"I'd be nothing but a traitor! No right to the throne, no honor-"

"You'd be honoring me!"

Zuko stopped pacing and stared at her, looking genuinely shocked. Almost hurt. Katara couldn't stomach that look and let out a breath as she dropped her eyes. She stared hard instead at the perfectly arranged tea set. Everything in its place. Perfect for the prince, for the future Fire Lord. Her mouth twisted sourly.

"That's what I wanted. That's why it's so ridiculous that you think I was ever using you. And now, instead, you humiliated me in front of my tribe with those crazy accusations, and then you passed me off to them like a sack of moldy sea prunes. Like a possession." She turned her scowl back on him, and the impassive mask he had assumed made her snap the last word. "Like a slave."

His eyebrow popped up and he opened his mouth, then shut it again and looked away. His frown grew deep and heavy as his silence stretched. Katara waited, watched him shut her words away. When he finally spoke, what he said didn't even surprise her.

"Our peoples have very different ideas about honor."

Katara curled her lip and Zuko seemed on the brink of saying more, but stopped abruptly at a knock on the door. Quickly, in near silence, they both assumed their places at the table. Katara felt the brush of air from his clothes as he settled. She tried to smooth her expression, but a crease still ached in her brow.

Yotsu entered and bowed deeply. "Prince Zuko, the Fire Lord summons you."

Katara blinked placidly at the round side of the teapot as Zuko acknowledged the message and rose to his feet. She made to rise as well, but he turned to look directly at her. At this close proximity, it stopped her on one knee, poised to stand.

"Stay and have some tea," he said in a weird, quiet voice.

Something in his manner was off, but Yotsu still stood at attendance by the door, so Katara couldn't ask. Instead, she chanced a look up at Zuko, and found his gaze lingering on her neck. His frown lacked heat, and when his eyes flicked up to meet hers, he let out a long breath.

Then he leaned down, his face approaching hers slowly. Katara froze in shock and confusion. Li and Lo had drilled into her head that she was never to pull away; should her master wish to smell her or kiss her or bite her, she was to remain still and allow it. But as Zuko leaned closer, she dropped that training like the garbage it was. She jerked her chin to one side, flushed and frowning.

He didn't touch her. He stopped a mere inch from her ear, warmth radiating from his scarred cheek, and whispered.

"If I don't come back, you have to get out of the city before dawn."

Katara pulled back to gape at him, but he was already withdrawing. A flurry of questions swarmed her but Zuko's shuttered expression offered no answers. He only straightened and turned for the door.

"This discussion isn't over. Await me in the garden."

Katara stared unabashedly at his back as he left the room, not noticing the lingering heat in her cheeks any more than Yotsu's averted but watchful eyes. Only when the door slid shut behind them did she finally return to her senses and look back at the tea set. Slowly, she settled down to sit on her hip.

What had he been trying to do, leaning so close to her that way? Was it really for discretion or did he have some ulterior motive? Maybe he meant to unnerve her. Or show off in front of his valet. Katara crossed her arms and let out an irritated breath. Await him in the garden indeed.

Unless… he really didn't come back.

But that was unlikely. The guards who had survived the confrontation in the throne room had been unconscious, and no one else had been in a position to witness Zuko in an act of treason. Besides, he had spent all afternoon being very convincingly angry about other people's failures to prevent the escape. Katara had observed his performance from beginning to end. It was doubtful anyone could have guessed at his involvement from that. Maybe he was only implying the situation was more serious than it really was to distract her from her rightful anger.

She absently poured a cup of tea and set the pot down an inch from where it was supposed to be. It felt good, pleasing, to see it out of place. She had watched the footman arrange it when it first arrived, and the sight of him making tiny indistinguishable adjustments until everything was precisely where it should be had made her feel as if she was suffocating. Everything was like that here. Even Katara herself was perfectly positioned to serve the Prince, to make the Prince look good.

So now that she was alone, she moved everything on the table out of place. She sat on the cushion and crossed her legs and deliberately slouched. It felt good, but it wasn't enough to sooth her disquiet. Katara drummed her fingers on the table next to the full teacup.

Azula had been in the audience hall this afternoon, but Katara hadn't really grasped why at the time. She had been more preoccupied with learning that Sokka was locked up in a distant prison rather than the tower Zuko had indicated. Now that she thought of it, though, the situation made her increasingly nervous. Azula wouldn't just show up and hang around for no reason. She had intended her presence to communicate something to Zuko. The more Katara thought about it, the more fully she came to believe that Azula really had lied to him about Sokka's location.

And now he suspected that he might not be coming back from this meeting with the Fire Lord.

Katara stopped tapping her fingers and remained perfectly still. For several long moments, she let the reality of what was happening sink in. If Zuko didn't come back, it could simply be because he was talking late with his father.

Or it could be because he was being imprisoned as a traitor. Or worse.

It had always been a possibility, but somehow it had never seemed real. Deep down in her heart, Katara didn't really believe that Zuko's father would really imprison him. A father couldn't really do something so cruel to his son…

But Zuko's father had banished him once already. Zuko's father wasn't like a real father. He was the Fire Lord. And in this moment, Katara was truly beginning to understand what that meant. Every time Zuko had helped her, he had risked this fate, and his actions had always seemed to Katara to be the very least he could do. She had even figured he deserved to face justice as a traitor - in part because he was one, to both sides, but more so because of the way he had treated her.

But now it might actually happen, and Katara didn't feel vindicated at all. Her mouth was dry. Her heart wouldn't stop pounding. She drew one deep breath in after another, trying to calm down and make sense of what she was feeling.

Nothing was certain yet. She set her teeth together and shut her eyes to the room around her. Zuko hadn't been sure about what would happen. Nothing was certain. Katara would simply have to wait and find out what was going on later.

She took up her teacup in both hands and sniffed the steam. Whatever kind of tea it was, the smell was good, soothing her nose and a sore place deep in her chest. She sipped slowly, and let the knots of her feelings flow away, and began to wait.

.


.

The sun was setting as he rode in a palanquin out of the city to the north, but Zuko did not glance to the side to take in the hot orange and seething pinks burning up the sky. His focus was locked on the path ahead, and the watch tower beyond. His false topknot, freshly tightened to the short hairs at his crown, pulled mercilessly. It was a good distraction - both maddening and dampening to all else around him.

He left the palanquin at the tower's base and passed the guards standing attendance on either side of the open door, then climbed the torchlit stair to the top. There, he found himself on a wide observation deck. Beyond a waist-high crenelation and the posts supporting the steep, tiered roof, the vast panorama of Caldera spread out across the south and the rest of the island sprawled on all sides.

Two people stood side-by-side watching the sunset, each of them reduced to a silhouette by the blazing sky beyond. Zuko did not need to see their faces, though, to know who they were.

"Father," he said, and bowed low.

Ozai did not turn to face him. Nor did Azula.

It only took a heartbeat of stillness for the foreboding to return, shivering up Zuko's spine. She had clearly been here for a while already. She could have told their father anything by now. Everything.

He had not given much thought to what Ozai would do if he learned of Zuko's involvement with the escape - had not been able to think of it - but suddenly reality was looming toward him, massive and unforgiving. His scar tingled strangely, and Zuko hardly dared breathe.

"So," Ozai said, almost conversationally, "my scheming brother brought his new allies to his sentencing. Just as you anticipated."

Zuko stood frozen in place, scrambling to process the words. He had not anticipated…

He could not see Azula's face, but he could tell she was smirking. It was something in the set of her shoulders, her hands clasped behind her, index finger slowly closing as if to prick her wrist. She may as well have slid her finger across her throat while looking Zuko in the eye. The message was the same.

"Your plan could have succeeded." Ozai finally turned to look at Zuko, frowning with mounting annoyance. "Had you not delivered that ridiculous gift to the earthbender like some sentimental fool."

This line of questioning, at least, was something for which Zuko had prepared. The answer was in his mind in an instant, but he could not quite meet his father's eye. "It was a gesture of civility. I couldn't have expected her to use a trinket to escape. No one has ever been able to bend metal before."

"Excuses are for the weak," Ozai snapped. "I was beginning to believe that your banishment tempered you into a better man. Perhaps that work is not yet finished after all."

Zuko's chest went cold and stiff as a corpse's, but his voice emerged steady, carefully controlled despite the lies it formed. "No, Father. I am a better man."

"And yet because of you, the Avatar has escaped, along with his allies. The final stages of the war are upon us, and your incompetence has freed the one being with any chance of turning the tide."

"He's just a-"

Zuko cut himself off, horrified at the words that had slipped unbidden from his mouth, but it was too late. Ozai turned fully to face him. His eyes were wide, his voice dangerously quiet.

"What did you say?"

"Father-" Zuko fought to maintain a calm face as a fresh tide of fear tore through him, raking his flesh with goosebumps. "-the Avatar hasn't completed his training. He hasn't mastered all four elements. With the war near its end as you say, he won't have time to pose a real threat."

"A threat, even from a child, should never go unanswered."

Ozai did not waver. His yellow eyes were hard as a fist, pressing down on Zuko's neck. Azula had turned with him, and there was a warning in her eyes. Her tone, however, was light.

"I doubt Zuko intends to argue that, Father. The Avatar might have the potential to become a serious threat in time, but he was easy enough to capture and hold. The hardest part was anticipating where he would be-" The sharp corners of her mouth twitched upward. "-and thanks to Zuko, we know exactly where he is going now."

Ozai went on watching Zuko with that searing stare. "How convenient that your plan should so easily accommodate failure."

Zuko felt his face go hot and then cold. He did not look away, but his mouth stayed clamped shut. Azula went on as if she had not heard what their father said.

"When the Avatar and his allies attack the Boiling Rock, they will find themselves hemmed in by hidden archers, a complement of which will be devoted entirely to dosing the bison with the same sedative I used to take it down last time."

The Fire Lord watched Zuko a moment longer, then turned his focus to Azula. "And the metalbender?"

"Toph Bei Fong has outlived her usefulness." Azula blinked slowly, evidently bored. "Special accommodations are being made to ensure she does not survive."

Zuko struggled to hold his expression the same, but his eyes widened fractionally. Whatever Azula had planned, he would be hard-pressed to stop it.

The sun had dipped below the horizon, but Zuko could still clearly see the dissatisfied look on Ozai's face when he looked at him. He was a boy again, uncomfortable in his formal clothes and too afraid to ask the questions his father had no patience for. Now, just like then, Ozai's eyes narrowed, and Zuko's stomach pinched in on itself.

"I entertained the notion of sending you to recapture the Avatar, since it was your blunder that saw him free-"

Zuko's heart leapt horribly into his throat.

"-but for you to reach the Boiling Rock ahead of a flying bison would take a strategic risk I'm not willing to make." He turned away, looking down from the tower's vantage without ever bowing his head. Azula, with a final smirk at Zuko, followed his gaze as he went on. "It was mere luck that the bison left the city to the north-east. Still, we cannot gamble that our enemies spotted the prototype before we can capitalize on the element of surprise."

Ozai fell silent and, for a moment, Zuko only stared at his father's back in perplexity and a hope so intense that it paralyzed him. He had not been included in any strategic talk up to this point, and to be so included now - immediately following his fears of discovery and ruin - felt sudden, almost too good to be true. But the whispers of his apprehension did little to dim his sudden elation.

"Come, Zuko. Witness the latest innovation of our people."

Zuko took the four steps to the space at his father's right. The landscape below was deep in black and purple shadows already, but a few scattered lights shone, tiny from this height.

Except for one light, some manner of oblong red lantern. The light inside flared brighter, then dimmed. It was huge. And growing.

"Is that…?"

Zuko stopped, gaping, as the massive lantern - no, balloon - lifted to the level of the horizon and drifted nearer. A Fire Nation insignia was printed on one swollen side and a steel boat of sorts hung down below. In it, Zuko saw a figure firebending into an iron contraption while others worked the controls. With each blast, the vessel rose higher.

"The war balloon," Ozai said, a sly smile in his voice. "Production is already underway to create an armada of airships, larger and more dangerous in design. Unleashed on the day of the comet, I could use such a force to raze the entire Earth Kingdom to ash and rubble."

Zuko blinked. The comet? Not… Sozin's Comet? He had learned in school that it was projected to return in his lifetime, but had not paid attention to the date. It had always seemed so far in the future. Though he had never said it aloud, he had always believed the war would be over before the comet returned.

But it wasn't over. Not yet. A sticky skin dried on his tongue and when he swallowed, it was like gulping down uncooked rice.

"Glorious as it would be to crush our enemies all at once," Azula was saying, "circumstances have changed. We cannot risk the Avatar or his allies warning the Earth Kingdom months before our attack. We must take a lesser victory now, and strike at the heart of the resistance."

"Patience, Azula," Ozai said, watching the balloon lumberingly change direction. "We will discuss our strategy in the war council. Admiral Zhao may contrive some useful suggestion…"

Even before he turned, Zuko felt the cutting force of his stare.

"How fortunate that you already sent for him."

It had been weeks since Zuko had sent the summons, but in this matter at least, he knew he had done the right thing. The strong thing. He turned squarely to face his father and met his eye, unwavering.

"I promised Zhao a lesson in respect. I mean to deliver it."

Ozai watched him for a long moment. The roar of the balloonist's firebending mumbled across the distance to them. Finally, the Fire Lord tipped his head to one side and spoke thoughtfully.

"Had you emerged from this day victorious, I might have supported your initiative. A strong ruler must crush insubordination, and it is best to make an example of low-born soldiers who climb into power." He straightened and peered down at Zuko dryly. His next words fell like a bullwhip, cracking out of nowhere, and he said them as if they were hardly an afterthought.

"But you are not a strong ruler. You let your traitorous uncle and his allies escape you without killing even one of them. You allowed the Avatar to go free. You allowed your slave to rampage as she pleased through the city. Whatever lesson you intended to teach the Admiral, it would ring hollow after the events of this day."

Zuko clenched his teeth so that he would not shatter apart. He felt at once numb, too shocked to latch on to any true emotion, and yet logically still certain of conflicting truths. Zhao had to be punished. He had dishonored the royal family. But Ozai was right. Ozai knew best how to rule. Zuko should be grateful to have this chance to learn from him - so, when he spoke, his tone was controlled.

"You expect me to let his disrespect go unchallenged?"

"When you deserve his respect, we will revisit the issue. Until then, this discussion is over." Ozai turned to watch the war balloon dive and rise again. "Go, both of you. Refine your trap for the Boiling Rock. I will not look so kindly on a second failure."

"Yes, Father," Azula said with a bow. Zuko blinked away his shock and repeated her, and they left the observation tower together, taking the stairs side by side. They were not a full flight down before she spoke in an undertone.

"Let us simply agree that my plan is more likely to meet with success without any… help from you. I'll allow you to keep your dignity and let Father believe you played some role, but I won't tolerate your interference."

"Why are you doing this?" He watched her cool profile as they descended from shadow to torchlight. His father's parting shots still echoed in his ears and he found himself especially unnerved by Azula's apparent calm.

"Whatever do you mean, brother?"

"The lies, Azula. You lied. Again. First to me when you sent Sokka on to the Boiling Rock and now to Father. It was your plan to capture the Water Tribe warriors - I had no idea they were even coming."

"I wish that was surprising to hear." Azula cast him a disparaging look that lingered, turned chilly. "But I suppose you have had a lot of… heavy matters on your mind."

"What's that supposed to mean?"

She stopped walking and Zuko stopped a stair past her. They stood eye to eye, torchlight flashing across their faces. Azula looked almost bored, but not quite.

"Only that your diplomatic duties must be taking their toll. It is a delicate dance, isn't it? Placation requires a light touch, just enough compromise to get your own way. Give too much and soon you're no longer leading the dance." The light in her eyes seemed to burn a little brighter. "You're just the fool being led."

"I don't know what you're insinuating," Zuko said, almost truthfully. "No one is leading me."

"Of course not." She turned and started back down the stairs. "You're the crown prince. Short of the Fire Lord, who would dare command you?"

Zuko frowned after her and then hurried to catch up. At the foot of the stairs, he darted in her path. "Don't change the subject. This is the second time you've passed off your actions as mine to Father. Why, Azula?"

She fixed him with a flat look, expressionless as a mask. "What an excellent question. Why have I bothered? Perhaps at one time I thought you could be a valuable ally, but all you are interested in doing is thwarting me at every turn and accosting me with your paranoia. You are determined to ruin yourself. What would possess me to willingly share your fate?"

"If it's all so troublesome," Zuko said through his teeth, "why don't you just end it? You could get rid of me if you wanted to. The throne would be yours. What's stopping you?"

Azula narrowed her eyes, and for an instant Zuko thought she would turn around, stalk right back up the stairs, and tell their father everything he might have liked to know. But she didn't. Instead she stood perfectly straight and still, and her mouth tipped downward in mild distaste.

"Sisterly affection, of course."

Zuko blinked at her, dumbfounded, and she stepped easily around him out to the road where the palanquins waited. A lie, of course. Lies on top of lies. He stepped to go after her, then paused in the doorway instead. Paper lanterns had been lit and strung from the front corners of each palanquin to light the way for the bearers, and their soft glow didn't seem to touch Azula at all as she climbed inside and ordered the veil shut behind her.

Zuko stood watching until her palanquin had lurched out of sight down the winding mountain path. The insects sang loudly from the scrub tonight, their dry cries seeming to flood in and fill up the vacancies left by other sounds.

At length, one of his own palanquin bearers shuffled his feet. Zuko blinked away his sudden weariness, remembered his other obligations, and quickly climbed aboard.

Night had deepened by the time he arrived back in his chambers, but he waved off Yotsu's offer of an evening meal without pausing a step on his way to the garden.

She was there, a shadow pacing a slow path around the tree. Zuko paused on the wooden walkway, and he could not name the strangled clinging thing that awoke in him at just the sight of her shape gracefully flowing against the dark. He knew it was not good, it was not the sort of feeling he should have, but he could not bear to turn away.

He stepped down into the grass and Katara stopped her circuit on the far side of the garden to watch him approach. Her arms were folded loosely over her chest but her expression, when he came close enough to pick it out in the slashes of lamplight that filtered through the low tree branches, was smooth as tranquil water. A servant's mask. Zuko stopped three paces from her and turned to face the tree. His eyes traced the twisted branches up into the thick darkness under the leaves, and he felt them inside himself, the tangled ways and clogged lightlessness.

There was too much he needed to say to her, and very little of it was anything he should admit to. He had wanted to finish his thought from before, he remembered now, something about honor, but he couldn't find the words - or couldn't stomach saying them now, with the fresh confrontation with his father and sister hanging off him like ropes of slime.

At length, Katara broke the silence. "So you're not in trouble after all?"

Zuko hesitated, then tipped his chin upward to look at the highest branches. "That's not really your problem."

"It is, actually." Her voice was quiet, but sharp. "I can't impress the Fire Nation by fulfilling my oath to you if you wind up in prison. That makes your status very much my problem."

Zuko cast a sideways glare at her, then turned to fully assess the sour curve of her mouth, the tiny pucker in her brow that were the only parts of her caught in the light. It cut him that she was more preoccupied with her oath and her people than she was with his wellbeing, but he found he could not muster the anger it would take to lash out. Perhaps he was only tired, but it felt like more than that.

Despite how awful she made him feel, he still felt a cruel comfort in her company. Cruel, because even now, when she hated him more than ever, he found her soothing in a way his own family was not.

He dropped his eyes and shook his head, blowing out a long breath. A fool being led. Azula had a point. All of the risks he had taken were for this girl who hated him. If he was bent on his own destruction, it was because Katara was driving him toward it.

And yet, what alternative remained to him? Azula had advised him weeks ago to lock her away in a waterbender facility - and she had been right. It was the practical way to keep an insubordinate slave from causing trouble. It was the strong way.

But the very thought sickened him, and a raspy voice roared out of the back of his mind. She loved you! To turn from her now would be the crowning betrayal, Prince Zuko - and you are a better man than that!

Zuko scowled at that thought, but it stuck in the back of his mind like hot tar, seeping into every crevice and burning, stinging. A better man? Was he?

What kind of person do you think you are now?

"If you tell me what's going on," Katara said abruptly, slicing through his thoughts, "maybe I can help you."

"How?" Zuko blurted. Realizing the lostness of his voice, he turned bodily to face her, holding out his hands to either side in sudden irritation. "How could you possibly help me?"

"I have eyes and ears. I can waterbend. I can be sneaky." She shrugged, a jerk of her shoulders. "I'm a person, not a piece of furniture."

Her tone was surly, but the words struck him a lot harder than she probably intended. They took him right back to what she had said at the start of the evening.

…like a sack of moldy sea prunes. Like a possession. Like a slave.

Suddenly breathless, Zuko crossed his arms and turned back to the tree. It was easier to talk to the shadows under the leaves, the insects creaking in the dark, than it was to talk to her. His voice came out shamefully small, but just for this moment, talking to the tree, that was alright.

"I know you're a person. And yeah, maybe you could help. But I don't want you to have to. I never wanted you to be in this situation, and now you are, and I…" It hurt, it shamed him so deeply to admit this, but he could not seem to stop. "I wanted to be able to free you myself. And if I can't…"

What good does it do to be a prince, if I don't have the power to do what's right? What good was any of this…?

He shook the thought away, buried it deep. Excuses were for the weak. The only reason he hadn't managed to free Katara yet was his own failure to figure out a way and decisively take it. No, he had freed her. It wasn't his fault she was too proud to leave when she had a chance, too stubborn to do things his way instead of her own…

But that line of thinking felt frail and foolish when Zuko thought of the way she had stared at him when she hung struggling over her father's shoulder. She'd looked so shocked, and furious, and helpless in a way that steel restraints had never matched. And Zuko had only stood there and watched it happen.

He shook that thought away, too, wrestling himself back to the quiet reality of the garden. "I will get you out of here," he said, and his voice sounded overly fierce against the shushing insects. "And when you go free, you'll go with honor. I promise you that."

She didn't answer, didn't even seem to breathe where she stood beside him. Zuko got the distinct feeling she didn't believe him. He twitched his shoulders against the deep ache in his neck and back and drew a breath to go on through his teeth. Katara spoke first.

"Don't make promises," she said, short and quiet. "Just let me be involved in the planning."

Zuko let his breath out in an annoyed grunt. He didn't want that - even if the thought made his heart pound. Planning with her meant talking to her, and being near her as he was now. It meant more time out of his already busy days.

It meant Azula was right. About placation, about who led this dance. About him.

But the warm swell around his excited heart kept him from refusing outright, and in his hesitation, Katara went on.

"Look, we both have good reasons not to trust each other. But I think…" She shifted, and Zuko didn't see because he was staring fixedly at the tree, but he could hear her frustration as she struggled with the words. "I think we need to try anyway."

The words didn't sound soft. There was no forgiveness in them. Still, they fluttered against Zuko like a gust of fresh wind, like a crack opening in a wall he had been battering himself against. It frightened him, how his ribcage felt suddenly so light - as if he had stripped off his armor all over again. It frightened him because invariably, the weight would drop back on him in a moment.

He did not move and, after a moment, Katara continued. "You were right. I need you in good standing if I'm going to change the way people view the Water Tribe. I know there's no other way for this to work, and I think you can trust that I… can understand how your success is in my best interest. And…"

She heaved a breath as if preparing to shift a mass of stones. "And I know I can trust that you really do want to help me. I can trust that you're… that you mean to do whatever is in your power to do."

Zuko scoffed. "When it's convenient to me, you mean."

"No," she said in a disgusted groan. "None of this is convenient to you. I know that, and it wasn't fair of me to say that to you after what you did for Toph."

Zuko looked at her then, sharply, but she wasn't looking back. He could see her mouth in profile, a grimace that squeezed the plumpness out of her lips. Lamplight gleamed dully off the iron at her throat, dimmed as if it had passed through a sickly yellow glass. He didn't realize he was going to speak until the words were out of his mouth.

"Thank you."

She looked back at him, and her eyes in the partial light were so brutally blue. "Don't thank me. And don't think this means anything more than what I just said. We aren't friends. We aren't okay. But we do have a common goal and we can reach it faster if we work together."

"Right," Zuko said quietly, and then turned back to the twisted branches. His face was hot, but his fingers were cold and numb. He curled them into his palms and then folded his arms to snug his fists against his ribs.

"Good." Katara's voice was stilted, clashing with her confident words. "We agree then. So… what's going on? Is Azula trying to sabotage you?"

The branches crossed and double-crossed each other, scaly bark catching the light in flecks and notches that formed no logical pattern. Zuko felt like there had to be some system, he just wasn't able to see it, and without seeing it, he was certain he couldn't form it into words.

He swallowed. "No. She's been… protecting me. I think."

"That seems weird." Katara stiffened and went on quickly. "I mean, she likes power, right? So why not just take yours, if she can do it?"

"She can. I don't know why she hasn't. I don't even really know why she brought me back with her to begin with." He hesitated as Azula's words from earlier slipped back into his mind.

Sisterly affection, of course.

He dismissed the notion at once. She had said it as a final jab at his sentimentality. A little smoke-bomb of a lie, meant to distract him long enough for her to leave. That was all.

"That isn't as important as what she's doing now, though," he continued. "She's frustrated that I haven't been falling in line with her plans. So she probably intends to do something to get back at me." He turned to look at Katara and found her already watching him. "Just… be on your guard."

"You think she might target me?"

Staring at the smooth curve of her cheek, Zuko had no doubt in his mind. He turned back to face the tree. "With Azula, it's best not to discount any possibility."

Katara was quiet for a moment. In the lull, the crickets and crackle flies chorused out of the tall grasses. The jasmine was in blossom, and its scent swelled and faded on the night air like a ghostly breath.

"What about the Fire Lord?"

The scent of jasmine gave way, and Zuko caught a faint acrid whiff of the polish used on some of the new furniture in Katara's apartment. He did not answer, did not know how to answer, and after a long pause, she pressed on.

"Do you think… he suspects you?"

How convenient that your plan should so easily accommodate failure.

Zuko dug his fingers into his sides hard, like he was trying to get a grip on something too big and slippery to keep hold of. Would it be better if his father suspected him of treason? Would facing that be less devastating than Ozai's derision?

because of you… your incompetence… your blunder… sentimental fool… weak

"Zuko?"

"Look," Zuko snarled. "If he suspected, I wouldn't be here right now."

He turned to face her fully, glaring down at her. She didn't move except to turn her head and watch him. Both of her eyes caught the light now, and on their surface they gleamed, but their depths were dark and fathomless as the sea. Looking into those eyes, Zuko felt like a pebble in the surf, getting tossed and battered by something bigger than himself. He looked away.

"It's late. You should get some sleep."

She seemed to think about it for a moment, still staring up at him. He was not looking, so he did not see the way she watched his shoulders hunch up now in a way she hadn't seen since long before they arrived in the Fire Nation. It unnerved her, because she had always sort of thought of this place as his - everything that happened in the palace had seemed to be a part of Zuko's plan. Right now, though, with his face drawn down in weary lines and his arms wrapped tight around himself and his shoulders hitched up from their proper square, he looked about as powerless as she felt. She might have felt bad for him, if she hadn't been the target of so much of his bad temper and poor decisions.

There was more than he was telling her, Katara knew, and probably a good bit of it was essential information that could have helped her somehow. It occurred to her that she might benefit from provoking Zuko into giving away more. But that meant either picking a fight or wheedling. It seemed unwise to fight with him so soon after forming their wary truce, and Katara couldn't bring herself to act concerned enough to draw his thoughts out of him right now.

It was enough for today that she had allowed that she had been unfair that one time. Gran-gran had always told her that too much humility all at once could cause belly-burns. For today, this was enough.

At length, Katara nodded and turned to go without a backward glance. Because she did not look back, she did not see Zuko watching her go, his silhouette swallowed up in the chaotic shadows of the tree behind him.

.


.

The forest was lush and thick with the aggressive growth of early summer, and there were no lights indicating villages nearby, but Iroh had advised against building a fire and Bato, after a glance at where Hakoda sat resting his head in his hands, had agreed. Luckily, even now that dawn approached, the cool of night had no true edge, and the breeze could not reach the people sleeping amongst the roots and loam.

Not that Toph would have noticed a thing like that, since she was sleeping under a tent made of stone. And Iroh and the Water Tribe warriors all rested comfortably under padding for armor they had tossed overboard when Appa began to flag late in the afternoon. They snored and winced in their sleep as they shifted wounded limbs, but they did not stir when Aang tiptoed from his spot toward where the bison slept.

The young man on sentry duty had finally drifted off as the pre-dawn chill set in, and Appa had probably rested enough now to make the return trip. If Aang was lucky, he could make it back to the city before noon, sneak into the palace, and spring Katara before lunchtime. Then they would all go free Sokka together, maybe even that same night. It was a long trip to the Boiling Rock, though, so maybe the following day. And Appa would need to rest… and Aang cringed at the thought of putting the saddle back on him - no one had bothered to remove it in all the time Appa had been in captivity and the fur on his back was thin in a few spots.

But after this, Appa could take a nice long rest and all the other details would work themselves out. The important thing was going back for Katara.

Suddenly, Aang found himself stuck mid-tiptoe, as if he had fitted his feet unwittingly into two holes in the packed clay ground - holes exactly the size and shape of his shoes. He pinwheeled his arms but managed to keep his balance, even when the stone tent snapped back into the ground and a smug sing-song almost-whisper reached him.

"Lookie what I caught! A fluttery little Avatar, sneaking off in the night." Toph ambled over and plopped down in front of him, idly enthroning herself in the gap between two tree roots. "Where are you off to, Flutters?"

Aang tugged hard on one foot, then the other, but both were firmly stuck. He tried gripping himself by the ankle and pulling, but that didn't work either.

"Back to Caldera, you say? To rescue Splatto from her political career? And maybe knock a few teeth out of Prince Jerkface for good measure?" She yawned. "Never saw that coming."

"It's not a joke, Toph." Aang straightened up and glared down at her. "Katara is all alone back there, and nobody even wants to talk about it. These guys are supposed to be her family, and they just left her."

It took a lot of effort to keep his voice quiet, and the silence when his whisper ended felt alarmingly empty. Toph sat rigidly in place until the snores resumed, then came to stand within arm's reach.

"Keep it down, Twinkles."

"So what if they hear me? They may want to just forget her, but I can't. I can't even sleep knowing she's still a slave."

"They don't want to forget her, noodle brains. They were trying not to talk about her in front of Hakoda."

Aang hesitated. He'd been so upset about leaving Katara behind, he hadn't given a lot of thought to her father. The man had hardly spoken since they made camp. In fact, he had ensured that his injured warriors were bandaged up - as well as any of them could do with no supplies and no real healer training among them - and then he had sat down against a tree with his head in his hands, and said nothing more. He must have dozed off, because he was still there, an unmoving piece of the darkness on the far side of the camp.

Aang didn't know Hakoda, had only glimpsed him on the beach that one time before today, but he supposed that this probably wasn't normal behavior for the chief of the Southern Water Tribe. He was probably sad that Katara was still back there, too. But that only led to more questions.

"Then why isn't he trying to go back for her?" Aang demanded aloud. He started pulling again on his legs. "How can they just give her up?"

"They didn't just give up," Toph snapped. "They tried to make her leave and Katara ran away from them." She jabbed him hard in the shoulder with one finger, nearly knocking him to the ground. "And if you go back there, three things are gonna happen. One, you'll force Katara to make that choice again. Two, you'll get caught. And three, if she tries to help you, she'll lose whatever progress she's made."

"What progress? This whole thing is just Azula's trick to keep Katara from leaving-!"

"Azula probably thought that when she started it, but Katara is inside now. She may have been set up to be the heel, but now she's in the pit, and every move she makes is a chance to win the audience. Get it? If you swoop in and try to rescue her, they'll only ever think she was a heel."

Aang hesitated. "I might have been frozen in that iceberg for too long, because I have no idea what any of that even means."

"It's Earth Rumble stuff. The villain of a match is called a heel. Heels are supposed to be unlikeable, but they end up making things more interesting." Toph smirked. "The audience loves em. And if there was ever an upper crust like a raving mob of pit fight fans, it's Fire Nation nobility."

Aang clutched his head, and the prickle of short hair there only irritated him more. "Rrh! That's totally unrelated! This isn't a pit fight - it's life or death! Katara's life or death!"

Toph tensed, and in the next instant Aang heard what she had felt. He spun toward the far end of the camp where a piece of the darkness had risen to its feet and begun picking its way through the sleeping bodies. The sky was lightening, so he could very clearly see the haggard lines carved deep into Hakoda's face. A bruise had spread across his cheek like a storm cloud, and the swelling pushed against the corner of his eye. Hakoda crossed the encampment in slow strides, then paused, looking grimly up at the forest beyond Aang and Toph as if they were not there.

"Toph, can you sense the nearest village?"

She raised an arm and pointed unerringly to the northeast. "Three miles."

He nodded and looked in that direction, looked east as if he could see through the thick trees to fix the sun's position in his mind. Aang rubbed the back of his neck. His face was scorching. "I didn't mean…"

"My men need a healer. Someone in that village will know where I can find one."

"Appa can-"

Hakoda turned his head and dropped his eyes to Aang. His look was hard for a moment, and Aang keenly felt the accusation in it. But then Hakoda blinked and seemed to see him anew. "I think it's best we part ways for now, Avatar. Your bison can't carry all of my people-" He did not smile, but his tone turned dry. "-and something tells me it will be easier to get help in a Fire Nation village if we walk."

"Is it your nose?" Toph asked, smirking once more. "I don't really know what Shaggy looks like, but if he looks anything like he smells, he'd probably send any villagers running for their pitchforks."

Hakoda cracked a smile. Aang laughed nervously and looked away, wondering just how much of their conversation Katara's father had overheard.

"I'll go ahead to scout the village now, but you should leave before full light to avoid drawing attention. We'll meet you at the Boiling Rock to rescue Sokka. Arrange the details with Bato." He half-turned away, then looked back, directly at Aang.

"It's not my place to tell the Avatar what to do, but you're a friend to my daughter, so I'll say this. Much as I want her out of the Fire Nation, she won't be persuaded to leave until she's done what she means to do, or proven to herself that it's impossible." His eyes got a far-off look, and the lines around them seemed to deepen. "If you go after her before she's ready, you'll be fighting her as well as the city guards."

Aang wanted to argue, but he could not meet Hakoda's stare without hearing the empty wind cry through the Southern Air Temple, or feeling the cracked flagstones jut their broken edges against the soles of his feet. At length, Hakoda turned away and disappeared into the forest.

"I'd say I told you so," Toph said quietly, "but that was intense."

Aang nodded mutely, then remembered she couldn't see and cleared his throat. "Yeah."

His eyes fell on one of the warriors he had thought to be sleeping. The older man looked back at him flatly, though his face was pale and he made no effort to move. Someone had used the charred remains of his shirt to tie a loose bandage over most of his torso, but Aang could still see the lower edge of the burn where the ragged cloth ended on his stomach.

Blistered skin and oozing pink meat.

Sickened, Aang wrenched away and stumbled toward Appa on suddenly free feet. Hakoda's men had gone to great pains to rescue Katara - to rescue all of them - and had paid a terrible price. If Aang went back to Caldera and Hakoda was right and Katara refused to leave with him, too… if Aang found himself back in those chains under the mountain, the warriors' suffering would be cheapened, stripped of its purpose. Was it right to risk that?

Aang's heart thudded a different answer with every beat. Save Katara. Honor their sacrifice. Save Katara. You're the Avatar. Save Katara. Only the Avatar can save the world.

He hurried about the tasks of preparing to leave, deaf to everything but the tug-of-war in his chest. He couldn't think of a goal past getting the saddle back on, couldn't think of a destination besides away.

In his distraction, he did not hear the conversations going on among the others. Didn't hear the rustle of maps or the repetition of timelines. Didn't hear hands being clasped and good fortunes being wished. So, when he settled on Appa's head and gathered up the reins, the voice in the saddle behind him startled him.

"So where are we going?" Iroh asked amiably. "I understand there has been some debate."

Toph threw herself flat on her back and heaved an enormous sigh. "Gramps, you don't know the half of it."

Looking back at them, a steady warmth broke in his chest like a giant egg spilling its golden light. Aang let out a shaky breath and felt a soft smile ease across his face. He wasn't alone. Soon he would be in the air, and he would need to decide where they were going, but he would not be alone when he did it.

The reins danced in his hands.

"Yip yip!"

Chapter Text

The jerkbender had said that the Boiling Rock was inescapable, but Sokka had thought that meant something a little less… impossible than the bubbling death lake that spread out below him now.

Through the barred windows of the trolly, and the curls of steam rippling the air, he could see the blocky mass of the prison squatting on the island at the center of the lake. Even from so very, very high up, he could feel the steam the minute the trolly had launched. Now that it was perhaps halfway down, vapor condensed heavily on the morning-cool steel bars. He thought he could even feel the heat through the soles of his uniform cloth shoes. Sokka drew a long breath and tried to blow the lank shag of his hair away from his nose, but most of it stayed where it hung, stuck to his forehead by his own sweat.

"Because Fire Nation weather wasn't hot enough," he sighed.

The prisoner next to him - a huge guy with a dragon tattooed up one side of his neck and both sleeves torn off his brown tunic to reveal arms bigger than Sokka's legs - grunted. Sokka made the mistake of making eye-contact. There were thickets of red crawly veins peeking out from under the guy's eyelids.

"It's the humidity," he said in a voice like gravel striking the bottom of a wood bucket. "I was in Si Wong last year. They've got this little dive, sell you a cold drink. You sit out in the shade while the wind blows in off the sand." His eyes flicked up to a distant spot. "S'like heaven."

"Wow," Sokka said, genuinely surprised. His smile was no little bit relieved. "That sounds like my kind of vacation! What were you doing all the way out-"

"Killing people." Those deranged eyes snapped back onto Sokka, their pupils big and unnervingly steady. "Rumor came through command there were airbenders hiding out there. But all I saw was sandbenders. You ever fight a sandbender?"

"I have not," Sokka managed.

"Bury you up to your eyeballs soon as look at you. What you gotta do is sneak up on em." He leaned closer as if sharing trade secrets. Sokka leaned away, but the guy on his other side was like a stone wall. Neck Dragon didn't seem to notice. "Nights are cold. Wait till they're in their blankets. Then come creeping behind the dunes with a full regiment…"

The aforementioned other guy elbowed Sokka away, growling.

"Get off me, Water Tribe."

Sokka stiffened as eyes snapped to him. Yellow eyes, tawny eyes, bloodshot eyes.

He had been alone for the first days of his journey out of Caldera, locked in a cart with only guards to talk to - and they were not as good humored as the soldiers who had captured him back in the Earth Kingdom. Perhaps, like him, they were more focused on keeping their teeth from clacking together on those rough roads, but Sokka felt his isolation was more than that. After the cart, he had spent more days on a prison barge, and he was happy to be separated from his neighbors by bars, because bars may not keep out profanities or projectiles or slurs against "your kingdom and your kind" but they did a pretty good job of keeping those grasping hands just out of grasping range.

Right now, though, the only thing protecting him from all the criminals surrounding him were the irons they all wore around their wrists and ankles - which was no protection at all. Everyone was very quiet. He heard the distinctive sound of knuckles being cracked.

Sokka dared a glance over at the guards standing by the doors. They looked on, eyes concealed by their visored helmets, but their mouths indifferent. One raised her chin, seeming to consider, and Sokka's heart thudded in shuddering relief.

"That's Prince Water Tribe, scum," she said with a tight upward quirk of her mouth. "And if any one of you touches him, the warden will have you all in the cooler before your feet hit solid ground."

Relief shriveled up and vanished out of him like snow on a hot skillet. That was it, the source of this deep isolation. He wasn't just a prisoner. He wasn't just an enemy soldier. He was royalty. He was the Prince of the Southern Water Tribe and, when he had stood on that balcony and embraced that role to protect Katara, when Zuko had cut off his hair to satiate the crowd, he had been yoked with that frightening loneliness - and an enormous responsibility.

He'd never really thought about what it meant to be a prince until he'd been sitting in that cell on the prison barge. Then, what Zuko had said that last day in the brig of the royal cruiser had come back to him. A prince is emblematic of his people. To the raging prisoners around him and the cold-eyed guards, he wasn't a young rebel caught fighting for his people - he was the embodiment of his people. He was the Water Tribe, and when they spat on him, they spat on the Water Tribe. When they sawed off his wolftail, they severed the traditions of the Water Tribe.

And when he let his shame or fear show, it was the Water Tribe that was ashamed and afraid. Katara was going to a lot of trouble to change the way the Fire Nation thought of their people, and Sokka was in a position to either reinforce her efforts or undermine them. He knew what he had to do. It was not easy, but it was for Katara, and for the Water Tribe.

As if he was dragging a heavy banner up a pole, Sokka stood straighter. He held his chin high. While his heart beat like a rabbaroo's, he showed them the face of a wolf.

"The Water Tribe will nev-urph!"

He bent double on someone's meaty fist - his money was on Neck Dragon - and the trolly broke into chaos. Prisoners struggled to get close enough to lay a hand on him, but Sokka hardly noticed under the flurry of punches. Someone's iron chain slammed down on his shoulder, knocking him straight to the deck, and a few cloth shoes kicked him in the belly and shins. Somewhere, the guards shouted and emitted controlled blasts of firebending.

Finally, the assault ended and the trolly cleared out. Sokka blinked at the open rectangle of the door as the guards hustled the last prisoners through, marveling that he was still somehow alive. His head was ringing, so he hardly heard the shouts and clamor coming from outside. As the guards returned to collect him, Sokka pushed himself upright and, dribbling a little blood from some part of his throbbing face, climbed to his feet using the wall.

"I'm okay, I'm-"

"Stir your stump, prisoner," one sad. She grabbed Sokka's arm and hauled him across the trolly with surprising strength. "The warden's waiting."

She shoved him out the door and Sokka stumbled across the wooden landing platform. The scene before him spun, not really making sense. Guards were herding the other new arrivals down some stairs and across a walkway to the main building, where they disappeared one at a time through a dark doorway. In the yard below, what appeared to be every prisoner on the Boiling Rock was at work, hammering planks onto scaffolding just a few feet off the ground. They appeared to be building a massive deck that spanned the packed-earth yard. Guards walked among them, barking commands at any prisoner who slowed. The din of hammer-falls was a chorus shouted from a hundred throats.

"Welcome to the Boiling Rock," a smooth voice said from nearby. Sokka turned to find a sour-faced middle-aged man watching him. He was obviously important, flanked by guards and decked out in polished armor and an ornate plated headpiece. Sure enough, he introduced himself as the warden. "And you must be Prince Sokka. What an honor to have a royal scion in our midst. Tell me, is there anything you need, Your Highness?"

Sokka could read the glitter in this man's eyes like a starry sky. The question was meant to goad him into asking for something, thereby revealing a desire that could be denied. A smart remark drifted through his head, a joke that would diffuse the threat, but Sokka did not speak.

Even though you're a prisoner, you have to hold yourself as if you command every room you enter.

Jokes and buffoonery, that's what Zuko had called Sokka's approach. Then, it hadn't meant anything, because Sokka hadn't meant anything. He had no desire to be treated like a prince, especially when it was such a wheeze that the Fire Nation would think of him as one in the first place. But Katara needed all the help she could get, and if this was the only way he could give it, then he would be the best prince he could be.

Sokka straightened up to his full height despite the aches in his back and stomach and ribs. He held his head up as high as Zuko ever had. "I don't need anything that comes from a Fire Nation savage."

The glitter in the warden's eyes lost any hint of amusement. "Then that is what you'll have. Nothing. No food. No water. Until you wither into a pleading husk, until you beg me for your life." He bared his wide white teeth. "Take Prince Sokka to his cell!"

The guards hustled forward and Sokka offered some token resistance, but they quickly marched him off the platform and into the prison tower. They climbed four flights of stairs, then took two long hallways, and finally shoved him into a small room with a small barred window that had been boarded shut from the outside. He tripped in the doorway and went sprawling on what seemed to be a rough plank floor that had been installed on top of the old steel one.

The door clanged shut behind him. The guards' clanking boot-steps receded. Other sounds became evident. Sokka could hear them faintly in the other cells. A woman muttering the same five indistinct words over and over. A slow, rhythmic thunk that might have been someone's head thumping repeatedly on the wood floor of some other cell. And beyond that, the thunder of hammers.

If seemed a little insane to build all of this wood work in such a steamy place. Sokka didn't know a ton about building with wood, but he did know that it swelled and softened in humidity. After a while, all those planks were going to curl and pull their nails right out of the crossbeams. So why waste the energy and materials on something so temporary?

Except to prevent a particular someone from setting foot on the ground or sensing who was in what room through the steel of the prison. Which meant that that someone had taken her shot and revealed her metalbending - and was probably on her way right now.

Sokka dragged himself up from the floor and paced over to the boarded-up window. Slits of daylight peeked through, and he pressed his forehead right up against the splintery wood to try and see more of the sky. All there was was white light. Steam.

"Come on guys," he said to the boards. His voice bounced tightly back to him, his own breath dampened his chin. "Already getting kinda thirsty here…"

.


.

"In any case, I rather imagine your Highness would enjoy the story, at the very least, but the troupe is quite skilled as well. They found the most passionate young man to play Lord Azen and his performance is…"

They paused in their stately walk toward the door and Katara watched from under hooded eyes as their host shrugged and performed an excited wiggle, hands raised up near her shoulders like a little girl's.

"…most exhilarating. Truly worthy of a hero of modern theatre. Which Lord Azen is." She seemed to return to herself and fixed a firm look on Zuko where he stood stiff beside her. "Which is why I truly hope the crown will consider attending their next showing instead of thatperversion the Royal Theater has slapped together."

She was an elderly woman, and her energy was surprising, considering her tiny frame, great round spectacles, and the white shock of her hair. Her home was heavily decorated with paintings and sculptures, some of which she had clearly commissioned to be built as a part of the stately house. Most of them - including the alabaster statue that stood on its own pedestal in the center of the entry hall - featured images of lovers entwined. Katara felt herself blushing again just knowing that that statue was right behind her, all tangled limbs and grasping fingers that dug into plush stone flesh.

Zuko stood facing the Lady as if he, too, was made of stone. "I will pass along your recommendation to the rest of the royal family, but any talk of sponsorship should be taken up with the Minister of Ceremonies."

"Of course, of course," she said, smiling wide enough to reveal her porcelain false teeth. "I wanted only to broach the topic because it is my belief that the greatness of the Fire Nation is best represented in our cultural works. It is essential that the correct versions be promoted, because subtleties in tone and content can entirely alter the underlying message..."

They made their formal farewells and Zuko led the way out to the short drive. When they had settled into the palanquin - Katara behind and to one side - and begun the ride back to the palace, she finally broke the silence that had hung between them all day.

"She seems… weird."

"Lady Pi Mai has been a patron of the arts longer than I've been alive. She finds an excuse to petition the crown at least once a season. Probably, she's had more influence on Fire Nation culture than any other individual citizen…" He turned his head slightly and looked at her from the corner of his eye. "But yeah. Pretty weird."

Katara's mouth quirked up to one side, but it wasn't a real smile. "She's the only noble who didn't ask about Aang today."

"She probably hasn't heard yet. I don't think she goes outside for anything but performances and exhibitions."

Katara sat silent for a moment, then drew a deep breath and tried to make her voice come out even. "Do you really believe your soldiers are going to capture him?"

Zuko turned his head to really look at her, mild annoyance creasing his brow. "What else am I supposed to tell them?"

"That's not what I asked."

He frowned at her a moment longer, then faced forward again. Katara began to think he would just ignore her question completely, and her own annoyance bubbled up. It was so much easier to be civil when she said nothing and deprived him of opportunities to act like a moody jerk. Finally, though, he spoke in a rigidly controlled tone.

"I don't know. Azula has some kind of plan for the Boiling Rock, but she's not going to let me near it. Even if I did know something, I wouldn't be able to send a warning. You're just going to have to trust that your friends are smart enough to not get caught."

Katara didn't care for the insinuation that Aang and Toph might not be that smart, but she let it pass. She pressed her fingers to the fold in her sash where she hid Sokka's wolftail and her mother's necklace. They would be safe, and so would her dad and the other warriors, and Iroh too, and they would save Sokka and get out of the Fire Nation. Until she heard that it had happened, that was what she would believe.

"I'll find out what I can," Zuko said abruptly, "but don't expect too much."

"I don't."

He snapped his head around to glare at her, and Katara sighed and rolled her eyes.

"I mean I don't expect you to work a miracle. Just tell me what's going on."

At length he nodded and turned back to face the palace as they approached. They did not speak again - not when they left the palanquin, or when they arrived at his quarters, or when Katara bowed and Zuko disappeared behind the double doors. She returned to her own apartment more slowly, preoccupied with irritations and worries.

Upon her approach, one of the guards stationed in the hall opened the door to the small antechamber, but the door in the far wall that led to the rest of the apartment stood open already. Katara slowed to a creep, listening carefully for some sign of what waited for her there. Muffled, she heard a woman's voice, and the clipped tone and precise enunciation were enough to tell her that it was the majordomo.

"…cannot imagine that there is much need for you anymore but I suppose your presence offers a certain illusion of control."

The response was a rumble, too quiet for Katara to make out any words.

"Then don't trouble yourself," Pokui spat. "Small wonder it should fall to me to ensure she does not forget her place here. With only ten days left to prepare for the celebration, it is most inconvenient that I should be troubled with this as well."

The rumbling voice spoke again. This time, Katara was closer to the door and could hear the strained rattle of it, though she picked out only a few words. "…antagonize her when the… avoided."

"And were I you, I would not presume to dole out unsolicited advice to the majordomo of the Heir Apparent. The running of this household ismy duty. Do not look to mine when you are incapable of performing your own."

A loaded silence fell upon the room and, after a long moment, Katara stepped through the door and onto the open walkway. To her left, the garden sat perfectly still in the windless afternoon sun. To the right, the doors to the bedroom and bath were open, and faint noises of cleaning came from the rooms beyond.

And straight ahead stood Pokui and Roshu, watching one another with unconcealed dislike. The majordomo was by far the fiercer-looking, although the lieutenant stood a head taller and three times wider in his armor. Perhaps the bandage hugging his neck softened his appearance, but Katara thought it was all in Pokui. She had never seen the woman so tense; her thin limbs looked spring-loaded and her mouth was pressed hard as an iron vice.

The instant after Katara stepped through the doorway, their eyes snapped to her. She looked directly at them each in turn. These were her rooms, after all, and Pokui might have the power to change them around her, but she wasn't a noble, and was therefore not entitled to the same level of groveling. Or, at least, that was Katara's theory, and she had yet to be… corrected, as Pokui had threatened.

Looking at her burning dark eyes now, she wondered if that was about to change.

The majordomo marched the length of the walkway with rapid, hard thumps, her soft servants' shoes insufficient to muffle the strikes of her heels. She stopped before Katara and held out one hand, flat as if she had pressed it with the hot iron that was used on the linens.

"Give me those trinkets you carry. The necklace and lock of hair."

Katara stiffened, but did not raise her hands to cover the place in her sash where her treasures were hidden. "I don't know what you're talking about."

"Do not be difficult. Your maids have observed you secreting these items on your person since the day you arrived here. I allowed you to keep them so long as you behaved in a manner befitting your station, but after that-" Her face reddened with restrained feeling as she fought for the correct word. "…spectacle you made out in the city, it is clear you think too much of yourself to be allowed such leniencies. Slaves do not own property. You will give the items to me now."

"What was I supposed to do?" Katara fought to keep the anger from her voice, struggled to remain calm, but the result was a compressed sound, a strangled growl. "I was kidnapped. I was only trying to fulfill my oath-"

Pokui's demanding palm knotted into a pointed finger. "You trespassed on Lord Ra Zin's property and assaulted his guards. You resisted arrest and used your bending against Fire Nation citizens. Whatever lying words might emerge from your mouth, it is clear to every servant in this city that you are willful and defiant. If you do not obey me now as a sign of your contrition, I will have you back in chains."

It was clear that she meant it, and a part of Katara wanted to fold before the situation got worse. But this was her mother's necklace. It was the only part of Sokka she was going to see, probably for a long time. She couldn't just hand them over.

And besides, the threat didn't make sense with what Katara knew about her position here. She narrowed her eyes and held her head a degree higher.

"No," Katara said thoughtfully, "you won't."

Pokui's furious eyes bulged and her mouth pinched tighter than ever. "Do not test me."

"I think it's you who shouldn't be testing me. I can get out of waterbender chains faster than I can get out of this tunic. Roshu could tell you all about it."

The lieutenant said nothing, only remained stiffly where he stood some four paces away. He narrowed his eyes and his neck reddened above the bandage, but Katara did not see those things. Her focus was locked on the taller woman before her.

"Do you really think Prince Zuko will be pleased to have his meetings interrupted by chains rattling and clanking? Is that the picture of refinement you have in mind?" Pokui blinked, seeming suddenly to see the slave before her anew. Katara pressed on, stepping nearer. "Or do you plan to remove me from tea serving completely? Everybody knows Prince Zuko uses me to remind the nobility of his own strength. I may be willful and defiant, but that's to be expected. I'm enslaved by a debt of honor, but I'm still the Southern Princess."

As the words spilled out, Katara felt herself growing. She felt warm and strong, and she stood almost nose-to-nose with the woman looming tall before her, no longer aware of anyone else around them.

"I'm still Katto of the Water Tribe."

Pokui stood transfixed, her eyes wide enough to reveal the crackle of yellow in the dark brown irises. Watching her was unnervingly like watching a glowing coal nestled in a pad of dry straw.

"So I see," she said softly, like the first licks of flame. She peered down her nose at Katara, and the flicker ignited. "A leader must protect her followers, is that not so? It would be quite simple for me to have your bumbling little maid turned out on the street. Or perhaps simply flogged. A beating may be kinder than leaving that witless girl to starve to death."

Katara felt the warmth and strength drain away. "You can't do that."

"I am majordomo to the Crown Prince. My entire purpose is to manage the staff, which includes Sian-" Pokui narrowed her eyes and peeled her lips back off her teeth. "-and you. If this is how I must accomplish my duty, then I will do it. Have no doubt."

Katara did not. She pressed her hands to her stomach to contain the sick lurch of it, but immediately felt the lumps of the necklace and lock of hair. Pokui followed the gesture with her fierce eyes. Her hand slashed back up into position, waiting.

The sash was snug and Katara's fingers were numb, but she fumbled out the lock of hair - this is fine, no big deal, Sokka grows hair like a muskowl, he'll have it all back by the time I see him next so this is nothing to give up for another person's safety - and placed it in the hard, shallow hollow of Pokui's hand.

"The necklace as well."

Katara opened her mouth and shut it again. In her mind, she saw her mother smiling, felt her fingers sifting her hair into beads and braids. The fingers became Sian's - different, unfamiliar, and yet warmer. Alive. Sian was alive.

The ivory disk was warm from the heat of her own body, and the edges were far too smooth to cut, but taking it into her fingers was like handling a razor. Katara was so careful as she placed the necklace into Pokui's hand.

Then it disappeared inside her fist. The majordomo said some final thing that Katara did not hear, then marched from the suite. A few maids scurried in her wake like forgotten children.

At length, Katara let out a shaky breath and felt something collapse inside her. She stepped carefully to the edge of the walkway and sat down in the sun, needing its warmth. Her legs hung down before her, silk slippers brushing the bending young grass.

She had forgotten Lieutenant Roshu, and did not think of him at all until his heavy steps announced his approach. He stopped at her side, just beyond arm's reach, and frowned out at the garden with his arms folded over his armored chest. In the tree, a red and orange bird sang loudly, the same tune over and over. It flitted from branch to branch, bobbing its tail and calling out, but no one answered. Katara sighed.

"Still angry to be alive, Roshu?"

He slowly shifted his weight from one foot to the other, belts and plates creaking with the movement, but he did not speak.

In fact, he was angry. Angry to have an honorable death snatched away by this teenaged girl, the very wolf pup he was supposed to be keeping under control - though that was becoming more and more an open joke. He was angry about that, too. If the best he could do was warn fools like Pokui against provoking the waterbender - only to be ignored in any case - then she was right. He was useless. Without physical power or a staff who would take his advice seriously, how could he protect the prince from this deceptively small barrel of blasting jelly?

But then, had the prince ever truly been in danger at all?

When he had laid against the dais, drenched in his own blood but no longer bleeding, Roshu had hovered in a place between waking and sleeping. It was frighteningly calm there, so the words echoing through the throne room had floated gently through his mind, and it was only later that they regained their true weight. Roshu had awakened late this morning in the infirmary with those words tumbling inside him like an avalanche.

Prince Zuko had let the invaders go without a fight. He had sent his slave away with them. He had told them where to find their prince, had implicated himself in the escape of the earthbender, had blurted out his feelings for his prisoner like a lovesick boy. He was precisely as weak and corrupted as the old rumors said. Roshu had gasped awake in the infirmary this morning and demanded to make a report at once. But then the notary had come, and the bureaucrat who asked the questions, and Roshu had remembered something else.

These are our people, you crazy old man! Unlike you, I haven't abandoned my duty to them.

What came out of his mouth when he made his report was muddled and not the whole truth, and the officials eyed him with some annoyance. It was a relief when they finally sniffed and went away. Then Roshu lay there, staring at the ceiling and trying to understand why he had just lied, risking his career and honor, not to mention the good of the Fire Nation. He had chosen to protect the prince from justice, and he did not know why.

Even now, as he stood beside the waterbender and watched the hedge oriole hop its way through the branches, he was still struggling to understand, and still failing. Perhaps it was her fault in some way. He owed her a life debt, however he despised the notion of being beholden to a waterbender. More than that, she had saved him not because she was commanded to do so but because she was soft in a way her people usually were not. Roshu had never forgotten that, even in her most brutal moments aboard the ship, she had not killed a single guard.

It was a weakness, of course, he knew that, but it made him think of his brother, his smiling young face going off to glorious war in the north. He was angry about that, too, and the well of his rage ran deeper than any might have guessed.

Especially Katara, who sat in a silence broken only by the bird's song until her mind drifted to other thoughts and she forgot that the silence had ever been there at all. After a time, the bird launched itself out of the tree and over the palace, probably headed someplace less lonely.

.


.

Zuko stopped in his chambers long enough to pen a query to the harbormaster regarding the whereabouts of his crew. The report he had received yesterday had stated that every man was accounted for, but as of yet there had been no response to his summons. He paused midway through the missive, his brush hovering over the page, and wondered if he was perhaps being too impatient. Lieutenant Jee and the others had been imprisoned on their own ship for at least two weeks. He could give them until the end of today before he pressed the issue.

Zuko turned to another report demanding his attention, and the unfinished note slipped off to one side of his writing desk. By the time he left his study, he had forgotten it entirely.

On a tip from Yotsu, Zuko found Azula out on the royal training grounds performing katas while Li and Lo looked on from under the shade of a fluttering silk pavilion. Her form was precise as ever, her leaps weightless. Blue flame burst around her with such force that Zuko could feel the impacts from across the yard. She spotted him and finished the succession of movements without so much as a flicker of hesitation. Li and Lo made some comments about her form - though Zuko wondered if they had been watching the same scene he had just witnessed. Azula's form was perfect. Maybe they were losing their eyesight.

At last, she bowed the final time and strode across the yard, not toward Zuko but to a spot in the deep shade of the palace where a footman held a tray on which waited a towel, a pitcher, and a cut glass goblet. Azula swept the towel over her shoulder, took up the goblet with easy grace, and sat down in the chair someone had brought out for her.

Zuko approached slowly and dismissed the footman with a wave. Azula frowned after him, goblet half-raised to her mouth.

"I might have wanted a refill."

"That can wait. I can't."

"Ah yes," she sighed and sat back in her chair, using the end of the towel to dab at the sparkling motes of sweat on her face. She didn't even seem winded, despite probably having been at this since morning. "And as we all know, the universe does revolve around you and your incurable malcontent. What do you want?"

"I need," he emphasized, "to know your plan for the Boiling Rock. If Father asks-"

"He won't." Her eyes flashed up at him. "In case it's escaped your notice, he isn't pleased with you at present. It's unlikely he will want anything to do with you before you redeem yourself."

The words cut, and needled at a very real worry Zuko had not realized he had. He began to pace a short distance in front of the chair. "How am I supposed to redeem myself? All of my opportunities have been shut down! You won't let me help recapture the Avatar, and Father forbade me to discipline Zhao - am I just supposed to sit in little old ladies' parlors until enough time passes for Father to forget?"

Azula watched him for a beat, a hunter's measuring stare, then smiled. "Poor Zuzu. Palace life is so difficult for you. Maybe you should have stayed on your sad little ship, where things made sense."

"This isn't a game, Azula!"

"It is," she said smoothly, "and as I told you before, you were never any good at it."

Zuko stopped to scowl at her, half furious and half incredulous. Azula watched him steadily as she sipped her water.

"If you were still banished, how would you have dealt with Zhao's disrespect?"

It sounded like a genuine question, but that only made Zuko more uneasy. It gave him the feeling that she already knew what his answer would be, and she was leading him toward it. She was trying to get him to do something, and to believe that it was his idea to do it.

"I am not challenging Father's favorite admiral to an Agni Kai."

Azula rolled her eyes. "Be serious, Dum-dum. You're no longer a powerless exile, and princes don't soil their hands by standing as equals against jumped-up commoners." She tipped her head to one side, speaking almost idly now. "At the same time, you can't simply command that justice be done, for reasons already stated…"

Zuko crossed his arms over his chest. His mind darted around the thing his father had said last night, like a small animal drawn by the scent of bait in a spike trap. Azula noticed his face go a little pale, but went on with hardly a pause.

"But you were right. Zhao's disrespect to the royal family cannot be allowed to stand. You summoned him here, and you must find some way to enact justice."

"Thank you," Zuko said with bitter sarcasm. "I'm aware."

Azula narrowed her eyes at him, then peered coolly down at the water in her goblet. "If only you had a powerful servant who hates Zhao as much as you do."

Zuko stiffened and stared, unseeing, at the royal practice yard glowing hot and dry in the summer sun. His thoughts whirled into a perfect order.

Katara. Agni Kai. Honor. Freedom.

It was unheard of for a slave to issue a challenge to duel - probably because the Water Tribe didn't have such a custom - and there was no guarantee that Zhao would accept in any case… But Zuko remembered the moment on the ship when Katara and the admiral had stood toe-to-toe. Zhao hadn't backed down then.

And, in front of the right audience, with the right provocation, he wouldn't back down this time, either.

"If you're struggling to think of a way to repay me for all of my guidance, get me a very special birthday present."

Zuko jerked back to reality in a snap. Azula had risen and draped the towel over the high back of the chair. She held out the goblet to one side and, as if appearing out of nowhere, the footman swooped his tray in to receive it. Azula did not so much as glance his way. She only frowned at Zuko dryly before striding back toward the practice field.

"And try not to embarrass me at my party."

.


.

After sitting out in the garden until dusk, Katara ate her solitary, silent evening meal and then adjourned to the sitting room where she reclined now on a cushion, trying to read one of the few books that had been left in her apartment.

Modernization of industry was the turning point in the rise of Fire Nation sovereignty as a result of three main factors: fast and efficient production of ships and goods, full utilization of natural resources, and an economic boom resulting in population growth.

She read this sentence a dozen times, not really grasping its meaning but too preoccupied with the sight just above the page to really notice. In the far corner, the two maids did their usual evening tasks. Katara couldn't even remember their names, which embarrassed her for a second and then gave her a surge of ugly righteousness. It didn't matter if she didn't know their names; they had informed on her to Pokui and they didn't even trouble themselves to look abashed. They just sat there, sharing the task of mending. Their names might as well be Traitor One and Traitor Two.

Modernization of industry was the turning point in the rise…

Of course, it was their job to report to the majordomo. And they had never responded to any of Katara's friendly overtures, holding religiously to their silence and service. Was it really a betrayal if they had no relationship to betray?

One of them jerked as she pricked her finger, then shook her head at the other's questioning look. Katara dropped her eyes back to the page, glumly fixed on the row of characters she was not really trying to understand anymore. It had never occurred to her in this way, but these evenings had reminded her of back home, mending with Gran-gran while Sokka sharpened his weapons. Maybe it was only because her days were so full of misery, and the quiet evenings came as a respite from the physical and emotional strain of her current situation. She did not like to think that she had come to feel at home in this apartment, but it was the closest she could come now to home.

And the women she shared that private, peaceful time with had betrayed her trust before she had ever really invested it in them. Her mother's necklace was gone into Pokui's keeping, and who could say what she would have to go through to get it back? It was sort of the maids' fault, but blaming them, taking out her frustration on them, really didn't do anything to fix the situation.

Modernization of industry… Modernization of industry…

Pokui had an office somewhere - Katara was fairly certain she had heard it mentioned. Maybe, if she could get one of the maids to tell her where it was, she could sneak out and take her stuff back. Roshu would probably sleep heavily tonight, since he was still healing. If she was careful enough, no one would ever know she had left the apartment.

Except… even if she wasn't caught, the necklace would still be missing. It wouldn't take a brilliant mind to work out who had taken it, and then Pokui wouldn't punish Katara. She would punish Sian.

Katara stared blankly at the page before her as the rows of ink became bars, and the bars closed in around her.

A scraping sound came from beyond the sitting room door, the rumble of rollers as one of the panels was slid open. There were footfalls out in the hallway as Roshu came hurrying out of the antechamber. Abruptly, they stopped.

"Prince Zuko."

The hint of surprise in his voice was nothing compared to Katara's shock. She gaped openly as Zuko stepped through the sitting room door. He spared her a glance, then dismissed the maids - and ordered the door shut behind them. Katara managed to tear her stare away from him long enough to watch the maid who shut the door; her expression was blank and calm as ever, but her eyebrows were hitched ever-so-slightly up. Then the door was closed, and Katara found herself alone with him for the second time in as many days.

"I have a plan," he said in a quiet rush.

Katara gaped at him, not really grasping the meaning of his words. These were her rooms. He had no right to just barge into her rooms. The censure was on the tip of her tongue.

But these weren't her rooms, not really. This wasn't her home. Slaves did not own possessions. And the Crown Prince most certainly did have the right to barge in. He had the right to do whatever he wanted.

Katara only stared at him as he crossed the room and knelt before her, quickly and quietly explaining his plan. The words finally began making sense to her when she breathed in deeply and caught the hint of jasmine that had clung to his clothes as he passed through the garden.

"You want me to fight Zhao."

"It's not a fight - it's a duel. And you have to challenge him at the right time to get him to accept." Zuko leaned back and frowned at her as if suspecting she might be unwell.

Katara worked to clear her mind, to focus. She could be free, and all she had to do was beat a vile man in a bending match. No more shame, no more submission. No more being backed into one corner after another. This chance was better than she had dared hope for - and it had come so suddenly, so soon. Just a few more days, and she would be free. She could catch up to Sokka and the others before they even left the Fire Nation. She could apologize to her dad. She could fulfill the terms of her oath in full view of the Fire Court and leave with all the honor Zuko had promised her

She looked at him now. He still knelt before her, his hands braced on his thighs and his fine clothes rumpled from the long day. His assessment had sharpened; he watched her evenly, and the bright light of the sitting room caught in both his eyes - scarred and unscarred - and shone clearly in both just the same. For the first time in a long time, Katara could see that the worry creasing his brow was perhaps not only for himself.

Not liking the feeling she got looking at him, she frowned down at the book in her hands. Gratitude. Hope. She snapped the red cover shut, and discarded it with a thump onto the floorboards. When she looked back at Zuko, her mind was clear as a fast stream. He was keeping his word, and it was a credit to him if she expected no less.

"Tell me what to do."

.


.

The little house stood alone on the boundary between a quiet forest and a meadow where the grass shivered in waves. It had crouched on that borderline for more years than anyone in the village on the other side of the forest knew. For years it had stood empty, and then the herbalist had come, stringing bunches of drying leaves and flowers from the awnings, filling the meadow air with the bubbling smells of her medicines. Each year, she carved out a garden where she grew odd plants, but when she made her rare appearances in the town to trade vegetables for supplies, her spark squash and char chilies were normal enough, if especially lush.

They thought, some of the villagers, that she was probably a witch of some kind, but she called herself an herbalist, so that was what they called her as well. Still, the word hung at the backs of their minds when they spoke of her or to her, and she could see it in their eyes. Even the women who sat to visit when they came for a tonic would go silent sometimes, cautious with their teacups. They always left well before dark.

She never discouraged the notion. It was better that they did not come too close. Better to be friendly, but never friends.

So she was startled when she stepped out of her steamy kitchen during the thickening hour of dusk and saw a handful of soldiers emerge from the forest, silent as ghosts. A chill stuttered up her spine at the sight of them - something was not right - but she silenced it and tucked it away, and stepped out from beneath her awning.

They were hard men - she could see in their faces the hollows of strife and grief, and she could see in their measured steps that they were fighters to match the scraps of uniforms they all wore - but two of their number were being carried on makeshift stretchers, and most of the rest had visible injuries. The man who stepped forward to address her had a cloth wrapped around his head and a deep bruise spreading across one cheek.

"Good evening, Lady Kuo. My men and I were ambushed by bandits on the road nearby. The villagers over the hill said that you might help us."

She did not think that they had. There was an old field surgeon who lived in the village and provided medical care for the farm animals. If these men had appeared in the village, he would have seen to them. Instead they had come to her, a woman alone.

Their swords, she noticed, were not Fire Nation swords.

Had she been twenty years younger, perhaps her hands would have shaken or her eyes would have flashed, revealing too much of what she knew. But she was not that frightened girl anymore. She had not been that girl for many years now. The fears that plagued her now were deeper, more real and insurmountable.

She formed her lips into a welcoming smile and bowed. "Thanks to you and your men for your brave service to our nation. Come into my house, and I will gladly help you."

She led them into the fragrant humidity of the kitchen and used a straw to carry a flame from the belly of the wood stove to a lantern. She moved deliberately, slowly, made them watch her do it. Then she guided them through the curtain to the cramped room that served as both bedroom and sitting room. The leader pushed the low table into one corner so that there would be space to lay the second stretcher alongside the narrow bed. The single lantern cast a soft glow, but the shadows were deep and one loomed behind each man.

"Make yourselves comfortable," she said from the doorway. "I must gather some supplies."

She withdrew to the kitchen without waiting for a response and paused to survey the room before her. In an iron pot on the stove, the base of a pain tonic was boiling violently as it reduced, sending up clouds of steam to break and roll in the rafters. The fogged windows were open to coax in the cool night air. Along one entire wall and above all the counters, narrow shelves held dozens of jars, ceramic pots, and flasks. The contents varied widely: glass-clear tinctures, pastes and oils and scrubs, herbs alone and blended, whole and shredded. Nothing was labeled. She knew where everything was, and everything she needed was here.

In her mind, a plan took clear form. She shut the windows first, then poured the last of the fresh water she had drawn this morning from the stream into her kettle and clanked it onto the other side of the stove. On a wooden tray, she arranged a stack of clean rags, a wide pot of burn ointment, two glass jars of dry crushed herbs, a nearly-empty jar of honey, and a spoon.

There was no pause in her movements as she took down a third jar of herbs, unscrewed the cap with short twists of her fingers, and upended the contents into the boiling tonic base. The pain tonic was instantly ruined, but that no longer mattered.

"Is there anything I can do to help?"

She tensed at the sound of his voice, and did not turn around until she was certain her expression was clear of surprise or fear. Lowering the empty jar to the counter, she looked back at the man standing in her doorway.

By the brighter hanging lamps of the kitchen, more unsettling things became clear. The cloth tied across his brow did not quite conceal his slap-dash topknot. The uniform he wore was a measure too narrow in the chest. And his eyes. His eyes were a brilliant and unmistakeable blue.

"Tie back the curtain," she said levelly, "and then reach down one of the lamps. I'll need more light to see."

He nodded shortly and went about the tasks with quick efficiency. By the time she had lifted the tray and crossed the room to the door, it was done. He followed her into the back room, casting lamplight on her shoulders.

The wounds were not fresh, but she lacked experience as a healer and could not have guessed how long they had gone untreated. Most were minor burns, some cuts and scrapes, all scabbed over and swollen. One of the men who had come in on a stretcher - the one on the floor - had a grotesque burn across his chest, made worse by the charred bits of his shirt that had stuck to its edges. The other had been flayed across his side by a spear and had also - in the moment before the spear, he told her - twisted his ankle.

New boots, he slurred.

She said nothing to that and kept her head bent to the bloody work as long as her roiling stomach would allow.

By the time it was finished, the house had grown warm and sticky, and had filled with a sweet scent that dulled the senses, though none of them noticed. They rested around the room in fresh bandages, some jesting together quietly at the table. Their blue eyes gleamed like fresh edges on knives.

But one of them was missing. That wouldn't do. They all had to be together inside the house, or her plan would fail. When no one watched her, she retreated quietly through the kitchen and out the door beyond, shutting it softly behind her.

Even the cool evening air could not fully cut the drifting fog in her head, and she had to lean one shoulder against the middle awning post to keep from falling over. That was alright, though. The men inside had breathed as much of the vapor as she had, and soon they would all doze off where they sat, never knowing they had been coaxed into sleep by the air they breathed. She could afford to be muzzy-headed - she needed only slip away and hide in the woods until they left - so long as they were further along the road to sleep. All of them, which meant she had to find the Captain quickly.

They called him Captain, even though a captain would more likely head a larger force, but the term seemed to fit all the same. He carried himself with too much authority to be anything less. Commanding. He was a commanding man, and experience had taught her that such men were to be dealt with warily, and only when absolutely necessary.

At length, she spotted him on the far side of the meadow. One second there was only the deep darkness of the forest, and then he rose from the high grass brushing his hands together and walked along the tree line, flickering in and out of shadow. Some twenty paces later, he crouched out of sight again.

She cut through her young garden and hurried across the open space toward the spot where he had disappeared, occasionally wobbling to one side or the other. However hard she blinked or shook her head, she could not dispel the dreamy quality of the starlit world around her. That was not good. She needed her full senses to deal with this man, especially since she was not sure exactly when he had stepped out. He might have had ample time by now for his head to clear, and she could tell he was a shrewd man, a dangerous man. It would not do at all for him to notice anything untoward in her behavior.

He popped up as she approached, and it should not have startled her, but it did. She pressed one hand to her chest as if to reassure her own heart.

"Captain! I- I worried you had become lost in the woods."

"Not at all," he said quietly. "I took the liberty of setting some traps. We have nothing to repay your kindness, but we can leave you with fresh meat in the morning."

She hesitated. The Captain and his men had declined her offers of food, despite how their faces melted at the taste of the honey she used to gentle her bitter medicines. Hunger rang through them, obvious as a stricken bell, but they would not be coaxed. The tall man who seemed to be second in command had shrugged amiably enough when she asked for the third time.

"There are women and children back in our home village who live off the land," he had said. "We hope any soldier passing through would think the same way."

Squadrons never all came from the same village. And soldiers did not concern themselves with such mundane troubles. They took what they needed and the people were proud to give it. It was an honor to contribute to the army's brave work.

But these soldiers did not know that, and she certainly was not foolish enough to point out their ignorance.

In the starlight, the Captain's eyes were the color of a cold sea that washed a vastly different shore. "It's not much, but vegetable stew is always a little more filling when there's a rabbit in it."

She swallowed, wet her suddenly very dry lips, and spoke carefully so that her words would not slur together. "That is… gracious of you, Captain. But not necessary…"

"It is," he said, firmly now. He seemed to hesitate, watching her closely. "Please. We would be ashamed to give nothing back to a woman with two children to provide for."

The ground seemed to lurch beneath her as if she had stepped in an unexpected drop, and the stars seemed to spin overhead. "I- I have no children."

"We saw their likenesses hanging on your wall."

She almost told him the truth; those portraits were the prince and princess, simple icons that could be found in many loyal Fire Nation citizens' homes. As for why they were nearing a decade out of date - well, she was not a wealthy woman…

"The boy especially has your look," the Captain said.

"I always thought-" she said, fighting to shut her mouth on the words even as they slipped out, "-he had more of me than his father."

She dashed at her eyes, her head spinning. She shouldn't be thinking of this now. She should shut away the rumors the village women swapped like recipes, clamp down on the despair and horror and guilt that rode roughshod through her. A warm hand lighted on the very corner of her shoulder.

"I'm sorry. I shouldn't have broached the subject. I- My own children are… fighting. The very thought terrifies me."

"Where are they stationed?" she asked, mostly to give herself a chance to regain some calm. He would lie of course, but the answers weren't really important.

He paused, withdrew his hand, and let out a restrained sigh. "They're here… Guarding the homeland. My son is at the Boiling Rock. And my daughter… is in the palace."

She did not react, did not move, but her stomach tensed up into a giant knot. "She must be a skilled bender. It is a great honor to be chosen to serve the royal family."

"So she tells me," he said with audible disgust. Again, he sighed. "I'm sorry. We argued the last time we spoke, and it's weighed heavily on my mind, and on my heart. I don't know why I'm speaking of it now…"

The sweet vapor, then, had at least begun its work, but somehow that no longer seemed so important. Instead, a question rose out of the murk of her mind, a desperately hungry question.

"Can you ever hope to reconcile? With your paths so diverged?"

The Captain looked closely at her then, and perhaps he realized the question was not truly about him, because his answer was gentle, sure. "I have no doubt that we will. A parent who loves their child can always find a way to lend a hand when it is finally needed again."

She nodded and folded her arms around herself, pressed those words close like a bandage to a weeping wound. It was a comforting thought. But in her case, impossible.

And yet, it broke on her now like a frigid wave, she could no longer stay here in any case. It didn't matter if these men left peacefully with the dawn. If they had come from the palace, they would shortly be followed, this time by real soldiers. Those soldiers would want to know why she had aided the enemies of the Fire Nation. They would want to know why she hadn't simply poisoned them, why she hadn't cut their throats as they slept.

And maybe one of them would see her face through the grime and difficult years and make the connection that no one else had. Then… Oh, the chill that tore through her at the thought.

"It's gotten cold, Lady Kuo. Let's go back inside."

She nodded and allowed him to put an arm loosely around her back and guide her through the tall grass toward the warm light of the house. Soon he would sleep along with his men, and she would pack a bag with the few things she could not do without. She would go far west before turning south, avoiding the roads and avoiding Caldera - but tonight she would be lucky to make it a few miles before the drugged sleep finally took her. That was alright, though. Any distance she could put between herself and this place would be a start.

When he and his men woke in the morning, the Captain would know not to leave one of his rabbits behind for her; he would know she meant not to return the second he saw the empty wall where the portraits of her children used to hang.

Chapter Text

With his arms hanging out the barred window and his jaw resting on the sill, Sokka stared out at the dawn-thick fog and tried to count the days he had been in this cell.

His head hurt all the time now and he had gone beyond hunger as he knew it; yesterday his stomach had felt like he had swallowed a pricklesnake. It twisted and throbbed and pierced, and there had been moments, curled on the floor clutching his belly, when it actually slipped into his mind that that was what had happened. There was a living creature inside him, and it was eating him. It was eating him up.

Today, even though the pricklesnake was apparently not real (or was at least sleeping) he was weaker than ever. It was a lucky thing he had managed to knock one of the boards loose from the window when he was still strong. By the dim glow of breaking day, he could see the glitter on the iron bars - the damp air outside condensed on them just like it had in the trolly.

"Ah, past Sokka," Sokka wheezed with a smile, "you're such a smart guy."

He had already licked the droplets off the bars carefully, just as he had yesterday morning, and just like then, there wasn't enough. Not even close.

His knees gave an unnerving shimmy, but leaning against the wall with his arms stretched as far as they would go through the gap in the window, he did not fall. He hung there instead, feeling the steamy air, stirred occasionally by the strange cool breeze that somehow came in off the sea. As day broke in the world outside the volcano, light hit the highest vapor, casting an ambient glow over everything. Eventually, the sun would rise fully and burn off some of the moisture, but for now the island was consumed by soupy fog.

Actually, it was thicker than usual today. He couldn't even see a shadow of a shape where the trolly landing platform should be. He could hear the giant cable clanking on its spool, though, and the rumble of the steam engine that powered the winch. Nearly drowned out by those louder noises, he could hear the guards' boots hitting boards, and their voices as they murmured anxiously back and forth.

Then the winch stopped. The silence was sudden, impenetrable as the fog. The same boots struggled to make soft footsteps now. A hinge squeaked.

Suddenly, a rush of activity; bodies hitting the deck, the ring of swords, a cry cut off before it could raise the alarm. A single burst of firebending flashed yellow in the fog, and was snuffed out at once. Silence fell once more.

Then, across the distance, an arctic thrush trilled.

Sokka dug his fingernails into the wood. That was his father's signal. He had learned it as a boy when they were hunting in the low tangles of summer brush.

This way, we can always find each other if we get separated. Hakoda had grinned with that tricky gleam in his eye, and even though he was crouched low to fit between the thickets of tough lichen-blossom and under the bramble arches, he still seemed enormous to Sokka. And the fox-partridges will never know we were here. They might be smart for birds, but they're not as smart as us.

They had laughed, and then caught some fox-partridges, and Gran-gran had cooked them in a special sauce. Sokka's stomach gurgled desperately now remembering that sauce, and that good day, and he tightened his grip on the board. This was his chance. His lips cracked and protested as he puckered them, but he forced them into the right shape and, with everything in him, he blew.

No sound came out.

.


.

Admiral Zhao was welcomed to Caldera with the fanfare of a favored son, which Zuko watched from the pinnacle of the palace steps where he stood in the cage of frigid silence at his father's side. The sun was occluded by a film of cloud that sped sickeningly across the sky, trapping the heat and filling the city with the stench of impending rain. Zuko tried to convince himself that the dread he felt was a result of the weather, but as he watched Zhao march the long avenue and up the palace steps - as the familiar smug smile and trimmed sideburns came into sharp focus - he knew the true source of his ill feelings.

The Fire Lord welcomed his admiral with formal words that crackled with satisfaction, and as Zhao rose from his deep bow, he spared Zuko the briefest of sideways glances, the tiniest of smirks.

He knew, when their eyes locked, the exact thought in Zhao's head; the banished prince falls short once again. Pathetic.

They would just see who was pathetic when Katara trounced him like a tigerdillo on a hen-pig. Zuko imagined the look on Zhao's face as she closed in on him, his cowardice and treachery revealed for all the Fire Court to see. With their plan in place, Katara had that situation handled. All Zuko had to do was keep a cool head through the formalities today.

Through the war meeting.

Surreptitiously, he drew a long, calming breath to stop the mad flutter of his pulse. The armor was stuffy, and the warm, muzzy air did nothing to clear the oppressive heat and weight from his chest. He had worked for so long toward this day. This war meeting was his ultimate chance to use the influence for which he had sacrificed so much. It was his chance to prove to his father and the generals that he was no longer the impetuous boy he had been, but instead a man with the experience and knowledge to concoct a strategy worthy of their consideration, a strategy that would change everything.

But there could be no mistakes this time.

Zuko held his proper posture and the same bland expression until Ozai indicated the formal greeting was over. Perfectly synchronized with Azula, Zuko turned to follow the Fire Lord back into the palace. He could feel Zhao's stare itching at the back of his neck, but he did not scratch.

He would be patient. He would be the perfect prince. And by the time Katara went free, the war she returned to fight would never be the same.

.


.

Sokka licked the bars desperately, trying to get enough moisture in his mouth to produce just a little whistle, but it was no use. His tongue was swollen and clumsy and a few droplets did nothing to get it out of the way. Even his voice came out ragged and too feeble to shout. His father was down on the trolly landing platform - he could have seen him if not for the fog - but he was still impossibly out of reach.

Then, another sound came from the direction of the courtyard, and Sokka realized the signal hadn't been meant for him in any case. The fog whirled as a big shadow swept above, then glided down to the boarded-over yard. Sokka could hear the creak and pop of the new structure taking on an enormous weight. Soft thumps of impact as feet hit the deck.

"What the-?"

The disgust in Toph's voice nearly made him laugh - until the alarm blared out of the silence and flames lit up the fog. The planks, damp as they were, didn't erupt into a blaze as they might have, but they caught in a low, sustained burn. From above, Sokka saw it as a hazy ellipsis of light, inside which indistinct shapes bunched closer together.

More guards were calling out now, and boots were striking wood everywhere. Swords clashed not far from the trolly platform, and men cried out and fell horribly silent. Somewhere, the warden was shouting.

"Archers! Take the bison! Aim for the light!"

Bowstrings thrummed. Sokka choked out a strangled denial.

Then the wind kicked up in a whirling fury. It ripped apart fog and arrows alike and knocked a lot of people to a lot of decks, but Sokka didn't hear them fall through the roar of wind. Instead, he saw them. Suddenly, the entire yard was clear to be seen. Guards sprawled in tumbled heaps on the catwalks, men who had to be Water Tribe warriors rushed in to finish off downed enemies, and at the center of a smoldering circle, Toph and Iroh stood at the ready beside the sky bison. Aang stood atop the saddle, holding the bending stance he had just completed and glaring around for more archers.

"Guys!" Sokka croaked, waving his hands where they might be seen. "Up here!"

No one saw him, and even in the silence, no one heard.

Then the noise came roaring back. Bowstrings and wind, firebending blasts, swords and pained cries. Sokka slapped at the boards covering his window, but it was no use. No one noticed him. He watched helplessly as Aang cut down arrows mid-flight with water whips and jets of air, and as a man who had to be Hakoda knocked a guard over the rail to the ground below. But there were so many arrows, and so many guards. There was no way they could keep this up.

Sokka was so preoccupied with watching for stray arrows and counting the men with his dad (just three! What had happened to the others?) that he didn't even notice Toph totter across the yard toward the main prison. Iroh stayed close, guiding her and intercepting arrows and attackers before they could even get close. Then Toph slapped one hand against the stone wall and, a moment later, smirked.

"There you are, Snoozles."

Sokka of course could not hear her from four stories up and, because he had not noticed her movements, he had no warning at all of what was about to happen. In a horrible grind of stone, the window - and a huge chunk of the surrounding wall - fell away, and because his arms were stretched as far out the window as they could go, Sokka was yanked down with it. A high shriek escaped him and he clung to the bars of his cell as the ground hurtled up to meet him.

He must not have been falling as fast as he had thought, because he did not die. Instead, the section of wall landed with a resounding thump on the yard deck, and Sokka lay there, stunned and winded.

"Oh, I'm sorry," Toph said blithely. "Did you want to sleep in? Should we come back later?"

For a moment, Sokka could only stare at the stone and iron before him. Beneath the rubble of the now-crumbling section of wall, he could see the boards that he had clung to before. The weight of rock laying on them now had crushed them to kindling. He could not place the moment when his hands had slipped from those planks to the bars, and that was troubling.

A warm touch settled on his shoulder and he rolled his eyes up to find Iroh bent over him, smiling a bit worriedly back. "Your father will be so happy to see you. Are you ready to leave this place?"

"Yes," Sokka wheezed as he attempted to pry his fingers from around the bars. "Yes, please."

He needed a lot more help to stand than he liked, but at least Toph didn't seem to notice. She was busy punching holes in the deck with giant juts of stone at random, occasionally launching soldiers through the air but always leaving splintered wreckage behind. When she sensed they were clear for a moment, she put her hand back on the wall and smirked. She gave a sharp upward thrust of her other hand, then shruggingly turned away.

"Oops."

Throughout the prison, every hinge set into a steel or stone wall expelled its pin and collapsed. Sliding cell doors popped off their tracks and flopped open. In every cell, prisoners roused by the commotion looked up at their suddenly open doors. In the few hallways still being patrolled, whistles sounded the alarm.

But all of the guards who would have responded were swarming outside on the warden's orders, pinning the intruders in the courtyard while the warden himself watched from a catwalk, shouting commands.

This was not going as smoothly as he had hoped - especially that earthbender slipping through his defenses. Princess Azula had warned that she was dangerous, but the damage did not seem so bad. The prisoner was out and some of the boardwalk was destroyed, but victory was still within reach. The Avatar kept knocking the drugged arrows out of the air, but he was clearly tiring. With the Yu Yan firing on him, one arrow had to slip past him eventually. All it would take was a scratch, and their means of escape would be neutralized. The guards only had to keep the rebels separated until that happened.

And with their ranks swollen by reinforcements from surrounding stations, with soldiers crowding around the pitiful clutch of Water Tribe warriors and the earthbender's senses muddled by the boardwalks, it seemed their objective was very much in sight.

"Shoot that beast, or I'll have all of you in irons instead," the warden bellowed. He did not notice the runner sprinting towards him even when the man stopped, wild-eyed and panting.

"Warden! The prisoners-!"

"Burn the prisoners! We must capture the Avatar!"

The guard stared anxiously between the warden and the door through which he had come. "Sir, the cells are all open - the prisoners are rioting!"

"What?" The warden spun around in time to watch a swarm of rowdy criminals pour out of the prison. A veritable army joined the fray in the yard, and more came roaring out onto the same walkway where he stood. Armed guards stopped them for a moment, but the prisoners were too many, and the guards were swiftly overrun. A few archers fled, but one was so caught up in his shot that a prisoner managed to pitch him over the rail.

But not before the arrow flew free, and soared past the winded Avatar, and buried itself in the bison's paw.

.


.

"My captains are still in the process of tracking down factions of resistance, but the main fight was rapidly concluded - with Princess Azula's invaluable assistance, of course," Zhao added in a tone just shy of boastful. With a long pointer, he knocked over the green figurine that represented a city held by the enemy. It clacked onto its back among smaller red pieces. "Another victory for the Fire Nation."

"A victory late in coming," Ozai said flatly as he looked down upon the tiny progress marked on the sprawling map of their world. "Especially considering your initial assessment."

Zuko felt the tiniest surge of satisfaction, but it was swiftly drowned out by the jangle of nerves he carefully hid. Every general in the room sat in watchful silence, managing to look at once attentive and pensive. Azula's clear voice gave away nothing of her thoughts. "What of the rebel base? Was the sixth wave any more effective than the fifth?"

Zhao stood straighter. The tip of the pointer wavered an inch above the floor. "Unfortunately, no. The rebels hold the advantage as long as they remain hidden like cowards under that mountain, and the new leader of the Northern Water Tribe is evidently less susceptible to threats against his family than his predecessor."

"Perhaps Prince Zuko can offer some insight," Ozai said, turning to assess his son. He lifted one sharp eyebrow. "In your time amongst the rebels, did you encounter this new leader?"

Zuko, sitting perfectly straight and perfectly silent, had the distinct feeling that he had already been found wanting. Still, he addressed the generals smoothly. "His name is Palluk. Cousin to Princess Yue and nephew of Chief Arnook."

"And? Is there any weakness we might exploit to unseat him?"

Zuko thought back to that spring day in the forest when Palluk had taught him some basic tracking skills - after which they had walked a while, and had that extremely awkward conversation about leading, and about loving men in the Water Tribe.

Yes, he realized in a rush, Palluk had foolishly confided exactly such a weakness to him that day. If the Water Tribe learned that their leader preferred the company of men, how many would shirk his orders or outright refuse to follow him? How quickly would the last of the resistance fall apart?

It was exactly the edge Ozai wanted, and Zuko could give it to him. For a moment he hovered on the brink. He weighed it in his mind like an unfamiliar weapon.

"No," Zuko said at last. "Palluk is young, but he's a capable leader and a decent strategist. His royal connections afforded him a good education, and his uncle raised him with the chieftaincy in mind. The manipulations that worked on Han won't be effective with Palluk."

It was a good answer, a strong and well-considered answer. But the lie turned it all sour in his mouth. He looked up to meet his father's eye. Ozai watched him with the leaden weight of suspicion.

"How unfortunate."

His heart pounded in his throat, but Zuko was not only afraid. He felt as if his feet had brushed the solid rock floor at the bottom of a deep pool of dark water through which he had been sinking for a long time. He felt a vague sense of the shape of some space within himself - a space he had been unsure of up until this moment.

He did not look away from Ozai's steady stare, and he did not allow himself to shift until the discussion moved on to Omashu, retaken once more.

"Although," General Hai said with a faint note of helplessness in his voice, "in all the chaos, a great many of the resistance fighters and Mad King Bumi himself completely disappeared."

Grumbles rose up from around the map. The Mad King of Omashu was probably among the many factions of guerrilla fighters plaguing the countryside. A hard life for such an old man, the generals agreed, but perhaps not so hard for a king among farmers who had lived under his rule. At length, talk turned to the only large holding of green markers remaining on the map.

"As soon as it is completed, the fleet will make for Ba Sing Se," General Qi said, holding back his long white beard as he indicated a straight trajectory with his knife-sharp fingers. "We could use the war balloons to transport troops into the inner ring of the city, but at their current ascending speeds, the vessels are too clumsy to pull out quickly. Instead, I propose that we keep our airships above the range of arrows or catapult fodder and drop pots of burning pitch and blasting jelly on the city."

The generals all nodded, their bushy eyebrows raised or lowered in thought. Some murmured agreement or questions regarding logistics. No one raised concerns about the civilians who would inevitably be killed in these explosions. They were only Earth Kingdom subjects, after all, and the generals of the Fire Nation were content to sacrifice even their own troops if that sacrifice led to victory.

A cold bead of sweat inched down Zuko's spine. The sweet buns he had eaten at breakfast rolled and tossed in his stomach like curds in sour milk.

"Without a means of defending itself," Zhao said with some satisfaction, "Ba Sing Se will be forced to yield, or burn to rubble."

"That's all very well," General Shino said from across the table, "but Ba Sing Se is vast. Even with the armies already laying the siege, how can we hope to keep the population under control?"

"Exactly as we keep the Northern Water Tribe under control. All signs indicate that King Kui is an even weaker ruler than Chief Arnook. He will submit easily to Fire Nation occupation."

"And if that does not work," a middle-aged general with a tightly-clipped beard said, "we have had good results in the western Earth Kingdom by simply imprisoning the benders."

"We cannot imprison every earthbender in Ba Sing Se," a younger general said. "Even using every prison rig and barge at our disposal, so many could not be accommodated. It is simply not feasible."

"Then perhaps just the children."

Zuko's jaw was shut so tight that his head was starting to pound. For the past five years, he had never questioned that speaking out against the misuse of soldiers had been an act of disrespect. He had even come to believe, after a while, that it really was naive to choose not to press any advantage in war. When he'd spoken out in the last war meeting, he had been young, and weak, and he had not understood the ruthless nuances of warfare.

Now he watched the generals calmly discuss how best to crush the spirits of an entire city. How to document and inventory the children as they took them to expedite punishment against resistant parents.

Zuko watched this, sitting stiffly in place while, behind his bland mask, he repeatedly swallowed back the urge to be sick. He had studied warfare. Frequently when Iroh had called an end to training for the day, Zuko had demanded lessons in battle strategy. He had laid out maps and marked them just the way this map was marked now, and had absorbed historical tactics with determined interest.

It was not naivety that made him feel this way, now. It was not a failure to understand the superior efficiency of ruthlessness, or the cost and consequence of mercy. If anything, he understood too much.

At a flicker of motion to his left, he tore his eyes away from the war table. Just a few feet away, Ozai sat watching him. His look was grim and patient, his eyes only slightly narrowed, but he was watching Zuko closely.

He was waiting to see if Zuko would speak out.

"I have a suggestion," Azula said abruptly, "if I may?"

Ozai turned to permit her and Zuko found himself suddenly able to breathe again.

"The projected date of completion for the fleet is still some time away, and factoring in travel leaves perhaps one month between the earliest date of this assault and the rise of Sozin's Comet. Correct?"

One of the younger generals checked some figures on a writing tablet and agreed that it was.

"Then why not simply give the people of Ba Sing Se an ultimatum. Either they surrender every earthbender into custody before the comet, or our armies will sweep the streets with fire and burn every noncompliant district to the ground."

Zuko wanted to believe she was joking, but he could hear in her voice the ring of imminent triumph. Nevermind all those innocent lives - to Azula, they might as well be simple wooden figures positioned on a map.

"And what do you think, Prince Zuko?"

Zuko blinked away the flames in his eyes and met the Fire Lord's measuring stare.

"You spent some time on the ground in the Earth Kingdom. What is your opinion?"

A terrible silence filled the war room as Zuko stared back at his father and realized that he was either being baited, or offered an opportunity. A deadfall lay before him and Ozai had just asked him to step forward into the pit of spikes.

But Zuko had fought hard to return to this treacherous place and reclaim this destiny. If his father thought he was going to forfeit now out of fear, then Zuko would prove him wrong, too.

"Taking the earthbenders captive won't subdue Ba Sing Se," he said, shifting his focus back to the map. "There's no way to catch all of them, and nowhere to keep them in any case. Even if you did manage to arrest them all, the nonbenders that remained would be even more determined to resist."

He thought of Jet and Suki, both presumably somewhere in the forests around Gao Ling, harrying Zhao's army. Little green cubes speckled the map like cupfuls of scattered dice, clustered especially around the assemblages of red flames.

"The fighting is ongoing everywhere. Wherever armies are defeated, guerrilla forces crop up in the dozens. Breaking up families in the city will only make that worse, because it will give the people who aren't imprisoned even more reason to scatter and fight."

The generals all peered thoughtfully at the map, tugging their beards and tapping their uncallused fingers. Zuko drew in a slow breath, readying himself for the next step. He had to say it exactly right, or it would be taken for weakness.

"King Kui has fully withdrawn his armies beyond the outer wall and closed off contact with the rest of the Earth Kingdom. Effectively, he has ceded his holdings outside Ba Sing Se to the Fire Nation," he said carefully, "and Ba Sing Se has become his prison."

One of the oldest generals, a man who had stared this entire time at the map with rheumy, tired eyes, ran his fingertips against his thin lips. Zuko went on hurriedly.

"Even with the war balloons, it would take countless troops and resources to conquer and hold that city." He swallowed and forced himself to say the words he had planned. "The Fire Nation has the power to accomplish it. But the cost will be great, and our people will continue paying it for many years to come."

He didn't pause, but he saw how the generals' frowns deepened, how their eyes flicked up to meet his - and his father's - before returning to the map.

"We can instead leave King Kui to the last inch of his kingdom, the only inch he has ever shown signs of caring about, and focus our energies on convincing the people outside to accept Fire Nation rule."

He could feel Ozai's eyes on the side of his head now, burning against the scarred side of his face. He sat straighter, held his chin higher. He had come this far, and he would finish it.

"The common people have been abandoned by their king. Now is the time to offer them peace and show them the benefits of switching allegiance. The colonies are the one conquest not plagued with guerrilla fighters, and it is because they have been well-governed. Why not use the same tactics to bring the rest of the Earth Kingdom under control?"

A tense silence fell. He had planted the seeds of an alternative to massacre. Then Zhao turned his head to peer up at him, the hard set of his mouth just shy of disparaging.

"With all due respect, Prince Zuko, those tactics have already been employed in every defeated city and village. The colonies are stable because they were established over a century ago and the fighting died out over time."

"Actually," Zuko said with some heat, "the old records indicate that different approaches were attempted in subduing the colonies. The fastest method by far was a relief-based program in which-"

"No one here cares for a recitation of your lessons, Zuko," Ozai said, his low voice crushing the proposal like a sprout under his heel.

Zuko, remembering himself, leveled his chin and stared straight ahead over the topknots of the generals as his father went on. He felt their eyes upon him, he could almost sense Zhao vibrating with glee.

"Sozin's Comet will shine on us in a few months' time, and you would have us distribute food and medicine to our enemies." Ozai's tone was unsurprised, darkly amused. His silence was a blade hanging over Zuko's neck.

He felt heat flush his unscarred cheek. He burned to defend himself, cite his sources, argue the value of the lives of those thousands of people his father waved off simply as enemies. But Zuko knew now what it would mean to defend himself. He had been asked for his opinion, and he had been summarily silenced. He held that silence.

To say any more now risked disrespect.

"Gentlemen," Ozai finally said, "my son, the humanitarian."

A nervous chuckle resounded among them because, while the words sounded like a joke, they were spoken with withering disdain. To his credit, Zuko did not flinch.

"The Earth Kingdom has had its chance to come willingly under Fire Nation rule," Ozai went on, turning back to the map. "With the comet at hand, a more permanent solution is becoming possible."

Zuko watched, fighting to conceal the alarm that jangled through him like broken bells, as the Fire Lord rose and paced slowly down to the map. His fine shoes rapped against the polished stone, and the sound cut brutally over the huff and rush of the torches.

"My father spent his entire life failing to subdue the other nations. He failed in his assault against the Northern Water Tribe and took only lackluster measures against its sister in the south. Because he chose not to simply eradicate the Southerners, they were able to raise a naval force that continues to trouble our armada."

He stuck out his hand wordlessly and Zhao passed the pointing rod to him with hardly a pause. Ozai tapped it on the floor like a cane and unhurriedly stepped around the tiny blue cubes scattered in the South Sea. He stalked along the western and northern coast, his robe heedlessly brushing red and green pieces alike into disarray.

"I will not repeat his error. As long as the people of the Earth Kingdom have something to fight for, they will resist Fire Nation sovereignty. So," he said, stopping outside the outer ring of Ba Sing Se, "we will leave them with nothing at all."

Zuko watched his father knock the green Earth Kingdom insignia over with an effortless swing of the pointer. It clattered as it fell face-down in the inner circle.

"As General Qi suggested, the war balloons will rain destruction on Ba Sing Se until the city submits. Any citizen who resists the following occupation will be executed. And, since we would not want to divide families-" His sly eyes seemed to punch right through Zuko's ornamental armor. "-their relatives two removed will be executed as well."

The torches popped and shimmied, and Zuko's stomach churned with acidic sludge. He could taste it faintly in his mouth, sweet like red bean paste.

"By the time Sozin's Comet returns, there will be no resistance left in Ba Sing Se, and our armies can focus on the final phase." Ozai stepped coolly beyond the outer walls, past the red flame markers of armies at siege and into the disputed countryside. "These guerrilla fighters hide in trees and eat food provided by two-faced farmers. Villagers hide them like rats in their cellars. It is time they all learned how the Fire Nation deals with enemies who skulk in the shadows, and the enemies who harbor them.

"With the power of the comet behind our armies, we will burn it all. Every field and forest, every village, every barn and farmhouse - we will burn it all to the ground."

Silence reigned in the war room, even the crackle of torches seeming far away. Zuko glanced over the faces of the generals, all turned up to gaze at the Fire Lord like supplicants. Zhao smiled with faint viciousness, as if he had dreamed of this day and was not entirely convinced yet that it had come.

Ozai allowed his gaze to roll slowly back to Zuko. "Those that live to fight us in the ashes will first have to survive a long and hungry winter."

Zuko did not speak, did not move. He hoped his emotionless mask was holding, but it was difficult to tell when his skin felt so numb. At length, Azula broke the silence.

"Such a sweeping victory would surpass even Fire Lord Sozin's."

"Yes," Zhao agreed smoothly, peering down at the map with an excited light in his eyes. "A truly great accomplishment. One that history will never forget."

"It is a great deal of ground to cover, Your Majesty," one of the old generals said in a creaking voice. "We will need to scatter our forces to accomplish it."

"We must plan and control the burn to avoid destroying army food stores."

"Fire Lord, what of the colonies?"

Ozai did not look at any of them. He only watched Zuko. "As long as they continue to pay homage to the Fire Nation, the colonies will be spared. The armies stationed around the Earth Kingdom will handle much of the farther-flung territories, but the bulk of the coverage will be managed from aboard war balloons. I intend to lead them…"

A smile creased his face. In it, a predator had scented weak prey on the night air, and soon blood would follow. Caught under that look, Zuko was not sure whether the frantic pounding of his heart was a surge of love for his father or a driving need to run. Ozai, after a beat, finished.

"…with my loyal son at my side."

.


.

At Appa's cry, Aang spun around. Iroh and Toph were helping an enfeebled Sokka into the saddle, and beyond them, the Water Tribe warriors had been backed onto the walkway to the trolly platform by a swell of battling soldiers and prisoners, but Aang did not see any of that. All he saw was the red-fletched arrow sticking out of Appa's foot, and all he heard was that particular bellow, that suddenly weary thread in his dear friend's voice.

They had to get Appa out of here. Now.

"Yip yip!" He shook the reins and Appa surged into the sky, already a bit sluggish.

"No," Sokka wheezed behind him. "Dad! We have to help my dad!"

Aang heard, and a knife of guilt cut through him, but he could not listen. They soared out over the boiling lake, pressing through the steam toward the hazy shadow of the crater wall. Beneath him, Aang felt Appa heave and struggle. He looked ahead at the steep wall of rock and knew they were not climbing fast enough to clear it. In fact, they were not climbing at all.

"Is it just me," Toph was quietly saying behind him, "or is Stinky feeling a little sinky?"

Aang leapt to his feet and began stepping carefully around and thrusting his arms upward, dragging up huge gusts of damp air to push Appa higher. Even with the added support, though, the bison lagged more every second. His huge, soft eyes repeatedly drooped nearly shut, then opened wide as he fought to hold on to consciousness.

"Come on, boy!" Aang cried breathlessly. "Just a little farther!"

Appa gave a strained groan, and his tail swung downward one final time. Then they hovered, just for a moment, at the peak of an invisible hill while Aang struggled to support them on a sustained wind.

But after weeks of gruel and captivity and uneasy sleep, he was so very tired.

They began to fall slowly, not all at once, in the same way that a person blowing out one long breath will eventually come to the last dregs of air in their lungs. As Aang's limbs quivered and finally gave, they dropped. He clung to Appa's shaggy head. Someone in the back screamed. The steamy lake waited below, dark and hungry beneath the curling teeth of vapor.

If they hit that water, they would all be boiled alive.

Aang did not think. He only let himself slip away from Appa and shifted his arms and legs, moved his weightless body to reach the elements. The vapor pressed together suddenly into grasping sheets of water, none strong enough to catch Appa and hold him, but strong enough to slow his decent a tiny bit at a time. He smashed through the first two sheets, but the next few stretched before they broke.

Appa still struck the thick ice floe Aang created on the lake so hard that boiling water flushed up over the top of the ice, melting pits into it. With a resounding crack, a spider's web of fault lines spread out from where Appa had hit. Hurriedly, desperately, Aang scrambled down from Appa's head and, after slip-sliding alarmingly close to the edge, began a waterbending form to haul the rapidly-diminishing ice toward the cliff.

"Okay Toph," he gasped. "Time to help!"

She slipped down to the ice and slopped through the slushy top layer with her bare feet. "Point me in the direction of a rock, Twinkle Toes. Preferably within jumping reach."

Beneath them, the splits in the ice were widening. Water gurgled up through them, and more cracks shot out through the block. Aang felt himself sinking deeper into the slush. With a final push of energy, he thumped the ice floe into the rock wall.

Toph's head turned a fraction and she leapt, snagging a handful of rock and hauling herself up from the steaming water. With a few snaps of her hands, she threw a ledge out under herself and, a second later, a much larger one under Appa and the ice floe.

"Top floor, here we go!"

They shot upward so fast that Aang slipped again and fell in the slushy ice with a breathless oof. When he managed to extricate himself - and thaw the ice and send it off back down to the lake, they were already more than halfway up.

"We've gotta go back."

Aang looked up to the saddle to find Sokka peering desperately over at him, his haggard face straining with worry. He looked about as bad as Aang felt - which was terrible. It was still so hard to do all of this bending after he had lost so much muscle and speed in captivity. They hardly had enough to eat while they traveled, and the first real food Aang had eaten had made him terribly sick. Now, his much-diminished stamina had been drained to nothing. He knees wobbled just holding him upright.

There was no possible way he could go back.

"Don't worry about it, Snoozles," Toph said from the platform as she shot them upward with one hard stance after another. "They made it to the trolly."

Aang spun around to see and sank to his rear on the stone in a combination of shock, exhaustion, and relief. Indeed, the trolly was slowly climbing its cable through the steam toward the crater station. Sokka made a triumphant sound. Aang nearly did, too, but then his eye followed the cable back down to its origin.

There was some commotion at the prison platform, some men struggling with the giant winch. A moment later, the trolly shuddered to a stop. Then, swinging and jouncing alarmingly, it reversed direction. The guards were bringing it back down to the prison.

"Hang on, hang on," Toph said over Sokka's cry of dismay. Abruptly, the ledge ground to a halt and Toph pressed one of her stubby hands against the cliff face. Then she reached out with the other, unerringly toward the winch.

A second later, the trolly started climbing again. Toph brushed her palms together, smirking, and then went back to work hauling the ledge up the cliff at a slightly more sedate pace.

"Little whirly parts - just like in my music box."

Sokka, slumped in the back of the saddle, did not hear what she said. He was too busy watching the trolly rise. If he didn't take his eyes off it, maybe it would make it all the way this time. Something brushed his arm, but he did not look away. He could not.

"Want some water?"

Sokka's head started turning without his eyes. Iroh had come to sit beside him and was holding out an open canteen. His smile was kind, and reminded Sokka of a lot of great tea he had had in some forgotten time.

"There isn't much left," he said apologetically, "but from the look of you, I'd say you will-"

Sokka grabbed the canteen and guzzled down the four mouthfuls inside. His stomach immediately lurched in protest.

"-probably need to pace yourself," Iroh finished. He watched dryly as Sokka clutched his aching belly, then glanced past him. "Oh, and look at that! Your father and his men have made it to the station already!"

Sokka turned to watch for himself as the distant shapes of men piled out of the trolly and onto the upper platform. The fog was reforming, and it was hard to see them. It was even harder to see the prison now, though the sounds of fighting still carried across the water.

The ledge ground to a stop at the top of the crater and the sudden lull, the stillness and finality of it all, made Sokka a little dizzy.

"Well that's a relief," he said, and then passed out.

 

Chapter Text

AN: Thanks for sticking with me as I verrrry slowwwly chip away at this story. I know it's been slow going for a long time now, and the style is very different from what it was to start with. I feel like it's doing something worthwhile, though, and like writing it has made me more careful with character development and outline work. Some disparate parts are going to start weaving back in soon, and I think the payoff will ultimately be pretty sweet, even though it's still a ways off. (I hope you'll let me know what you think, pros and cons, especially in the next few chapters.)

Anyway here's this one. Thanks for reading! And always, always for reviewing. (And all those kudos!)


.

The battle for the Boiling Rock was bloody and desperate, but by late afternoon, the Warden stood in the decimated communications tower where the last holdouts had made their stand. The surviving prisoners were all back in their cells, well-beaten for the time being, but the mess they had left was extensive. The communications tower was the worst. Anything that could be destroyed had been, which meant ink pots were smashed on the walls of the office and tiny message scrolls were crushed and scattered across the floor. Spare canisters and harness had been burned.

And the hawks. The aviary reeked of scorched feathers and there was not one bird left alive. The Warden stepped carefully over the charred lumps on the floor on his way to the window. He looked down on the yard, where bodies were being laid out in tidy rows, including the prisoners who had dared persist in their rebellion to the bitter end.

The Warden could admit that it was a clever move. The hawks could have been sent for reinforcements, had that become necessary. Still, the waste of good animals disgusted him, and the traitorous consequences went far beyond their immediate results. Without the hawks, and with the winch crumpled into a ruin as the metalbender had left it, there would be no sending word of the Avatar's escape to the Fire Lord. It would be days before the winch could be repaired and a messenger sent out to the nearest station.

Only one thing frightened the Warden more than informing the Fire Lord of his failure to trap the airbender or any of his allies; failing to report the failure. The very thought sent a cold bead of sweat oozing down the back of his neck.

"Sir?" His notary hovered by the doorway where he had been taking inventory of the damages on his prim clipboard. "Were you speaking to me?"

In fact, the Warden had been praying under his breath. He was not a spiritual man, not a believer in forces greater than his own will, and yet a single brush with the Avatar had him begging whatever spirit was listening for some thread of good fortune to save him. He scoffed and turned, intent on lashing out at the notary with the disdain he felt for his own weakness.

In that instant, a single messenger hawk, very much alive, soared through the window and settled hard on his upraised vambrace. The Warden gaped down at the bird's leather traces, its flashing golden eye.

A different sort of man might have taken it for a sign, a miracle, the Spirits' merciful response to a mortal's plea. He might have contemplated what it meant that it was the Avatar, the bridge to the spirit world, who he was now aligned against. But the Warden was no such man. To him, the hawk was simply a lost bird that had come back at the most opportune moment.

"Open a missive to the Fire Lord," he snapped. "Tell him the Avatar has evaded our forces and left the island by stolen ship."

.


.

Zuko stared back at himself from the long mirror affixed to the dressing room wall. He stood cold as a statue while Yotsu and the other servants moved around him, adjusting his formal robes in preparation for the feast that was to be held in Zhao's honor. The light of the lamps cast a soft glow about him, but the shadows in his eyes were deep, and his scar was a dark smear on his pale face. He could not stop looking into his own eyes and imagining himself at his father's side, spewing flames across the Earth Kingdom.

It was both gratifying and terrifying to see his skin was a little pale, and nothing else showed of the state of his mind.

On his way out of his quarters, he pulled up short at the sight of Katara, head bowed as she awaited him. Her dress for the occasion was understated, a slim rose shift under a servant's simple kimono, and the subtle elegance may have been intended to make her appear humble at his side, but with her bearing - some subtlety of her straight neck and stiff shoulders - Zuko found she cut a dignified figure.

To think, it was only his grandfather's tactical inadequacy that made the difference between Katara alive and Katara never born at all.

She flicked her eyes up to him, an unspoken question at his hesitance. Zuko remembered that Yotsu and the other servants watched them. With an idle wave of his hand, he dismissed them, and Lieutenant Roshu, and strode toward the formal dining hall. Katara followed behind him, just a swish of silk and slippers and a wisp of fresh scent at the edge of his senses.

He could not afford now to be unfocused. Zuko had to be strong. He had to be composed, or the nobles of the Fire Court would cut into his heart with their eyes and pick through his secrets like the seeds of a pomme-melon. The details of war meetings were well-guarded, but Zuko was not so naive as to think that the nature of his proposal would remain a secret. There could be no doubt that by the end of this dinner, his… humanitarian inclinations would be common knowledge. He had to present himself with dignity and strength now if he ever hoped to be taken seriously again. But even as he asserted this to himself, his focus was pulled apart, his mind dragged back to the flames-

"You're upset."

Zuko stopped as if he had struck a wall, and whipped around to stare at her. She looked back at him, and he didn't know how to read the way she watched him.

"Having second thoughts?" She enunciated the words as if working carefully through a tight space. She was angry, he realized, and while in a normal moment he might have retaliated with his own temper, now he could only stare back at her.

Second thoughts?

His pulse hammered through his clenched jaw. His stomach churned sluggishly. Something was rising up to the surface in his brain, threatening to breach like a sea monster. He knew instinctively that the sight of that hideous thing would crush him, spoil all his labors, perhaps smash his grip on sanity.

Katara stared up at him like an unhungry falcon, trying to decide if the feeble scurrying thing before her was worth the trouble of eating. "Just tell me why," she said, quiet in her fury. "What excuse could you possibly have to drag your feet like this?"

Zuko realized in a cold rush through his abdomen that she wasn't talking about what he had thought. She was talking about their plan. The duel. His clean-cut priorities returned to him, stuttering and sterile. Katara's freedom. That came first.

And later, when that much was out of the way, he would have time to consider the other thing.

To Katara's eye, his face altered over the course of just a few seconds. It was pale, with strained lines around his eyes and an overly bright flash in the whites. She could see it as he returned to himself - his face sagged, then narrowed like a sail being drawn tight to a singular purpose. Suddenly, he was himself again, and the thread of unease she had felt loosened its grip on her.

"I'm not dragging my feet," he said irritably, then turned and marched on. Katara followed, somewhat mollified but still watching him for signs of trouble. She was so close now. She wasn't going to let him ruin her chances with his unpredictable moods, not now.

At their approach, a pair of footmen opened a set of grand double doors. The din of a hundred voices beyond washed out onto them. Katara followed Zuko through the doorway and paused behind him as a herald announced him.

The dining hall was almost as massive as the throne room, with two long tables and an army of sitting cushions, all filled with finely-dressed guests. The vaulted ceiling resounded with chatter and polite laughter, all of which went quiet as the many nobles and high-ranking officers and bureaucrats set aside their sparkling wines and rose to welcome their prince. They bowed as he strode the length of the aisle, Katara in his wake.

As the prince passed, the guests resumed their conversations more quietly. Katara could hear them faintly - she heard her own name and his at least once. At last, they stepped onto the low dais where Azula already sat waiting with a chalice of wine in one idle hand. The princess did not wear a gown like most of the ladies present, but formal robes that matched Zuko's, with the same gold embroidery curling along the hems and wide shoulder piece. Katara took her place behind and to the right of the prince and - as Azula uttered some mild reprimand and Zuko curtly replied - observed the room with lowered eyes.

"It was foolish and it was weak," Azula snapped in an undertone.

Subtly, Katara leaned back so that she could peek around Zuko and steal a glance at Azula. If the princess had been anyone else, she would have seemed perfectly collected, but she was not anyone else. A strand of her hair had slipped free from her topknot. Her mouth was slightly too wide, too tight. The look of her made Katara inexplicably nervous, and her tone raised the hairs on the back of her neck.

"He doesn't mean it as a reward. You know that, don't you? The honor is wasted on you."

Zuko snapped his head around to stare across the dining hall and sat straight as a post in his place, stiff and brittle. Watching him surreptitiously, Katara felt that thread of unease pull tight in her again. Something had happened, and she was willing to bet that it had happened in the war meeting Zuko had disappeared into for so many hours. Whatever it was, it had shaken him deeply.

Concern came slithering through her, slick as kelp. In the stream of her mind, she pressed it into the pool of things she shouldn't feel, behind a dam that protected her. Whatever had disturbed Zuko this way, it was his problem.

Finally, the Fire Lord arrived and the guests bowed in silence as he assumed his place on the dais and spoke some glowing words of praise for the guest of honor. Zhao stood from his sitting cushion (which happened to be at the near end of the table directly in front of Zuko) and basked in the accolades like a fat stink-toad in the sun. Katara clenched her hands against the pitcher of wine she held until her knuckles were pale and stiff.

An hour crawled by and a seemingly unending procession of courses came and went. Despite the many conversations going on in the room, it was impossible for Katara to not hear Zhao's steady boasting and the fawning replies of the nobles and high-level bureaucrats seated with him. It was impossible, too, to ignore his occasional glances at Zuko, and at her. His eyes glittered with cruel amusement.

Katara was hardly the only one to notice. Throughout the dining hall, eyes were trained on the Admiral, eyes that followed his glances, attached to mouths that whispered a great many speculations. It was no secret that he and the Prince shared a special animosity, and the glut of rumors surrounding the circumstances was delectable. It was said that they had actually come to blows some months back. It was hinted that someone's maid's cousin had seen fresh burn scars on the Prince's back. Arrogant carelessness, or disregard for the rules of honorable combat?

Whatever the issue was, His Highness sat above them all now with dignity - if perhaps a lackluster appetite. If rumor was to be believed, his performance in the war council had displeased the Fire Lord, though it had been less disastrous than his previous attempt. Whispers circulated a whole variety of debates vis-a-vis the Prince's character; was it cowardice that weighed on him now? His remedial education? It was impossible to guess from the well-honed aristocratic boredom he presented.

But the Admiral… well, if one could fail to spot the man's inferior breeding when he opened his mouth, his manners certainly marked him for what he was.

And might his glances be in some way related to the slave princess's pretty (if basic) appearance tonight? She would be a fine ornament for a prince, if it weren't for all her covert looks and that scowl she perpetually failed to conceal. Not a skilled actress, that one. How she despises that man!

It was a surprise to no one when Prince Zuko retired soon after the night's repast was done and long before the wine would cease flowing, and no one remarked on his slave following close behind him as he strode past Zhao without a sideways glance. But it was a surprise indeed when she tripped on some unseen thing and the contents of the pitcher she carried flew up in a brilliant ruby curtain that splashed down on Prince Zuko's back.

The entire room sat silently watching, many with gaping mouths. The Prince turned slowly on the spot, scowling down at her with a look so fierce it was suddenly obvious that all the rumors about his temper had to be true. The slave princess stared back at him, mortified, then bowed deeply and began sputtering apologies. From her red face and quaking shoulders, she had to be fraught with fear and humiliation. (Though there were those who secretly suspected she might have been choking back laughter.)

"Please, Prince Zuko, it was not my fault. He tripped me!" She flung out an arm toward the Admiral where he still sat.

The Admiral's face, previously occupied by mild and growing delight, pinched in outrage. "Your Highness, she is obviously lying-"

The slave princess threw down the pitcher and turned on him at once. In the shatter and then the silence, suddenly there was no one watching who did not remember the thunder of water on the night of the full moon. She had sat so demurely in their tea rooms, but the memory came quick as her feet slid apart and her delicate hands hardened into fists. Her exotic blue eyes were burning, pin-pointing on the Admiral where he sat still on his cushions.

"How dare you call me a liar! How dare you besmirch my honor and that of Prince Zuko! I challenge you to an Agni Kai!"

The room chorused with gasps.

Yet among those watching, few actually believed the slave princess was not fabricating this entire situation. A Water Tribe princess would have every reason to seek out vengeance against the Moonslayer; she had every reason to make a scene and lie about it. (And, it would be agreed upon later, no one watching had actually seen him trip her.) More interesting than the mere truth, though, was the grudge the slave's master held against the Admiral. Was the Prince devious enough to pull the strings behind this little drama? Was he so much his father's son?

Had the confrontation ended at the challenge, most would have sided with the Admiral and brushed it all off as the theatrics of a high-spirited slave. But it did not end there. Because in the instant when she loomed over him to issue her challenge, Zhao flinched back from her.

Only a few brave souls in the room would not have done the same, but one did not defend weaklings or cowards in the Fire Court. One did not simply go on dining with a celebrated officer who could be cowed by a teenaged girl in an iron collar. Even the Fire Lord, looking on with smoldering fury, could no longer dismiss the confrontation for the farce that it was.

But Ozai could see past it to Prince Zuko, who dripped wine and looked steadily back at him with that carefully controlled expression. And he could very clearly read between the lines. His son was subverting his order to take vengeance against a petty rival. Perversely, it pleased him to see the boy finally prove he possessed a rudimentary spine.

But this defiant act would cost him dearly.

Zhao, who was not a fool, recognized the trap in the seconds after he twitched back from the waterbender. He understood that he was being maneuvered, and he knew he could not refuse the challenge and walk away with his honor. But there was something he could do. He surged to his feet.

"I wouldn't want to insult Prince Zuko by damaging his property," he said down his nose to the much smaller girl, "especially property that has proven to be so difficult for him to control."

Her mouth twisted downward and her face reddened. She held her ground, scowling up at him as he invaded her space. But she did not lash out. A pity. If she had, the challenge could have been ignored without the indignity of actually fighting the wolf pup.

The Prince did not lash out, either, though the barb was as much for him as for the waterbender. Instead, he only spoke, clear and cutting for all those listening to hear.

"Do you decline the challenge?"

No one breathed. Zhao stared at the wine-soaked prince, certain he had planned this and hating him for it. In that scarred face, he could read only impatience, irritation. Zhao turned to glance hopefully up at the Fire Lord.

But there was no mercy there. Ozai frowned and made no move to intervene.

"Of course I must accept," Zhao huffed. He towered over the waterbender, could easily look over the top of her head at Zuko, but now he tipped his chin down and really glowered at her. "When I beat your slave, I will want restitution for this indignity."

One corner of her mouth twitched upward in a nearly-hidden smirk. It made the muscles in his neck stiffen, because he could tell this was exactly what she had wanted. Zhao was not afraid - of course not, not of a little girl and not of the disgrace of a prince who owned her - but he had not forgotten how powerful she could be, or how quick. He had underestimated Katto before. She would not be so lucky this time.

And the Prince would finally learn the price of meddling with Zhao the Conqueror.

.


.

Sokka awoke as the ship ran aground, and he might have hurt himself leaping out of the makeshift cot on the floor of the cramped engine room if Hakoda had not been there waiting. Instead, Sokka only flung himself into his father's arms, and Hakoda held him a little too tightly until he regained his grip on reality.

"We got away?" he asked more than once. "They aren't chasing us?"

"You're safe. I've got you."

Hakoda pressed a canteen into his hands as he withdrew. The water inside tasted faintly minty. As Sokka drank slow, careful sips, Hakoda sat back against the wall and explained how Toph had destroyed the trolly winch, effectively trapping everyone inside the Boiling Rock, then how they had gotten Appa aboard the ship and finally made their escape. The bison was almost too big to fit on the deck and the little vessel had nearly capsized a few times, but between the Avatar and a few strokes of good luck, they made it to the hideout as they had planned. The island was small, tucked in among several similar in size and isolation. Each was dominated by a volcano that rumbled and occasionally belched out a plume of smoke.

"Iroh assures us they're stable enough," Hakoda finished mildly. "With Toph keeping an ear to the ground, we'll be safe to rest here for the night. And in the morning, when the bison has recovered from the sedative, we'll sail for the rendezvous point in the South Sea."

"What about Katara?"

"She made her choice."

The words were sharp, and Sokka felt their raw edge dig into his own heart. But Hakoda immediately shook his head, dropped his eyes. His look was so aching and weary - and old. It frightened Sokka how old his dad suddenly looked. Whatever had passed between him and Katara, it was still a fresh wound.

"I don't want you thinking you should go after her. The Avatar may still believe he can rescue her but-" He looked up abruptly and braced one hand on Sokka's shoulder. It felt warm, that hand, and familiar. "We know Katara better than he does. She's set her mind on doing this thing-"

"And she's going to do it."

Understanding arced between them like a snap of electricity, and the force of it came bubbling up from their bellies as laughter. Jubilant, desperate, despairing laughter.

At length, they went above decks and Sokka thought for a second that he had been blinded by the low glow of the boiler fire. Darkness pressed in against the reach of the few lanterns, stiff and impenetrable. Then his eyes adjusted and he gaped at the domed ceiling of volcanic rock overhead. They were inside a cavern, the nose of the ship wedged high on an unseen beach.

The crew were all working together to transfer Appa off the ship and onto a big wedge of black volcanic rock that Toph had evidently raised up. Aang stood balanced on the opposite gunwale and generated a long, sustained wind while a few warriors helped roll the massive snoring animal. As Appa slumped finally onto his side on the stone, Miku pinwheeled his arms and plopped straight into his gaping mouth. He emerged to hoots of laughter from all around, wiping long strands of saliva off his face and clothes.

"Oh, that is just-" He gagged, his mouth pulled back in a tug of war between grin and grimace. Then, he spotted the newcomers and threw open his arms. "Sokka! Good to see you! How 'bout a hug, kid?"

Bato caught hold of his shoulder to stop his advance. "I think Sokka could probably use a meal first. Iroh's put together some kind of soup down on the beach," he said to Hakoda. There was an undercurrent in his voice. "Kottik's supervising."

Hakoda only sighed and guided Sokka toward the steep gang plank. As they passed, Aang averted his eyes and went on helping Toph move Appa onto the beach.

The flaky black gravel poked dully at Sokka's feet through the flimsy soles of his prison shoes, and it seemed to gulp down the light so that the small cook fire seemed almost to be floating on nothing. Iroh stood serenely over a big pot, stirring occasionally and squinting against the steam. Propped up in a bedroll with big bandages covering his chest, Kottik watched him. Nearby, Akuma lay on his side, only the faint sparkle of reflected firelight suggesting that his eyes were still open a crack.

At Sokka's approach, Iroh smiled and filled a bowl with steaming broth. "Ah, Sokka! Good to see you're up and about already! Here, sit and replenish your strength."

The bowl was tin, and the heat of the broth quickly made it uncomfortably warm to the touch. Sokka held it anyway, unflinching; he was very aware of how closely Kottik watched him now, too. He smiled. "Thanks, Mushi."

The old man chuckled and went about dishing up a bowl for Hakoda - this one with solid vegetables in it, Sokka noticed with a touch of envy. After just a few sips from his bowl, though, his stomach rumbled a mixed message and he was glad to be spared from his own impatience.

Others gathered at the fire as he slowly drank. First Kovu and Nuklok, then Bato and a drenched, fresh-out-of-the-ocean Miku. Piecemeal, they told him the story of the fight in the capital and hiding in the countryside. Kottik and Akuma both stoutly proclaimed themselves on the mend. The men all laughed together and asked Sokka about his time behind bars, but there were things they did not mention. Zuko's name never exactly came up, and neither did Katara's. Sokka wasn't sure what had happened back at the palace, but he could guess, and his guess pretty much explained why everyone was still sore from it.

Great job, Katara. Way to make everything just that little extra bit more complicated.

Finally, Toph flopped down at the fire's edge, practically roasting the undersides of her bare feet, which were deeply lined with black dust. Almost immediately, she sniffed and waved a hand in front of her scrunched up nose. "Phew, who stinks like monster breath?"

Miku, across the fire, grinned and patted the damp front of his shirt. "Not me. I just took a bath."

"Dunking yourself in the ocean isn't the same thing as a bath, Lemur Lover."

There was a round of chuckles, through which Miku just peered around the cave. "Speaking of which, where is my little pal?"

"Handling a cave crawler crisis. You'll have to feed the treats in your pocket to somebody else this time."

Miku turned red as Kovu elbowed him. "'Animal magnetism' my boots."

Miku loudly defended himself, but Sokka only heard Toph, who turned toward the spot up the beach where they had settled Appa and all but shouted, "Horse stance, lily liver! I don't want to feel you stand up until you've moved that rock!"

Aang's voice came from the far side of the bison, where a lantern backlit Appa's enormous silhouette. "This would be a whole lot easier if I could have some soup first."

"You'll get your soup when you move that rock. Now quit stalling and get to bending!"

"Yes, Sifu Toph."

Sokka glanced around the campfire and found a lot of bored expressions. Aang sounded pretty miserable, but he didn't seem to be getting a lot of sympathy from this crowd. Even Iroh went on passing out soup without comment.

"So," Sokka ventured, "you're teaching Aang how to earthbend."

"Trying." Toph slurped nonchalantly at her soup. "He's being a real wet noodle about it, though."

"I'm not gonna try to tell you how to do your job, but as a recently incarcerated person, I can vouch for the importance of regular meals."

"I'm not starving him, Snoozles. He had lunch. All he has to do is move the rock. It's not even a big rock. He just has to stick with it and decide he's going to succeed and-" she pitched her voice louder, "-quit trying to weasel out of it like a tricky airbender!"

A frustrated snarl came from the other side of Appa and Aang stomped into view. "I can't do it! All I've done for the past three days is stick with it and try, and I can't! Nothing I try is working-"

"Because all you're trying to do is get around it-"

"-because I'm not an earthbender-"

"-instead of powering through like you really want it!"

"I'm not cut out for this!"

Aang stared wild-eyed around the darkness as if searching for an exit, and apparently Toph could sense the movement - had maybe even expected it - because she folded her arms over her chest grimly.

"You can't run away this time. You saw me shut the cave. You can't leave without earthbending your way out."

Aang spun on his heel and stalked off toward the back of the cave. For a moment, the only sounds were the crackle of the fire and the distant diminishing scrape of his footsteps. For the first time, Sokka realized the Water Tribe warriors had been conspicuously silent throughout the dispute, wanting nothing to do with it. Hakoda sat straight and still, drinking his soup as he listened impassively. Kottik went on watching Iroh. Sokka saw now the strangeness of his position, caught between two different groups he felt a part of - two groups that were not exactly part of each other.

And it occurred to him, for the first time, that he was going to have to choose between them.

"Are all earthbending instructors that harsh," he finally asked, "or are you trying out for a special award?"

Toph whipped up a hand as if to stave him off. "Earthbending isn't like air or water. It's not some relaxing low-impact exercise for wishy-washy hobbyists. An earthbender who only kind of wants to bend the rock gets smashed like a bug. If Aang is going to master this element, he's got to start by learning discipline and determination."

Sokka sat back, and a moment later Iroh spoke. "Probably, earthbending is more difficult for Aang because it is the elemental opposite of airbending. The freedom and fluidity of air are very complementary to water - and fire! - but not so for earth." He stirred the last bit of soup and moved the pot away from the heat. "Aang is struggling because the rooted foundation and persistence needed for earthbending are so at odds with the philosophy of bending he first learned."

"That doesn't mean he gets to skip out on learning it."

"On the contrary! He absolutely must learn it." Iroh stooped still over the pot, but a hint of the steel hidden in the old man slipped into view. "He especially must learn the discipline of earthbending before he progresses to firebending. Otherwise, he risks throwing himself out of balance." He shook his head and returned to his seat at the fire's side. "And there is nothing so deadly as facing a master firebender when you lack balance."

Toph drank down the last of her soup in one loud gulp, and Sokka knew somehow that she was thinking of Azula, and Katara, and the beach at the Eastern Air Temple.

"Yeah," she said thickly, "that's no joke."

.


.

The royal dueling chamber was massive, with looming pillars and an open skylight that, by day, would have bathed the long arena in blazing sunlight. It was night now, though, and there was only darkness above the flashing dance of the torches affixed to each pillar. The day's clouds had been blown away at dusk but there was no moon, and what few stars shone down were dull as scattered crumbs.

The stone of the floor was cool and damp against Katara's knees as she waited for the signal to begin. She wanted to leap up and fight the man she knew was kneeling behind her, but she had to follow the rules. Zuko had been insistent about that.

The chamber was not silent; the tiered stone benches were filled with members of the Fire Court, and servants clustered in the shadows of the doorways, craning their necks for a glimpse. The room rustled and hushed itself, and the imperfect quiet dug under Katara's skin like a beetle through rotten wood.

She pushed the feeling away and searched for tranquility. All she found was simmering resentment. Anxiety. Fury. She tried to let her thoughts come and go, but her mind kept straying to places she did not want to visit. Frustration. Pain. Confusion.

Katara opened her eyes and let a long breath out through her tight mouth. It didn't matter. She was going to beat Zhao and win her freedom. The rest she could work out later.

The official called the combatants to the ready. Katara stood and turned. Zhao faced her in a fighting stance. His bare chest was heavy with muscle and hair, and somehow, inexplicably, that sent a dart of unease through her. As if the armor had been merely a mask hiding something more unpredictable.

Katara wasn't going to be intimidated by Zhao, though. Not him. He was vile and he had done unspeakable things. He deserved to be defeated, and she would be the one to defeat him. She held that certainty in her stomach, a furious throbbing egg.

The instant the official called the start, Katara leapt forward, yanking the water out of one of the barrels that had been lined up along the edge of the arena for her use. Zhao struck at the same time with a stomping step forward and a double-armed push that launched a massive gout of flame. Water smashed into fire head on and steam billowed through the chamber.

To the audience, the combatants became only shapes in the fog. The Admiral massive and roaring, the flashes and blasts of his firebending casting brilliant halos in the humid air - while the slave princess sliced through his assaults with phantom blades that gushed and chuckled coldly. They were matched in their hatred for each other and the Fire Court watched, enthralled by drama and bloodlust.

So no one was really watching when the Princess, seated between her brother and the Fire Lord, leaned over to whisper near Prince Zuko's ear.

"Do you see it yet?"

Zuko spared her a sharp sideways glance but kept watching the duel. Fire boomed and water hissed, and Azula had regained her composure. She had seemed furious before dinner but that was all gone now, replaced with cool amusement. Zuko was not certain which should make him more nervous.

"Her stamina really isn't what it used to be, is it?"

"She's fine," he grated out, but even as he said the words, he could see the split second lag in Katara's recovery from strikes, the slightly-too-wide arc of her water, its ragged edge.

"She's overextending," Azula corrected. Zuko did not look at her, but he felt her eyes on him, searing. "She took up too much of her element at once. She thought she would overwhelm him quickly. Now, her energy is running out." Her teeth caught the light as she smiled. "Zhao only needs to wait for her to make a mistake."

"She won't."

There was no doubt in Zuko's tone, but there was cold sweat popping out on the back of his neck. It slicked against his high collar.

"This, exactly, is why you will never thrive in the Fire Court without me."

Zuko finally turned to really look at her. He didn't understand the dull distance that had replaced satisfaction in her eyes.

"You are so predictable. You set your sights on impossible things and then act surprised when you fall short again and again."

"You're wrong."

The words sounded stupider out loud than they had in his head. Azula only sighed and looked blandly back at the duel before her.

"Understanding and controlling minds is fundamental to survival in our world, Zuko. It isn't complicated. All you need to do is offer someone a glimmer of hope that what they want most is just barely out of reach-" She subtly gestured to Katara, fighting hard for the freedom he had promised her. "-and then watch them topple themselves grasping for it."

And in that instant, finally, Zuko felt Azula's jaws clamp shut upon him. She had lured him into arranging this fight. She had dangled justice against Zhao in front of him and even though he had realized she was doing it, he still did exactly what she wanted him to do. She had known somehow that Katara was not ready - had known probably since the full moon party - and had known Zuko would overestimate her in his desperation to set her free. Azula had known it all.

He looked back in time to see Katara stagger as she dodged a rapid series of fireballs. She barely kept her feet, teetering on the edge of the arena. Hope lanced through him that she would blunder out of bounds - that would be enough to end the duel, end it now before—

But her feet stayed squarely inside the lines and she shouted hoarsely as she gathered up another stream to launch at Zhao. He slapped it aside and struck at her again, harder, quicker. The flames licked closer and closer to her body, her face. The steam was burning away, leaving her even more exposed - to all these eyes, to the fire…

Zuko had to stop this. He made to rise - but Azula grabbed his forearm, holding him still beside her. It came to him that he couldn't intervene in an Agni Kai in any case. It would be an unspeakable dishonor.

"This lesson is my gift to you," she said, her sharp fingernails digging deep into his sleeve, into the flesh beneath. Unseen, blood crept down his forearm.

Zuko hardly noticed. His world had narrowed to the horror unfolding slowly before his eyes and her voice echoing through his head like a whisper in a silent room. Zhao sprang forward with a sustained outpouring of flames—

"I tried to teach you how to rule the Fire Court, Zuko, but you refused to listen."

Katara raised a wall of ice, but it shattered and she went tumbling back—

"You chose not to join me as an equal - so instead you will obey me."

She painfully pushed herself up to her hands and knees. Zhao closed in in three long strides—

"And if you ever dare undermine me again," Azula whispered gently into his ear, "I will cut the weak heart from your chest and gift it to Father in a silver box."

Zuko couldn't speak, couldn't look away. He was frozen like a child in the midst of a nightmare. He thought maybe Azula was fulfilling her promise already. A cry arose, and he was sure it came from inside him but in truth it was the watching nobles and bureaucrats and servants, gasping and wincing and exalting as Zhao's flaming fist came down.

Katara fell.

.


.

"Aang?" Sokka lifted the lantern a measure higher even though it didn't penetrate any deeper into the thick darkness ahead. "Little buddy? Come on, this is getting seriously creepy…"

Iroh had awakened the camp shortly before dawn, only to find that the kid still hadn't returned from whatever dark crevice he had run off to. Toph had huffed and made to march off after him, but Sokka, hardly realizing what he was about to do or why, volunteered to go instead.

And now he was alone. In the dark. In a cave that Toph said didn't go on that far - but who knew with Toph, really? She would probably think it was pretty funny to get Sokka lost in some bottomless pit - under a volcano, no less. As if he hadn't had enough of volcanos to last a lifetime.

Just as he was beginning to seriously question his decision, Sokka spotted a pale face seeping out of the darkness ahead - a face with four eyes and massive horns. He shrieked manfully and jumped back. Three hammering heartbeats later, he recognized the dim blue arrow and the bewildered look on Aang's hapless face - and Momo's usual inquisitive purr.

"There you are!" Sokka said, straightening up a little too straight. "Didn't you hear me calling? It's pretty rude to not answer when people are looking for you, you know."

"I'm sorry, Sokka." Aang was sitting against a wall with his arm wrapped around his knees. Presently, he pressed his chin into the crook of his elbow and Momo leapt off his shoulder to go polish off the cave's cave crawler population. "I kind of… hoped you wouldn't find me."

Sokka pretended he didn't see the tear tracing down the younger boy's cheek and sat down in front of him. He knew now why he had come down here. Katara wasn't here, and Aang needed something, something Sokka had seen his sister do a few times in the cruiser brig and a million times back home. The kid needed a little compassion and encouragement. It wasn't a warrior's role, not really, but Sokka wasn't exactly a warrior like his father and the other men. The Avatar, and Katara, needed something more from him, and he was going to provide it.

"Listen," he said gently, "I know Toph is being hard on you, but I also know you can handle this earthbending stuff. You're pretty tough for such a skinny kid."

"Thanks, Sokka, but… it's not just that." He wouldn't look up from the rock he was staring at, couldn't seem to bring himself to look anywhere else. "I left your family behind in the Boiling Rock. If it wasn't for Toph, they would still be there now."

A cold lump formed in Sokka's gut at the thought. Aang still wouldn't look at him.

"Nothing I do is ever enough. I couldn't save your family. I couldn't save Katara. I couldn't even save myself. I've messed everything up over and over again." He shook his head, winced. "The Avatar isn't supposed to be weak like this. Maybe… there was a mistake. Maybe I was supposed to die a long time ago and just continuing to live now is making everything so much-"

"Stop."

Silence hung like smoke in the dim lamplight between them. Sokka waved one hand as if to sweep it away, and found himself staring at a boy who was somehow just like him.

"You aren't weak, Aang. Everybody has limitations. Being strong isn't as simple as having more power or ability than anybody else." As he said it, he realized that he believed it, had believed it for a while now. In his mind, it was becoming crystalline, a purer version of itself. This was the lesson he had been learning since the moment Katara had outstripped him as a fighter.

"Strength is knowing when and how to use what you have. When we were escaping the Boiling Rock, you threw everything you had into getting Appa to safety before the drugs hit him. That took so much power and determination. If you had turned back like I wanted you to, we would all be trapped there now."

Aang finally looked up at him, his hands fisted in his ragged sleeves. "But the Avatar has to be stronger than anyone else, Sokka. I have to be powerful enough to defeat the Fire Lord. What am I gonna do? Give it my best?"

He had a quaking pent-up energy just under the surface, like a rabberoo a heartbeat from bolting. Sokka sighed.

"I'm gonna level with you. I don't know. Not yet." He reached out and put his hand on Aang's thin shoulder. It was like gripping a scarecrow's - cool and hard and inflexible. "But that's down the road, Aang. Don't let that stuff distract you from what's right in front of you. The most important thing right now is to focus on your training. Once you've mastered the elements, we'll figure out the rest."

Aang stared doubtfully back at him. Then he ventured a hopeful half-smile. "Does that mean you're coming with us instead of your dad?"

Sokka blinked twice rapidly, because he had somehow not realized that the parting of ways was going to come so soon. He didn't want to say goodbye already to his dad. In fact, the thought of the weary sorrow he had seen in Hakoda the night before made him very reluctant to part from him at all.

Because that was what Katara had done, wasn't it?

But there were priorities to think of here that were much bigger than any one of them. In the interest of ending the war, and ensuring the survival of their people, there was really only one choice for Sokka.

They arrived back at the beach just in time to watch Toph crack the cave open to the green-and-pink horizon and feel a wash of sweet, wet morning air flood in. Sokka felt his skin prickle and tighten all the way from his neck to his knees, but he didn't pause as he parted ways with Aang and joined Hakoda on the beach near the little ship. His father watched the opening in the rock with a steady, grinding patience.

"Dad… I'm sorry," Sokka said. There was no use delaying the inevitable. Not now. "I can't come with you."

For a second, there was no response. Then Hakoda turned to him, a furrow in his brow. "Don't be sorry for doing what's right for you. I don't blame Katara, and I don't blame you." He heaved a big breath and braced one hand on Sokka's shoulder. For the first time, Sokka felt more like he was lending support rather than borrowing it. "My son, fighting at the Avatar's side. I'm proud of you. Don't ever think I'm not."

Sokka couldn't help but smile as his face heated. "We're, uh, heading south. Apparently Iroh has some allies. It's pretty hush-hush."

"Yeah," Hakoda said blandly. "A lot of things are with that old fox-partridge." He peered levelly back at him. "Be careful, Sokka. I get the feeling this war is winding up for a big finish. A little Water Tribe luck and maybe we can meet back home before winter."

"Just in time for blizzard season," Sokka replied unenthusiastically. "What kind of luck is that?"

Hakoda laughed and hugged him too tightly. "Water Tribe luck!"

.


AN: I've been trying not to do this, but I predict that there are gonna be a lot of people disappointed and frustrated that Katara didn't get out this chapter. Totally understood. It's been years. You've been waiting for it to finally happen. And waiting for Zuko to figure his stuff out and actually help her. It's been a long road with more than one false-alarm along the way. That might be starting to feel like a pattern, but I want to reassure you that I'm aware of it. I'm not repeating the same easy trick for kicks; these near-misses are building to what is probably the heart of this book. The perseverance of hope is not impressive without the real possibility of hopelessness.

Chapter 28

Notes:

AN: I took a few months off from this story and came back to about a hundred reviews here and on ff.net. I can't tell you how encouraging it is to know people still care, are still waiting to see what happens next. Thank you for all your support!

.
.

Chapter Text

"I heard he made a scene because he didn't want her to scar. Because - well, you know…"

"Sure I know! Because if he wanted to see a burned up face when he was in the throes of passion, he'd keep more mirrors around."

"Oh, Genji you are terrible!"

"No, I'm amazing."

Sian ducked her head over the basket of wet linens and shouldered past the other laundresses so she could hurry out of earshot. It was shameful how they gossiped here in the sweating gut of the palace. A day passed and the original story became splintered and bifurcated as everyone tried to tell it so it served their own ends.

As if Prince Zuko was undignified as some randy stable boy or Princess Katara would ever submit to the sort of sordid deeds the maids cooked up. Oh, Sian had her own theories about what was between them - because it was obvious there was something - but she would sooner eat lye than break confidence and discuss the things she had witnessed. Because Sian understood discretion.

"If you girls are gossiping instead of scrubbing again, I'm gonna wring you both out and string you up on a line!"

Sian flinched against the sheer volume of the head laundress's voice, but didn't pause a step on her way to the drying lines. Machi was a loud woman, and stout enough to stop a runaway cart, but she was kind. When Pokui had sent Sian down here those weeks ago, Machi had found a place for her among the boiling vats and scrubbing tubs and quickly came to appreciate Sian's diligence.

Presently, Machi stood at the head of the drying lines, chatting with the woman who kept the palace stocked with soaps and other supplies. They were an odd pair, the former red in her lined cheeks and perpetually spotted down the front of her broad frock with water, while the latter was slight and wan and always primly dressed. Still, every week the soap woman visited to deliver her products, and every week she dawdled in the fumes and steam to catch up with the head laundress.

Sian wasn't trying to eavesdrop. She rapidly sorted through and hung the linens in her basket with pronged wooden pegs. As she worked, Hemya, the young waterbender stationed on the lines, slowly pulled the moisture from each sheet, dragging it downward with slow passes of her hands. Sian knew better than to try striking up a conversation with Hemya, who responded only with silence and brooding. (Not that Sian blamed her. She wore the same sort of iron collar as Princess Katara, and she had to be even younger.)

So there was really no way Sian could avoid overhearing the conversation Machi was having with the soap woman.

"-but finally she was exhausted, and that puffed-up Admiral managed to land a blow." She shook her head, frowning down at the dainty cloths she was folding. "He hit her hard enough to kill a girl her size. Much more fire on it than was necessary, from what I've heard."

"But that water princess is made of sterner stuff," the soap woman asserted.

"Right, right," Machi went on, a smile tugging up one corner of her mouth as she glanced slyly at her friend. "But this was when the Prince came running down to the arena."

"He didn't!"

"He picked that girl up and carried her straight to the royal infirmary. Not a word to anyone."

"Oh," the soap woman said, covering her face with her hands. "Oh my."

"Apparently he wouldn't set her down until he had found a waterbender to heal her. They're saying," Machi said in a lower tone, "he was insistent that she mustn't scar."

"Of course he was. Can you imagine? After everything..." The soap woman said something too quiet for Sian to hear, and Machi nodded. They went on whispering, but Sian's attention was diverted.

On her other side, Hemya had stopped working. Her hand hovered a few inches from the cloth in front of her, unmoving. She seemed stuck, a cross furrow in her brow. It occurred to Sian that this story must sound very different to someone who was also a slave. All the romance shriveled out of it, and the thing that remained looked more like a tragedy.

Because it was shocking and shameful that Princess Katara should be abused and exploited this way, when she was a better princess than what the Fire Nation had now.

Sian's eyes widened at her own traitorous thought. With shaking fingers, she began taking down the dry linens and folding them with exaggerated care. At length, Hemya went back to her work as well.

When the task was perhaps half completed, Machi called Sian over and pressed a stack of tidily folded handkerchiefs into her hands. "The Prince's chambers. Half for him and half for her." Her coarse hands closed around Sian's with warm pressure. "Where they can find them."

Sian did not need to ask. She only nodded and left by the narrow servants' stairs.

The Crown Prince's suite was empty but for a pair of footmen, idling as if they did not expect him back any time soon. They watched Sian with lazy ambivalence as she forewent the linen closet and the dressing room and instead tucked away handkerchiefs at the Prince's bedside and in the drawers at either end of his sofa. One in his writing desk.

One under the book she had been reading, one at her bedside. Sian hesitated in the deserted companion's apartment, clutching the last handkerchief and at a loss as to where to put it. No sign remained to indicate where else the Princess spent her time. It was as if she was already gone, all trace of her cleared away.

At length, Sian tucked the handkerchief in her own pocket and slipped out of the suite. She had every intention of returning to the laundry room and folding the last of the sheets, so it was a shock to her when she discovered she had turned the wrong way. Instead of the stairs, she found herself outside the office of the Prince's majordomo. The door was shut and the room beyond was silent.

She knew all at once why she was here. The story had been all the maids whispered about last week - Pokui facing down the slave princess, taking away the last possessions she had. And Princess Katara had yielded, not because she was afraid for herself, but because Pokui had threatened Sian.

No one said it, but every maid who heard that story felt a tiny stab of compassion.

Not Sian, though. What she felt was a flood, a tide roaring back in. Before, she had served Princess Katara like a little girl playing a fantasy game. When she was demoted to laundress, the game had ended and she had set aside what silly notions of loyalty she had constructed for herself.

But then Princess Katara had given up her precious keepsakes to protect her. Suddenly the game was not a game anymore. It was a struggle, larger and more substantial than any game. More deadly. And Sian found herself inevitably drawn into it. Sian, who did not break rules or shirk duties, who obeyed without question.

She had come here to steal back her Princess's treasures, and when she lifted her hand to softly click the door open, she hardly trembled at all.

.


.

The midday sun glaring off the sea raised up a steamy wind that lolled drunkenly up the mountain to ramble through the crowd of onlookers attending the Admiral's departure. Few paid any mind to the building heat, the promise of a truly sweltering summer to come. Their attention held fixedly on the spectacle of leave-taking, the Fire Lord and his royal heirs bidding farewell to Admiral Zhao.

Closer still, they watched the Prince. His comportment was entirely proper - stern, aloof. Of course, he had every right to begrudge the Admiral for his over-exuberance at the Agni Kai two nights past. Damaging the Prince's property was, to be sure, a faux-pas.

Yet - many recalled to acquaintances in undertones - his reaction at the event itself had been somewhat less dignified. Rushing to the girl's side and scooping her up like a crushed bird. Fleeing the arena without so much as a glance at the Admiral, or even the Fire Lord. Quite an underwhelming display. And now, look closely - is he especially pale and drawn today?

No more than is the norm. Your eyes play tricks on you.

Still others shrugged in response. And if he is? She is an important personage after all, a royal prisoner of war, and if the damage was as severe as rumor suggests, then the Prince's quick action may well have saved her life.

These whispers dwindled to thoughtful silences that squirmed in the heat like germinating seeds.

The sun gleamed dully off the ceramic rooftops of all Caldera and the smell of the harbor pooled in the royal city like the dregs of murky wine. Few remarked on what was, after all, an expected turn in the weather, but to the Prince who stood at the top of the grand steps, the very air was oppressive. Even as Zhao assumed his place below, Zuko's mind strayed over and over to childhood summers, deprived even of the escape of the academy.

He had not thought of those days once in the five years of his banishment. It surprised him a little, how vividly he remembered them now. Perhaps it was the sleeplessness.

He had not slept since the duel, had not tried. All through the night, and then the day and night that followed, Zuko had haunted the infirmary, waiting. Waiting for the healers to finish their work, waiting for his father to summon him to face dire consequences, waiting to wake up from this increasingly convincing nightmare.

None of that happened. Instead, Yotsu had arrived late this morning to coax him into fresh robes and hurry him down to the steps for this farewell ceremony. It was all very surreal. He knew that the Fire Lord stood just paces from him now. He knew that Azula was much closer on his other side. But they still seemed so distant, so insignificant.

Zhao bowed low to the Fire Lord, then turned slightly to bow again to Zuko and Azula. Even looking directly at him, Zuko could not seem to reach the hatred that had so recently bubbled like a tarry stew in his gut. Instead there was only numbness freezing him up from chest to gut to groin, a crippling physical ache that never seemed to let up. He couldn't eat. He couldn't sleep. It was all he could do to continue breathing.

Next to that, Zhao was nothing. Zhao was an ant stinging his ankle while this croco-lion chomped at his neck.

"My deepest gratitude for your understanding, Prince Zuko," the Admiral said from his bow. "As an act of contrition for my loss of control, please accept this humble gift."

He held out a rice paper envelope, sealed with his mark of rank. A footman hurried forward to accept the offering on Zuko's behalf.

Zuko only stared back at Zhao, unblinking, unmoving.

From the corner of his eye, he saw Ozai shift fractionally. Perhaps it was a signal, a warning. Belatedly, as if in slow motion, alarm flooded Zuko's chest. He nodded his head once in acknowledgement.

The Fire Lord spoke some final words of dismissal and Zhao bowed again and backed away. He did not smirk, but the scent of it hung around him like an arrogant cologne when he turned to go at last.

All Zuko could smell, though, was the hot salt and dead fish wafting up from the harbor.

He drifted beside Azula as their father led them back through the grand entryway of the palace. The shade just inside was momentarily blinding, a reprieve despite the stuffy stillness of the air. In the brighter light of the lofty foyer, Ozai abruptly stopped.

"Leave us."

At the Fire Lord's command, the servants scattered and vanished with the urgency of roaches. It filled Zuko with a horrible dread, as if he too was small enough to be crushed under a boot. Beside him in the doorway separating the entrance hall from the foyer, Azula stood still and, by all appearances, relaxed.

They were alone.

Ozai stood in the center of the foyer, resplendent in his long robes of office and his viciously gleaming crown. When he turned to face them, his mouth was curved slightly downward - the tiniest gesture bespeaking a wellspring of contempt.

"Your pathetic theatrics end now."

Zuko felt his father's stare as if he was still standing under the blazing sun - if the sun had a special reason to punish him.

"I was willing to overlook your weak display in the war room. I might even have forgiven your insubordination at the dinner, had you succeeded in landing a blow against your petty rival." He prowled forward, and though Zuko had grown close to matching him in height, the Fire Lord still seemed to tower over him more with each slow, unrelenting step.

"But even in that, you failed. Just like when you were a boy. Always trying so hard. Always failing."

Zuko's lips were parched, it hurt to force them open. "Father-"

"Do not speak."

Heat beat against every unscarred inch of Zuko's face. His father's mouth had thinned and spread into a scowl and his eyes seemed to punch through whatever they landed on. It was hard to meet that look, but Zuko knew better than to turn away.

"Yesterday, while you hid like a child whose favorite plaything was broken, a hawk arrived from the Boiling Rock." Ozai stood so close now that Zuko could smell traces of his soap - scented with a spice pillaged from some conquered land. "The Avatar and his allies evaded your trap. I will give you one chance to guess your miscalculation."

The room was spinning around Zuko, and he was spiraling deeper and deeper into a pit in the polished stone floor. Beside him, Azula was silent, impassive as a wall or a rocky coastline that was drifting ever farther away.

As vertigo sucked him down, he formed one solid thought. There was no safe way to answer. He knew nothing about Azula's trap, so anything he said about it could be blatantly wrong. And if he admitted to having no knowledge of her plan, not only would it look bad that she had excluded him, but her lies would obviously come to light and blow back on her. Then she would have another reason to lash out at Zuko.

At Katara.

"The archers were ineffective," Zuko managed in a steady voice. It was only a guess, but it clicked into place in his head, a familiar shape interlocking with what he knew. "The Avatar must have used his airbending to blow the arrows off course. We underestimated him. It won't happen again."

"In that, at least, you are correct."

"Father," Azula began. There was a measured quality to her voice that belied her confident appearance. "All reports indicate that the Avatar was weakening and would have been overtaken had the prisoners not escaped and rioted. We must finish this before he has time to recover his strength. Give me leave to hunt him down, and I will see to it that the Avatar has no chance to interfere with our plans."

Ozai turned his penetrating stare on her. "You've grown accustomed to my favor, Azula. Do not make demands as if it cannot be lost."

Zuko sensed Azula stiffen in the same instant his own eyes snapped wide. He was used to Ozai criticizing and threatening him. It seemed almost natural, and certainly justified and right. But it did not seem right at all that he would speak so sharply to Azula. He very nearly stepped forward. A reflexive protest burned at the back of his throat.

She had it coming, though. Zuko would be a fool to defend her now, after all of her machinations, the way she had manipulated him and orchestrated her elaborate lesson. Zhao may have provided the fire, but Azula had been the one to see Katara roasted.

Ice crackled and pierced sickeningly through him, belly to chest to guts. Let Azula face their father's wrath. It was about time she had a turn.

But Ozai instead turned back to him.

"As for you, you've embarrassed me for the last time. From this point forward, your diplomatic visits among the Court will be overseen by Minister Chan Xu or one of his deputies. You will not leave the palace grounds without my permission."

Zuko, caught in the force of his stare, flinched when his father's hand snapped up between them. He held the rice paper envelope bearing the Admiral's seal.

"Tomorrow night you will attend this play as a show of good will to our Nation's hero. You will not mope like some petulant child. And you will be accompanied by your…" His lip curled and the word he spoke was not the one he meant. "-waterbender."

"She- Father, the healers are nowhere near finished-"

"Then it is a lucky thing you are so eager to carry her."

Zuko choked, his face heating anew under his father's knowing, unyielding look. Ozai dropped the envelope into his hands. The folded paper was sharp against his fingers, but he hardly felt it as he watched the Fire Lord turn to stride away. The strikes of his fine shoes on the palace floor were the only sound until they were gone.

"Do you exert effort into being pathetic," Azula asked in a tone that would have been bland had it not been for the underlying bite, "or does it simply come naturally to you?"

Zuko turned a fierce glare on her. It didn't occur to him that Ozai's criticism had cut her as deeply as it had cut him. He looked at his sister and he saw what he had been struggling for so long not to see. An enemy.

"What's the matter, Azula? Scared you won't always be Father's favorite?"

"Hardly," she said, baring her teeth. "My competition's greatest skill is making me look good by comparison."

She spun away and marched toward another corridor, and Zuko snarled after her. "I've had plenty of help. Thanks for that!"

She didn't even slow down.

.


.

The world seeped back around her in slowed-down glimpses, and every time she opened her eyes, it seemed that hours had passed.

First, there was the soft yellow of candles. She saw only wood rafters high above, and an angled ceiling that vanished in shadow. The air stung her nose, the crushed herbal vapor was so strong, but it could not quite cover the scent of burned meat. There was no sound. Her ears - and most of the rest of her body - were submerged in cool water.

She hurt.

When she looked again, soft morning light streamed through the rafters, and everything it touched was glowing and new. Including the woman who stood over her. She was young, close to Katara's own age, and in the seconds before she noticed her patient was watching her, she wore a look of imperturbable focus. Blue light frosted her sharp chin and her thoughtful, lopsided mouth. Then her eyes met Katara's and widened at once. Something shifted, the blue light brightened. Her words seemed to come from some surface high, high above.

"Not just yet."

The next time she woke, it was afternoon, and hot, and they were waiting for her. The young healer stood where she had been before, but a more familiar face was on the other side of the healing tub. Katara grimaced.

"Loska."

With her ears underwater, the harshness of her own voice was amplified. She choked and coughed once, sharp in her throat. Loska seemed to hesitate, then primly addressed the other healer. Her voice was muffled as it came through the water.

"If she has a coughing fit, this little experiment of yours is over."

"She's fine," the younger woman said, then smiled down at Katara. "Aren't you?"

Her smile was peculiar, higher on the right than the left. It gave her face a bit of a trouble-maker's cast, like she was up to something and Katara could be in on the joke if she wanted. In fact, it made her think just a little, just for a second, of Sokka.

"Yeah," Katara croaked. She swallowed hard and her voice came out a little clearer. "I'm fine."

With a prim 'harrumph' Loska turned away and began busying herself with a mortar and pestle on a nearby worktable. The younger healer's smile gentled.

"What do you remember?"

Katara licked her lips. They tingled strangely, as if they had fallen asleep and were just now waking up. In fact, as she tried - unsuccessfully - to raise her head, she realized that other parts of her tingled the same way. Her cheek and jaw on one side. Her chest, with each breath. Her hands brushed against her hips, but in her fingers she felt only sparks and tightness.

Oh.

She threw up her hands at the last instant. Her fingers looked like charred sticks when the flames spewed through them.

Oh no.

"You remember," the healer said, but Katara barely heard her. She was imagining her hands floating beside her in the water, nothing left but sooty skeletal wreckage. If she was brave, she could lift one hand to see…

But she wasn't brave. She couldn't be brave. She would never be brave again.

Warm hands closed softly around her shoulders and Katara blinked the tears from her eyes so that she could see the healer peering down at her in concern. "Are you in pain?"

"Is there anything left?" she tried to ask, but hiccuped so hard that the words were strangled out. Instead, she took a long breath and shook her head.

The healer, however, seemed to understand. She slid her warm palms down to Katara's elbows, then her forearms, then lower. Gently, she raised Katara's numb hands up from the water.

The skin was perfect. Not a burn, not a blemish. Katara opened and closed her fingers, relieved tears streaming down from the corners of her eyes. It felt tight, like her skin had shrunk and the muscles underneath were weaker than they had been, but they were there, and they worked.

After a moment, the healer lowered her hands - which were, Katara realized, extremely heavy - back into the water. "It'll take a while for the feeling to come back all the way. You're going to be weak for a few days, too - a healing like that takes a lot out of your body - but there were enough of us to make a good job of it. And…" She seemed to hesitate as she gently expelled the water from her fingertips with smooth bending. "You got to us very quickly."

Katara looked from the young healer to Loska's ambivalent shoulder and back again. "Thank you. Both of you. I-"

Loska interrupted flatly. "We only did as we were commanded, Princess."

"Oh, would you quit being such a sour seaprune?" the younger healer scoffed. She looked back at Katara with that lopsided smile. "It was a pleasure to help a fellow Water Tribe woman out. We don't get a lot of chances to do that anymore. You know how it is."

A shiver of recognition spread down Katara's spine as she finally saw the steel collar around this woman's throat. She hadn't even noticed it.

"So you're some kind of big deal, huh?" The healer's eyes caught the light and she bent a little closer. "I heard a rumor you dressed as a boy and fought with the resistance. That must have been such an adventure. I wish I'd thought of that during the invasion."

"An adventure," Katara repeated dully. "Yeah. I guess so."

"The boys would have recognized me right off, though," the healer went on with a shrug. "It's funny how well they understand the unfairness when you confront them in private and then forget as soon as they're back with their pals…"

She went on, but Katara was no longer listening. Memories darted through the weary soup of her mind. Jeeka and his gang of bullies. Pakku's cruel training. The struggle to understand and fit in with the Northerners. Zuko. Playing enemy and ally by turns.

Zuko. Arranging the fight that could free her. And then…

The healer was peering at her hopefully, not smiling at all now. Katara blinked. "Sorry. I guess I'm not quite awake."

"Of course not. You need to go back into the healing sleep and here I am blowing smoke." The healer's face tightened in a way that reminded Katara of Gran-gran. Specifically, the moment when Gran-gran was getting ready to set the broken bone in an already agonized little boy's arm. Sympathy, but mixed with duty.

"We may not get another chance to talk privately," she said, her voice quieter now. "Most of us here have men in the resistance. We hope. No one knows who's alive and who's not. Except you. I'm going to list some names now. Just say if you recognize any of them."

She started listing names and Katara's heart dropped like a stone to the bottom of a pond. She didn't know any of them. The healer started slowly, a hopeful brightness in her eyes as she paused. The more names she listed, the more that brightness disappeared.

Finally, Katara interrupted. "I didn't really get to meet many of the Warriors. Those are probably all Warriors, right?"

"Um, right. Maybe the younger men, then? Um, Akita? Hanno? Te-"

"Hanno!" Katara lurched slightly as she recognized one name, finally. Her skin throbbed in response, but she went on anyway. "He was in waterbender training with me."

The healer's face shone for one gleaming instant. Then there was a distant sound, boots in the hallway. She looked away anxiously, then looked back at Katara and leaned closer. She spoke the last name softly, almost a plea.

"Attuk?"

Katara smiled. "Yeah, he's there."

The healer beamed, her pale blue eyes glistening with sudden tears. Her grin was just as lopsided as her smile. And Katara remembered that private conversation she'd had with the big guy during their training exercise. He'd mentioned a girl, his betrothed.

"Are you... Iyuma?" she slurred.

The healer grasped her shoulder and nodded excitedly. She opened her mouth to speak, but another voice filled the infirmary instead.

"Is she awake?"

Fear flashed across Iyuma's face an instant before she assumed the blank expression of a servant and stepped back from the tub, withdrawing her touch. Footsteps approached rapidly now.

"She- she rose from the healing sleep too soon, Your Highness. I was about to-"

Zuko loomed suddenly at the foot of the tub. His good eye was heavy and smudged with sleepless bruises and he looked at her as if it caused him physical pain. Or perhaps agonizing relief.

"You're awake."

Katara struggled inwardly, not sure what to say. She wished Sokka was here. He would say something clever and funny. Did I win? It would be both reassuring and ridiculous. It would make the man peering down at her laugh, or at least drive away that tortured expression on his face.

But Katara hadn't won. She was painfully aware she hadn't won. She'd had her one chance to earn her freedom and she had blown it. Now the weight of that defeat, of that failure, pressed down on her. She felt like she was trapped deep underwater, breathless in the pressure.

"Your Highness," Iyuma said very quietly, sparing her from the silence. "A Water Tribe maiden doesn't entertain male visitors in her underthings."

"Burn modesty! She's alive," Zuko sputtered.

It was highly improper for a slave to offer even the gentlest reprimand to royalty, but Katara was too tired to feel any way about his response. It only seemed natural that he would scowl at the healer even as his cheek burned pink just under his eye. He slowly, pointedly raised up one hand in front of his face - glaring at the healer the whole time - to block off all but Katara's head. When he looked back at her, he was just two angry eyes and one angry eyebrow.

It shouldn't have amused her. He wasn't trying to be funny or reassuring. He was just playing ally for a moment. He would swing back to enemy before long. Still, it was kind of funny, the way he could scowl with any one part of his face.

Kind of comforting, actually.

"I'm glad you're awake," he said grimly. "We have to go to a play tomorrow."

Iyuma made a shocked noise that probably meant she was about to tell him just what her medical opinion was on that score, but Katara only smiled sleepily.

"Joke's on you," she slurred, sinking back into sleep even as she spoke. "I like plays."

.


.

Zuko helped Katara settle into her seat in the box at the front of the royal theatre and tried not to worry about her lack of resistance. He couldn't remember the last time she had allowed him to touch her, much less actively held his hand. Yet here she sat, unresisting as he laid a blanket over her lap and offered her a sip of the herbal pain tonic the healers had sent along in a crystal bottle.

There were servants for these kinds of tasks, but Zuko had dismissed them. Maybe, if they had the box entirely to themselves, Katara would get some enjoyment out of the play.

She declined the tonic with a silent shake of her head. She didn't look at him, which was normal enough, but she did look out at the theater as it slowly filled with people. That was encouraging. She was weak and weary, and hardly spoke, but at least she was awake. At least she was alive. And at least, even though they were forced to be here, she liked plays.

Zuko tucked the tonic away in an internal pocket and looked out on the theater, trying to see it as if for the first time. It was elegantly appointed, and old, with gilt flame motifs all around, lovingly restored. Would she think it was gaudy? A relic from his great-grandfather's time, the theater had stood in Caldera as a monument to the Fire Nation's rise to high culture. Before the wars, there had been a great surge in the arts that coincided with rising prosperity.

Or so Zuko was learning in his lessons. He had liked theater well enough as a child but had come to think of it as a frivolous diversion. It was something he did on vacation. Or with his mother. Certainly not something a banished prince seeking to end his banishment would indulge in.

A disgraced prince, on the other hand, was probably right at home wallowing in the theater. He'd finally managed to sleep last night and had awakened early, intent on addressing his duties with renewed vigor, only to find that there were no duties. No tea appointments. No hearings or informal lunches. It was as if his father had wiped his schedule clean of responsibility.

That wound ached. The only solution, Zuko figured, was to work harder at the few tasks he had remaining and make whatever desperately slow progress he could. He had spent most of the day in the library, studying all he could stomach. When Master Tak began clearing phlegm from his throat too frequently - which was a sign that the old man needed a break and a drink - he would walk to the infirmary and look in on Katara.

She had remained deep in the healing sleep all night and all day. The healers finally roused her just in time to dress for the evening. Zuko wasn't sure, but he suspected they had been the ones to fix her hair. The long part on top was pulled back in a shaggy wolf tail, and the blue beads were worked into subtle braids at her temples. He didn't want to look at them too long in case she noticed, but the pattern looked like waves.

The firebender in charge of lighting dimmed and extinguished the soft flames burning all around the room, then cast the spotlight on the curtain. The people below applauded as the red velvet split and opened on a winter mountainside where a man and his servant climbed with determination.

"Lord Azen," the servant cried against the gusting wind, "we have journeyed so long! Can we not rest?"

"Never!" Lord Azen turned to face the audience, his steely look cast far into the distance. "Until I end Winter's brutal hold on this land, I shall die before I rest!"

As he continued to climb, the servant turned toward the audience and shrugged. "My Lord is brave and virtuous. Oh, but for the mistakes of his youth! He has vowed to make war on Winter itself to win his redemption. I do hope none of the Winter Spirits come upon us!"

Of course, the Winter Spirits immediately appeared on the mountain ahead. Zuko rested his jaw on his fist and watched the flurry of well-financed effects as the fight scene played out. And then kept on going. Wasn't this the same play Lady Pi Mai had recommended to him? Yes, it was - but the royal theater's version hadn't appealed to her. Which made a lot of sense, now that he was seeing it.

The story wasn't terribly interesting. Lord Azen came up against Yuka, the ferocious Spirit of Winter Storms, and despite his mastery of firebending she thrashed him pretty brutally until he fell off the mountain. The servant conveniently disappeared. The next scene opened in the valley as night closed in on Lord Azen, trying to escape from the ice Yuka's attack had trapped him in. The Spirit arrived to kill him, but as a final request he demanded to know why she made war on his village. Yuka removed her war mask, revealing her stunning beauty. (Azen had a whole monologue about it.) It turned out the village had imprisoned her brother, the Spirit of Soft Winter Sun - which Yuka tearfully explained as she grasped pitifully toward the empty sky - and she refused to rest until he was freed.

Zuko sighed and glanced at Katara. She had a peculiarly pained look on her face, and was watching with rapt attention. The story was pretty familiar to him but maybe she hadn't seen anything like it before.

Finally, Yuka decided to keep Lord Azen prisoner until her brother went free. The curtain swept closed, the lights came on, and a Winter Spirit danced across the stage with a large "Intermission" sign.

This time, when Zuko offered the tonic, Katara accepted. She sipped twice from it, and her hand shook as she passed it back.

"It's awful," Zuko said quietly as he tucked the medicine away. "The play, I mean. Half the lines feel like they come from a comedy and the other-"

"It's us."

She said it so quietly he had to look at her to be sure she had spoken. She didn't just look pained - she looked ill. Zuko shook his head. "What are you talking about?"

"A noble hero out to redeem himself for the errors of his youth, a girl warrior trying to save her brother, the mask, the ice, the fire. Explain to me how that's not us."

"This may come as a shock to you," Zuko said dryly, "but the heroes in Fire Nation plays are usually firebenders or nobles or both. And I'm pretty sure there are plenty of legends about people fighting to end a magical winter. You're reading too much into this."

Katara just turned her head and looked at him. Her eyes were hollowed out and deeply shadowed. Zuko opened his mouth to argue more, to dispel the worry eating her, but the gong sounded, signaling the end of Intermission.

"Just wait," he said. "You'll see."

But now that she had pointed it out, Zuko couldn't stop seeing it. He watched, sickness roiling in him like a handful of worms, as Lord Azen offered Yuka a bargain; she would become his servant and he would see her brother set free. She refused initially, but he cajoled and seduced until finally, breathlessly clutched in his arms in the moonlit valley, she conceded. She turned on her own people, fighting the other Winter Spirits to return Lord Azen to his village. The play ended there, with Yuka hanging off Lord Azen's arm and gazing adoringly up at him while her brother gamboled across the stage and went soaring on a wire up into the sky. The curtain closed on the audience's chuckling applause.

Zuko did not clap. For a frigid moment, he could not move at all. Then, as the cast emerged to take a bow, he hustled Katara out of the box and down to the palanquin before the other viewers began dispersing. Only when he was seated and they began their journey back to the palace did he fix on a clear thought.

He should have known Zhao would look for a way to get in one final dig. And if Zhao had seen the parallel between the play and reality, then others did as well. All or at least a lot of those people applauding had just seen Zuko on stage, ruthlessly redeeming himself through trickery and ransom and strength taken from an enemy. And they had seen Katara…

A toothless dupe despite her power. A traitor to her people. A willing and enthusiastic slave.

Rocked by the palanquin as well as the whirlwind in his head, Zuko thought he was going to be sick. He swallowed hard against the cold writhing up his throat.

"I told you so," Katara finally said. Her voice was so quiet, so tired.

Zuko turned to look at her. She kept her eyes down and her posture proper, but there was a bend in her back that hadn't been there before. Her shoulders were dragged downward by more than weariness. It took him a moment to identify what he was seeing.

Defeat. There was no defiance left in her. Not for him, not for anything.

Zuko wasn't sure what came over him. A crushing, desperate wave. A certainty that he had to stop her, stop her now. He lunged for her and grabbed her shoulders, startling her into looking at him at last.

"That wasn't you," he snapped. "It wasn't us. It was someone's idea of us, and it was just a terrible play."

She stared at him, her eyes rimmed in tears. "What about public perception? Reputation? The…" her mouth twisted bitterly, the tears rolled down, "…humiliating things I've done…"

"We don't let them tell us who we are, Katara." He unthinkingly dabbed the tears off her chin. "We tell them. Not the other way around."

She looked down, away. Her mouth was a rictus of pain and disgust. "Art is a mirror held up to the world, Zuko."

It was nearly a direct quote of something else Lady Pi Mai had said at tea. Zuko didn't pause to think about it, but his chest ached when he remembered Katara that day, sitting silent and listening, biding her time for the escape he had promised her.

He had only just won back some fraction of her trust. And already he had let her down. He had failed her by throwing her blindly into a fight she couldn't win.

But that was just the latest of his crimes against her. Because she was right. The play was a reflection of the truth. The entire time he had known her, he had either threatened her or coaxed and cajoled her to betray her people.

"Am I-?" he choked off the question. He didn't want to hear her answer.

Am I Lord Azen? Is that how you see me?

Of course it was. How else could she see him when that was the face he had shown her again and again? Even on her father's ship, when he had been so in love with her and had clutched her to him each night in the hold, he had always been trying on some level to win her over to his side.

Katara looked up at him now, and he saw the old bruises in her eyes, layered under the new ones.

"I'm so sorry," he said faintly with the last wisp of his breath.

She stared back at him, and he could read the question in that look as clearly as if she had said it out loud.

For which part?

He knew he needed to say more, to explain somehow. But the apology had ripped out of him like losing a lung. There was nothing more in him. Nothing left.

At length, Katara pulled gently back and Zuko realized he was still gripping her shoulders so she would look at him. He released her and moved gingerly back to his place among the cushions, staring at the closed curtains straight ahead while his mind spun.

"They knew about the valley," Katara said softly, as if it hurt to hear the words out loud. Zuko looked at her, but this time she wouldn't meet his eyes. She just blushed deeply. "They had a water sound effect in the background. Didn't you hear it?"

"Coincidence," he tried, but she was already shaking her head.

"No. They knew. How did they know?"

It was as if the realization hit them both at the same time. Katara looked even more shaken, more sick. Zuko embraced the rising fury.

"I'll find him," he said through his teeth.

And this time, when he summoned Private Tyno to face justice, he wouldn't be denied retribution.

 

Chapter Text

For the next couple of days, Katara didn't leave the infirmary. Between sessions in the tub, she slept on a curtained-off cot until the healers - usually three at a time - came to walk her carefully across the work room and lower her into the cool water. Then they glazed the air with their pale blue light and, piece by piece, coaxed her body to mend.

Physically, Katara felt stronger with every treatment. But as her body healed, she sensed more and more a strange numbness in her. A hole where some unnameable thing had been taken away. Iyuma said she was just tired. The healing was sapping a lot of her energy. That was all.

But that wasn't all. Looking at Iyuma's lopsided smile, she felt a keen sense of the lost thing. Sometimes she thought she knew what it was. Spirit, maybe. Will. Desire to do anything but shrivel up and vanish.

As soon as she was no longer spending her nights in the healing tub, Roshu reappeared. He said nothing, but whenever he was in the room, he watched the healers with a close, cold focus. They watched him, as well, but without ever looking directly at him. They only did their work and kept their heads down, holding up silence like a shield. When Zuko visited, they were not quite so reserved. Iyuma in particular had a way of asserting proper boundaries about where men could be in relationship to her patient, and Zuko continued to grudgingly go along with it. He kept his visits brief, just long enough to hear the latest developments and look at Katara with that same furrow in his brow, and then he allowed himself to be shooed away.

But with Roshu, who was near at hand all day and all night, the healers never spoke.

After a few days of this, Katara waited until he left the room - which he always did when she was preparing to shed her clothes for a healing session - and immediately looked over her shoulder at Iyuma. Usually, the healer began their conversations, and kept the topics light. Attuk and how he came to be her betrothed, other boys they both knew. She didn't ask a lot of hard questions, although it was clear she was curious about the resistance. Her eyes lit up with that thing Katara had lost, until she finally wrestled it back under control. She did constantly bring up new names, but with less intensity than the first time, now that she knew they would have these moments away from prying eyes.

"Did Roshu do something?" Katara asked. "I mean, you all seem kind of afraid of him."

Iyuma paused in helping her out of her shirt. She shot a glance at the other healer on duty, a plump middle-aged woman named Sutka. Sutka let out a sigh and turned away to gather some herbs for the tub.

"After the fall of the North," Iyuma said quietly, "things were really bad. All our Warriors were jailed and everyone else was held under house arrest. The Fire Nation patrolled the streets and beat anyone who left their homes." She stepped away to fold Katara's shirt and laid it on a stool. "But the waterbenders got chained. The Fire Nation forced them to rebuild everything that had been destroyed, and they made the healers treat their soldiers before we could take care of our own people."

"That's awful." Katara rubbed her hands up her arms, trying to soothe away the goosebumps. Iyuma helped her out of her loose sleep pants and coaxed her toward the tub.

"It got worse. You know how the waterbenders finally revolted and escaped, right?"

Katara remembered her lessons with Pakku and the chains. Falling and falling on the stone docks until her bones grated together. "Yeah."

For a long moment, Iyuma was silent as she eased Katara over the edge into the water. Finally, quietly, she went on.

"They left us. They broke the Warriors out of jail, but they didn't bother with the Healers' Hut."

"That's not fair, Iyuma," Sutka said as she returned to sprinkle the herbs into the water. "We aren't fighters. They had to take the fighters first."

"We could have been fighters."

The two women's eyes locked. Katara stared up at them, caught in the middle of the unspoken struggle. Distantly, she remembered arguing the same thing a long time ago. She had said the Northern Water Tribe could have been twice as strong. She had believed it so intensely.

Now, she sank back in the healing tub. She held her silence and stayed out of it. Finally Sutka replied, tight and quiet.

"Maybe we could have. But we weren't then, and they couldn't save everyone."

"Fine," Iyuma said stiffly. Together, she and Sutka raised the blue light and began their slow, methodical work. Katara felt the tugs and prickles under her fragile skin, and shut her eyes.

At length, Iyuma went on. "Since the healers were the only waterbenders left behind, we were the ones who caught the backlash. They put us in those chains if we gave them the smallest excuse. Talk back? You get the chains. Roll your eyes? Chains. Protest inhumane treatment? Chains."

"Some of those soldiers got very good at creating the sorts of situations that justified punishment," Sutka said sourly. Iyuma hesitated before continuing, and her silence was brittle with secrets.

"Your… personal lurking shadow wasn't that bad. But he was still cruel. He hated us. Right at the start, he knocked our Chief Healer down until her bones broke."

"That's why we're careful around that one. He might be settled down some, but he's a brute deep down. No one wants to see that side of him surface again."

Katara thought about that as they did their work. She had certainly known Roshu to be cruel, but something had changed over the months she'd been stuck with him. Had it been him?

Or maybe she had simply come to accept his hovering threat as her due. Maybe her spirit had finally degraded so much that she no longer cared that she was constantly being watched and kept in her place.

And if that was true, why did it only fill her with more despair? Where was her anger? Where was her outrage? Had Zhao managed to burn them out of her? Months as a slave, and he was the one to finally push her too far?

Katara shut her eyes tight until she could see no hint of the blue light, and waited for the thoughts, and the deep misery they brought with them, to pass.

There was a commotion by the door, heavy steps and loud voices. The healing stopped abruptly and Katara, seeing Iyuma and Sutka were both distracted, peeked over the edge of the tub. In the doorway, Roshu stood with his back to the infirmary.

"-can't be in here," he snapped. "Now get back to the laundry where-"

"You do not command me, young man!" barked a much older woman. The volume drove Roshu a step back and she - a stout woman in servants' rough work clothes - shoved past him into the room. Her eyes skimmed across the two healers, then fixed on Katara. She bowed, servant to royalty. Roshu grabbed her shoulder, but she shoved him off with one thick forearm as if the big man was no more than a pestering boy. He glared at her back, incensed.

"Forgive my intrusion, Princess Katara," she said with a practiced polish that did not fit her spotty frock. "There is a matter of some urgency that should concern you."

Bewildered, Katara pulled herself up in the tub. "I- What?"

"I am the head laundress, Machi. I oversee your former servant in her new position."

"Sian?" Katara was beginning to get a terrible feeling. Machi was speaking politely and kept her eyes lowered in a gesture of respect, but the tension in her posture was obvious. "What happened? What's the matter?"

"It seems she may have taken some items from the Prince's majordomo. Items that belong to you."

Katara blinked, momentarily confused. Then she remembered her last confrontation with Pokui. Sokka's wolftail. Her mother's necklace. Would Sian do that? Would she steal her things? And why, when she wasn't even Katara's maid anymore?

"I tried to intervene," Machi went on, "but I don't have the clout to interfere with a majordomo's decisions. She means to have Sian beaten and dismissed."

Katara lurched up from the tub and would have fallen back in if Iyuma hadn't caught her arm and guided her over the edge.

"This is a mistake," Sutka said on the other side of the tub. "She's still very fragile. If she collapses, she could tear the new flesh and cause a lot more damage."

"Oh, let her try, would you?" Iyuma snapped.

Katara hesitated. Even with someone else taking much of her weight, her legs wobbled underneath her. She stared down at them, and the emptiness yawned inside her. She was like a dead tree, with nothing inside but mites and cobwebs. A stiff breeze, and she would fall. She would break.

"What can I even do?" she asked, her voice as unsteady as her knees. "I can't waterbend like this. I can hardly stand. No matter what I say, Pokui won't listen to a… a helpless slave."

Silence filled the room. Everyone else was digesting those words, that hopelessness, and Katara was ashamed. The healers would accept her weakness, but Iyuma would no longer look back at her with that fierce gleam in her eyes. Katara had spent months building stories about herself - her courage, her honor, her skill - and she had never worried before whether they were lies. Losing the duel on its own had planted the seed of doubt. How brave was she, really? How skilled? How much of her success up to now had been luck?

But then she had seen that play and the seed had burst into a blooming weed, a garden of weeds. What if that character in the play was all anyone had ever seen when they looked at her? Pretty and lucky and… manageable by a clever man. Worse, what if it was true? What if she had been fooling herself this entire time, not just about how people saw her, but about the truth of her own motivations?

"That girl worships the ground you walk on."

It wasn't quite a criticism, but the tone in which Machi spoke put it very close. She lowered her wrinkled chin and arched her eyebrows and fixed Katara with a penetrating stare.

"Pardon my saying so, but she's in this situation because her loyalty belongs to you. She took your possessions back for you. If you don't help her, no one else will."

Katara stared back. She had never asked Sian to do this. She had never wanted to be a princess or have servants or live in a palace. She wasn't strong enough to protect herself, much less anyone else. She wasn't worthy of that kind of trust. She was just a silly girl from a poor village.

But even as a village girl, Katara had always known what it was to have other people depend on her. And no matter how weak or broken she might be, no matter how impossible it was, she couldn't just let someone else suffer. She couldn't turn her back on someone who needed her.

She wouldn't.

Carefully, she pushed away from Iyuma, wavering as she took her full weight for the first time. Her legs shimmied, but they held. She took an uncertain step toward the door. Then another.

"Here," Sutka said as she wrapped a long robe around her damp underthings and hurriedly tied off the sash. She kept her eyes on the knot and grumbled until it was tied. "Can't have you flashing it all over the palace."

She stepped aside and Katara tottered another step or two forward. It got easier as the sore, awkward feeling of walking became familiar. Then she stopped. And looked up.

Roshu blocked the door, his arms crossed and his frown deep. "Get back in the tub."

Katara peered up at him. This man had fought in the North, and he had brutalized the healers. Helpless women. He had tried to control her with chains and threats, too, had bullied her to bend her to his will. And now, she had no bending to defend herself against him or force him out of her way. For the first time in a long time, Katara looked into Roshu's eyes and saw how daunting he was.

But she couldn't let him stop her. Sian was depending on her.

"Get out of the way, Roshu."

"The girl stole. You aren't any more entitled to interfere in a majordomo's decisions than a laundress."

"Maybe not," Katara said. She couldn't even find it in her to glare at him. "But I'm going to do it."

He frowned steadily down at her, his eyes assessing. He could easily force her back to the tub, and Katara could see him thinking about doing just that. But he didn't even uncross his arms.

"Prince Zuko won't permit this."

"I don't know, seems like a matter of honor to me. Why don't you go ask him?"

Roshu didn't move for a long moment. Then he took one step back, turned, and strode away. Katara stared after him, flabbergasted. She stayed that way until Iyuma murmured behind her.

"Did he really just go to find the Prince?"

"I don't know," Katara said, bracing one hand on the doorframe as she began her slow escape from the infirmary. "But if he did, I need to hurry. Machi? Can you show me where to go?"

The head laundress nodded and took the lead, and the two healers followed along after Katara, very quietly assessing her mobility and the chances of her making it to wherever they were going. In the middle, Katara just tottered along, and focused her mind on staying on her feet.

.


.

Zuko stopped pacing the space in front of his desk long enough to reread the letter from the Office of Veterans' Records, then resumed his circuit around the room. It had taken a few days to get a response to his inquiry at the somewhat frazzled office. That being so, the answer he had finally received had been doubly disappointing.

Deceased. No current address. Private Tyno had been a casualty in the first wave against the mountain fortress. Next of kin as follows.

He was attempting to remind himself how annoying the man had been. His inconvenient presence, his incessant requests to talk, the burden of responsibility for his wellbeing. Of course, now that the burden was removed from his control, Zuko wondered if maybe it wouldn't have been better to keep the soldier with him.

Soldiers died all the time. According to Ozai's generals, it was a part of war. It was, he had heard them conjecture, arguably the biggest part of war.

But that thought held no comfort. That thought only troubled Zuko more.

Surprising even himself, he whirled and swept everything from his desk. Then he braced his hands on the sturdy wood and peered down at the scattered papers. In a simpler time in his life, indulging in a fit of temper had satisfied some need in him. Now, he felt no relief from the pressure. No clarity. The worries that plagued him remained, strong as ever.

Sighing, he crouched down to gather up the documents.

Among them, shifted to the top in the chaos, was an unsent missive he had forgotten about. Zuko frowned as he read it. Another troubling thing. He still had heard nothing back about Lieutenant Jee and the other members of his crew. Now he would certainly have to press for answers.

At a brusque knock on his door, he straightened. "Enter."

Lieutenant Roshu appeared in the doorway. He cast a single glance at all the papers on the floor, then looked away dutifully. "Your highness, there's a situation with the waterbender. She's…" He hesitated, anger stewing on his face. "…interfering in your household affairs."

Zuko, whose mind had leapt to worries about her health, blurted. "Oh. She's feeling better, then?"

Roshu shot him a brief, measuring look that was not entirely appropriate. Zuko scowled.

"Why are you here telling me this? Why aren't you stopping her?"

"Because I am no longer able to perform my duties."

He lowered himself to one knee, glaring at the floor in front of him. Zuko could only stare for a long moment, too shocked for words. "Explain."

"Forgive me, your highness, but she saved my life during the attack. I cannot be trusted to keep her under control when I owe her such a debt." He seemed to hesitate, then pressed on. "Even before that, I see now that my priorities were becoming unclear. I have not been in control of the waterbender; I have been merely placing myself between her and trouble. In good health, she can easily go through me. But even convalescing… It is my professional opinion that if I continue in this post, I will inevitably let her behave however she sees fit.

"Your highness, I beg of you, please release me from this responsibility before I fail you and bring further dishonor on myself."

Zuko stared at the top of Roshu's head. He felt oddly as if he was being abandoned mid-battle, but he couldn't blame the man. To Roshu, Katara was an assignment. It was a wonder he had stayed on this long. Zuko himself would have quit by now. Had tried, in fact, to do just that.

"Very well, Lieutenant. You are relieved. I will write your orders for transfer and a recommendation."

"Thank you, your highness. You honor me." Roshu rose. "If it is possible, I would prefer to serve at the front."

Zuko blinked, momentarily surprised. Then he acceded and dismissed the former safety officer. He watched him go, trying to pinpoint the reason for the alarm sounding in the back of his mind. There were probably more reasons driving the man to return to battle, reasons better left private.

It is a safe bet that every soldier has ghosts, Prince Zuko.

Already frowning, Zuko hastened from his office and went to find Katara and whatever household affair she had decided was important enough to butt heads over.

.


.

Sokka picked his way through the garden (which was a weird word for a place made up of sand and rocks and a few twisty trees) and tried to tune out the booms and crashes of the earthbending lesson going on at the most remote end of the property. At least Aang had gotten past his crisis of faith and was starting to get the hang of it now. They had enough problems without Sokka having to play therapist.

Apparently Iroh's friend was this rich guy who mostly spent his time practicing calligraphy and raking sand. He had been a generous host for the past couple of days but Sokka wasn't sure how long anyone could put up with this noise. At some point, they were going to have to move on.

"Are you lost," a dry voice asked from within the shadows of a stand of bamboo, "or were you looking for something?"

Sokka stopped mid-step on the stone path. "Oh! I'm sorry, Master Piandao. I thought it was okay for us to walk around the garden. I'm probably intruding, I'll just-"

"Come closer."

Sokka looked up the path through the canes. It was narrow, and the knife-shaped leaves obscured whatever waited beyond the first bend. He did not want to go in there.

But he'd been sleeping in the guy's house and eating his food - a lot of his food. And it was good food, too. Piandao had even provided the elegant clothes he was wearing at this very moment. Katara would be scolding him right now.

Sokka! You're being rude! The least you can do is go talk to your generous host.

So, letting out a silent grumble, he wove his way into the cane forest. The shade was immediately cool and soothing, but the air was still. The distant sounds of earthbending seemed to fade away with every step.

He came to a small circular clearing where the man himself sat before a simple frame easel, painting. Sokka couldn't see what he was painting, and he had the disconcerting feeling he had blundered into the way. Piandao seemed unperturbed. His face was set in calm concentration as he brought his brush down with a steady hand.

"So what is it you're looking for, Sokka?" His dark eyes flicked up to him. "It is Sokka, isn't it?"

"Yep! Sokka, Southern Water Tribe. That's me."

Piandao gave a noncommittal grunt and looked back to the canvas. He selected a new color and applied it in three sharp strokes. For a second, Sokka hovered in awkward silence.

"I wasn't actually looking for anything. Just kind of, you know, wandering around."

"Yesterday, you had my butler dig up half a dozen maps and spent five hours studying them. Was that wandering as well?"

"I was considering our next move," Sokka said carefully. "I doubt you'll want to keep us here until Aang finishes his training."

"My neighbors will become suspicious eventually," he admitted as he set aside his brush. "Most small construction projects tend to be quieter. I was more curious about this."

He pulled a scrap of paper from a pocket inside his outermost robe and held it up. Sokka vaguely recognized the scribbles on the paper as his own.

"Those are distances. I was trying to figure out how quickly-"

"This, specifically." Piandao pointed to a shape drawn in between lines of math.

"That," Sokka said, his face heating, "is a helmet for Appa."

"Why would a sky bison need a helmet?"

"Okay, so I know it seems crazy. Sky bison. He's got horns and his skull is probably thicker than most steam cruiser hulls-" He whipped a finger up. "-but there's a good reason for this."

Piandao raised his eyebrows, waiting to be impressed.

"See, twice now, our enemies have been able to knock out Appa with a poisoned dart to the mouth. So I figured - face armor! If darts and arrows can't get in, neither can poison."

"An innovative solution. And these protrusions?"

"As you may know, Appa is very fluffy. The giant spikes will help to strike fear into the hearts of our enemies."

"Or impale the rider."

"Or that." Sokka rubbed the back of his neck. "It was just an idea."

Piandao looked again at the drawing. "Iroh tells me you have some skill with a sword."

"Well, I was the best warrior in my village," he said a dose of reflexive swagger, then shrugged. "But I've fought and trained with warriors a lot better than me since then. Now, I'm just trying to be helpful in any way I can."

"A versatile man with a sword can always find ways to be helpful."

"I don't actually have a sword… I had a boomerang, but I don't think it's coming back to me this time. I guess I'm kind of between weapons at the moment."

Piandao looked at him for a long moment, until Sokka became nervous and peered around the high tops of the canes. Finally, the older man sighed and rose lithely to his feet. Sokka stepped into the bamboo to make room as he passed. Leaves poked him behind his ears.

"Come along, Sokka."

Sokka hesitated, but his inner Katara reminded him again about being polite and, shrugging, he trotted to catch up.

Piandao led him back to the walkway and up some steps to the wide open courtyard that backed the house. The butler was waiting there, already strapped into a suit of protective gear and intently engaged in stretching out his back. More protective gear sat on the ground nearby, along with two swords.

Sokka grinned. "Are we interrupting Fat's workout?"

"On the contrary, we're just in time." Piandao picked up one of the swords and pulled the gleaming steel from its scabbard, then peered thoughtfully down the edge. "Iroh believes - and I agree - that the Avatar will need every possible advantage if he's going to face down the Fire Lord. He asked if I would consider training you. I've considered it." He looked back over his shoulder at Sokka. "I've decided I will."

"Oh! Listen, I may be kind of rusty and it's really generous of you to offer, but I've actually already been trained. In the Resistance."

Piandao raised his eyebrows and turned to face him fully. "Is that so? And you think a few months of general training has made you the best swordsman you can be? Do you imagine you have discovered every well of potential within yourself to the fullest?"

"That… feels like a trick question."

"Good. Because it is." Piandao swung the sword into a fighting stance and transformed from a rich art-nut to a warrior right in front of Sokka's eyes. "Training is not a lesson that you learn. It is an ever-growing practice. A tempering that broadens your mind and hones your body."

Sokka watched and grew steadily more impressed as the master took measured steps and maneuvered the weapon through the air with the same ease and confidence he had used in wielding a paintbrush.

"The sword can teach you something new every time you pick it up." Piandao stopped and sheathed the weapon with a flourish. "Will you learn?"

In Sokka's heart, there was a little boy with a wooden sword. He had done his best these past few months to be a supportive brother while Katara came into her power, and when it seemed like Aang needed moral support, he had stepped up to that challenge, too. When the time had come to choose between the Avatar and his tribe, he had done what he knew he had to do. He had let the Warriors sail off without him again. He had put his own training on hold so that he could help stop the war.

But in Sokka's heart, that little boy with the sword would always be running after the Warriors, trying to be what he, for whatever reason, couldn't be. Seeing Piandao's skill, and knowing that that wisdom was being offered to him now, filled that boy with a wild happiness.

At length, he realized he was grinning like a shimmery-eyed idiot. Piandao watched him, unimpressed. Sokka got himself under control, and bowed.

"I would be honored to learn what you can teach me, Master Piandao."

.


.

Katara followed Machi through a series of cramped rooms and hallways that she had never seen before. Spicy sweet food scented the halls before they passed through a kitchen full of steam and a few bustling cooks. A wide double door opened out onto the rear of the palace where a few carts were lined up, half-emptied of the baskets of produce they held. The workers who had been doing the unloading stood by, watching a drama unfold in the drive.

In fact, it looked like a great many servants had left their duties to bear witness. Cooks and scullions, maids and footmen, others whose uniforms Katara didn't recognize; they all stood clustered along the wall, watching a whip-thin woman repeatedly swing down a cane across the hunched and flinching back of a laundress on her knees. The whistle and then crack of impact resounded sharply off the wall, again and again and-

"Stop!"

The instant Katara spoke, every pair of eyes locked on her. A few gasps and murmurs were the only sounds. For a tense moment, Pokui held the cane raised. Then she whipped it down one last time and turned her back on Sian's whimper to focus her glare entirely on Katara.

"You have no business being here. Return to the infirmary at once. All of you!"

Her eyes raked the healers behind Katara, but when she looked at Machi, they scorched. Before she could spit out her next words, Katara began making her painfully slow way forward.

"I won't let you do this," she said. It was a struggle not to wince with every step, so she clenched her teeth as she spoke. "No one deserves to be treated this way, Sian least of all."

Pokui seemed to grow taller as she swelled with outrage. "She stole from my private office! She admitted to the deed!"

"It wasn't her."

"Intolerable audacity-"

"It was me."

On the ground, Sian made some faint sound of protest, but Pokui only stared back at Katara with frightening intensity. Around them, servants whispered and gasped. Behind her, Iyuma and Sutka uttered horrified sounds. Katara stood firm, even though the sun-hot paving stones burned against her bare feet.

"I told her to do it," she said steadily. "The crime was mine. So the punishment should be, too."

She was terrified. She had never been caned before and it looked like it hurt a lot, and she didn't even want to think about what it would do to her preexisting injuries. But she had thought about it the whole long walk to get here and this was the only solution she could come up with. She couldn't win a fight. She couldn't even win an argument with Pokui. She could, however, offer her something she probably wanted more. This was how she could protect Sian, at least a little.

"Very well," Pokui said. She whipped the cane through the air to point at a spot on the drive beside her. "Get on your knees."

"No," Sian said, climbing to her feet now. A pair of maids scurried out to catch her before she could interfere. "No, it was all my idea! Stop!"

Katara gingerly lowered herself to the paving stones and tried not to listen to Sian's increasing desperation. Her knees ached at once. The robe offered a layer of protection, but it was thin enough that she could feel the heat seeping up through the fabric. The sun beat down on the back of her neck as she bent forward, assuming the same position Sian had held. Pokui stood over her, a flinty look on her face.

"I know you're lying," she said in an undertone, "but you have had this coming for far too long. Remember this moment the next time you find yourself troubled by defiant thoughts. You brought it on yourself."

The cane whistled up through the air and lingered an instant at its peak.

"What is the meaning of this?"

At that commanding bark, Katara stared hard at the stones below her and gulped. Zuko. Despite what she had told Roshu about this being a matter of honor, she knew Zuko wouldn't let her go through with her plan. But she wasn't so certain what he would do. Would he insist on leaving Sian to her fate? If he did, would Katara be able to find the strength to fight him on it?

She hardly had it in her to stand up to Pokui. There was no way she could fight Zuko, too.

It took courage to finally raise her head, but he wasn't even looking at her. He was glaring at Pokui as he stalked toward them. The majordomo was bent forward in a deep bow. All the servants were bowing. Katara, belatedly, lowered herself into the only bow she could manage from her knees - a full kowtow.

"A matter of household discipline, your highness," Pokui said smoothly. "The laundry girl was caught stealing and Princess Katara confessed to ordering the crime."

"That is ludicrous," he snapped. "How dare you even suggest a princess would steal?"

Pokui hesitated. Katara looked up and took the opening. "It's true. I told Sian to steal back my stuff."

Zuko glared at her for one crackling second, an accusation and command for silence. Katara lowered her eyes.

"What stuff?"

"My thoughts exactly, your highness," the majordomo said with a measure of aplomb. Passing the cane from one hand to the other, she reached into her pocket. "I confiscated the items when it became clear that your slave believed she could act above her station at will. Clearly, that lesson did not sink in, and another is required."

She held out her palm toward Zuko in offering. Katara could not see what she held from the ground, but she saw the blue ribbon hanging over the side of her hand. Her chest ached. Zuko looked down at the objects. His brow was still deeply furrowed, and his frown was a harsh downward slash, but his eyes looked strange. Pained.

"Those things belong to Princess Katara," he finally said. The strange look vanished, burnt out by anger as he looked back up at Pokui. "Return them to her."

His voice was steely, cutting through the silence of the courtyard and leaving it somehow deeper, sharper than before. Forgetting propriety, Katara raised her head and looked directly at him. He did not seem to see her. He only glared at the majordomo. Pokui remained still as she fought her own inner rebellion against obeying such a command, then finally haltingly lowered her hand, offering it to Katara instead.

Zuko relented and finally turned his attention to Katara, frowning expectantly.

She sat back on her heels and, with shaking hands, picked up the lock of Sokka's hair, then her mother's necklace. They felt strange in her still-healing hands. The silkiness of the ribbon felt distant, not quite substantial. The ivory disk was cool against her palm.

Katara clutched them to her chest and scrubbed sudden tears off her face with the sleeve of her robe.

When she looked up again, Zuko was offering her a hand. His look was grim and faintly anxious, as if some greater matter hinged on her acceptance of the gesture. That was true, of course. A slave was never to pull away. If Katara refused him, it would embarrass him in front of all these servants.

She accepted his hand and let him help her to her feet. She would have stepped to follow behind him as he left the drive, but he didn't move to leave. And he didn't let go of her hand. Instead, he tucked it into the crook of his elbow and held it there firmly as he turned his attention to Sian.

She was still bowing along with all the other servants, though she trembled more from fear or pain. When Zuko bade her to rise, she stood with her eyes lowered and her hands grasped together before her. Katara felt sick to see a red bruise smudged along one corner of her mouth.

"I hired you to be a maid." Zuko said stonily. "Why are you dressed as a laundress?"

"Forgive me, your highness," Sian stammered, "I was demoted weeks ago."

Where it rested on top of her captive hand, Zuko's palm grew a measure hotter. "You will be seen in the infirmary, then you will return to the job I hired you to do."

"Yes, Prince Zuko. Thank you, Prince Zuko."

He dismissed her and then looked back over his shoulder at Pokui. All the anger from before simmered to the surface.

"It is clear that your idea of an acceptable household is not what I had in mind. Thank you for your service. You're fired."

Pokui gaped at him, but did not dare protest. She merely bowed her head respectfully and, with some effort, smoothed her expression.

Katara felt as stunned as the former majordomo looked. She followed - Zuko pulled her along - back toward the doorway. There, he stopped abruptly. Iyuma, Sutka, and Machi stood to one side, their faces respectfully lowered. Iyuma stared down with wide eyes. Sutka had beads of sweat dotting her temples.

Of course they were nervous. They were slaves. They probably weren't allowed to even leave the infirmary, and yet they had followed her here at their own risk. Unthinkingly, Katara curled her fingers into Zuko's sleeve.

But Zuko was staring at the head laundress. "You served my uncle."

"Yes, your highness. Many years ago," she said mildly. Katara thought she sensed a thread of wariness in her lowered eyes. "I have the honor of managing the palace laundry, now."

"How does-?" Zuko began, disbelieving, then sighed. "Nevermind. I am in need of a majordomo and few of the servants I remember from my childhood remain in the palace. I want you to take the position."

A few astonished murmurs scurried between the gathered servants. In a spiteful moment, Katara hoped Pokui was watching as her job was offered to someone new not a minute after she had been fired from it. She was too weary to stifle her tiny smile.

Machi's eyes bulged and she ventured a look up at Zuko's face. "Prince Zuko," she said in an undertone, "I was removed from personal service during the succession. Installing me to that office again may not be in your best interests."

Katara peeked at Zuko from the corner of her eye. She wasn't sure what it meant that Machi had served Iroh before the succession - her mind was increasingly fuzzy with exhaustion - but Zuko's expression gave nothing away. His frown was thoughtful, as if he was assessing some hidden risk. Having reached a decision, he shook his head.

"That was almost ten years ago. Besides, you're the most qualified person for the job."

Machi bowed her head deeply, and if she was surprised, she did not show it. "As you command, Prince Zuko."

Zuko made as if to go, but Katara dug her fingers into his arm before he could walk past the healers. He did not look at her, and hesitated only a beat. "Princess Katara's health seems much improved," he said, a little stiltedly.

"Yes, your highness," Sutka replied. "Improved but not yet completely recovered. She will continue to need regular healing sessions and plenty of rest for some time."

"I imagine that healing could be done in her own quarters, where she will be more comfortable."

It was not a question so much as a command loosely veiled in the illusion of asking their professional opinion. Katara noticed Sutka hesitate, not wanting to contradict him. Iyuma, however, had no such reservations.

"Your highness, we need a bath to submerge our patient to achieve the best results."

Zuko only glanced at Machi. "Arrange it."

Then he tugged Katara through the open doors, through the kitchen where the cooks bowed as he passed, and through another double door into the formal dining room. He kept their pace sedate, but Katara was quickly glad to have his sturdy arm to lean on. She was exhausted.

"Why didn't you tell me?" Zuko finally asked. His voice was tight with anger, like he had to squeeze an enormous feeling through a tiny aperture.

Katara didn't look at him. It didn't matter whether he was angry or hurt. He had chosen Pokui to start with, so he'd done it to himself, really. "I thought she was doing what you wanted her to do."

"I know what your mother's necklace means to you," he growled. "Why would I want her to take it from you?"

Despite the control in his voice, he was watching her with angry heat. She could feel it rolling off him like a furnace. In her free hand, though, the ivory disk of her mother's necklace was cool and calming. She held it to her chest. Finally, just from the corner of her eye, Katara met his gaze.

"Because slaves don't own property." She watched the words strike him as if she had shouted and went on, quiet and relentless. "I'm a slave, Zuko. Just like those healers. Why should I have any more rights than they do?"

Zuko didn't answer. He just stared at her until she dropped her eyes back to the floor in front of them. It was a relief, not having to meet that disbelief, that alarm in his eyes. All the way back to the crown prince's suite, his silence reverberated between them, and Katara swam in the stillness of her thoughts.

Rather than stopping to dismiss her at his door, Zuko led her straight inside without comment. The footmen who opened the doors subtly noted the way he escorted her - that was the only word Katara could think of to describe how he clenched her hand still in the crook of his elbow, how he allowed (encouraged?) her to hang off of him when her own legs faltered. The footmen saw that, though their faces remained calm and proper.

She knew she should pull away, walk on her own. Even fall. Anything but cooperate with the man who owned her. But she was tired, and her skin had the brittle, twingey feeling of having been overworked.

And besides, why fight the inevitable? Why break her back keeping up appearances when people were going to think what they wanted, anyway?

Zuko guided her through the corridors of his rooms to the open walkway where late morning sunshine poured in from the garden. Carefully, gently, he helped her down the steps and around the smooth loop of the path.

"You aren't wearing any shoes," he said sourly.

Katara looked down at her bare toes. The packed earth of the path wasn't as hot as the paving stones had been, and as they passed into the shadows under the tree, it was even pleasantly cool.

"I'm surprised that mouthy healer let you leave the infirmary underdressed."

"That's Iyuma," she said absently. "She's betrothed to Attuk."

Zuko stopped walking to frown at her, which she could see from the corner of her eye without looking up from her toes where they curled into the dust. He finally scoffed. "The big guy who figured out you were a girl."

Katara nodded minutely.

"There's no way."

She finally peeked up at him, not sure how to read his incredulous frown. "Why not?"

"That guy looked like a hippocow with that pierced septum. She's way too pretty for him."

Katara stared at him, the surly conviction so plain on his face as he continued guiding her along the path. It was… annoying. "She loves him. They grew up together. It's romantic."

He shot her a side-eyed look. "Romance without passion is a windless sea."

"Don't quote proverbs at me like you're suddenly some kind of expert on romance."

Zuko didn't fire back. He just looked at her. It wasn't a smile exactly. At least, it didn't touch his mouth. But his eyes lingered on her, soft and warm and intense.

Katara remembered that look as if from a past life. It still made her heart speed up - but not in a good way. Not anymore. Now it only left her feeling sick and weak. Distantly, helplessly angry.

She pulled away as they neared the sliding panels of her apartment. "Look, I appreciate what you did back there, for Sian and... for me, but I can't do this with you."

"Do what?"

"Talk like everything is fine when it's not." It hit her again, how much she had lost in the duel, how completely she had failed. It twisted through her like a muscle spasm, ratcheting tighter by the second. She scowled at the ground and shut her eyes until it eased.

"I know we aren't friends," Zuko said, "but I can help you if you'll let me."

Katara glared at him dully. "Leave me alone. That's all the help I want from you."

Not waiting for an answer, she pushed the panels apart and climbed through the gap.

Left behind in the garden, Zuko frowned. For a moment there, she had sounded almost normal, but then she had withdrawn again. It troubled him, though not half as much as what she had just tried to do. He had expected to find her in the middle of a shouting match, not submitting herself to take the maid's punishment.

But of course she would. Katara protected people. Even people who weren't hers to protect. Even when she didn't have the strength to stand. It made him furious, seeing her like that, but he had tamped down hard on his temper because it was also a relief to see her acting like herself again. At least that part of her was intact.

What he had seen during his brief visits to the infirmary was proof enough that Katara was not well. He had watched her recover from injuries before, and this was more than that. It was written clearly in her manner, her posture, the listless slide of her eyes. She wasn't just hurt. She was tangling with inner demons.

It so happened Zuko had some experience with that. And if there was one thing he knew about pulling through the darkest times, it was that having something to look forward to, something to catch or achieve, was essential. That was what Katara needed now. Before the duel, she had been driven to win her freedom. Now, that didn't even seem to be a consideration. If he wanted to help her, Zuko was going to have to turn her attention to some purpose, and he was going to have to get her fired up enough to care about it. He owed her that much, at least. And...

Don't quote proverbs at me...

And it would be... nice to see her fired up again, with her eyes glittering and that special kind of scorn in her voice. She didn't want his help, and she wasn't going to like him interfering with her, but that was only going to work to his advantage. The madder she got at him, the more driven she would be to shake off those demons and fight. So the madder the better.

Yeah. It was going to be nice.

One corner of his mouth tipped upward, but dropped again in the same breath. He hadn't wanted Iroh's help, either, but when things were at their bleakest, Uncle had been there with his tea and proverbs. It had always seemed so pointless in the moment. Now though, walking through the same garden he had visited as a small boy and smelling the same jasmine blooming, Zuko realized his mouth was dry. He realized he wanted a particular blend of tea, something Uncle had shared with him years ago. Maybe Machi would know how to make it.

He would have tea, and send that blasted inquiry about his crew, and then he would return for Katara.

 

Chapter Text

As morning faded under the blaze of afternoon heat, Katara stayed in bed. She had tucked Sokka's wolf-tail back into a fold in her sash, but she looped her mother's necklace around her wrist so that she could touch the ivory disk - and so that that disk wouldn't be damaged by the iron collar still hanging from her throat. Unmotivated to read or do anything else, she ran her fingertip around the carving in a slow, endless circuit.

Machi had quickly come to oversee the placement of a large copper tub in a corner of the sitting room and, after having it filled, had left Katara alone with her healers. The maids, she said, required review and Sian would be in the infirmary for a while longer. It was heartening that the difference between majordomos was already so stark, but it all made little difference, really.

Katara traced the disk. It felt strange to her healing fingers. Far off and too close at once.

"So you're betrothed, too?"

She didn't look at where Iyuma stood in the doorway, but she heard Sutka shift over in the corner. The older healer had settled there to read by the low light from the shuttered window, ostensibly out of boredom, but it was pretty obvious she was here to keep an eye on her patient.

"No," Katara said to the ceiling. "It was my mother's."

"Oh." Iyuma seemed to hesitate, tapping one finger rapidly on the doorframe, then surged into the room. "Alright, I can't take it anymore."

She knelt quickly at the bedside and, finally, Katara looked at her. The eyes she met were bright, fiercely focused.

"Is it true the Fire Prince makes you… do stuff?"

Katara blinked, confused. "Stuff."

"Don't be obtuse. Does he make you touch him?"

"For La's sake, Iyuma," Sutka muttered. She looked up from her book with no small amount of disgust. "That's not a thing you ask a woman."

"I'm not apologizing for asking her to her face instead of assuming every dirty rumor is true." Iyuma held her head high and peered down at Katara. "It's not your fault if something happened."

"Nothing happened," Katara snapped, then immediately felt guilty for lying. She shifted against the bed while her face burned. "Zuko wouldn't do anything like that. He can be a real jerk, but he's honorable. In that way, anyway."

Iyuma watched her a moment before a skeptical half-smile pulled up one side of her face. "So he really did want you back in this apartment so you'd be comfortable? Not so you'd be close at hand?"

"I guess."

Katara wasn't actually sure why Zuko had been so insistent she come back today. It probably wasn't as simple as either of the possibilities Iyuma was offering, but just thinking about his motivations made her desperately tired all over again.

Iyuma opened her mouth to ask some other question, but Katara was saved from having to answer by the sound of the exterior panels opening out in the hallway. With a bewildered glance at the others, Iyuma made her way to the door and poked her head out.

She popped back in immediately, head down and hands linked before her. "Prince Zuko."

Sure enough, an instant later he stormed through the door. He paid no attention at all to Sutka, who had risen to attention in the corner, but focused instead on Katara.

"What are you doing in bed? It's hardly past midday."

Katara let out a sigh and looked back at the ceiling. Apparently being left alone was too much to ask. "I'm recuperating."

"You're moping."

"I went through a major healing and I had kind of an active morning," Katara snapped. "It takes time to recover."

"You've had six days. Do you want to know what I was doing six days after I was burned?" He raised his chin as if to put his scar even more on display. "I was searching the ruins of the Western Air Temple for the Avatar."

Katara didn't think about it. She was tired and achey and irritable and he just wouldn't stop being so bossy, so superior. So Zuko.

"You? Obsessively stalking a little kid? Shocking."

Zuko narrowed his eyes and crossed the room in three steps. Despite her sputtered protests, he scooped her up off the bed and marched out of the bedroom with her. Katara got a brief glimpse of Iyuma and Sutka's alarmed faces. Sutka actually raised an arm as if to stop him. Then they were gone.

Zuko carried her into the sitting room and Katara had a sudden fear he would dunk her in the tub. Only he didn't do that. He settled her on her sitting cushion at the table and left her there as he strode back to her bedroom. In the hallway, Iyuma and Sutka came into view, squeezing against the wall to stay out of his way. A moment later he returned carrying the basin Katara used to wash her face. He dipped it in the tub and then plunked it down on the table in front of her. Water sloshed over the sides. Katara glared up at him, still incensed but confused now as well.

Zuko glared back. "Teach them."

Katara blinked, glanced at the two healers hovering in the doorway. When she looked back up at Zuko, her eyes kept getting wider.

"They're your people. They need you. Every second you train them could mean the difference between life and death."

He was furious. His yellow eyes flashed and his jaw twitched. He stared down at her like she was standing across a battlefield and he meant to take her off it.

"Are you going to really help them? Or are you just going to throw yourself under the cane for them, too?"

For a moment, the room was silent. Katara couldn't look away from the man standing over her. She couldn't process right now what it meant that he would bully her into this, of all things. All she could do was nod.

"Okay."

Zuko watched her a moment longer, then nodded and swept from the room. In the doorway, he paused to assess Sutka and Iyuma in turn.

"I understand the Northern Water Tribe has taboos. Am I going to have to come back here and tell either of you what I think of them?"

"No, Prince Zuko," they said together in hushed voices.

He nodded again and stalked outside, slamming the panel shut behind him.

Katara heaved a calming breath and watched the two healers hesitantly step into the room. At a loss for how she should feel about this, she settled her hands on the tabletop on either side of the basin. "We should get started. I don't know when Machi will send more maids and this is obviously something you will want to keep secret."

Sutka rubbed the side of her neck as she sat at the table. Iyuma glanced back over her shoulder. "Is… Is this a trick? Is there a chance that he'll 'catch us in the act' later and have us punished?"

"No," Katara said. "Zuko doesn't play tricks. He's…"

What was he exactly? She couldn't seem to put words to what she was thinking of him right now. Insufferable, belligerent, puffed up… fretful…

"Honorable," Iyuma sighed as she sat at the table. "Right. Not that I'm complaining. I just thought if I ever learned to waterbend, it'd be a more rebellious and empowering experience. Not a command from the Fire Prince."

"Has a temper, hasn't he?" Sutka said wonderingly.

Katara only drew the water up from the bowl in a rolling swell. It felt good. Not easy, but soothing and satisfying. Like beating the dust out of the bed skins back home. She felt the change in herself that way. Just faintly lighter. Cleaner.

"Yeah," she said into the stillness, a smile tugging at the corners of her mouth, "the worst temper I've ever seen. But let's forget him for now." She formed the water into a stream and prepared to pass it to her pupils. "A master waterbender must be ready to change direction in an instant…"

.

.

"Zuko, I'm sure you remember my friend Ty Lee. Ty Lee, my brother and his slave."

"Princess Katara of the Southern Water Tribe!" Ty Lee beamed, apparently genuinely excited to meet her. "Everyone's heard of you!"

Zuko watched, nonplussed, as his sister's energetic friend darted around him and began bombarding Katara with questions. The healers had assured him she was well enough to attend this ridiculous party as long as she didn't engage in any strenuous activity. He didn't doubt that she could still easily be exhausted, though, and he had spent the past half hour watching her for signs of fatigue.

When he wasn't searching the ballroom for his father, anyway.

While Ty Lee beamed at Katara and Katara carefully measured her responses, Azula spoke at Zuko's side. "I understand you couldn't get a date, but did you have to bring along the help? People will talk, you know."

"Father insisted." He gritted his teeth. In fact, Ozai had sent a note strongly implying that Katara's absence from this party would be noticed and looked upon as an act of cowardly weakness. The possibility of Zuko's absence had not even warranted mention.

But Zuko would not have missed it anyway. Shortly after returning from Katara's apartment yesterday, he had received an apologetic communique from the naval headquarters refusing to answer his questions about his missing crew on the grounds of the Fire Lord's mandate. Whatever that meant. When he submitted a formal request for an audience with the crown, he had received back a polite but firm invitation to meet with the Minister of Justice instead - which he had summarily done this afternoon, only to be given an oily dose of flattery and non-answers. Zuko was beginning to truly hate ministers.

As much as standing politely next to Azula felt like cozying up to a nest of viper-rats, this party was his best chance of asking Ozai about his crew directly. But approaching an hour in, the Fire Lord had yet to appear.

"Where is he?"

"The Fire Lord cannot be expected to neglect his duties for every frivolity," Azula said crossly. She slanted a look at him and smirked. "Not to worry, though. He'll make an appearance."

He didn't respond, and her smirk faded to something faintly ugly.

"I opened your gift. A set of combs, Zuko? Are you implying my style is too utilitarian?"

Zuko watched her from the corner of his eye. He had ordered the combs from a renowned craftsman who had carved them from mother-of-pearl to match a set he remembered Ursa used to wear. That had been before Azula's brutal lesson on the dueling court, though. Now, he didn't care to admit to having gone to so much trouble for her.

"I would have gotten you a knife but I didn't want to end up with it in my back."

Her mouth curled up at the edges, though she didn't seem to be getting much enjoyment out of this conversation. "Touché, Zuzu. Speaking of knives, someone else you know is here."

He followed her stare to the woman approaching from one of the many clusters of nobles filling the ballroom and was startled enough to blurt out her name.

"Mai."

"Hello, Zuko," she said mildly. The faintest amusement shone through her bored facade.

He hadn't seen his sister's friends since they were children, and the contrast was stark. Ty Lee was taller, but she was still the enthusiastic kid he remembered. Where Mai had been a quiet girl starting to become a bored teenager, now she was a lady of the court. From her precisely executed expression to her immaculate clothing, everything about her spoke of wealth and influence. Even her hand, held lightly to the gentle swell of her belly, was positioned to convey the pride of a noble mother-to-be.

Zuko had expected that he would eventually see Mai again. She had married outside the city, but every noble in the Fire Nation made a point of spending some time in the capital. What surprised him most was how little he felt for the woman before him. She was practically a stranger.

"Congratulations on your marriage," he said, because it was the proper thing to say and he could think of nothing else.

"Thanks," she said blandly. "It was such a huge accomplishment."

Zuko cracked a smile. She looked more like the Mai he had known when she made sarcastic remarks.

"Aren't you going to congratulate her on the baby?" Azula asked. "Zuko does have a soft spot for babies, you know."

She said it loud enough for Katara to hear the cruel reminder. Zuko stiffened.

"That doesn't surprise me," Mai said without so much as blinking at the interpersonal riptide. She peered at Zuko, amused once more, but held the secrets behind her eyes.

Zuko inquired after her family, more to block Azula out of the conversation than out of genuine interest. Ty Lee jumped in with prompts for more details about her life in the provincial city where she now lived, to which Mai responded with pleasant disgust.

"It's so boring there. Nothing to do but practice throwing knives and see how nervous I can make the household staff. But the theater isn't too terrible." Her sharp eyes slid back to Zuko and she smiled, just faintly. "We recently saw 'Love in Winter.' It's sentimental trash like most plays, but the Storm Spirit had some good moments."

Zuko frowned but didn't ask her to elaborate. The instant she had mentioned the play's name, his stomach had clenched hard as a fist. It was obvious she had recognized the parallels to him and Katara. He didn't want to know which moments she had enjoyed, or why.

Luckily, Ty Lee volunteered the latest play she had seen and Azula baldly told them both they were wasting their time on such inconsequential amusements. An unfathomable look passed among them. Mai assessed Azula, then raised an eyebrow at Ty Lee, who looked like she wanted to apologize. Unnerved and bewildered by what he sensed was girl stuff, Zuko had no desire to know what was going on. At length, Mai made her excuses and went off to find her husband.

"I still can't get over how happy she seems," Ty Lee said wonderingly. "I've never seen her aura so rosy."

"Maybe her mind is going soft from the pregnancy," Azula offered with a cool shrug. She turned on Zuko. "No sparks, Zuzu? Didn't you miss your girlfriend?"

Very aware of Katara hovering behind his shoulder - but not so stupid as to look at her - Zuko gritted his teeth. It didn't matter what she thought, not really. The time when things like that had mattered between them was long over and Zuko took this opportunity to stomp that fact into his brain once more. A necessary reminder of the truth of his reality.

"I had bigger things on my mind. You know, with being banished and all."

"I always kind of hoped you two would get back together one day in a big romantic reunion," Ty Lee said, but then shrugged. "But you've both changed so much. I don't think she could make you happy anymore."

"Nothing makes Zuko happy." Azula frowned at him as if he was an amusement fated to disappoint. "Even when he has exactly what he wants, he has to find something wrong with how he got it."

"Sounds like someone's chakras are out of alignment! I know someone who could help you with that. She is so talented - every time I have a session with her, my energy flows somuch more smoothly."

"There's nothing wrong with my energy flow," Zuko said sourly, though he was no longer paying attention.

Finally, across the crowded room, he spotted the Fire Lord assuming the raised seat from which he could survey the festivities. Zuko quickly made his excuses and left his sister and her friend behind. He had almost forgotten that Katara was following after him until she spoke quietly at his shoulder. He slowed his pace to listen, though he didn't take his eyes off Ozai.

"How is that girl friends with Azula? She seems so… nice."

"Ty Lee does what Azula wants her to do. She always has. To my sister, that's what it means to be a friend."

Katara was silent for a moment. "It almost makes me feel sorry for her."

Zuko thought about that, though he didn't really want to. "Makes sense. After all these years of going along with whatever Azula wants, Ty Lee probably can't refuse to do anything without facing retribution. She's trapped, no matter how much she smiles about it."

"I meant Azula," she said softly.

Zuko stopped short and shot her an incredulous frown, but she only shrugged faintly.

"It's probably lonely, not having any real friends."

"You know she gave me the idea for you to challenge Zhao to an Agni Kai, right?" he asked very quietly. "She set you up. Like she always does."

"I was the one who lost."

Zuko wanted to argue with her about it - specifically, he wanted to pick a fight with her until she dropped that calm servant's mask and glared at him the way she had in her apartment last night - but this wasn't the place for an argument. He turned smoothly and carried on crossing the ballroom without a backward glance.

.

.

Katara watched Zuko's ramrod-straight back from the corner of her lowered eyes. She wasn't sure why she was here, except to show the gathered members of the court that she was still alive. Only it didn't seem to matter. The nobles didn't look at her the way they had a week ago. Their eyes registered her, then slid past her as they would any other servant.

The servants were another story. Since the confrontation with Pokui, Katara had found herself subtly elevated. Machi gave her space and let her keep only Sian and a rotation of healers in her rooms. The guards remained out in the hallways, not hovering in the entryway as Roshu had. A moment ago, a footman had even offered her wine from his tray while she was talking to Ty Lee. She had declined mostly out of surprise, but it was still new that she would be served refreshments at one of these events.

Whatever had changed, it extended no further than the staff, so Katara walked a step behind Zuko with her eyes down and her head bent forward as she usually did. She could still clearly tell where they were going, and it was no surprise when they arrived at the base of the dais and Zuko bowed. She bowed with him, a single coordinated movement, and tried not to think about who she was bowing to.

The Fire Lord watched his son's approach impassively. "Zuko. How uplifting to see your slave in such glowing health."

Zuko rose from his bow, and Katara rose with him - as much as was proper - but she was burning. She could feel the Fire Lord's eyes crawling over her face, her arms, every inch of skin that was not concealed by her formal tunic and trousers. Blood surged and then drained from her face in a nauseating rush.

"Not one unsightly scar," he went on, and though his voice was low, there was a threat in his eyes when he looked back at Zuko. "I hope she will not forget the cost of challenging a master."

"No, Father," Zuko said tightly. "She won't."

She didn't feel betrayed when he said it, because she sensed there could be no other answer. She sensed, too, that they weren't talking about her anymore, not exactly, and she quailed from the logical conclusion to that line of thinking.

"You want something," Ozai challenged. "Out with it."

As if he had been waiting for this signal, Zuko spoke rapidly. "Father, my crew has been missing since the attack on the palace. I've sent inquiries to every naval-"

"For their treason, they were imprisoned and will remain that way."

Zuko was silent for one stunned instant. "Treason? Those men served me closely for five years. They're loyal Fire Nation seamen."

"Are they?" Ozai asked coldly. "Or did they help your traitorous uncle and his war party slip into Harbor City? Was it ever you they served, Zuko?"

"Yes. It was."

His conviction stabbed into the ground between them like a flag. Katara felt it, and she saw the Fire Lord's fingers flex on the arms of his grand chair. Zuko, though, went on.

"If anyone asked them, I have no doubt they would provide a reasonable explanation."

"As all traitors do."

The grim words rattled down Katara's spine - because the Fire Lord looked flatly at his son as he said them. Then, in the next moment, he tipped his head to one side.

"Very well. Since it matters so very much to you, I will permit you to visit your men in the Harbor City jail where they are awaiting tribunal. You may ask them yourself. Write up a report of your findings for my consideration."

"Thank you, Father." Zuko bowed in gratitude - and Katara bowed along with him, though she kept her eyes subtly watching the Fire Lord's curl-toed shoes.

"Do take an armed escort," Ozai said, low and silky once more, "and your slave as well. The rising heat has fed the unrest in the lower city. It's becoming quite dangerous."

Zuko thanked his father again, and bowed again, and Katara followed after him through the party and out into the quieter, cooler corridor. As the noise of the gathering faded away, her anxiety gnawed more ferociously upon her. They were alone now, and she stared at his back as he strode ahead, as the distance between them gradually increased.

The pointed shoulders of his formal robes made him look bigger than he really was, and she couldn't stop seeing that right now. She couldn't stop seeing the pale side of his neck above the high collar, the pulse still beating hard there.

Zuko abruptly realized she was falling behind, and stopped and looked back at her. He held out his arm for her to lean on. "Are you tired? Do you-?"

"I hate the way he talks to you."

Zuko stared at her, and Katara felt herself blush in the wake of the blurted words. His cheek reddened too, but the side with the scar stayed the same, too twisted and damaged to react. Then all at once he scowled and turned to walk on. "I don't know what you're talking about. He's giving me a chance to help my men."

Katara followed, walking more quickly than was comfortable to keep pace. "You believe in their loyalty and he wants to take that away from you."

"The Fire Lord can't always afford mercy. When he reads my report, he'll understand that it's warranted in this case."

"He's already made up his mind, Zuko."

He turned on her and bared his teeth. "Stop it, Katara."

Katara stared back at him and wondered if it was worth the energy it would take to go on. Just like his father, Zuko's mind was made up, and he was going to believe what he wanted, what he needed to believe to keep living this life. In his eyes there was a brittle light he was trying to disguise as anger, and - she could see it, now - a fragile thing he was trying to drive out of himself. Faced with the deep wreckage in him, and with his every failure and betrayal up until this moment, Katara knew it was futile to argue with him. Pointless to even try.

But yesterday he had helped her. He had been just and decisive. Considerate, even, though she had hardly noticed it in the moment. And then, when she had needed it, he had given her a shove. It embarrassed and annoyed her that it was him of all people to do it, but she couldn't deny the result. Each time she had raised the water today and led her students through the movements of the first form, her body had felt stronger and her mind clearer. More her own.

So Katara drew a breath as the futility and despair assailed her, and then she let it all flow out and away. It didn't go far. The doubts clung to her, stubborn as seagrass, but they no longer seemed like the only true things. It didn't matter if Zuko refused to listen. Katara could only choose to speak or be silent, and silence hadn't done much for her lately.

Besides, she owed him a shove.

"Trusting trustworthy people makes you strong," she said, feeling the truth of it in her bones. "But the Fire Lord doesn't want you to trust anyone, Zuko. He wants you to be less than what you are, because that's the only way you'll go along with the things he does."

A peculiar look came over Zuko's face, as if she had yanked a rug out from under him and he couldn't decide whether to rail at her or grab hold of her to steady himself. For that one heartbeat, she could see it in his eyes, how desperately he needed to be steadied. Then it was gone, and he only watched her for signs of further treachery.

"Trusting trustworthy people?" he finally asked, only a bit scathing. "That sounds like touchy-feely Water Tribe stuff."

"Wisdom is wisdom," Katara said primly.

She was no longer looking at him, but from the corner of her eye, she caught the upward tick of his mouth as he turned away and continued on down the corridor. He did not glance back at her or offer an arm again, but his pace was easier than before. Katara followed in his shadow, trying not to notice, and trying not to care where his mind had gone in that teetering instant.

.

.

Zuko arranged for the palanquin and armed escort to depart early the following morning, but even just barely cresting the horizon, the sun bore down with cruel intent. The curtains were tied open to catch the breeze during the journey down the switchbacked road, but as they entered Harbor City, the captain in charge of his escort dropped back to suggest they be closed.

"There have been some violent incidents, your highness. Thrown garbage. Bottles, sometimes. I doubt anyone would dare strike at a member of the royal family, but there's a first time for everything."

Behind him and to one side, he felt rather than saw Katara shift uncomfortably. Probably, she was remembering her last walk through the lower city, when someone had tried to throw a rock at her and Sokka. But Zuko was not afraid.

"Leave them open," he said, frowning straight ahead down the wide avenue and the scattering of workers going about their business there. Their eyes lifted and latched onto him. "I wish to see my people."

They continued down the avenue and then turned onto the street that would take them most directly to the city jail. At what he saw, Zuko grew steadily more unsettled. Off the main avenue, a few stalls were set up to sell fruit or roasted meat. They did a healthy business, but dirty children hovered nearby like hungry gulls, and the peddlers watched them coldly even as customers came and went. Guards patrolled everywhere, idly swinging their billy clubs. At the sight of them, the children scattered. Their tiny bodies vanished among the shoppers like smoke.

"Is school just for rich kids in the Fire Nation?" Katara asked in an undertone.

"No. There are public schools in this city."

"Then I guess everyone's just playing hooky today."

Her sarcasm grated on him, but it struck a chord too. Something wasn't right, here. It wasn't right that there were so many guards on patrol along this street, either. Of course, the city watch would arrange for a safe route to take the Heir Apparent through the city, but he was beginning to get the feeling there was a lot more going on here than he was being allowed to see.

"Captain," he said, summoning the man from where he marched with the forward unit. "Take us down the dock lane."

Just the way the soldier's eyes widened told him too much. "Your highness, that's a very dangerous part of the city-"

"Do it."

At a loss, the captain marched ahead and directed his guards to turn down a side street. It was considerably narrower and sloped downward, marred here and there with heaps of refuse. Overhead, laundry had been hung out to dry like vines roping through a canopy. After a few blocks, they turned again to take the wider street that would eventually circle down to the docks. Here, Zuko began to really see what was going on in this city.

People huddled in the shadows of each alley. A lot of people. There were mothers holding scrawny, still children, and children holding just themselves. For the most part, though, they were men, missing limbs or an eye. Many still wore their hair in a military topknot despite their ragged clothes.

As Zuko passed, their dim eyes fixed on him. Light flashed into them. Hope or hatred, or some desperate twisting of both together.

They began following him.

He could not look back without appearing nervous, but he heard the scrape of crutches, the steadily building rustles of ragged cloth and bare feet on the paving stones. A baby's persistent cry.

Zuko did not move, but his fingers twisted into the fabric on his thighs. It was clear many of the men were veterans, but what were they doing living on the street like beggars? Weeks ago, when he had visited Lord Gan for tea and they had discussed the "homeless presence" and the treatment of veterans, he had brushed up on the numbers and been ready to argue the Fire Lord's case, as was the role of the Heir Apparent.

Now, looking at so many gaunt faces, he was ashamed to have performed that duty. The numbers couldn't be right; they didn't tell this story. More and more people climbed to their feet and hobbled to join the crowd following him, and Zuko felt the weight of them settle on his shoulders, one by one.

"You have to help these people."

Katara's whisper was thick with feeling. He didn't turn to look at her, but he nodded stiffly in reply.

"Get them food. Shelter. They could die in this heat."

"I know."

"Then you have to do something."

He did look at her then, a hard look over his shoulder. "I will. But we have to stay calm right now, or this situation could turn really bad for everyone."

Katara stared back at him, and he could see the doubt in her tired eyes. She wanted him to do something, but she was not certain that he could, or maybe that he would. Zuko frowned and straightened.

"You need to trust me. Remember?"

For a long moment, she didn't answer. Then, faintly. "I'm trying."

It was all he should have hoped for. It was all she had promised. Even so, it stung. Zuko absorbed that, and stared straight up the street, over the heads of the tense guards.

Finally, the city jail appeared ahead. More armed guards waited there, and they formed up into a barrier surrounding the palanquin where it settled in the street. Zuko emerged and took two steps toward the low entrance, a door with bars set in a small viewing window, but then he stopped. He turned to look at the gathering crowd.

There were not as many as he had thought, but more were trickling down the street. They stopped well clear of the wall of guards. For now.

A portly man in a snug uniform bustled out of the jail and, bowing deeply, approached. "Your highness! Such an honor to be visited-"

"Take me to my men, Warden," Zuko snapped, and marched past him through the door. Katara held her post closely, so the warden had to follow behind her as they entered the jail, then hurry around to get in position to guide the way.

The jail was two cramped levels connected by wrought iron walkways and stairs. The cells were not large, but half a dozen prisoners were held in each. They shouted and laughed coarsely among themselves until a guard walked past, rattling his club along the bars. Then there was silence - or mutters, whispers, Zuko's name passing from cell to cell.

At the far end of the lower level, a couple of large enclosures were filled with prisoners. There were too many bodies for so few beds and benches, so several of them sat hunched on the floor. When Zuko stepped into view, they all scrambled to their feet to bow. Their faces were achingly familiar. Soldiers and engineers and the helmsman, all bedraggled and crowded together.

"Prince Zuko!" Lieutenant Jee stepped up to the bars and offered a salute. Dressed in stained prison clothes and with the burden of his internment sagging his face, he still managed to hold himself like an officer. "We knew you would come, sir."

Seeing the breathless way these men watched him now, Zuko doubted that very much. They had begun to think he had forgotten them. It was no wonder, really. They had been rotting in this jail for nearly two weeks. For all they knew, he had left them here intentionally.

And now Zuko had arrived - not to free them, but to ask their side of the story. As if he did not already know it. As if Iroh, aware of the fallout, would do anything but hijack the ship. But Zuko was to pretend he did not know these things. He was to ask, and in doing so inflict a new insult on the servicemen who had followed him through five years of exile. He was to write up a report and await the Fire Lord's decision. He was to defend the Fire Lord's policies against his critics, and if he would do things differently, he was to keep it to himself. That was what a good prince and loyal son would do. Follow, support, obey.

Before the war meeting, Zuko had been able to believe that he could perform those duties and still enact change. He had researched countless reports to develop a realistic plan that would bring order and peace to the Earth Kingdom, and he had waited until the perfect moment to present that plan to the war council. All of his caution and preparation had come to nothing. There could be no suing for peace. There could be no treaty. Ozai wanted nothing less than total submission. And barring that, annihilation.

For a week now, Zuko had busied himself with studies and worries about Katara and the rearrangement of his household staff, but it was all a distraction from the fact that his mind never rested easy. When he woke sweating in the night, the nightmares that hounded him took only one shape. A mountain-sized beast with embers for skin and a voracious furnace of a mouth, gulping down every person he had ever known. Zuko watched their faces every night, screaming for help while he sat frozen on his dais with a crown pinned in his false hair. Last night, after receiving the Fire Lord's permission for this visit, he had watched his crew - the men standing before him now - vanish into that blinding-hot maw.

When he jolted awake, his mind had hammered with certainty. After all of these months of doubt, of fighting so hard to hold out hope, it was frightening how easy it was to admit the truth.

The world wasn't going to survive Sozin's Comet - not even the Fire Nation. His homeland was changing every day in subtle, irreparable ways. Iron collars. Bombs from the sky. Crowds of desperate people. Harbor City was suffering now. Loyal soldiers and innocent people were suffering now.

And Zuko was to submit to the hobble of loyalty and do nothing.

He wants you to be less than what you are, because that's the only way you'll go along with the things he does.

Zuko turned his head and looked at Katara as if she had said the words out loud again. Her eyes were cast down but she was watching the men in the cell, and she was watching him. Like his crew, she doubted him - how could she not, after everything he had put her through - but it was like she had cut to the bones of his own suspicions and laid them out so he could no longer deny the form they took.

Because Zuko knew he was changing in subtle, irreparable ways, too. He felt himself eroding toward something, some final form. The thing he was trying to become, the perfect prince his father wanted, would proudly stand at the Fire Lord's side and scorch all life out of the Earth Kingdom. He could feel it inside him, that monster growling to be set loose.

But that wasn't Zuko - or at least not all of him. It was less than what Zuko truly was, what he could be.

He heard Jee clear his throat, but it sounded so far away. Katara glanced up at him in an unspoken question, and for a moment their eyes met and held.

Rain struck through with sunlight, a silent thunder mumbling through him. Suddenly, Zuko knew exactly what to do.

"Warden," he snapped. "Release my crew."

The man's hand brushed the keys at his hip before he hesitated. "Your highness, the tribunal is-"

"Canceled. These men are loyal soldiers, and I won't tolerate further insults to their honor. Open these cells or I will see to it that you take their place."

The warden jumped to obey. The jangle and scrape of keys was the only sound in the jail as every guard and prisoner watched, stunned. Zuko felt their eyes on him, waiting to see what he would do next. Katara's eyes were on him, too, but he tried not to notice that.

The moment the door swung open, Jee emerged and bowed hand-over-fist. "Prince Zuko, I think I can speak for all of us. Thank you-"

"Later, Lieutenant." Zuko turned on his heel and marched toward the exit. "Round them up. We have somewhere to be."

Jee snapped to the task, rapping out orders and seeing that the crew formed up into neat rows. Zuko didn't bother to look back. He knew his Lieutenant was a capable man - and besides, he had much larger problems to face now.

The first of them presented itself the instant he stepped outside.

The crowd had swelled to choke the entire street in both directions. Guards still held their ground in a protective box around the palanquin, but the margin between them and the onlookers had narrowed to mere inches. They were trapped.

And at the appearance of their prince, a hundred voices rose to plead - and to curse him.

 

Chapter 31

Notes:

AN: Thank you to everyone who has commented or left kudos on this story. When the gaps between updates get long, and when I lose the thread of my own story and have to reread a bunch to put myself back in the moment, it's your encouraging, hopeful words that bring me back to my keyboard. I suck pretty hard at social media. I'm the worst at directly responding to messages and reviews because I'm an anxious wreck. I'm inconsistent and terrible at artist-patronizing websites that cannot be named here - but I hope I can give you all a satisfying read.

Here's the next chapter. I worked really hard on this one. Hope you like it!

Chapter Text

 

 

The instant Katara followed Zuko out of the jail, a roar of noise filled her head, driving away the troubled whirl of her thoughts. She watched the crowd of shouting, weeping faces, and where she had felt sympathy before, now she vividly remembered the long walk up from the docks on the day of their arrival. She remembered the press of all those bodies, the rock that had flown out of nowhere, the stench of barely-restrained violence. It could happen again. Any second. And this time, the streets were baked dry. There was no water anywhere. All she could do was watch the crowd with twitchy vigilance and hope nothing sparked a riot.

So it shocked her deeply when Zuko hardly paused to glance at the budding mob before striding forward and mounting the palanquin so he stood up high where more people could see him. If he was afraid, or nervous about having just disobeyed the Fire Lord, he did not show it. Not a trace. Instead, he raised his hand and, to Katara's further surprise, the voices quieted to a disenchanted rumble.

"Citizens of the Fire Nation," he shouted, and the rumble stilled. His words echoed back off the buildings on the other side of the street. "I see you, and I hear you. These are the soldiers who served me for all the years of my banishment. I came here to see them returned to my ship. Recognize the honor of their service! Make way!"

Katara couldn't help it. She flinched. He was so loud, so sharp and commanding. It was no way to talk people down - and yet, when he gave the order, the crowd parted. She stared at them, so many scarred and bandaged faces, so many grief-wrecked, haunted eyes. They made way, and they watched their prince step off the palanquin and walk the path they created for him.

Zuko stood straight and tall as he always did, and his stride was long with purpose. The silk of his robes flicked around him. The ornament in his hair caught the sun, and for an instant the flash was blinding. For that instant, Katara was looking at the broad, proud back of a stranger.

No - not a stranger. She'd known him before. The ground under her feet was shaking, rearranging. There was a sound rising up in her ears, drowning out everything else, a muted roar she didn't quite understand…

Behind her, the just-freed officer cleared his throat. Katara banished the troubling thoughts and scurried to catch up.

The crowd thinned near the end of the block and Zuko led his crew down a wider avenue that sloped back toward the docks. Katara looked back only once, as they rounded a corner, just to see if they were still being followed. They were.

It made sense that Zuko was in a hurry to return his soldiers to their ship. Once the Fire Lord got wind of what he was up to, he would probably try to stop them. But as she thought about it, the sinking and sloshing in her gut intensified. If Zuko had been banished for speaking out of turn, what kind of punishment would he face for releasing a shipload of alleged traitors?

It had been the right thing to do, though. She stared dazedly at the tuft of escaped hairs at the top of his neck, the ragged shell of his scarred ear. Zuko had done the right thing. Finally.

The thought was disorienting. Katara couldn't seem to settle it into the realm of reality. She couldn't even decipher the intense feelings coursing through her. All she could do was cling to the sled Zuko had set in motion and hope it wasn't about to crash in a ravine.

They came to the docks and were met by an official in a respectably tall hat. He bowed rapidly and stared at the prince and his procession with an owl-goat's bulging eyes. "Your highness! Such a surprise! I hadn't expected a visit from so distinguished a-"

"Judging by your ability to clearly respond to an inquiry," Zuko said tightly, "that's not surprising at all."

The official shuddered and bowed again. Zuko held a beat of silence that made the man squirm, then demanded to be taken to his ship. With a frightened warble, the official capitulated, pausing often to bow.

He led them down a boardwalk that zig-zagged out into the harbor. Ships were moored all around, more shapes and sizes than Katara had seen before. Some were even small sailing craft, though those were off on another, shabbier boardwalk. Most of the ships here were steam-powered, ranging in size from little transport boats to massive battleships waiting at anchor out in the deeper parts of the bay.

The official brought them at last to the smallest of the big-model warships. It was battle scarred and worn from its long travels, but the ramp was lowered for boarding. Zuko assessed the ship, growled a question about the fuel aboard, and then dismissed the official with a sharp wave when he had his answer. Shortly, he stood to one side of the ramp and turned to face the man Katara surmised was his second.

"Lieutenant Jee, you have command."

"Yes Prince Zuko. What are our orders, sir?"

The prince paused, frowning. "Your men deserve a rest. Make for the hot springs we visited last fall."

The Lieutenant's face ticked in surprise but quickly regained its composure. "Yes, sir." He turned his head to address his men in a much louder voice. "You heard your prince! Fire the engines and plot a course!"

The crew gave a hearty cheer and began filing up the ramp. As they passed, Katara looked beyond them to the people gathering thicker and thicker on the wharf.

"You should get on this ship."

At his low words, Katara's head snapped around. She gaped at him, all propriety forgotten. He went on watching his men file aboard, tacitly refusing to look at her. She scowled at him. "I'm sorry, are you implying that you aren't?"

He actually turned his stiff neck a degree to peer down at her, his expression unreadable. "I can't go." He said it abruptly, as if suddenly realizing that she might not know it yet. "My people need me here, and my father…"

However he finished that sentence, that last part was probably the best argument for him to get on the ship, but there was no point telling him that. She could see in his face that he knew.

Zuko's eyes flicked away. To his men as they passed. To the crowd on the wharf. To the ships swaying around the dock. Anywhere but her. There was really only one thing to say. Katara felt a sickness rising in her, a nausea that she couldn't quite attribute to sympathy. She didn't bother to say it gently.

"He's going to kill you."

A look passed over Zuko's face, some unspeakable feeling that dragged at his mouth, struck lines around his eyes. Katara expected him to deny it. She could practically hear the argument hovering in the back of his throat. But he didn't say it.

"Azula told me that one time," he said quietly. "I didn't believe her. I thought it was just another lie, a story meant to scare me. I thought, if I proved I was worthy, my father would treat me like he treated her."

Katara watched him. She had a feeling she was seeing something she didn't really want to see, but she couldn't look away.

"That's not going to happen, though," he said, bitter and sad. His eyes flicked to her as he went on. "Since I came back here, I haven't done anything right. I thought it was you. I thought you were… making me weak somehow. But it was never you. It…" He frowned, struggled. His voice cracked with the force of emotions straining at his control. "It was me. The person he wants me to be, the things he wants me to do… The things I've already…"

In his eyes, there was a naked realization, a raw ugly thing gnawing at him. Katara looked straight at it. She didn't even flinch.

Zuko did, though. As if looking at her burned his eyes, he abruptly looked away. "He's not right, Katara," he whispered, "and he has to be stopped."

It was not dissimilar to saying "The ocean is big, Katara," or "There are lots of stars, Katara," but Katara valiantly restrained herself from scoffing.

Nothing about this was amusing, not even grimly so. Zuko kept talking, but his words lost meaning and just struck her like pelting rain. She had told him over and over that Ozai was wrong, Ozai was crazy and evil. She had told him – and only now, after months of her humiliation and suffering, did he finally understand. And not because he had listened to her, not because he felt remorse for what he had done to her, no. He changed course because he couldn't stomach keeping his men locked up. He could keep her in a collar like a dog by his side, but he couldn't leave his crew in a prison.

All of a sudden, the nausea boiling through her, the roar rising up to swallow all sound made sense. It was a spectrum of intense feelings - hurt and fear and powerlessness - all coalescing into a single driving emotion. Virulent, pulsating rage. She had loved that stranger, that honorable boy, with all her heart. She had risked everything on the chance that he might win out over the cruel prince, and she had lost everything when he had not. And now, now that it was all spoiled and ruined, Zuko dared to show that face again. He had the gall to pretend again that he could be that brave, honorable boy.

As if she might fall for it a second time. As if he could possibly fix what he had destroyed.

Katara remained deadly still and watched him through hooded eyes. Zuko, oblivious, went on talking with a hard set to his face and a harrowed quality about his eyes. She heard him as if from far away, something about balloons and bombs and the comet. Serious things. Things that mattered a lot more than her blinding fury, but somehow slipped right by her.

"-can find him in time. He hasn't been spotted in the Earth Kingdom yet, but-"

Katara watched him flatly a moment longer, then cut him off. "What are you going to do?"

He looked at her, finally took in her expression. He tipped his chin upward as if to move it out of her reach. "I'm gonna do what's right. Just get on the ship, Katara."

It was more plea than command, but it rasped her exactly the wrong way. She bared her teeth at him, and her voice was low and rough. "Tell me what you're going to do. Suddenly you're supposed to be some kind of hero? Fine. Prove it. What are you gonna do? How are you going to help your people when you're dead?"

Even his scarred eye went wide for an instant. Then he tipped his chin down and frowned back at her. "I guess I'll just have to not die."

The words reverberated against a long-ago memory, stabbing a spike through her suddenly boneless chest. She glared at him for another wrenching moment, then turned and marched up the ramp. "You do that."

She stormed through the red corridors of the ship, scowling past every soldier and sailor who dodged out of her way. Her slippers thumped against the steel floors. Her fingers ached as she squeezed them tighter and tighter into fists.

She did not look back.

If she had, she would have seen Zuko watching her go. She might have recognized the tortured relief on his face, but she would not have viewed it kindly. She may even have recognized the set of his shoulders not just as the proper rigid square, but as the stiff determination of a condemned soul.

Zuko was glad she didn't look back, even as it tore a hole in him. He watched the ramp slowly raise one clanking degree at a time, and turned away as it latched with a final rattling click. He did not see the boards under his feet as he marched back to the wharf where his people waited for him. He did not notice as his guards glanced at him and made way. He only leapt up on a crate and stood before the wanting faces, all those smoke-reddened eyes. He looked at them, let them fill his mind and the huge gaping emptiness beside and two steps behind him.

Then he directed his guards to go round to the food cart vendors who loitered along the wharf hoping to sell to hungry sailors.

"Tell them to give everything they have to these people," he said. It was a crazy demand, he knew that. But as long as he was the Crown Prince, he could make that demand. "Tell them to tally up the debt and I will see to it they're payed."

The guards peered at him for an uncertain instant, but Zuko did not waver. To waver would be to admit that he did not have the authority to do this, not any of it, and that was untenable if he meant to make a difference before…

It was not something he could confront yet, no matter how certain Katara was. Zuko could not think about his father or the consequences of what he was doing in the same way that a tightrope walker could not look down at the hard packed earth far below and continue to steadily cross. All he could do was put one foot in front of the other. All he could do right now was trust he would make it to the other side.

The heartbeat of hesitation passed and all but a pair of the guards dispersed into the crowd. Zuko held his head higher, and drew a deep breath, and spoke to those hungry faces from his own aching, devastated heart.

"My people. I see your suffering. I see families who have lost their fathers and their brothers and their homes. I see children who have lost their childhoods. I see soldiers who have lost parts of their bodies, and parts of themselves, that can never be replaced."

He paused, setting his teeth briefly together. He had been taught that there was a line between acknowledging that peasants suffered, and insisting that that suffering was not necessary. That lesson was scorched forever into his face.

"And it's not right. It's not okay for the people who have given the most to the Fire Nation in this war to now be subjected to deprivation and misery." His voice rose. His people looked up at him, their yellow eyes suddenly shining. "I am your Prince, and I will not rest easy until I have seen your basic needs met. I will not relent until you have food, and homes, and the dignity befitting your sacrifices to this nation." Thin hands reached up into the air, fingers outstretched toward him. The murmur of voices rose, an excited undercurrent flickering through.

"On my honor," Zuko swore, "I will never give up."

.


.

Katara fully intended to stare out at the eastern horizon until the ship left the harbor, and the Fire Nation, and him far, far behind, but it turned out steam powered ships needed time for the engines to heat up. As she waited, she clamped her hands onto the aft gunwale, behind the observation tower, as far away as she could get for now.

The rumble of machinery vibrated up through her heels and hands, a pulse as endless as the storm of vivid images wrecking her inside. Zhao's wolfish smile as she fell to her knees and he bore down. Zuko's warm arm around her waist as he promised not to die until they rescued Sokka. Aang, so impossibly small and young to be hefting such a monumental burden. Sian begging with her bruised mouth to take a beating on Katara's behalf. Hakoda's hurt and disbelief as she abandoned him on that arid side of the crater. A crowded theater tittering as they watched her succumb to horror and fear in a dark valley, and trade her virtue to her enemy for empty comfort. Iyuma and Sutka waiting in her apartment back in the palace for their next bending lesson, their collars as cold and heavy as the one she wore right now.

It was too much. Katara gasped and sobbed. She couldn't hold it back any more. She couldn't stop. She covered her mouth with her sleeve as tears and snot gathered, as her head stopped up tight and her eyes grew swollen and blind. She laced her fingers in the short curls behind her head so that her bony wrists crushed her ears, and she pushed out a tortured groan.

And then the worst of the storm passed, and she was spent. She had slipped somehow to her knees, and with her arms folded under her chin on the gunwale, she was finally able to draw full breaths again that shuddered through her so much harder than the engine's rumble.

The ship had turned while she was distracted, and was now cruising steadily across the harbor. Katara suddenly had a perfect view of the wharf, and the dock. And a tiny figure that had to be Zuko, standing on a box and shouting at the crowd.

That seemed about right, and Katara narrowed her aching eyes. She couldn't make out what he was saying, but the way his head and shoulders moved, the way he raised his arms before him – the way the people suddenly cheered – he seemed to be pretty pleased with whatever he was saying.

She had a sudden impulse to bend a wave over there and douse him mid-speech. But she didn't, and she wasn't sure whether it was because he wasn't worth the effort, or because she was afraid that lashing out would invite repercussions even now. Or maybe some other reason. Maybe she had finally, truly internalized the belief that she mustn't diminish the Prince's dignity. She didn't know. She was a tangled mess inside.

The people on the wharf were moving around, and it took Katara a moment to realize they were forming into lines in front of what she could just barely make out as food carts. She took a breath and shuddered as it huffed out of her. He was feeding them. Fine. Good. Maybe they would remember this meal when they heard the news that his father had fried him like a dumpling.

The image flashed through her mind too fast and wrenching to prepare for: her fingers raised against the fire, charred to the bones, pain and flames and horror beating in her scorched ears.

Her fingers were fine though, and she looked at them and curled them against the metal just to be sure.

No one deserved that fate. But he really was awful. A treacherous fickle prince totally incapable of recognizing all the things he had done wrong – much less healing the wounds he had created or redeeming himself for creating them. …And Katara was just leaving Iyuma and Sutka and Loska and all the other waterbenders in his care, just trusting that he was going to figure something out.

She didn't want to go back, not even for them. Not even for the whole of the Water Tribe. She couldn't go on facing all the layers of her shame anymore, it was just too much. And she really couldn't watch Zuko struggle with himself, waiting for him to finally switch from ally to enemy again. Just the thought had her stomach rolling crazily with her heart and her guts.

The people still lingering around the dock were raising their hands to him as if begging a holy man for a blessing. He was their Prince. Their need was desperate and he was the only member of the royal family who might save them from poverty and injustice. Zuko really was the only person in all of the Fire Nation who could stand up and challenge the Fire Lord.

She pitied those people. But if… if he really did it this time-

Katara shut the thought down so hard she had to take a step back. She had felt something creeping in, that stupid feeling that frightened her desperately because, paired with Zuko, it had led her to catastrophe before. Not this time. Never again.

Hope could go suck an iceberg.

She was still glowering at his tiny form, so she saw the instant when he was hit by some unseen object. She saw the whirl of red silk as he spun and fell off the crate, and she saw the flashes of firebending as his guards belatedly tried to defend him. They were so far off, and the engine was so loud, that she couldn't hear the blasts. She couldn't hear the screams of the crowd, either, but she saw them scramble like a swarm of ants.

It did not register to her that she was the only one aboard who noticed what was happening, and it did not occur to her as she clambered over the gunwale that the ship would continue on without her. In fact, it was only as she was midway through the long drop to the water that she realized she had come to a decision - and there was really no point in thinking it through after that.

.


.

There was no pain at first, just the shock of impact and the slowed-down lurch of spinning, losing his balance, falling.

Then several things happened all at once. The last of the guards shouted an alarm, blasted something out of the air. People in the crowd screamed and roared their terror and outrage. Zuko hit the boardwalk on his shoulder and his breath exploded out of him.

He rolled to his back and, gasping, struggled to sit up. The wind was knocked out of him and his left arm wasn't working very well, but he managed to drag himself to his feet on the wave of adrenaline that followed. His guards were facing into the crowd, poised in firebending stances. There was a twang from the buildings along the wharf and a missile whizzed through the air. One of the guards - the captain - punched upward to knock it off its path, but the bolt hardly faltered. It punched through the top corner of the crate Zuko now stood behind, angled such that it clearly would have sunk into his belly.

"Second floor," he wheezed. "They're on the-!"

The next bolt struck the other guard in the throat. She fell back hard against the crate, gurgling and grasping at her neck, and then slid out of Zuko's line of sight. The captain stared at his fallen subordinate, the whites of his eyes flashing. It made him appear very young.

Zuko's legs shook underneath him. His left arm hung limp at his side. But he wouldn't let that soldier fight alone. He drew a breath and crouched, and stepped out from behind the crate.

The ocean rose up in front of him and hardened in a wall of ice, and suddenly she was there between him and the danger. Her hair was dripping and her clothes were drenched, but her eyes were fierce and focused as a tigerdillo's and she was here.

She took in the scene, and checked the still guard, and finally looked at him. She frowned at his left shoulder.

"You can't fight like that."

A little dazed, Zuko looked down at his shoulder. Something was sticking out of him. A crossbow bolt, like a tiny flagpole lodged in the joint. He only had a second to blink at it before Katara reached out and yanked it out of him.

It was like she had extracted one of his own bones. Zuko choked back a scream and his vision briefly dimmed. He found he was leaning hard against the side of the crate. Her fingers were on him, glowing blue with her healing water. By its light, the furrow in her brow was almost hard to see, but her puffy eyes were pretty obvious.

He knew he should tell her she shouldn't have come, make her get back on the ship, but he couldn't force the words through his mouth when it was this dry. Besides, she would do what she wanted no matter what he said. She had that look. She was still recovering from her injuries and she'd clearly been crying, but she had come here to do battle.

The tense silence between them was overshadowed by the distant cries from the crowd, the captain bending to protect himself from crossbow bolts, and the ones he missed chipping into the ice wall. Cracks began to form.

Finally, Katara stepped back. "I stopped the bleeding but I don't have the training to heal it any deeper."

Zuko tried to shrug, but the lance of pain was dizzying. He gritted his teeth. "Later. We have bigger problems right now. The assassins are in the upper levels of one of those buildings."

Katara nodded sharply and turned around, dropping into a ready stance. "Stay behind me."

Before Zuko could tell her no, he most assuredly was not going to cower behind her, she was punching and shoving. Chunks of ice broke off the shield and shot over the heads of the panicky, scattering crowd to blast into the top windows of several buildings. Wooden beams splintered on impact. There was a scream. A crossbow bolt shot toward them only to be yanked out of the air in a stream of water and sent zipping back through the window from which it had come.

It lasted the space of about two long breaths. Then, as suddenly as her assault had started, it was over. Katara stood deathly still with water hovering in a deceptively loose stream around her, poised to strike again at any sign of danger. None came. A nervous quiet fell over the wharf.

Zuko shook the paralysis from around his brain and signaled to his guards who were still scattered among the huddled people. Several soldiers rushed into the buildings Katara had hit.

Much closer, the captain looked back, panting and wide-eyed. He stared at Katara like she was… like she was a palace slave who had suddenly revealed herself as a deadly warrior.

Katara seemed to take no notice of him - or of any of the other people staring at her, as more and more were. She only watched the buildings, waiting. Only when the guards signaled an all-clear did she finally relax and let her water fall abruptly to splatter on the boardwalk and dribble back into the harbor. She sagged, clearly exhausted.

Zuko stepped up beside her before she could sway too much and clasped her shoulder. Her eyes flashed at him, but she did not have the strength to pull away. Exhausted or not, the battle light was still there, just a flicker of lightning on a dark horizon. She looked like herself. Dangerous. Powerful.

His heart in his chest beat a quick tattoo.

Someone out in the crowd started clapping, and then a lot of people were. Then they were cheering and chanting something, Zuko didn't hear what. His ears were doing a weird ringing thing the longer he looked at her.

One instant, Katara was staring stonily back at him. The next, her eyes lost their focus and rolled upward, and she slumped bonelessly against his side. Zuko scrabbled to get his arm around her before she slid to the ground.

The people cheered louder. A few whistles cut the air.

Zuko hardly registered that. He was cursing himself now for leaving the palanquin so far behind, for scattering his guards, for sending the ship off already. He was cursing his injured shoulder, because he could barely use that arm to steady her, and he certainly wouldn't be able to carry her to safety now.

"Prince Zuko," the captain said, stepping closer.

But Zuko's eyes slid past him. There was a dead man grinning at him from the front of the crowd, clapping with such annoying enthusiasm that he clearly could not possibly be dead.

"Captain," Zuko snarled, "see to it your guards catch those assassins, take care of your fallen soldier, and finish distributing food to these people."

The captain blinked at him. "But, your highness, you're-"

"Princess Katara and I will be resting." He narrowed his eyes at the dead man until his giddy expression faltered. "Private Tyno will see to our needs."

.


.

Katara drifted back to the surface of consciousness, aware of a pleasant breeze that brought with it a scent of sun-warm herbs and soap. Rain was falling on her face and neck intermittently, and it was the tickle of water dripping into her ear that finally made her open her eyes.

Zuko sat over her, fanning her steadily with a stiff paper pamphlet. He was glowering at something across the room, so she had a good view of the tic in his jaw and his flared nostrils. Then, still not looking, he dipped his fingers in a cup on the floor and flicked water on her face.

"Ugh," Katara grated, "stop it."

He looked down at her, hardly pausing a beat with his fan. "You were overheated. Can you drink?"

"What, your finger-water? Gross. No."

He let out an annoyed breath. "There's another cup for you to drink. Can you sit up?"

Katara managed to get up on one elbow and took the cup as Zuko raised it to her lips. The water was surprisingly cool and satisfying, and she easily finished it. Then she took in the room.

It was a kitchen, small but tidy, with a low table nearby set under a window open to a sunny garden - that was where the herb smell was coming from. Beyond the table was a cooking area and an open door to the same garden. And standing at the counter making a pot of tea, there was a vaguely familiar looking man. He was young, with his hair tied up in a soldier's topknot, and as he limped around the kitchen, the wooden prosthetic strapped to his right leg thumped heavily against the polished floorboards. He kept sneaking surreptitious glances at her and at Zuko. It was that familiar gesture that enabled Katara to finally place him.

"You!" She pointed at him, dropping the cup in the same motion. It clattered on the floor but didn't break. "You put us in a play!"

Tyno turned bright red and bent his head over the tea tray as he poured boiling water into the pot. "Technically, I wrote a story inspired by events in my own life…"

"I didn't see you up there," Katara snarled. She was trying to get up but it wasn't happening - because Zuko had a hand on her shoulder and was gently holding her back. She scowled at him. "Let me up. I need to talk to him."

"Talk to him from here. You need to rest or you'll pass out again."

"Let go of me!"

She slapped his hand away and Zuko sucked in a sharp gasp as the movement jostled his injured shoulder. He glared at her and finally stopped fanning. Katara immediately felt the loss of the breeze, but she sourly looked away and sat up. She was a little dizzy, but she wasn't going to pass out. She managed to turn so that her back was against the wall and shot Zuko a brief, scathing look. He didn't quite return it, and shifted his focus to the other firebender in the room.

"Tea!" Tyno thumped over and set a rattling tray on the table. Hot water dribbled out of the spout. Katara glared up at his nervous face and fought the urge to empty the pot on his head. He shuffled back two hesitant steps.

"Join us," Zuko commanded. He had turned to sit on a cushion by the table and sharply indicated the cushion on the far side.

"Your highness," Tyno murmured, ducking his head, "I'm only a-"

"Sit."

He hesitated a moment longer, then awkwardly lowered himself to the floor on his one leg. The other he stuck out in front of him, the prosthetic clunking against the floor. Katara frowned at it; it was a simple tapered piece of wood, sanded and polished and rigged with a harness that buckled around the knee.

"What happened?" It wasn't the question she really wanted to ask him, but it seemed heartless not to ask. Tyno followed her look and cleared his throat.

"I had the honor of serving in the first wave against the Rebel Mountain." He paused and scratched the stubble on his cheek. The hollows around his eyes were deeply shadowed. "I was… very lucky."

"You were listed among those killed in action," Zuko said.

Tyno sat a degree straighter and nodded. "My tags got lost, your highness. I've tried to report in at the veterans' office, but… Once you're dead, you're dead – or so they tell me, sir."

Zuko nodded sharply as if suddenly understanding. "And a dead soldier doesn't need a stipend. How are you making a living?"

"Odd jobs… but there aren't so many of those. I made a little money from my story, and from the director who actually payed me." He shot Katara a tight look. "And, uh, my mom won't take rent. This is her house."

Zuko sat back thoughtfully, but Katara just folded her arms over her chest and ran her tongue over her teeth. "Well, I sure am glad that my public degradation could be beneficial to you."

"There was nothing degrading about the character Yuka," Tyno insisted, more heartfelt than Katara had expected. "She was brave and conflicted and her loyalty to her people made falling in love with Lord Azen a compelling struggle. It's a beautiful, moving story."

There was a beat of silence. Hot faced and wound tight as a spring, Katara slowly recited, "'I live to serve your every pleasure, oh mighty Lord Azen'?"

Tyno's face went pink and he frowned at the teapot. "I didn't write that part. Usotsu made a lot of changes when he took the script to the Upper City."

"I'm sure the source material was very inspiring."

"Apologize." Zuko's voice snapped through the room. The look he was leveling on Tyno was stern verging on thunderous. "You may not have written it that way to start with, but every noble in Caldera watches that play and sees the subjugation of the Water Tribe. You've contributed to the perception of Princess Katara's people as weak, foolish, and servile, and you have made it that much harder for her to endure this Nation."

Tyno bent at once in a deep bow, then shifted away from the table and dropped to a full kowtow, his prosthetic leg scraping the floor. "Princess Katara, please accept my humblest apologies for the insult my work has done to you and your people. I swear the original is totally different, and it was taken beyond my control before it got so twisted."

He stayed that way, on hands and knees. Katara frowned down at him, and then at Zuko, not sure what to do. He met her eyes, and his look was difficult to read.

"It's your choice whether to forgive him or not."

"Fine," she snapped. She didn't want to linger on this moment. She pursed her lips and tipped up her chin. "You're forgiven. But you have to do something to fix the damage you've done."

It crossed her mind that he should apologize to Zuko, too, but she wasn't about to say it aloud. He wasn't as big a creep as that Azen character, but he had certainly done some comparably creepy things. He could extract his own apology if he wanted to.

But he didn't. And Tyno sat up at length and thanked Katara for her understanding and mercy. He was, she realized, keeping his eyes down more now, and it took her a few uncomfortable moments to realize why. When Tyno had traveled with them, he had known her as Katto, but Zuko had called her Princess just now. A reminder of their relative stations. She watched him closely from the corner of her eye, not sure what the intimidation game was about.

"Pour the tea."

Katara reflexively leaned forward from the wall. In the same instant, Tyno picked up the pot and began carefully filling the two cups. A little stunned - but slowly remembering from her lessons on the ship that a royal slave still ranked above commoners - Katara sat back again. Tyno did not appear to have noticed that she had tried to serve the tea.

But Zuko had. Zuko watched her intensely as the sound of tea splashing into cups filled the silence. Then, silence reigned again and he shuttered his expression to a not-quite-haughty blank.

Tyno presented them each with a cup and sat back on his cushion, tapping his thumbs together on his lap at a rapid pace. "Is there anything else I can provide for you, your highness? Es? Highnesses?"

"No. Go outside and inform us the minute the palanquin arrives."

Tyno bowed and hurriedly left the room. Katara stared after him, slowly digesting the words she had just heard. She didn't really understand what was going on here - why were they in Tyno's mom's house? Where were the guards? What had happened to the assassins? She shot Zuko a curious look, and he met it steadily before lowering his cup.

"I know you must have questions. Ask."

She rested her teacup on her knee. "The last I remember, there were people trying to kill you."

"They failed," Zuko said, a little more ominously than was probably necessary. "We are taking shelter here while we await the arrival of the palanquin."

"And we aren't going to talk about who hired people to kill you because…?"

"It could have been literally anyone."

"Right. Anyone."

Incensed, Zuko rolled his eyes right back at her. "You don't know who hired them! It could have been Zhao, and they just couldn't get to me until I left the palace. It could have been one of the generals who couldn't stomach the thought of me succeeding my father. It could have been Azula, as a birthday present to herself. You don't know, Katara." He sniffed over his tea and settled his temper back down to irate. "The assassins were wearing normal clothes and no identification. Short of them telling us who hired them, we can't know. And they can't tell us anything."

Katara absorbed that rapidly, and filed it away to think about when she wasn't holding something breakable. "Did I hurt anyone else?"

"No." Zuko's temper faded even more. He was being almost gentle all of a sudden. "Just the two guys with crossbows. The other buildings you hit were unoccupied."

Luckily. Rather than delving into how bad it could have been if she'd been unlucky, Katara pressed on. "The palanquin. Where are we going, exactly?"

Zuko hesitated, and that was as good as admitting that he had no idea. Katara scoffed inwardly and sniffed her tea to keep from shaking her head. They were obviously going to have to go on the run. The Fire Lord would put out an order to arrest them - assuming he hadn't hired those assassins in record time - and they would have to flee the city because it was full of guards and soldiers.

For her own part, she was in no condition to go roughing it across the Fire Nation. She wasn't sure how far she was going to be able to walk with her limbs feeling so heavy and her skin tingling extra from the exertion. Even raising the teacup was difficult. Zuko was holding his shoulder suspiciously still, too, which probably meant that it hurt a lot. Besides, palanquins, no matter what he thought, were never ever subtle.

Katara rolled her eyes up at the ceiling and then glowered dully at Zuko.

…who actually seemed suspiciously calm now. He was sharply focused on her and he breathed in slowly over his tea as if they were sitting in the garden rather than hiding out in a stranger's kitchen.

"I received a letter shortly after the duel… Lord Gan - do you remember him?"

Katara squinted at him and very nearly sneered. She had poured a lot of tea for a lot of nobles - and had borne witness to a lot of demeaning and mind-numbing conversations - but she did remember the first. The lofty mansion, the half-dozen rings, the bold way he had pointed out that Katara was being used as a tool of intimidation.

She nodded. Zuko raised his eyebrow slightly.

"He informed me that his family villa was built around a mineral spring just outside Harbor City, and that I should feel welcome to make use of it if I thought its healing qualities might ease your suffering. I declined then…" His eyes narrowed slightly, took on a cunning light. "But I think now would be a good time to take him up on the offer."

"So you just want to show up at this guy's house and, what, make yourself at home?"

"While I recover from my injury," Zuko said almost casually, "yes. A loyal citizen will always be proud to host a member of the royal family."

Which was probably how they had come to be in this humble kitchen, too.

"Until I have made a full recovery," he went on, watching her with steady weight, "I will take advantage of Lord Gan's generosity. I have already sent a note to inform the Minister of the Royal Household of my intentions. "

Katara stared at him. Zuko wasn't going to run. And he wasn't trying to hide. How long did he think he could get away with this before his father had him arrested and dragged back to the palace? Did he think that wasn't inevitable?

Zuko peered at her, but she couldn't guess his thoughts. She set her tea down and folded her arms over her chest while she spat out the only real question.

"What about the Fire Lord? He won't be happy when he hears you're freeing prisoners and feeding the hungry."

"I swore to help my people, and I intend to do it. If the Fire Lord wants to summon me from this important work to sit in the palace rubbing elbows with the Fire Court, then that's his prerogative. It's mine to decline his invitation."

Katara's eyes popped. Zuko held steady, calmly sipping his tea.

"Do you seriously think he's going to just let you do whatever you want?"

"No. He won't. But… those people in the streets, he doesn't think they matter. They can't win the war for him, so to his mind, they may as well not exist. Just like me - his son, the humanitarian." His jaw clenched, released. "I think… there's a chance he won't see the danger in what I'm doing before its too late to stop me."

Katara watched the quick flicks of his eyes as he thought. She had that feeling again, and pinched her mouth shut tight to keep from sneering at him. "Stop you from doing what?"

He licked his lips and straightened his spine as he looked up at her. "Even led by the Avatar, the Resistance can't stop my father and his armies in time to prevent the destruction of the Earth Kingdom, so I'm going to slow down the timeline. I'm going to start an uprising in the Fire Nation."

For a long, fraught moment, Katara glared back into his determined face. She couldn't stop the curl in her lip this time. "Whatever happened to suing for peace with your boundless influence?"

His expression twisted and flushed with color, though whether it was out of anger or embarrassment was unclear. "That didn't work."

"Wow. No way."

"Look," Zuko went on, scowling at the floor between them, "I can still send for the ship to take you to the Earth Kingdom, but we don't have a lot of time."

She didn't move, and after a moment looked down to observe how the shadows in her cup darkened the tea. She hadn't meant to be here. But now that she was, she felt the familiar weight settling back on her. Everything that had happened to her here, every way she had failed the people who mattered; it was all a part of her now. Leaving would not relieve that burden, it wouldn't change what she had done, and failed to do. Escaping the Fire Nation wouldn't have made the shame go away; it would have warped her very identity.

She had been brave and indomitable when she came here - she hadn't just imagined it, it had been true. She had been a fighter who took hits and got back up. She had been a girl who hoped for impossible things and put herself on the line to make them a reality. Leaving was as good as admitting that she was not those things anymore.

It had been an act of self-preservation, jumping off that ship. And anything else that might be drawing her to stay - well, that didn't matter right now.

"There's no reason for you to share my fate," Zuko said quietly. "You saved my life. You've fulfilled your oath. Justice demands that you go free. And-"

"You can't have justice and slavery in the same system," Katara said flatly. And then, because she needed to say it, she went on, "I didn't come back for that stupid oath, and I certainly didn't come back for you."

There was a silent beat in which Zuko watched her, his eyes just a fraction wider than usual. It did not last long enough to be remarkable, and Katara mistook it for offense. In reality, it was Zuko rearranging his understanding of reality, trying desperately to squelch the possibility, the pathetic clinging hope, that she really had come back for him, that she couldn't leave when she knew he was in trouble. Of course she was here for her people. Of course it wasn't him, it would never be him. How stupid, to allow himself even for a second…

He dismissed the thought and the moment ended. "Alright. But if you're staying, who's going to tell the Avatar about the comet and my father's plan?"

Katara blinked at him, a hint of confusion slipping past her mask. Zuko's eyes widened and his voice ratcheted higher as he pressed on.

"His plan? The plan I heard in the war meeting? The one I told you about before you got on the ship so you could warn the Avatar?"

"Aang knows about Sozin's Comet," she snapped, but he could see her blushing. "All the firebenders get supercharged for a day. We assumed that meant the Fire Nation was going to take the opportunity to do something awful."

She hadn't been listening at all.

"'Something awful' doesn't really cover it." He frowned at her and set the teacup down hard on the table. "Before the comet even starts, my father will launch an invasion force against Ba Sing Se that can drop bombs like rain and could kill thousands of civilians."

"But, the walls-"

"He's sending flying machines. War balloons."

Katara gaped at him. "The Fire Nation has those?"

"They're new."

She sat back, incapable even of a pithy response as she processed the information. Zuko knew the feeling, but he couldn't stop there.

"The earliest arrival date for that force is in four weeks. That's not enough time for you to get to Ba Sing Se by ship - and there's no guarantee you'd be able to find someone who would listen when you got there. But, if you know how to find the Avatar, both of those problems go away."

She looked horrified and torn, but then suspicion washed over her face. It stung, but Zuko accepted that as his due.

"I'm not asking, Katara. If it's within your power to get a message to him-"

"It's not."

Zuko's stomach plunged, but he only nodded. "Okay. There is… one other thing I can think of to try. It's kind of a long shot."

In fact, it seemed like such a long shot, he'd hoped he wouldn't have to do it. It could risk all the healing and kindness he had started with his people on the wharf, not to mention an even more public signal of his break from his father. But, for the sake of all those lives, he had to do something.

Katara was still watching him with that cutting suspicion, like she knew his idea was going to be substandard and she meant to punish him preemptively.

"Listen," Zuko finally said, settling his fingertips around his teacup. This was probably a long shot, too. "Since you're staying and we're out of the palace, a lot of the old rules no longer apply. You should advocate for your people as my guest, and let me remove that collar."

"I'm not free until all the waterbenders are free."

"That's not fair! You fulfilled the oath! You can't just change the central goal of our arrangement without any kind of negotiation."

"That's my prerogative."

Zuko drew a great calming breath and carefully sipped his tea. It was a lot closer to boiling than it should have been, but that was his own fault for letting his hands get so hot. Accepting responsibility for it didn't alleviate the discomfort, though.

"Alright," he said at length, not bothering to restrain his testiness. "Noted."

Watching him primly, Katara nodded and raised her chin in the same motion. He wondered if she realized what a regal gesture it was, what a vast improvement it was over her slumped defeat of just a few days ago. Probably not. If she knew it made him feel better to see her sitting up and making demands, she might stop.

And it did make him feel better. Even her arguing eased his temper in a way it had not before, because it meant she had a new purpose, a new mission. She had something to fight for, and he really didn't care if she was fighting him, so long as she had it in her to fight.

If she needed to eviscerate him, fine. He could take it.

.


.

Zuko did not know, and could not have guessed, that the missive he had sent to the Minister of the Royal Household was presently making a fortuitous and indirect journey. He had simply scratched it out the moment he arrived at Tyno's mother's house and put it into Tyno's own hands to be delivered to an express hawk station. Unfortunately, there were no such stations in the immediate area of the city and Tyno, being slower on his feet than he had previously been, had entrusted the letter to a girl he knew to be one of the fastest runners hanging around the neighborhood, with the promise that she would get a silver mark straight from the Prince when she returned from the delivery.

Only, Tyno failed to explain about the hawk station, and the girl, having never sent anything by hawk before, was given to believe that she was expected to deliver the note herself. She thought this was rather a lot of running for one silver mark, and was not sure why the Prince was being such a cheapskate, but figured there was an enormous return in bragging rights for performing a service for the Prince, and one mark was better than none anyways.

So she ran. She ran up from the poor districts, up through the main gates, up the zig-zagging mountain road, and through the grand entry to Caldera – where she was promptly stopped by some guards who wanted to know just where this dirty urchin was going in such a hurry. The girl, by now panting very hard and incapable of explaining who exactly she was looking for, showed them the seal on the missive and was gratified when they let her pass. When she got to the palace itself, more guards waylaid her with more pressing inquiries. The girl flashed them the seal again, and when that turned out to be insufficient for these guards, she managed to gasp out a single word.

"Household."

So the guards escorted her to the overseer of Prince Zuko's household, who was at that very moment in her new office sharing lunch with a guest– a particular laundry supply agent. At the guard's arrival, Machi looked down at the panting girl and her eyebrows crept up.

"Corporal Min, what in Agni's name did you do to that child?"

"Did it to herself, Majordomo. Running a letter up for you from the Prince."

"Oh? Let's see it then."

The girl crossed the room and presented the scroll in a trembling hand. Machi hesitated at the sight of the seal, then took the scroll, gave the girl three silver marks, and ordered the guard to get her some water before sending her back.

"What am I? A babysitting service?" the guard groused, but she escorted the girl away patiently.

Machi waited until the door had shut behind them before she held up the scroll and slid a sly glance at her friend. "This letter is almost certainly not for me."

Lan Yi frowned thoughtfully. "Then you ought to forward it along to whoever the Prince intended it to reach."

"As duty commands," Machi agreed. "But that messenger was so out of breath I couldn't very well ask her where she was going. And a majordomo isn't worth much if she's not discreet."

Lan Yi's mouth dropped slowly open as Machi produced a letter opener from the desk and began warming it over her candle. "You wouldn't! The Prince's privacy-!"

"Oh, phooey. Princes don't get any of that. What they get is people who spy on them for personal reasons-" She raised an eyebrow at Lan Yi as she slid the warmed metal under the wax seal and very gently pried it away from the paper. "-and people who spy on them for their own good. Prince Zuko wouldn't have chosen me if he hadn't wanted an overbearing snoop going through his things."

"Or perhaps he just didn't realize what an overbearing snoop you really are."

"All the greater his need, then."

Machi unrolled the letter and read it over quickly, then read it again with wide eyes.

"What? What does it say?"

Machi peered down her nose at the way Lan Yi twisted her fingers together in her lap. "For his highness's privacy, I couldn't possibly divulge-"

"Oh, stop teasing and tell me!"

"There was an attack. The Prince was injured-"

"Oh no!"

"-and is making arrangements to recover at Lord Gan's villa." Machi tapped her ring finger on the desk next to her forgotten bowl of noodles. "He wrote at once to inform the Minister of the Royal Household."

"Ah! Not his nosy majordomo, at all."

Machi was quiet for such a long moment that Lan Yi started to wonder if maybe she had hurt her feelings.

But Machi was only thinking of an earlier time, and other princes who had gone off to do good in the world. She had been here, in this very office, in this very chair, when she received the order to fire her entire staff – because Prince Lu Ten was dead, and Prince Iroh was no longer the Crown Prince, so what did he need with such a grand household? And after they were all gone, what did he need with a majordomo? So Machi had quietly become Head Laundress, and counted herself lucky to have a job at all.

But now she was a majordomo again. And not for much longer, if she was reading this letter correctly. Prince Zuko had sent his letter to the Minister of the Royal Household, which was correct if he was merely going about his princely duties. But he had been shot by an assassin. Someone had attempted to murder the Crown Prince – and he had for some reason decided that the situation did not warrant a letter directly to his father.

Machi did not know her new prince terribly well, but she knew the inevitable truth that everyone in Caldera knew about Zuko and his father; either the son would fall into line, or the father would destroy him.

And this, this accidentally-intercepted missive, this snap decision to remove himself from his father's stronghold at his moment of vulnerability was a clear signal that Prince Zuko did not mean to quietly accept his place at Ozai's heel.

"If you were to choose between a long life or the chance at a happier life," she asked quietly, sitting back in her old, creaking, heartbreakingly familiar chair, "which would you choose?"

Lan Yi's eyebrows crept upward. She seemed to consider the question, but not for long. "Happier. Always."

"Even if the happier life is more of a possibility than a promise?"

"Nothing is ever promised. The long life isn't promised, either. It just seems less risky." Lan Yi looked at her friend for a long, heavy moment. "Besides, you're old. You won't live all that long. Better if you try to be happy."

Machi laughed, and began rolling up the missive again, carefully lining up the seal with the mark it had left on the backside of the paper before heating the wax again and sticking it back together. She would send it along to the Minister – but not right away. There were some arrangements to make, first.

"What a funny coincidence," Lan Yi said at length. "The Prince must be in my neighborhood; that girl lives just down the street from me. And he happened to use just the same cheap paper, and the very same sealing wax that I used for writing letters to my Tyno."

"Oh, there's not a poor person in the Fire Nation that doesn't use these same things," Machi chided as she rose to her feet. "Now you're just being silly."

 

Chapter 32

Notes:

AN: Hey Everyone! I hope you're all well, and if not entirely well, then I hope you're being gentle with yourselves. This is such a hard time for this whole world. I've been tinkering with this chapter for months, and it occurred to me that, with so many people taking social distancing measures, maybe now is a good time to make myself finish it. So here it is! (Weeks later than I started, but still happening!)

I'm so sorry for the long wait. Sometimes it feels like every scene of this story gets harder to write. I started King's Pet before the Me Too movement and some of my original plans have not weathered the test of time. That's a good thing. It just means the puzzle of this story takes a little more work, a little more thinking. I'm actually incredibly grateful for those setbacks, because they force me to grow and expand my understanding of the world and people. (Also, signs that the world is improving! Woo!)

Prime example: Originally, the first scene of this chapter didn't exist. I'm totally aware that this story is ridiculously long and meandering, and that it lingers too long in some probably-unnecessary scenes. There are whole side plots that didn't amount to much. If I was going to edit it, I would cut a lot. That said, my first draft of this chapter was very goal-focused as I tried to get to a place where the pace of the story can pick back up and the characters don't have to be so terribly miserable. But then I realized I had completely glossed over some significant tensions. Anyways, feel free to share your thoughts - I am so grateful for everyone who reviews and especially for folks who have feedback on what isn't quite working. I read all of your reviews, and I file that information away for the other books I'm writing.

Warning: This chapter contains a vague but recognizable mention of systemic sexual abuse in the first section.

Chapter Text

Katara sat half-reclined against the rock wall of the mineral spring with dark water lapping up to her throat. The dripping cave sounds, so brutally loud in the pre-dawn stillness, were almost enough to drown out the words and images still clamoring in her head. All around her, the grotto was soupy with humid darkness. She had brought a candle when she came down here, a stout beeswax candle on a gleaming brass holder. The flame had dipped and shimmied inside its halo in the fog, and had cast a million gentle shadows on the rippled cavern walls. It had burned down and finally gone out, maybe an hour ago. But probably longer than that.

For a while, the fat moon had risen to its zenith and cast its cold light through what had to be shafts cut in the cave ceiling and up to the mountain's surface. The light speared down, making the steam glow in shuddering sheets for a second before they curled off and vanished. Where the moonbeams hit the surface of the spring, the water was white and opaque as milk.

Katara watched the light sweep slowly toward her as the moon journeyed west. She was growing familiar with the sour ache that filled her chest and belly and occasionally crept up through the back of her brain.

Killer.

As quick as it came, Katara tamped the thought down again, mashed it hard under the water sounds. Then there was stillness again, and the sick feeling faded to something bearable.

She'd almost lost it in her luxurious room in the villa after all the servants finished tucking in their royal guest and the hallways went quiet. The silence had dredged her, raking through the muck of things she had been holding down since the palanquin had taken them from the city this afternoon. Finally unwilling to endure it any longer, she had left her room and prowled the halls. She brushed off the inquiring servants and bared her teeth at the majordomo, who finally put the brass candleholder in her hand and directed her gently toward the entrance to the spring.

She half expected Zuko to appear, but apparently no one had told him that his "honored guest" had gone feral in the night. That, or he had meant it when he had made his little speech to the household staff right there on the grand front steps when they arrived late in the afternoon.

"Princess Katara is my honored guest," he'd said, leveling a severe look on the assembled maids and footmen and cooks, "and she is to be treated with the same consideration with which you honor me."

Katara had frowned at the ground in front of her as her face got hot under so many eyes.

You killed people. You never even saw their faces. Just like Jet and Smellerbee, slicing the throats of those soldiers in the woods. And for what? For who?

She had squashed the thoughts then, and she squashed them again now, though it was easier here in the cave and the dark where no one could see her face twist with the pain of it.

The moonbeams had carved down to poles and then threads before disappearing entirely when a lantern's glow spilled down the steps into the cavern. For a moment, the halo it cast in the steam was too bright, and Katara could not see who carried it. She gritted her teeth and raised a hand to block the light. There were several sets of footfalls - and the voices bouncing off the naked wet stone were familiar.

"This is ridiculous. No one would just sit in the dark down here. Let's go back."

"Would you quit being such a wet blanket, Loska? There are clothes on the floor. Of course she's here."

"Princess Katara?"

It was Sian who called out, raising the lantern up high, but apparently still unable to see Katara where she sat against the far wall of the pool. Behind her, Loska and Iyuma went on frowning at each other from the corners of their eyes.

This was a hallucination. They couldn't actually be here - they were all back in the palace, the better part of a day's journey away. Clearly Katara's exhausted, guilt-riddled brain was offering up visions of familiar faces to ratchet up her torment.

If this was real, she could stay very still and they probably wouldn't see her in the shadows and steam. They would eventually just go away and leave her alone.

But there was no way this was real. It had to be a dream - and if it was a dream, it was likely a nightmare, so it followed that it was inevitable that they would find her.

Katara slid forward through the water, stepping into the deeper center of the pool where the water lapped just over her shoulders. Her voice came out low and strained, sharper than she intended.

"What do you want?"

The three women's eyes snapped to her at once, finally able to pick her out of the shadows. Sian beamed. Iyuma's mouth hitched up in one corner. The furrow in Loska's brow deepened.

"We came to attend you, Princess," Sian said, bowing into a proper servant's posture. The sight of her like that, now, after everything Katara had done—

"Stop." The word bubbled involuntarily up her throat and came out harsh. Three sets of eyes fixed on her again. "What- what are you doing here? How did you get out of the palace?"

"Machi packed up Prince Zuko's entire household inside an hour," Sian said in a rush, coming to kneel on the stone at the water's edge. She set the lantern down with a clack. "All the clothes, and the books and papers and - it all happened so fast! I've never seen anything like it."

"We only heard what happened when we got down to the city." Iyuma's half-smile had vanished. She seemed uncertain, as if all her enthusiasm for stories about fighting had dried up upon hearing this particular story. That gave Katara a sick flutter in her gut.

"Is it true?" Sian asked into the silence. "Did you save Prince Zuko from being assassinated?"

They were all looking at her, three sets of eyes showing three totally different reactions. Katara's neck felt suddenly cold. She longed to dip back down in the water until it cradled her chin. Iyuma craned her head forward as if looking for a clearer angle on this situation, some way of making it make sense. Loska only watched her, flat and knowing.

"Is it true he put you on a ship," Iyuma said, her lips pulling back oddly from her teeth. "He set you free and you came back for him?"

The sickness inside her thrashed like a live eel, and Katara was more certain than ever now that this was a nightmare. The very people she had nearly abandoned had come to find her, to make her face every messed-up aspect of what she had done. Even the catastrophic falling feeling was the same.

"I didn't come back for him." Her breath cast sharp ripples across the surface of the water. "I- I didn't mean to leave you behind."

But you did. You did leave them. And then you came back to save him.

"Idiot."

The word slapped against the walls and Katara stared at Loska, who was looking at her now with enough venom to freeze her to the core.

"You were free," Loska spat. "You could have gone to fight like a warrior, but you didn't. Because you're not a warrior. You're a little girl who never learned her place. This is exactly why women don't waterbend in the North. This kind of flighty, emotional-"

"Excuse me," Iyuma spoke over her. "This isn't an opportunity to trot out your traditionalist manifesto, Loska. She came back for us-"

"The slush she did!"

Everyone else in the chamber stiffened at both the profanity and the volume of the ordinarily tight-lipped woman's voice. Loska's cheeks and throat had gone fiercely red and her scowl only deepened as she went on with more control.

"She came back to save the Fire Prince. Because he owns a piece of her she can't ever get back."

Loska turned her pitiless blue eyes from Iyuma to Katara like a whip cracking through the air. Despite the hot water, Katara felt suddenly, terribly cold.

"Because she gave it to him of her own free will."

No no no no no

The silence was massive and brittle. Katara couldn't breathe. If she breathed, that silence would crack and only pain would follow. Finally, Loska spoke again, turning to face Iyuma.

"I kept telling you she's not like us. None of us got a choice - but she did. She chose him, Iyuma. Their prince." She locked her arms together over her chest. The redness in her face was swiftly being replaced by a pallor. "That collar she's wearing is good as a betrothal necklace. Or as much of one as he'd give her."

"Th- That's enough," Sian said, trembling but resolute. "That's Princess Katara's private business."

"Wrong," Loska snarled back. "It's Water Tribe business. By letting the Fire Prince touch her, she betrayed all of us, especially those of us who have been- most- most cruelly used by the Fire Nation. Not that that matters at all to someone like you, who just stands back watching it happen."

"I didn't- That's not true! I had no i- idea-"

"Either you're playing ignorant to soothe your dirty conscience, or you really are as stupid as you seem."

Sian stammered and went a deep shade of red. She dropped her eyes to the pitted stone floor and did not speak.

Iyuma's eyes were fixed firmly on Katara with some powerful feeling - realization, betrayal, it was hard to tell. It was hard to think past the grasping wish that a drainage chute might open up and suck her in, just drown her. Abruptly, Iyuma set her hands on her hips and lifted one eyebrow.

"Honorable, huh?"

Katara squirmed under that direct look and the reminder of what she had said about Zuko when Iyuma had questioned his intentions. The silence of the chamber, once so calming, felt suffocating now. She had to tell them something. They deserved some kind of explanation - they deserved the best she could give them. More.

"I'm- I'm sorry. Loska's right - I can't imagine what it's been like for you. For all the healers. I'm so, so sorry, for everything you've been through. I- I was…"

Katara swallowed hard, fighting against the strangling knot in her throat.

"I was just so stupid," she finally managed. Once she started, the words just kept coming, slipping out of her too easily, slick as the tears rolling down her cheeks. "My brother was captured and only Zuko would go with me to save him. No one else - not Attuk or Palluk or any of the tribe helped me. It was just him."

They were all watching her, she felt the weight of it, but she couldn't meet their eyes. She didn't need to tell them what that meant - the tribe not helping her. Loska and Iyuma would know. Katara, even when she had been Katto, was still an outsider. She didn't need to tell them how that hurt, having no one to back her up. She only twisted her mouth at the shivering reflection of the lantern in the water.

"We weren't friends. We were never friends. But he was honorable. And he was the only safe thing I had to hold onto. And war is… terrifying. He made me feel strong, and steady, and I did what I needed to do to keep going and save my brother. Later… I was so stupid, I believed… I actually believed that I could change him."

He's changing on his own now, though, isn't he? Turning over his shiny new leaf.

Katara felt the anger flare back up in her, the blinding outrage threatening to pull her down, but she shook it off. She thought of Suki, her hard warrior's way, and jerked her chin up instead. She scrubbed off her face and forced herself to meet their stares. Iyuma's disenchanted uncertainty. Sian's pity showing through her fresh shame. Loska's unrelenting judgement. They all hammered at her.

"You were right. I've been an idiot. Then and now. The whole point of following through with the oath was to improve conditions for the enslaved healers. All this time I've been here, playing nice and obeying the rules… and it hasn't accomplished anything. Now, I've fulfilled the oath and I'm just supposed to leave?" She shook her head, met Loska's glare with one of her own. "No."

The older woman's eyes narrowed further, the lines around them deepening. "So you'll stay, and stir up trouble, and remind the Fire Nation that healers can be dangerous? You'll get us all killed. Or worse."

"It's already worse," Iyuma sputtered. Loska snapped her hard look over to her instead, but she seemed immune, waving easily with one hand. "What kind of life is this, Loska? We hang our heads and hide from every soldier with a grudge - and we have it better than most! Can you imagine what it's like in the lesser mansions for the healers who aren't the property of the Fire Lord?"

"No," Loska said, her voice rising. "And if we aren't careful, we'll find out first-hand! Do you really want to risk that - all of that - just for your pride?"

"It's not about pride - it's about our freedom and our culture and our lives-! We've already lost so much! How can you still be such a coward?"

The word rapped hard off all the walls and echoed in the sudden stillness. Loska's mouth turned down in a sour grimace. Her eyes flicked from Iyuma to Katara and back again.

"Better a coward than another dead girl."

With that, she turned on her heel and stalked into the darkness of the stairs, only her receding footsteps indicating she had not simply vanished. Sian wrung her hands, but Iyuma rolled her eyes and looked back at Katara.

"I'd say she'll come around, but she probably won't."

"She's not wrong," Katara said quietly. "I don't know what comes next, and I really doubt it's going to be easy… or painless. My track record on making things better is hit-or-miss… pretty much all miss lately."

"That's not true," Sian said quietly. "You made things better for me."

Katara tried not to think about how badly that had almost gone. "Zuko made things better for you, Sian."

"But you forced the issue," Iyuma said. "You could hardly walk but when you found out someone needed your help, you didn't let that stop you." She frowned thoughtfully. "Maybe you can do as much for the tribe, too."

"I- of course I will-" Katara stammered, hesitated, felt the implication strike her.

Outsider. Fire Nation sympathizer. Traitor.

Iyuma held her stare for a moment longer. Then she rubbed her elbow and shrugged. "I'm rooting for you, Katara. If you ever figure out what the next move is, let me know how I can help."

And then she turned and left the chamber, too. Sian glanced anxiously after her and back at Katara, but Katara only stared at the dark stairs, her heart in her throat. She had thought Iyuma at least… She had thought they were almost friends. Like Toph or Suki. But Toph and Suki weren't Water Tribe. They weren't depending on Katara the same way. They weren't damaged in the same way by Katara's failures. She had a terrible feeling that even if she managed to fix everything - even if she miraculously won the war and freed her people - she would always be in this position, held at arm's length even by those who liked her best.

Just like Pakku had said.

"Princess?"

She looked up to find Sian watching her and wringing her white-knuckled hands. "Don't call me that," she said, sharper than she meant to. "Just go, Sian. Leave me alone. And take the lamp."

Sian obeyed - and the obedience itself chafed Katara raw. Only when she was finally alone again in the dark did she slide back in the water, struggling sightlessly to find the comfortable place she had lost.

.


.

Word spread quickly in the alleys packed with tents and makeshift shelters. By the next morning, the news had traveled to all ends of Harbor City; Prince Zuko had sworn to help the poor and displaced.

Hardly anyone really believed it, of course. The Crown Prince, come down from the palace to set things right? Not likely. Fire Princes didn't do things like that. Fire Princes went to war or captured the Avatar. Feeding the hungry seemed a little… Water Tribey.

Even the people who had witnessed him ordering food distributed - after he was shot, too, and nobody at all believed that detail unless they had heard the words come out of his mouth - suspected that it was a one-day event. Surely his highness had had enough of life in the gutter. They couldn't really blame him - but in their hearts, at least a little bit, they did.

It was the kids who really bought into the fantasy. On any street south of Ash Court you could find a clutch of children playing some Prince game or other. Prince Zuko freeing the sailors, or Prince Zuko distributing imaginary food, or Prince Zuko fighting off assassins - usually played with a waterbender defender. Parents the whole city over were already getting sick of hearing his name.

No surprise then that it was kids who started following the palanquin when it entered town from the north-west road and made its way toward the just-opening legal district. The filmy curtains were drawn, so there was no telling who was riding inside, but the escort wore nicer armor than most of the city guard, and the kids told each other excitedly it was the same palanquin from yesterday so it had to be him. The small procession stopped outside some boring building with boring workers inside, where a waiting man with a wooden leg bowed and spoke through the curtain. No one heard what he said, but no one really cared about that guy anyway.

A moment later, the Prince himself emerged and swept into the office with the one-legged man following close after. They stayed inside for just long enough for a few more kids to gather, asking what was going on, and then they came back out. The Prince gave the man some instructions, and sent him off with a couple of sealed messages and a coin purse. Before he climbed back into the palanquin, Prince Zuko looked fiercely at all the gathered children.

"Why aren't you in school?"

The ones who had been threatened with the coal mines vanished like smoke. The ones who were playing hooky scurried off and waited until they were out of sight before they laughed. But some stayed, and bowed like they'd been taught, and told him how the schools in the city were too crowded, and you needed an address to register anyways, and there were fees…

The Prince listened gravely. Then he thanked them, got back in the palanquin, and disappeared down the north-west road from which he'd come. When the schools for children of the war opened in empty houses around the city three days later, the kids would be the least surprised of anyone.

Even Zuko had his doubts as he rode back to the villa. There was so much need, everywhere he looked. The kids needed to be in school, and no doubt it was another case of slow, bumbling paperwork failing to reflect a complicated and changing society. The misclassified soldiers needed to be identified and the bureaucrats evidently needed the fear of Agni put in them to get them to correct their records. Tyno had told him rumors that soup kitchens across the city were often closed when they were supposed to be open, and that several housing projects had stalled mid-construction, and those were all things that needed to be investigated, a job that could not easily be done by Zuko's lone conscript. So, among his other errands, he had sent Tyno to enlist more people in the search for answers.

How Zuko was going to pay them for their service, he hadn't worked out yet. After compensating the food vendors for yesterday, his on-hand funds were severely depleted. He had written a request to the Minister of Finance, but it was unlikely his father would allow him to bleed the treasury for long, if at all.

The palanquin and its escort journeyed perhaps a mile through increasingly thick forest and past the guarded gateway to the manor proper. Beyond stretched a short avenue lined in raised planters bristling with lush blooming flora, leading to a wide courtyard with a tasteful fountain at its center. A grand house framed the courtyard on two sides and, to the right, built into the rocky cliffside at the base of the volcano, was an ancient stone threshold open onto dark steps leading down - the spring. Zuko had of course seen all of this yesterday evening when he and Katara arrived, but it was much more impressive in the full light of day.

A second, less grand palanquin - this one bearing the same crest that appeared on the guards' armor - had been parked at the foot of the wide front steps.

The moment Zuko stepped into the mansion, Machi was there, steering him toward a tea room. He had not known how bossy she was, and he certainly had been surprised when she showed up late last night with his staff, two waterbenders, and all his worldly possessions packed into a single handcart, but he was starting to see why Iroh had appreciated her so much. She seemed to think of everything. She even had a brush in hand to sweep the dust from the road off his clothes before she signaled the footman to open the door and vanished.

Lord Gan rose from the low table and bowed. He flashed the sort of carefully crafted smile he had worn at their previous meeting, but there were questions hiding behind the walls of his eyes.

"You put me to shame, your highness," he said after their greeting. "Here I thought I would arrive early and welcome you over breakfast - only to find you already gone to town despite your infirmity."

"Yes… my business was pretty urgent." Zuko had to restrain himself from delving straight into the topic he most wanted to discuss with this man. If he was too direct, it would seem like he was desperate. Which he was. But "desperate" was not princely. Now more than ever, he couldn't allow it to show. "You didn't exaggerate. The villa is truly remarkable. You have my gratitude for your hospitality."

"It is I who is grateful, your highness. You do me a great honor with your visit. This villa has not hosted a member of the royal family since Azulon's reign. I hope you are finding everything to your satisfaction?"

"Yes," Zuko said as he settled across the table. Gan mirrored his descent. "Although I haven't had a chance to enjoy the mineral spring yet."

A servant emerged from her unobtrusive place and poured Zuko's tea. For an instant, he stared at her unfamiliar face, then shook the distraction and looked back at the man watching him from across the table.

"No Water Tribe princess today?"

"Princess Katara is… indisposed."

In fact, he hadn't sent for her this morning, figuring she could use the rest after everything she had been through yesterday - especially if she had slept as fitfully as he had. Besides, he was trying to build trust with this man now, not intimidate him. Katara's previous role as subtle threat would make her presence here awkward.

Never mind that the thought of Katara pouring some noble's tea now made Zuko feel queasy.

He was not admitting it to himself yet, but he didn't really want to face her. She had been on high alert since the docks, and she had not seemed at all pleased by his recent decisions. If anything, she seemed angrier than ever, even though he was basically doing what she had wanted from the start.

So if he was avoiding her - which he wasn't - it was just so she could cool off and get her head straight. Zuko had more than enough to deal with right now without her.

"I am given to understand," Gan said with an inquisitively hitched eyebrow, "that you have taken on a bit of philanthropy to fill the time of your convalescence?"

This was what Zuko wanted to talk about. He knew that this man, with his outspoken criticism of the Fire Nation's failure to take care of its veterans, very likely harbored some greater dissent, but it was only sensible to let him broach the topic himself. To probe might only win Zuko answers intended to please him. And Zuko didn't want to be pleased. He wanted to survive.

"I guess you could say that," he said blandly, "but even after our conversation on the subject should have prepared me, I found the situation in Harbor City is a lot more serious than I had expected."

He went on to describe the many failings he had discovered in less than a day of looking, to which Lord Gan listened with raised eyebrows as he sipped his tea. At length, when Zuko had arrived at the end of his observations, Lord Gan set down his cup. For just an instant, he lingered with his gaze and his fingertips on the porcelain. He turned his hand, admiring his rings. Then, he settled both hands in his lap, looked back up at Zuko, and offered that same cagey smile.

"Quite an undertaking. One wonders how your highness has the strength, considering your injury."

"Waterbender healers," Zuko offered lamely.

Lord Gan nodded as if accepting this was a valid explanation. "Perhaps a non sequitur but it may interest you to know - a dear friend of mine heard a great many rumors about you at a small gathering last evening. Most ludicrous among them being that you freed all the criminals from the jail and they absconded with you. Some also speculate that you fled the palace to be with your lover away from your father's watchful eye."

Zuko's brain stuttered over the word "lover" and his stomach filled with rocks. Lord Gan paused just briefly, then went on.

"I have it on much better authority though that you freed your own soldiers - who were being held for treason on the Fire Lord's orders - and then swore yourself into service to the unfortunates. But that is not the sort of rumor that sparks interest among the Fire Court. Among that particular crop of rumors, in fact," he said a bit too quickly, "one stole my interest from all the rest. It supposes you are here in Harbor City at the Fire Lord's command, working hard to regain his favor by… snuffing out unrest, and the like."

The precise way he said it made Zuko's eyes bulge - because it was like tossing a firecracker onto the table. It ruined every chance he had of establishing trust with Gan - and every other noble who might help him. And Zuko needed help. If he was going to overthrow his father, he needed influence, people, and funds. It all started here, with this particularly dissident, influential, deep-pocketed noble. Without Lord Gan, he might as well be running around the countryside with the Avatar.

Zuko set down his teacup. "I assure you, my father doesn't care about what's happening in Harbor City, as long as his ships continue to come and go. My interest is my own."

"And I am thrilled to hear it - as you well know! How fortuitous that you chose to grace my villa with your presence during this sojourn, rather than any of the other numerous homes that are doubtless open to you."

There it was. Lord Gan knew his own reputation, and he had deep suspicions about Zuko. After all, if the Fire Lord was trying to stamp out his most vocal critic, what better way than to entrap him with an apparently scheming prince? Zuko struggled to keep his composure.

"That's not why I'm here- Well, it is why I'm here, but not for the reason you're implying."

Gan fixed him with a penetrating stare, a hint of his curiosity burning through to the surface. "The mouse that nibbles the cheese gets more than if he tries to take the wheel. Would you not say, Prince Zuko?"

Zuko gritted his teeth and fought to think what sort of equally vague proverb he might give in answer, but he was too slow.

All of a sudden, Lord Gan blinked, and looked again at his hands. They had crept somehow back up on the table, his fingers interlaced at the tips. He was twisting one ring with the tip of his thumb, Zuko noticed, and then abruptly stopped, and folded his hands in his lap once more.

"Your highness, I worry that I may have lingered overlong, when I only came to welcome you to my home." He rose to his feet, bowing. "Please stay as long as you like. I wish you every success in your undertakings, and hope you will consider this place your own as long as it serves."

Zuko rose as well, grave disappointment rising with him. He needed this man, but to plead with him would not engender respect. Princes didn't beg. Princes were simply followed, and if Zuko couldn't inspire this man to follow him in a cause Gan already believed in, then he was in a lot more trouble than he had initially thought. With no great ideas presenting themselves to him now, Zuko walked the noble out to the courtyard, where Lord Gan's palanquin awaited alone.

It was as he opened his mouth to try one final time to entice the man to talk that Machi came storming out of the entrance to the mineral springs, red-faced and soaked from head to foot. She spotted Zuko and marched past the three waiting attendants and across the courtyard toward him, leaving a dribbled trail on the paving stones as she skirted the fountain.

"Prince Zuko, Princess Katara has been in the spring all night and just informed me that she will not be coming out today either."

"She- What do you mean she was in the spring all night?"

Machi swept a few wet strands of hair from her brow and pinched her mouth into a fierce line. "Your highness, all I know is she's holed up down there like a swan-odile on a clutch of eggs and refuses to come out. She needs a swift-" Her eyes flicked, just slightly, toward Lord Gan, and she softened her tone minutely. "-stern talking to. Your highness."

Zuko glanced at Lord Gan, too. The noble was lingering with one foot on his palanquin, watching the goings-on with raised eyebrows.

"A matter of the home, Prince Zuko," he said politely, "must be attended to with all haste."

With a final glance between the noble and the entrance to the springs, Zuko stormed off. "Join me for an early dinner. Not a request."

He didn't look at the three servants as he passed them, but Iyuma was among them and made a malcontent sound as he stomped through the entrance and down the steps into the chamber chipped into the mountain stone. It was lit by chutes cleverly cut up to the surface, and the midday sun fell in glaring beams on the opaque water. The air was humid and almost uncomfortably warm, and steam curled in the intermittent light only to vanish into the deep shadows. From somewhere in those shadows came her voice, low and harsh.

"Oh great. What do you want?"

So much for letting her cool off. Zuko clenched his teeth. He knew she was angry. She had a right to be angry. But right now, Katara's righteous fury was getting in the way of Zuko achieving something they both wanted. He was trying so hard to do the right thing, and she didn't even care. She just kept creating new ways to make everything harder, as if it wasn't already hard enough.

Fighting a scowl, Zuko stepped off the stairs and onto the irregular stone floor, worn smooth by many thousands of feet. Water puddled here and there, and it quickly seeped through the soles of his fine cloth shoes.

"What are you doing down here, apart from terrorizing the servants?"

"I'm minding my own business. You should try it sometime."

"You've been down here all night. It's time to get out." Zuko took another step toward the large pool that filled the rest of the chamber. He still couldn't see her. "And in case you've forgotten, making sure that you don't hurt yourself or someone else falls under the umbrella of my business."

"I am not," she snarled, "hurting anyone. But if you don't leave me alone, I'm gonna hurt you."

Zuko hesitated. He wasn't entirely sure what this was… but that threat echoing off the rock walls took him back to another cavern entirely. It made his heart bang in his chest, and he balled up his fists and scowled at the shadows. If she thought he would back down before he would fight her, she was doomed to disappointment.

"If you want to take a shot at me, do it. Otherwise, tell me why you're hiding down here like some-"

A whip of water cracked out of nowhere and nailed him on his injured shoulder.

Iyuma had treated it early this morning, tutting over Katara's technique while Zuko fought not to show how much it hurt. It's almost like she was trying to cause you more pain. She'd been joking - or some very dry version of it that made Zuko break out in a nervous sweat. Her words were too true to be funny, in any case.

Now, as the whip's snap ricocheted off the rock walls, his shoulder radiated blinding agony and Zuko bit down on a cry.

"You want to have a heart-to-heart?" Katara asked nastily. "Go talk to your adoring public. I have nothing to say to you."

As the pain broke and receded, Zuko felt a crazy kind of exhilaration he hadn't felt in a long time. Fighting her was actually probably a good idea. Maybe she just needed to work out some tension. Zuko could understand that. Empathize, even.

"You sure?" he ground out, sinking into a bending stance with his left side back, his right hand out like a knife before him. "Because you're fighting like someone who really just wants to talk it out."

He launched a few measured strikes in her general direction, and in flashes he saw her rising up from where she had sat back with her arms stretched out along the rock ledge. He adjusted his aim, and then all he saw were blinks of her blocking his fire, snuffing it out in booms and hisses. Then her water came for him out of the dark, swooping and hard.

Zuko blocked what he could, but with only one strong arm, and an opponent who didn't shy away from taking advantage of his injury, he was outmatched. She tripped him up with a tentacle and knocked him into the wall with a sudden wave that froze over, locking him up to his neck in ice. Zuko blew steam out his nose and started building up heat, getting ready to explode out.

Then she floated into the light, and he lost focus.

She moved through the water like a shark and stepped up out of the pool with the same casual danger. She wore only her white Water Tribe-style underclothes and the iron collar, and it shouldn't have lit any kind of fire in him because it was all so wrong - but it did. He hated the sight of that collar, but her… Her hair was loose, curling past her chin and off the back of her head where it had grown in. Steam wafted from her skin where droplets raced and beaded. She was scowling, and her sharp blue eyes promised to do brutal things to him.

She was so beautiful.

Zuko bared his teeth to cover his moment of weakness - and the molten shame spewing through him - and roared as he blasted the ice away. He fell into a kata that ate the space between them, and noticed Katara was struggling to keep up blocking at the shorter distance. He pressed her, and she retreated and teetered on the rock ledge at the edge of the pool. Smirking, he stepped forward to give her a shove-

And by some quick movement that he did not fully understand, ended up with her clutching the front of his robes as his arms looped around her. It felt hauntingly familiar, the hard edges of her forearms against his chest, her breath on his neck, her lean frame filling his arms. Zuko held her and pressed his cheek to her damp hair, aware of each instant as precious and fleeting - and doomed to end badly.

.


.

Katara ached. It felt so startlingly good to be held, and for the space of a few breaths she allowed herself that comfort. It was so much closer to what she had needed than the soak. Folded against him for just this instant, she could set aside all her turmoil and just feel steady and secure. He smelled better than he ever had back in the hold of her father's ship – like a boy who bathed more regularly, and with better soap – but he still smelled like that boy. It was a smell that traveled all the way down to her belly and tugged her nose closer to the skin of his throat.

Then reality hit her and she shoved him hard. Zuko went sprawling on the rock floor with a startled look on his face. Water stained his silk robes and tufts of hair had slipped out of his fake topknot.

He wasn't that boy, Katara viciously reminded herself, because that boy wasn't real. What was real was the prince lying before her with his dignified veneer shattered, his hair coming loose and his eyes flicking - again, traitorously - down her body.

Only an idiot would wait around for this guy to free her people.

"You may have convinced yourself that you've transformed," she spat, "but I know you, Zuko. It's just a matter of time before you backslide. And when you do, I'll be there to make sure no one else gets hurt because they were depending on you. Do you understand? No more second chances. No more mistakes."

She took a step so that she was looming over him. All night she had thought about this. The reason she was here. The waterbenders, the war, the rules she had followed, the assassins she had killed. Her purpose. Her very identity. It all boiled down to this.

"If it even looks like you're about to make one more wrong step, you won't need to worry about your father any more. Because I'll be there. Right there beside you. And I will end you before I let you go back to him."

He didn't speak, but the look in his eyes - morphing through shock and alarm and penitent determination… and something else, something sad and hungry - just made her angrier. He almost looked… grateful.

"Do you understand me?" she demanded.

His face hardened, and the bare feelings disappeared once more behind his surly mask. "I understand."

"Good. Then get out!" In a rush, she yanked up a stream from behind her and slapped it down on top of him - or would have, if he hadn't sprung out of the way. He paused, ready to dodge or strike.

"If you're gonna threaten to kill me," Zuko growled, "you should try to fight like you can actually do it."

With a wordless snarl, Katara slapped at him again, and again he dodged. He was on the stairs now and it was as if the moment had never happened, as if he had never laid on the floor. There was nothing penitent about him. He punched fire at her, one fist and then the other, and if he was in pain it only seemed to fuel him now.

Katara dragged up half the contents of the pool to block and then hurled the massive stream at him, intending to blast him right up the stairs and out into the courtyard like a barnacle out a whale's blowhole. Zuko was ready now, though, and leapt forward with a big slicing fiery kick that split her wave in two and nearly knocked her back a step. With a shout, she redirected and hit him again with both waves. He staggered back up a couple steps, but countered with a less powerful blast. Intent on getting rid of him, Katara pressed the advantage until she, too, was on the stairs and he was just a silhouette in the sunlit doorway above. She bowled him out into the courtyard with a final rush of water and, wanting to hit him just one more time, leapt up the stairs after him.

As soon as she was through the doorway and on open ground, he redoubled his efforts. His left arm strikes were significantly weaker, but he made up for it with speed and a huge variety of kicks. Katara paced him fairly easily at the start, but she was feeling the sleepless night and skipped meals, now, heaped atop her incomplete recovery. Her energy was draining rapidly. Zuko's blasts scattered her water with every hit, and the amount she could raise up diminished again and again until she had just two sleeves of water to whip at him and slap his fire out of the air. The impact of his blows jolted her to her bones, sent her stumbling off balance.

But she refused to lose to him.

With a cry from her belly, she whirled the water from the fountain around the circular basin and brought it all sloshing down on Zuko from behind. She had meant to freeze him in it, but found she couldn't summon the strength to harden the ice. Instead, it just crashed over him, slicking his hair down to his eyebrows and leaving him clammy at best.

He stood there dripping and gave her an appalled, scathing look. "What was that?"

Fists trembling at her sides and shoulders heaving with every breath, Katara screwed up her face and was about to show him exactly what it was supposed to be, when a voice cut across the courtyard so loud and authoritative it made her lurch to a stop.

"Prince Zuko, are you ready to end your sparring session? Would you perhaps like a towel?"

Katara and Zuko turned at the same time to stare at the source of that shout. Machi stood on the steps, a picture of humble composure. Nearby, a well-dressed man stood beside a small palanquin, watching with eyebrows seemingly stuck near his hairline.

"Would Princess Katara perhaps like a robe?" Loska hissed from near the entrance to the spring.

Abruptly, Katara recognized Lord Gan, their host. And her underwear. She was in her underwear in front of a member of the Fire Court. She had had nightmares like this.

Zuko abruptly side-stepped, placing himself between her and Lord Gan. It was difficult to feel any kind of gratitude for him, though, with the way he peered down his nose at her. His expression was a little too haughty, and his cheek was pink.

"Ah, yes. A towel," he said stiltedly."Thank you, Master Katara, for that… exercise. We'll continue this later."

The last words were tighter, more honest in their hostility. Clearly a threat. Katara glared at him and unthinkingly tipped her head to one side. His eyebrow jumped up. The pink in his cheek deepened.

Then he made a stately retreat. Fists trembling at her sides, Katara glared at his squared shoulders and then stalked to where Loska, Iyuma, and Sian had been sheltering behind one of the big stone flower pots. Loska, sour-faced as ever, grabbed a wad of cloth out of Sian's hands and shoved it into Katara's. As Katara hurriedly shrugged into the robe, Iyuma grinned.

"That was amazing. I've never seen waterbending like that before. Are you going to teach us that?"

Sian glanced at Iyuma with a little vicarious spark in her eyes. Loska huffed and went green.

Katara hesitated, too grim and distracted to parse the complicated feelings of this moment. She met Iyuma's eyes. "If you want to learn, I'll teach you."

She turned to go, but Loska's scandalized muttering pulled her up short.

"No shoes, bare legs. Puh, absolutely shameless."

"I'll fetch your sandals from the spring," Sian said, already in motion. Iyuma rolled her eyes and said something about modesty standards being different in the Fire Nation and Loska needing to mind her own business.

Katara didn't really hear with all the blood beating in her ears. Shameless. Loska had always suspected what had happened between her and Zuko - but now she knew it for a fact. The words stung, even though they shouldn't have been surprising; this was the kind of barb Katara should expect from Loska and from any Water Tribe woman who knew the truth.

A wretched little part of her felt like she deserved it.

A bigger part, however, was still spelunking in the deep well of her rage.

"Look," she said, stepping close to Loska - too close. Katara put her scowling face right up to the bigger woman's until Loska took a startled step back. "When this war is over, we'll go back to opposite sides of the world and you can say whatever you want about me. For right now though, I don't want to hear your assessments about what a low and shameful woman I am. Got it?"

Loska stared back at her for a silent moment before she was able to speak. "I'm only trying to help you. Exposing yourself like that - you're inviting trouble. The Fire Prince could easily decide he wants more from you than just tea service."

Katara glared at her for a beat, then coughed out a derisive laugh, shaking her head. "Right. Thanks for the concern, but-"

"If not for himself, then maybe to sweeten whatever deal he's making with that noble," Loska hissed, leaning closer and guiding Katara to look across the courtyard where the two were still talking. Zuko looked stiff, more uncomfortable than his wet clothes could account for. And Lord Gan did look a bit excited… Loska laid her hand on Katara's shoulder, surprisingly gentle. "If he decides to use you as capital, there is no one to stop him."

Katara felt a sick dip in her stomach. Then she wrenched away and glared. "If that happens - and it won't, but if it does," she snarled, "then I will stop him."

"How? Clearly he can overpower you-"

"In his dreams!"

"-he stopped attacking when it was obvious you were too weak to hold out any longer."

Katara opened her mouth to make a scathing reply, but then noticed the way Loska's off hand clutched at the fabric at her hip. She noticed the way Iyuma only watched the debate, not throwing in on either side. She remembered who she was talking to, and how different their reality in the Fire Nation was from her own.

Maybe she really had misunderstood Loska's meaning. Maybe she really did only want to warn her - in her unpleasant, abraisive way. Katara drew a breath and let her shoulders fall from their defensive hunch.

"Thank you for trying to help, Loska. I won't forget what you've said."

Loska furrowed her brow but nodded and said nothing more.

Unable to wait any longer for Sian to return, unable really to hold still at all, Katara stalked across the paving stones and through the front door without so much as glancing at the two men.

She could feel it though, prickling the back of her neck; they watched her pass.

.


.

As he crossed the courtyard, Zuko struggled to think of some explanation for the sparring match that had clearly not been a sparring match. It was difficult to think, though, with Katara's look dominating his thoughts. He hadn't seen that look since… maybe since she had been bullied by the other recruits under the mountain, but he knew what it meant. Lips pursed, head tipped to one side, eyes wide and fierce. Do you want to fight? She was weak and exhausted in body and spirit and yet it was there - her spark, her fire, roaring back to the surface…

Zuko was having trouble thinking about anything else - even his sodden clothes. He cleared his throat as he came near enough his lingering host for polite conversation. "Lord Gan. I thought you were in a hurry to go."

"I had a question regarding dinner," he said mildly, "and then several other matters occurred to me as I waited."

Zuko tried to read the man's expression but what he saw only made him nervous. There was a spark in Gan's eye, disconcertingly as if he had learned something of great interest. It was at least as unpleasant as being doused by the fountain. Maybe worse.

"Your Princess seems to possess a much hotter temperament than she did the last time I saw her."

"Under the terms of her oath, she hasn't exactly been free to be herself."

"No, I suppose not. But circumstances are changing for her now, aren't they? Now that you are…" Gan lifted one eyebrow in query. "…away from your father's watchful eye?"

Zuko was immediately reminded of the "lover" rumor and then, more disconcertingly, of Katara stalking up out of the pool. His stomach filled again with rocks and his face blazed. "She saved my life," he said with some effort. "So yes, her circumstances are changing. Where we happen to be hardly matters."

"How very noble, in that case."

Lord Gan assessed him for a moment and Zuko watched him right back. He had the feeling he was trying to outmaneuver a mirror - only, unlike him, the mirror was completely unperturbed by this conversation. Gan glanced across the courtyard toward where Katara stood mostly hidden behind a planter with her attendants. Zuko followed his gaze, then frowned sharply at him. Gan peered boldly back at him, unaffected.

"She does not hold back with you. And you enjoy that."

There was nothing suggestive in his tone - it seemed to be an observation born of genial interest - but Zuko still felt his face hardening and going hot. Lord Gan lowered his chin and glanced at his palanquin thoughtfully, then finally went on.

"I would like to bring my family with me to dinner, if that is amenable to you. Lady Gan's conversation is far more engaging than my own. She…" There was a tiny, secret smile in his eyes. "…is not one for holding back, either."

Not sure how to interpret this, Zuko glanced sideways just in time to spot Katara striding across the courtyard with her chin high and her attendants scurrying behind her. Her bare feet slapping the ground made his ears burn.

"I hope your Princess will be in attendance," Lord Gan said quietly.

"She's not some exotic attraction for nobles to gawk at."

The words were out of his mouth before he thought about propriety or winning favor or caution or even recent history, but Zuko realized as he glared at the man beside him that he didn't care anyway. Enough was enough. Katara might refuse to let him remove the collar, but he was done letting other people treat her like a slave. He was done perpetuating the role Azula had forced her into.

And he was done, too, letting her lash out at him with her own slow destruction. If she wanted to punish him, she could do it like a warrior.

She could try, anyway.

Lord Gan's eyes widened, then his chin tipped up in understanding. "No, Prince Zuko. Of course not. Would you say she is a royal hostage? Or perhaps-"

"Bring your family," Zuko sighed at last, ready to be rid of the man. He'd stumbled into enough pitfalls for one morning. As soon as he waved off the palanquin, he sent Machi to arrange another healing session. He needed the full use of his shoulder if he was going to sit with proper posture through a tense meal.

Not to mention when he got Katara on the sparring court. Because he would be doing that at the earliest possible opportunity. There were countless practical reasons they should both be training, and Zuko mentally enumerated them as he went about the business of the day.

Meanwhile, at the back of his brain, the image of her rising up out of the water in whorls of steam and fury played again and again.

.


.

The attack on the old swordmaster's house came with the dawn. They came with wooden cages and sedative darts, grappling cannons to net the beast, and weights and chains massive enough to hold it down. Dozens of elite soldiers rappelled down ropes from airships directly into the compound so that their approach would not be sensed by the blind earthbender.

It was all still a gamble, Azula knew. Exposing the Fire Nation's secret weapon before the attack on Ba Sing Se could have devastating consequences for the invasion. But letting the Avatar roam free was unacceptable. Risks had to be taken.

Yet, despite all her preparations and all her secrecy, the old master and his servant were waiting to receive them. They stood on the wide veranda, a sheathed sword in the servant's hands the only evident weapon. When Azula slid down her rope and set foot in the courtyard below, the old man, Piandao, addressed her with no hint of surprise.

"Princess Azula. To what do I owe the honor of a royal visit?"

"You may thank your own treachery," she said, sharp and with more feeling than she had intended. She rounded on her captain, who was still hovering nearby. Useless. "Search the grounds. Find them!"

The soldiers scattered, but Azula could already tell the search was in vain. She could see it in the old man's fox-keen eyes, his unshakeable calm. The moment Ty Lee alighted behind her, Azula struck.

"I know they were here," she said, bland and unimpressed. She began a slow ascent of the stairs, stalking nearer, never taking her eyes off the old man. "There have been numerous reports of earthbenders in the area in recent days. And there is your own reputation as a dissident and… what is the term? Conscientious objector? For years you've spoken out against the war, against the Fire Nation, against my father." She said it hard as she took the last step up onto the veranda, letting the righteous accusation ring. "How you must have leapt at the chance to help the Avatar when my traitorous uncle brought him here."

Piandao did not speak, did not even blink, but he did adjust his stance slightly as she approached. It was subtle, and most people would have overlooked it, but the servant behind him shifted his feet, too. He held the sword at the ready. The old man did not reach for it. But he would.

Azula smirked.

"Tell me where they went," she said, "and I will show mercy."

"I doubt our definitions of mercy share much in common," the old man said dryly. "All the same, I cannot tell you what I do not know. And I will not tell you what I do. Your mercy will have to wait for some other occasion."

For a beat, Azula felt her inner flames licking up her spine, a horrible, all-consuming rage shifting its embers. Then, she smirked.

"I know what you're thinking. You think you can withstand me with that sword. You were a famed war hero years ago, a swordsman the likes of which has never been seen. You defeated an army single-handed and won this life for yourself instead of the justice due to a deserter. You are a living legend."

She did not hear so much as sense Ty Lee behind her, and knew she was standing ready, poised to attack. The anticipation in the air was electric. Azula's smirk deepened.

"You think legends do not come to innocuous ends. But they often do. You are not the swordsman you used to be, Piandao. You've grown old, and soft from easy living. Oh sure, you train with some nebulous battle gnawing at the back of your mind, but practice cannot replace youthful vigor - and your youth is decades behind you now. In a moment, my friend and I will succeed where an entire army failed."

Most people did not hold up under Azula's assessments. They wilted to know their lives and their secret fears were so obvious. They would panic and lash out prematurely. But Piandao seemed immune. He watched her with the same steely resolve. His mouth even twitched upward in one corner. He still did not reach for the sword.

"I had heard you were a firebending prodigy and a ruthless sadist. Confidence comes easily to you. But I wonder at the cracks, Princess Azula. When you fail today, when I evade capture and you burn my house down out of frustration, will it soothe the wound to your pride? Or will failure follow you back to the capital? How long will it hound you, I wonder."

For an instant, Azula was all fire inside, spitting and roaring, popping uncontrollable sparks. Then it spewed out of her, and it was blue and clean and perfect - just as it had always been.

 

Chapter 33

Notes:

Four years between updates? Yikes. Here's a long and overworked one!

Thanks for everyone who keeps coming back and commenting and rereading and hoping for updates! I feel that in my bones. There are stories I return to that way - most especially when everything in my life is bleakness and darkness and I need to step out for a while. I hope this story can provide you a place to go, too, if you need it. And hopefully, from here on, it will be a bit happier (if still a bit emotionally fraught) escape. As some folks have noticed, we're beginning the redemption arc. Fiiiiinally.

The more personal note: I haven't been able to work on this story because I stopped believing in love and hope and redemption. Then my house burned down - for real, literally - and with it went every USB drive and hard-copy document I had. All my novels and poetry manuscripts. Almost all of my journals (with some miraculous exceptions). Insurance can do a lot (always insure your homes, kids, even if you're renting) but it can't give you back your life's work.

Anyways, among the things that survived were documents I had emailed to myself, and I did that with this story almost every day I went to work so I could tinker at my desk. So, for this story, I still have my years of notes. I still have my outline. I can't express to you the aching relief of having some piece of myself left from before.

There is so much of this story left to tell... sometimes it has been daunting. A herculean effort. It's already nearly a half a million words long. And yet I let it keep growing. Why do I do this to myself?

But when the only thing left unburned in my metaphorical writer's garden is the out-of-control baobab tree, who am I to argue?

Life is nuts. On with the show. Grow, baby, grow.

Chapter Text

Katara woke with sweat itching her neck and back and it took her a long moment to remember where she was. The shades were slanted against the afternoon sun, but the breeze off the sea was stronger here outside the city, and occasional puffs of wind stirred the air of the guest suite. From the dressing room came the soft murmur of voices.

 

It took a moment to shift out from under the heavy sleep she had fallen into, and when she did her stomach gave an empty gurgle. Sian appeared in the dressing room door, looking apologetic.

 

“You’ve been summoned to dinner, Princess Katara. May we help you prepare?”

 

Katara mumbled her assent, still trying to blink off her grogginess, and found herself swiftly presented with a hot towel for her face and neck while Sian set about combing and braiding her hair. As she woke fully, she found the unfamiliar maids were helping her into finer clothes than she usually wore.

 

“What kind of dinner is this?”

 

“Lord and Lady Gan are coming,” Sian said as she fixed Katara’s topknot and stepped away, assessing her work. She might have said more, but Machi arrived to announce that the masters of the house had been spotted on the drive and Katara was hastened from the room.

 

Shortly, she found herself deposited in a small sitting room where Zuko waited, pacing. He pulled up short at the sight of her. Suddenly, they were alone together. For a long moment, they watched each other from opposite ends of the room. 

 

He had tidied up since the morning - fresh clothes, fresh fake hair - but the look on his face was the same as when he’d promised they would continue their fight. He looked ready to do it right now. 

 

Katara, unaware of the mulish set of her own mouth, decided she would be happy to accommodate him.

 

But Zuko only turned away from her, pacing once more. “Look, I know there are things we need to work through, but now’s not the time. The Gans will be here any minute, and we need to be ready.”

 

Katara drew in a long breath and clenched her fists at her sides, then released it all at once. “Ready for what? Dinner?”

 

“To present a united front.” He fixed her with a penetrating look. “We need these people on our side if we’re going to have any hope of overthrowing the Fire Lord. There’s a rumor circulating that I’m here on my father’s orders trying to expose seditionists. Gan is a pretty obvious target, so he’s being cagey.”

 

“So you want me to help show him what a great and trustworthy guy you are?” 

 

Zuko scowled at her withering tone, but he didn’t look surprised. “Just don’t sabotage this. I’m not exaggerating when I say we will probably fail without the support of the Gan family. Now is not the time for you to-”

 

Katara had the feeling that, if he’d gotten to finish that sentence, they would have their fight after all. 

 

Instead, the house majordomo appeared in the doorway and announced the Gans had been shown to the dining room. Zuko strode off at once, and Katara gritted her teeth for just a moment before hurrying after him. He moved quickly and she half expected him to enter the dining room without her, but he paused just outside the doors and waited for her to join him. Katara came to stand in her customary place, two steps back from his shoulder.

 

In the instant before a footman swept the door open, Zuko dropped back to stand beside her and tucked her hand in the crook of his elbow. Katara tried to snatch it away, but his grip was tight, and the doors were already opening.

 

Lord Gan stood at the head of the room beside a tall woman. They wore fashionable attire in the richest cuts and colors, topped by matching gracious smiles - and clever, assessing eyes that snapped between Zuko and Katara in a way that instantly put her on edge. 

 

His hand, still holding hers in place, was so warm. It hadn’t felt like this when he’d escorted her through the palace on the day he interrupted her confrontation with Pokui – or after the play. Then, she had needed his support. Now… 

 

Now, he wanted hers. 

 

Sweat broke out at the base of Katara’s spine and her heart beat quicker. She felt herself beginning to blush under the elegant woman’s polite scrutiny, suddenly remembering that this woman’s husband had seen her in her underwear just a few hours ago… 

 

She desperately wanted to pull away. But she didn’t. 

 

Zuko seemed unaffected by their stares. He stepped forward slowly, grandly - at a pace Katara could easily predict and match. “Lord and Lady Gan, thank you for joining us. May I present Princess Katara of the Southern Water Tribe. Princess Katara, Lord and Lady Gan.”

 

“A pleasure to finally make your acquaintance,” Lord Gan said. He and his wife bowed as one.

 

“Truly,” the lady said in a strong, cultured voice, “your reputation precedes you - though, if I may say, it is so consumed with heroic deeds and intrigues that it hardly does justice to your beauty.”

 

Katara had started to bow back out of reflex, but Zuko did not release her arm, so it was more of a nod. And perhaps that was proper now, she realized belatedly. Her role before had been clear. Humbling but simple. Now, Katara had no clue. Any small gesture could diminish her in these people’s eyes. Words failed her. She could not even muster up a smile for Lady Gan’s kind sentiment.

 

Still, she resented Zuko’s presumption, his taking control over her movements. 

 

The nobles peered at her, momentarily quiet. Zuko’s arm tensed under her fingers.

 

It was a small victory, making them all so uncomfortable, but Katara found no satisfaction in it.

 

“Thank you,” she finally managed. 

 

Zuko struck up some pleasant conversation as they took their seats, but Katara was too relieved to be released from his clutches to listen. 

 

Servants laid out a simple but expertly prepared meal of spiced meat and peppers cut into thin strips that tangled together, accompanied by chilled fruit meant to soothe the lingering burn. Katara stared at the plate set before her and clenched her hands in her lap. Just the sight of the meat in its juices, just the sharp, heavy smell, made her stomach shrivel up like a crinkle-nut. She had not eaten since the previous morning, before leaving the palace.

 

Before she had killed those people. Assassins. Whatever.

 

The hungry twist of her stomach felt like a betrayal. She shouldn’t have an appetite after what she had done. She should find the smell of that meat revolting – but she didn’t. Her mouth watered at the sight of it. 

 

But just because her body had turned against her didn’t mean she had to give in.

 

From the corner of her eye, she saw Zuko wave over a servant and murmur some command. A moment later, her plate was whisked away and replaced with a bowl of translucent but fragrant broth.

 

Katara stared at the new food before her, then glanced surreptitiously at Zuko. He went on eating as if unaware of her, and pointedly asked Lord Gan some inane question about the weather during their journey down from Caldera. Lord Gan, who had been watching the exchange with some interest, cleared his throat.

 

“In fact, we descended shortly after sunset yesterday, so it was almost balmy.”

 

Zuko hesitated with his chopsticks hovering over his plate. “I had not realized you were going on vacation.”

 

“I insisted,” Lady Gan said. Her smile was cool and civil. “It does not do to host the Crown Prince from half a day’s journey away. Besides, Lord Gan’s little business ventures do call him to Harbor City regularly. What better time to enjoy the family townhouse while he looks in on his interests?”

 

This was generally agreed upon to be convenient timing and an odd quiet settled over the table once more. Katara eventually caved to the demands of her stomach and drank the broth. It was saltier than she had expected, but gentle and wholesome, and she quickly found she had drunk it all down. A delusional part of her had hoped she might be dismissed if she just ate what was put before her but Zuko had brought her here to serve a purpose and he clearly wasn’t going to let her go until she did it. Only, Katara was still at a loss as to how to behave around these people, what might put them at ease and what might constitute sabotage. 

 

Finally the meal ended and the dishes were cleared away only to make way for a light after-dinner tea. Katara stifled a sigh and stared into her cup as a maid filled it.

 

It was then that a servant came in and delivered a toddler into Lady Gan’s waiting arms. The transformation was immediate. She changed in a blink from a reserved noblewoman to a beaming mother. She sat the baby in her lap facing her and spoke sweetly and quietly to him. He garbled back at her and stood up to grab her cheeks with his tiny hands.

 

“Our son,” Lord Gan provided with a proud smile. “Jung.”

 

At his father’s voice, the baby turned his head, and more slowly his entire body - steadied in his mother’s hands - to take in the other people present. He peered at Zuko, who seemed unsure of what to do, and then his large eyes settled on Katara.

 

Katara couldn’t help herself. She liked babies. She had always liked babies. And even this one, a Fire Nation baby with a tuft of black hair on his head and bright amber eyes, charmed her on sight. There was no hint of guile or suspicion. No knowledge of the politics that stood between their peoples. There were only those two huge, limpid eyes, curiously taking her in. In the face of that, Katara couldn’t hold her blank expression. She smiled the warm smile she always used on the babies in the village.

 

The baby smiled back and gurgled.

 

“Why Princess Katara, I think he likes you,” Lady Gan said. She was smiling a true smile now, and she looked back at Katara just the way one of the mothers back home would. “Are you fond of babies?”

 

“Yes,” Katara sighed. “He’s so cute.”

 

“Thank you – it’s improper to gloat, but I never tire of it.”

 

The baby grabbed the air in Katara’s direction. She lifted her fingers from her lap and waved back.

 

Abruptly, she realized what she was doing. She shot an accusatory look at Zuko – who was watching her with naked shock – raked it across Lord Gan – who was watching Zuko knowingly – and finally landed back on Lady Gan – who only looked back at her, still gently smiling.

 

“It’s not a trap,” the lady said quietly. “Unlike babies themselves, who very much lure you in with sweetness and trust and then cry for you at all hours of the night and treat you to various nasty surprises.”

 

She tickled the baby’s sides and he scrunched his shoulders up to his ears and looked around at her, laughing with his whole tiny chest. Katara tried not to slip under his spell again, but it was very hard.

 

“The best-baited trap of them all,” Lord Gan said. He leaned on one arm and reached across to tweak his son’s ear. The baby squirmed even more and caught his father’s fingers in his tiny hand. Lord Gan merely smiled, utterly arrested. “When I look at my son, I see the future stretching before his feet. One day, he will sit in my chair, and review the records of the Gan family’s rise to fortune, as I have done since the death of my father. He will look at all the choices that I have made, the choices I am making now, and he will judge them for himself. With his eyes on me, how can I not step more cautiously than ever before?” His smile faded and his eyes flicked sideways at Zuko. “And yet how can I stand by and hand down to him the same sordid legacy my father gave me?”

 

“No worthy accomplishment is without risk,” Zuko offered quietly. 

 

“But there are some risks too terrible to justify even the most glorious accomplishment.”

 

Zuko watched Lord Gan calmly as he searched for words, but Katara saw the sweat dotting his temple despite the breeze wafting in from the open windows. Whatever support he wanted from this man, he wasn’t saying it directly. Maybe because that’s exactly what he would do if he was hunting seditionists like the rumor said. Every conversation with Fire Nobles was a delicate dance of pride and propriety anyway, and now that Zuko was moving against his father, the stakes were higher than ever before.

 

And so was the difficulty of getting anything done. Once again, Katara swallowed back a sigh.

 

“How my lord husband does go on,” Lady Gan said fondly. Lord Gan turned his look back to her, and something passed between them that Katara did not quite understand. It was the lady who turned her beatific smile back on Zuko. “Forgive me, your highness, but I resigned from most of my social circles after the birth of my son. I crave another lady’s discourse. Will you permit me?”

 

“Uh,” Zuko said under his breath before regaining his balance. “Of course.”

 

“Princess Katara,” she said at once, “I adore your hair. It must be a relief in this heat to wear it so short, and your braids are positively exquisite.”

 

With the distinct feeling that she had been pounced on, Katara blinked back at her and reflexively reached up to touch the braids holding the longer parts of her hair back to the topknot. “I- Thank you.”

 

“Have you always worn it this way? With your waves, I imagine it is quite magnificent when grown long.”

 

Katara could almost feel it, the weight of her long hair, fluffed out and soft from brushing. “It was… but I had to cut it when I went to war,” she found herself saying. 

 

It happened so naturally. With her baby in her arms, Lady Gan did not for one second seem like a sensationalizing member of the Fire Court. She seemed like an actual person. She winced as Katara related the cutting of her hair, the necessity of it so that she could pass for a boy with the other recruits. Lady Gan shook her head at that. 

 

“I can’t imagine! Koji, can you imagine if I did that?”

 

Lord Gan, who had been making faces at the baby, turned his eyes up to her and lingered. “Vividly.”

 

There was a silent beat as his tone soaked the atmosphere over the table. Lady Gan’s mouth tightened but her eyes twinkled. Katara shot Zuko a subtle side eye in the same instant he glanced at her, and for a heartbeat they were two teenagers awkwardly witnessing a married couple’s private language. Lord Gan went on smoothly and the moment passed.

 

“You are a master of secrets, my darling. No one would suspect you. Even if you walked around in a gown, you would concoct some story to convince them all it was a part of your brilliant martial strategy.”

 

Lady Gan scoffed and rolled her eyes back to Katara, a smile playing briefly across her face. “I’ve wed an unrepentant flatterer. Ignore him. Suffice it to say, I would be utterly without recourse. There is no amount of courtly finesse that could convince anyone that I am a warrior. It is simply beyond my skill set.”

 

The baby was trying to climb over her leg to get to his father, and without even looking, she steadied and guided him. Her eyes, though, sharpened where they were fixed on Katara.

 

“I protect my family in other ways,” she said, and looked at Zuko. 

 

Zuko met her eye and then picked up his tea with a steady hand.

 

When Lady Gan went on, it was with a fresh tone, as if the subject was closed. “I should like a breath of fresh air. Prince Zuko, if it is amenable to you, I would invite Princess Katara for a tour of my favorite trail around the grounds.”

 

Zuko was caught mid-sip and hesitated just a beat before lowering the cup to the table before him. “By all means, Lady Gan. Lord Gan and I will… talk.”

 

His eyes slid back to Lord Gan, and then dropped abruptly to the baby the man now held in his lap. Katara could tell by the look on his face that the conversation he had in mind had not featured an infant dividing the noble’s attention. She allowed herself the tiniest smirk, then stood and followed Lady Gan out a sliding door and into the shade of a manicured side yard.



.

.



Zuko planted his hands on his thighs and fixed Lord Gan with a direct look, but the man wasn’t even paying attention. He was playing with the baby, making faces so the infant would shake his fists and emit high laughter. 

 

Zuko had rarely seen anyone play with a baby. He had seen people clutch their babies or calm their babies as he passed. He had at some point seen Iroh make faces at a baby – but that had just seemed like a bizarre Uncle thing. When an upper crust Fire Noble did it, it seemed like maybe Zuko had missed some unfamiliar social cue, some lesson in comportment he’d never encountered. He had a feeling he had waded into deep water, his toes barely raking the sand. One wrong step and he might blunder this meeting at its most crucial moment.

 

And there was also a deeper riptide of memory threatening to pull him down, dark waters where the baby that might have been – his baby – haunted him still. If things had gone a little differently… 

 

How much harder would every step be now? How much more dangerous? How much more heartbreaking? 

 

How much sweeter? Katara’s smile flashed before him, scalded into his memory. He had never seen such a look on her face before, and it wrung his heart like a tired rag. Would she have looked at their baby that way? 

 

Could she, knowing it was his?

 

“It is perhaps improper to broach the topic,” Lord Gan said as he helped his son toddle upright and get a grip on the edge of the table, “but have you given a thought to children, Prince Zuko?”

 

Zuko jerked as if burned. “Not… really.”

 

Lord Gan dipped his chin. “You are young still, but it bears consideration, given your circumstances. Your father was just a year or two older when he married Lady Ursa. Wisely, as it turns out.”

 

“Right,” Zuko said stiffly. From the corner of his eye, he could see the baby bop along the edge of the table, taking short, awkward steps. When he looked ahead, and up at Zuko, he stilled. His eyes widened and took on an uncertain cast.

 

“Such things can and do decide the course of succession,” Lord Gan went on. “Now that your sister has reached her majority, she could easily-”

 

“Ahh,” Zuko cut in hurriedly, meaning to say something smart and confident so he would not have to imagine the hideous prospect of Azula reproducing. He must have made a panicky face, though, because a loud laugh prevented him from having to do either. Zuko looked down to find the baby grinning up at him.

 

He didn’t know what to do. He had never been this close to a baby, not counting Azula in some time before memory – and she obviously didn’t count.

 

The baby reached out toward him and took three tottering steps away from the table. He was about to fall. Zuko couldn’t just let him fall. He stuck out a hand and, as he had seen Lord and Lady Gan do, let the baby steady himself.

 

He was warm, and soft, and he kept squinting his eyes when he smiled, like he was actually happy to see Zuko.

 

“Your highness, if Jung is bothering you-”

 

“No,” Zuko said quietly. He watched the baby curl his tiny fingers around his large ones. It made him feel huge and important, as if he was being entrusted with the care of a delicate possibility. “He’s not bothering me.”

 

He didn’t realize he was smiling back at the baby, or that a tiny pucker had appeared in his brow, but Lord Gan watched him with cautious interest.

 

“I’ve put the cart before the ostrich horse, of course,” Lord Gan said, and Zuko didn’t notice that he was speaking more quietly, emulating Zuko’s tone. “You would need a wife first.”

 

The baby dug his tiny chubby fingers into the fabric over Zuko’s knee. He must have liked the feeling of the silk. His other hand still clamped around Zuko’s finger, tighter than he might have expected. 

 

“No doubt there will be a great many interested parties. Recent developments may temper some of the less serious inquiries, but if you were of a mind to, you could consider your nuptials a real opportunity to secure in-laws of strategic merit.”

 

The baby was reaching up toward him with both arms, gazing at him expectantly. Zuko shot Lord Gan a puzzled look.

 

“He wants you to pick him up, your highness.”

 

Bewildered but curious, Zuko planted his hands under those upraised arms and lifted. The baby was heavier than he expected and, as if by some trick of gravity, Zuko found that weight settled against his chest. Jung began playing with the gold trim lining the wide shoulders of his robes.

 

“Of course, a strategically beneficial marriage can take many forms.”

 

Zuko blinked. Lord Gan was not quite smiling at him, but it was there in his eyes, the same crinkle his son had learned. Zuko cleared his throat. “Uh. Yes. Of course.”

 

The baby squirmed in his arms, wallowing to get comfortable, and Zuko was diverted again. Jung was tugging on the gold brocade of his collar, yammering little baby sounds close to Zuko’s scarred ear. Lord Gan went on musing.

 

“And even a good strategy always has the potential to backfire if poorly implemented. As I’m sure you know, and I hope you’ll forgive the example, Princess Azula’s ill-fated engagement to Lord Piang’s grandson is just such a case.”

 

“Her what?



.

.



They took a path that looped around the house and then climbed the gentle slope of the mountain’s base. The trees arching over the path shaded them and the breeze stirred the air just enough to keep the heat from building around them. When they came to the white stone wall, the path seemed to turn back into the compound, but Lady Gan smiled her secretive smile and opened a door cleverly concealed in the stonework. As they walked, she told Katara about the history of the spring, and how the property had been walled off only in the last fifty years or so. Before that, she said, it had been open to all the people of Harbor City, rich and poor.

 

Katara listened and refrained from commenting on that injustice. At length they reached a rocky outcropping from which they could look out over the trees at the sparkling ocean beyond. Katara stepped up onto the wind-beaten stone and breathed the salty air in deep.

 

It took a long moment before she realized she stood alone. Lady Gan had stopped in the shade at the edge of the trees and sat on a tidy stone bench. She had produced a long, slender pipe and, chin high with the stem between her lips, lit it with a twist of her fingers. Her flame was tiny, polite even, and it licked into the bowl of the pipe as she drew. Then she straightened and let out a long breath, tendrils of smoke curling out of her mouth and up through the sun-struck leaves. She spotted Katara watching her and smiled.

 

“It isn’t proper for a lady to smoke, especially in the presence of royalty. Now you know my secret.”

 

Katara peered out at the forest, the fine house below, all bounded by the white stone wall that kept out the riffraff. “I doubt a slave could do much damage to your standing in the Fire Court.”

 

“My standing in the Court,” she chuckled. “That is rich indeed. I only married well. My detractors will giddily tell you my many little scandals, from my ruined father to my own indecorous behavior.” She drew again from the pipe and let out a long, satisfied breath. “It’s all born of jealousy, you know. The greater you are, and the happier, the sharper their desire to diminish you.”

 

The wall sliced through the forest like a scar. The sun hung fat and low, not setting but hovering high in the west as if doubting its course. Katara frowned out at it all. After a beat, Lady Gan continued.

 

“As to your being a slave,” she said, idly if not for the precision of the silent beats between her words, “My impression that that is no longer an issue for you. The Fire Prince escorted you to dine as he would a lady of high regard. Like the princess you are. He sat you down at his right side, a place of honor.” 

 

Katara’s frown only deepened. The iron around her throat felt heavy, hard as the stone wall that carved the land below. Leave it to Zuko to find a way around…

 

“He did free you down on the docks, did he not?”

 

It was horrible, that white line dividing the land into an “inside” and an “outside” - and he was horrible for presuming to simply brush past it all as if it did not matter.

 

“Forgive my blunder, Princess.” Lady Gan said, perhaps genuinely apologetic. “You still wear his collar. Clearly I was misinformed.”

 

“No, you weren’t,” Katara said at last, quiet and grim. She straightened her spine as she said it and let her fists curl tight at her hips. Zuko wanted to stop treating her like a slave? He wanted to maneuver her into a new role? Fine. 

 

Then he could suffer the consequences.

 

Katara turned back to Lady Gan and met her eye directly. She squared her shoulders and held her head high.

 

“He set me free, but that doesn’t matter. I’m not free until my people are free. So yeah, it’s still an issue for me.” 

 

“A noble sentiment, not unexpected from one of your standing.”

 

The cloying smoke crossed the distance between them and Katara allowed her frown to deepen. Lady Gan breathed out a series of ghostly rings that expanded as they rose, then broke apart when the breeze picked up again. All the while she watched Katara, focused as a cat.

 

The layers of subtext were stifling as that smoke and Katara was running out of patience. She had been fully swept up in the illusion Lady Gan crafted holding her baby and asking about Katara’s hair… But this was not just another village mother. She was not just a friendly stranger revealing a hidden vice in a gesture of trust. She was a Fire Noble, and everything she did was done for a reason. 

 

Katara folded her arms over her chest and glowered. “Can we just get to the point? There’s something you want to know that you couldn’t ask in front of Zuko. Ask me now.”

 

The lady blinked owlishly back at her before emitting a tinkling little laugh. “My apologies for the production. Koji had expressed doubts about the nature of your situation after this morning but not a month ago he observed you to be remarkably well-behaved for a warrior-princess, bowed and obedient. Silent. Whatever he saw - or thought he saw - I still half expected I would have to wheedle my answers out of a cowed and brutalized girl.”

 

Katara pinched her lips together and Lady Gan quickly waved a hand through the air before her while she knocked the ashes from her pipe on the side of the bench.

 

“Yes of course, to the point.” She rose briskly and stepped onto the stone, little more than an arm’s length away. The wind mussed her long hair where it hung straight down past the low, artful knot at the back of her head. She clutched the pipe in both hands before her belly. 

 

“My lord husband’s enormous appetite for debating moral matters has kept our family balanced on a knife’s edge since he took over his father’s seat. I would not change Koji for the world, but this - the Prince’s visit - is not the first time a pitfall has been placed before him and I am called to save him from himself.”

 

Katara nodded to indicate she understood. Lady Gan’s eyebrows tipped upward, and she searched her face with disconcerting intensity. 

 

“It is obvious Prince Zuko wishes the Gan family to sponsor whatever scheme he has afoot. What is unclear is whether he is sincere, or merely setting a trap as a means to win back the Fire Lord’s favor. I had hoped you might illuminate me as to his true nature.”

 

“His true nature,” Katara repeated, nonplussed. 

 

“Forgive my directness. But no one can know a man like the woman he has commanded to intimate service.”



.

.



“Her what? ” Zuko finally looked up, his attention wrenched off the baby in his arms and fully focused on Lord Gan. “Her engagement ? Azula was engaged ?”

 

“Very briefly. For a matter of days.”

 

“She never-”

 

And it hit him. Of course she hadn’t told him. She had failed. Azula had failed, maybe for the first time in her life. It probably would have actually killed her to admit it to him.

 

“I suppose it is no surprise you would not have heard. You were out of country at the time and the subject has been… sensitive, even in the Fire Court,” Lord Gan supplied quietly. “It was perhaps one of the best pairings one could hope for. From what I hear, the boy was exceptionally well-connected. It was… most unfortunate that she banished him in addition to breaking off the engagement. All of his connections, which would have benefited her dramatically in her future endeavors, are closed to her now.”

 

Zuko stared wonderingly at the half-empty cup on the table before him. Azula had lost influence, had lost face, had lost her perfection in their father’s eyes… 

 

…and then she had brought Zuko home. Probably, yes, just like she’d said, to make herself look good by comparison. And now, here he was, turning traitor and fulfilling the purpose she set for him better than even she might have expected. 

 

Unless…

 

He remembered unaccountably the sound of her voice on a far-off beach, a note of distress he hadn’t heard since they were children…

 

Brother! Zuko!

 

“After all,” Lord Gan went on with special emphasis, “could anyone be blamed for wishing to avoid such… extreme measures… in the future?”

 

Zuko’s head snapped up. Lord Gan met his gaze steadily, slyly confident. The people he was talking about, the influential people who had seen their friend suddenly banished, were not likely to want to see the banisher ascend to the Fire Throne. 

 

Azula hadn’t just lost face. She had tanked her own rise to power.

 

The hairs on Zuko’s neck stood on end. That didn’t sound like Azula at all. She was always two steps ahead. For her to make a mistake of that magnitude…

 

“I didn’t think it at first,” Lord Gan said, smiling warmly, “but I believe you may have a steady hand after all, Prince Zuko.”

 

“Excuse me?”

 

“Jung is quite taken with you. You’ll make a fine father one day.”

 

The baby’s head was resting against Zuko’s shoulder, a great grounding weight. He had not realized that his arms had come up to cradle the child even closer as they spoke about Azula, and now he became unnerved at the ease of it. His heart gave a painful lurch.

 

This is how it would have felt. 

 

“Forgive me,” Lord Gan said into the silence. “That was perhaps too bold. I did not intend to disturb you, your highness.”

 

“You didn’t. It’s just…” Zuko frowned down at the top of the baby’s head, so small and fragile. “You mentioned your father had handed you a sordid legacy. Well, my ancestors started the war your ancestors profiteered on. My father taught me little more than ruthless domination. That being a man meant subjugating those closest to me.” He could feel Jung tugging at his brocade, but it was stiff and unyielding to his soft little fingers. “So I hope you’ll understand that when you say I’ll be a fine father, I have my doubts.”

 

“You see, it is exactly this-”

 

Lord Gan cut off his own excited words with a hand pressed to his mouth. He seemed to be caught between horrified and abashed.

 

“Forgive me, Prince Zuko,” he said on a long exhale, “but I’m forbidden to speak to you too… candidly until my lady wife has had her word with your princess.” 

 

Thoroughly derailed, Zuko very nearly demanded why - but a chill was already lancing down his spine. Because he knew why.

 

Lady Gan was here to judge his character, his intentions. Of course she was. And she was alone with Katara, insinuating herself closer with her smooth court charisma, coaxing out information Zuko would never have considered pursuing. 

 

Her hair had taken on significance so suddenly. Before, it had been a simple fact that she had cut it. Now, Zuko remembered cutting his own hair - the special significance of severing his phoenix plume. He wondered at what Katara had severed, what unspoken loss Lady Gan had immediately understood that he was entirely blind to.

 

It was like the women were speaking a different language - and there was really no telling what Katara would decide to disclose with her temper so short.

 

Lord Gan watched him with sharper interest, a furrow in his brow and an unhappy smile creeping onto his face. 

 

“What will be revealed, I wonder?” he asked very quietly. 



.

.




“No one can know a man like the woman he has commanded to intimate service.”

 

Katara felt all the blood drain from her face and then flood back in a furious blush. Lady Gan pinned her in place with her knowing, sympathetic eyes as she pressed on. 

 

“I will not do you the discourtesy of speculation, nor will I ask you to reveal anything salacious, but in bondage to him you have no doubt seen his mask slip a time or two. What face does he show when there is no one there to witness-?”

 

“First off,” Katara spat, finally getting a grip on herself and barely restraining the volume of her voice, “there was never any intimate service . I poured the tea. That’s it. I know everybody just loves imagining gross, creepy things I might be letting him do to me in private, but that is not how it is.”

 

Lady Gan’s eyebrows inched upward, disbelieving or surprised. That only irritated Katara into an open snarl.

 

“Tell all your friends, too, for all I care. I didn’t bow and obey because he intimidated me or- or brutalized me. I did it because I swore an oath. That should be enough explanation but apparently being a Water Tribe woman makes me somehow incapable of honoring my word.”

 

“It’s less that,” Lady Gan said, almost too gently, “and more because he is his father’s son. A great deal of speculation has swirled about the sort of man he has become during his exile, but the Fire Court still does not know him - not the way we know Fire Lord Ozai. And I will dare tell you now,” she said, dropping her voice to a whisper nearly lost in the wind, “the last woman to be bound to Ozai could not say of him what you just said of his son. And she was not his slave, but his wife.”

 

Katara stared back at her, ice thickening in her stomach. It shouldn’t have surprised her - it made sense that a man who would horrifically scar his son would also be a harsh husband - but the confirmation still sickened her. 

 

Zuko loved his mother. It had been the first proof Katara had of his humanity. Despicable as he was, it was twisted that he might have witnessed some part of her mistreatment.

 

Lady Gan went on at a more normal volume. “On the surface, Prince Zuko has played the part of the Fire Lord’s heir rather well - no small thanks to you, his pet warrior-princess, always at hand, collared and bowed to his will… But you are telling me now that that is not an apt measure of his character. So please, enlighten me. What sort of man is the Prince?”

 

Katara mulled this over like she would chew a mouthful of sour berries, finally turning back towards where the sun hung sullen in the western sky. It was a difficult question, made more complicated by her need to win this woman over and her own uncertainty about what he would do. For her own part, she wouldn’t wait around for the battle between his dual natures to be decided, hoping for him to make the right choice. Not this time.

 

Not ever again.

 

“If he set you free,” Lady Gan asked quietly, “why did he not remove the collar?”

 

He doesn’t get to decide when it comes off,” Katara said, turning her glare back on the noble’s stunned face. She drew a breath and let it slowly out her nose. “Look, he’s not trying to trick you. He cares about the welfare of his people and he… does genuinely want to stop the war.”

 

“I can tell those words do not come easily to you,” Lady Gan said carefully, tipping her head as if to see her more clearly, “perhaps because he told you to say them.”

 

“They don’t come easily to me,” Katara snapped back, “because I refuse to tell you that trusting him isn’t risky. He’s not running some elaborate deception, but there’s always a chance with Zuko that the time will come for him to choose between his father and doing the right thing and he will choose wrong .”

 

Lady Gan was silent for a beat, as if she had caught a glimpse of a whale, just enough to recognize how big it really was. 

 

The moment you looked at my son, ” she said at length. “ I knew you possessed a kind heart, and that it has not served you well in the palace. I freely admit I came here today under the impression the Fire Prince had tormented you for sport… but when you smiled at my son, Prince Zuko watched you… very much like a man who hadn’t seen the sun in so long, he’d forgotten it could be warm.”

 

Katara could feel her face flush hot again. With a disgusted noise, she turned to glare out on the vista.

 

“Apologies,” Lady Gan said. “I don’t mean to pry so much into your personal business but… it is refreshing to think that the truth behind all the lascivious tales might be as wholesome as young lovers driven apart amidst a war.”

 

“We weren’t driven apart,” Katara blurted. It was like she was watching herself from far away, unable to stop the words falling out of her. “He betrayed me and then dragged me into this- this nightmare because he couldn’t risk displeasing his father. That wasn’t the war. That was him.”

 

“Was it?” 

 

Katara snapped her head around and scowled. Lady Gan shrugged, her face tipped forward and to the side in seemingly genuine curiosity.

 

“Because it seems to me that neither your will nor your legs are broken. You have power, whatever shadow game you and the prince have been playing. Your… misfortunes , as you deem them, have landed you in the very heart of your enemy’s stronghold. If you truly did not wish to be in this situation, I suspect you would not be.”



.

.



“What will be revealed, I wonder?”

 

Zuko frowned back at Lord Gan, spooling out the silence, forcing himself to think. Finally, he straightened the defensive hunch from his shoulders and lifted his chin. The baby’s weight pulled at his sore shoulder, but he did not bend. 

 

“I doubt Lady Gan will come back liking me any more than she did when she left, but that doesn’t change the necessity of our alliance.”

 

Lord Gan’s eyebrows formed two matching arches. “Necessity, is it now?”

 

“You said it yourself. Without me, the future of the Fire Nation is Azula.”

 

He saw the noble’s jaw twitch. “The Fire Lord is in his prime. That future is decades down the road - if it even comes to pass. He could marry again, you know.”

 

The very prospect made Zuko’s stomach cramp, but he didn’t relent.

 

“Seeing as I’m still the heir apparent, he’ll have to deal with me first.” He didn’t shift, didn’t blink. He stared the noble down, one hand flat on the baby’s warm back. “However my father decides to strike back at me, I won’t just go away. I won’t be banished. I’ll be here, fulfilling my promise to help the people, and doing everything I can to stop his campaign against the world.” 

 

Zuko hesitated, but only for a moment. Burn caution, and dignity with it. He had to make this happen, one way or another. 

 

“The truth is, I need your help. Specifically, your influence with your peers. Without some kind of support in the Fire Court, the unrest I’m going to create could be written off as a peasant problem instead of a problem for a united Fire Nation. I want you to sway nobles to my cause. I want our people to choose honor over profits won from looting other nations.” 

 

Lord Gan’s chin worked to one side slightly as he seemed to consider this. His expression remained closed, though. Zuko’s mouth twisted slightly in a bitter smile.

 

“I don’t usually get what I want, though. And even when I do, it always turns out I’ve done something in the process of getting it that ruins any enjoyment I might find in it.”

 

A coolness passed over Lord Gan’s expression and he straightened, fiddling idly with his teacup and speaking with forced lightness. “Heavy weighs the crown,” he said quietly. “Are you certain you even want it?”

 

Zuko’s head snapped back. “What does that matter?”

 

“I should think it would matter a great deal. Why go to so much trouble, why risk so much, if the prize is not even something you desire?”

 

Stunned, Zuko opened and shut his mouth. The baby snored softly in the silence, a tiny ebb and flow against which Zuko’s thoughts spun. “The prize isn’t the crown. It’s… setting things right. My father doesn’t see a problem with the world as it is. In fact, he’s done a lot to make it this way, and he’s about to make it a lot worse. I can’t just let that happen – not when I have a chance to stop him.” 

 

“So the Heir Apparent would rise up against the Fire Lord – forsaking an orderly succession and throwing the Nation into turmoil – purely out of conscience? Do you mean to suggest that the Fire Nation shouldn’t come first among all nations?”

 

“No. It shouldn’t.” It was hard to keep the temper out of his voice as he spoke. “Our war on the world was supposed to be a way of sharing our greatness. Instead, we spread fear and destruction across every continent. In my exile, I saw what the Fire Nation has done to the Water Tribes and the Earth Kingdom. I saw the ruins of the Air temples. The Air Nomads are extinct except for one kid. The waterbenders are enslaved. The Earth Kingdom is full of packs of orphans engaged in guerrilla warfare against the vastly superior enemy that took their parents away . The world hates the Fire Nation – and we deserve it. This war hasn’t revealed our greatness. It’s turned us into bullies and murderers and thieves.”

 

He paused and took a breath, and in the back of his head he remembered two blue eyes pinning him, knowing him. “We are exactly the monsters they think we are. And that has to stop.”

 

Lord Gan’s eyes had grown bright on some tightly-capped feeling. Before him on the table, his ringed fingers tapped rapidly together, belying the bored set of his face. “There are many who would find the idea of a leader harboring such a philosophy distasteful.”

 

“A sick man doesn’t drink medicine because it tastes good.” The proverb rolled off Zuko’s tongue fast – and he pushed on just as fast so that he would not have to think of the man who had taught it to him. “If the Fire Court won’t support me out of their own sense of what’s right, then I will assume it’s because they no longer honor noblesse oblige – and I will take the resources I need from them.”

 

Lord Gan’s eyes snapped wide. Zuko felt a little satisfaction in seeing him finally unsettled, but he did not smile. He only went on quietly. 

 

“I noticed in my review of the tithe records that your farmland in the southern isles produces a sizable percentage of the army’s food supply. More than enough to feed the hungry here in Harbor City.”

 

“Prince Zuko, are you saying…? If I do not agree to join in your treason, you honestly mean to… rob me?” Lord Gan stared at him, appalled. “Like some common thief?”

 

“All that you own belongs to the crown,” Zuko said, low and sharp. 

 

The noble dropped his eyes at once and murmured his apologies. Zuko went on, still watching him hard. 

 

“And most thieves don’t have access to royal economic reports. They don’t know what I know. I’ll do much worse than take your wallet, Gan. I’ll take everything you have, everything your father worked so hard to build. Or at least everything he was paid to manufacture for the war.”

 

Gan pressed a palm to his forehead, eyes flicking as if reviewing his holdings. At length, Zuko looked down at the baby sleeping against his shoulder. Some of the fire fizzled out of him.

 

“My father taught me that a strong prince takes what he wants. I’ve never been very good at that… But it always seemed like the people my father was taking from were helpless against him. You’re not helpless, Lord Gan. You have a choice. Right now, you have all the power and privilege you could hope for - enough wealth and social capital to keep your family in luxury for generations upon generations, enough education and moral strength to know that this is wrong… And yet you boasted to me about choosing an ethical gardening service . As if that was making some kind of grand difference.” 

 

“Even a man of my position can be limited in options.”

 

“Don’t I know it.” Zuko snapped his glare back up to Lord Gan, pinning him right through the faint trace of guilt about his flicking eyes. “Let me simplify those options for you. You can decline to follow your own better instincts and refuse to argue my cause to the Fire Court. But if the noble families continue their apathy for the suffering people of this Nation…” He paused, let the threat ripen. “…when I take my father’s throne, my first act will be to dismantle the Fire Court completely.”



.

.



“If you truly did not wish to be in this situation, I suspect you would not be.”

 

Katara’s stomach churned broth and she clutched at her biceps trying to still her insides. If she shut her eyes, the faces of all the people she had disappointed would crash in on her, so she did not blink. She stared unseeingly at the woman beside her, barely hearing.

 

“I think perhaps,” Lady Gan went on airily, “you have brought yourself to this place in the same way that I brought you up this trail. Deliberately, for purposes of my own.”

 

She tucked the pipe away in her sleeve, then turned around to look up the slope toward the mountain’s rocky crest. Katara followed her gaze, but all she saw was a few scant trees and shrubs - the thinning forest that clung to the mountain’s lowest reaches before the rocky cliffs cut sharply upward.

 

“I have never ventured beyond this point, but Koji tells me his uncle used to climb all the way to the family manor in Caldera. A death-defying feat - and for what? An afternoon lark? Why anyone would choose to scale such a height, I can only guess.”

 

She turned her tawny eyes back on Katara and lifted a single shapely brow. Katara fought the urge to glance back up the mountain and map the secret path to the capital. A path back to…

 

Lady Gan watched her with a tiny smile that suggested she had already guessed the wild ideas flashing through her head. 

 

“What is this?” Katara demanded. 

 

The noble’s eyebrows tipped up and her smile took on a hint of being lost. Katara forged on.

 

“I might not be a Fire Noble, but I’ve seen enough of how you people work to know I’m being played. Your little signals, your carefully planned public displays. You shared a ‘secret’ with me- no, you brought your baby here today because the Water Tribe values family and you wanted me to confide in you. Well, I gave you my answers, and not because you manipulated me – because I wanted to give them. Now you show me a secret passage and just expect me to traipse through it? How stupid do you think I am?”

 

The smile faded. Lady Gan turned back to look out at the sea. Her fingers pinched at the pipe she still held, tight and still.

 

“You’re right, of course. Though I wouldn’t exactly term my strategy an attempt to ‘play’ you, as you put it. I intended to put you at ease and to signal that I could be a compassionate ally to you.”

 

“As long as I fulfill my part in that ‘purpose’ you mentioned.”

 

“You seem to be laboring under the impression that I wish to use you as a tool.” Lady Gan snapped her head around. “As I understand it, our roles are quite reversed.”

 

Katara stared at the Fire Noble, trying to pierce through the appearance of impatience to whatever truth hid beneath it, but Lady Gan only frowned tightly back. Her high cheekbones were tinted pink and the tension lines around her eyes and mouth showed her age more truly than the bland bemusement she had consistently worn all afternoon. Was this rough emotion real? Or another skilled performance?

 

“Princess Katara,” she said with earnest formality, “you’ve made it your mission here to see your people free. I wish to help in that regard. I could be of great service to you if-”

 

“I don’t believe you.”

 

Lady Gan held her grave look a moment longer, then allowed an exasperated smile to break through. “Tiresome as it is, I confess to an appreciation for your persistent wariness. If you decided to take up permanent residence in Caldera, I imagine you would do quite well.”

 

Katara choked out a shocked and humorless laugh. 

 

“But you’re quite right. The Fire Nation has not been hospitable to its guests in recent years.”

 

“Slaves are not guests,” Katara spat.

 

“A sharp point well taken,” Lady Gan said, turning to frown out at the sea again. She was silent for a long moment and licked her lips twice as if in preparation to speak words that were hard in coming.

 

“I’m sure you know how it came to be already… but after the invasion of the Northern Water Tribe, the Fire Lord gifted the most powerful houses in the Fire Court with their own personal healers. Wonders of the Northern Reaches, they were called. All the major families have one, tucked away among the servants. But they are not servants, of course. They are war prisoners who never even fought.”

 

Katara watched her, her suspicions only building.

 

“Including Daga, who delivered my son.” Lady Gan’s voice shifted, tightened. She seemed to struggle to go on. “She eased my pain and helped me heal, and she ensured Jung was healthy. I have seen to it she is comfortable in our house, but… she remains a prisoner. As Jung gets older, he is going to ask questions. I don’t want to have to tell my son that the woman who brought him into this world is technically our property. I don’t want him to ever believe for a second that that is acceptable.”

 

Katara listened, all the while feeling stabbed through the heart. She had known the waterbenders were in the noble houses, but somehow it had not struck her that she had been in those same houses, never knowing they were there. All those fine mansions where she had knelt and poured tea, every one was a decadent cage with a waterbender locked somewhere inside. 

 

She felt like she had blundered across their graves. 

 

“Why not just free her then?” she finally snarled. She watched Lady Gan shift uncomfortably. “Your will and legs aren’t broken either.”

 

The lady had the grace to blush and glanced at the stone under her feet. “You’re suggesting I reject a gift from the Fire Lord. It isn’t just your prince who fears his displeasure, you know.”

 

“He’s not my anything,” Katara said sharply. “You could have made some excuse. Just say she ran away!”

 

Lady Gan nodded and finally met Katara’s eye. “We did discuss it, Daga and I. Even if she went free, where would she go? Her home is lost, an ocean away. The world is at war. She would have to conceal her identity, always fearing discovery, a woman alone in a strange land with no way to defend herself. So she stays with us and waits.” She took a long breath and let it out slowly. “I have done what little I could within my own circles. I made it a point of honor and nobility that we treat Daga as a guest - and Koji philosophizes to no end about what the institution of slavery is doing to the dignity and morality of the Fire Nation at large. But it is like… spritzing perfume on a pile of dung. We may influence a few opinions, but we cannot change the tone and precedent the Fire Lord sets.”

 

“Then maybe,” Katara sneered, “you should just get rid of the Fire Lord.”

 

Lady Gan’s eyes flashed with either fear or exhilaration; it was difficult to tell. “Oh, I doubt very much that I could do any such thing,” she said very softly, “but I imagine you could make that climb, Princess Katara. What exactly you might choose to do once you reach Caldera, I dare not speculate.”

 

Killer .

 

Katara jerked a step away from that meaningful stare. She felt hot and cold in her chest and her breath came too fast. 

 

But there was no denying that she’d done it before, had threatened to do it again. And if she was going to take a life, shouldn’t it be the one that caused the most destruction? 

 

There would be no reason for Zuko to switch sides again… if there was no father to turn back to.

 

Her head spun at the thought, a dizzy feeling swooping all through her.

 

“Princess, you look unwell,” Lady Gan said. Her hand had come up to clutch Katara’s shoulder and steer her away from the cliff. “Perhaps you should sit-”

 

Katara jerked away from the noble’s hold and strode for the path. She heard Lady Gan call after her, but she did not slow, and she did not look back. 



.

.



For a long while, Zuko only met Lord Gan’s frown with one of his own. His ultimatum permeated the air between them. At length, the noble sighed and folded his hands on the table, twisting a ring with sharp little motions of his thumb.

 

“I suppose at this point it should not matter,” he said tightly, “but I am more curious than ever to hear Princess Katara’s estimation of you… now that I know you would rather abandon decorum, threaten me openly, and coerce my aide than rely on her defense of you.”

 

“Katara’s not going to defend me.” Zuko looked down at the baby snoring limply against his shoulder and hoped the ache in his chest didn’t register on his face. “I’m sure she’s made it clear by now just how much she hates me.”

 

“Oh,” Lord Gan said, bland and a little sarcastic, “surely ‘hate’ is a strong word…”

 

“It really isn’t.”

 

Zuko was busy remembering the exact look on her face in the dark of the garden when she had told him she hated him, so similar to the moment she stood over him in the mineral spring, looking so devastatingly beautiful as she promised to kill him. He didn’t see Lord Gan’s thoughtful frown. 

 

“That must trouble you a great deal, considering your own stance on the matter.”

 

Zuko looked up, confused.

 

“The infatuation you so clearly harbor for her.”

 

At his flinch, the baby stirred against him, balling up a fist against his high collar. “That’s not… It’s not like that.”

 

“Is it not?” Lord Gan arched his brows. “Because I’m beginning to think all that I’ve witnessed today points to an impatient young man entirely captivated by his captive, a girl who rather does appear to despise him. Tell me, does she hate you for living up to your father’s expectations?” His voice was quiet, cold, mocking. “For being a strong prince who takes what he wants?”

 

Zuko’s mouth twisted nastily and his chest swelled as he struggled to articulate a retort, but words failed him. 

 

Because it was true, wasn’t it? All his striving to be what Ozai wanted, everything he had done to win his father’s love… Each step down that path had taken him farther from Katara, had made it more and more impossible for her to ever forgive him.

 

Lord Gan watched him keenly, his manner the unaffected look of a man already having accepted some measure of defeat. Like he had lost the first round - but now meant to win the game.

 

“I’m right,” he said, though he did not seem glad about it, “but that’s not all of it. After all, you don’t usually get what you want - so you said. What you want from that girl then is not a thing that can be taken by force. Is that the reason for your change of heart? Have you committed yourself to a life of treason to win the affections of your… tundra sapphire?”

 

Zuko sneered as much at the term as at the suggestion. “You’re entirely out of line.”

 

“And what will you do to put me in my place, Prince Zuko? You’ve already threatened my wealth and status. What more would you take from me to bend me to your will?”

 

Zuko bared his teeth and nearly snarled back, but he stopped short - because Gan’s eyes flicked slightly down. There was his fear again, just barely visible behind the mask of grim challenge. 

 

The baby let out a wobbling little noise and stirred against Zuko’s shoulder. 

 

All of a sudden, he understood what was happening here. He gaped at Lord Gan with fresh offense.

 

Before he could speak, the sliding door wrenched open and Katara appeared. She was pink in her cheeks and her eyes were a reckless flash as they cut across the room. She stopped short at the sight of him, at the baby in his arms. Incredulity flickered over her face, dragging her thoughts from whatever had troubled her. Her lips twisted together.

 

“Do you think I would hurt a baby?” Zuko blurted, having intended to direct the question elsewhere. His voice was a little higher than he wanted it to be, but the shocked drop of Katara’s jaw was gratifying.

 

“No,” she said scathingly. He might have turned a pointed look on Lord Gan if not for her immediate follow-up. “You just obviously have no idea what you’re doing.”

 

“Of course I have no idea what I’m doing,” he growled. “Holding babies isn’t exactly part of my duties as the Crown Prince.” 

 

The baby squirmed against him and whined and suddenly he felt trapped, pinned down in a way he had no idea how to wrestle out of. He was a few heartbeats from panicking. Katara casually folded her arms over her chest. 

 

“He’s drooling on your good clothes. Your highness.”

 

She seemed to understand exactly how uncomfortable he was and deem it well-deserved. Zuko gave her what was meant to be a withering look, but it seemed to have the opposite effect. One corner of her mouth twitched up and flattened in less time than it took to blink.

 

“Here, let me hold him,” she huffed, and suddenly she was right there beside him, her hands brushing Zuko’s chest as she lifted the baby’s warm weight away and settled him in her lap. For an instant, Zuko could smell her perspiration from the walk. Even when she sat back, still just barely within arm’s reach, her scent hovered like a fog in his brain, warm and salty as the sea. 

 

Jung was rubbing at his face with his tiny fists but, as soon as he looked up at her, his cheeks creased in a big smile. Katara’s expression opened up. Her eyes sparkled and her mouth fell open like she was surprised and delighted to find him there.

 

Watching her was like tearing open a wound. Because she had never looked like this around him. Not ever. He was used to her anger and resentment, her disdain and misery. Even when things had been good, she hadn’t been exactly happy. To see her so… pleased… talking so sweetly…

 

This might be her natural state if Zuko wasn’t there to ruin everything.

 

He didn’t like the way that made him feel. So he tore his eyes away and fixed a glare on Lord Gan. The noble was looking between them and the open door, and the knot of anxiety in his brow tightened by the second.

 

“Will Lady Gan be rejoining us?” Zuko asked Katara lightly, as if it hardly mattered. She shot him an annoyed side-eye and spoke to the baby instead.

 

“Your mom needs to get more exercise. She walks too slow! ” She dragged out the words and tickled the infant until he giggled. “Don’t worry, though. She’ll be back soon.”

 

Lord Gan relaxed a measure, but he didn’t look exactly reassured. “Forgive me, Princess Katara. Did you enjoy your tour of the grounds?”

 

“The view was nice,” she said, not looking at him. “It’d be better if there wasn’t a wall blocking off part of it.”

 

“I’m rather inclined to agree. A project for a later date, though. With things as they are, you might find yourself glad to have such an obstacle between yourself and… any who mean you harm.”

 

He met Zuko’s forbidding stare and lifted one eyebrow. Katara glanced between them briefly, then ignored them in favor of making faces at the baby.

 

A moment later, Lady Gan stepped through the open door. If she was at all winded from the walk, it didn’t show on her calm face. Her eyes passed over Katara and her son and came to rest on Zuko. Something in her regard had changed. A heat she had kept well-contained had dispersed. She bowed, as was proper, before returning to her seat.

 

“Ah, the light of my life returns,” Lord Gan said grandly. Lady Gan cast him an affectionate glance before turning her attention back to Zuko.

 

“I see my son has left his mark on you, your highness,” she said with an apologetic sort of humor. “Koji, dear, we shall have to replace his highness’s robes.”

 

Lord Gan peered at her skeptically, his indrawn breath screaming reluctance. She lowered her chin and looked back at him with some force.

 

“The Heir Apparent must have raiment appropriate to his office.”

 

Lord Gan’s eyes popped before he could shutter his expression. It would have given Zuko a surge of satisfaction if he hadn’t been similarly shocked. Lord Gan’s eyes flicked between Zuko and Lady Gan. “My darling…”

 

“And we shall express our gratitude for the honor of being the ones to provide it for him, as well as for his honored guest. Princess Katara of course will also need a new wardrobe to signify her new role.”

 

“Which is… what, pray tell?” 

 

“Dear heart, it is not my place to say, but activists, advocates, and advisors alike are susceptible to the benefits of style. Diplomats and ambassadors need every edge in civil combat, and that begins with cutting an impressive figure.”

 

Zuko only vaguely heard this, his wide eyes glued to Lady Gan before finally peeling away to fix on Katara. She watched Lady Gan as if suspecting some hidden insult while she helped the baby gain his feet. 

 

She had somehow won their cause. She had defended him. She must have. Zuko was flooded with relief and gratitude and uncomfortable questions.

 

What had she said? And why?

 

Abruptly, Katara noticed his stare and glowered at him. It was enough to bring his attention back to the conversation at hand.

 

“Dearest, his highness was just explaining to me the lengths he means to go to in order to ensure success in his endeavors,” Lord Gan was saying quietly through his teeth. His voice dropped even lower. “He will have the very shirts off our backs, Yaza.”

 

Lady Gan’s expression soured and she gave her husband a long, heavy look. “You could not simply wait.” 

 

Lord Gan huffed and started to defend himself, but she cut him off, still in an undertone. 

 

“You asked for my opinion, so you’ll have it. This is not some court intrigue or one of your cries for reform. It is our duty and privilege to grant Prince Zuko whatever support he needs in pursuit of his goals, ambitious as they are. And it is our extraordinary good fortune that he may truly be the idealist he sometimes appears.”

 

“But behind closed doors?” Lord Gan growled so softly Zuko didn’t fully hear him – he could see the shape of the words on his mouth, though. Gan’s look was earnest and loaded with meaning. “He as much as admitted to me-” 

 

Lady Gan shook her head with confidence. “Rumors and shadow games.”

 

Lord Gan scoffed, doubt writ large in his furrowed brow. Zuko, fighting to reel in the uneasiness that had taken him over, held his head a bit higher, sat a bit stiffer.

 

“Why don’t you just come out and ask me whatever it is you want to know?” he demanded. 

 

“As your highness wishes,” Lord Gan sneered, straightening. “Look me in the eye and tell me you haven’t taken advantage of this girl.”

 

Zuko’s eyebrow popped up and he swayed back from the table. His face flushed hot. Flicking a glance at Katara, he found her watching his reaction with growing irritation. He quickly looked away. It was so much easier to meet Lord Gan’s accusatory glare.

 

But then, as he opened his mouth to dismiss the very notion, he found his throat closed tight around the words. Could he honestly say he hadn’t taken advantage of Katara? She had never been happy with him. Even at the best times, she had always been sort of… trapped with him, desperate for comfort and support and… And he had selfishly gobbled up every scrap of her affection, completely heedless of what it could cost her.

 

Whack!

 

Zuko clutched his throbbing shoulder and gaped at the source of his pain. Katara scowled back at him. The fist she had struck him with still hovered threateningly between them – while her other hand propped up the baby so that he faced his startled parents. 

 

“The answer you’re looking for,” she hissed, “is ‘no, I have never forced myself on my slave.’ It’s really simple. Just say it.”

 

“That’s not what he asked.”

 

Katara’s face went rapidly pale, then red, then she scowled at him harder than before. “It’s obviously what he wants to know. It’s what everyone wants to know.”

 

Her voice was rising. Lady Gan coaxed the baby to totter into her arms, but Zuko hardly noticed that. A cold sweat prickled his spine. 

 

“What?” he wheezed. It seemed impossible for Katara to look angrier, but she managed it.

 

“You cannot seriously be saying you weren’t aware there would be rumors.” When he didn’t immediately respond, she pressed on. “But I guess this is just like the last little fiction you didn’t contest, isn’t it? The lie makes you look strong, so you’re fine with just letting it stand. Funny how yours is always the position of power and mine is always the butt of the joke.”

 

It took Zuko a second to remember – but then he did, and the rush of it was sickening and painful. She was using his own words for the rumor that had circulated among the trainees in the rebel camp – the little fiction that they were gay. The parallels were immediately obvious. Once again, he was the dominant party. Once again, the rumors tore Katara down, made her his victim, an acquiescent if not entirely willing plaything.

 

And, to his ever-deepening shame, she was right. He hadn’t been entirely oblivious. He hadn’t consciously decided to allow the rumor in this case because he hadn’t been explicitly confronted with it, but he had done just as she said with this and every other part of their façade – let the lie stand because it strengthened his reputation to have a powerful captive under his thumb. And if it seemed like he kept his war prize in check with private shows of force, all the better to win Ozai’s approval.

 

Of course everyone suspected he was raping her. It was implicit. 

 

Zuko felt the contents of his stomach congeal into a cold slush. There were other people in the room but they had faded, become about as important as wallpaper. Katara was watching him like she meant to hit him again--

 

--and he wished she would. It was the least of what he deserved. Instead, she bared her teeth at him.

 

“Just. Say it.”

 

“Katara, I’m so s-”

 

“To them ,” she snapped, mercilessly hacking through the sentiment before he could fully express it. “ I know it’s not true. Tell them.”

 

The apology felt lodged in Zuko’s chest, a hard-edged obstruction holding back what he sensed was a deep and festering abscess. It felt intolerable, holding that inside, but Katara clearly didn’t want to hear it – so if he said it now, it would only be to alleviate his own discomfort. And then it would mean nothing.

 

So Zuko stiffened his spine and fixed a firm look on the nobles, though he knew his face was not entirely the blank aristocratic mask it should be. It was hot still, and troubled, and they stared back at him with identical looks of acute attention.

 

“No, I have never… forced myself on, on my slave.” Determined not to wonder at the distinctions of the words she had chosen – not now, idiot! – he swallowed and mustered more strength so his voice wouldn’t come out so soft. “It’s my father’s way to use violence and cruelty to show his power. That’s not a legacy I want to continue.”

 

After a silent beat, Lord Gan raised his brows in a bland expression that thinly veiled his grudging acceptance. “Unless you feel the need to commandeer our holdings.” 

 

His recalcitrance rasped at Zuko’s last nerve. It snapped him back to solid ground.

 

“If I have to choose between feeding all those people and letting you keep your stuff,” he snarled, “then yes, I will commandeer you blind.”

 

Lord Gan glared back at him, but Lady Gan easily cut the tension with a laughing sigh. She held an apparently boneless Jung against her shoulder, rocking side-to-side. 

 

“Really, Koji,” she teased gently, “in what bizarre universe would a young ruler present himself as anything less than ruthless and implacable when an aristo sits before him questioning his honor?”

 

Her husband huffed and relented, casting her a mildly repentant look. “I tried to wait for you, my love, but his highness was insistent on the topic of conversation. I held out as long as humanly possible.”

 

“I’m sure,” Lady Gan said. Her hooded eyes clearly expressed her disbelief, but she was kind enough to not speak it aloud. Instead, she turned back to Zuko. “I hope your highness will forgive my lord husband’s presumptions. To his credit, he was strongly counseled against you by a vociferous detractor not in possession of the facts.”

 

Zuko was confused for an instant before he took in her sheepish shrug. Herself. She was talking about herself. And she was attempting to diffuse the insults he had been dealt at this table. The rigid prince in Zuko’s mind told him to deny her efforts and hold onto the grievance; his honor, and Katara’s, had been besmirched by the mere suggestion – much less being forced to dignify such an accusation with a response… 

 

And added to that was his shame, hanging thick and persistent around him like the smell of a nauseatingly indulgent meal. He knew instinctively that if he set his anger loose, it would burn everything else away. All the miserable feelings would diminish – at least for a while.

 

For a moment, Zuko sat still, his mouth twisted sourly downward. Then he flicked his eyes to the side, to Katara. She wasn’t looking at him – was, in fact, frowning severely at the two nobles – but she seemed to feel his stare. When she looked back at him, her frown didn’t diminish. She offered him no advice, only watched him, waiting for him to choose.

 

Fury or forgiveness. His father’s way or something new – something much harder.

 

Zuko shut his eyes and drew a deep breath, then forced it out from deep in his belly. He squeezed his anger down until it was a quiet seethe rather than the inferno it had been building toward. His pride and shame butted heads in his chest, but he knew what he had to do.

 

“I didn’t hear an apology,” Katara said abruptly.

 

Zuko’s eyes popped open and he took in her tight frown – and he cursed himself again when he remembered he wasn’t the only one who’d been insulted at this table. Perhaps not even just at the table... Katara had come to this meal hating him as much as ever, and now not only was she not working against him, she was almost, very nearly, kind-of-if-he-squinted… taking his side.

 

“Neither did I,” he said at once, snapping his attention back to the nobles. It gave him a giddy flutter in his chest when Katara’s head turned so that she, too, was frowning at them. He tamped down that feeling, but it shuddered through him like a chill and it was all he could do to hold his forbidding stare.

 

Lord and Lady Gan shared an unreadable look. The lady raised her elegant brows. Lord Gan bowed his head. “My apologies, your highnesses. Please consider me-”

 

“Both of you.”

 

Those elegant brows did a little hop. “I- Certainly I would never dare deny your highness, but may I ask what I did to cause offense?”

 

“I don’t know - but my honored guest came back from your tour looking unhappier than when she left.”

 

Katara was watching him again, and there was a hint of fire in her eyes. Zuko carefully avoided looking at her.

 

“And since a lot of things have been unclear up to now, I’ll make this explicit; any disrespect to Princess Katara is a personal insult to me.”

 

Lady Gan fluttered her apologies for any unintended insult with the measured haste of a well-bred noble but, although Zuko went on watching her, his attention was swept up by the blue eyes pinned to him, through him. He couldn’t tell, watching her only peripherally, whether Katara was angry or suspicious. He couldn’t be sure whether she found any measure of satisfaction in an apology when he was the one to extract it for her. Her only response to Lady Gan was a brusque nod. The scantest acceptance.

 

Was it just his remorse that was meaningless? Or was every apology the same slap in her face?

 

Zuko sensed that it would be foolish to ask. Katara wasn’t accepting any apologies from him but she was willing to align herself with him for their shared purpose. She would help him take the throne from his father. She would even help him keep the nobles in line. 

 

And if he stepped off this difficult path he’d chosen, she would help him by ensuring it was the last mistake he ever made.

 

It was rushing through him again, the same tremulous flood he’d felt down in the springs when she stood over him promising to kill him. He had dismissed it quickly at the time, had allowed anger to burn it away like everything else, but now-- 

 

He hardly heard Lord Gan send a footman for a bottle of fire wine, hardly felt the glass in his hand as he raised it in a toast to their alliance. The only clear moment was when he let his eyes settle on Katara as she raised her glass to her lips and, staring unblinkingly back at him, sipped.

 

He struggled to keep it from showing on his face in that moment – because if she didn’t want his apologies, she would have even less use for this, his overwhelming tide of fierce, desperate gratitude.

Chapter 34

Notes:

Thank you all for the well-wishes and warm welcomes! You remind me why I love working on these stories.

The last chapter was an absolute glutton of time and effort and had mostly existed for years. This one is all new. Fresh! I've reworked my outline and the next few chapters should come fairly quickly - some scenes are already written because they were too fun to resist. I can't wait to share those...

I'm excited to be writing again. Thank you, to you all out there, for feeding me.

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

“Thank you.”

Katara didn’t react. Maybe she could just pretend she hadn’t heard him at all. He’d said it so quietly, like the words had been squeezed out of him under enormous pressure despite massive resistance, and the sound was nearly lost in the evening breeze. 

She stood at Zuko’s side on the grand front steps, watching the Gan palanquin recede toward the gates. He had restrained himself so much through the end of the meeting, she supposed she should have been prepared by now with some biting follow-up. Maybe a more cutting and in-depth lecture, since he was suddenly feeling so receptive to feedback

But the thought of exerting so much energy into what would probably just turn out to be a futile endeavor only annoyed her and filled her with bitter resentment. 

Phuh. That look of shock on his face when she laid it out for him. The budding understanding and horror. Because it hadn’t been eating at his conscience at all. Her situation didn’t even register for him. The audacity to try and apologize right then!

No, if Zuko was going to reckon with all the misery he had put her through, he was going to do it on his own time. Katara had more important matters on her mind, now. Like whether that path up the cliff was really passable, or whether Lady Gan was sending her into a trap. She was wondering how long it would take to free every waterbender in Caldera. Which would probably be easiest if she just assassinated the Fire Lord first...

The moon hung fat in the east. It would be full in a few days. And wouldn’t that be just the perfect time? To kill the man who deserved to die more than anyone else in the world?

Every thought that came before was exhilarating, but this last filled her with fear and a sharp, virulent sort of hope. And a sick uneasiness she couldn’t seem to shake. 

But she needed to be at her best if she was going to take on such a powerful opponent, and right now, she definitely wasn’t. It galled her to admit it, but Loska had been right - Zuko could have trounced her this morning if he had really been trying. Even with an injury. The duel with Zhao had taught her a valuable lesson at least. She had lost that fight in part because she was out of practice. Her mind had been stirred up with raw emotions and clinging anxieties. Her body had grown stiff and out of shape, and now it was even worse, stressed by injuries and the demands of the last few days. A few gentle bending lessons with Iyuma weren’t going to be enough to bring her back to full strength. 

But...

Zuko was peering at her - she could tell from the corner of her eye, but she still refused to look back at him. He hesitated until the palanquin was nearly out of sight, then seemed to muster his resolve.

“Katara, what you said-”

“We should be training.”

She looked at him then, tight-mouthed. His face pinched like he was holding something back, but whatever it was, he didn’t say it. He only dipped his chin, looking briefly off to the side. When his eyes snapped back to her, his resignation had morphed into determination.

“Yeah, we should. Now or in the morning?”

Katara was tired. Despite the long nap, the walk and conversations of the evening had eaten away at her until she was nearly as exhausted as she had been this morning.

But the full moon was just a few days away. 

“Now,” she said.

It wasn’t like she was trying to be combative or threatening. It was just hard tonight not to growl when she looked at him. Zuko narrowed his eyes.

“Go change,” he said. “I wouldn’t want to singe your good clothes.”

“You go change,” she nearly sputtered. Where did he get off, telling her what to wear? She mustered up all the scathing she could. “Do you even own anything made for more than strolling in a palace?”

“For your information, yes.” He glowered down his nose at her. “Not that sparring with you will take all that much more exertion.”

“Huh! You puffed up, arrogant hot-head.” Katara descended the steps and stomped toward the fountain, sniping over her shoulder, “On second thought, don’t change. I’ll scrub that baby drool out of your shirt when I drown you.”


.
.


Zuko tore his eyes away from the irritated swing of her fists at her sides and looked back into the doorway where several servants had attended the departure and waited still to be dismissed. With a wave of his hand, he sent them off. Machi’s eyes flicked up to him, a bright flash in her professionally blank face, then she followed along with the rest.

It probably wasn’t great to let them see her insult and threaten him, he realized belatedly. It just... suddenly didn’t seem as important as it used to. There were so many, so much more important things to worry about, now. More troubling things. 

But this wasn’t the time to try and think it all through. Katara reached the fountain and whirled around, arms crossed and one foot tapping impatiently. She wanted to train. They needed to train. It was so rare that they agreed on anything... 

Everything else just had to wait.

Zuko stepped down to the courtyard and breathed deep, working to still his thoughts. Probably the worst possible place to mull things over was in her striking range. He stopped at the proper distance and bowed.

She rolled her eyes at him instead of returning the gesture, then dropped into her starting stance. 

A complete lack of respect. 

The hissing voice in the back of Zuko’s mind reminded him a prince did not tolerate disrespect. He should lash out at her, punish her for her audacity. Use his anger to strike out at her and bring her low, remind her of his power and his worth. His anger rose up, responsive after years of conditioning. The familiar blaze swelled through him, hot and reassuring.

They struck at the same time. Katara hauled up a stream and flung it toward him just as he kicked a swirl of flames at her. Their elements clashed with a hissing boom. They fought on.

Zuko kicked and punched, favoring his sore shoulder only slightly now, and quickly began to gain ground. Katara was fighting hard - he could see it in the slash of her eyes and the strain on her face - but she was losing steam fast. 

Weakness, hissed the voice, savoring impending victory.

But that other voice rose up, too, rasping sadly at memory. She did not always look at you this way, you know.

In a jarring rush, Zuko remembered the day they had sparred on Hakoda’s ship. Then, Katara had slung her element at him and watched him with shining eyes. Trusting. Playful. She had skated alongside the ship and laughingly returned everything he launched at her. She hadn’t been unhappy and trapped in that moment. She had been free. And daring. 

And she had chosen him. 

Now, her teeth were bared and her eyes had a fixed, exhausted sheen to them. She faced him with anger and grim determination. When he blasted through a shield she had thrown up with wide sweeps of her arms, she flinched back hard.

It was only a reflex, an instant’s twitch of muscle, but Zuko recognized it. She had thrown her hands up that way when Zhao came down on her.

He stopped his advance, his heart pounding for reasons entirely unrelated to exertion. “Let’s call it a night. We can go again in the - hey!”

Katara didn’t stop. She flicked forward a thin stream and took one foot out from under him. Zuko staggered forward one awkward hop, his ankle caught in a hook of ice, before managing to kick himself free. She was already building up for her next wave.

He could have struck while she was in the middle of her pull. A quick blast to startle her back, interrupt her movement. But Zuko found himself abruptly unwilling to launch fire anywhere near her face. 

Instead, he kept his attack low, scuffing bright crests at her feet. She jumped back, lost her root. Zuko pressed the advantage two more steps - only to have his front foot knocked out from under him by a hard splash that spun him onto his knee. He rolled out of the way just before a fresh wave bounded over the fountain’s edge and went crashing past.


.
.


Katara pushed herself. She was breathing hard and her limbs were shaking with the effort of pulling up so much water, but she had to be stronger. 

If she was going to assassinate the Fire Lord, she was going to need to be so much stronger.

Was she going to assassinate the Fire Lord? Was that... really... what she wanted to do?

Zuko was pulling his punches. She could see it clearly now. He lacked the furious focus he’d had even just this morning. When she had thought for a heartbeat she was going to get burned - fingers crackling like twigs, splitting, roasting my cheeks - the fire hadn’t even come close enough to sting. Instead, Zuko had shot her an anxious, pitying look and tried to end the spar.

Of course he waits until the most inconvenient time to develop his budding conscience.

Katara struck at him harder. She gave ground and then won it back with a big strike. Only, pushing that wave left her legs quaking under her, so when Zuko leapt over it and was suddenly within arm’s reach, she couldn’t back up fast enough. She tripped and went down on her back. Rather than roll out of the way, she could only lay there, winded.

Luckily, Zuko didn’t press the advantage. He just stared down at her from his ready stance, assessing. “Are you o-?” He cut himself off and asked a different question instead. “Can we stop now?”

Katara wanted to fight him. She wanted to leap up and wipe that exasperated look off his face. Instead, she dropped her head back against the paving stones and glared up at the stars. 

“I’m not strong enough.”

She hadn’t meant to say it out loud, and Zuko certainly seemed stunned by the admission, but it was just a statement of a fact. It didn’t matter if she wanted to kill the Fire Lord. She couldn’t do it. Certainly not by the full moon. 

Relief gusted through her, unhitching a mighty load she had only barely been aware of trying to haul. 

“You’ll get stronger.” Zuko had abandoned his stance, but he was still watching her with grim, troubled eyes. He held out a hand to help her up. “Pushing too hard right now is just gonna make it take longer.”

She wanted to bat his hand away. Better to lay here all night than to willingly touch him. 

But her arms were terribly heavy. Katara heaved a breath and rolled up to sit with her elbows on her knees, tipping her head away in the hope that he would withdraw.

He dropped his hand and stepped back. When she didn’t stand up, he folded his arms over his chest and frowned at the ground between them.

“I’ll never burn you. You know that, right?”

Katara wanted to scoff and tear into him - Not the way you were fake-fighting tonight. or You burned me beyond recognition! - but she was tired. She just curled her lip and turned her face away.

“It’s hard to... It was hard for me to come back after I was burned, too. Once you’ve felt that kind of injury, your body doesn’t forget it right away. It just takes time to work through it.”

“Great. Thanks. Any other tidbits of wisdom you’re dying to share?”

He was silent for a moment and, when she shot him a sideways glare, he only stood with his head down, his mouth a bitter twist. “Wisdom pretty obviously isn’t one of my strengths.”

Katara watched him for a moment, then rolled her eyes. What phase of Zuko was this? Tortured penitence? Self-pitying epiphany? Whatever it was, it was exhausting. He was exhausting. More exhausting than exhaustion itself.

It took more effort to regain her feet than it should have, but she managed to avoid staggering. Without a glance at Zuko, she made for the house.

“I’ll have food sent to your room. Is there anything you want?”

“For this conversation to be over?”

“It will be, but that won’t replenish your chi.”

“My chi?” Katara pulled up short on the steps and fixed him with an affronted scowl. 

He hadn’t brought up her chi since... before. When he had been stealing food for her in the resistance base. When he had inserted himself into her reunion with her father to insist she should eat more. Now, suddenly, he wanted to be attentive that way again? He thought he could do all he had done and she would just let him take care of her that way?

That boy was never real! You won’t trick me again!

She stabbed a finger hard into his chest. “My chi is none of your business. I don’t want to hear that word come out of your mouth ever again.”

He jerked his head back, a flicker of frustration escaping - finally, the honest truth. “If you’re going to regain your strength, you need fuel.”

“Not from you.”

He looked surprised, incensed, and he opened his mouth to argue-

And then dropped his head and nodded. “Okay. I won’t bring it up again.”

Katara watched him closely. It was unnerving to have him... resurrect this old habit, but even more unnerving to have him drop the subject so easily. Zuko seemed to thrive on conflict, crave it. He probably couldn’t go very long without it. Whatever game he was playing at now, there was no way it would last.

She frowned a little harder, then stalked off to her suite, leaving him behind on the steps.


.
.


Zuko watched her go. 

He was remembering, for the first time in a long time, that last night on the deck of her father’s ship. It came to him like the lightest, sweetest knife through his chest. She had gazed up at him, had touched his face and pleaded for him to abandon his hunt and join her cause. At some point - in the trunk or on the royal cruiser, he wasn’t sure now - he had become convinced that she had been trying to control him, to maneuver him into doing what she wanted like a player nudging a Pai Sho tile around the board. It was something Azula would do, play on his emotions to steer him into doing her will. 

He knew now that that wasn’t true, had known it for a while, but he had not really... taken the time to think it through. As he was reflecting now, he forced himself to accept that Katara’s plea that night had not been some attempt to diminish or control him, but longing wrenched straight from her heart. She had begged him to join her, not because she couldn’t win without him, but because she wanted to win with him.

We could face anything together, Zuko. I know it.

Painful as the memory had been when he was convinced it was a play for power - the very reason he had avoided thinking of it all this time - it was excruciating to know that it had been real. She had really loved him in that moment. 

And he had answered her with indecision. Followed closely by betrayal. Captivity. A running tab of stains on her honor. Shame. Humiliation and degradation.

He had allowed others to diminish her so that he could appear greater. He had gained at her expense. He had allowed Zhao to burn her horrifically. He had used her power to fuel his glory until her power was eroded and spent. Repeatedly, he had tried to get rid of her - to free her, but also just to get her away from him.

And then, after all of that, she had come back and defended him. 

A realization was coalescing in him, shifting his understanding of many things.

I don’t deserve her respect.

The hissing voice in him bridled at the very notion. If you can’t command respect, then you are weak! Pathetic failure! But that was wrong. He could see it so clearly now. He had been weak when he had used Katara as a veneer to project the sort of man his father wanted to see. 

Now though, he thought with bitter sarcasm, he was strong - and an absolute fool. He heaved a sigh and tore his eyes away from the empty corridor to peer instead out at the stars.

It was agony, but this was just one of months’ worth of cruelties he had yet to fully realize. How was he ever going to apologize?

After some time, Machi emerged from the house with a candle and a searching flick of her eyes.

“Prince Zuko, the summons still awaits a response.”

As if he could forget. There were just... so many difficult things he needed to think about. Zuko stepped past Machi and, as she fell in a step behind him, made his way toward the office where the messenger had been waiting since he had arrived late in the afternoon, just before the Gans.

It had been daring merely to ignore the summons for a few hours. Technically, the Fire Lord would not expect him to arrive at the palace until very late in the night, but when he did not appear at all, Zuko knew there would be repercussions. It was a simple missive commanding him to return to the palace to answer for his actions. There was no mention of the assassination attempt or Zuko’s injury, just the gut-sick certainty that his father was displeased that he had disobeyed him and freed his crew. There was no doubt in his mind that answering this summons would end in some devastating punishment. Banishment or imprisonment, most likely. 

So Zuko simply would not go. But if he openly refused, Ozai would send the royal guard at once to arrest him. Zuko had a handful of his own guards still, and the Gan villa was protected by many more household guards, but even with all that support, Zuko couldn’t very well fight a small army - and that’s what Ozai had in the palace. A small army that could at any moment begin marching down to Harbor City. And, likely, most of these household guards would surrender to the royal guard anyway simply because they did the Fire Lord’s bidding.

The best thing, then, would be to stay out of Caldera, but do it in such a way that Ozai did not think the full force of the royal guard was necessary to bring him to heel. The trick would be in making his father think he wasn’t dealing with a true threat, only... Well, a fool. 

How fortuitous that Zuko had so much experience in being and appearing foolish.

It chafed him raw to acknowledge it, but Ozai’s low opinion of him was about to serve a very important purpose. It could buy Zuko time. Time to gather his resources and build some kind of defenses. Win allies, as he had today.

Well, as Katara had. Shame and gratitude flooded through him, but he shut that away for now.

“Your highness,” Machi intoned as they approached the office door, then held out a thick letter, already pressed with his seal.

Zuko took it, then paused and shifted his gaze fully to her. He suddenly found he couldn’t not say it. “Not that I don’t appreciate everything you’ve done for me, Machi... but you may come to regret leaving your job as head laundress.”

A faint smile played through her eyes. “Only if your highness has misjudged this gambit. Which, considering the tutor, I doubt will be the case.”

Zuko’s eyebrow tipped back minutely, a faint reflection of the flash of pain, guilt, resentment, and sorrow that shook him. Iroh’s voice welled up out of memory, warning him against the straightforward gambit, urging him to consider other strategies. He had never, ever listened. Not in Pai Sho, not in life. Now, he wished desperately he had received his uncle’s lessons with more than thin patience and thinner respect. 

“I hope you’re right,” he said at last, then proceeded toward the office.

The courier rose and bowed the moment Machi opened the door as if he had not been waiting for almost three hours, but his eyes were a little wild. “Prince Zuko,” he said in a hushed tone. 

“Take this message to my father with all haste,” Zuko said only a little stiffly, passing the weighty letter into his hand. 

The courier peered down at the letter and glanced up at him. “Prince Zuko, I - of course, at once. What- what shall I tell the Fire Lord?”

He was breaking out in a sweat now, because he was realizing that he would be returning to the palace without retrieving the prince. Zuko watched him, not entirely pitiless despite appearances. “The situation in Harbor City is urgent. This letter explains it all. It took me all evening to compile the enclosed figures.”

This was a lie. Zuko had written the letter - more of a windy report, really, which was the kind of thing Master Tak had enjoyed assigning - this morning after his confrontation with Katara. Waiting to send the messenger back now was a bid to win a few more precious hours.
 
“I’m sure my father will understand.”

Ozai would understand only the whiff of defiance. He would be furious to have his summons effectively ignored for what he would no doubt consider a meaningless waste of time. Humanitarianism. He would almost certainly send soldiers -

Zuko felt again the memory of his father’s fist-hard stare. A threat, even from a child, should never go unanswered.

-but he would not yet muster his full strength to collect his incompetent, bleeding-heart son. Not yet.

Zuko sent the messenger off, his stomach tight with nerves and fury and... hurt that went on and on.

He sat down at the writing desk and, before he had had time to really sink into his miserable feelings, Machi placed a tea tray before him. Ginseng. And off to the side, a plate of steamed buns.

Zuko stared at the warm wisps curling off them, only to immediately be lost and wasted in the open air.

Not from you.

“Machi, make sure Princess Katara...”

What? Make sure she gets some buns and tea? Make sure she eats them? It was none of his business, she’d said, and she had a point. He had no right to involve himself in her affairs - most especially matters of her body.

“Prince Zuko, I hope I have not overstepped, but I ordered another bowl of broth and some wholesome cabbage dumplings placed in her sitting room.”

“Oh. That’s good...” He peered off to the side, not liking how his face grew warm. Dealing with Pokui had never left him feeling wrong-footed, and he had thought at the time it was because she was simply an effective majordomo. But Machi was far more effective - to the point of impropriety. There were many questions she did not bother asking. She just knew.

“Forgive my inquiry,” she said now, “but does Princess Katara not eat meat at all?”

“She does. Just not...”

...when she’s been too close to death.

In his mind, he drifted on the edge of a dark valley, where a slim girl waited for his company, her stiff shoulders and wolftail glazed in moonlight. His belly was full of rabbotter stew while she stood empty. Stricken. Desperate.

Zuko’s face twisted reflexively as he shied away. These memories ached like infected teeth - so hideously painful that he could not bear to touch them. He did not want to. He had enough to deal with! He didn’t need all this pain, too, when he was dancing on the edge of destruction with his father!

But Zuko drew a breath and let the memory linger - like holding his hand on a hot stove. He owed her this much. It was the very least of his mountainous debt to her. The merest beginnings of making it right.

“Make some meat available,” he finally said, “but nothing too aromatic for a few more days.”

Machi bowed and left him to his thoughts.


.
.


The guests arrived at the lavish townhouse in their customary style. Silks in so many shades of roses, pinks, and peaches, with each lady trimmed in some splash of crimson, vermilion, magenta - such things often went unnoticed, but one did not wear such bold colors in the morning hours unless one was a bold woman herself. 

Lady Gan had always thrown the finest brunches before the birth of her child, so even if it had been a while between occasions, no invitation went unaccepted. What good fortune to have descended from Caldera early enough to attend! But good fortune does often come to those who know how to listen to the subtle songs sung in high society - songs sung only under the breath.

The repast was decadent, the decor transcendent. Each lady in attendance felt herself a special guest held in their host’s high esteem. So each lady felt in her heart that she could ask the question burning in the back of her mind.

“Yaza, you have not told us anything about your honored house guest. Everyone at Court is dying for news of the Prince and his waterbender...”

Ladies of the Court did not giggle; they tittered, light and knowing with their eyes cutting across the table to each other. But Lady Gan declined to titter.

“In point of fact,” she said with measured grace, “there is so little to tell. I shouldn’t wish to bore you.”

Every voice cried out in stately protest. How could Lady Gan deny such a rising tide of encouragement?

“I suppose there was one peculiar thing... Prince Zuko introduced Princess Katara as his honored guest.”

Gasps. He truly did free her, then? And she remained by his side? Is her spirit so broken? So like Ozai and Ursa...

Artfully, like a dancer filling a stage with precise steps, Lady Gan spun out the interrogation with half-answers and deft omissions. The Princess was anything but broken; like a blade from a forge, she had emerged from her indenture tempered to a razor’s edge. Now, her gaze was fixed on the plight of her people. 

“Their Princess Yue made the ultimate sacrifice for her people,” Lady Tsuni murmured. 

“The Northern Princess was a dutiful figurehead. But the Southern Princess is a fighter,” Lady Jing primly insisted. “Do you remember how she confronted the Admiral? And he flinched back from her?

“Who would not flinch,” Lady Shau reasoned, “when faced with a snapping wolf?”

“I recall her limping after the Prince at Princess Azula’s birthday gala. She did not look like much that night.”

“Her health must be much improved,” Lady Gan offered, idly sipping her tea to force a pause. “Else, she would not have held her own so fiercely.”

“Do you mean to say there was some conflict? Between which parties?”

“Princess Katara does not appear inclined to shy from conflict with any party.”

“She didn’t! What was the Prince’s response?”

Lady Gan did not allow it to show, but this was a most crucial step. Told the wrong way, or to the wrong audience, the moment would cast Prince Zuko in an unfavorable light. (And certainly, she could never breathe to anyone that the Princess had struck the Prince and chastised him like an obstinate boy.) But she had selected her messengers carefully. She knew exactly where their sympathies lay.

“A gentlemanly acceptance of correction from his esteemed companion.”

Jaws dropped around the table. It was so at odds with what was known and what was widely accepted to be true. But if it was coming from Lady Gan herself, there could be no doubt. 

“He would elevate her to a peer,” breathed Lady Shau. 

“The way he carried her off the dueling court...”

“I heard from my maid that he fired his majordomo over her treatment.”

“Romantic as it may seem, the Fire Lord is unlikely to permit this new arrangement to go on,” Lady Tsuni said loftily. “What do you imagine the Prince will do when he returns to the palace?”

Lady Gan did not speak, leaving the others to speculate. She was fairly confident that Prince Zuko would not be returning to the palace for some time - barring the event of his arrest. In fact, she and Koji were about to be notified of a rather serious issue in their holdings to the south which would require their immediate attention. A great deal of rice was going missing at this very moment...

But before they went on a long journey to investigate, there were a great many pieces to put into position.

Esteemed companion, hnn?” Lady Shau was watching her narrowly now. “I heard a tale from my maid as well not so long ago. She had it directly from one of the girls in the companion suite that the Prince came one evening for... some purpose requiring privacy. What manner of companionship was he seeking then, would you say?”

Lady Gan recalled the Princess on the cliff, the wind pulling her short hair as she snarled about “gross, creepy things” and lashed out with devastating honesty. It almost made her want to smile, the happy discovery of that offended and resentful and... innocent young woman. 

And, well... she had been instructed to tell all her friends... 

...and it was such a delicious bit of gossip...

“I would say that the Prince, whatever his purpose, wisely kept his hands to himself. Maidens of the Water Tribe don’t permit men to get too familiar, you know.”

Another flood of gasps and speculation spilled forth, and Lady Gan could only just manage to steer their discourse without a satisfied smirk creeping onto her face.

It was almost certainly a lie she was spreading now - in fact, knowing what Yaza knew, it was ludicrous to suggest that the Princess had not indulged herself with the Prince at some point - but accidental fact hardly mattered in this situation. What mattered was honor and the greater good. Princess Katara (and her people, for that matter) had had her honor badly tarnished by her servitude and, to now go on and fulfill her purpose, she would need a fresh shine put to it. A purpose well worthy of some modest curating of fact.

As the famed poet wrote, Tell the truth, but tell it slant. And Yaza endeavored always to slant toward the light.

Notes:

psst - the famed poet is Emily Dickenson

Chapter 35

Notes:

Thank you thank you for all your support!

(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)

Chapter Text

fuck a princess, I’m a king
bow down and kiss on my ring
it’s gonna hurt, it’ll sting
spitting your blood in the sink

I’m crazy but you like that
--I bite back, 
daises on your nightstand
--never forget, 
I blossom in the moonlight
--screw eyes, 
glacial with the blue ice
--I’m terrifying

”Daisy” Ashnikko

.


.


In the hours before dawn, Katara climbed past the stone bench and picked her way up the rocky slope toward Caldera. She softened her footsteps the way she had learned to do in warrior training and listened sharply for any sign of a trap. There was none. So far.

The moon hung low in the west, casting soft light over the rough terrain, but it was still difficult to know just how deep a shadow was before her foot was in it. The volcano only got steeper, and soon she was climbing on all fours, sweat rolling down her face and neck as she pulled herself upward. Near the midway point, she paused to sit on a large rock and catch her breath. The slope became a near-vertical wall up ahead. She was not looking forward to that.

It wasn’t as steep as the cliffs on the way back to Gao Ling. Then again, there would be no climbing partner, no Suki on the end of her rope to encourage and heckle her in equal measure. And while Katara had had most of a night’s sleep before sneaking out for this adventure, she still wasn’t as strong as she had been those months ago.

Probably because she’d been neglecting her chi.

Flush with fresh irritation, she continued on up the incline. Sore fingers were entirely preferable to reflecting on... he-who-was-not-here-and-need-not-be-named, so she redirected her mind to the task before her. When she got to the base of the cliff, though, she pulled up short, laying her hands flat on the ground. 

There was water here, under the surface. She could feel it, deep underground, flowing through unseen ways. Experimentally, she pulled. 

The spring water came gushing out of cracks in the mountain, sending up a plume of steam as it emerged. Alarmed by the loudness of it, Katara dropped it at once and peered around again. Still, there was no one. No sign of a trap. No sign of anyone up here. She returned to the water, pulling more slowly this time to draw up a thick stream.

This was the water that fed the hot springs, she realized. It flowed through the moonlight, giving off whorls of steam and a heavy mineral scent. 

With the water, the cliff was not so hard to scale. Katara reached the top as the moon was touching down on the sea, and the view - that yellow orb drizzling the waves in glimmering sparks - had her pausing again to catch her breath. Even nights in the Fire Nation were not very cool, but the wind that rolled up the mountain was humid and revitalizing.

Katara stood in the wind for a moment and let herself be revitalized.

She felt in herself some broken ends reconnecting, some vital parts righting themselves. This was what she was meant to be doing. This was where she was supposed to be. She had not made a mistake after all... or if she had, she now had a chance to win something that could make the price she had paid at least a little less steep and pointless.

There was not much night left, and little light to work with in that time, so she hurriedly picked her way through a tight pass in the rim of the volcano and stared down on the royal city. Caldera was almost pretty from here, speckled with lanterns and gas streetlights that gleamed along the intricate tiered rooftops.

Katara scowled and shut that thought away. The lights were garish, the roofs were angular and jagged, and the people here were the worst.

Except, she supposed, maybe Lady Gan. Katara looked down on the estate nearest to where she stood and, sure enough, it was Lord Gan’s tidy landscaping she recognized. And, since there was still no sign of a trap, she supposed Lady Gan might not have been trying to trick her. 

The real test would come tomorrow night, when she would actually begin her plan. Tonight, there was time only for scouting. And that time was up.

Katara had to retrace her steps very slowly, guided only by starlight now. The greenish haze of pre-dawn found her picking her way down the lower slope, and the rest of the descent was easy in the building daylight. She slipped through the hidden door in the wall and crept through the grounds and, finally, back through the sliding door that opened onto her bedroom.

Three anxious faces turned to her at once.

“Where have you been?” Loska hissed. “The Prince invited you to train at dawn. We’ve been stalling this whole time!”

“Machi has come by twice,” Sian said, almost apologetically.

“It’s a lucky thing she seems to think your defiance is a common feature for royals rather than a behavioral issue.” Iyuma scanned her up and down. “Were you digging a hole out there? You’re all dirty.”

Katara glanced down at the grit ground into her hands and dusting her dark trousers. “No. Just, uh, a little walk. But probably better if I don’t go out looking like this.”

“Hurry up if you’re going to wash.” Loska pointed at the basin on her vanity and, annoyed but seeing no reason to argue, Katara set about changing out of her soiled clothing and cleaning the grime away. Sian started bustling about in the closet.

“So where did you go?” 

Down to her underwear and scrubbing at her hands, Katara glanced up to take in Iyuma’s look in the mirror. Loska was also there, frowning testily at her back, but Iyuma just looked curious. Maybe a bit uncertain.

They would probably be safer if they didn’t know... but she abruptly realized she was going to need their help. Because she couldn’t very well just bust out the healers and set them loose in the woods. They had to go somewhere safe. And this, right now, was the safest place she knew of.

“I climbed up to Caldera to scout a path so I can start freeing the other healers.”

They both gaped at her. “Just like that?” Iyuma shook her head as if to dispel the incredulity.

Katara nodded. “It’s time. I’m not waiting around any longer. We have to do this ourselves.”

“We?” Loska wheezed. “You plan to drag us into your crime? Have you thought at all about what will happen to us when we’re caught?”

“I won’t be caught,” Katara said with more confidence than she really felt. “And you won’t be anywhere close to the danger. All you have to do is be ready to help them and hide them when I get them back here.”

Loska chewed her thumbnail even as she shook her head; she was so pale she might have been on the brink of a meltdown. Iyuma’s eyes were wide and bright. Any uncertainty she had felt had quickly evaporated, leaving only excitement.

“Right under the Fire Prince’s nose?” she said, a grin breaking out. “He’s not in on this?”

“Water Tribe business,” Katara said, her own teeth flashing in answer. “And Sian.”

She had been hesitating in the closet doorway, clutching an armful of clothes. When she heard her name, she startled. Katara turned her head to look directly at her. 

“How about it, Sian? Do you want to help us save our people?”

“I- of course, Princess Katara!”

Loska rolled her eyes and stopped biting her nails long enough to scoff. “As if she would deny you anything, Princess.” 

Katara heaved a breath. “Sian, you don’t have to help if you don’t want to. There is a chance you might get in trouble.”

“I don’t care.” Her voice was quiet - as it always was - but there was an undercurrent of strength there. A little steel that Katara had rarely seen in her. “I don’t know what I can do to help, but tell me and I’ll do it.”

“Ugh.” Loska folded her arms hard over her chest. “The healers won’t just trustingly follow you off into the night like your handmaid. You’re asking these women to risk punishment and take an enormous risk that you, another enslaved woman, will be able to get them to safety.”

“Loska, for La’s sake,” Iyuma sighed.

But Katara looked at her reflection in the mirror and knew at once that she was right. She looked thin and there were smudges under her eyes. In just her sarashi, she could see the top and bottom ends of the scar Pakku had sliced into her chest. Her hair was presently pulled back in the rough wolftail - without beads - that she had paused to tie when she woke some hours ago. She didn’t look like a princess or a powerful bender. And these healers weren’t guaranteed to know who she was in any case. They would have no reason to think she could protect them. And that could mean a bunch of whispered conversations trying to convince frightened people to take a risk, wasting precious time when they should be escaping.

But she would have to think about that later.

Katara turned to grab her clothes from the bed where Sian had laid them out, but pulled up short. “I am not wearing that.”

Sian looked at the clothing, then back at her, bewildered. “This is a common style for bending.”

Loska uttered a horrified little noise. She didn’t have to say the word Scandalous! for everyone in the room to hear it. Katara frowned and was about to refuse again, but Iyuma spoke first.

“Looks a lot more comfortable to move in than your dress clothes. Unless you think you might get burned with so much skin showing?”

“No,” Katara muttered grudgingly.  “Zuko won’t burn me.” 

“Then what’s the problem?”

“Yes,” Loska said with crackling sarcasm as she stalked from the room, “so much fuss when he has already seen it all anyway. Hurry up!”

Katara blushed and glowered after her, but she grabbed the clothes and dressed hurriedly. 

“So he won’t burn you,” Iyuma said, a sadistic grin spreading across her face. “But he’ll burn for you, ehn?”

Katara, hopping to get into her pants, shot her a sour look. Then, suddenly, she smiled. “You know what? You seem like you could use some exercise, too.”

 

.


.


Zuko worked slowly through his kata and then a few advanced sets as the sun warmed him and the courtyard around him. He worked without fire through the first repetitions, letting his muscles grow hot and limber, then proceeded to harness his impatience and blast his way through the next set at maximum volume.

Katara had to be awake by now... and if not, the noise was even more likely to draw her out. He had instructed Machi that she could decline to join him if she wanted to, but he was hoping the necessity of training paired with the annoyance of disturbed sleep would be enough to lure her into the courtyard.

Sure enough, he wasn’t even halfway through the set when she appeared, glaring in the morning light. Zuko glanced at her from the corner of his eye and then stopped and fully turned his head to take her in. She wore plain pants with the roomy cut intended for exercise, cuffed below the knee to keep her feet unimpeded. Bracers protected her forearms and her top was a cropped wrap that bared much of her shoulders and midriff. Firebenders’ clothing.

The collar hung heavy around her throat.

But it was her hair, which had for so long been styled in topknots and braids, that really grabbed his attention today. It was back in its simple wolftail. It looked different now. Shaggy and a little wild. But the sight of it struck him.

It summoned up a lot of memories that kicked through his chest like ostrich-horses, but it was also... reassuring. It made her look incrementally more like herself. 

“Iyuma is joining us,” she informed him, folding her arms over her chest and frowning down at him from the top of the steps. It was an imperious posture, and it made Zuko’s pulse thump.

He finally spotted the other woman following along just behind Katara. She was watching him closely. They both were. He suddenly had a feeling that they had been talking about him and there was some test going on that he had not known to prepare for.

“Okay,” he said, a little dumbly. His good ear was getting hot. He glowered. “She can watch. I’m not sparring with a beginner. Do you need to warm up?”

Katara marched right past him and assumed a ready stance. Iyuma sat down on the steps, but Zuko had already forgotten about her. He bowed to his opponent. She narrowed her eyes and worked her jaw to one side.

He did not feel the same flash of fury at her disrespect today. Instead, anger persisted in him at a constant low throb, not even directed at her, really, but largely at his other problems - problems that were actually problems, as opposed to Katara, who was more of a... a duty. 

No. More like a privilege he hadn’t fully appreciated before he’d lost it. And even the shadow of it now was a privilege of its own. Because, if she had not persisted and stayed with him, if she had not come back in his moment of need, he would have no chance to redeem himself. 

And Zuko was determined to set this right. He just... had no clear idea of what it was going to take to do that exactly. In fact, during the sleepless hours he had laid awake last night, he had racked up a lot of reasons why she might never forgive him at all. With her attitude toward him the seething resentment that it was, anything he tried could just as easily blow up in his face. 

But Zuko was not unaccustomed to chasing after impossible quarry. The first step was training and getting Katara back to form. After that... well, he’d come up with something. 

She shot a tight stream straight from the fountain at him and Zuko burst into motion, dodging and attacking at lightning speed. Katara met him blow for blow, flowing deftly out of the way any time he got too close. She must have been feeling a lot better today because her speed and endurance both had improved; they fought for some time before her movements started to lose their precision. 

In fact, she seemed... different. More relaxed and at peace than he could remember having seen her since... Well, at least since their arrival in the Fire Nation. Maybe even before that.

The realization filled him with an aching relief. And, in the pragmatic part of his mind where he had been mulling over one of the actual problems - really, the most immediate and frightening problem - he started to fix his sights on one solution in particular.

Her water gulped down his fire and burst, spraying back toward her only to be divided to either side and then sweep back toward Zuko in high and low assaults. He rolled sideways in the air to slip between them, then pitched himself up onto the edge of the fountain so that he could leap down at her with a fiery kick. She somersaulted out of the way and cracked a whip of water at him, but he was already in motion and she missed him by a few feet. 

He pressed her until she stumbled, but when he stopped his attack short, she ruthlessly took his feet out from under him.

“Stop playing around,” she snapped, slashing blades of ice at the ground where he had quickly rolled away. 

“If I beat you too easily, you might get discouraged again,” taunted Zuko’s mouth, independent of his brain. His body, meanwhile, dropped into a fast set. Katara was clearly beginning to struggle to keep up, but if she wanted it, he’d give it to her.

“Who are you, my life coach?”

She rose to the challenge, fresh heat in her eyes. Her water flashed in the sun, new waves surging up out of the fountain to join swells she raised from the pavement. His every blast vanished in steam, wiped cleanly out of the air. She was sweating - or maybe the steam was falling on her skin. Whatever the cause, she glittered like the sea in the morning light, the muscles in her bared belly worked with her breathing, and her eyes were bright and focused and fierce.

And above those eyes he caught glimpses of her wolf-tail, bristling and flicking with her movements. Wild. Proud.

He remembered her on her father’s ship again. He remembered her in the mud outside Gao Ling, the fight she had decided she wanted more than kissing - because Zuko had been in a foul mood over the rain. 

How many chances had he missed with her because he had been preoccupied with some ultimately insignificant distraction?

And yet he struggled even now to marshal his thoughts to the present moment. He fought to remind himself of his mission: redemption, pure and uncomplicated, improving life for Katara and her people. Clean and honorable.

She landed a blow, broke his root and sent him staggering back. He recovered quickly - and he didn’t miss the way her teeth flashed in the briefest grin before she shifted to meet his reprisal.

She still liked fighting with him. She still liked one thing about him, and that shook him with all the force of an unexpected triumph.

It welled up in him, undeniable as the tide. The sight of her. The memories. He tried hard to shake it off, forced his mind to more sobering moments, but the feeling returned again and again, seeping up through everything. A vast well of longing, and the piercing spearhead of desire.

This was her. Not a faint shadow of herself, not the tragic remnants of a once-great warrior. This was her. She was here.

There was no room for these feelings here - or, really, anywhere in Zuko’s life right now. They were not feelings he should feel for her, most especially when she was wearing that Agni-cursed collar, and she shouldn’t have to tolerate the sight of them on his face, he knew that. 

He knew... But what should be and what was were simply two different things. 

Desire forced its way in, implacable, insinuating itself through all his extremities and rooting deep in his chest and his groin. Fire in every part of him. Zuko drew it up and launched it back at her in the only way it might do any good for anyone - a force to be battled against, a target to be destroyed.


.


.


Katara noticed when Zuko stopped sparring and started fighting. It was what she had demanded, and it was so much better than being coddled, but...

The way he was starting to look at her now... His eyes darted over her, lingering longer than it took to read the angle of her shoulders or the distribution of her weight. His stare was hot on her face and her belly, hotter than it had been that moment in the spring yesterday. Hotter than the flames he struck into the air.

It made Katara feel a lot of things. Outraged and angry that he would dare look at her so hungrily, embarrassed that Iyuma might notice... 

...and, faint but most unwelcome of all, an answering pang striking through her like a bell, the leash of memory and attraction yanking taut.

Because despite everything he had said and done to make himself her enemy, he looked so achingly familiar. His yellow eyes penetrated her, pinned her. His movements were quick and forceful, his strikes resonating with his power. His muscular arms were bared by his training tunic and she kept catching glimpses of the burn scar on the back of his shoulder - the scar he had gotten the night they rescued Sokka. His shouts of exertion as he fought echoed back to the battles they had won together.

But also battles he had won against her.

He wasn’t that boy. But in this moment, in this fight, he sure looked like him. He sure sounded like him.

Katara stamped at the traitorous thoughts as hard as she could. This was Zuko. Forget everything that came before. Forget whatever changes he seems to be attempting now. You’ve seen his worst. Remember it!

And an image surfaced in her mind, as if it had been waiting for her. The same face watching her now with such simmering focus had been on the ship that brought her here. He’d had her moved from the misery of the brig to an opulent room, and he had attempted to impose his will on her.

That’s exactly what I expect. And that’s how it’s going to be.

Or what?

Or nothing. There is no ‘or’.

Zuko had done plenty to prove to her just the kind of man he was. She had been an idiot to get involved with him before, but now she knew what he was really like, what he was really capable of. 

And she would never forget.

Katara scowled and worked harder to snare him, slow him down enough to break his rhythm of strikes. But it wasn’t working. He was too fast and too strong and she was tiring too quickly. He backed her around the fountain with a steady barrage of flames, then started closing in. Katara dodged behind one of the big planters, hoping to gain a few seconds to catch her breath, but Zuko darted around the other side so she immediately found herself face-to-face with him. 

His broad chest was too close. She could smell his sweat-and-soap-and-more smell.

“Are you running away?” he asked, low and incredulous. His smirking mouth was a firm slash but his eyes... simmered. “What, are you scared?”

Tell me to stop if you’re scared.

“Rraah!” Katara grabbed the fluid filling the ornamental cane grasses in the planter and whipped them down on him in a frenzy of whacking. He emitted a started cry and dropped to his knees under the assault, but Katara didn’t let up, continuing to beat him down even as he threw his arms up to protect his head. 

Then the canes were mostly broken and she was forced to stop. Zuko stayed there on his knees, breathing hard, his arms and neck covered in criss-crosses of raw, red lines. Katara glared down at him for a long moment, then spun on her heel and strode back across the courtyard, back to Iyuma, who was still watching wide-eyed from the steps. As she walked, she fought to steady her breathing and still the trembling of her hands.

Because Katara didn’t want to admit it, she wanted to hide in the safety of her rage, but she was scared. She hadn’t been scared all that time ago, when Zuko had tackled her on the dock and loomed over her in the blue crystal light with his eyes simmering just that way. That girl hadn’t been scared at all. In fact, she’d answered his challenge head-on and kissed him before he could kiss her. 

But that girl hadn’t known what Katara knew now. It had been easy to be brave when she had never felt the anguish of heartbreak, when she’d had no idea that a kiss could open the door to such bitter devastation. Before, the look in Zuko’s eyes had been a challenge she was excited to meet. 

Now, it was a threat to her very existence. She sensed it, deep in her body. That look in Zuko’s eyes - that was dangerous to her. Not because of any physical thing he might do to her, but because of the emotional wreckage he would leave in his wake.

Katara arrived at the far side of the fountain and glanced back. From over the top of the planter where the cane grass bristled in a thrashed and splintered mess, Zuko slowly rose into view to peer at her warily, rubbing the back of his head. His good cheek was almost as red as his scar. Katara folded her arms over her chest and glared at him with as much venom as she could muster.

“Did you just bend those plants?” Iyuma asked breathlessly from behind her. “How did you do that?”

Katara hesitated for a second longer to be sure Zuko wasn’t about to come storming after her, then turned to her student. Yes. Definitely time for a break.

She sat on the steps and quickly explained about drawing water out of sea prunes, and about grasping the water without extracting it - a much trickier and subtler movement. Iyuma listened, nodding along excitedly.

“That’s how healing is done, too. The linings of many organs are permeable but you have to be very careful not to tear up tissues or fuse them together.” She fixed Katara with a dry look. “We should practice together later.”

“Yeah, I’d like that,” Katara said, half-listening.

She was covertly watching the firebender as he stalked across the courtyard, dabbing at his good ear. As he got closer, she could see that the lashes all over his arms and the back of his neck were swelling into blistered stripes. There was blood on his ear and a few other places. A couple of his knuckles were split. His stupid false topknot had been knocked crooked. 

The sight filled her with vicious satisfaction. That’s what you get, creep!

He had a surly look on his face, but his stare, though it was still fixed on her, had cooled back to something more normal. 

“Resourceful,” he growled as he stopped before them where they sat on the steps. “It won’t be a surprise next time, though.”

“No, but I got you pretty good this time.” Katara shrugged, nonchalant to cover how she was still trying to settle the reckless feeling in her chest.

“This time.” He twisted his mouth at her, peered down at the smear of blood on his fingertips, and then turned his gaze to Iyuma...

...who had lowered her eyes to the ground. 

It only took Katara a second to follow their thoughts. She leapt to her feet before he could even open his mouth to speak.

“Don’t you dare command her to heal you.”

Zuko redirected a fresh glower to her. “I have a meeting. I can’t go looking like I’ve been whipped by a deranged schoolmaster.”

“She’s not a slave. She’s not even a servant,” Katara snapped back, anger lending her fresh energy, stretching her spine straight and long. “Loska either. If you want a healing, you’ll ask for it - respectfully - like a civilized person.”

Zuko held her stare for a moment longer, his expression shifting. She wasn’t sure how to read what remained when the annoyance had departed, but a pink spot was burning below his good eye.

Then, he looked back to Iyuma. And he bowed, hand over fist. It was a short bow, hardly a bend of his rigid spine - different from the deeper one he used to initiate their sparring - but it was more than Katara had seen him do for anyone but the Fire Lord himself.

“Healer Iyuma,” he said in a low formal tone. “If you are willing to heal me, I would be very grateful.”

“Say please.”

Zuko’s eyes flicked sideways to Katara. Simmered for two heavy heartbeats. The blush was deepening, spreading down his neck.

“Please.”

There was a weighty pause, and then Iyuma released a tense breath and stood. “How could I deny such a polite request?” she said with forced brightness, drawing up some of the spilled water from the courtyard. 

Zuko came to stand at the base of the steps so that she would not have to reach up so much to do her work, but he crossed his arms and turned fully to square up with Katara.

His look wasn’t the same as it had been in the fight; the hunger was buried along with his ferocity for now. In its place was seething anger, but also something else, something quiet and patient. This unnerved Katara almost as much as the hunger had, so she glared back at him while her mind whirred. 

He had just... obeyed her. No argument. Nothing but a look. He clearly wasn’t happy about it, but he had accepted her defense of her people so easily that Katara wondered... Had he been waiting for her to do this? He had insisted she start teaching them waterbending, had pretty much bullied her into it. Was this all part of some plan of his?

And if it was a plan, what was the point? 

“Are you going to take their collars off?” Zuko asked in a deceptively even tone. “Or are they protesting, too?”

“Iyuma-?”

“Get it off me.” The glow in her water faded as her focus slipped. Iyuma took a breath and resumed quickly, gradually soothing away the welts on Zuko’s upper arm. “With Loska, who knows. But I want it off as soon as possible. Please.”

Katara felt a stab of guilt. She hadn’t even thought about the collars, and it sickened her that she had almost stopped seeing them. 

Zuko, on the other hand, seemed almost too prepared for this moment. He summoned a servant, apparently with just a glance toward the doors. 

“Fetch the bolt-cutters.”

It was done in minutes. Without ever explicitly saying so, Zuko insisted she pause the healing to have the locking mechanism snipped. And then, Iyuma wrenched the device off, flung it on the paving stones with a clatter, and ran her other hand up and down her throat. The skin beneath was not terribly chafed or bruised, but it had a pale, slightly clammy appearance.

Katara looked on, a little stunned. She didn’t feel like she had just freed one of her people. She felt like Zuko had done it. But... she had told him Iyuma was free, and now Iyuma stood a little straighter, a bittersweet smile on her face. Abruptly, Katara shot Zuko a sideways glance.

He was watching her steadily, his mouth pulled minutely up on one side. When their eyes met, his darted away. 

“I... should go prepare for my meeting,” he said, all high and weird like he’d been caught at something.

“I’m not finished with your healing,” Iyuma said abruptly. She turned her smile - the real, lopsided one - on him, drawing up more water. “Prince Zuko. It will only take a minute. Then you can go to your meeting and I’ll get back to my lessons with the deranged schoolmaster.”

“Funny,” Katara groused, watching her work and trying to pick out nuances of how she was manipulating the water in the skin over his knuckle to knit it back together.

“In the Water Tribe,” Zuko said quietly after a moment, “is it customary to poke fun at your leaders when they’ve just stuck their neck out for you?”

Iyuma’s hands paused. She shot a surprised look at Katara, one that was probably mirrored back at her. “Well... no...”

“I’d hardly call standing up to you sticking my neck out,” Katara huffed. “And are you really trying to call her out for your insult?”

He remained annoyingly calm. “No, I’m just asking whether disrespect is like a cultural difference or something. And I didn’t insult you. I compared your attack to that of an overzealous disciplinarian.”

Zuko stood very straight and peered down his nose at her, looking every bit a proper, if disheveled, prince. But Katara remembered his eyes when they were fighting. She folded her arms over her chest. 

“Well? Did it work?” she snipped, staring hard at him. “Do you feel appropriately chastened?”

His cheek went a searing red, but he didn’t look away. When he spoke, his voice was quiet. “Yes.”

“Good.” Katara was determined not to read into his stare or his tone. Instead, she began watching Iyuma work over his shoulder as she healed the back of his neck and head. The healer’s eyes remained on her task, but at length she shrugged and winced.

“Sorry, Katara. You’re not deranged. I just thought it was funny.”

“Seriously, don’t worry about it. Prince Zuko is very sensitive and doesn’t understand camaraderie.” She met his eye as she went on in her most patronizing tone, smirking faintly as his calm expression darkened to a glower. “See, comrades are like friends, only-”

“I know what comrades are.”

“No,” Katara returned, anger creeping into her voice. “You don’t. Because you want to do everything yourself, your way, without anyone else’s help - and you especially don’t want to listen to anyone else’s ideas or advice when they’re trying to tell you something important about the world that you just don’t like!

Zuko’s eyebrow tipped back and he looked stricken. Then he scowled and opened his sneering mouth to sling something harsh back at her. Katara braced up. She was ready.

But then he stopped himself and shut his eyes and, with his face all twisted up like he’d bitten into something bitter but was determined to swallow it, he seemed to think for a moment. At length, he pinched the bridge of his nose.

“That’s... actually pretty accurate.” 

Katara gaped at him, the grudging acceptance of his dipped chin, not sure whether she was more shocked or infuriated. Now he listens? Now that all the damage is done? Now he wants to be-?!

“Yes,” she recovered quickly. “It is.”

He dropped his hand and frowned at her, and his yellow eyes were narrow with a mild hostility that was absent from his voice. “Would you like to attend the meeting? So you can share your ideas and advice?”

“You mean so more Fire Nobles can both literally and figuratively see me in my underwear? I’ll pass, thanks.”

The pink returned to his good cheek but he held his ground. “It’s not a social call. I’m overseeing the organization of aid efforts in Harbor City.” His eyes flicked sideways towards Iyuma and he dropped his voice so she wouldn’t hear. “Lord Gan’s network moves fast, but we have to be ready. We don’t have a lot of time.”

Katara nearly curled her lip and asked, but she immediately knew what he meant. The Fire Lord would send someone to arrest Zuko, probably soon. And probably a lot of someones.

And she nearly curled her lip and asked about his use of ‘we’, as if his stew of nobles and their slippery politics was somehow also her problem to deal with. She didn’t have to drag herself through every miserable moment with him anymore. She wasn’t his slave either.

“You don’t have to come,” he went on, not as quietly but still low, “but... you’re ri-”

“If his highness doesn’t require my presence,” she said with a snide curl of her lip, “I shall stay home and replenish my chi.”

His reaction was gratifying. His eyes flew wide open and his nostrils flared like she had slapped him in the face. His mouth drew up, tight and furious and surely about to spout out something horrible - some hateful part of the real him. 

But he only snapped his head around to Iyuma. “Aren’t you done yet?”

“Yup. All done.” She took a long step away from him and smiled too wide. “Like it never happened.”

“Hmph.” Zuko shot Katara a dark look and stalked up the steps past her toward the house. 

“Hey,” Katara found herself barking as she glared up at his ramrod-straight back. He stopped short of the door. “Civilized people usually say ‘thank you’ when another person does something kind for them.”

Zuko turned, his expression somehow even more thunderous. Heat radiated off him and color stained his unscarred cheek and ear. He looked like he wanted to rage at her with every proud fiber of spoiled prince he had in him, but instead he only breathed deeply and stared at her for a long moment, then fixed a marginally less furious look on Iyuma. His words were incongruously soft.

“Thank you.”

Then, he whirled and marched into the shadows of the house.

Katara only watched him go, trying to understand the intense tangle of feelings tightening in her belly. She was disappointed that he hadn’t lashed out - because that at least would have been familiar. This whole bottled-up-maelstrom thing he was doing was unsettling.

Fine, so maybe he was exerting some basic control over his temper, and maybe he was trying to invite her into a more active role in his efforts to create unrest, but none of that really amounted to anything in the big scheme of things. This was all just temporary. It wouldn’t last.

He’d show his real face again. And when he did, she would teach him what overzealous discipline really meant.

“Okay.”

She looked back to find Iyuma with her arms crossed, her cheeks reddening. She was staring up at the sky, her eyes overly wide. Katara stepped down to the paving stones beside her.  “Okay?”

“I mean, okay, I get it. I get how you’d...” Iyuma shrugged and waved a hand at the door, “...with him.” 

Katara immediately flushed, feeling like she’d been caught even though she hadn’t presently been doing anything wrong. Had she seen the way he was looking at her earlier? Was it something she’d said? But Iyuma only rubbed her fingers up and down her throat and went on before Katara could formulate a response.

“But I really don’t get how you boss him around like that. Even when he’s being decent, he’s still so intimidating. I’d be terrified he was going to take that temper out on me.”

Katara scoffed... but then thought about it. She pulled up a stream of water and began slowly passing it to Iyuma in an ever-widening circle, a slow warm-up. 

“I thought he was intimidating when I first met him, too. I wasn’t trained then, and all I could think to do was follow my brother’s advice. ‘Show no fear.’ It was only later, as I really came into my strength, that Zuko actually didn’t intimidate me anymore. Because I knew I was strong enough to beat him.”

She adjusted the posture so the water would begin a sharper orbit, glittering slush hissing through the air. Iyuma mirrored her movements and the ice particles began firming together, hardening. Then the ice broke again into water.

“That’s what this training is for. You don’t need to be intimidated by guys like Zuko, because you have it in you to beat them, too. It just takes practice and dedication. For now, though, focus on entering your flow state. A master waterbender lets fear come and go as easily as we let this ice shift to water and back again - because sometimes fear serves us, but we never serve it.”

Katara led the lesson as smoothly and confidently as she could, all the while stifling the persistent feeling she was a fraud. Because the fear in her wasn’t coming and going, melting off clean as ice. It sank into her belly and sent out sharp crystalline fingers that crackled as she moved.

Tell me to stop if you’re scared.

And pricked at her in troubling, shameful places.


.


.

 

The Fire Prince sat perfectly straight and still as his palanquin bore him to the cartographer’s shop and, several hours later, back again towards the villa. His face was perhaps grimmer than usual, but any who saw him saw only a young leader who was now widely known to have taken on a mighty task. 

And he was doing it! There had been food handed out for three days now, and the wonder of it raised the spirits of even the most dejected. Their prince had come for them. Some children ran alongside the palanquin to wave at him, and he was even seen to raise a hand in solemn acknowledgment.

But internally, Zuko was seething.

It had taken continuous effort to contain his anger while Lord Gan and the others who had assembled helped him work through plans for the coming days. In particular, Zuko had felt himself on the verge of ignition when Lord Gan had stayed back to produce a sealed scroll.

“I pray you’ll forgive a beleaguered husband’s request, your highness. My lady wife insisted that I see this passed securely along to your princess.”

“What is it?” Zuko had demanded, frowning down at what could clearly have been delivered by courier or hawk or directly if Katara hadn’t been so determined to lash out at him in every possible way.

“With ladies and their secrets, one can never be entirely certain,” Lord Gan said, arching his eyebrows, “except that to intrude would draw dire reciprocity.”

Zuko, having recently had a brush with Katara’s reciprocity, had glowered a moment longer before finally tucking the scroll into his sash. Not that he expected Katara to be especially glad to hear from Lady Gan, but if she had made a potentially beneficial ally, he didn’t want to interfere.

Because, despite how incredibly difficult it had been to bite back his wrath this afternoon, Zuko was still intent on making things right. She was not going to drive him off his course, no matter what she did. It was almost a mantra hammering through his head, a purpose he needed to be consciously aware of at all times so that he would not fall back on anger and blow everything up - again - and so that he could pounce on opportunities when they presented themselves. 

He had already met with some success today, even if there had been... setbacks.

Getting the collars off those two healers was a good step, but Katara standing up for them was the real victory. She was coming back. She was almost herself again. Her full strength would return in time, but she hadn’t even needed it to beat him today.

Zuko dug his fingers hard into the silk over his thighs and glared at the street ahead. He felt so many things, and it was difficult to stop anger from dominating so much that the other feelings sizzled out of existence.

He was furious, and not just over her... punishment.

Because that’s what that had been. She had read the look on his face and she had punished him for it.

He just hadn’t seen it coming at all. He’d cut her off behind the planter and thought she would snipe back at him, make some bold riposte, and the fight would go on. He’d thought she would strike him down if she could... 

...but he hadn’t expected the cornered animal flash in her eyes, and he hadn’t expected the canes, and he hadn’t expected the way he would feel afterward. 

She hadn’t just beaten him. She had demeaned him, had put him on his knees and then shamed and commanded him in front of her subject and any servants who might have been watching. He had a right to be furious. A part of him was positively foaming at the mouth over it.

The hissing voice had been breathing up the side of his neck for hours. A true Fire Prince submits to no less than the Fire Lord, and she would have you bleat your pleases and thank yous to peasants!

But the response was already there, had been there shockingly right from the start, and it felt solid and true. You humbled her. Now she humbles you. It is the only way to restore balance.

In the stunned moments while he had recovered behind that planter, Zuko had felt a strange sort of release. Like some terrible pressure had been vented out of him and he could think more clearly. He could refocus on what was important.

Cornered animal eyes. She’d been frightened. Zuko had frightened her. And it hadn’t been his fighting that did it - he knew that, had seen her excited gone-in-a-blink grin. It had been his desire, leering out at her like a hulking predator in a flimsy cage. A monstrous, greedy part of him that salivated at just the memory of her. A wolf-tail, a flash of teeth and skin, and it was there pressing its face through the bars at her.

Zuko had earned that thrashing, every shameful stripe of it. 

He had still been mad about it, though. Offended, ashamed, embarrassed, guilty... chastened... it was  more feelings than he could immediately process. So, he skated right past them and, when Katara presented him with an opportunity to prove he could be, as she put it, a civilized person, he had been quick to take it. Never mind the hissing voice, and never mind appropriate comportment for princes. She gave him a chance to prove that he could respect her and her people despite his past words and actions. He had to take it.

Of course... she hadn’t meant it as an opportunity, he knew that. More likely, she considered it a hurdle that would trip him up. She expected to sting his pride and force him to give up the confrontation. That’s why she kept pushing.

Say please.

It should not have given him a chill. It should not have made him want her again, want to prove himself more.

The audacity! She dares to command a prince! Next she’ll demand you grovel on your knees for her amusement! 

And why not, Prince Zuko? She spent a great deal of time on her knees for the amusement of the Fire Court. You benefited significantly when you traded off her dignity. What price will you pay to restore it?

And Zuko had realized in that moment, as he met her hard eyes and the factions in his mind warred endlessly, that he may have to grovel. If that was what she wanted. If that was what it would take. He would be forced to swallow his pride and do it.

Katara had certainly swallowed hers for long enough. Bowing her head and blanking her face and sitting so terribly still...

But the guilt he felt and his logical understanding of what he was doing didn’t mean he had to like doing it. For all that her challenges were as exciting as they were infuriating, the thought of just submitting himself to them filled him with alarm - because he sensed to do so would put an essential part of himself at risk.

The palanquin swayed as they turned down the final street that would lead them back to the villa, but Zuko hardly saw anything in front of him. He did not notice the cluster of people gathered at the end of the street, concealing some kind of commotion. 

The sound of firebending ahead seemed to come out of nowhere, though there had been ample warning.

Sprawling across the street before the palanquin, a crowd of people in ragged clothing stood shouting around a unit of royal guards. The commander at the head of the group was bellowing to be heard over them.

“The Fire Lord will hear of this interference! Get back!” 

He bent another slash of flame at the crowd and people darted away in terror, but more people filled in the gaps. Some were caught in the press, trying to escape but trapped by the many tight-packed bodies behind them.

Zuko leapt to his feet and the palanquin shuddered as the bearers adjusted to his shifting weight.

“What is the meaning of this?” he demanded.

Voices rose in a cacophony of responses; he couldn’t understand a word.

“Clear a path,” he called, and gestured for the palanquin to be brought forward. 

The lieutenant of the squadron, still shooting sideways glances even as the crowd quieted and drew back, stood at attention and fixed Zuko with a stern face only slightly diminished by the sweat dotting his brow.

“Prince Zuko! By order of the Fire Lord, we are to accompany you back to the palace.”

Several onlookers shouted their outrage, but Zuko’s mind was elsewhere. There were only a dozen or so of them. His own guard detail was a little over half that. It should have made him feel better to know his plan was working - his father had underestimated him - but it just made him sad and angry.

“Go back and inform the Fire Lord that I respectfully decline to return,” he said, still standing high on the palanquin. “I am needed here in Harbor City.”

A number of the people watching cheered, and the lieutenant’s eyes flicked to the sides again. “The Fire Lord’s order is not a request...”

“Neither is mine.” Zuko paused a beat and watched the man’s eyes widen as a bead of sweat rolled down his cheek. “Go now, lieutenant.”

The lieutenant seemed momentarily confused. He glanced at the guards behind him, who shot him nervous side-eyes. 

This was a part of Zuko’s plan as well. His father had expected him to realize he was in trouble and just come along - like the chastened coward you are - so he probably had not specified that they were to use force against him. And royal guards were not likely to err on the side of attacking the prince. 

Zuko remained calm, but internally, he seethed. He was not a coward. He was not weak. His father...

“Defiance won’t end well for you or your soldiers,” he prodded. He stood looming over them on the palanquin, and he tapped into the fury that had been riding him all day. Primed it, just in case. Strategically, it would be best if this did not turn into a fight, but he kind of hoped it would.

It would feel so good, he knew, to let it out. 

At length, the lieutenant cleared his throat and affirmed the message and led his squadron back up the street toward Caldera. The crowd cheered and made a few jeering parting shots. Zuko resumed his seat and the palanquin continued on to the villa.

The next attempt was not going to end so peacefully. But Zuko’s plans were in place, his orders were made. All there was to do was wait.

Well, that and deliver Lady Gan’s message.

Zuko heaved a few calming breaths, centering his thoughts on his mission. He would not fail.

Back at the villa, he veered away from the side of the sprawling house that was sort of his and into the side of the house that was sort of hers. He hadn’t been here before, and a servant had to show him the way to the door to her suite. Zuko laid his hand on the door to slide it open.

And stopped.

Ladies and their secrets. Cornered animal eyes. 

You can’t seriously be saying you weren’t aware there would be rumors.

He stepped back and knocked, swallowing hard past the anxious swell in his throat. It was so easy to misstep. Easy as an unthinking habit.

The door slid a few inches open and Katara’s handmaid peeked out at him before dropping her eyes. 

“Prince Zuko,” she said, just above a whisper. “Princess Katara is resting.”

“It’ll only take a minute. She can talk to me through the door if she wants.”

“Yes, your highness. I will wake her.”

Zuko frowned at the closed door for the minutes it took for that to happen. It was late in the afternoon now. And she had just been sleeping through the day? He supposed that made sense, since she was still recovering and had fought hard this morning. He should probably even be relieved that she was taking her rest so seriously. Still, it raised some flags in the back of Zuko’s mind. 

But when her face appeared through the (much narrower) crack in the door, he forgot all about that. 

“What do you want?” Katara growled, looking very much like she begrudged him every second of her time he was wasting.

Zuko’s eyes narrowed, but he withdrew the scroll from his sash and held it out to her. “Lady Gan sent you a message.”

Her eyes cut down to the scroll and she plucked it out of his hand, snatched it back through the door, and cracked it open to read it.

“What does it say?” Zuko asked instead of trying to peer through the crack at it.

“Girl stuff. Flowers. Don’t worry about it.” She crunched up the scroll in her hand and refocused on him. “Is that it?”

Zuko frowned, even though being excluded from girl stuff was probably safer, but he did not leave. He looked into the couple of inches of her face he could see through the door, her suspicious eyes and hard mouth. Her hair, loose for sleeping. The robe she had clutched up to her throat.

“I’m sorry,” he said quietly. “For what I... for looking... for during training. I didn’t mean to... make you uncomfortable.”

Not uncomfortable, his brain helpfully reminded him, afraid. You made her afraid.

But if he said that, Katara would take it as a challenge. And he didn’t want to challenge her. Not about this, anyway.

She just glared back at him, her expression unchanging, unyielding. Zuko rubbed the back of his neck and glanced to the side.

“Listen, I know I haven’t exactly been a good person to you-”

She snorted. He grimaced and forced himself to continue. It was an understatement. He knew that. He tamped down his own resentment and excuses. 

“-and I know I owe you a lot of apologies that are probably more important. But this... I’m not going to overstep on this. Stuff might show on my face sometimes. I can’t always control that, but I am in control of my actions. And I know-” 

His heart rebelled, throbbed into his throat and forced him to swallow the fractured pieces back down. The rage rose up like blood out of a killing wound, but he swallowed that too. 

“I know it’s over, and it’s not coming back. I know that’s my fault. And I know nothing is gonna happen and I won’t ever... try anything. I just want to make sure you know. That I know... all that.” He teetered lamely, then refocused. “You’re safe from me.”

He paused, hesitating under her narrowing glare. She didn’t believe him. 

Of course she didn’t believe him. He had told her one time with all the passion in his heart that she would never be a slave. No promise he made would ever hold weight for her again, no matter how much he meant it.

Her silence was damning. It judged every word out of his mouth and found it wanting. Zuko shut his eyes and stamped down his pride and forced out the last thing. He had taken so much power from her. The least he could do was put some of it back in her hands.

“But don’t hesitate to put me in my place again if it looks like I need it.”

“I won’t.”

Her response was so immediate, it probably should have offended him. But it didn’t. She was right to be ready. Zuko only nodded and looked down and to the side.

Katara didn’t speak for a long moment, and he began to think she would just shut the door and dismiss him again, not even dignify his apology with a response. Anger and sadness warred in him. He was supposed to be a prince, above reproach, and he had just given her a free pass to lay into him however she liked. She could at least acknowledge that he was apologizing to her!

But, then again, she didn’t owe him anything. The debt was his, and if she felt like this wasn’t a worthy way to repay it, it was on him to figure out something else. 

And he would.

He was not looking, so Zuko didn’t see the emotions play over her face and Katara did not feel forced to conceal them. Her surprise and fury, muddied with pain and fear. She was examining his down-turned expression, the way it twisted and reddened in what appeared to be anger and embarrassment. 

How hard was it for him to squeeze out a simple apology? 

And yet, she hadn’t expected it at all. She had figured the subject was closed; he would avoid bringing it up altogether and leave her to deal with her feelings about it on her own. She’d gotten her hits in, after all. She had felt like that score was at least kind of settled. 

But apparently Zuko thought she deserved an apology, too. And reassurances that he wouldn't try anything - which was mostly just reassuring that he was oblivious to the real thing frightening her, the sneaky force inside her trying to destroy her. And he wanted her to know that she had done the right thing, that he knew he’d deserved overzealous discipline and he might deserve it again. 

He had obeyed her and been polite to Iyuma today. And his admission that it was over, that he was at fault and nothing was going to happen - it was comforting, it was a relief to hear him say it out loud... but it also made her stomach drop weirdly. Like the ground was shifting under her feet.

This...  this wasn’t that boy she had loved, and it wasn’t the cruel prince either. This was something new. Someone new. Zuko’s fresh new leaf unfurling. 

Katara’s bitter resentment remained, but she was fighting her own internal battle. She wanted to hit him, drive him away because Zuko was dangerous. His state of change only made him more unpredictable; there was no telling who he would be from day to day. She should refuse to forgive him and let him wallow in the guilt and shame like he deserved. That was probably a good motivator for him, actually. She screwed up her face into a scowl and drew a deep breath-

-and watched his expression shifting. The anger faded, and in its wake there was something so much more complicated. So much harder to read. Sadness, and patience, and acceptance. Determination. It reminded her immediately of how he had first looked at her during Iyuma's healing, after he had yielded to her. When he had said please - not really to Iyuma, but to her.

From her open mouth, that sneaky force snuck something horrible out.

“I guess you’re forgiven,” she said stiffly, then rushed on to mitigate the damage, “this one time, for staring at me like a creep. Since you’ve apparently remembered your manners. However long that’s going to last.”

Zuko snapped his eyes up to stare at her. He hadn’t really expected even an inch of absolution, and to so suddenly receive it was startling.

She didn’t look all that forgiving. Whatever she saw on his face, her scowl tightened to something even more severe. “Don’t think it means anything. The day’s not over yet. You’ll probably screw up again by dusk.”

Zuko straightened and wiped the tiny smile off his face. But he still felt it, warm in his chest. “Yeah. Probably.”

She narrowed her eyes and shut the door in his face with a snap. 

Zuko went about his evening, planning and remembering and struggling, but he kept feeding that flicker of warmth. It twinkled in his chest, mending some places and stinging some others, but it was good. He felt almost... good. Not good like he felt when he let his anger loose; this was something cleaner. Purer. Better.

Katara, on the other hand, was haunted by that look that had shone so briefly from his face. The wide brightness of his eyes - which had been narrowed for so long. The soft upward tilt of his mouth. Clear and sweet and... hopeful. 

It was like the sun. She had looked directly at it, and now it was burned behind her eyes.

Who was that?

She didn’t know. She didn’t want to know. She didn’t want to even think about it. So she thought instead about the note crumpled in her fist. The artful swoop of Lady Gan’s calligraphy.

Salutations,

Since our previous discussion of the flora in noble gardens was not rich in useful details, I thought you might like to know whom among my acquaintance was most likely to keep their blooms with care and respect - those listed first below. The second list tend toward negligence. But to be sure, a visit to the gardens in the third would reveal urgently thirsty foliage. 

Kindest regards from your humble servant

The first and third lists were short, but the second was much longer - in total, dozens of names tidily cataloged for Katara’s reference. Family names. Names Katara remembered, because she had knelt in every one of their houses, pouring their tea.

There would be no more sleeping, now. She paced her rooms, to Loska and Iyuma’s annoyance and to Sian’s ill-concealed distress, then shoved the tea table out of the way and made Iyuma practice the first sixty movements until darkness had fully fallen. Finally, she readied herself for her true purpose, what she had stayed here to do.

What her entire journey since she left the South Pole had prepared her to do.

 


.


.

 


Pawe woke in the cold hours before dawn to a man standing over her pallet, and her silent terror screamed through her the same as it always did when this had happened every night. 

But then she made out his face by the bright moon’s light that seeped through the kitchen window. He wore wolf paint and his eyes, even in the night, shone blue.

“I’m Katto of the Southern Tribe,” he whispered to her in a very soft voice - rather feminine, though Pawe was too preoccupied to remark on it. “I’ve come to get you out of this awful place. Are you ready?”

Pawe stared up at him, clutching the sheet to her chin for a long moment. She had had this dream before - had cruelly woken from it hundreds of times - but it had never been a Southerner who came to whisk her away. It had always been one of the men of her own tribe - Yukko or Harook or Chutek or even Master Pakku. Every man she knew or even vaguely remembered had appeared in her dreams to whisk her away from this misery.

So. Either she had made this Southerner up, or he was real.

Gingerly, perhaps to prevent herself from waking prematurely, Pawe sat up and eased herself off the pallet. The warrior - Katto - stood a little shorter than her, and was skinny as a boy. 

Hardly the stuff of dreams, chortled a nearly-forgotten voice in the back of her mind. 

The boy was staring at her belly. For a few seconds, Pawe felt all the shame and horror and desperation of the past months oozing slimy down her spine. But the warrior swiftly met her eye again with the most earnest, compassionate look she had ever seen on a man’s face.

“It’s going to be okay, now,” he said, and he said it with such conviction that she believed him. “Just stay close to m-”

Pawe did not mean to hug him, but she threw her arms around his narrow shoulders and gasped silently against his wolf-tail for a moment before she could start listening to him again. He was real. Not a dream at all. His chest felt strange against hers - not like any of the men’s chests she had felt - and perhaps that was a comfort as well. 

But more than that, he was steady, and he held her tightly until she was, too.

Then, Katto guided her out of the nook behind the kitchen, and out of the house and through the manicured grounds. He kept a gentle but urgent pace, and seemed as if by magic to know where every guard was. By the sinking moon’s light, he led her away from the yellow lanterns of the crater city and up a rocky slope, then along an overgrown path to a pass in the jagged teeth of the volcano. 

From out of the shadows swaddling the massive rocks came the voices of ghosts.

“Pawe!”

“Thank Tui - I was sure I saw them kill you.”

“Dakata? Keyu?”

“I’m here too! Oh, Pawe...”

They embraced her, and their arms were thinner, and their eyes were haunted, but it was them. They were alive. At least the eight of them had survived.

“Dawn isn’t far off,” Katto said quietly, “and we have a ways to walk. We need to keep moving.”

He led them to a dramatic drop-off. Just peeking over the edge made Pawe shudder. But Katto produced a rope and, tying it round a boulder a bit off the edge, dropped it down to where it vanished on the steep slope below.

“I can’t do this,” Keyu whimpered.

Katto only looked at her and smiled a very kind smile. “Yes, you can. I won’t let you fall.”

Pawe knew that every other woman present was assessing this boy’s skinny arms and narrow shoulders and harboring the same doubts. Boys were sometimes like this. Overly confident. It gave them all a sudden feeling of unease - now that it was too late to do anything but follow him. Why did they send this boy? Where were the men?

But then Katto dropped into a bending stance and drew a massive stream of spring water from deep in the dry ground below. He swept his arms and swayed to the rhythm of push and pull and his stream formed into a slide alongside the rope.

Pawe reflected that this display of power at least explained why Katto was the one chosen for this mission. He must have been some sort of prodigy. 

...and yet, there was something off about the way he smiled at them. It was difficult to put a finger on...

“All you have to do is hold the rope and go slowly down the slide,” he was explaining. “If you get in trouble, I’ll be ready to catch you. But I think you’ve got this.”

He stood by the boulder, watching them and occasionally glancing back down the path as they descended one by one. Pawe settled on the slide with Dakata’s help. Then, with her heart in her throat and her hands wrapped to protect them from rope-burn, she eased her way down. It was terrifying, all of fifty feet nearly vertical before the slope eased. Then, with a long stretch of slide remaining, the rope ended.

But Keyu and Ulka and the others were waiting at the bottom, ready to catch her. Pawe drew a deep breath and let go.

Dakata followed shortly after and they all stood in the little clearing with the big flat rock jutting from yet another (much less deadly-looking) cliff. Day was near breaking, easing the deep darkness of night with a softness that seemed not to belong in this land of savages. Pawe sat to rest on a stone bench, embraced all around by her sisters, and watched as the sky grew green.

“I can’t believe we’re out,” she managed.

“We’re just out of the city. We’re still here.”

“At least we’re here, though.”

“Where are the warriors? This kid is a great waterbender, but I’ll feel better when we get back to the others.”

“It might be just him.”

They were all silent after that, mulling over that panic-inducing possibility.

The rope went slithering back up the cliff, and then the warrior came down, riding the slide on his feet like an absolute demon. The ice broke down behind his heels so that, by the time he reached the bottom, it was just a wave that he smoothly redirected back into the earth from which he’d drawn it.

When he looked at them, his eyes were bright in his wolf paint. The rope, looped up and hanging from his shoulder, he tucked into the bushes of the verdant forest they had arrived in. Then, he led them toward the next path.

“This way. It isn’t far now. Be as quiet as you can when we get to the villa. It’s safe there but, you know, it’ll just be easier if we can avoid questions altogether for a little longer.”

Pawe shared a glance with her sisters because the daylight had revealed something none of them had noticed in the dark.

The boy was wearing a collar just like the ones locked around their own necks.

They hesitated... but what could they do? Climb back up the cliff? Slink back into the beds where they had imagined for months they would be strangled or scorched some night?

Pawe led the way. The dream had brought her this far. She only prayed she would not wake now.

Katto led them through a hidden door in a stone wall and then through a lightly wooded garden where dew hung from cultivated grasses. He brought them at last to a door at the back of the big house that slid open as he approached.

More ghosts peered out, one harrowed by worry and the other grinning like an ice cat.

Loska embraced Keyu at once, and Iyuma ushered them all in with whispers and tight, fierce hugs. Pawe held her cheeks, so happy to see her niece that tears started streaming down her face. Then they were all crying, all clutching to each other as if afraid they would be snatched apart again at any moment. The door slid shut behind them and, for a moment, they all let out their long-held breaths.

At length, Pawe looked around the room. It was a rather lavish bedroom with a large bed and an open door through which she spied a low table surrounded with cushions. Closer at hand, there was a vanity, where the warrior stood with a Fire Nation servant. He accepted a towel from her and wiped the paint from his face in a few hard strokes. Without it, his face was even more youthful - round in the jaw and lips in a way the paint had concealed. His soft smile as he peered back at the whispered reunion was pleased and proud.

“Sian, do you think you could get extra food for my guests without tipping anybody off?”

“Of course, Princess Katara. Right away.”

The servant left, but the room behind her went very still. Katto took in their faces and seemed to hesitate.

“The Southern Princess makes a pretty good boy, doesn’t she?” Iyuma asked sweetly.

“A good pretty-boy,” Pawe quipped automatically. She shot Iyuma a startled shadow of a grin (Can I still grin this way with her? This used to be me... Is it still? Could it be again?) but quickly looked back at the princess. To her relief, she seemed to take no offense.

“Yeah, heh... That was kind of the consensus in the resistance training camp, too,” she said as she raked her fingers through the short hair below her wolf tail. “Sorry for the deception but Loska pointed out that you might not trust a woman to have the skill to get you out.”

“A strange woman in a collar, I said.”

“Yes. Thank you, Loska,” she said dryly, “for all of your input.”

Iyuma snickered, and many of the rest of them shared a flash of amusement. It was such a true thing about Loska - they could all imagine her hectoring this strange warrior with her many concerns. 

And she was strange, Katto or Katara. Her hair, cut short as a boy’s. Her thin, muscled build. A bender, a fighter. She stood apart from them, and it was suddenly clear to Pawe how she wished to belong but did not. Could not. Because she was Water Tribe, but she wasn’t one of their tribe.

But Pawe also remembered how she had hugged this girl in the nook behind the kitchen, how tightly Katara had held her back. Not trying to comfort or protect her the way a warrior would, she realized now - but knowing in her heart the fear and despair and shame Pawe must be feeling. 

Katara might not be a sister, but she was one of them in a way that truly mattered.

The princess was assessing them anew. “I want to get to know all of you, but it’s going to have to wait a few more hours. I need to get cleaned up and change, but please go ahead and relax in the sitting room. Iyuma and Loska can answer any questions you have, but I promise that you’re safe here, and you are free.”

Free. Safe. Stunning to hear such words spoken aloud, to be ripped from dreams and made real.

They filed out and settled around the low table in the sitting room, talking quietly, and the Fire Nation servant returned balancing a massive tray of food - fresh fruits and dried spiced meats, nuts and seeds and pitchers of cold water. A pot of tea and a stack of cups. She settled it on the table, then went about pulling pallets out of the room’s artfully concealed cupboards. The whole time, she was smiling faintly, and she met Iyuma’s eyes and shared a little excited grin. 

“Everyone, this is Sian,” Iyuma said pleasantly. “She’s technically Princess Katara’s handmaid but she’s agreed to look out for you while Katara’s out, so if Loska or I aren’t here, you can ask her for whatever you need.”

“Like a ship to get out of here?” Keyu muttered.

“La, I hope so,” Iyuma said. “I don’t think Katara wants to leave anybody behind but, eventually, she’s going to have to do something.”

Loska was shaking her head, but before she could say whatever was on her mind, Katara reappeared in the bedroom doorway, dressed in clean Fire Nation clothes. 

The boy was gone. In his place was a young woman with breasts and a waist - which was very visible considering the scantness of her top. Her kind eyes suddenly made sense in her soft face. The wolf-tail, everyone observed, remained. Between her hands, water streamed almost absently.

“Alright. Who wants their collar struck off before I go?”

A few voices volunteered, but one drown them out at once.

“What,” Loska sniped, “and their head with it? No. Go burn through all that Yang energy and come back when your head is clear. The collars can wait.”

“But-”

“He’s going to summon you any minute. If you’re too tired to fight, what good are you to him?”

The princess shot her a scathing look and folded her arms over her chest, sending the water off into a potted plant. Distantly, a rhythmic sound of booming began. Katara rolled her eyes and threw up her arms as if Loska was responsible for whatever disturbance this was.

“You had to bring him up,” she grumbled. 

“Who’s this now?” The fear in Keyu’s voice resonated through them all.

“It’s not as bad as you’re thinking,” Iyuma put in quietly.

“The Fire Prince,” Loska enunciated, glower fixed on Katara.

“Fine. I’m going.” 

“He hasn’t summoned you yet.”

“What else do you think all the booming is for?” The princess stalked across the sitting room toward the outer door, then turned back to shake a finger at Loska and hiss, “And keep your voice down! Machi will hear you. We don’t need her sticking her nose in here right now.”

Pawe watched the door slam shut behind her, then turned her slow, disbelieving stare to her niece. The other women around the table, too, sat wondering if they had slipped from a bad situation to a worse one.

“The... Fire Prince?”

Iyuma only shrugged and turned her eyes toward the ceiling. “Honestly, he’s mostly just loud.”

Notes:

This may be the last update for a little while, so I wanted to make sure and leave you in a good spot. It shouldn't be four years before the next one, but I've got a house to build and a brain to rest. Maybe two weeks? A month? I don't know exactly - navigating these emotional beats has been tricky! But, regardless of any delays, good stuff is coming. Take care!

Chapter Text

Zuko flung himself into the aerial kick that was the focal move of the set he was trying to perfect. Fire licked through the air in the wake of his leg, a blazing plume in the morning light. But it wasn’t as fierce as it should have been. It wasn’t quite right. 

Or maybe he wasn’t quite right. He’d been sleeping less, spending late nights in the office preparing, running through scenarios, pouring over documents. Even before the villa - back in the palace, during Katara’s time in the infirmary, he had spent long hours studying and had forcefully consumed a great deal of Master Tak’s ever-expanding syllabus. He had not thought much of it at the time, but there had been numerous records and documents that had interested him for one reason or another, many of which he had sneaked away to his own rooms whenever the old librarian was not there to defend them.

And those records and documents had been swept up in a number of boxes when Machi made the decision to follow him to the villa, so now they were here.

Zuko was not an academic. It was agonizing, trying to pound some of this information into his head or pick through pages of useless information for the one thing he was looking for. What Zuko was, what he had been since the catastrophic dust had settled from the day of the war meeting and the duel, was more driven than ever.

In the fuzzy confusion of that time, he had thought he was working so hard to redeem himself for his sentimental lapses. He’d thought of himself as a disgraced prince, an embarrassment to his father once again, and in the absence of any other options after his calendar had been cleared of any work of import, he had wanted to learn anything and everything that might be useful going forward. 

To his current, more focused eye, it was unclear exactly how some of this information would have been useful in winning back his father’s favor. Because now it was far more evident to Zuko how useful such information would be to an insurrectionist. 

The confrontation with the first wave of royal guards yesterday had him on edge, and it seemed only minutes passed between when he abandoned his studies and dropped into his bed and when he jerked awake from another in his ongoing series of intense dreams. 

He rarely remembered them lately, apart from the fear and dread that clung to him upon waking. But last night, he had dreamed that Katara had forgiven him and they were fighting an army of royal guards together. He knew that’s what he had dreamed because when he woke up, the realization that she hadn’t actually forgiven him in any major sense, that everything was still so overwhelmingly ruined between them, had flattened him to the bed and left his chest a hollowed, aching void.

But she had forgiven him for one thing. And if she could give him that tiniest inch, then there was still hope. Not hope for the things his idiot heart kept clamoring for - because he had said it aloud last night, he had closed that door so that she might feel safe. No, those things would never come again, but redemption was still possible. There was hope that she might not always hate him.

The soft flicker breathed to life in his chest, a candle in a vast cavern, and Zuko rose to face the coming day.

Presently, he drew a few deep breaths and tried the set again. Again, the flame was bright but not as hot or large as it should have been. Snarling, Zuko repeated the set, and thought of his stupid decisions and his stupid blindness and his stupid pathetic-

“Rragh!”

The flame was brilliant, dazzling, sharp. But it still wasn’t quite as intense as it was supposed to be. It wasn’t as powerful as it had been when he had practiced it on his ship under Iroh’s supervision. It wasn’t good enough, and there was no one here now to help Zuko understand why.

“I’m here! I’m not even that late, so what’s your problem?”

He turned to find Katara descending the steps toward him, looking brisk and annoyed. “I- That wasn’t... I was just trying to get this kick right.”

She assumed a spot across from him, but didn’t immediately draw up water for an attack. Instead, she only peered at him dryly. “It had fire and yelling. Seems to check all the boxes.”

“Well... the yelling isn’t really a part of it... except it kind of helps with breath control.” Taking in her bland expression, Zuko huffed and scowled. “It’s just supposed to be bigger, alright?”

She blinked at him, unimpressed. “I’m sure it’s perfectly average.”

Zuko pinched the bridge of his nose as he drew a deep breath, so he didn’t see the startled, self-recriminating tick of her face and, while the irritating gist of her response struck home, the innuendo flew right over his head. 

Instead, he focused on his mission and reminded himself of his progress. She’d accepted an apology. That was a big step. He wasn’t going to blow it now over some minor annoyance in his training.

“Average isn’t good enough,” he said when he had reined in his frustration. He peered at her, willing her to understand. “We can’t win this thing with average. Look, when I was coming back from that meeting yesterday, some royal guards tried to escort me back to the palace. I managed to talk them out of it, but next time it’ll probably come down to a fight. I have to be-”

But Katara’s dropped jaw suddenly started working again. “Why didn’t you mention this to me yesterday?

“There was nothing to do about it last night but worry. Now you know.”

She glowered at him, then slowly folded her arms over her chest. “Alright,” she said archly. “Now I know.” 

The words were not some easy acceptance; they hung in the air like thunder ahead of a storm. But Katara immediately pressed on. 

“So what, are they coming here next?”

“Probably sometime today,” Zuko confirmed. “A larger force with orders to take me into custody.”

He hesitated to go on because her brow was already furrowed in what appeared to be anxiety. If she was that worried about the royal guards, perhaps she did not need the added knowledge that they would be targeting her as well. Perhaps she didn’t need to know that, with the full moon just days away, they might be under orders to kill her rather than risk her getting loose and wrecking havoc in Caldera.

But that wasn’t going to happen. Zuko wouldn’t let that happen.

“They won’t get past the gate,” he said. “Our guards are all on high alert. And most of my firebending is above average. Whatever comes, we’ll be ready to face it.”

Katara frowned thoughtfully down the drive for a moment, and Zuko did not know, but her mind was buzzing with what this was going to mean for the healers she had brought here and the safety she had promised them. Zuko only saw her uncertainty, and it sent a pang through him.

“I won’t let anything happen to you,” he said abruptly. Urgently.

Her eyes snapped back to him then, and she pulled a face like he was being weird. “What?”

“I- You’re under my protection. You don’t need to worry. I’ll-”

“I’m not worried. And not because of your protection.” She sneered and wiggled her fingers in the air to really emphasize how seriously she took that. “I just question how long we can stay here if there are going to be guards coming all the time to arrest you.”

Zuko, his mouth and eyebrow twitching in irritation, addressed that real concern instead of hotly defending the very serious and dependable strength of his protection. “Not much longer. A few days. Then we’ll relocate to a secret base of operations. Machi’s already handling the logistics.”

“Great.” The furrow in her brow only deepened as she absorbed this. She almost looked... disappointed.

“There’s another hot spring,” Zuko offered sourly. “At the new place. And a pond.”

Katara drew a breath and straightened from her pensive slouch. She seemed to consider him for a moment. Then her tight lips softened and she shrugged. “Is it far from here?”

“A couple miles as the hawk flies. Longer on the roads because of the elevation.”

She nodded as if this pleased her - though why it would apart from the promise of a fairly short journey, Zuko wasn’t sure. “Is it as big as the villa?” she demanded. Something about her hooded eyes and the prissy set of her mouth seemed put on. “I like my space.”

Zuko folded his arms hard over his chest. “I don’t know; I haven’t been inside every noble’s country home.” Her eyes narrowed and he tore his away to glare up to the rooftop and focus on using a less biting tone. “It’s probably about the same. The Piangs and the Gans have been rivals for generations; their ancestors definitely would have gloated to each other over having the bigger villa.”

She was silent for an expanding moment and, when he looked back at her, Zuko found her eyes and mouth screwed up like she was about to ask a question. But then she stopped herself and smirked instead. 

“Charming, your people. I guess when you have more than you could possibly ever need, the only thing left to do is rub it in your neighbor’s face.”

Zuko’s mouth twisted slightly, but he didn’t deny it. He had basically accused Lord Gan of just that a couple days ago. 

Instead, his mind strayed fleetingly to Katara’s people. What did they do when they possessed an excess of riches? Probably some big goody-goody sharing party where everybody hugged everybody else and divided everything evenly. He pictured Sokka looking all smug and benevolent, handing out fish.

And he remembered like a physical sensation the sound of the knife that had severed Sokka’s wolf-tail just feet behind him, somehow louder than the sound of his own knife slicing off his own phoenix plume. He couldn’t have turned to look if he’d wanted to with the stares of all his people aimed up at him with all their burning hope and pride and expectation, but when he thought of that moment now, the only feeling hammering through him was shame.

What a low and cowardly and dishonorable thing to do to someone who had once tried to be his friend.

The amusement had faded from Katara’s face as she watched him, only to be replaced by some tighter, harder emotion. As if she was waiting for him to react in some way and he wasn’t doing what she expected. Like he was being weird again, or maybe just difficult. Zuko forced his face back under control and straightened his neck.

“Oh, is training canceled?” 

Iyuma stood at the top of the steps and looked between them, blinking in not-quite-innocent query. Her body turned slightly back toward the door, as if there was somewhere else she wanted to be, but Zuko did not really notice that.

“Nope.” Katara immediately pulled a stream of water from the fountain and held it in the air around her, at the ready. “It’s on.”

Zuko squared up to her and bowed. She blinked flatly back at him as he performed the movement, and when he was ready, she struck.


.


.


Katara blocked a punch and in the same motion brought her shield around in a tight curl with the intention of slapping the annoying expressions right off Zuko’s stupid face.

So this was how he was going to play it? She took verbal jabs at him, and he refused to fight back? Every time she thought he was going to finally snap out some cruel retort, he just breathed and got back to business. Yesterday, he’d definitely been on the brink of an explosion. Today, he’d stayed almost cordial. Tense and annoyed, but not even rude really.

She just wasn’t hitting the right stress point. But eventually, she was going to nail it. Eventually, his new control was going to slip and he was going to set loose that bottled-up maelstrom and he’d probably spew all the hateful thoughts and petty grudges that had to be racking up right now.

But... as Katara worked through her form and her temper settled, it occurred to her that this wasn’t exactly the best time to force Zuko into revealing his true colors. She had to focus on getting all the healers out of Caldera first. When they were all free, when she’d figured out a way to get them all safely out of the Fire Nation - out of the blast radius - then she could see just how long the new Zuko’s fuse really was.

You know exactly how long it is... And you never thought ‘average’ when it was-

Shocked and briefly stunned, Katara had to scramble to get out of the way as he kicked flames at her with a shout. What was wrong with her? She didn’t want to be thinking these things - much less blurting them out loud! - but it was like that sneaky force that had come slithering up yesterday had somehow gotten stronger overnight.

Maybe... Maybe it was a side effect of being Katto again. Being a warrior who acted and fought and saved people... it felt good. It made Katara feel stronger. Freer. More like herself, back when being herself had felt good. Maybe somehow putting on her old identity was waking up other parts of her, too, parts that Katto had needed then to survive.

Well, even if that was true, they certainly weren’t parts Katara needed now!

She withdrew, then slid her weight forward again, sending a handful of powerful jets straight for him. Zuko dodged out of the path of most of them, only to be struck in the shoulder by the last when Katara subtly altered the form to change its trajectory. It sent him flying and he tumbled completely backward, flipping so he came down hard on his belly. 

He glowered at her as he pushed himself up, menacingly slow. His yellow eyes were narrowed now, tight with pain and irritation.

Katara thought about striking him while he regained his feet. Instead, she only looked down her nose at him. “Oh, was I supposed to be going easy too?”

“I gave you that one,” Zuko growled, then sprang up and started a quick series of blasts, “to help rebuild your confidence!”

Despite the speed of the barrage, none of those blasts struck Katara’s water with enough force to really shatter her flow. He was going easy. Easier than yesterday, to be sure. Though whether it was because he was underestimating her strength or because he was restraining his intensity to avoid another bout of rude staring, she wasn’t sure.

And she primly decided she didn’t care. Whatever was going on in his head was his problem. She would knock him down as many times as she could in any case.

But it turned out that might not be a lot. Although his attacks never strayed above a certain threshold of ferocity, his defense only grew stronger. He sliced through her waves and pierced her jets, crumbled her ice and diverted her projectiles, and whenever she gave him an opening, he launched another underwhelming attack.

It was frustrating, those half-hearted attacks combined with not managing to hit him again, so Katara’s thoughts started to wander and she allowed her focus to slip away.

She was going to have to tell him about the healers eventually. There was just no way she was going to be able to hide them in her rooms forever, especially as she brought more back with her. And that wasn’t even taking this upcoming move into account. Zuko would find out, probably because Machi would notice a ton of extra people hanging around and tell him about it. 

It was her job after all. Micromanaging was what majordomos did. Machi might be a step up from Pokui, but she was still an extension of Zuko’s will, and for all that Katara didn’t dislike her, she still felt the need to slap that extension if it got too close.

No, it wasn’t that Katara thought she could keep the secret indefinitely. It wasn’t even really that she was holding this back to spite Zuko for holding back the news about the royal guard. This was just... hers. They were her people and it was her destiny and she wasn’t sharing it until she had to. Just thinking of it, of the women gathered now in her rooms having their tearful reunion, filled her with a glow of deep, resonant happiness and satisfaction.

Well... that, and a terrifying uncertainty and dread that had welled up in her the moment Sian had said her name and they had all stared at her, realizing her deceit. Realizing she flew in the face of their culture and traditions. Eventually, she would have to face them again, and they would find out the truth about her. They would figure out exactly what kind of woman she was. Loska was probably telling them all about it right now... 

But thinking of that made her limbs drag with despair. So Katara let it flow away. Her thoughts circled back to the joyous reunion, cultivating that happy satisfaction like a pearl.

She had gotten through the majority of Lady Gan’s third list. More than half of the most endangered healers were tucked away in her sitting room, having their tea served to them. And it had been so easy. They had all come so readily, following Katto without question. There had been guards, but they were mostly just house guards; there probably wasn’t a lot to guard against most of the time in the royal city, so they weren’t very alert.

It wasn’t going to stay this easy. Probably, word would spread pretty quickly that healers were disappearing. There might be more security. Maybe traps.

Would it be obvious that Katara was responsible for the rescues? She hadn’t been seen, but her disguise wasn’t going to fool anyone who was familiar with her story. She was probably the only free waterbender known to be in the area, and she had famously dressed as a boy. 

But people also knew she was staying at the Gan villa, and the path up to Caldera wasn’t exactly public information. For all anyone knew, Katara was too far away to be involved. Perhaps the disappearances would be blamed on someone in the city or someone coming and going through the normal routes.

Or perhaps all it would take was a look at a map to notice the Gan villa was not so far from the capital - as the hawk flies, like Zuko had said. Someone could very well figure it out, and then that hidden pass wouldn’t be safe anymore. And, if the pass wasn’t safe, it would make little difference how far away they relocated; Katara would have to find a new way up to Caldera. 

She had to work faster tonight. The waxing moon was on her side. If she could just-

“Oof!”

A burst of fire struck her chest with explosive force, knocking her rolling. She ended up on her back, gasping and breathless from the impact.

“Katara!”

Zuko was kneeling over her at once, scanning her repeatedly and holding his hands out in front of him like he was trying to touch her and not touch her at the same time. Iyuma rushed up on her other side, water already glowing. Abruptly, her concerned expression dropped to exasperation.

“Oh, you’re fine,” she said.

“She’s having trouble breathing,” Zuko snapped. “Do something!”

“She got the wind knocked out of her. What do you want me to do?”

“I’m fine,” Katara wheezed. She started trying to prop herself up on her elbows but her stomach muscles were not having it. 

Zuko slipped one hot hand between her shoulder blades and pushed her up to a seated position. He withdrew quickly, but the feel of his splayed fingers lingered in the back of her mind. She rubbed the nape of her neck to settle the prickles that had stirred there and propped her other elbow on her knee.

“How did you let that hit you?” he demanded. “It wasn’t even that hard.”

“I just missed it, alright?”

“No, it’s not alright.” He stood, shaking his head as he frowned down at her. There was something a little wild in his eyes. His voice was harder than it had been all morning. “Your head isn’t in it today. We’re done.”

“What? We’re just getting started!”

“I’m not firebending with you if you aren’t focused. You can splash around with Iyuma and daydream all you want.”

Splash around-?

He turned his back on her and stalked off into the house before she could get past her sputtering offense and launch into full anger. Katara now wanted nothing more than to leap up and give him her undivided attention, but he was already gone and her chest still throbbed.

“Is it just me, or did he seem scared?”

“No, just the ordinary everyday imperious ice-hole,” Katara huffed, dropping her head down and bracing it in her hands as she pulled in a deep but not entirely calming breath. 

“Well, yeah. That too.” Iyuma was quiet for a moment, and shifted from her knees to sit on the paving stones beside her. “But from a casual observer’s perspective? He landed a hit and got scared he’d hurt you. Then, like the startled frogtopus, he squirted the environment with distracting jerk-ink so he could make a quick getaway.”

Katara snorted, then chuckled a moment later, and gave her an incredulous look. “What’s a frogtopus?”

“Eight-legged frog. Crazy looking. Like a spider made out of frog. I saw one outside the palace infirmary one time.”

“You did not.”

“I did. But only for a second before it squirted ink and disappeared.”

“That couldn’t possibly work on dry land.”

“I don’t think he knew that. He just inked and hopped off down the corridor. Left little octagonal frog prints all over the clean floor.” She made a skittering gesture with one hand toward the doorway through which Zuko had disappeared.

Katara couldn’t contain the laugh. It just bubbled out of her at the silly comparison and the obvious lie. And then it was like a floodgate had broken. Tension fed her shuddering giggles, pouring out of her in a way she hadn’t realized she had needed. In a way she had missed since she’d been separated from her friends weeks ago. 

Iyuma chuckled along with her, then abruptly threw her arm around Katara’s shoulders, hugging her close.

“You saved my best friend last night. Do you know that? I thought maybe the stories about you were overblown, but you really are some kind of hero.”

Katara wiped her eyes and blushed hard. “Oh, I’m just... doing my part.”

“No,” Iyuma said quietly, and waited for her to meet her eye. “You’re carrying us. We could be fighters. We should have been fighters, but Pakku and the other masters didn’t want us to be. And now you have to carry us. You. Not the men.” 

She was silent for a moment and Katara felt the weight of what she was saying. The North was founded on the cooperation of Yin and Yang, and the roles of men and women had long emulated that balance. But now the ideal was shattered. When the waterbenders had escaped, they took the warriors, not the healers. There had been pragmatic reasons for the decision, Katara recalled, but that didn’t change the fact that it had happened.

Iyuma went on, shaking her head. “I think... The Northern Water Tribe is never gonna be the same after this. Not just because of the awful things that have happened to us, but because of you. Because you showed us what we can do. You’re showing us every day.”

Hunched forward with her elbows on her knees and Iyuma’s arm around her shoulders, Katara couldn’t help the couple of tears that dropped down her cheeks. That room full of women back in the house that filled her with such happiness and dread... There were so many reasons to be afraid of what would come next when she walked back into that room. But what Iyuma was saying made it a little less terrifying. A little more hopeful. 

“You don’t think they’ll hate me for betraying the Water Tribe by...” Katara shrugged. “...with the Fire Prince?”

Iyuma huffed out a laugh. “Loska has her way of seeing it, but she doesn’t speak for everyone. And she still hadn’t ratted you out before I followed you out here. Maybe she’s warming up to you.”

Katara felt a tingle of sentiment at the suggestion - only to have it dissipate as Iyuma went on. 

“Or maybe she’s waiting for you to be there so it’ll be extra castigating when she reveals your shame. Who can say with Loska?” 

“Great. That’s really reassuring. Let’s get on with training so we can get back. I want to sleep sometime between my public humiliation and next round of heroics.”

“Sure thing, Sifu.”

Katara watched her student go through the first sixty movements, offering points for improvement and complimenting the things she had already adjusted since last night. 

Iyuma was quick; she was picking up on nuances faster than Katara had. It made her feel a little jealous until she realized Iyuma was learning fast because Katara had struggled. Every pitfall her student faced now, Katara had dealt with in her time under Pakku, only she had had to do most of her perfecting on her own in tranquil solitude.

That horrible old man. 

“That’s enough for today,” she finally said, not wanting to be stuck in her thoughts any longer. She folded her arms over her slightly tender chest and made for the steps. 

Iyuma smiled and chatted as they walked. It was happier than Katara had ever seen her. In fact, it was infectious. She found herself smiling back more and more.

“Pawe is technically my aunt but we’ve always been close. Even though she’s a lot older than me, she was never too grown up to play with me. Maybe because she never had kids of her own...”

They arrived back at the suite and found the healers mostly sitting on cushions around the table, a few reclining on the pallets arranged nearby. Their heads all snapped around as the door opened, and their eyes fixed on Katara. 

She felt herself receiving the assessing scans she had grown so used to during her time in the infirmary.

“I’m fine,” she huffed with a faint smile, rolling her eyes over to the only Fire Nation woman in the room - who was presently stowing discarded collars and the pilfered bolt cutters in a cabinet. “Sian, would you get us an early lunch, please? Noodles, maybe?”

She darted off, and in Katara’s distraction, Iyuma took a seat at the table to talk with Pawe. She was a tall woman with cropped hair and, most noticeably - a detail Katara had spotted at once when she found her in that nook behind the kitchen of the Choy house - a belly rounded in the early stages of pregnancy.

Knowing better than to think too deeply about that at this moment, Katara looked for an open spot to sit... but there wasn’t one. The table was crowded, and every cushion was taken. Nervous about hovering, she strode to the other room and quickly got cleaned up, changing into the loose lounge clothes she wore before bed. 

When she returned, she was surprised to find the healers had made room for her.

“Sit with me, Princess Katara,” said a round-faced woman whose braid hung so long it coiled on the floor behind her. There was much more gray at her temples than in that coil. Her smile was lined as if it had fallen out of use but was quickly regaining old territory. “I’m Ulka. And I would like very much to know how a Water Tribe girl winds up fighting in the resistance!”

Looking at these women, gathered this way and welcoming her among them, Katara realized where a part of her deep happiness was coming from; they reminded her so keenly of her own tribe. The elders and little ones, but especially the mothers. It warmed her deeply - but it also put a terrible ache in her chest, because she had come so very far from home. Would any of them even recognize her now?

And these women before her, what did they see when they looked at her?

“You know, I’m not really a princess,” she found herself saying as she settled onto the cushion beside Ulka. “I’m the daughter of the chief, but the South Pole is just a small village. Princesses are more of a Northern idea. And I’m... really not like Princess Yue-”

Iyuma snorted into her teacup. The other women cast her side-eyes or ignored her.

“You can just call me Katara,” she finished.

“Tell us about your village,” another woman said before sipping her tea. She was older than the rest, mostly gray-haired and close to an elder if not quite old yet. Her placid expression gave nothing away. 

So Katara did. She told them about Gran-gran and the mothers and elders and little ones, about the men all gone to war except Sokka, about Mina’s fancy brunches. She pulled a little tea from her cup and demonstrated how she made the delicate ice flowers, and they were as delighted as the village women had been. They prodded and she talked about the various chores she used to do, the sewing and washing and cooking and preserving of food, and about helping Gran-gran with delivering babies and tending to injuries. 

And suddenly, with these women watching her, their expressions turning thoughtful and soft, she realized she was showing them something they had been looking for. They were starting to really see her. Not just the warrior she had become, but the girl she had been. And they valued her.

“What a good girl you were,” Ulka said with a mother’s warm affection. 

Women around the table nodded. Their eyes shone with the special pride reserved just for a dutiful daughter. Katara had forgotten how receiving that look felt - like a perfect parka, lovingly stitched and measured, lined in the softest fur. 

“Yeah,” Iyuma said, propping her chin on her fist. “You were a good girl. What went wrong, Katara?”

It startled a laugh out of her, and most of the women were smiling as well. Sian came in at that moment with a large bowl of noodles and a stack of bowls and there was a pause in the conversation as everyone got some hot food. Katara ate a few bites of spicy noodles and cabbage and marveled; this was the best meal she had tasted since coming to this stupid country. 

Though perhaps the flavor came from the company. It was like sharing a meal in the communal igloo back home. All around her, women talked quietly, eating and smiling and sighing. Their sounds were a balm on her soul, a secure place she had subconsciously feared she could never return to.

“Are you betrothed?” asked one of the younger women who had scooted her pallet close for the meal and was presently leaning between people to place her emptied bowl back on the table. Her eyes caught on the necklace hanging from Katara’s wrist, revealed now without the bracers she wore for training.

Katara chewed a last bite of noodles before speaking. “No - we don’t actually do betrothal necklaces in the South...” She touched the carving, slid her thumb across the familiar lines. “This belonged to my mother. She was killed in a Fire Nation raid when I was little.”

There were soft, sympathetic words. Warm hands settled against her shoulders. All around her was a gentle press of presence - like when she had sat in the spring and the water had hugged her so close, she had felt like a part of it. Katara felt that acceptance, that oneness with the women around her now. In the past, it might have brought tears to her eyes; they were from a different world from her own, but they were all united by their devastating personal losses at the hands of the Fire Nation.

But Katara didn’t cry. Because instead of being simply touched, she felt the heady rush in her chest as the surge of power it was. Her pain over the loss of her mother wasn’t gone - it was never really far from her heart - but her other hardships had joined it, had added their weight in the same way that a snowball rolling down a hill would gather more snow and ice until it was a massive, unstoppable thing. 

Instead of bowing her head in memory and shedding a tear, Katara sat straighter and looked around the table at the faces of her people. And she smiled a sad-and-happy smile, because she saw a tiny flash of her mother in every one of them. 

She had not been fast enough to save her mother, but she was fast enough now to save them. She was strong enough to carry them. She was smart enough to teach them.

She had been forged to face this moment, this fight, this changing world. It was her destiny.

“So what actually made you leave the South Pole?” Iyuma pitched out after a time. 

Katara might have tried to come up with an excuse to avoid the question, but she didn’t want to. It had been so good to visit this peace, the simple peace of being a good girl for the mothers, but she knew she couldn’t stay here. She had grown too big for that perfect parka. 

“Everything changed when my dad came to take Sokka to war...” 


.


.


All morning, Zuko watched and waited for more royal guards to come to the villa, but they never appeared. He strode out to the gatehouse and assembled his own guards - the eleven remaining of the escort that had accompanied him to Harbor City and the twenty-odd more employed by Lord Gan - and in the hour before noon, he inspected them and made a speech about serving the Fire Lord as opposed to serving the Fire Nation.

There were some sideways glances and some anxious sweats, but by the end their eyes shone with pride. Their faces were set with new determination. Zuko was not a great orator and he didn’t really have anything to offer them, but they all knew what he had done for his crew, what he was doing for the veterans in the city. He was young and idealistic - but so were many of them. And those that weren’t so young found themselves... hoping. 

But Zuko could not dwell on a minor success when a threat was probably marching toward him this very moment. He sent two of his personal attendants to act as runners. As he instructed them, they both had a similar wide-eyed look that he interpreted as fear at this unusual and perhaps dangerous duty, but it was in fact only excitement at being asked to do anything by their prince, who had so rarely had a use for them. He did not want a hot towel or a bowl of cherries held at just the proper height. He did not seem to ever want any service they could provide, except when Yotsu directed them to assist in some minor way with raiment or household tasks. Or that one time, when they had been sent to attend to the Avatar. 

Now, as they trotted out past the gate, they shot each other beaming grins. This was more like it. This was the pride and honor they should feel when serving their prince.

The quiet of the villa was unsettling. Zuko forced himself to eat his lunch and then occupied himself with reviewing a few maps. One map in particular, large and gridded and spread over his tea table, he marked with careful red and green and blue dots and circles drawn with a compass. Precise locations were difficult to determine for such secret facilities, but Zuko just so happened to have the records and documents needed to make fair estimates. 

He only hoped he could move fast enough when the time came. He would need to broach the subject with Katara soon... today...

But her fighting this morning had quickly grown so lackluster, he was starting to have second thoughts. Maybe she wasn’t ready. Maybe he was overestimating her, like he had before the Agni Kai.

The very thought had him pacing his office. He couldn’t allow that to happen again. He wouldn’t. He had to be clear-sighted and realistic or he would get them both killed. He would get them all killed.

Machi came by shortly after midday to inform him that Katara’s appetite had apparently improved dramatically. That was good news, one more worry off his list, so Zuko didn’t really notice the suspicious furrow in his majordomo’s brow.

“In fact,” she went on, “the cook tells me her maid took her significantly more noodles than one tiny woman could possibly eat. And far more bowls than necessary.”

“The Water Tribe is pretty communal. She’s probably sharing meals with Iyuma and Loska.”

“Hm,” Machi said flatly, unconvinced. “Significantly more than three, your highness.”

“Maybe it’s a waterbender thing. She’s training Iyuma.”

“With noodles?”

Frowning, Zuko thought back to an embarrassingly brief fight at a noodle shop. A most shameful defeat.

“If it’s wet, she can bend it,” he assured Machi a little frostily.

“But in the sitting room?” she persisted. “Lord Gan’s majordomo will pitch a fit if the floors become warped. Your highness, is there any way she could be convinced to take it outside?”

“I’ll talk to her,” Zuko said, straightening up so as not to hint at how reluctant he was to do that. 

He didn’t want to shatter the delicate progress he was making, and asking her to do something she may not want to do felt risky. Especially after this morning. He had stormed away, trying to put some distance between them so that he could cool off. He’d been so angry with her and even now, after a period of reflection, he was annoyed and troubled. 

She could have been hurt.

Because she was being careless. Not tired - just not present. That’s why she’d missed her block. Zuko had been restrained, had been in complete control, and he still could have hurt her because she was distracted by whatever it was that had been on her mind. 

What could she possibly have been thinking about that would have her so out of it?

The look on her face had kept slipping, morphing into something... almost pleased. 

When the tiny almost-smile had first appeared, Zuko had been tempted to think she was looking at him and nearly smiling and that this new phenomenon suggested she might be forgiving him on a larger scale. Maybe they had turned a corner!

It was a happy little delusion that lasted all of about ten seconds. Realistically, there was just no way. He hadn’t done enough to earn her forgiveness - he hadn’t even found the right moment to properly apologize yet - and she wasn’t going to just let it go.

Besides, her eyes had watched him with the same half-attention one might direct toward an uninteresting conversation...

Which meant there was some other issue preying on her mind. She had received that note from Lady Gan - about flowers, she had said, but Zuko really doubted that was an accurate or complete representation. And now she was... noodle-bending with Iyuma in secret. Clearly, he was missing something...

Zuko puzzled over this as he strode the length of the house toward her suite. He didn’t really want to pry into her... girl stuff. But this distraction was something important - Katara was thinking about it instead of training, and that wasn’t safe - so he should probably try and figure out what it was. 

He would just... subtly investigate under the guise of making a reasonable case for keeping bending in the courtyard. 

Zuko could be subtle. No problem.

Chapter Text

“I didn’t want to stay behind,” Katara said plainly. “I was the only waterbender left in the entire South Pole. There was no one there to teach me - but there was a master in the resistance. I finally had a chance to learn, and I wanted to protect my brother. But my dad decided to just leave me there because he thought I would be safer.” 

She shook her head, trying not to frown too hard. That look had already faded from their faces, and it stung a little to have it revoked, but she wasn’t going to pretend to be something she wasn’t. 

What Katara didn’t realize was that these women - all so different from her, all from the literal opposite end of the world - were hearing her words echo through their own lives. 

...decided to just leave me there... 

“That’s when Zuko showed up,” she went on, and couldn’t help the dry frown now as it pulled at her face. She poked the last noodle around the bottom of her bowl. “He crashed into the village with his old steamer and marched out with his soldiers like he owned the place.”

“This is... the Fire Prince?” one of the women ventured.

“Right. Prince Zuko. Whatever. I didn’t know he was a prince then. He was just a creepy Fire Nation guy who invaded my home, hunting for the Avatar and threatening to chase down my dad’s ship. No,” she corrected herself, getting angrier as she remembered. She stabbed the noodle into little bits. “He was confident he was going to catch the ship. The threat was that he would feel less merciful when he did catch them if we didn’t tell him where they were heading. So of course somebody got scared and blabbed.”

“So this Fire Prince,” an especially wary-faced woman sitting beside Loska murmured. “He kidnapped you?”

Katara blinked in surprise, her old irritation fading as she looked into that anxious face, as she caught other anxious faces waiting. Regardless of how she felt about Zuko, she needed her people to feel secure here. She needed them to understand that he wasn’t an immediate danger to them. She took a deep breath and went on evenly.

“No. Like I said, Zuko was hunting the Avatar. Only the Avatar. He’s not really a... steal-random-girls-from-their-villages kind of guy. And even though he was scary, he didn’t hurt anyone; he only came to my village for information, and he used intimidation - not violence - to get it. He showed up, threw around a bunch of threats, got what he wanted, and then left.”

There was a brief pause and Katara almost went on with her story, but the near-elder spoke up in her quiet voice. “Perhaps a lucky thing that he so easily got what he wanted.”

“Yes,” Pawe said, peering at Katara carefully. “From what Loska tells us about his behavior during the voyage after his capture of you and the Avatar, he is not at all averse to using violence when it suits him.”

“Ah.” Katara glanced at Loska, who frowned back at her, arms crossed tightly over her chest. It was not immediately clear what more had been revealed, but this she could deal with. “Yeah, he was being an especially terrible person then.”

“He beat your brother every day,” Loska snapped, her voice high. “I healed his wounds myself!”

“Actually, Sokka insisted that it was more like sparring...” She briefly described the practice swords and the watching guards. Loska quickly jumped back in.

“And what? The Fire Prince was so skilled he never took a hit himself?”

“No,” Katara said, and unwillingly remembered that day she had walked in on him while he was bathing on his bedroom floor, naked except for his bruises. She remembered the healing he had demanded from her later in exchange for letting her talk to Toph - and she remembered the vicious argument they had had, the short fight that ended on the bed.

“He had injuries,” she huffed, folding her own arms over her suddenly aching chest. “He just didn’t want it getting around the ship that Sokka had managed to hurt him. It’s like that with him; he’s constantly thinking about his public image.”

Loska made an offended sound and muttered something about her professionalism and of course she wouldn’t have spread rumors, but no one was listening to that.

Sian, gathering up all the dishes to take away, caught Katara’s eye and quietly volunteered, “It was being whispered amongst the servants that Prince Zuko had adopted many strange practices during his banishment. Prince Sokka had attacked him in the brig and Prince Zuko was disciplining him in accordance with Water Tribe custom by defeating him in combat as a superior warrior. Prince Sokka refused to yield every day, so it went on.” 

It was odd, seeing a Fire Nation woman so seriously use the title that Katara and Sokka had joked about months ago, but that wasn’t why so many of the healers were sharing sideways glances. 

“That doesn’t sound like any Water Tribe custom I’ve ever heard. Bogara?”

The almost-elder shook her head in faint bewilderment.

“Does the South do that?”

Katara turned her eyes up to the ceiling in fond exasperation. “Not unless Sokka made it up and did it to himself.”

Sian’s cheeks pinked slightly as she hesitated, then finished. “It became widely known that Prince Sokka was a determined and resilient fighter. And Prince Zuko’s ferocious temper and prowess in combat won him back a good deal of respect. If it was a ruse, it benefited them both.”

She finished packing up the dishes and left the room, and several eyes followed her until she disappeared. Then Bogara spoke quietly.

“Why would the Fire Prince invent such a thing?”

Katara paused and rubbed the back of her neck. “Honestly, I don’t know. He may have just wanted to feel like he was giving Sokka a sporting chance. He’s big on honor, but-”

“That doesn’t mean to the Fire Nation what it means to us,” the wary woman spat.

Katara met her eyes and nodded. A silence stretched out across the table in all directions, filled with many thoughts and many memories.

“Please know I hate asking,” Pawe said at length, her eyes flicking from the teapot to Katara and back again, “but I cannot not ask if we are to be allied with this man. You were his slave. What demands did he make?”

The words hung in the air, and suddenly the only eyes on Katara were Iyuma’s, sad and steady. She replied quickly, firmly, not wanting to leave any false impressions.

“You have to understand first, Zuko never wanted me to be a slave. But he also didn’t want to look weak or disappoint his father,” she barely restrained the sneer as she said it, “so he couldn’t just let me go once I’d made that oath. Since we got here, he has been trying to get me out.” 

A few eyes peered up at her now, uncertain and astonished. Someone asked about the oath and Katara quickly related the escape attempt and Azula using Sokka to extract the promise of servitude to Zuko. Heads nodded at that - and they would, Katara realized. That tactic, threatening a loved one, had forced many fighters to submit the same way in the North.

Iyuma was peering at her with narrowed, thoughtful eyes. “You’ve only been enslaved for two months now. Is that right?”

“No, I-” Katara blinked. And thought about it, shaking her head in disbelief. “There’s no way it’s only been...”

“You made the oath under the full moon during the voyage. Loska got back with the royal cruiser about a week before the last full moon.”

“It’s felt like years,” Katara managed softly, peering around all the faces now watching her. “But you’ve all been here for...”

“Most of us were brought south about ten months ago,” a younger woman volunteered quietly.

“Two hundred and eighty-nine days in the Fire Nation,” Bogara provided. “Three hundred and forty-one enslaved.”

Katara shook her head, trying to imagine. She had been forced so far from herself in just a couple of months, and her servitude had been so much a performance. She’d even spent most of the first month hanging out with her friends in the brig. 

But the women around her... 

“So Prince Zuko freed you pretty fast, all things considered,” Iyuma said, tipping her not-unsympathetic face slightly to catch Katara’s eye again. “Hm?”

“Iyuma,” Pawe cut in, a chastening note in her voice and a tight line in her brow. Her words were hard and slow. “Some torments carry more weight than time.”

Katara shook off her distraction and jumped back in. She couldn’t leave them to fill in any blanks in her story with whatever horrors they had faced.

“Zuko didn’t torment me,” she finally continued, “but he was a jerk, and I was his slave. My role was to attend him at meetings and audiences. He had me give a waterbending demonstration under the full moon to terrorize the Fire Court - so later when I was following him around, even though I looked meek, nobles remembered what I could do. Zuko used my power to make himself look tough and to subtly intimidate people.”

She hesitated before forcing herself to say the next thing. The thing that had felt so real where everything else had been more of an act. 

“He... did demand that I speak to him like a slave is supposed to speak to their master. Especially around any witnesses. Particularly the Fire Lord.” She didn’t look up from her teacup as she said this, as the memory of his voice cut her all over again.

Don’t use that snide tone of voice with me, especially in front of my father, ever again.

Logically, Katara knew that being openly defiant hadn’t helped her cause; what had been so horrible about it was the way he said it. Cold and ruthlessly mean in the garden that night after the full moon party, when she was still so raw, only just realizing how trapped and helpless she was. 

Helpless. Completely dependent on him to find a solution. And, yeah, he had found one eventually - but he sure had kicked her while she was down, too. 

To Katara in this moment, surrounded by these particular women, it felt terribly childish to still feel so hurt over what boiled down to a few words. The healers - especially these healers who had been trapped in those third-list houses - had endured so much worse. And they hadn’t been stupid enough to leave their hearts open and vulnerable for their captors to stab at their whim.

But to the healers watching her, especially Iyuma, her obvious pain was only reasonable. The Princess was clearly a proud and self-possessed young woman, and she had been forced to submit. Shame and diminishing of self were quiet tortures, but each delivered its share of agony and damage.

Katara straightened her posture and went on. “Privately, I mostly spoke to him however I pleased... Not that we were alone together much. He kept me in a suite adjoined to his, but for the most part he left me alone there.” Her chest ached again and, absently, she pressed the heel of her palm against her sternum. “Mostly, I just knelt and poured tea during those meetings.”

They were all looking at her now. There were some skeptically arched brows and a few very dubious faces. 

“What I wouldn’t give,” the wary woman murmured, “to have simply knelt and poured tea.”

Other women nodded, and Katara dropped her chin in acknowledgment, but Bogara only shook her head. 

“Tui brings us favorable currents, and Tui brings us storms. Wishing does not turn one to the other.”

“What about,” Pawe waded in again before the quiet fully settled, “before the escape attempt, when he kept you in his rooms on the ship?” 

“Nothing happened. Sokka was there with me.”

“But... why did he do that?”

Katara froze, and all the wrong answers washed through her mind.

He thought I was pregnant with his child and didn’t want me wasting away and miscarrying in the brig. Because even though I was threatening to usurp him, he still wanted the baby. Our baby.

You think I don’t want my son.

The memory had stung before. But now, horribly, Zuko’s words were accompanied by the image of him, just a few days ago, sitting straight and formal in his fancy clothes and cradling baby Jung to his chest like he was afraid of dropping him. He had looked panicky and irate... but there had been a softness to him that he hadn’t been able to scowl away.

Katara heaved a sigh and rubbed her forehead, forcing the intrusive thoughts away. Even without them to distract her, she struggled to find a way to answer Pawe’s question without inviting a storm of new, more condemning questions. 

It hadn’t escaped her notice that no one had accused her yet of willingly giving up her virtue to this extremely questionable ally. Loska was still watching her with a pinch in her brow - something between annoyance and worry. Maybe she still hadn’t told anyone. Maybe she wouldn’t at all.

Regardless, Katara suddenly realized that if she didn’t steer this conversation, she risked landing somewhere she didn’t want to go.

“It was for my health,” she finally said, then rushed on before any more questions could crop up. “Look. Zuko has been a towering jerk plenty of times, but you need to know that he isn’t... completely awful. If no one had cooperated with him at my village that day, he definitely would have said some hateful things and he might have burned somebody’s hut... and he probably would have fought me if he’d known then that I was a waterbender,” she waved a hand in the air a little impatiently as the list went on, “but he wasn’t going to hurt helpless people. He can be a real bully sometimes, and he has a nastier temper than most ice bears, but he doesn’t prey on people like bullies do. In fact...”

It was hard to set aside her reservations and say this. But it had to be said, sooner rather than later.

“In fact, the whole reason any of us are here right now is because Zuko has decided to help end the war. He claims he’s going to create trouble here in the Fire Nation so the Fire Lord won’t be able to cause as much destruction before the Avatar can stop him.” She glanced over the wide eyes watching her and quickly shook her head. “This is new. A few days. I don’t know exactly what he’s going to do or how long it will last. Guards are already trying to arrest him and he’s been... indecisive in the past.”

She couldn’t help how her lip curled when she said it, so she just forged ahead.

“So I’m not letting this opportunity slip by me. I’m freeing as many healers as I can. Zuko obviously doesn’t know he’s sheltering you right now, and I’m sure he’s gonna have feelings about it when he finds out, but he’s not going to hurt you.”

They peered at her in dubious silence. Iyuma smirked but didn’t voice whatever it was that was so amusing. Instead, Ulka let out a restrained sigh at Katara’s side and did not raise her eyes from her hands as she spoke.

“This is... most tenuous.”

“Personally, I’m more than willing to accept Princess Katara’s assessment of the situation,” Pawe said mildly as she set aside her empty bowl. “She is in the best position to judge the Fire Prince’s character and it’s not like any of us have a better plan. Our little sanctuary here may be tenuous, but it is a vast improvement over what we just escaped.”

“Unless it lands us back where we started,” the wary-faced woman said, dread thick in her voice. Loska’s eyes slid to her, and Katara had never seen that particular expression on her face before. A sort of fragile sorrow.

“Keyu,” Pawe started gently, but was cut off.

“It won’t,” Katara said with all her conviction. In the back of her mind, the cliff stretched up above her again, seemingly insurmountable - except for Suki, who had believed. 

Someone had to believe. 

“There’s no going back,” Katara said now. “There’s no failure. Together, we will succeed and we will get out of the Fire Nation. No matter what.”

They were all staring at her again, but she didn’t back down. She held her head higher, daring any one of them to contest it. 

But none of them did. 

Of course, they didn’t all look reassured either. But Iyuma smiled and leaned forward against the table. 

“I don’t think anybody’s brought this up yet and now seems like a good time. I heard about Katara way before I met her. Katto of the Southern Tribe is actually kind of a legend...” 

She went on to briefly describe rumors she had heard about the bare-knuckle earthbending pit fights and the rescue Katara had led on Zhao’s supply station, then some of the more spectacular details about the escape attempt on the royal cruiser that must have been passing around among the guards. The stories were grander than reality had been, but now wasn’t a great time to set the record straight. 

“So when Katara says this thing is gonna happen,” Iyuma shrugged, “the chances are actually pretty good it will.”

There was a thoughtful silence, broken quickly by Ulka, who had fixed her bright eyes on Katara again. “I cannot bear the curiosity. It is unconscionable to withhold this story any longer.”

A sturdy younger woman laid a hand on Katara’s sleeve from her other side. “You left off with the Fire Prince sailing off after your father and brother. Please continue.”

“Right, uh...” Katara cleared her throat. “I couldn’t just stay at the South Pole and do nothing while Dad and Sokka were in trouble... So I ran away. Gran-gran cut my hair and I took off in a canoe-”

“A canoe? To cross the South Sea? That’s-!”

“Your grandmother cut your hair,” Bogara quietly interrupted, and her surprised face finally yielded up the faintest smile. “She gave you her blessing, then. You didn’t run away. You were sent to war.”

It was in her eyes - Good girl - only different now, subtly but significantly bigger than before. Katara ducked her chin, blushing and not totally sure why.

Gran-gran had known, she was realizing now, that her destiny was a bigger thing than either of them could have imagined. She had known it right from the beginning.

“Not so different from Princess Yue, I’d say,” Pawe put in. “She answered the call when it came to her, too.”

“Very different from Princess Yue,” Loska grumbled. 

As they talked, Katara realized she felt suddenly, horribly tired. This conversation had already been so draining, and it followed exercise and a night of tense activity. The thought of relating her whole story - with all the careful dancing around delicate information that she would have to do - made her sag on her sitting cushion.

So when a knock came at the door - not Machi’s brisk ta-ta-tap but that other, heavy thunk-thunk - Katara was almost relieved.


.


.


When Zuko knocked at Katara’s sitting room door, soft voices that had been speaking on the other side went silent all at once. There was a rustle of bodies quickly moving around. Then, Katara’s nonplussed face appeared.

“Can I help you?”

Her tone was a little too polite. Her eyes were not as hostile as he might have expected. Over her head, he saw the bedroom door sliding quietly shut.

Something clandestine was definitely going on in there. 

Maybe she was just being covert about training, but Zuko had a strong feeling there was more going on here than that. He couldn’t quite stop the narrowing of his eyes.

“Can I come in for a minute?”

She scrunched up her face. “No. Why?”

“Machi’s worried about the floors and, after you doused her in the hot spring, she doesn’t want to push you.” He tried not to make it sound like the accusation it was, because that was a pretty unkind way to treat a servant, but Katara seemed not to notice.

A tired, hard look settled onto her face. “Good.”

Zuko’s attention sharpened as he stared down at the narrow view he had of her and a stone dropped in his stomach. 

It occurred to him suddenly that, when Pokui had taken away Katara’s possessions, he had had no idea. Because Katara had not told him. She had assumed it was what he wanted, to be cruel to her even in his absence, so she had just endured that mistreatment in silence. 

When Zuko had first learned this, he had resented her for once again thinking so little of him. But the truth was, she had been vulnerable. Her well-being had been his responsibility, and he had shirked that duty because he was too busy wallowing in his hurt feelings and avoiding her to notice her suffering.

No. It was worse than that. He hadn’t wanted to see her suffering. Because it was his fault. Her suffering was his fault and seeing it on her face had shamed him.

It shamed him still. But Zuko wasn’t turning his eyes away anymore.

“Did she overstep with you?” he demanded quietly, and if his voice was a little fierce, he didn’t notice. “Katara, did she try to command you in the spring? Because she knows you’re not a slave and if she tried to treat you like one, I’ll fire her.”

Katara drew back from the gap in the door and scoffed, incredulous. Then she stared at him, and then scoffed again. “You can’t fire Machi.”

“I can and I will. What did she say to you?”

“Zuko, you’re not gonna fire Machi. She makes everything happen. She brought all our people out of the palace with her. You need her too much.”

She had added a sardonic smile to the incredulous twist of her face. She thought he was bluffing. Zuko drew a deep breath and frowned at her as calmly as he could manage. 

“I don’t care about that,” he said through his teeth. “I won’t have another majordomo who thinks she can disrespect you, much less control or torment you. But you have to talk to me. I can’t take the right action if I don’t know what’s going on.”

The disbelief was fading from her face, but the look that remained was strange. Distant, uncertain. That girl alone in the woods, surrounded by her enemies. 

Zuko had let that girl down when she needed him before. Not again. Not ever again.

He could not have guessed that Katara was not thinking of Pokui or Machi, but of the healers secreted in the bedroom behind her. It was occurring to her that maybe this was the perfect moment to tell him they were here. If she gave him the chance, what ‘right action’ would he take? 

“You need to trust me - remember?” 

She had been the one to say they needed to trust each other, she recalled. After Zuko gave Toph the clock and proved he wasn't completely horrible. She had been so desperate to be involved in the planning - any kind of action to cut the misery and helplessness her life had been then. She had been so isolated. Even Sian had been taken away. Zuko, after his initial nastiness, had been little more than a silent wall in the palanquin every day. 

And then he was summoned to face the Fire Lord and told her she would need to escape if he didn’t come back. She had paced in the garden for hours, waiting to see if he was really gone. And she had been afraid. Because Zuko may have been the origin of most of her misery, but he was also the last person around her who didn’t want her internment to be permanent. So when he reappeared, she had been ready to trust. To try. 

And now he peered through the narrow opening in her door at her, reminding her of her own words and very sincerely threatening to fire his majordomo over something that he wasn’t even sure had happened. He shook his head slightly, holding out his open hands toward her as if urging her to accept some invisible gift. 

“I’m on your side-”

Katara had doubts. Because no matter what she had said to the healers, she knew in her bones that trusting Zuko too much could end in disaster. He wouldn’t hurt them, she was certain of that, but would he try to stop her from going back for the others? Would he insist she send them away or in some other way try to hijack her destiny? 

She couldn’t tell him about them. She didn’t want to. Not yet. 

But... she could still try to trust him, just a little more. Like inching out onto new ice, listening so closely for the crack.

“-so whatever happened-”

“Nothing happened,” Katara said quietly, then sighed and shook her head. To Zuko, it was clear she thought he was overreacting. “She said I needed to come out and eat something and I didn’t want to. She pushed me - in that annoying, obstinate way she has, not some kind of power move - so I splashed her. She didn’t really deserve it...” Her jaw worked slightly to the side. “...but then she went and tattled to you.”

“Oh. Well...” Relieved but also now stiffly awkward, Zuko twitched his shoulders up in a short shrug. “She is my employee. She has a right to come to me with concerns. And it was probably a pretty big scare for her when you started bending at her. In the Fire Nation, that’s not really...” 

He hesitated, searched for the right words. Words that were accurate but not as likely to start a fight as ‘civilized’ or ‘humane’ or ‘something sane people do’. 

“...fostering a safe work environment.”

“Noted.” Katara heaved another sigh and visibly forced away her anger and irritation. Almost grudgingly, she went on, “And now she’s worried about the floors?”

“Something about warping.” As he said it, he started to remember why he had come here. It wasn’t really about the floors or more cracked-door contrition. It was about Katara and her mysterious distraction. Flowers and noodles. Girl stuff and lady-secrets.

“What, she thinks because I’m a waterbender that I’m going to dribble everywhere?”

“No! I mean, I did kind of suggest you might be continuing your bending lessons inside...” Zuko glanced up and down the corridor to make sure they were alone. “Are you teaching Iyuma that noodle technique?”

She stared back at him with the same annoyed moue, as if she had no idea what he was talking about.

“The noodle-bending. From Gao Ling?” His jaw tightened. “Leave day?” 

A look of startled delight sparked in her eyes and he could tell she was fondly remembering knocking him around with noodles, of all things. Zuko still gritted his teeth, but he watched her closely. The delight, and then the faintly smug, superior look that crept onto her face, gave him a soft thrill that soothed the raw feelings of moments before. 

“Maybe I am and maybe I’m not,” she said loftily. “I don’t see how it’s any of your business.”

“Look, it’s fine if you are but can I just come in and look at the floor? Two minutes. That’s all I need.”

Katara heaved a sigh and rolled her eyes as a dramatic precursor to turning her head to look over her shoulder. Then she shoved the door open and grandly waved him in. “Knock yourself out.”

Zuko stepped past her warily and scanned the room. There were no dishes on the table but a few teacups and a matching pot. The floors appeared to be totally dry and clean - as did the numerous sitting cushions and the pallets that had also been laid out for some reason.

Zuko cast Katara an incredulous look. “What, are you teaching her tumbling in here, too?”

She blinked, then gave a little shrug-nod non-answer. Zuko heaved a sigh.

“It’s fine to train in the courtyard or on the grounds, you know. Nobody here is spying on you. Your techniques will still be a surprise. And you have a right to be there. You don’t need to hide in here.”

-from me.

He didn’t say it, but it was in the back of his mind after yesterday. There were so many reasons and ways she didn’t trust him, so many things he had done to erode her trust. Was there even really a reasonable excuse for him to intrude on her privacy like this? Just being in this room, her public sitting room, felt like too much - like he’d negotiated his way into some kind of invasion.

So Zuko stopped looking around, and he stood near the open doorway and only peered at her as if to will her into seeing reason. Katara watched him a moment, one eye twitching as she stewed.

“I know,” she said, impatience building in her controlled tone, “and I’m not hiding. It’s just more comfortable here. As you can see, the floor is fine.” She waved a hand, then folded her arms over her chest. “Do I need your permission to do as I please in my own room?”

Zuko hardly heard her question, because he was presently realizing that, at some point since this morning, Katara had changed into loose, comfortable clothes - and he was realizing that because, when she crossed her arms that way, her breasts pressed plushly together and upward. He was not directly looking - he kept his eyes resolutely glued to her face - but he saw it in his peripheral vision. And it could not be unseen.

“Yes- I mean no, you don’t. It’s fine.” He scowled at the ceiling and attempted to refocus. He was here for a purpose and, since subtle investigating was out, he needed to just be direct. “How are you feeling? After this morning?”

“Once again, I’m fine. It wasn’t that bad a hit. You can quit worrying about it.”

“No, I really can’t, Katara.” He looked back at her and met her irate expression with one of his own. “Fire is unforgiving. I’m doing my part - my control is solid. But if you’re not fighting me with everything you’ve got, accidents are going to happen. You have to bring your A game every time. Whatever’s distracting you - and you don’t have to tell me what it is, it’s your business, I get that - but whatever it is, you’ve gotta leave it off the practice field.”

For a second, she looked like she wanted to fight him now. Her face twisted from startled annoyance to anger - but then her eyes flicked to the bedroom door and she drew a deep breath and tamped it down. 

Zuko followed the movement of her eyes. He had been sure it was just Iyuma and Loska back there, but she wasn’t really shy about making a scene in front of them... and Loska had always seemed afraid of him, but she had never exactly hidden from him before. It was strange that she would start now. Was there someone else-?

“Maybe I’d fight you with everything I’ve got,” she said in a too-calm voice, “if you stopped boring me.”

Boring-!” Zuko forgot all about his suspicions. “I’m meeting you where you are.”

“Where am I, then? Back at the beginning? Half the time, you don’t even try to hit me at all.”

“As opposed to what? Knocking you around until you get hurt again?” Zuko crossed his arms and glowered. “No way. The training wheels stay on until I’m confident you’re strong enough to take me. After that, I’ll go as hard as you want - but I’m not risking it before you’re ready, Katara.”

There was a beat of silence during which her eyes widened and then she glared at him with a peculiarly intense expression. It wasn’t rage exactly. More like reproach and panic. Her cheeks were blazing and her eyes kept snapping over to the bedroom door.

Zuko might at that moment have become certain that there was someone else listening behind that door - someone who did not belong in the house at all - had he not instead grasped the double meaning she had taken from his words. All other thoughts shot away like smoke plumes in a high wind.

“-my firebending,” he went on stiltedly, his own face getting hot as he stared down at her. “Is what I mean. Will be... hard.”

“Great,” Katara snapped, throwing up her hands. In his peripheral vision, her breasts shimmied with her abrupt movements. “Thanks, Zuko. Really looking forward to all the fire. Can you get out now?”

“Yup.” Zuko, feeling suddenly battered from too many angles, turned around and marched out the door and down the hall without looking back. 

Absolute. Bumbling. Fool.

At least she seemed to realize that he hadn’t meant it in such a provocative way. She had been annoyed, but not furious, and had not seemed to feel threatened. He didn’t feel like he had wronged her - not like yesterday. 

Instead, he just felt stupid. What had he been thinking? ‘I’ll go as hard as you want’? Idiot!

She heard what she wanted to hear. 

For the first time in days, the hissing voice had hit upon a notion that truly tempted him. It shot through Zuko in a hot jolt, startling him to a full stop some paces from his office door. The voice hurled itself at this new weak point in his defenses.

Did you see how she blushed? She was imagining it right then. And the scene in her mind was not your near-silent love-making in the dark. She was imagining you... going hard. As hard as she wants...

The raspy voice came as if from a great distance. You said you would not try anything.

She’s grown bored with your fighting; perhaps what she wants is a more demanding activity. Her mind would not drift to her little distractions if you truly exerted yourself. Think how pleasing it would be to work your flesh in hers with all your passion and devotion, all your fury and frustration...

You told her she was safe.

What safer place than in your arms and in your bed? She scorns your protection because she does not believe you’re committed enough to protecting her. What she requires is hands-on demonstration. Prove your commitment with the full force of your ardor. Make her a believer. 

You made a promise, Prince Zuko.

Is it really breaking a promise if she wants you to break it-?

“Yes,” Zuko breathed aloud, shutting his eyes and clenching his fists and forcing away his errant thoughts. “It is.”

He rallied and locked it all down, though the heated weight in his groin took a moment longer to go away. 

Katara had no interest in him that way. That was reality. It didn’t mean anything that her mind had flown to something sexual - not anything good, anyway. This very thing must have happened a lot over her time as a slave without Zuko even realizing it. Every time he had entered her rooms or ordered the servants away so they could talk, it had meant nothing to him, but to her, it was just more fuel for demeaning rumors.

She was concerned for her standing and her honor in accordance with Water Tribe culture. That was why her mind went where it did. That was all there was to it.

And, whether she liked it or believed it or not, her standing and honor were under Zuko’s protection, too. He wasn’t going to do anything that could endanger that. Because he had promised. He wouldn’t try anything, he wouldn’t let anything happen. She would be safe.

He set his mouth in a determined frown. The hissing voice slithered back to its hole, where it belonged. 

Back in the safety of his office, Machi was waiting for him with a pot of calming tea already steaming on his table. His map had been carefully folded back out of the way, but it remained half open, ready for him to continue his work. Machi herself stood by the door, her head respectfully bowed and eyes averted, but her manner that of someone waiting.

Waiting to see whether her prince returned in victory or defeat.

“The floors are fine.” Zuko pinched the bridge of his nose and wrestled back the frustration and embarrassment. “Just give her whatever she wants and leave her alone. Her maid can deal with it if there’s a mess.”

“It will be as you command, Prince Zuko,” Machi intoned, perfectly level and devoid of any judgment or censure.

It didn’t make him feel better, those signs of unwavering respect. What made Zuko feel better was the knowledge that he was getting stronger in ways he had not realized he had been weak before. It made him feel better that Katara had been annoyed and not furious at his faux-pas, that she had trusted him enough to tell him what happened in the spring, even though it was nothing.

It made him feel better to accept that he needed to trust her, too.

Whatever she was up to, whatever flowery, noodley lady-secrets she had going on, he didn’t need to know the details. As long as she was safe and focused during training, he wasn’t going to keep it on his list of worries. He wasn’t going to press her about her secrets. 

And knowing that made him feel... good. He felt like he was making a good decision.

But that was the full extent of Zuko’s happy feelings. 

No matter what she thought, Katara wasn’t ready to help fight off royal guards, and she wasn’t ready for the fight he needed her help most to win, not even with the full moon. He had to figure out a new plan to deal with that most frightening problem, and fast.

But the afternoon crawled past and inspiration didn’t strike. Instead, a summer storm began rolling in out of the south, but for hours it refused to just start raining. The leaden sky seemed content to hover and reflect Zuko’s anxious thoughts. 

The runners would return in the evening bearing unexpected news. By night, rain would pound the city as if to knock it into the sea. 

But the royal guard would never come.


.


.


But long before that, Katara shut her sitting room door and stood glaring at it as she drew several deep, calming breaths. 

They may not have heard it. He hadn’t been shouting or anything. More just... insisting... 

...until I’m confident you’re strong enough to take me. After that, I’ll go as hard as you want...

Her neck prickled and she rubbed at it as heat gathered in her ears. A part of her wanted to laugh at his alarmed, embarrassed face. A part of her wanted to snarl that she was strong enough for anything.

And that sneaky force only grinned its anticipation. What a pretty promise...

But the biggest part of Katara drew one more deep breath and rubbed her neck a little harder, then focused on her immediate priorities. If the healers had heard him, she could still play it off - he hadn’t meant it the way it had come out, he was just stupid like that... But she had a feeling her hot face was going to tell the truth for her. 

Because Zuko may not have meant it the way it sounded, but she sure took it that way. 

At length, she heard the bedroom door behind her open and turned to face the damage.

Iyuma shot her a wry look, but it was Pawe who spoke, frowning thoughtfully. “He certainly left in a hurry when you asked him to.”

“Uh, yeah,” Katara sighed, still rubbing her neck. Apparently she had been plenty loud. 

“Was he threatening you?” Ulka said, a little wide-eyed.

“No, he just takes training really seriously.” Katara rolled her eyes. “Actually, he takes most things really seriously.”

“Including Katara’s health,” Iyuma said with an almost smug note. “She is still recovering from an intensive healing, after all.”

It was like she’d lit up some secret healer signal. Every one of them assessed Katara anew, with the exception of Loska, who only looked on with tight-lipped dissatisfaction. 

“I knew you looked peaky!”

“Girl, you need to rest. You were running all night.”

“-thin as a rail-”

“-probably need a more varied diet, something gentler on the stomach than all that chili oil-”

“-most important thing is getting enough sleep, though-”

Overwhelmed and sure they were about to close in on her, Katara sidled between the women hovering in her bedroom doorway.

“You know what? I actually am pretty tired! I should really get to bed.”

At last, they allowed her to retreat. Katara let out a sigh and put all the blinds down to keep out the worst of the sun. The faint breeze fluttered in and soft voices hummed from the sitting room. She drifted off almost the moment she laid down.

When she woke, wet evening wind was pressing through the blinds and she could hear the thunder mumbling through the bones of the house.

Before she even opened her eyes, she smirked.

Hours later, her smirk had only deepened. The rain made so much of her task even easier. It was dark - the nearly-full moon all bundled up behind the heavy clouds - but Katara didn’t need to pick her way through the rocks when she was riding a wave of rainwater pulled up from the earth. She swept up the cliff path like a fury. 

There were more guards everywhere. Royal guards patrolling the streets in rigid phalanxes. House guards patrolling the grounds of their estates. But in the dark and the rain, they carried lanterns and bent sputtering flames over their hands; they were blind to the wolf creeping in the night.

First, she picked her way around the city to the last of the third-list houses and lured the healers out the same as last time. Some she found in chains - which she broke - and some she found closely watched by house guards - who she knocked out and tied up. One by one, she took them back to the pass where they gathered, and held tight to one another, and waited.

A strange thing happened. Katara was passing from one property to the next when she saw a woman standing beside a guard near a large stone. There was no lantern between them, but the guard held a little lick of flame in her palm, so tiny it was not easy to see from more than twenty feet away. They did not see Katara coming, so she heard what they were saying.

“-probably not safe for you to wait with me. They might misunderstand and kill you.”

“Who, me?” said the guard - and though her mellow tone was not familiar, her voice was. “I hear the Water Tribe won’t kill women in combat. My friend Ming up at the tower said a warrior went out of his way to not kill her during the Avatar’s escape. Had his sword right up to her throat and just stopped and tied her up instead.”

“You think we’re weak,” the other woman accused softly after a moment. 

The guard shrugged. “It’s just kind of a strategic disadvantage, pretending a woman can’t get the job done.”

“Don’t tell me what I already know, Sho. I want to leave still sort-of liking you.” Almost idly, she raised her hands and dragged the rain out of her clothes, dropping it at her side. Then she began to pull the rain out of the guard’s clothes, too.

The guard nodded with a rueful smile, then froze suddenly when she spotted Katara approaching. “Takima.”

Takima spun to follow her gaze and dropped the rain she had just streamed from the guard’s clothes. It fell on her feet in spatters. “I- I wasn’t bending. I mean...”

Katara waved a hand. “In the Southern Water Tribe, we don’t have that rule. Are you out here waiting for me?”

“Sho said that a bunch of healers went missing last night. I just hoped... whoever saved them would come back.”

The guard was watching Katara with wide eyes. “That’s the Southern Princess,” she said quietly. “Remember, I told you she came through and sucked all the water out of the garden on her way back to the palace?”

Katara watched the guard back - the captain, she remembered, who had tried to apprehend her. She was wondering if she should worry about this witness, if this was perhaps a trap.

But Takima’s eyes were shining and she grabbed Sho’s hand briefly. The guard’s faint smile was reassuring. “You’re really her? Princess Katara?”

“Just Katara is fine. Are you ready to get out of here?”

They were always ready to get out. Most of them didn’t know her at all, but some of them recognized her by one name or the other.

“Katto of the Southern Tribe... I never thought you’d come for me.”

“My sister is in the next house over, Princess. Can we get her, too?”

“Lady Tam Rao told me all about you after that full moon party. She said you were so powerful, it was only a matter of time before you set things right.”

“Please, Warrior - I know where my daughters are being kept.”

Takima wasn’t the only woman waiting out in the rain. Many of the houses on the first list seemed to have a healer wandering the grounds in the night. Katara gathered them up and guided them to the pass in small groups. She found one healer in the midst of being steered back to the house by guards. They all found themselves swiftly encased up to their noses in ice. The healer fell in Katara’s arms, sobbing her relief. 

Over her heaving shoulder, Katara raked a scathing look across all the guards’ frightened eyes. “You’re lucky I’m not killing pathetic bullies tonight. I’ll be back when you’re worth my time.”

“Th-then you’ll ne-hever be back,” sniffed the healer as she straightened and, without a backward glance, walked with Katara into the night.

Even through the clouds, she could feel the moon sinking toward the horizon, but she wanted to check the house where the daughters were being kept. It was a lavish home from the second list, located very inconveniently among the lamp-lit streets near the palace. 

The rain was still coming down hard when she crept into the house, but when she came out with the girls - both teens younger than her - following close behind her, the deluge had stopped. And packs of guards were roving the streets, now clearly visible in every direction.

The younger girl was crying silently, but Katara only smiled and arched her eyebrows.

“Don’t worry. Wanna see a cool trick?”

And she raised the rain off the wet streets into a soupy fog that covered half the city.

Katara led the girls out, careful to cover their tracks as they climbed up toward the pass. She’d lost count of the number of healers she had collected tonight, but it was a lot more than last night. When they reached the pass, it was crowded, choked with women. 

The girls’ mother swept them up and wouldn’t let them go even when she went down the slide.

Katara guided the front of the line down to the house, where Iyuma and Loska and the others welcomed them quietly in, then she backtracked, counting heads and making sure no one had fallen behind, clearing away any traces of their passing. Dawn was close - the air had that chill - and the rain picked up again as Katara climbed up into her bedroom and softly slid the door shut behind her.

And then there came a crash as her sitting room door banged open and soft voices cried out in fear.

Chapter Text

They were sparring in the courtyard again, but Katara wasn’t moving at her usual speed. She was bending with him almost the way Zuko had seen her bend with Iyuma - a gentle sweep of water, but this one stroked his bare chest like a teasing hand. It ached through him, almost as much as watching the smooth grace of her movements. 

But not nearly so much as seeing the tiny smile tug her eyes as she looked back at him.

“Come on,” she said, shifting toward him, shifting back. “I thought you wanted to fight.”

But Zuko didn’t really feel like fighting. 

Her movements were slow, almost languorous. The collar was gone somehow and the bare flesh of her neck was calling him. He knew there was still some reason he shouldn’t, but he wanted to taste her there. It had been so long since he had tasted her skin. He needed to press soft kisses down the cords of her throat, to lay his face against her and breathe her scent. He took a step toward her...

...but Chief Hakoda was standing on the rim of the fountain with his arms folded over his chest. 

“Are you a good enough man, Prince Zuko? I have my doubts.”

Zuko had a terrible falling feeling. Because that wasn’t Chief Hakoda. That was the Fire Lord.

“Because you are neither strong enough to control her,” Ozai smirked, “nor quick enough to save her.”

All of a sudden, a dozen figures dressed in black dropped off the roof of the villa and burst out of the potted plants. They converged on Katara with long knives and her eyes rolled desperately toward him because she wasn’t strong enough-

Zuko lurched upright, gasping, and threw himself staggering out of bed. Sweat prickled down his bare chest and back, clinging coldly to his neck. 

Assassins could be anywhere. He had to check the grounds.

He got down the hall and had wrenched open the front doors before fully realizing it had been a dream. It was still raining outside, a steady summer rain that could go on for days, and water poured off the roof in rivulets. A breeze puffed fresh, humid air into his face and spattered his bare feet with cool droplets.

There weren’t any assassins. Probably. Not yet, at least...

But, just as he shut the doors and would have turned back to try and meditate the remaining minutes until dawn, he heard it. A clatter of metal across the floorboards.

From Katara’s rooms.

His footsteps were not silent as he sprinted to the end of the hallway. He didn’t bother with caution. He only slammed open the door and leapt through into the lit chamber beyond, ready to attack.

Feminine voices gasped in shock and terror, and the very strangeness of that pulled him up short. Zuko just stood there, hesitating, fists raised in a ready stance as he assessed the threat.

The room was packed with women - sitting around the table, resting on pallets against the walls, a few standing together near the bedroom door. Those closest to where he stood were leaning away, looking away, trying not to draw his attention. Zuko estimated at a glance that there were more than twenty. However many there were, every set of eyes fixed on him in the instant when he appeared.

And then a specter of the past emerged from the back room and he forgot all about the other women. She darted between them, a stream of water poised around her like a ready viper. Her breasts were bound flat under her dark, rain-speckled tunic and her eyes were fierce behind her wolf face paint.

It was the girl from the valley. Even the color of her skin was gray and white and black from the moon shadows that had glazed her that night.

Zuko wasn’t aware of his posture slipping as he stared at her, his hands losing their tension and drifting down. He was only aware she had recognized him and relaxed her own stance. She braced her hands on her hips and glared at him.

“What are you doing, bursting into my room?”

“I- I heard a noise,” Zuko stammered, straightening. “I thought it was an assassin.”

“Nope, no assassins here. You can go now.”

“Who are all these people?” His voice was rising - but he knew who these people were.

He looked around the room again, reconnecting with reality. There was a... a brigade of healers in Katara’s suite. Iyuma was holding the bolt-cutters. A few of them were still wearing collars. They were all different ages, their hair in many different styles, and many wore livery tunics representing different noble households. They were all staring at him - or the floor near him - with varying levels of tightly-controlled alarm. 

“These are my people,” Katara said, holding her chin very high. She was daring him to deny it, to challenge her, but Zuko was too busy panicking as he realized the implications of what he was seeing.

“This is what you were hiding? You’ve been going up to Caldera? Every night, you-? Alone?” 

Her eyes narrowed, the first sign of genuine anger, but Zuko didn’t see that. 

He was remembering how she had felt in his arms after the Agni Kai, after he had scooped her up off the floor and fled the dueling court. She had hung there totally limp, a damp unmoving weight against his chest. The sight of her - blistered, charred, so terribly still - was a thing so nightmarish, the flash of memory made him physically cringe.

Zuko was not aware of it, but he had buried his fingers in his hair, still unkempt from bed, and he was staring unseeingly back at her. 

She could have died. She could have been hurt when he was nowhere nearby to help her. 

“I don’t need-” she started, but Zuko cut her off, a roar bursting out of his chest. He threw his arms down, flameless but no less fearsome.

“I forbid it!”

To everyone else in the room, the ensuing silence was suffocating. The healers, so many of them having just arrived at a place that was supposed to be safe, sat frozen in horror. Every one of them knew they were seeing their host, the master of the house, and many had recognized his stance as a firebending form, but only a few of them realized this shirtless, wild-eyed, terribly scarred young man was also the Fire Prince. 

It amazed them all the same that, faced with such a foe, Princess Katara’s expression had gone from stewing annoyance to fury.

“You forbid it?” she asked, and for all that her voice was quiet, it was sharp as a honed blade. Her fists shook at her sides now, and she took a slow, threatening step toward him. “You think you have the right to forbid me anything?”

“Yes! This!” he snapped. “I forbid you to sneak off alone in the night, Katara! You can’t just put yourself-!”

You don’t ever tell me what I can or can’t do,” she bellowed, drowning him out. She stalked across the sitting room toward him and stabbed a finger hard into his bare chest. He seemed to swell larger with every second, but the princess was unfazed. “You don’t command me, your highness. Not anymore! Not ever again! Not to eat, not to stay, not to sit or pour your tea. If you try to stop me from freeing my people, I will go right through you.

She stabbed at him again with those final words and Zuko drew a great breath, his ears ringing from so much anger finally slipping its leash. He threw his arms out to either side.

“You think you’re strong enough? Go ahead and try it! But I’ll bet you’re not,” he snarled, looming over her and pointing one finger in her painted face. “You know why? Because you’ve been spending your nights playing Katto instead of recovering from the Agni Kai!

She slapped his hand away and tipped her head to the side, challenge writ in every line of her posture. “You wanna see me play Katto? Fine. Let’s go. Right now.”

“Fine! I’ll meet you in the courtyard!”

“Fine!”

Zuko stormed from the room, shouting a final “Fine!” over his shoulder. The door slammed behind him.

In the corridor, anxious servants hovered, clearly drawn by the shouting. When Zuko spotted Machi among them, he didn’t slow down. He only barked orders as he passed.

“Princess Katara has guests. See to their needs.”

He didn’t listen for a response. He was too angry to talk. Too angry to think. Too angry for caution or reflection or restraint.


.


.


The princess turned around from slamming the door and cast her eyes over the healers. The anger wasn’t exactly fading from her face, but it didn’t have the same force when she looked at them.

“Don’t worry,” she said, slicing one hand through the air before her as if that would disperse the tension choking the room. “I’ll handle this.”

She returned to the back bedroom and whispers rose up among them, voices soft from long fear and practice.

“La save us. He’s going to kill her.”

“That was the Fire Prince? He looked like a brigand!”

“I’m sorry - did you say the Fire Prince-?

“-wildest girl I’ve ever seen in my life-”

“...that temper!”

“-said he was an ice bear but she’s all teeth herself-”

Loska listened to her sisters talk, but her mind slipped away. She had not seen the prince explode that way since his time on the royal cruiser. Then, his temper had seemed always on the brink of violence, but that volatility had diminished at some point during his return to the palace - a change that had been made evident during their discussion yesterday. 

She had not mentioned it then, but there had been the notable exception of the night he had come running into the infirmary with the girl still smoldering in his arms. He had settled her in a healing bath, shouted a bunch of commands, and then hovered over them all as they worked through the night, looking one defiant word away from murder.

Loska was inclined to think that he was upset the way a child would be upset over a favorite pet being injured. He didn’t want her to scar so that he could continue looking at her in inappropriate states of dress and... whatever other awful things such a man was likely to enjoy.

And he had brought up her injury tonight merely as a means of reminding her of her frailty.

Loska had never been fooled by his calm periods. Such a man, with rage steeped into his very bones, would invariably crack and spill his cruelty on those around him. It had only been a matter of time. And now, he would vent his wrath on the princess. Really, the only surprise was that he hadn’t struck her here in this room, before all their watching eyes. 

“He won’t hurt her,” Iyuma dismissed as she strained to snip the final collar off. “Didn’t you hear what he was saying? He’s mad because she’s been endangering herself. He was worried about her.”

Pawe scoffed from the pallet where she reclined, stroking her belly in a clear effort to soothe her own turmoil. “Worried? That looked like the anger of a man who doesn’t have as much control as he thinks he should.”

“I’ve seen them together,” Iyuma said with a shrug. “I don’t think that’s it.”

“Phuh,” Loska scowled at the younger woman. “She has been testing him and she’s finally found his limit. You’ll see.”

The princess emerged, her warpaint wiped away, and stalked through the sitting room. The look on her bare face was hard, but Loska had seen hard women crumble before.

A chill lanced down her spine as she watched the girl go. She really was so young.

With a grunt, Iyuma finished snipping the last collar and then glanced around the room. “Well, I’m not sitting around here waiting to hear how it went. Are you coming?”

Some uncertain glances were shared.

“I thought we weren’t supposed to go out?” Keyu ventured.

“Ice cat’s out of the bag now,” Iyuma shrugged, then flashed her lopsided grin. “Besides. You all need to see her fight.”

Loska watched the women all around her rise to follow. Some were not so sure, but no one wanted to be left alone in this strange new place, with their situation so suddenly changed and still so uncertain. Tenna tried to keep her girls from going, but they refused to turn from the warrior-princess who had saved them.

Finally, it was only Loska and Keyu, both watching the open door.

“I know we should go,” Keyu said quietly, “but... I don’t want to see what he will do to her. I have enough nightmares.”

Loska hesitated for a long while, but then she clenched her trembling hands and climbed to her feet. “It is better to see it happen. Otherwise, we might forget. Besides, she will likely need us all to repair whatever he decides to destroy.”


.


.


Katara paced the courtyard, pulling rain from the air to throw down in satisfying splats that did nothing to cool her rage. Zuko was going to lose this fight. She was confident. She wasn’t really thinking now about the annoying restraint he always brought into their training sessions. There was just no way she wouldn’t beat him in this rain. And after what he tried to do, she had boundless rage to burn.

Forbidding her to save her people. How dare he? How dare he? 

How dare he try to stop her? How dare he get in her way when she had finally found her purpose? When she had finally wrestled off the despair and started actually making progress that mattered? 

‘I’m on your side’? 

Liar!

And shouting at her in front of them! They would think he told her what to do all the time. They would think he was somehow in charge. They would think it was normal for him to show up at her room with no shirt or shoes on. In the night, still, technically.

She was going to destroy him in this fight.

At least he’d finally broken his stupid good-guy act and revealed that roaring monster she knew was really always under the surface. It was so satisfying to know she had been right. The sick swell of vindication made her pace a little faster.

And if she felt a fresh stab of betrayal, she had at least known it was coming this time. Although, seeing it coming didn’t seem to diminish the sting. She had hardly trusted him at all, and still he’d had the power to hurt her.

Idiot!

She didn’t notice the healers gathering around the doorway, crowding together under the awning, and she didn’t notice when they parted hurriedly as Zuko stalked out of the dim corridor and passed between them.

But she noticed when he strode down off the steps with a broadsword in either hand. Still not wearing a shirt or shoes. Like he’d gone to his room to get the swords but hadn’t noticed the breeze. 

Katara curled her lip. “Swords, Zuko? You don’t think the odds are stacked against you enough as it is?” 

She held her arms out in the rain, her element dripping off every surface. If he was smart, he’d be terrified.

But he just took up a stance across from her. No bow today. And no fake topknot either - his hair just shagged around his ears, longer than she remembered it but not even to his eyebrows yet. The rain was already slicking it down against his forehead. His scowl was murderous. 

“No,” he growled. “Not nearly enough.”

With a yell, Katara snatched a stream out of the air and slung it at him, wide and loose - but screaming fast.

Zuko launched himself at her, easily dodging the stream. He had halved the distance between them when Katara whipped it back from his other side. He must have read it in her posture, because he dropped to the ground and skidded beneath it, then popped up within striking distance.

But Katara was ready. She froze ice up around his ankles and in the same motion skated back out of reach. 

His blade sliced the air inches from her throat. His glare was intense, his good eye as slitted as his scarred side. 

Unheard, the healers gasped and flinched. But Katara didn’t notice that. She had put them completely from her mind.

That slash probably should have frightened her. Could he even have stopped before he cut her throat open? But Katara wasn’t frightened. Instead, she felt something she hadn’t expected. 

Exhilaration. 

Finally. Finally he was coming at her with his full strength, leaving nothing held back. No more pulled punches. Not this time.

It really should have unnerved her that he was angry enough to fight her this hard, but instead it filled her with swooping giddiness. It reminded her what it had felt like to really match him. To really beat him.

It reminded her, in a subconscious place she did not examine, how fine he was.

But more immediately, it reminded her how good it felt to knock him down hard.

Katara raised a wave from behind him and, before he could bust his other ankle free, pounded him to the ground. With a short cry, Zuko went tumbling across the courtyard, but he didn’t even pause; he rolled straight to his feet and rushed back in at her again.

They fought fiercely as the sun broke over the horizon, casting its dazzling light on the raindrops and raising a warm fog from the forest. Katara pulled water from the gutters, from the fountain, from the wet air to send Zuko staggering back again and again. He grunted and went rolling more times than she could count, but he kept leaping up and attacking, kept pressing her. She lobbed ice at him and he chopped it from the air, sometimes even launching chunks back at her. Again and again, she tried to trap him in ice, tried to pin him down, but he just kept slipping free. Evading, dodging, busting through.

It was not so long after the sun had risen above the clouds that the rain tapered off and Katara began to feel her fatigue. Breathing hard, her arms heavy from the long night and sustained effort, she raised a wave and froze it to trap Zuko’s swords. One blade caught. The other broke through the top of the ice and kept coming.

And its tip slashed across her throat. 

She felt it as a jarring, clanging impact that knocked her spinning hard to the side, and she immediately understood what had happened. The blade had hit the locking mechanism on her collar.

He had been aiming for it this entire time.

Pitched off balance, she staggered back - but Zuko was already on her. He had abandoned the trapped sword, because he no longer needed it. Still so fast, he darted in and snagged her wrist in a vise-like grip, then spun her into his chest so that his arm and hers wrapped across her front and pinned her with her back to him. His remaining sword pressed lightly against her throat.

This time, the blade was cold against her skin.

He growled something behind her ear but, for the space of a heartbeat, his words didn’t solidify in Katara’s mind. She was aware only of the overwhelming closeness of him. His breath and his voice spilled down her neck. The heat rolling off him prickled in contrast to the cold sword on the other side of her throat. His arm did not touch her bound breasts - but hers did, and he held it clamped in place with exquisite pressure. His chest was hot and firm against her back, swelling against her with his steady breathing. 

And against her backside, she had felt him brush past in the instant when he had set his feet. A distant part of her that had not so long ago been very interested in such things took note: not hard... but not entirely soft either.

He had won. And for that one, imprudent heartbeat, she wondered if he might demand a reward-

Another of those kisses.

-but all at once, his words snapped into focus. It was a demand, but not the one that had come to her mind. 

“Look at them.”

Katara’s focus shifted beyond the close, steamy world between them, and she saw. The healers stood watching, more than a few clutching each other or holding their hands over their mouths. They were all there. Ulka, Bogara, Loska... 

“Remember what Azula did to Sokka,” Zuko said quickly, too quiet for them to hear. “Think about how it might go wrong if you’re up in Caldera alone and somebody gets hold of one of them like this.”

Katara’s stomach dropped. Because, no, she hadn’t considered that possibility. And her people watching her now - the girls’ mother was trying to cover their eyes - they all looked afraid. They had watched her battle and now they were watching her lose. She was their one hope, their one defender... 

...and right now she looked like the leverage that could keep someone else in line.

“I’m not saying you shouldn’t save them,” Zuko rushed on. “Because you should. I’m glad you are. But you have to be careful. And that means not doing reckless stuff alone when you could have backup.”

A distant part of Katara remembered when she had ridden in a lightless tunnel with this same boy pressed against her in a very similar way. They had been going into a fight together, had goaded each other beyond fear with covert touches in the dark.

We’ll be outnumbered a hundred to one.

“All you have to do is tell me,” Zuko said now, “and I would be there.”

But Katara was not really thinking of that boy right now. She was thinking of that roaring monster, that spoiled prince - whose voice had gone so soft now that he thought he’d won. 

But this fight wasn’t over yet.

Katara refused to lose to him in front of her people. She refused to submit to him, or to the weary drag of her body, or to that sneaky force tugging her toward her own destruction. She was Katto of the Water Tribe. She was the Southern Princess. She was a warrior and a hero with a destiny.

And right now, her destiny was to show her people what they could do.

In all, they were locked together for a matter of seconds. To the healers, who could see the prince’s tense expression as he watched them and spoke quick, quiet words, it passed as smoothly as a pause in a dance. 

Suddenly, the princess took the lead. And she must not have cared for what he said - because she took it savagely.

Katara used a dirty trick. With a subtle gesture of her free hand, she froze the water on his skin - and the water saturating his pants. He made a tiny, choked sound of shock, which she heard very clearly with his mouth so close to her ear. But she was already in motion.

She didn’t bother trying to get her arm loose. She reached up with her free hand and grasped his where he held the sword against her throat; she wasn’t strong enough to overpower him, but she didn’t need to be. All she needed was to steady the weapon and keep it from cutting her while she dragged Zuko’s stunned weight with her as she shifted-

-and pulled up a fist-hard stream of icy slush to blast over her shoulder where she knew his face was. Zuko staggered back. Before he could get his bearings, Katara snapped the water up from all the puddles with a fast and vicious movement of her raised hands. The puddles knifed up into spears of ice. Any one of them could have run him through-

-just like Sokka-

-but instead, she trapped Zuko in a tight thicket of icy bars. His arm had been caught low at his side as he backed up, though the sword itself, and his wrist, stuck out. There was a stung red mark on his cheek from the slush-strike. His eyes were wide, surprised at this sudden turn of events. 

Katara couldn’t help herself. She smirked.

In a heartbeat, his eyes traced her mouth with telling focus. With heat. But almost immediately he grimaced and looked up to the cloudy sky, breathing deeply through his nose. The quality of the focus on his face shifted.

She waited a second, holding her stance. But there was no explosion of ice. No fire. Zuko just hung in there like an unhappy moose-lion cub, sending up only faint trails of steam.

“Aren’t you gonna firebend your way out of there?”

Zuko turned his scowl back on her. “I’m not firebending with you when I’m this angry. It’s not safe.”

“Oh!” Katara smiled sarcastically and touched her forehead as if remembering. “That’s right, because you’re deeply concerned for my safety and that’s why you’re being such a raging bully.”

“Yes!” he erupted. Something behind his eyes snapped and he let loose again. He bared his teeth as he shouted. The sword jerked around impotently at his side as his fist clenched and flexed through his fury. “I’m obviously concerned for your safety, Katara! That’s why I’m angry! You were just hurt and now you’re throwing yourself into so much danger! You’ll end up fighting an army of royal guards if you’re lucky!” 

Here it was: the monster, the raving tyrant that Zuko kept trying to hide. Finally!

Only... as Katara watched him work himself up, his eyes going wide and desperate and the sword making short stabbing motions up the mountain toward Caldera, she realized this wasn’t the same at all. This wasn’t the spoiled prince ranting at her for never loving him and breaking her promise. This was... something else.

“But Azula won’t miss a chance to face you again - and the Fire Lord won’t settle for an oath if he gets his hands on you! He will-!” 

He stopped suddenly as if unable to go on, crazy-eyed and snarling. It was the look on his face that finally made it sink in, that made Katara accept it. Zuko was afraid. He was terrified at the thought of what his father and sister would do to her if they caught her.

It didn’t fix anything. She was still furious with him. But she couldn’t just dismiss everything he was saying because he was having a childish tantrum, either. He wasn’t blaming her. He wasn’t trying to intimidate or bully her. He wasn’t even criticizing her, exactly.

He was freaking out because he was scared. For her safety. And, to Katara’s disgust and frustration, he had a point.

So even though it was on the tip of her tongue to defend herself, to make bold claims about what would or wouldn’t happen, she hesitated, watching him with narrow eyes.

Finally, Zuko seemed to regain control. He took another big breath and lowered his voice, though his scowl remained. “It’s really hard to convince myself I’m being unreasonable when you’ve been taking such a crazy risk without me even knowing about it. Which-” His mouth did another of its bitter twists, but he kept his eyes on her until, finally, he seemed to resign himself to going on. “I’m not gonna stop respecting your privacy, and I... can understand... why you didn’t trust me enough to tell me what you were doing, but I’m also really struggling not to feel like you’ve been making a fool of me.”

Sensing solid ground, Katara lunged for the thing she knew how to respond to.

“And we mustn’t diminish the prince’s royal dignity,” she said through her teeth. “How awful it must be to have someone make you look foolish in front of an audience!”

His eyes widened and the anger was swiftly replaced with shock and recognition. But Katara had started, and now she didn’t care to stop.

“At least my people aren’t having a big laugh at how meek and accommodating you are, like you were somehow designed to be dominated and used. No, my people-” She pointed at them, the fear slowly fading from their faces, and glared back at Zuko to watch him watch them. “-are scared of you. And for good reason. Most of them just got here this morning. They’ve been living in terror of the Fire Nation, and now their first impression of you, personally, is a domineering brute who bursts into my room half-dressed, forbidding stuff whenever he feels like it and turning disagreements into physical fights.”

Never mind that it had been Katara herself who had done that last bit - and wouldn’t the mothers find that charming? She shut the thought away for now. Zuko could hold her share of the embarrassment for a change. 

Apparently genuinely taken aback by this characterization, he made a noise of protest. He drew a breath and, just from the shape of his mouth, Katara knew he was about to bring up the assassins again. But then he paused, his eyes again flicking over the gathered women. “I didn’t mean to do that.”

“But you did,” she insisted, tipping her chin up and drawing her shoulders back to fold her arms high over her chest. “So what are you gonna do to make it right?”

Zuko seemed to think for a moment, then looked back at her, a slightly uncertain tilt to his one eyebrow. “I... could start with an apology.”

Katara rolled her eyes. “Yeah. Great. I can’t wait to hear this. ‘I’m sorry I’m a jerk with anger problems-’”

“Would you let me try first and save the mockery for afterward?” he loudly demanded, his eyes widening with fresh fury. But he immediately flinched and calmed himself. Very quietly, grudgingly, he added, “Please.”

His face was reddening now from more than just the slush-strike.

He did look pretty foolish, caught in the ice and still waving that sword around. And her people were still watching... and probably the servants, too... but Sokka was lingering at the back of Katara’s mind, and the Sokka in her mind folded his arms and arched his eyebrows and smirked.

Real rule. Didn’t make it up.

“Do you yield to me,” she asked sweetly, “as the superior warrior?

Zuko glared back at her, and his face got redder. “Unless you want to attack exclusively from my left at close range,” he said a bit nastily as the sword made a tiny slash in the air, “I guess I have no choice.”

Katara only waited patiently as more steam curled off him. Finally, the sword clattered to the paving stones and he said the words, rolling his eyes the entire time.

“Fine. I yield. You’re the superior warrior...” His voice was low already, so Katara hardly heard when he added, “...this time.”

She primly pretended not to notice and, with a twist of her foot and hands, released the ice to water. It sloshed down off of Zuko and spread out over the paving stones, leaving him to straighten from the awkward stance he had been caught in. 

She’d actually forgotten... For a heartbeat, Katara’s eyes were riveted to the water dribbling down his muscular torso, to the almost indecent cling of his drenched pants-

She spun on her heel and addressed the healers. “Prince Zuko has something to say.”

Her people were still watching - but now with more expressions of confusion and disbelief than fear. Katara folded her arms over her chest and turned an expectant stare on Zuko. But he was already approaching the healers with a rigid, formal bearing. She could only stare at his back in annoyance that quickly morphed into shock.

Some of the healers shuffled nervously as the prince approached, but almost all of them shared the same feeling of mingled bewilderment and disquiet. They had witnessed the warrior who had saved them fight this young man with skill and impressive power - really, she had battered him so roughly that many of them had at some point winced in sympathy for the bruises and scrapes he had accumulated tumbling on the hard stone drive. (They were healers, after all.) But he had kept coming with remarkable tenacity, and for a moment he seemed to have won. 

All but one of them had believed they were about to see the princess’s blood spill.

Instead, the prince had just talked, fast and quiet near her ear, his eyes on the healers the entire time. The look on his face had not been entirely angry - though it was hard to tell with that scar. But, whatever his terms had been, the princess evidently had refused them. And then, in movements so quick and fierce that many of them had missed them entirely, she became the victor. 

And... it seemed... the argument had resumed...

More and more of them began to glance at Iyuma, shocked to find that that smirking teenager may have been right. Even Loska shook her head and scoffed, hardly able to accept what her eyes were seeing. 

And now the Prince of the Fire Nation stopped at the bottom of the steps and performed a short bow - to them. 

He still looked like a brigand, with no shirt or shoes and his loose pants sodden and his scruffy short hair tousled from the fight. But his bearing belonged to a prince - straight and true - and the expression on his face was carefully aloof but did not conceal his sincerity. The words he spoke were a gentleman’s.

“I apologize for my rude interruption this morning and for my lack of decorum. I do not normally treat Princess Katara or her guests in such a manner. I also... normally wear all of my clothes...” 

Whether it was because of the apology or realizing his state of dress under the eyes of so many women, the Fire Prince was blushing. It was easy to tell with his chest bare, a big pale contrast to the pink building in the cheek and ear that were not twisted and scarred. 

The scar on his back, however, which Katara could see very clearly now from where she stood, was huge and ruddy, sprawling from his shoulder blade to the back of his arm and down halfway to his waist. The sight of it startled her a little bit - because she had forgotten just how big it was.

Yotsu appeared like a phantom and Zuko shrugged quickly into the stately robe he offered. He went on, hardly missing a beat and holding himself like he was addressing the Fire Court itself even as his valet hovered, doing up his toggles and tying his sash with nimble fingers. 

“And... since a pretty good number of you are here...” Yotsu withdrew and Zuko’s tone shifted, firmed into something more measured and weighty. “The Fire Nation has treated the Water Tribes and you especially, the healers of the North, with unspeakable cruelty. Your homes and families, your culture, and your personal autonomy have all been targeted and taken from you. That was wrong. And the acts of war that the Fire Nation continues to inflict on you, your people, and the world, are wrong.” 

Katara recognized that tone of voice. It was the same tone he used when addressing some complaint in the audience hall, when he was delivering a decision he had thought through in advance. It sent a jolt through her, because clearly he had been preparing for this moment. 

Even though he had had no idea they were here, Zuko had taken time to consider what he would say when he came face-to-face with a large group of healers. 

And even though he was angry about how they got here, he was delivering his statement now, at the first opportunity.

“As the heir apparent, I offer my deepest apologies for the mistreatment to which my nation and my people have subjected you.” He bowed again, deeper this time, and went on in a slightly less formal register. “But I’ve come to believe that apologies don’t mean much if there isn’t any substantial effort made to repair the wrong that was committed...”

Katara became abruptly aware that her jaw was hanging slack and clicked her teeth shut. Intense emotions were tearing through her chest like whitewater, but she could not name them. 

“...so, it’s my hope that, with Princess Katara’s help, I can offer some measure of comfort and justice going forward. For now, whatever protection and support I can provide you, it is yours. My majordomo, Machi, is arranging accommodations for you in my household. Don’t hesitate to ask for anything you need. Welcome to the Gan villa.” 

He raised an arm to indicate Machi, who had come to stand in the doorway among the healers. Her expression was one of polite benevolence and only the closest observer would note the faint panic of a majordomo very suddenly directed to accommodate a great many houseguests in a house that was not fully hers to command. The houseguests themselves looked on her and the prince with bemusement, anxiety, skepticism, resentment, relief, shock, mistrust - a whole flurry of complex reactions that Zuko was trying to memorize without appearing to watch at all. Meanwhile, the face of every member of the combined household staff who had not yet been wrangled into preparing rooms was peeking out the windows with rapt attention.

But all such details were entirely beyond Katara’s notice. As Zuko raised his arm, her eyes swept past the expanse of his back and lingered on the place where the scar was now hidden. In her mind she could still see it, big and red and sprawled out like a continent. A distant land where distant things had happened... somehow still here, still so close to hand. 

Because it had never really vanished over any horizon. It had just been out of sight for a while.

The new Zuko was taking a firmer shape before her, cobbled together from pieces of all the previous Zukos. He spoke to her people with earnest conviction. He apologized with gravity and compassion. He fought with all his might. He faced daunting challenges and tried with his whole heart.

And he still raged like a monster... but that part of him wasn’t in charge anymore. 

At least, not so far. He was clearly still wrestling with it. Katara frowned and hugged herself tighter. She could be patient if she had to. She would wait and see how things shook out. Her broken heart still howled its fury and despair at the unfairness of all of this-

Too late! Too late!

-but that part of her wasn’t in charge anymore, either. 

She had a purpose beyond her hurt, and the faces of her people - many of whom looked reassured or at least unafraid - were a balm on her emotional wounds. If this new Zuko was really going to help her to help them, she wasn’t going to let her feelings or her fears get in the way anymore.

But there was an expansive distance between not actively fighting his involvement and trusting him to be reliable. Katara would wait there. And she would see.

In the crowd of healers, her eyes caught on Iyuma, who was staring back at her. Her smile was smug, and she lifted one eyebrow as if to say What, you’re surprised? or You’re the one who said he was honorable.

Or maybe Yeah - I definitely get it.

Katara shook her head shortly and frowned back. You don’t know. You only think you do. That’s when he wrecks you.

Zuko excused himself and turned back to face her. Katara tried to school her features to indifference. Rain still saturated her clothes and boots but it did not occur to her to bend it out. She only stood straight with her arms crossed tight, watching him step closer, barefoot in the puddles.

“That was...” She hesitated, frowning, not sure how to finish. Zuko met her eye and waited for a long moment, seeming almost to hold his breath. But Katara couldn’t settle on any words, so she finally just nodded. 

His shoulders either relaxed or slumped slightly - it was hard to tell. He drew a breath to speak, but Katara found herself speaking first.

“Did you come up with all that yourself or is there like an etiquette guide for war crimes?” The words were harsh, but her tone wasn’t. She fixed him with a look of dry query. Zuko stared back at her, seemingly surprised. He looked away, squinting off to the side and rubbing the back of his neck as he replied.

“I couldn’t find an official formal apology that exactly fit the situation. I guess... if you’re someone who believes it’s okay to enslave people, you probably don’t think a whole lot about how you’d apologize for it later...”

“Shocking.” Katara examined the uncertain set of his lone eyebrow and thought of the looks on the faces of her people. “It was a good start.”

Those eyes snapped back to her and, like clouds parting, that look from yesterday reappeared. The bright, hopeful eyes. The tiny upward curve of his mouth. 

The glow that seemed to seep into Katara’s skin.

“I should go,” she said hurriedly, “...to... make sure everyone... gets settled in alright.”

She took two steps around him, but he just turned to continue facing her. “Machi’s handling it,” he said with a shrug. “Besides... we need to talk. Privately.”

Katara froze. Her skin prickled and she stared at the healers on the steps instead of looking at him. 

Is it my turn now? Does he mean to lure me away and recite some formal speech that’s supposed to make me feel better? Make me believe he’s really, definitely this great person now? 

She wasn’t sure whether the feelings flooding her at the thought were more closely related to anticipation or dread.

The healers were all turned toward Machi as the majordomo asked something about sharing rooms. Bogara offered a quiet answer. Katara had a feeling that security was right over there, that she could escape from the uncomfortable place she was hovering in right now... that she should...

“There are developments you need to know about,” Zuko went on - though he could not have known what a relief it was that his mind was in a pragmatic place instead of a personal one. “And... keeping each other in the dark is only gonna cause more problems.” There was a faint note of censure in there, but his wording made it hard to really take it as criticism. “Will you join me in my office?”

She could sidestep being alone with this new Zuko. Her fear was clamoring to warn her that she should - but it was deadlocked with other parts of her. Katara had a duty to her people. Developments sounded serious. And Iyuma and Loska could handle making sure people were being taken care of, but only Katara could parlay with their host. 

She needed to be so very careful, though, because the sneaky force was pointing out how good her body felt after that fight - loose and warm but still coiled with tension that called for some further release.

On the steps, Iyuma caught Katara’s eye again and, smirking, made that skittering gesture.

Frogtopus. 

Startled from her brooding, Katara scoffed and didn’t quite manage to keep the faint smile from her face. 

A cloud of jerk-ink to conceal his fear. Sure.

“What is she doing?” Zuko asked in a mildly disgusted undertone. He had apparently followed her stare. But he quickly looked back at her, a thoughtful furrow in his brow. “She can come, too, if you want. To my office.”

Katara shook her head and narrowed her eyes at this sudden change. “Iyuma can come to the private talk. Why?”

He heaved a breath and his mouth formed an unhappy downward curve. “So there’s a chaperon. To assure your people nothing... disreputable is going on.”

Of its own volition, Katara’s head tipped to the side. “Disreputable?” she repeated with mild distaste. “What, are you gonna try to sell me stolen curios?”

Zuko jerked his head back like an offended ostrich-horse. “No- You know what I mean!” He pulled in a breath and lowered his voice, tipping his head slightly down toward her, holding out his palms to either side. “Katara, I don’t want there to be any more rumors. I want to protect your honor and show you the proper respect.”

Looking up at his exasperated, serious face, Katara felt a terrible swooping sensation in her chest, like what a mouse must feel when a hawk pounces just an inch shy of its target. 

Maybe a chaperon wasn’t such a bad idea.

But she turned her eyes back to her people. “I don’t want a chaperon,” she said quietly. “Chaperons are for maidens being courted by their suitors. And that’s not you and me. At all. At best, I’m a warrior, and you’re my ally. I don’t want a chaperon hanging around my strategy meetings like I’m some little girl who needs a minder.” 

It was true. She had shrugged off that too-small parka, had decided she didn’t want to pretend to be something she no longer was... And it shocked her a little bit to realize it but, after her weeks in the Fire Nation following the rigid rules laid out for slaves, she couldn’t stomach the thought of living under the restrictions good Water Tribe maidens accepted. She wasn’t bowing her head and submitting to her role anymore. Not for anyone. Not even for her own people.

Unnoticed, Zuko was watching her steadily, worry cutting lines around his eye. “What about your honor?”

Katara sighed and didn’t look at him. “It’d be pretty dishonest for me to go around pretending to be a proper maiden, Zuko. Especially when the people I’d be deceiving have gone through the kinds of things they have.” Abruptly, she turned a measuring look up at him. “You do realize these women have probably almost all been assaulted, right?”

His eyes widened and turned back to the mass of healers. There were so many of them, he was thinking, but not even close to the full number that had been transported to Caldera. He spotted at least a few who were significantly younger than he was. Kids, practically. Women old enough to be his mother. Older. 

People who should have been protected. Respected.

He spotted Iyuma, grinning bigger than he’d ever seen and talking excitedly to a tall woman. Loska, who had always been afraid of him, was not far away, shooting Machi sour looks and whispering to another, more troubled-looking healer.

“I knew it must have happened,” he said quietly, “but... all of them?”

“I don’t know,” Katara said, “and I’m not about to ask. They’ll talk about it if they want to. It’s enough just to be aware that the possibility is there and try and be sensitive. And for me, that means not pretending that I held onto some pristine virtue that got stripped away from them. And... also not pretending that my situation is the same as theirs, either...”

Zuko looked back at her, not sure what this meant exactly. Was she... telling her people what had happened between them? The look on her face was tired but resigned, like she couldn’t see a way around something very difficult.

“What’s the plan, here?” he finally asked. “I need to know so I can back your play.”

Katara looked up at him and for just a second her eyes were wide and blue and... they seemed to be seeing him, not some ugly version of him, but the real him, the him that was here now beside her. And she looked both relieved and afraid, as if she was glad he was there but she expected he might at any moment stick out a foot and trip her. 

Then she puffed out a mirthless laugh and looked back to her people again. “Just treat me like a warrior. That’s all I’ve got.”

“Then we’re off to a good start,” Zuko said, folding his arms over his chest and fully turning to watch the healers as well. He pretended not to notice her sideways glances. 

“A good start?” she scoffed. “We had a shouting match and a fight. How was any of this good?”

“We negotiated and came to an accord. That’s pretty much-”

“Negotiated? Was that the part with the swords, Zuko?”

“Part of it. Listen, I know the Water Tribe loves their touchy-feely peaceful cooperation-”

“As civilized people do.”

“-but I can’t just hug out my frustrations.” He peered down at her from the corner of his eye. “And I don’t think you want that either. We’re both fighters. And sometimes we’re gonna butt heads. After today, your people know it’s not the end of the world when it happens. We’re still on the same side when it’s over.”

She kept staring at him, shaking her head in incredulity, then huffed and looked away. “The mothers are gonna think I’m a brawler.”

“So what if you are? You’re fearless and you stand up for what’s right.” He shrugged and stole a longer sideways look at her. Her bound chest and her plain wolf-tail. “Katto got respect for being a brawler.”

“That was with a pack of boys - not esteemed women of the tribe. Trust me, this is a different world. They’ll find my lack of restraint childish and unladylike. Going toe-to-toe with you is not gonna earn me any respect from this crowd.”

“Unladylike?” Zuko asked with a curl of his lip. “You’re a warrior. How do they think of warriors who get in arguments that come to blows?”

“Also childish,” Katara said, sliding her large, scornful eyes pointedly to him - but they shortly turned thoughtful. “But I guess it is kind of more tolerated when warriors do that kind of thing.”

Zuko watched her, the worried line deepening in her brow. He wanted to press his thumb to it and soothe it away, but as soon as the thought occurred to him, he stomped it down and looked back at the healers, who were beginning to follow Machi into the house.

“Huh,” she finally said.

She was listening to him. She hadn’t sneered at him once throughout their conversation, and now he had said something that helped her. Zuko allowed himself the faintest smile - which dropped as soon as he remembered... she didn’t want a chaperon. 

The second he had thought of a chaperon, he had realized it was a stroke of genius that would remove two troubling worries from his list. Firstly, the public perception of Katara spending time alone with him. Which... in the complicated situation she had described, maybe that wasn’t as much of a concern as it used to be... but Zuko was still concerned about it. He was committed to upholding her honor and her standing with the Water Tribe. It was an important part of making things right. 

Yet now, it seemed like Katara’s honor as a girl was in conflict with her standing as a warrior. He got the feeling that she was abandoning the former in favor of the latter, and it alarmed him, because that seemed like it had to be a bigger deal than she was trying to make it out to be. 

The second and more immediately concerning worry that a chaperon would have eliminated was the reality of being alone in a room with Katara, with no one to distract them or witness them. 

It excited him, the thought of that - and the fact it was so exciting made him very nervous.

“Hey!” Katara shouted suddenly. A bunch of faces turned toward her, blue eyes fixed on her. “Bending lesson in an hour. Iyuma, tell them why it’s a good idea to attend.”

Iyuma’s face split into another grin and she saluted. “Yes, Sifu Katara!” Then she turned to talk with the healers around her and the group resumed trickling away.

“So. You have an office?” Katara raised her eyebrows at Zuko.

He scoffed, a little insulted by the question. “Of course. Where else do you think I make plans and write letters? I... actually spend most of my time there now...”

“Exciting,” Katara surmised. With one hand, she dragged the water from her clothes and sent it splashing into the fountain. “Alright. Private talk. Let’s go.”

 

Chapter 39

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text


Zuko strode toward his office, fighting to marshal his thoughts and failing. He should be mentally reviewing his priorities for this conversation. Solidifying his strategy to ensure Katara got all the information she needed inside the hour she had allotted him - or at least before she stormed out. Should she decide to storm out.

And yet, his heart drummed in his chest and he could not bring himself to focus past the present moment.

She walked beside him. They had not freely walked side-by-side since... not since the resistance base under the mountain. Being beside her now, here in these glossy well-appointed halls, was surreal, like one of his dreams had pierced through to reality. Though they did not touch, he felt her physical presence with the same immediacy as a hand on his shoulder. 

Her dark clothes rustled faintly as she walked. He kept catching hints of her scent - sweat from her exertions and the subtle soap and oil she must have used yesterday. Rain. And, delicious and most enticing, that indescribable scent unique to her that seemed to hang especially in her hair.

When he had caught her and held her to his chest and his mouth had been so close to the waves behind her ear, it had been all he could do to look at the healers and focus, to narrow his thoughts to his mission. He was not going to make things right with Katara by fighting her into a submission hold and then burying his nose in the soft-looking fluff behind her ear to gasp in her scent like a drowning man. 

In front of her traumatized people. Agni. Forget trapping him in ice. She’d have turned around and killed him.

Zuko shouldn’t be thinking about the fight right now anyway. He mustn’t allow himself to be derailed by his lingering heated thoughts. The only reason he should think of the fight was to assess her recovery. 

And that, at least, was promising. She had lasted only a bit longer today before tiring, but she was obviously investing a lot of energy into her rescues. Her form had been strong and she’d managed to subdue him. With some solid rest, she could be ready after all. Not at her best, but strong enough.

They came to the office door and he waved Katara in ahead of him while he paused to send Yotsu on a few errands. Then he went in, and there they were. 

Alone together. In private. 

Not her public sitting room with the door open and people pretty obviously near at hand, listening. This was Zuko’s office - a space he had come to think of as his own war room, where he labored over his desperate plans and ruthlessly reflected on his choices. He had spent long hours here consumed with thoughts of the girl who was presently dropping into the seat in front of his desk.

Not the tea table in the corner nearer to the door. Zuko had envisioned this talk happening there. For some reason.

But this was a meeting. Not some mushy reconciliation where they shared their hopes and dreams. They were allies at an accord, and while some pretty major points of tension remained between them that needed resolution, they had serious matters to attend to first.

There was a sound behind him and Zuko jerked around to see an attendant quietly shutting the door. He made a frantic gesture with his hand and the footman stopped, his eyes widening and flicking up to take in Zuko’s expression in momentary confusion. Then, hesitantly, he pushed the door back open, bowed, and stepped out of sight.

Katara had turned to frown at him when he looked back. “How is it a private meeting if you leave the door open?”

“We’ll talk quietly.”

“Right,” she said, assessing him. “Because we don’t have any trouble at all controlling the volume of our voice.”

“I’ve actually been working a lot on managing my anger lately-”

“It really shows.” Sarcasm dripped off her voice and her slow, patronizing nod. Zuko glared but went on pretty evenly.

“-but it’s a process.” He drew a breath, then folded his arms over his chest and went on. “I’ve spent a lot of time being angry - years - and it’s driven a lot of my decision-making in the past. I don’t want to do that anymore, but it’s not always easy to stop myself from something that’s come to feel natural.”

Katara watched him still, but her eyes had shifted in a way that was hard to put a name to. It made it easier for Zuko to shake his head and stand a little straighter.

“So... I hope you’ll forgive me for intruding in your rooms and making a scene in front of your people. That’s not my idea of showing you the proper respect.” He meant to stop there but quickly found himself going on with a little heat. “It really did seem like an emergency though, and if I hear weird noises coming from your room again, I’ll probably do the same thing. But... maybe with less shouting.”

She squinted at him, then rolled her eyes and let out a sharp breath. “Yeah, fine, okay. It’s not entirely far-fetched that there might be assassins. And I guess I can’t really blame you for getting upset once you realized what I was doing. It was probably a pretty big surprise.” 

“I knew you wanted to do something about the healers,” Zuko admitted with what he thought was pretty impressive grace, “but I didn’t expect you to have taken direct action already.”

“Did you think I’d work within the system,” she asked, arching an eyebrow at him, “and trust Fire Nation justice to eventually do the right thing? Did you think I’d wait for your permission?”

“No! Not... I just kind of thought I’d get a chance to condone your actions publicly in advance to make it clear that we’re working together as allies to improve things for both our peoples and the world.”

“Do you have a speech planned for that, too?”

Zuko shrugged, unaccountably a little embarrassed. “An outline... I was gonna give it at the Longest Day festival.”

Katara let out a breath and seemed to drag herself back from some ledge in her mind. Her voice was quieter when she spoke. “I would have told you today. I thought about it yesterday but... It was something that was just mine. Saving the healers is my destiny. It’s the whole point of everything I’ve been through, here and before. I don’t think I was wrong to keep it to myself a little longer.”

She was touching the necklace tied around her wrist. Zuko watched the anxious slide of her thumb and remembered how she had had the last things that were just hers taken away. How could he be angry with her for trying to protect something of hers, people of hers? 

And he understood immediately, unquestioningly, that she was right. This was her destiny. Like a perfect weapon, she had been crafted for this fight. This was her battlefield - and a part of Zuko exulted, because despite every mistake and misstep he had made, he had a chance now to stand beside her on it.

“Not wrong,” he said, also quietly. “Just really dangerous. What we’re doing... one wrong step and it’s over, Katara. I wasn’t overreacting about the risks, here. Azula is bad enough. If the Fire Lord catches you...” 

He shook his head, but this time he made himself look in her eyes and say it. He made himself remember the expression on Ozai’s face when he watched Katara’s bending demonstration. He had seen on his father’s face a lust and fervor for power that Zuko understood on a deep level- 

-because sometimes, looking at Katara in all her glory, he felt it, too. Or at least, something uncomfortably like it.

“He might try to subjugate you, to make your power his own and to succeed where he thinks I failed-” His mouth twisted, disgusted and furious and horrified all at once. “-but if he couldn’t bend you to his will before the full moon, he’d probably just kill you.”

Katara had been sitting twisted in the guest chair to look back at him. At this, she searched his eyes for a long moment, then straightened and stared out the window behind the desk. Zuko hesitated, then slowly crossed the room to take his seat behind the desk. She watched him sit, a thoughtful frown on her face.

“Alright,” she said. “I won’t say that doesn’t scare me just a little bit, but it doesn’t change the fact that I have to go back. I can’t leave the other healers up there. I won’t.”

“No, I agree.”

He did not explain, did not really consciously realize, that his full support came from both aspects of himself. The rasping voice told him freeing Katara’s people was the right thing to do. The hissing voice warned that his enemies would use any leverage against him and, since he was bound to her (for whatever weak, foolish reason) her vulnerabilities were now his, as well.

But Zuko did not notice this because he was preoccupied with the next fight he was about to start.

Katara watched him through narrow eyes. It was like they were back in the courtyard and he was giving away his next move with his posture. She just knew.

“Your disguise is... not gonna work here,” he said instead. 

For a long moment, Katara just assessed him. Then she slouched back in her chair and loosely folded her arms over her bound chest, looking kind of a lot like a rebellious boy called into the headmaster’s office. 

“It’s mostly just for the healers,” she said with a shrug. “They trust a random boy more easily than a girl waterbender who obviously shuns their traditions. A lot of them don’t need it but a few would never have left with me if it was Katara doing the rescuing instead of Katto.”

“Oh,” Zuko said, a little sad to hear this. He shook it off quickly. “That’s good, because it’s not going to convince anybody else.”

“Yeah, I kind of figured anybody who knew my story wasn’t gonna be fooled.”

“It’s not just that. Thanks to Lady Gan apparently being some kind of gossip icon among the nobility, there is no one in Caldera who doesn’t know about brave and noble and mighty Princess Katara, who honorably fulfilled her oath and won her freedom and is now focused on liberating her people.”

Katara drew a deep breath and rolled her eyes toward the ceiling. “So everybody knows it’s me. Great.”

“And everybody knows we’re staying here. Whatever path you’ve found up to Caldera, it’s about to be common knowledge if it wasn’t already. And then-” She was nodding along with a pained expression like she had already thought of this. He felt a terrible drumming in his chest. “-it’ll just be a direct route for the Fire Lord to send his soldiers to our doorstep.”

Her eyes popped. Clearly that hadn’t occurred to her. Zuko waved a hand and shook his head.

“We were already going to move and the arrangements are made. This just means it has to happen sooner than expected.”

“Like now,” Katara huffed. “The pass is right above the Gan estate. Someone is probably already scouting it.” She shook her head angrily. “I need more time.”

“Yeah... about that.” Zuko sat back in his chair, subconsciously putting distance between them and bracing himself. “I know you probably planned to spend the full moon saving healers, but I need your help to-” 

“My people are my priority,” she said, low and fierce. 

Zuko took in that mutinous look on her face and unthinkingly glared to match it. She wasn’t even listening! She didn’t even know what was going on, and she was just rejecting him automatically! She was being so unreasonable!

But then he drew a deep breath, stifled his frustration, and kept his voice low and even.

“Look, I’m not asking you to abandon them. I wouldn’t do that. I understand what it’s like to have a duty to my people. Saving the healers is important - I think it really is your destiny. And it does need to happen quickly. But that’s not the only thing going on right now. Just... hear me out before you say no.”

She worked her jaw to the side, then shrugged. Zuko took the minor win in stride and pressed on. 

“The airship armada is approaching its projected completion date. That means these things are still in the Fire Nation being manufactured and stored to keep them secret until the launch.” 

He pulled out a map - one of the smaller ones he used for general reference - and pointed out the red dots he had so carefully drawn in. 

“These are the airfields I could identify. The larger marks indicate the five main repositories where the highest concentration of airships should be. If we can destroy enough of the fleet before it ever leaves the Fire Nation, we can prevent thousands of deaths and win at least another month before the Fire Lord can use Sozin’s comet to launch a larger assault on the Earth Kingdom and the resistance.”

Katara stared at the map for a moment with a deep furrow in her brow. Then she glanced up at him and took the parchment into her hands, turning it to glance at the scale and gauge the distance between the scattered dots and Caldera.

“There’s no way we can do this in one night,” she said grimly. “Even with the full moon, I can’t move fast enough to cover this much distance.”

“I arranged transportation. But you’re right - it will take more than one night,” Zuko nodded, watching her closely. “Which is why I want to start tonight.”

Her eyes flashed up at him, sharp as ice knives. “And just when were you planning to talk to me about this?”

“Honestly, I wasn’t sure I was going to at all,” Zuko said, a little louder than he meant to. “You’ve seemed so tired and distracted in training - seeing as you’ve been rampaging the city in the night instead of sleeping - and I didn’t think you were ready.”

“Shows what you know,” she said scathingly, then waved the map at him. “What, were you just going to go off alone and try to do all this yourself?”

“Yes. Because it has to happen. That fleet can’t leave the Fire Nation, or Ba Sing Se is as good as rubble.” 

“Oh, so it’s okay for you to run off alone and be reckless but when I do it it’s a problem.”

“Hey, I’m not the one-” Zuko stopped himself and sat back in his chair. He’d been leaning forward, drawn as if by gravity into her orbit. Instead, he glared at the ceiling and took a few deep breaths. “It wasn’t a good idea. I wanted you with me. I just didn’t want to land you in another fight you couldn’t win.”

Katara sputtered. “Who says I can’t win! I’m not frail!

“Ten days ago I watched Zhao burn you nearly to death,” Zuko said, pinning her with a stare he did not realize was a little wild-eyed. He was calm now, but the intensity returned to him in a flood, powerful emotions forcing the words out of him. “I sat there and watched when I could have done something to stop it, but I was such a coward, such an obedient loyal son, I did nothing.” 

Katara stared back at him, shocked. It had never occurred to her that Zuko might have intervened in that fight, that he might have wanted to.

To her mind, the duel had been purely her failure. Zuko had arranged it and it had seemed like a good idea, the best sort of escape he could offer her. It was Katara who hadn’t been strong enough, who hadn’t been balanced in her body or her mind, and so had lost. She’d had a vague awareness that Zuko worried about her - they were sort of collaborating, and her success equated to him getting things he wanted, namely revenge on Zhao and Katara’s freedom. His relief when she first woke in the infirmary had been pretty evident. Beyond that, she had not thought too deeply about his feelings.

Because she shouldn’t have to. She hadn’t and still didn’t owe him the deep effort it would take to unravel the absolute knot-ball of his interior life. In fact, she owed herself freedom from that burden.

But right now, Zuko’s feelings about the duel were on full display - no unraveling required. There was anger, certainly, but a whole host of other feelings hid just behind that blazing veil. Guilt. Shame. Failure. And more than anything else, fear. 

Fear for her safety. 

This was where that fear came from. The duel. He’d brought it up more than once this morning, and now Katara was starting to understand why. He had seen her almost die, and it had changed... something.

“That time is over,” the new Zuko went on, sitting up straighter than ever. “I’m done doing nothing. I will not put you at risk so I can use your power for my own ends, and I will not stand by and let you get hurt or captured. That’s why you’re not setting foot in Caldera again without me. It’s your destiny; believe me, I get that. I’m not gonna try to stop you or take it away, but I meant it when I forbade you to go alone.” He thumbed his chest hard. Katara watched with wide, suddenly infuriated eyes. “Because I will be there. Whether I’m standing next to you or chasing after you, that’s your choice.”

For a moment, Katara only blinked back at his sternly frowning face, scowling for all she was worth - or trying, at least. The feelings clattering through her were mixed up and confusing. Outrage and uncertainty. Frustration, irritation. Awe.

So arrogant to insist on his way like this! The audacity to insert himself into her destiny!

But... he really did mean to support her in fulfilling that destiny? He would really follow her into such terrible danger? 

Again? Still?

His arrogance. His audacity. His support. It made her ears hot. It made her want to vault over his stupid borrowed desk and tackle him to the floor and rip the toggles off his stately robe and-

Katara stamped those thoughts down hard and reminded herself of the false choice he was offering her. Zuko was insisting on having his way; there was no ‘or’. The thing he was insisting on here wasn’t entirely unreasonable - he just wanted to watch her back - but it was an intolerable way to be supportive. 

So she scowled, and when she felt steady enough, she leaned forward toward the desk. Unnoticed, her fist crinkled the map against her thigh.

“And I meant it,” she said, low and nasty, “when I said you don’t command me. You’re not in charge of me. You can’t forbid me from doing anything. Can you admit that all that is true? Or are we gonna have another negotiation before breakfast?”

Zuko’s mouth twisted briefly and his hot eyes flicked down her face for just an instant, but he nodded. “I admit that’s all true. It’s not that I want to be in charge of you. We can’t be as effective if we aren’t working together.”

“Why don’t you try asking me, then?” Katara demanded, shaking her head in disbelief. “Ask to come with me. Don’t just tell me what’s gonna happen. Ask me what I think. Honestly, it’s like you’ve never worked with another person before.”

“That’s not true! We worked together in the past!”

“Yeah, and you tried to boss me around then, too. The whole time at the supply station, you were trying to tell me what to do. And how’d that work out?”

His eyes narrowed further. “I don’t recall that you listened to one thing I suggested.”

“Maybe because your version of making suggestions is actually this other thing called ‘taking charge’.”

Zuko scowled. At her. At the ceiling. At the open door behind her. At her again.

“Do you want to do this together or not?” he finally demanded. 

Insufferable.

Insufferable, overbearing, fretful... jerk.

Katara frowned back at him, fighting her own internal battle against the urge to tell him no, to make him ask nicely. But she reminded herself why she was here; her people needed all the help they could get. Finally, she sighed and sat back, rubbing her forehead. 

“Yes. I'll go with you to destroy the fleet. Then you can help me finish saving the healers.”

Zuko blinked in apparent surprise, all the irritation draining off his face. “You... don’t want to argue? About saving your people first?”

“What, you want me to argue that?”

“No! I’m just surprised...” He shook his head and, under her impatient stare, seemed to force himself to say it. “I thought I’d have to work harder to get your help.”

She watched him a moment, then huffed out a breath. “Amazing, isn’t it, how people actually want to help you when you’re doing the right thing?”

Zuko curled his lip at her faintly like he wanted to mock her, but then he only pressed on. Unbeknownst to Katara, he was marveling that this might actually be true - at least for Katara, who had grown up surrounded by mostly good, reliable people who cared about the difference between right and wrong. 

“We’ll get your people out of Caldera as soon as we return. Maybe we’ll even get lucky and they won’t be expecting us then.” He couldn’t manage to sound optimistic about their chances, so he rushed on. “Sabotaging most of the fleet should only take two nights. We’ll hit the southern isles first and then proceed to the north-east for the full moon itself.” 

He gestured for the map and, when Katara laid it down, he showed her their angle of approach, the best order for their targets, and the surrounding terrain. Then he pulled out a much-referenced war balloon schematic he had managed to get his hands on and showed her the weak points and rare components he had been able to identify.

Katara nodded along, throwing out a few questions as they occurred to her and pointing out a couple things that Zuko hadn’t considered. It gave him a sudden wash of nostalgia. This was so similar to how they had bent over the map with the other recruits while Palluk had given his speech about taking the training exercise seriously. 

He peeked up at her grim, serious face. Back then, she had been one kid among a crew of kids - a skilled bender and a scrappy fighter. Now, she possessed a weight of presence that she had not had then. Poise. Self-assurance. She’d become more confident in who she was and what she could do. She’d also learned how to read a map - it did not occur to Zuko that he had been the one to show her - and she examined this one with a skeptical eye.

“Even dividing the targets this way, that’s a lot of ground to cover in one night,” she warned, shaking her head. Her next words came out on a long breath. “It’s gonna be really tight.”

Zuko’s eyes flicked down to her lips and neck and bound chest, just for a second, and a thought shot into his mind with the sudden devastation of an arrow hitting its mark.

Every time, it had been so tight - that maddening slippery squeeze around his-

His eyes lit on the collar and he immediately felt vile.

“The two bases in the north-east should be manageable,” she was saying, “but how are we gonna get around through all these islands in the south?”

“Eel- uhm! Giant eel-hounds.” He focused very hard on flattening out a corner of the map that had creased and pretended his face wasn’t burning. “Lord Hito keeps a stable and has offered his animals for our use.”

“Hito. Alright.” 

Katara sat back and nodded as if this name met with some internal standard to which Zuko was not privy - as if the Hito name was on some unknown list of acceptable people. 

Abruptly, footsteps sounded from the hall and a smiling Iyuma appeared in the doorway, rapping lightly on the frame. Zuko blinked at her, and must have pulled a face, because Katara turned to look as well.

“Hi,” the healer said in an oddly warm tone, her grin big and lopsided, her eyes taking them in where they sat at the desk. “Sorry to interrupt but Bogara wants to know what a proper pre-waterbending meal should consist of?”

Zuko watched Katara shrug as if it hardly mattered. “I don’t know. Whatever. Just not too much of it.”

“Like...” Iyuma squinted. “Fruit or eggs or... doesn’t matter?”

Zuko watched those slim shoulders shrug again. 

This could not be tolerated.

“Something balanced,” he said. Both sets of eyes snapped to him, but he remained unwavering, annoyed and impatient to get back to what he was doing. “It’s exercise, same as firebending. Just ask Machi. She knows.”

“Riiight,” Iyuma said, nodding as if this hadn’t occurred to her. “I’ll just do that then...” She disappeared from sight.

Katara’s eyes were still on him, faintly amused. Zuko curled his lip at her and shrugged in challenge.

“What? She was interrupting. She was rude first.”

Her faint smile dug deeper into her cheeks, though she shook her head slowly as if to dismiss it. He got the feeling he was being stupid somehow, but didn’t get a chance to puzzle it out.

“You said we’re moving to the Piang villa,” Katara said abruptly as if just remembering. “Why don’t I know them?”

For a second, Zuko squinted at her. Because it was strange that she thought she should know every noble house, wasn’t it? And then he realized and drew a sudden breath. “Because we never had an appointment with them. The whole family has been staying clear of the capital since Azula banished the heir.”

Katara tipped her head to the side, thinking, remembering. “I heard about that somewhere... The guy who cheated on her.”

What?

Despite every awful thing Azula had done to him and to Katara, he still felt a furious surge of defensiveness. Some guy had cheated on his sister?! The absolute nerve!

Katara watched him with a tiny frown, evidently unimpressed. “You gonna go beat him up?”

“I-!” Zuko pinched the bridge of his nose and took a couple breaths. “It’s so stupid. I know. I just... keep falling for it.”

“Falling for..?”

“I keep thinking of Azula like she’s a normal sister when she’s not.” He glared down at the map under his hands, the tangles of lines. “Every time I trust her, I end up making mistakes. Like the Agni Kai. And...” He hesitated, clenched his teeth, then looked back up at her and chose a less risky subject. He couldn’t afford for her to storm out now. “She’s devious and murderous and treacherous and... she’s never going to be a sister to me. I just need to stop thinking of her that way at all.”

Katara was quiet for a moment, then sighed. “Maybe. That’d probably be strategically safer.”

Zuko could tell by the hover in her voice that she wasn’t done. He looked up and found her looking past him out the window.

“But - Water Tribe wisdom time - family isn’t something you can just discard. They’re a part of you. You can’t just decide they aren’t really family and eliminate that connection. It’s always there and - as long as you’re interacting with them and not, you know, staying far away - so is the possibility of them hurting you. Even if they don’t really mean to...”

Watching her now, Zuko could not help but think of Chief Hakoda. How he had chastised her in the throne room for saving Lieutenant Roshu’s life. How small and uncertain she had looked in that moment as she dropped her eyes to the floor. He had never seen her look so like a little girl. In that moment, even though she’d been such a thorn in his side, he couldn’t help but defend her. And now, the memory of it fed Zuko’s long-simmering fury at Hakoda just a little more.

“...but if they do want to hurt you,” Katara went on, “they live in your heart, so it’s easy for them to rip it out.”


.


.


It took positively ages for Azula to travel from the hidden war balloon hangar all the way along the north road and finally up the hidden footpath into Caldera. She had landed near midnight and spurred her racing lizard all the way - and yet here it was, long past sun-up and she was only now arriving at the base of the grand steps into the palace. 

The beast must have turned lazy. It would simply have to be replaced!

She ascended the steps at a stately pace - because she certainly couldn’t be seen to display any undue urgency. A proper royal scion did not rush about the palace and certainly did not run. No, a proper princess strode, direct and quick but never hurried. 

Now more than ever, Azula felt the keen need to distinguish herself in contrast to the improper royal scion who was doubtless the reason she had been summoned. There had been no mention of him in the brief missive, but it had become clear that Zuko’s blunders inflicted an inevitable stain on any who stood too close. Whatever he had done now - in just the space of four days - Azula felt a peculiarly intense turmoil in her stomach at the prospect of facing the fallout. 

Her mind buzzed with erratic, clinging thoughts. The hawk had been delayed in reaching her. The Avatar’s path had been erratic and impossible to anticipate. The restrictions on flight paths and hours intended to protect the airship’s secrecy had slowed her pursuit to a tooth-gnashing crawl. 

But excuses were for the weak. 

Nothing had gone right since the old sword master and his lackey escaped. It had, at the time, crossed Azula’s mind that burning his house to the ground only played into his presumptuous musings. Still, one didn’t allow the taunts of vermin to prevent the eradication of the nest. The fine house had burned all the same – with complete disregard for Azula’s inability to enjoy it.

For the entire journey that followed, Ty Lee had hovered nearby, radiating insipid optimism, and all Azula had heard was the old goat’s words echoing endlessly in the back of her mind.

…will failure follow you back to the capital? How long will it hound you…

The words might have stuck, but they had no true bearing on reality. Father would find her late arrival displeasing, but he was unlikely to know any details of her fruitless hunt, and Azula did not have to reveal any more than absolutely necessary. She would shortly correct the situation. 

After all, the Avatar had not yet left the Fire Nation. It was simply a matter of pinning down his location and striking before he moved on again. 

...or perhaps crafting a lure tempting enough to draw him to her...

Azula entered the throne room to the usual grandeur and knelt before the fiery throne. Father dismissed the servants and, as soon as they were alone, began pacing with the slow fury of a volcano approaching eruption.

“I am beginning to question your judgment in ever-increasing measure, Azula.”

Azula’s eyes widened but remained fixed properly on the floor. Her buzzing thoughts buzzed more wildly still. Did he somehow already know about the string of failures her hunt had become? That the swordsman had not only escaped unscathed but had dared mock her? That the Avatar had been evading her with apparent ease-?

“Imagination fails,” he spat, “when I attempt to guess just what it was your brother promised you that could convince you to divide your glory with such a weak, floundering traitor.”

He paced slowly past, and Azula felt his glare on the back of her bowed head, hotter than the heat from the physical flames. She blinked at the floor beneath her and snapped back to reality. 

Of course it wasn’t really about her. It was only Zuko. Zuko, the obvious stone in her father’s shoe. Last she had heard, he was off to visit Harbor City on his fittingly foolish errand, waterbender in tow. Azula had left the palace confident that, at worst, he would occupy himself with peasant concerns and perhaps fall back into his shamelessly sordid affair. In her defeated state, after all, his slave would likely resign herself to his overtures if he bothered to make any.

But of course, Zuko couldn’t just shame their family in the privacy of his own rooms. He had to make some kind of scene that would draw Father’s attention and force reprisal. Really, Azula should have known better. She should have anticipated that her brother would never just accept and obey the rules of his role.

...Why hadn’t she anticipated that?

Azula shook off the unsettling question and focused on the moment at hand.

“I at one time thought Zuko might be useful, but he has since proven himself to be no more than an embarrassment to the royal family. Even, somehow, when he has been removed from circles of influence...”

Ozai stopped over her, his growled words barely audible over the rush of flames. “It would seem his reach widened significantly during his diplomatic assignments. Some in the court openly support him in his humanitarian endeavors. And if there are open supporters, there are no doubt a hundred shadowed conspirators.”

Azula dared a glance up to find him scowling and pacing once more. What had Zuko done? 

“Humanitarian endeavors, Father? Is he not simply wasting his time with petty diversions?”

The Fire Lord bared his teeth as he replied. “So it seemed. At first. It was my intention that he would defy my command and make some effort to see his men freed from that jail. Then I might have simply locked him away somewhere to prevent further embarrassment-”

Azula nodded. She had anticipated something to that effect after the scene he made in the dueling court. Father had been clever to arrange such an incident before Zuko could decide on his own to further his disgrace.

“-but he went so far as to proclaim himself some sort of hero of the unfortunates and has created his insipid relief programs here at home with the help of his sympathizers in the court. He has grown so bold as to openly defy my summons-”

He fixed her with a furious look. The sort of look he might direct at Zuko. Excuses were for the weak, but Azula felt them clawing at the back of her throat all the same. 

She felt an incredible pressure building inside her, not unlike drawing lightning in the air, the screaming cold vacuum between what presently was and what had to be.

“-and now he huddles like a coward at the Gan villa, stirring the pot and inciting the court to treasonous whispers beneath my very nose.”

“Surely the royal guard could extract him easily enough from a villa.”

“Yes,” Ozai snarled, “were it not for the militias.

Azula’s mouth went dry. “Militias?”

The masses of dirty beggars your brother has roused to his defense!” There was a flash of light as the flames flared hotter, then settled. “The westernmost end of Harbor City is clogged with mobs of defective veterans whose fighting spirits have been miraculously restored.”

“Veterans, Father?” Azula asked, finally looking directly up at the Fire Lord towering over her. “From their actions, they sound like traitors.” 

“Indeed. But the royal guards I sent to collect Zuko were reluctant to exert their full force against our nation’s own.”

“More traitors, then, to be disciplined just the same-!”

“Haste makes you foolish, Azula. You have already taxed my leniency to its fullest extent.” 

The words were a shrill friction in the back of Azula’s brain and she could not help her widening eyes, her grimace. Ozai had already turned away, though, pacing once more. 

“The harbor and much of the city is still under control, but it would take just a spark to ignite a full uprising. Attempts to make an example out of a few only drew out more support for the rebels. If we press them, a mob of chaos will break out on our very doorstep. Zuko must have learned more from that old failure than I gave him credit for.”

Azula clenched her teeth together so tightly they ached down to their roots. It seemed all but impossible that Zuko could manage much better than bumbling into a lucky strategy - as he had when he freed that earthbender. But Father sounded almost... impressed.

It chimed a discordant note in a tune that was normally perfect, a tune that had to be perfect. The pressure in her built, inescapable, a maelstrom sucking her downward, inward.

“But he has made a grave miscalculation with his waterbender.” Ozai linked his hands behind his back, his tone softening to chilly satisfaction. “He’s apparently let her off her leash and she has been slinking up to Caldera in the night, stealing slaves. Witnesses have reported she appears to be alone. It will be a small matter to snare her.”

A smile began to spread over his face, sharp as the points of his gleaming flame crown.

“And if that mewling turncoat was so stricken by the sight of Zhao roasting her, he will not recover when he sees what I will do.”

Azula felt a familiar rush of anticipation at the thought of the waterbender getting exactly the punishment she deserved - because that was the sort of punishment the Fire Lord delivered. His justice was the only justice: the justice of true power.

“The moon will be full tomorrow night,” she ventured. “She will likely be overconfident so close to the peak of her capabilities.”

“Yes,” Father said, his smile cutting deeper. “And we have no shortage of hostages with which to bait our trap. How fortuitous that such a powerful weapon can be so easily redirected. Perhaps, once the reins are back in place, I’ll command her to retrieve my errant son.”

A tight frown cut across Azula’s face. If Zuko had freed the waterbender and she had not immediately run off to join her allies, it was likely they were working together - but there could be no doubt her bother was still groveling at the mercy of his war prize. From the very beginning, she had pulled his overdeveloped heartstrings to get what she wanted. A royal entanglement. Turmoil in the Fire Nation. And now, he had freed her and broken with Father, perhaps irreparably this time. 

Likely, this had been the wolf’s scheme from the moment she demanded that collar. Azula had gone to all the trouble of reuniting her family and maneuvering Zuko into some semblance of a presentable public figure, only to have it all torn apart…

Creaking, straining, cracks spreading across the surface of her mind. Like a sad ghost over her shoulder, that old voice whispered, Oh Azula, he never trusted you. You were never going to hold him here without earning his trust. 

No… torn apart by her.

Azula bit the inside of her cheek until she tasted copper, forcing her mind back to the present. Forcing away that terrible, torturous voice. The waterbender was the reason Zuko had betrayed them. He was soft and gullible – he always had been – especially for a pretty girl with her teeth sunk in his heart. If he wanted to make himself an enemy over her, Azula would certainly fight him and defeat him...

But that waterbender wasn’t coming back to the palace. Not even to suffer a just punishment. Not even to serve the Fire Lord’s will. And not even to bait a trap for the Avatar. That peasant princess was simply going to die. Azula would settle for nothing less.

“Father, there is still time before the full moon, and all signs suggest the Avatar is lingering in the Fire Nation for the time being. Send me. I will bring my brother to face justice.”

He stopped between her and the flames of the dais, casting down his calculating eye. “It is perhaps short-sighted to delay the Avatar’s capture when the competing threat is only Zuko... but if he has pulled one trick from his sleeve, he may have more in reserve. Besides,” he spun and stepped easily thought the flames, which parted before him, never once licking the dragging hem of his robes, “the Avatar is weak. Whatever legendary power he is supposed to command, he does not possess it now. When I looked into his eyes, I saw nothing but a frightened child. His greatest weapon is his ability to evade capture.”

He arrived at the newly-rebuilt structure over the throne and smirked back at her. Azula’s heart sped up with vindictive anticipation.

“Zuko, on the other hand, can be easily dealt with - especially now that my agents have discovered a clear path by which you may reach him...”


.


.


“There actually is other news,” Zuko said at length, “and I don’t want to run out of time before your bending lesson, so...”

Katara fixed him with a look of bland curiosity and adjusted her slouch to hitch one elbow over the back of the chair. The terrible posture pulled her tunic snug to her bound chest. 

Zuko huffed out his nose and tidied up his maps instead of looking at her for a moment. 

“The Gans fled the capital the day before yesterday. I mean, publicly they went to see to some of their holdings that are conveniently a long way from here, but it’s all a precaution to avoid reprisal for helping me.”

Katara was staring at him, aghast and then angry. “Some allies they turned out to be!”

“They couldn’t just stay in their townhouse and wait for the royal guards, Katara. They did what they could do, and now they’ve stepped back until they can do more.”

“How much could they have possibly done in a day?”

“A lot, actually.” Zuko turned his eyes to the ceiling as he began reciting. “Lord Gan had his agents arrange food distribution and startup for several schools and homes for the displaced, and he put me in contact with all of his friends in the Fire Court. Which... I guess he’s a popular guy. Between the lot of them, we now have enough capital and resources to stay afloat for the time being. Although-” He jotted down a quick note with a charcoal pencil on one of his sheets of figures. He would need to have Toh Min recalculate some of these estimates with the healers in mind...

“And Lady Gan?” Katara asked, too-sweetly. “Did she hand out dumplings in the street?”

“No... Lord Gan mentioned she threw some kind of brunch party.”

“Hah.”

Zuko peered up at her without raising his head from his note. “That’s how she operates. She throws some exclusive little event and suddenly the entire Fire Court is talking about whatever she wants.”

Katara narrowed her eyes at him. “And she just wants me to seem like some kind of hero? What else are people saying about me now? About us?”

Feeling his face heat, Zuko set his pencil aside and sat up straighter. His eyes flicked to the open door behind her. “I heard it from Lord Shuro, who heard it from his daughter, so if there was anything salacious, I didn’t hear it. But... it has gotten around that I never... that the rumors weren’t true. About what was happening behind closed doors.”

She didn’t even blink, just stared steadily back at him, and it was a struggle not to break eye contact with the shame beating in his face like it was. Finally, she ended the silence. 

“Good,” she said, low and dark. “Now don’t you feel a little less like an evil ice-hole?”

Zuko felt his expression crack, his shock and relief bare to her eyes. “Actually... yeah. I do.”

“And aren’t you glad you listened to me and admitted the truth?”

“Yes,” he said, growing annoyed despite himself. He already felt bad! Why was she just rubbing it in?

“Do you feel less strong or less manly or less worthy of respect now?” she asked, tipping her head to one side in withering inquiry.

Zuko glared at her, then drew a deep breath and frowned up at the ceiling. “No. I don’t.”

In fact, he could not bring himself to say it aloud when she was actively needling him, but he was beginning to feel like a better man. He felt clean in a way he hadn’t since his return. Honest and true. When the nobles he met with looked at him, something was subtly different. They respected him more now. Maybe it was the work he was doing, but that didn’t quite ring like the full truth to Zuko.

He was more inclined to believe that in this, as in an ever-growing list of other things, his father had been wrong.

He drew another breath and forced his irritation down, focused on what was really important here and now. He met her eye - though he wasn’t really aware of how annoyed the set of his face was. “I’m sorry. I disgraced you and myself by letting that go on. I’m taking action now to make sure it doesn’t happen again.”

At first, she just went on watching him coldly with narrowed eyes and pursed lips. Zuko could almost read her thoughts in her eyes; Not sorry enough! She seemed just a breath away from some caustic rejection. So he braced himself to stay steady, because it wouldn’t help his cause to lash out in frustration over her refusal to even consider the measures he was taking.

But then Katara drew her own deep breath and slowly began to thaw. The tension around her eyes faded. Her mouth gentled to a soft downward curve. She didn’t look happy or even entirely not-angry... more just... accepting of a reality that could no longer be denied.

“I noticed,” she said. Then, as if each word was a struggle to squeeze out, she went on. “I... appreciate... that you’re making an effort to... honor and respect me.”

It wasn’t forgiveness exactly. But it was a big step nearer to forgiveness than where she had been a few days ago - because she hadn’t cut him off to stop him this time. She hadn’t refused to let him even say the words. Maybe she wasn’t ready to accept his apology, but she was willing to hear it. She was willing to acknowledge that he was doing something right. She was ready to appreciate his efforts - grudgingly, but still.

It warmed him, fed the hope in him that he was making progress. Stoked his hunger for more.

Abruptly, Katara shrugged and examined her fingernails as if bored.

“I guess Lady Gan is alright,” she said. “For a conniving, manipulative, gossipy Fire Noble.”

Zuko blinked, momentarily thrown by the sudden non-sequitur. 

Her grudging acceptance of Lady Gan’s enormous contribution to their reputation was arrogant and dismissive and completely devoid of gratitude. As if making the choice to do something good was the bare minimum of acceptable behavior and a person oughtn’t be congratulated for fulfilling the least of their responsibilities to other people. 

Zuko could remember a time when that attitude, directed at him, had cut him and salted the wound. Now, when it was directed at one of the aristocracy, it made him want to kiss her impudent mouth. 

Instead, he  fixed her with a look of mild reproach. “What she did for us has changed the game. Half of winning support in the Fire Court is telling a story they care about. Katara, whatever you told her during that walk, you inspired her to throw her family’s entire weight behind our cause.”

She scoffed out a disbelieving laugh. “Shockingly, again, it turns out telling the truth can work out okay for us.”

Zuko stared at her, trying to understand. “If you mean you told her the truth about me, I can’t imagine how that day turned into a win for us.”

Katara pinned him with a look that was part assessment and part censure. “You have been a pretty terrible person,” she said. “But not as terrible as she thought you were. So I guess you won the ‘Not As Terrible As You Could Have Been’ award. Congratulations on not tripping over the bar. Because it was so low.”

Zuko scowled at her but was spared from having to wrestle back a pithy response because, at that moment, Yotsu arrived with breakfast. With his usual efficiency, he arranged the meal on the tea table - steamed buns and sliced fruit and a pot of tea. He left as swiftly as he had come but the pause was just long enough for Zuko to tamp down his irritation. Mostly.

Katara was watching him very closely, waiting. Whatever she expected, Zuko didn’t care. He fell back on good manners - though any graciousness he might convey was entirely accidental. 

“I’m going to eat and have some tea,” he said with lofty and only slightly disdainful beneficence. “You may join me if you want. Or not. Whatever.”

Notes:

Sorry this ends so abruptly, but the Private Conversation was way too long for one chapter. The next chapter will be up in a few days - I had to write them together, so it's pretty much ready to go. If I don't post this now, I'm going to make myself crazy editing forever. They've been real bears to write. Hopefully more fun to read!

Let me know! Your reviews (blessings to those of you who review frequently and so thoughtfully!) dramatically brighten some pretty sucktastic days.

Chapter 40

Notes:

Possibly helpful refresher: Somebody commented recently and I can't seem to find the comment again, but they were remarking that Katara seemed to be aware that Ozai had scarred Zuko when she was leaving with his crew after Zuko freed them but that they couldn't remember her ever learning that info. Appropriately, I can't remember now whether I replied (my brain is going, I wrote a response but I have no memory of posting it and it may have been refreshed out of my browser or something) but Here's the Handy Recap: When Tantec confronted Zuko way back in the resistance base about poaching the Southern Princess, he said something about being able to tell by Zuko's face that he was an unwanted son. Katara read into Zuko's reaction and had a low-key awareness that his father might have scarred him, but she didn't bring it up until after he had betrayed her and was trying to resume the relationship and she wanted to emotionally devastate him. So he said something like "sometimes we have to hurt the people we love for everyone's good" and Katara said something like "let me guess; your father taught you that" with a brutal stare-at-scar emphasis. So that's where they are on that... like two hundred thousand words ago, which is about to become relevant... right now.

Thanks for reading! And those of you who review, you really give me something to be excited and proud about every time, so thank you so, so much for that. (Building a house, and my currently rocky relationship to housing in general, is not exciting in a good way and mostly just makes me sad. So, very seriously, you taking the time to drop me a note about what you think or moments you liked or questions you have brings me so much joy and relief.)

Finally, expect a pause in updates after this one. This conversation was so important and I have spent over a month getting it just right, so I've got minimal progress on the upcoming chapters. Meanwhile, real life demands my attention for a bit. Yikes.

Chapter Text

Zuko didn’t wait for Katara to issue her next probably-biting response. He just rose and made his way to the tea table and carefully did not look at her as he settled on his sitting cushion. 

So it was a bit of a surprise to find she’d slouched over to the other cushion, a third turn around the table. She looked down her nose at the food and watched, narrow-eyed, as he poured the tea - her cup, then his. After he settled the pot back on the table, she scrutinized him as he sat back and raised his cup to inhale the fragrant steam. 

“His highness the crown prince of the Fire Nation deigns to pour my tea,” she said with icily feigned astonishment. “What an honor.”

Zuko didn’t lower his cup, only snapped a glare onto her. “You’re my honored guest.”

“Shouldn’t you have a servant do such menial tasks?” She asked, wide-eyed. “I mean, what if you strained your royal wrist?”

He set his cup down with care and let out a long breath. It was like she wanted to argue, and it was getting harder and harder to not give her what she wanted. Instead, Zuko grabbed onto the opportunity she was providing him. 

“Look. I know pouring tea for me and all those nobles wasn’t fun. I’m sorry I-”

“Wasn’t fun?” Katara repeated in open-mouthed disbelief. “I’d like to see how you feel being paraded around for a bunch of hateful strangers.”

“What do you think my life is?” Zuko asked a little nastily. “I’ve been paraded around for the Fire Court since I was born, Katara.”

He could plainly see the anger building in her expression, but he could not see the way a wound in her ripped open again. Katara glared back at his scowling face and tried not to let her temper carry her away - tried to remind herself that her obligation was to the healers, their needs came first. So when she spoke, her voice was tight with the strain of her control. 

“Yeah, as a prince,” she emphasized. “Their prince. You sit in a position of power over all of them.”

“You think that means they don’t say stuff about me? If anything, being a prince puts me under more scrutiny.” 

“It’s not the same. You say ‘wasn’t fun’ like it was a disappointing beach day. But  I was on display constantly-”

Zuko threw out his arms. “And I wasn’t?” 

“-and I always had to be a perfectly humble slave for the prince. It was humiliating.” 

That shut him up. He stared back at her, and a look of dawning realization broke over his face. So Katara went on, working to keep her voice level even though she wanted to be shouting these things.

“You got to sit up straight and meet their eyes and talk like a human being. I was the spectacle in your shadow. An exotic curiosity and a tool for making your threats.” She frowned a little harder at him, his too-straight spine and his tense, thoughtful face. “You’re your nation’s pride. The heir apparent. Whatever they said about you, they didn’t hate you. Not like they hated me. Because I’m Water Tribe, and they all believed I was beneath them. You have no idea what it felt like to get on my knees and let those people watch me serve you. I was close enough to reach out and slap the back of your head every day, but we were living in totally different worlds.”

“I’m not-” Zuko’s frown deepened and he seemed to struggle for words. He heaved a breath. “Yeah, we were. When I said ‘not fun’, what I really meant was miserable and frustrating and embarrassing. I didn’t realize it was humiliating for you. I’m sorry. I know what humiliation in front of the Fire Court feels like and it’s... awful. But I didn’t realize you were going through that constantly. I was... pretty preoccupied...” 

His eyes dropped oddly to the table and he scowled for a second at the teapot, seeming to have some little internal battle. He straightened quickly and looked back at her and said words that sounded just faintly as if he had practiced them. As if he was falling back on something he had planned to say. 

“I’m sorry I was dismissive and cruel on top of what you were already going through. When you told me I was being cruel, I figured it was better if I just didn’t speak to you at all, but shutting you out like that wasn’t great either. You had no choice about being there, and you had nobody to lean on but me, but instead of listening to you or showing you any compassion at all, I just focused on my own frustration and even took it out on you. There’s no excuse for that.”

Katara’s frown deepened marginally. She wasn’t going to just swallow his prepared remarks as if she was some stranger he could make speeches to. He’d made her bleed. She wanted it back in kind. 

“No, there’s not,” she easily agreed and then zeroed in on the thing he clearly didn’t want to talk about. “What do you know about being humiliated in front of the Fire Court?”

He flinched. Then scowled. “That doesn’t matter right now. What’s important is that I understand how it feels. I-”

“No. You don’t get to just decide what’s important and brush me off. If you want me to believe you understand, you’re gonna have to back it up. I can’t just take your word for it. That’s where we are right now.”

Zuko curled his lip. “I don’t exactly feel like baring my soul to you.”

“Oh, I’m sorry,” Katara mocked a concerned look and pressed one hand to her chest. “You thought I was the only one who needed to trust? You thought you could apologize to me in a way that would matter without being vulnerable? You thought you could just recite a speech about what you’ve learned and I’d just be cool about it? Is that what would feel more comfortable to you?” She shook her head and folded her arms over her chest. “If that’s as far as you’re willing to go, fine. But it’s not enough.”

Zuko glowered at her, then at the teapot. “Fine. Just... give me a second.” Then he picked up his tea and sniffed at it angrily and shut his eyes.

Watching this, Katara squinted in bewilderment and no small amount of disbelief. It was as if an actual ice bear had sat down for tea; his anger was so obvious and such a looming presence over him, it seemed impossible that he would just sit still and breathe that way with the little cup so delicate in his hand. But that was what happened. Zuko just sat and breathed in the steam, and his face slowly relaxed to just a frown and a deeply knitted brow.

As if from a previous life, she remembered his uncle, the way he had sat so peacefully in the ship’s eating area, savoring his tea. The way he had sometimes gotten Zuko to join him. At one time, it had even occurred to Katara to use tea as a way of drawing Zuko into conversation so that she could talk to him about the tonic. It had worked for Iroh, she had thought, and it could work for her...

And now Zuko was doing it himself. Steadying himself for a conversation he didn’t want to have but was willing to try because she had asked. Well... demanded.

It was stupid and there was no reason it should, but it made Katara’s heart beat a little harder, watching him work to gentle himself. 

Finally, he set down the cup and met her eye.

“Remember how the entire Court gathered to watch your Agni Kai?” He waited for her nod, then went on carefully. “They gathered that way for mine, too.”

“You were in an Agni Kai?” 

“Before I was banished. Like right before. I had challenged a general’s plan during a war meeting, when I shouldn’t have spoken. I probably shouldn’t even have been there. I was... young. But the point is-” He waved off the thoughts and refocused, and his eyes fell a little reflectively to his teacup as he went on. “-I thought I was going to be fighting that general. I went into the Agni Kai thinking I would fight an old man and maybe he’d win, but it was a matter of honor so it was worth a little embarrassment to make the point that his plan was wrong. He wanted to sacrifice a whole division of new recruits as a distraction. It was wrong.”

He looked up at her with some force she didn’t really understand. Katara nodded, thrown a little off-balance. “Yeah. That seems wrong.”

Zuko nodded back, and the force solidified into certainty, anger. That anger cracked as he went on, and it was only because she was looking that Katara saw the raw thing concealed underneath. “But when I turned to face my opponent, it wasn’t the general. It was the Fire Lord. Because I’d spoken out in his war meeting, and even if it was for a good reason, it was an act of disrespect.”

“That... also seems wrong to me...”

He peered into her face like he was looking for something, searching sharply for it, but then shook his head and glared at his tea cup. His hands were braced against his thighs as if he was holding himself down. 

“The Water Tribe does things differently than the Fire Nation. It’s just the way it is here. I had to answer for my disrespect. But I didn’t want to fight my father. That honorable cause I meant to defend went up in smoke. I tried to apologize-” His mouth was twisted up tight, his eyes were furious. “-got on my knees and begged, swore I was loyal to him and the nation-”

Katara listened, her disquiet quickly being replaced by horror as she realized this story didn’t end in any kind of forgiveness.

“-and they were all there to witness that weakness and cowardice. The Fire Court. The generals and high-ranking officers. Zhao was there. Gan. Hito. Pretty much all of them.” He met her eye again, his scowl back in place. “How’s that for humiliation, Katara? Think I get it?”

Katara just stared back at him, too caught up to dignify his snide prodding with a response. “What happened?”

“What do you mean what happened? You know what happened.” He jabbed a finger at his face, snarling. “My father taught me the price of disrespect and sent me to capture the Avatar.”

“Zuko, that’s awful,” she uttered, still struggling to fully hold in her mind how awful it really was. 

“I don’t want your pity!” he shouted. “You wanted to know and now you know! Pay me the courtesy of not treating me like some kind of-!” He paused, baring his teeth and searching for words and digging his fingers hard against his legs. Katara stepped in.

“Drink your tea,” she said, primly picking up her own cup and lifting it toward her mouth. “Before it gets cold.”

I don’t need any calming tea!

The words were on the tip of his tongue. It was so familiar, such a well-trod path in his mind. Rage and then denial of anything that might wind him back down. Tea most of all.

But everything was different now. He recognized what was happening inside him now. He knew the girl before him was not the old man who had endured Zuko’s long years of constant, barely-restrained rage. He knew neither one of them had ever deserved that.

She sat beside him at his table now, sipping her tea and then making a little face into the cup as if it was good when she hadn’t expected it to be. She was such a strident, demanding, presumptuous pain in the neck... but the way she pursed her lips against the rim of the cup and blew softly to disperse the steam made his own temperature rise, redirect. Zuko wasn’t sure which he wanted more - to shout at her, or to suck the heat from those lips.

He picked up his tea and inhaled deeply, angrily over the cup. The tea grew hotter in his hand. He sipped it and let a fat gulp sear its way down into his belly. It hurt. And then it eased.

“Sorry,” he said at length. 

“It’s okay,” Katara returned quietly. “I’d be angry, too, if that happened to me.”

For a long moment, they sipped tea in silence. Zuko felt his anger fade slowly like the seethe of a well-fed furnace and, a few degrees at a time, he let it go. He let himself feel her presence at the table with him. The rustle of her clothes, the scent of her faintly on the air. The shape of her, leaning against the table with... just awful posture.

“Thank you for telling me that,” she finally said. “I know it wasn’t easy to talk about, but knowing helps me understand why you were being such an unrelenting jerk.”

“It doesn’t make what I did okay,” he insisted with a resurgence of heat.

“No. But it’s like...” She rolled her eyes up to the ceiling. “This one time, my Gran-gran caught me hitting Sokka with a fish, and she was so mad at me, she made me apologize to him and be nice to him for an entire week...”

Zuko listened, frowning and confused by what seemed like a full change in subject - but also enjoying a soft warmth as he felt himself invited into a place he had not been allowed in for a very long time. She was giving him something of herself. Her history. Her home and family. She was letting him get warm at the periphery of her life, after making him revisit the frigid pain of his own.

“She might not have been so strict about it if she’d known I had been up all night making him a sheath for his boomerang as a surprise and he’d just gotten back from trading the last of my preserved sea prunes for an old one someone’s husband had left behind. The point is, it was mean and arguably wrong to hit my brother in the face with a fish, especially for something he didn’t even know he’d done, but I had reasons to feel the way I felt.”

Katara peered at him thoughtfully, elbows on the table as she cradled her teacup between her hands.

“You were cruel and dismissive, and that wasn’t okay. But I can see how you’d be extra unpleasant when you were going basically house-to-house confronting people who had witnessed you in a really devastating moment from your childhood.”

“I wasn’t a- Rrgh!” Zuko bared his teeth, then shook his head in disbelief. “What, so you’re gonna just let me off the hook because you feel sorry for me now? I never should have told you anything!”

“Did I say you were off the hook?” Katara demanded, bitingly annoyed. She clacked down her teacup, spilling a little with the force of the movement. “No. I said I can understand why you were lashing out. I can empathize. I can believe that you’re at least capable of empathizing with what I went through.” 

She snapped up one hand and shook her finger at him as she went on. Zuko leaned back a measure, caught between outrage and a different kind of building storm.

“But you don’t ever get to treat me that way again. The only reason you got away with it when you did was because it would look pretty bad if I made that oath and then knocked your stupid snarling face in every day. I’m no longer under any obligation to make you look good. If I do it, I’m doing it for the benefit of my people, because they deserve to be aligned with someone respectable. But if you give me half a reason, I will push back and I will embarrass you, no matter who’s watching.”

Zuko took in that reproachful finger and her scornful mouth and her threats and it occurred to him quite suddenly that he could lean around the table and grab the edge of her sitting cushion and she would probably stay on top of it as he dragged it closer. She would probably keep scowling up at him even from inches away, even as he peered down into her upturned face and tasted her threats on the air between them.

Zuko wondered fleetingly if she’d keep making those threats, keep promising to push back and hold him accountable, if she realized how it stoked his desire for her. 

Better not to risk her finding out; spite had sometimes seemed to be her driving force, and there was no reason to tempt her back to it. He quickly glared up at the ceiling and got himself back under control, fought to remember the point here.

“Good,” he snarled. “But it’s my intention to not repeat my mistakes, so I mean to see to it that you never feel the need to resort to that anyway.” Confident his face was again a safe, irritable scowl, he turned it back to her. “I don’t want your charity-forgiveness. I don’t need it. If you’re gonna forgive me for any of the things I’ve done, I want it to be because I’ve done right by you now, not because your delicate Water Tribe sensibilities are all overwhelmed with empathy and you think I need a win.”

The look she met him with was scathing, as if she found the very suggestion distasteful. “Trust me. My delicate Water Tribe sensibilities - also known as basic human emotions to everybody except, I guess, the Fire Nation - give me the ability to simultaneously feel compassion and hold a grudge. I’m not forgiving you for being cruel until I believe you won’t do it again. Which might never happen. I don’t know. I can’t predict what you’ll do. I’m still not totally convinced that you can.”

Zuko blinked in surprise and then uncomfortable understanding. It was true enough that he had been inconsistent, that he had felt himself torn in the middle of that battling duality. 

This was different, though. He no longer felt the intense conflict and turmoil he had felt before deciding to free his men. He no longer felt the dull ache in his stomach as he so frequently had since the fight on the beach. He felt... at peace. Terrified and constantly fending off some measure of panic, but... weirdly okay with that.

“For what it’s worth,” he said, settling his hands around his cup and peering back at her, “I may not know everything that’s coming, or everything I’m going to do, but I can predict with total confidence that I’m not going to be like I was before.”

Katara squinted at him. “Total confidence? That seems optimistic.”

“I know. You have good reasons to be skeptical. All I’m saying is, I don’t want to go back. Being cruel to you didn’t feel good, it didn’t feel right - because it wasn’t right. It was wrong, so it felt wrong. I’m confident I won’t backslide because I’m no longer confused about what that feeling means.”

She didn’t look convinced. If anything, she looked more dubious and troubled than she had before. 

Beneath the surface, Katara was thinking, trying to understand what it meant that Zuko’s sense of right and wrong was so warped. She was thinking how it made a certain terrible kind of sense, the way he told the story of his Agni Kai - which had not been an Agni Kai at all to her understanding because that was supposed to be a duel and... and what Zuko described had not been a duel. In any case, Zuko had framed it as a humiliation because of his weakness and cowardice, but it was entirely evident to Katara that it had been a humiliation because his father had done a terrible thing to him in front of all those people. Essentially, his father had punished him for being good, and for standing up for what was right. 

And Zuko had learned to mistrust his own sense of what was right and what was wrong.

Despite what she’d told Zuko about her Water Tribe sensibilities, it was difficult to think all this and not get caught up in the riptide of horror and compassion. It was hard to both mentally sort through this and remain present in the conversation. And remain appropriately caustic.

But to Zuko, her only outward emotion was that persistent disbelief. It was so frustrating to try so hard, to exert so much feeling into explaining his current right actions, only for his messed-up past to be the only thing that actually seemed to reach her. It rankled, chafed horribly on his pride and his sense of himself as someone who had struggled to overcome suffering that that suffering itself would be the thing to catch her attention. He was so much more! He was so much stronger than he had been then! So much more worthy! Why couldn’t she see that?

Clearly, it had been a mistake to tell her. But it was too late now to take it back.

So Zuko only huffed out a breath and took a big swallow of very hot tea and scowled down at the fruit and buns. He didn’t want to eat, but it would be better than talking to her. With careless snatches of his chopsticks, he gathered some random food on his plate and shoved something between his teeth so he could chew it furiously.

“Alright,” Katara sighed after a long, quiet moment, “I can accept that you’re confident about this change, but that doesn’t mean I share that confidence. Maybe eventually...” She shrugged and looked away from him toward the food she had yet to touch. 

“I understand,” Zuko said instead of urging her to eat something. “It takes as long as it takes.” Not looking at her, he reached out and took another bun for his plate, hoping she might be lured by example.

She was not. She sipped her tea and then turned the cup on the table between thumb and forefinger.

“You know, in retrospect, it was actually pretty brave to go around facing down all those nobles that way,” she finally said with a faint bright note. “And you actually seemed to do well in those talks, too...”

“Don’t patronize me,” Zuko said witheringly, annoyed both by her refusal to eat anything and her return to this topic.

She arched an eyebrow at him, curled her lip. “I just mean you recited an awful lot of statistics and big words for a guy who, in my experience, seemed to struggle with simple concepts like ‘is that last airbender the Avatar?’ and ‘should I fight the waterbender on the dock where all the water is?’”

Zuko lowered his chopsticks with the latest piece of sparkfruit uneaten and turned his head to fully fix her with his offended, irate stare. “You thought I was stupid?”

Katara shrugged a little. “I mean, I didn’t think you were smart...”

She wasn’t teasing him. She wasn’t even trying to be mean. He could tell by the faint surprise rounding her eyes and tugging down on her mouth. She had actually, genuinely thought that he was at least kind of stupid. And evidence that he was not entirely stupid had, to some degree, impressed her.

Perversely, he found one corner of his mouth tugging upward. He huffed and ate the fruit to force the smile away. 

“I had to do drills to memorize all those statistics,” he found himself saying. “A lot of it was talking points provided by the Fire Lord’s ministers. Which I obviously don’t have access to anymore.”

“Talking points?”

“Things I was supposed to say as I argued the Fire Lord’s case.”

Her eyes were getting wider. Something in her expression was tightening, hardening. “He sent you to do that.”

Zuko met her stare for a moment longer, then shrugged slightly. Because, obviously. “Yeah. He wanted me to quell dissidence. It’s the duty of the Crown Prince to support the Fire Lord’s agenda.”

Her chin stuck out below her clamped mouth. Lines pulled taut around her flared nostrils as she drew a deep breath. She looked, for just a moment, like she was going to leap up and do something violent. Zuko tensed unthinkingly.

Then she sniffed and her expression eased. “And I had to be there to threaten them,” she added blandly, pressing one hand to her chest.

“That was his plan.”

“Well,” Katara huffed. “He’s gonna get some real dissidence now. Enough to choke on.” She raised her teacup and muttered over it. “...smug evil slusher.”

Zuko was not prepared for the rush of emotion that came barreling through him as he watched her angrily sip her tea and curse his father. Because he wasn’t entirely clear on where this fury had come from, but he knew it wasn’t about serving the tea anymore. There was a viciousness to the way she stabbed some fruit off one of the plates, and her mouth remained tight as she took a bite and chewed. She had been angry over the tea-pouring. Hurt. This was something else.

It was outrage. Vengeful loathing. And it was directed not at Zuko, but at the Fire Lord. It was shocking in its intensity; it shocked Zuko very much that she could hate him - or feel whatever complicated, definitely-anger-based emotion she felt for him most of the time now - and still find it in her to feel this intensely about his father over... whatever exactly...

It was probably just some Water Tribe thing. They were so disgustingly saccharine about their families. Of course his father would seem... especially bad... from a Water Tribe perspective... 

But Zuko wasn’t Water Tribe. He wasn’t subject to their culture. And neither was his father.

Zuko’s posture didn’t change - he still sat as straight as if he was entertaining one of the court - but he relaxed minutely as Katara devoured more fruit and then a couple of the buns. He didn’t stare at her or anything, kept his eyes firmly on his own food as he ate, but he was very aware of her every move.

It was pleasant, sharing this silence with her. Just being still near her, catching her quiet sounds and faint scent. The rain had picked back up again and it pattered on the roof, but here, they were dry and listened peacefully to its tuneless music. His tea table was once again a tranquil bubble where the horrible, painful parts of Zuko’s life could wait and be faced later, just a little later.

Another little rap came from the door and Zuko looked up to find Iyuma leaning inside, her eyes tracking from the desk over to where they now sat. Her eyebrows formed two odd little arches, but her grin was the same.

“Sorry to interrupt while you’re eating - Bogara’s organizing people for the lesson and she wanted me to check whether you only wanted a few students at a time or just anybody who wants to come..?”

Katara, with a mouthful of fruit, shrugged and hurriedly swallowed. “Wow, um, anybody is fine. It’s a big courtyard.”

“Great, I’ll tell her.” 

But, instead of leaving, Iyuma leaned farther into the room, peering at the spread on the table.

“Are those bean buns or sweet buns?”

Zuko sighed loudly and watched her through narrowed eyes, but she seemed unaffected. Katara also ignored him. 

“Bean. Do you want one?”

“Nah - I had some of those already. I keep holding out hope for the sweet ones, but-”

“Just ask Machi,” Zuko finally huffed. “She can have the cook make them for you. It’s not a big deal.”

Iyuma looked at him then, and it was an arch, measuring kind of look that he had never seen on her face before. Like she was weighing something out in her head before she said it.

“Do you just make that poor woman do everything for you?”

Zuko blinked, taken aback by her tart tone and her hands, suddenly braced on her hips. Iyuma had always been on the outspoken side but this was... new. Like a stranger had decided to suddenly burst out of the healer he had been somewhat acquainted with.

“She’s a majordomo,” he defended, frowning harder to cover his confusion. “She manages my household. It’s her job.”

“And you don’t even marry her first? That’s a terrible job.”

Zuko’s face washed in appalled heat, and he drew breath to yell something but was immediately distracted by a loud, choking chortle. Katara coughed tea back into her cup and hunched, dribbling disgustingly over her plate. She was laughing so hard she seemed unable to breathe. Zuko was momentarily transfixed by the look on her face, her unbridled, almost pained delight. 

“Okay, thanks, byyye,” Iyuma called as she beat a hasty retreat.

Zuko, reminded of his outrage, glared after her and then at Katara - who caught his eye and started laughing all over again, covering her mouth with a napkin bunched in both hands. 

“I’m not marrying my majordomo,” he said hotly to her since she was the only potential target in range. 

“A-ha-ha-are you sure? Because I think you and Ma-ha-chi would make a cu-hoo-hoo-te c-couple!” She dissolved into giggles. Her cheeks were pink and her eyes were sparkling with tears. 

Zuko glowered at her. It was so aggravating, how pretty she was like this. He hadn’t seen her laugh like this in so long... fighting a losing battle against her amusement... He couldn’t pinpoint the memory now, but it seemed like it had been at his expense that time, too.

Which, he supposed, being laughed at by Katara wasn’t... the worst feeling. 

In fact, his anger was slowly being subsumed into a more complex, larger feeling that was harder to identify. It welled up in him like the tide in the night, unseen and overwhelming, expansive; in the face of that, his anger seemed so small and silly. Just a little nipping fish beside a whale.

She finally seemed to get ahold of herself and took a sip of tea. Zuko forced himself to stop staring at her.

“What’s wrong with her? Why is she acting so weird?

Katara watched him over her teacup. “I’m just throwing out a guess here, but I think she took your apology to heart.”

“And now she’s going to just disrespect me all the time? Great! Because that makes perfect sense!”

“She wasn’t disrespecting you,” she said, somewhere between withering and amused. “She was treating you like a boy in the tribe. You were being rude and dismissive, so she teased you to take the wind out of your sails. If anything, she was showing you respect by trying to include you...”

She trailed off as if she was thinking about this, but Zuko didn’t notice. In a way, it felt kind of nice, being included. But also terrible. Poignantly touching too close to a raw nerve. It reminded him of the rebel base, of Sokka before he figured out who Zuko was... 

But informality with the common folk was not something that a Fire Prince could just allow... probably.

“I’m not some Water Tribe boy. She can’t just barge into my meetings and harass me.”

“You left the door open. How is it barging in?”

“She’s interrupting. We’re having an important discussion.”

“We weren’t even talking this time. We were eating breakfast in silence.”

“But it was a meaningful silence.”

Katara fixed him with a wry frown, but her eyes were glinting like she was already making fun of him. Zuko flushed and picked up his tea to have something to do with his hands - only to discover the cup was empty. He raised the pot to refill it.

“And just what did that meaningful silence mean to you, Zuko?”

She didn’t sound amused exactly, but it wasn’t quite the low threatening tone she’d used earlier, either. Zuko paused with the teapot in hand and flicked up his eyes to take in her mildly curious, suspicious expression.

“It meant,” he enunciated, “that you can stand to sit and share a meal with me of your own volition. Which seems to suggest you don’t entirely hate me anymore.” He blinked, looked away to focus on pouring his tea. “At least not all the time.”

For a second, the splash of tea was the only sound. Then Katara sighed and moved her own teacup so that it would be within his reach. Zuko glanced up at her bland mask and then refilled her cup as well.

Katara watched his hands, her eyes narrowing as she mercilessly judged the quality of his pour for the second time. The angle of his wrist was wrong. The tea did not strike the correct place in the bottom of the cup and the sound was slightly off. A poor pour indeed. The thoughts - their very presence in her mind - filled her with a simmering resentment. But more than that was the incredible irritation that so much of her time and energy and attention had gone into perfecting the prince’s tea experiences- 

-and he obviously just didn’t care. At all. Those details were beneath his royal notice.

Also irritating was the fact that it was ultimately a small matter. Just one of Zuko’s many annoying qualities. This one was at least not nearly so destructive as his habit of concealing information that would have made a difference in how she felt about her situation over the past few weeks.

Katara examined his scarred face and her own expression settled into a faint but steady, stewing glower. 

It hadn’t been an Agni Kai at all. Zuko had been... she had to pause to think about it, to remember, Sokka’s age minus a five year banishment, so... thirteen. A kid. And he hadn’t wanted to fight. And his father had burned his kid’s face, scarred him forever in front of all those terrible people, driven him from his home on an impossible quest... 

...all over disrespect... 

Or so Zuko seemed to believe. But Katara was remembering what she had seen and heard and especially felt when Zuko’s father spoke to him. It was not a feeling she was accustomed to, so it was not easy to put words to it, but she was starting to work her fingers around that slippery seaprune and understand its true nature. 

She had known at once that the Fire Lord would kill Zuko over his rebellion, but she hadn’t realized the direct effort he had invested into stamping out Zuko’s sense of right and wrong. And while Zuko seemed to recognize that his father would try to subjugate Katara given the chance, he seemed less aware of his father’s ruthless attempts to subjugate him.

Even after Zuko had somehow achieved the impossible and returned home, the Fire Lord had sent him marching around Caldera in what Katara very suddenly recognized as an intentional demand for self-effacement and submission. Because why else should it have fallen to Zuko to look all those people in the eye and defend the man who had created their low opinion of him? 

It wasn’t just some duty or act of service like he tried to say, not even if that was what he actually believed. Katara knew duties and acts of service. She had done all sorts of humble but necessary tasks for her tribe and her family, and that wasn’t a big deal. 

This was. 

All that time, Zuko had seemed so proud and rigid, so uncompromising. And he was just eating his pride every day at his father’s command. He was inflicting all that misery and embarrassment and frustration on himself like he somehow deserved to scratch and fight for every scrap of respect from those people. From his father. 

It wasn’t entirely clear to Katara whether he had realized yet that this was not right or okay. He was so endlessly angry - and that bottomless supply made a kind of sense now - on some level, he had to realize he had been horribly wronged, and not just once but over and over.

He could puff up about it all he wanted. It was impossible not to feel a little pity for him. 

But way more than that, Katara was freshly furious. With the Fire Lord - but also with Zuko himself. They were two very distinct types of fury; the first was a cold and unflinching hatred, while the second was harder to identify but rattled through all her fragments like striking a half-mended bell.

Presently, Zuko sat straight-backed and dignified as he poured her tea - with an utter lack of skill - and his eyes were lowered, fixed on his task. The furrow in his brow had softened in this, his calming ritual. He looked almost unfamiliar without the wary sharpness in his eyes. Or perhaps it was his loose hair, which obscured part of his scar and made him look almost... normal. Even the scar itself, which had for so long matched the anger on the other side of his face, seemed softened by the almost-peaceful look that had presently replaced it. 

And, just visible below the fine fabric of his pants where it gathered over his knee, were his toes, pale and small and still bare from the haste of this morning.

He just looked like an overly formal boy pouring tea. 

Katara’s heart tore at the sight of him. So many strands were weaving together to create him, the new Zuko, and he was putting even the damaged ones to work. Pain had made him capable of cruelty - but it had made him strong, too. And now he was using that strength to keep himself in check, to correct what someone else had made wrong. For just a few seconds, she allowed herself to admire him. What he was forging himself into.

This was her ally. They were going to back each other up in the fights ahead. He was going to help her help her people. He was complicated and confused and emotionally unstable sometimes - but he was getting stronger every day. And he was still somehow the boy she had chosen, who she had led down into that valley and down into the hold and whose arms in the dark had for a while seemed like the safest, most comforting place in the entire world.

For just a moment, she saw how he was struggling and let herself want to help him.

Zuko gently thunked the teapot back down with the spout pointing in a nonsensical direction. Katara let out another long sigh and pushed the warm feelings away with her breath. 

She had to focus. If she didn’t hate him anymore like he said - and, to her disgust and alarm, he was right - then she was vulnerable. Hating him had protected her, keeping her at a safe distance. Without it, she sensed she could easily lose sight of her purpose and her self. She could become wrapped up in Zuko’s struggle and neglect her own. 

The thought had her heart racing with sudden terror, like looking down and realizing there was an unexpected cliff before her. Her hand trembled faintly as she reached for her teacup, but she pressed her fingers to the hot porcelain and stilled it. She let the sting center her.

Katara didn’t come here to flinch away from pain and fear. She wasn’t here to help Zuko sort through his emotions or alleviate his conscience. Those were his problems to deal with. Katara was here to protect her people, and to secure her ally for their shared purpose. Part of working with Zuko was, unfortunately, being around him, so she needed to remind herself of a few things. She needed to hear him say some things; she needed to know where his mind was. 

And... the resentment simmering in her ran so much deeper than tea pouring. There were things she needed to say to him.

“I mostly don’t hate you now,” she admitted, abandoning the cup and folding her arms over her chest. “But I can’t decide whether I hated you most on the ship or after the full moon party.”

She watched him pick up his cup and pause, staring at her instead of paying any attention to what had to be very hot porcelain in his hand. He didn’t speak, just sat waiting, listening. The wariness was back in his eyes.

“The party was... awful. I got to see my culture turned into a joke by the people who have all but eradicated it, and then the Fire Lord himself mocked me for everyone’s amusement.”

Zuko nodded grimly. “That was messed up.”

He seemed like he wanted to say more, but Katara rolled over him. “So demonstrating my bending - at your command - just made me feel like a party favor. And later, in the garden... I was gonna lose my mind if I stayed in that apartment any longer, remembering all those people staring at me and having such a great time...”

She paused, and he didn’t speak, but she could see the knowledge in his careful expression now. He had felt those eyes follow him, too. Not the same... but not entirely different, either. She shied away from thinking too hard about that now, but the awareness steadied her as she went on.

“And there you were, waiting in the garden to top off a really special night by correcting my tone.” 

Katara scowled at him, but then rolled her eyes and shook her head, thinking of the healers. It would be best for them if she could come to some kind of acceptance over this and put the grudge to bed. And, after what Zuko had told her... It just seemed so minor in the grand scheme of things.

She felt herself horribly pinched between her actual, intense feelings and the certainty that those feelings were too much, that it could have been so much worse, that she wasn’t being grateful for Tui’s favorable currents. A massive pressure built within her. Suddenly, she was scowling to fight back tears. 

“It’s so stupid. I hated you so much for that, it hurt me so much, but it was just a few words-”

“Don’t,” Zuko broke in quietly. “It hurt you. It wasn’t just words.”

Katara’s eyes snapped to him. He looked back at her steadily, his face serious and unflinching. It shouldn’t have mattered what he thought - he was the one who had hurt her. But it did matter. He was responsible for her pain, but he wasn’t taking the easy out; he wasn’t going to let her downplay what he’d done or what she’d felt. 

All at once, a dam she hadn’t realized she was building inside herself burst. Her feelings weren’t too much. They were justified.

Oh, it ached. It hurt so desperately, like the lancing flex of broken ribs - or the agony of setting a bone. But with the pain came a rush of clean freedom. Relief.

To her horror, a few tears escaped and darted down her cheeks. There was no hiding them, so Katara quickly brushed them off, glaring at the wall beyond Zuko so she didn’t have to see the strained, almost stricken look on his face. She had managed not to cry in front of him for so long. How embarrassing that it was happening now.

In her distraction, she did not see how Zuko glared briefly at the ceiling, fighting back his own surge of emotion. The sight of her tears always effected him strongly, but the thing really cutting him to the quick now was the realization that he had never fully understood why she had said she hated him that night. 

But she had just told him. She had told him and he immediately understood and now he could do something about it.

He quickly marshaled his control and peered back at her, laying one hand flat on the table and the other on the floor by his leg as he spoke.

“You were resisting in the only way you could, the only way you had left, and I tried to take that last weapon away, too. I hurt you - when you were trapped with me, going through something awful with no escape and no friends - and then I had the nerve to resent you for not trusting me to help. I’m so, so sorry - that was pathetic and cruel.”

Katara worked her jaw to the side and glanced down at his hand on the table, then at his face. She looked... rattled. Zuko wasn’t sure how to interpret that.

“Yeah,” she said. “You were really pathetic and cruel, Zuko. I get that I wasn’t coming off as the most devoted oath-keeper, but you were so mean about it.”

Zuko nodded and rubbed the back of his neck. His father’s voice echoed sickeningly through memory. “At that party, the Fire Lord remarked that you’d taken a tone with me and I did nothing. He knew you weren’t under control and that I wasn’t doing what it would take to keep you under control. I was... ashamed, and I took that out on you by being mean.”

“That’s not okay.”

“I know. It’s not gonna happen again.”

Katara peered askance at him like she was trying to decide whether to believe this. As if she felt like she had to believe it and was struggling to force herself and failing.

“It’s okay. You don’t have to take my word for it right now.” He unthinkingly straightened and lifted his chin a degree. He wasn’t aware of the honest shine on his face, the determined angle of his brow. “It’ll take time, but I’ll show you.”

She stared at him more directly, then looked away and shrugged. She slid her teacup along the table, pulling it closer to her. “What did he want you to do? Beat me up or something?”

Zuko scowled. His good ear was hot. “I don’t know exactly, but probably something along those lines. Something that would make you afraid. I didn’t really want to think too hard about what he thought that would take. I still don’t. But I was ashamed then that I was too weak to do whatever it was. I mean! I know now that it wasn’t weakness. It was my conscience. But what I actually did wasn’t right, either, just... marginally less wrong. Still pathetic and cruel.”

He was startled to hear her faint huff of laughter, to see her mouth twitch up on one side. “And that’s why he’s an award-winner, folks.” 

The ‘Not As Terrible As You Could Have Been’ award, for which the bar was so embarrassingly low.

Zuko could only stare at her for a moment as she leaned one forearm on the table and sipped her tea. She didn’t seem amused exactly, but it was like a tension she had been holding inside had been spent.

Her posture really was terrible. Zuko didn’t remember it being this bad before... and it was in this moment, as she poked fun at him and hunched against the table like an old sailor, that he realized what a relief it was to see. The shape of her had become so static over the past weeks - still and rigid and kneeling in a slave’s humble bend. Now, she seemed determined to sit as comfortably as she could.

It very nearly made him want to slouch a bit, too. But he couldn’t. Princes in meetings with allies didn’t slouch. 

“You said...” He didn’t want to bring this up. But he knew it had to happen eventually. She had mentioned it and that suggested that she was ready to address it. “...you may have hated me more on the ship. Do you want to talk about it?”

Katara peered at him, and the not-quite-amusement was gone now from her eyes. Internally, she was debating whether it was worth starting this conversation. Her emotions had taken her by surprise already and the hour had to be nearly up by now... 

But she watched Zuko tip up his chin, seeming to brace himself for what was coming. They both knew this had to happen. Now was the time. 

“No, I definitely hated you more on the ship,” she finally said, and even though her voice was quiet, it was hard. She tried to let her sadness sink below the surface so that the anger could ice over it, protect her, but they swam together like two darting fish, leaving her voice low and thick with feeling. 

“When it was all so fresh and not-quite-real yet, the way horrible things feel right after they happen. That’s when I hated you the most. Because the world before you turned on me was still so close; it hadn’t quite all burned up yet.” Her throat felt tight, but she swallowed and kept going, glared into his eyes and said it. “You went after Aang like I didn’t even matter. Like everything between us was all just... nothing to you. Just a way to pass the time before you got to your destiny-”

He shook his head, a little desperation in his eyes now, a hint of his own anger. “That’s not true. You know it wasn’t nothing to me.”

“Sure. Because when I woke up after the fight,” Katara said with deadly slowness, “you wanted to pick right back up where we left off. Just a different ship, right? As if I wasn’t shackled to a bed. As if you hadn’t locked up all my friends and doomed the world, and as if your crazy sister hadn’t killed a member of my family.” She narrowed her eyes, then shook her head. “It was her, wasn’t it?”

Zuko swallowed and nodded. “Yeah. Azula killed Tukna.”

Katara accepted this without comment and went on, unrelenting. “And if you had just... had this little epiphany before then, none of that would have happened.”

He looked ill. His cheek had gone pallid and his lips were parted as if to emit some pained sound. Then he shut his eyes and turned his face away as it twisted, pulled downward. It took him a moment to get a handle on whatever he was feeling, but Katara only watched him struggle. Her own emotional storm whirled around her, peeling roofs off houses, but she waited there in the eye.

“That’s probably true,” Zuko finally said. He looked back at her, calm but scowling. “But I didn’t. I couldn’t then. There were things I had to see to accept and believe, even though everyone around me was telling me...” He shook his head. The scowl was more a grimace now. “The people I felt like I could trust weren’t the people I was supposed to be trusting. And the people I was supposed to be able to trust were... not trustworthy. My sense of reality was in conflict with my sense of what should be and what I wanted to be. So I wasn’t thinking realistically about... a lot of things. Putting everything right has been...”

“A process?” Katara spat.

Zuko only clenched his jaw and nodded. “I’ve been confused for a long time. It’s a lot to think about.”

Katara rolled her eyes and blew out a disgusted, furious sigh. She could not have guessed from the grim look on his face, but Zuko was thinking unaccountably of Sokka, who had leaned over the trunk in the hold to pat his shoulder, all smiley and self-satisfied.

Consider this my first act as your brother, buddy. I’m only saving you from yourself.

The wash of pain and betrayal was immediate, but not as powerful as it had once been. It was tempered now with guilt and regret for the punishments he had later inflicted on Sokka when he was at his mercy. So it was not so hard now to think of brothers who locked each other in boxes. It was not so far-fetched and confusing to imagine that Sokka really had meant to save him. 

It was just heartbreaking that he had failed.

“My sense of right and wrong was so tangled up,” Zuko continued. His grimace was fainter, more pained than angry now, and Katara still watched him with hard eyes. “It felt wrong to fight you, but it also seemed wrong to turn against my family and my people. I thought choosing you would mean I was weak and undisciplined, letting my heart outweigh what my head was telling me was the right thing to do. I wanted you and... and what I thought was my destiny both so much, Katara... so I was indecisive. I didn’t even fully make up my mind until I was standing between you and Azula.”

Her eyes narrowed like she thought he was lying, but Zuko just went on, too caught up in remembering that moment.

“You almost had her,” he said with a little wonder. “In those tentacles. But then she called me and... suddenly, she was my little sister again, and she was in trouble-”

“You made up your mind when you left the ship,” Katara corrected him sharply, her eyes shining and furious. 

For a second, Zuko thought she meant when he had set the rigging on fire and leapt onto the beach. But then she went on.

“When you left my necklace behind, and me and... us! Maybe you committed on the beach, but you decided to leave before dawn. Without a word to me! Without even saying goodbye!”

Zuko hesitated, a nasty battle raging in him. On the one side, he wanted Katara to know the truth. He wanted her to know he hadn’t abandoned her like she was thinking, that he wouldn’t do that. He wanted her to have an objective, clear view of what had happened. That was right and fair...

...But could he honestly say that he wouldn’t have chased after Toph when the moment came? Knowing what he knew now, he certainly wouldn’t have done that, but back then... he probably would have. He probably would have chased her and fought her, even though she was just a smart-mouthed kid. He sure hadn’t hesitated to wrestle down the Avatar on that beach later. He could still remember how those skinny arms had felt clamped under his hands. Before Hakoda had tackled him.

The thought of admitting that he had spent those hours before dawn tied up in a trunk where Sokka and Hakoda had put him filled Zuko with unspeakable shame. He assumed it was because he had been so blind-sided. He had forgotten somehow that those Water Tribe men were his enemies and had carelessly let them at his back. He had been naive and foolish. And that was deeply embarrassing.

He did not pause to consider that what he was feeling was a raw, untouchable shame very similar to what he felt when he thought of his father’s lesson in respect. Only this time, there had been no Fire Court watching. This time, the shame could be contained, limited in its scope and power to diminish him. It was a capsule of humiliation that existed only between him and the men who had been on deck that night. Him and Sokka. Him and Hakoda.

Katara didn’t... have to know...

And what did it matter anyway? He had still made his own choice. What Hakoda and Sokka did hadn’t changed anything in the end. Telling Katara about it now... it felt like playing on her sympathies. It felt like making her feel sorry for him to convince her that what he’d done wasn’t so bad. He’d already told her about the Agni Kai, and she had clearly been effected by the knowledge. That wasn’t an honorable way to earn forgiveness, especially not for this most personal betrayal. 

No, she didn’t need to know about the trunk.

But he could correct the record a little, in one small way.

“I didn’t leave your necklace,” Zuko said steadily, looking into her angry eyes and trying to show her the depth of the truth he was telling her. “Your dad took it back.”

Her eyes widened, then narrowed in suspicion, and she seemed to be considering this, running it alongside the information she already knew. That made Zuko nervous - because if she asked any follow-up questions, he wasn’t going to be able to lie about it. He rushed on before she could voice the question he saw forming in her eyes.

“But that doesn’t really make much of a difference, because I made my choice on the beach, and I chose Azula. I should have chosen you. I see that now. It would have been the right thing to do. For the world and for us-”

It flashed cruelly through his mind; soaring above the clouds with Iroh and Sokka and Toph and the kid Avatar but most especially Katara with the wind in her hair and delight in her eyes... and when they landed and slipped away from the others, he would have been allowed sometimes to kiss her starlit skin.

“That’s not what I did, though,” Zuko went on, dragging himself back down to this moment, where she watched him with echoes of betrayal laying lines in her face. His heart felt a stab with every beat. “I’d take it back if I could, but I can’t. I’m... I am sorrier than I have words for, Katara. I made a terrible mistake. And then I couldn’t seem to stop making mistakes until... I figured stuff out. I’m trying to make up for it now, but I realize-”

“There’s no fixing this,” Katara bit out. Her eyes were tight and angry and her mouth was a fighting slant. “There are no pretty apologies or logical maneuvers or grand actions you can take that will make up for what you did. For what you made me feel. I’m willing to work with you now because I have to for the good of my people and the world. But if I had a real choice, I wouldn’t subject myself to facing you every day, waiting for your next world-shattering mistake.”

Zuko sat transfixed, staring at her in a moment of stunned pain. Then he managed to nod as his expression slipped from shock to bitter acceptance. “I understand. I know the chances of you forgiving me are pretty low. But I still want to try.” 

“Did you ever consider,” she asked, her voice low and cutting, “that just giving it up might be a relief to both of us?”

“Yes, actually,” he returned with tight irritation. “I seem to remember sending you away a couple times. But you kept coming back, and-”

-it was always such a relief to see you coming.

Zuko bit his tongue and glared at her. “As long as we’re working together, I’m not gonna stop trying to earn your trust and forgiveness. So you can run away any time you want, but as long as you don’t, you’d better just get used to it.”

Her mouth tightened like she meant to snarl something back, but there was another little rap at the door. They both jerked toward the sound.

“Heeey, sorry,” Iyuma said from the doorway. Her breezy tone faded as she took in their angry faces. “Uh... Bogara heard we’re moving and wants to know what everyone can do to help?”

Katara swallowed back whatever she had been on the brink of saying, but Zuko had had enough. The pain and frustration in him came bubbling up.

“Who is this person?” he nearly shouted. “Why can’t she just ask Machi her stupid questions?”

Iyuma stood stunned in the doorway, uncertainty in her eyes now. Zuko had time to feel a pang of guilt.

“Don’t you shout at Iyuma,” Katara snapped. He redirected his ire at her.

“Fine! Tell your subject to quit interrupting our meeting!”

“It’s obviously not her idea. Bogara’s been sending her. Don’t punish the messenger like a jerk.”

Who is Bogara?

“She’s-” Katara hesitated, seeming unsure of how to answer. She glanced at Iyuma. “-a healer...”

“She’s kind of our self-appointed leader,” Iyuma offered. Zuko fixed her with a glare but he didn’t raise his voice this time.

“Princess Katara is your leader.”

“Well obviously,” Iyuma said with a tight little shrug. “But she’s busy being a hero and attending weird meetings. Somebody has to take care of the day-to-day stuff. Bogara used to be on the Council of Healers so she’s used to organizing people.”

“Oh, that’s so nice,” Katara said.

“Good,” Zuko huffed. “Then she can work with Machi to keep things running smoothly while we’re gone.”

“Gone? Who’s gonna be gone?” Iyuma asked, wide-eyed.

“Zuko and I are going on a...” Katara shot him a narrow look. “...business trip.”

“In Harbor City,” Zuko lied stiffly. “More meetings. Regarding... the solstice festival. Don’t worry about it. We’ll be back the day after tomorrow.”

Iyuma assessed him for a long moment. Her eyes flicked sideways to Katara - and when Zuko followed the glance, he saw her cheeks were rosy and hot. For reasons-

She anticipates being alone with you. Truly alone. She wanted the door shut on this meeting - her blood was hot from the fight, too. She may not like you, but she still likes to fight. She’d still like the other things your body can do, too-

-Zuko quickly realized he should not try to imagine. He switched his focus back to Iyuma and held his chin high, daring her to challenge him. She finally scoffed and folded her arms loosely over her chest. 

“Now you two are going off alone together on an overnight trip? Bogara is gonna flip.”

“She’s not my Gran-gran,” Katara objected loudly at the same time Zuko barked, “Nothing disreputable is going on!”

“Right,” Iyuma said as she took in both of their panicky faces. Then she settled on Katara and one side of her mouth started creeping up wickedly. “She may not be your Gran-gran, but she’s decided you need someone to stand for you, being as you have no family present and you’re just a sweet little sixteen-year-old baby.”

“She’s a warrior,” Zuko corrected hotly. “She deserves the same respect you’d give any of the men.”

“Sad news - sixteen-year-old men are also known as boys. And the respect they get is liberally peppered with care-taking.” Iyuma’s eyes narrowed ever so slightly in thought. “How old are you, Prince Zuko?”

“I’m an adult,” he sneered. “And as a prince of another nation, I will not be-”

“He’s eighteen,” Katara volunteered. Zuko shot her a betrayed look, which she just returned with faintly smug resignation. “If I go down, you’re going down too.”

“In battle! I’m not about to be babysat by a pack of Water Tribe women!”

“It seems to me,” Iyuma said, shrugging and peering innocently at the wall above them, “that if a prince pledged to support and protect a group of displaced women, he might respect their culture and traditions enough to endure some minor inconveniences that would make his guests feel more comfortable and respected.”

Zuko glared at her, then pinched the bridge of his nose for a long, silent moment. He knew he was being worked over - this was clearly some manner of girl trickery - but he couldn’t rage his way out and he wasn’t sure how proper it was to refuse to accommodate his guests in this situation. And he couldn’t simply ignore an opportunity to stand by the promise he had just made...

Because he was not looking, he didn’t see the sly smile Iyuma shot Katara, or the disbelieving grin Katara returned as she recognized tactics she had learned from her Gran-gran. Bait a trap with honey. Put things into perspective. 

Your request is his chance to provide.

And now Katara was seeing it done by what suddenly appeared to be a master. Iyuma had clearly practiced with real boys who weren’t her brother. Katara was immediately a little jealous. 

Of her skills. Not... Not of her using them on Zuko. Obviously!

Not that that wasn’t also kind of weird...

It wasn’t immediately clear why Iyuma felt like Zuko needed to be drawn into a role in their little tribe. He was technically right. He was an adult by Water Tribe standards, and he wasn’t even Water Tribe to start with. He could fulfill his pledge and remain at a distance from them. 

But as Katara thought about it, she realized it was a smart move. The healers had been mistrustful of allying themselves to the Fire Prince from the start, and their fight this morning couldn’t have done much to build confidence, even if his apology had been a point in his favor for many of them. If Zuko remained an aloof benefactor - which was a very Fire Prince approach that he clearly preferred - they would be essentially forced for the foreseeable future to live in the household of someone they feared and suspected. 

However, if they could be convinced to see him as part of their community... as an almost-normal boy... maybe they could manage to find a little peace even with him under the same roof.

And if Katara felt a quiet compulsion to forcibly replace the prince she had detested with the boy she had loved, she did not think about that right now.

Presently, Zuko dropped his hand to his thigh and fixed Iyuma with a scowl that was completely undiminished in its intensity.

“What kind of minor inconveniences?”

Katara folded her arms over her chest and allowed herself the faintest smirk. It would be better for the healers this way.

...and if it made Zuko squirm... well, that was just a fun little bonus.

 

Chapter 41

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text


“Alright, everybody, good morning, good morning, I’m calling this meeting of Team Avatar to order.” Sokka sat up straight on his rock and peered amiably around the circle they’d formed around the fire. “Let’s all begin by agreeing on some basic rules of conduct.” 

“Or we could agree that this meeting is a waste of time,” Toph muttered. “You’re the only one who wants-”

“Rule one,” Sokka loudly interrupted, “no complaining about the meeting. We need to stay focused here, people. Seriously, we have to make some tough choices.”

“I agree,” Aang said brightly. “I’m glad we’re finally sitting down together to hash this out. There’s been a lot of tension in the group over the last week and I’m sure we’ll all benefit from having a rational, open discussion.”

“Most assuredly,” Iroh said, smiling over his teacup.

“Whatever,” Toph grunted, flinging herself back in the rocky throne she’d summoned up for herself. It reclined back and kicked up a footrest. “Waste my time; I’ve got nothin’ better to do.”

“Great!” Sokka held up his hands and, with measured conviction, stated his case. “We have to leave the Fire Nation.”

Everybody spoke at once.

“Well, let’s not be hasty-”

“-all giddy to go skipping back to a war zone-!”

“-not without strategic advantages...”

Sokka smacked himself in the forehead and waited a moment for the backlash to die down. It had been like this since they left Piandao’s house. For the past week, they had been hopping around the Fire Nation, zig-zagging all over the place to hide out in the wilderness and drop in to solve random villagers’ problems.

It turned out, despite the giant fluffy monster that could fly huge distances in a straight line, traveling with the Avatar was just about the most indirect way to get anywhere. By the fourth day, Sokka had torn up his sheet of calculations and resigned himself to absolute, maddening, happy-go-lucky chaos.

“Toph,” he finally started, “I thought you wanted to check in with your parents.”

“Nah, I’m good.” She crossed her arms behind her head. “I sent that letter. It’ll probably be fine.”

“You said Azula is blackmailing them into helping the Fire Nation take Gao Ling!” 

“Yeah, but that was weeks ago. Whatever she wanted them to do, they probably did it already.”

“Unfortunately,” Iroh said quietly, “Toph is probably right. Gao Ling was always a vulnerable target. It is likely that Admiral Zhao has been frustrated in his efforts to invade the resistance base - a task that would require a significant number of earthbenders - and has instead directed his forces to take the city first. Under such pressure, and with the added threat of sabotage from the Bei Fongs, it is unlikely the city remains free.”

Sokka clawed his hair back out of his face and glowered at the old man, who he had initially thought would be his one rational ally at this super-powered kiddie table. 

But no. 

“Call me crazy, but our allies being besieged seems like a pretty good reason to go and, I don’t know, help them?

“Since when are those girl-hating cave-crawlers our allies?” Toph squawked. “I don’t know if you remember, but the last time we went into that base, we had to fight our way out again.”

“That was when Hahn was in charge. Somebody else has to have taken over by now. Or else... the resistance has probably already fallen. Whatever’s going on, they need us. We’re probably the only people who could make a real difference for them now.”

There was a charged silence during which everyone’s attention slipped to Aang. He sat cross-legged on the short pillar of stone he had raised up for himself, looking solemn and small.

“Normally, I’d agree with you, Sokka. But we also have to think about where we can do the most good. As the Avatar, I have a duty to the whole world, not just the resistance.”

“Great point, Aang. Quick counterpoint; the Fire Nation may not be without some suffering and hardship - which, admittedly, I’ve seen you do a lot to alleviate - but have you seen, say, anywhere else? Your duty is to the whole world and the whole world is suffering. You make a difference everywhere you go, but frankly, the Fire Nation is least deserving of your help. There’s no mystical Avatar-wisdom ‘spirits-told-me-to’ excuse to stay here.” 

Aang turned his large eyes up toward the high ceiling of the cave as if there was some logic hiding up there somewhere, but Sokka knew better. Whenever he had tried to address this before, the kid always ended up changing the subject or redirecting to some fresh new Avatar kookiness. 

But not this time. It was time to face facts.

“There is one excuse,” Iroh said, a crease in his brow as he peered steadily into the fire. “The Fire Nation is the source of the conflict that devastates the rest of the world, and the only way to put a stop to such a widespread problem is to confront it at its source.”

The mood around their little circle changed like the light dropping right before a storm. In his heart, Sokka felt that terrible nemesis rising up, waving reason like a sword. Doubt. Aang was a powerful bender, but doubt kept pestering Sokka. It kept reminding him of the relative strengths of a firebending master in his prime, a grown man, pretty ripped if his giant statue likenesses were to be believed, backed by armies and navies enough to conquer a world... 

...versus Aang, who was presently twiddling his thumbs and trying not to look nervous. And failing. 

Sokka didn’t blame him. He’d be nervous, too, if everyone said it was his destiny to fight and defeat The Bad Guy - and he wasn’t even a twelve-year-old kid. But Sokka, being of a more pragmatic and realistic mind, was not so convinced that destiny was a real thing that should be relied on to make major life-or-death decisions. He certainly didn’t believe they should trust-fall into destiny by neglecting any advantage they might be able to scrounge up. One of the biggest reasons he wanted to reconnect with the resistance was because that at least was an army. They could and would lend their strength to Aang’s cause.

He was ninety... eighty-five percent sure they would.

And Aang learned fast. With support and another month or two of training, he might even be strong enough to defeat the Fire Lord.

Sokka was... sixty-five percent sure on that one.

But right now, he was one hundred percent sure that that fight, if they stumbled into it prematurely, was going to end very badly for Team Avatar.

“Aang isn’t ready to face the Fire Lord,” he said reasonably, totally about to go on and suggest that they leave the Fire Nation and keep clear of the source of the problem for the time being, but Toph jumped into his pause.

“I’ll say. He’s not nearly as wimpy as he was when I first got my hands on him, but he needs a lot of work before his earthbending goes from crumbly to rumbly.”

“Thanks, Sifu! I think. Rumbly is good, right?”

“Rumbly is the peak of earthbending achievement, Twinkle Toes. And that ain’t you. Yet. But keep working hard and you’ll get there.”

“Which, honestly,” Sokka pressed on, “is probably yet another reason we shouldn’t be hanging around the Fire Nation. We stand out! The crashing, the giant flying bison, the Avatar proclaiming himself returned all over the place... Seriously, we’re so lucky no one has caught up to us yet.”

“As long as Appa keeps flying us around only at night, nobody will see him. He really shouldn’t be on the list, Sokka.”

“It’s almost the full moon! People can see a big white animal flying through the sky by the light of the full moon.”

For a long moment, everyone was quiet, caught in their own thoughts. Sokka wanted to shake them all. Instead, he drew a long breath and let it out, crumpling forward to rest his elbows on his knees. He fixed his eyes on the fire and just said it.

“Look. I don’t really want to go, either. The last thing I said to Katara was ‘I’m here.’ It feels so wrong to tell her that and then just leave the country...” He sat up, peering around the circle at their thoughtful, sad faces. “...but I don’t know how we can justify making the selfish call here when reason is telling me pretty clearly that we’re needed somewhere else. Guys, we have to be realistic about what we can do and the risks we’re taking. The resistance is penned in under that mountain, fighting to survive - assuming they haven’t already been defeated. Either way, they could definitely use a little Avatar positivity right about now. But until Katara is ready to leave Caldera, we’re just rolling the dice every day we hang around here.”

Toph righted her chair with a muted boom. She wore an uncharacteristically sad expression. “I promised I’d keep us close. What if we go all the way over to the Earth Kingdom and Splatto is ready to go the day after we leave? Then what’ll she do? Just wander the Fire Nation alone?”

“Toph is right,” Aang said, a crease in his brow. “I know it’s too risky to go back to the palace, but we can’t just leave. We have to figure out some way to be here for Katara when she needs us.”

“How would we even know if she was ready to go right now?” Sokka asked. “We sleep in caves and socialize with random villagers. These are not the circles you run in if you want the hot gossip out of the palace-”

Toph threw up a hand. “We’ve got company.”


.


.


Katara rushed Iyuma to the courtyard and asked a few rapid-fire questions about how the healers were settling in to avoid the inquisition she sensed waited behind the older girl’s sparkling eyes. 

“But did they all seem pretty calm? I don’t want to go away and leave them, you know, worried about the security of their situation.”

“You mean whether the prince or his majordomo is gonna toss us all out on our butts for the tiger-seals? No, nobody’s worried about that, really. At least, nobody was talking about it.”

Katara both did and didn’t want to know what they had been talking about. But she had just about hit her limit for embracing discomfort for the day, so she resolved to try not to think about it. Luckily, they came within sight of the grand double doors and she was relieved of that worry - by the arrival of an entirely different one.

“Oh,” she said, a little disappointment in her voice.

About a half-dozen healers waited inside and under the awning while the rain pattered down beyond them. That was it. Less than a quarter of them.

“Yeah,” Iyuma sighed, “probably you’ll get more students when it isn’t raining and they haven’t all had such a long night. And it seems like Bogara is more interested in talking up training than in actually doing it herself, so that might not be setting the best example, either.”

“That’s alright,” Katara decided briskly. “I can’t expect everyone to want to train after staying up all night. It’s just...” She floundered briefly, then met Iyuma’s inquisitive sideways look. “When I was in training, it was all day, every day. That’s how I progressed so quickly; improving my skills was my one and only occupation. No meetings or moving or...” 

She heaved a sigh and looked back at the handful of healers. They all knew there was danger, but they didn’t know exactly how immediate the danger was. And maybe they should. Maybe they should know that soldiers could be on their way through the pass right now. Maybe knowing would make them take training more seriously. 

The healers had begun to notice their approach. Their faces split into smiles. Their eyes flashed, excited and curious. From among them, the two younger teens emerged and raced to meet her and walk beside her, crowding Iyuma out of the way. The younger, Pikka, who was maybe thirteen, spoke first. 

“Princess Katara! We’re so excited to start waterbender training! Can you teach us to surf on ice like you did? That was so cool!”

“Can you show us how you got out of that hold?” Yakita broke in, only a little more restrained than her sister. “It was too fast to even see what you did!”

Katara’s heart buoyed upward on the swells of their enthusiasm and she grinned back. Any thoughts of warning her bright-eyed students about the danger hunting them simply evaporated.

“Sure! But we have to start with the basics. If you work hard every day, you’ll build up to those techniques in no time. And, if you develop a really strong understanding of basic forms, you’ll be able to create moves of your own.”

The girls grinned at each other and hummed, seeming almost to vibrate in their excitement.

“Personally,” Tenna said as she caught up with her daughters, “I want to know how just pushing and pulling can possibly lead to those big moves.”

“Ugh. Mom.” The girls said it almost in unison. 

Tenna just smiled the bright, determined smile of an eager learner who would be dragging her offspring with her toward a proper and thorough education. The other healers gathered behind her, their faces similarly lit from within.

Recognizing an opening when it was being created for her, Katara launched into talking about the very basic fundamentals of push and pull and how balance and tranquility within the bender contributed to control and the buildup of power.

“Tranquility,” Iyuma chortled. “Yeah, that’s definitely what I saw this morning.”

Katara felt herself start to blush, but Pawe spoke before she could formulate a response. “And no wonder. With a young man storming around the house issuing commands? A woman mustn’t stand for such a thing.” She turned a firm look to Katara. “You did well to correct him.”

“He’s not some village boy, Pawe,” hissed the sturdy younger woman who had sat beside Katara at lunch yesterday. Dakata. “He’s the Fire Prince! She can’t just hector him into proper behavior!”

“You watched her do it,” another healer scoffed. Her eyes switched over to Katara, and she remembered her as the one who had waited in the rain with the guard captain. Takima. “Do you have a husband yet? Because my brother needs a good dose of that. Probably daily until he gets right.”

A few women laughed and agreed, apparently familiar with Takima’s brother. Katara felt an anxious block of ice in her gut start to melt. The healers hadn’t been gossiping about her like she had quietly feared in the back of her mind - like the Fire Nobles would have, analyzing every little facial tic for some deeper emotion to scratch up and crow over. They weren’t assuming anything untoward had happened between her and Zuko. They were simply assessing the dynamics of the household they had fallen into. Who was in charge? And how in charge were they really? What was acceptable behavior? 

“Thanks,” Katara said dryly, “but I have enough projects going at the moment. I’m not adding ‘fix Takima’s brother’ to my to-do list.”

Takima laughed agreeably. “Yeah, nobody should. Seriously.”

Katara laughed with the others and then brought the topic back around to the lesson. “Sometimes things happen and your emotions will take control. The way a waterbender deals with those situations is to let her feelings and thoughts flow away; as easily as a thought occurs to her, and as quickly as an emotion wells up, she releases it and allows herself to return to tranquility. So that’s what we should strive for every day in practice...”

She led everyone out into the rain and set them up around the fountain, pushing and pulling the water in a big circle. Once they were comfortably passing the swell along, Katara stepped out of the circle and went around adjusting people’s posture and complimenting good practice. They picked it up quickly and she moved them along to more precise streaming, and then she had Iyuma demonstrate the first sixty movements.

“You’re letting yourself get distracted,” she said after pointing out the third lapse in her tense-to-loose posture transitions. 

“Yeah, well, I haven’t done this with an audience before,” Iyuma grumbled. “Sifu.”

Katara glanced around the faces of her other students, all of them watching the demonstration closely. “When I first became his student, Master Pakku mostly left me alone to practice my forms and figure out my own mistakes. But as I got more confident, he would come up and talk to me, expecting me to just carry on like he wasn’t suddenly completely derailing my focus. It was really annoying and uncomfortable, but it taught me this kind of... fluid focus. Part of your brain is doing the task of working through the form or following through on the attack or landing the jump - and meanwhile a whole different part of your brain listens to people talking around you or watches out for an enemy to come from an unexpected direction.”

“I do that!” Dakata said excitedly, then glanced around at the eyes that had suddenly turned to her and shrugged, blushing. “When... I sewed back home. Akota used to come stomping through the house looking for his fishhooks or his spare arrowheads or whatever and I would just keep sewing, but I could hear which room he was in and I could tell which baskets he was rifling through. I could tell him where to look, or ask him to do some chore and the whole time never slow down or take my eyes off what I was doing.”

Pain lanced across her face. The brightness in her eyes became sharp as shattered glass.

“I could have let him interrupt me sometimes.”

They all felt it, the needle stabbing through their hearts and drawing them all closer together on that rasping thread. Tenna was the one to lay her hand on Dakata’s back and rub soothing circles. 

“He probably found you even more beautiful when you were ignoring him,” Pawe said gently. “Men can be so contrary that way.”

“Yeah,” Pikka offered up with a sympathetic but faintly playful smile. “Boys like trying to convince you they’re the most interesting thing in the room.”

“That’s the truth,” Takima said, her voice wry but uncharacteristically gentle.

Dakata let out a wet chuckle and wiped the tears and rain from her face. “Sorry. It came on me so suddenly.”

“None of us have had much chance to grieve,” Tenna murmured. “Your heart is finally safe to take what it wants. So sometimes it will.”

“My heart can wait until after I learn how to wallop a firebender,” Dakata sniffed, and looked at Katara with her inquiring eyes as she let her pain flow on. “Is that what you mean by fluid focus, Sifu Katara?”

“Yeah... that’s it exactly.”

Iyuma resumed her demonstration and then Katara had her begin again, only this time holding each position as the group emulated her. Katara moved among them, praising them and making gentle corrections. 

At length, she realized they were being watched. For a long while, she did not look at him, seeing him only as a dark shape in the doorway from the corner of her eye. She just focused on her students and getting their postures right. But he couldn’t be ignored forever.

Yakita kept glancing up toward the entryway instead of keeping her knees bent. “Sifu Katara...the Fire Prince...”

“I know,” Katara huffed. “You’re straightening up again.”

“Why is he watching us?” she whispered.

It gave Katara just the slightest pause. Yakita was just a year or two younger than her, but there was a world of vulnerability in her eyes. Vulnerability that Katara herself had possessed before everything got so hard... 

Yakita was afraid of the Fire Prince. She’d asked about getting out of his hold earlier. To her, he was an enemy that still seemed insurmountable.

But she needed to know he was just an ordinary boy. Katara drew herself up and rolled her eyes.

“He’s probably waiting for the lesson to be over so he can get back to bugging me,” she returned with as much prim dismissiveness as she could summon. “He’s being a real nuisance, isn’t he? Just hovering like that. But he’s also giving you an opportunity to practice splitting your focus. He’s there, but he’s not gonna do anything. His job is to stomp around the house and be annoying. Your job is to learn this form and let your feelings flow away. Can you do that?”

Yakita peered at her, an uncertain smile pulling at one corner of her mouth. “I thought his job was ruling the Fire Nation or something.”

Katara shrugged as if who ruled the Fire Nation hardly mattered to her. “Maybe when he’s out there. In here, in our home, he’s just a grumpy guy who mostly just wants to follow the rules but doesn’t always know what they are.”

That smile got a little wider. “So you’re teaching him, too? Getting him right like Takima said?”

“Somebody has to, I guess,” Katara blustered, then clenched her fists at her sides. “Just keep practicing. I’ll handle it.”

She spun on her heel and marched up the steps to where Zuko stood under the awning with his arms crossed and a look of mild interest plastered on his aloof face. His eyes flicked to her and away and back again as she approached.

“What?” Katara demanded in what she was sure was a reasonably moderated tone. “You’re distracting my students. What do you want now?”

His eyes narrowed. “It’s almost time to go.”

“Already?”

“We have a ship to catch. The voyage will take half a day.”

“I thought we were gonna move house.”

“Machi is handling it. We have to go.”

Abruptly, she realized his clothing was... different. The cut of his tunic was simple with none of the usual ostentatious embroidered gold trim. Instead, he just wore layers of dark red and brown. Even his curl-toed boots were relatively plain. The hilts of his swords peaked over his shoulder.

She gestured with one hand at the ensemble. “What is this, your peasant disguise?”

He scowled. “I don’t want to draw attention. This is my humblest tunic.”

Katara scoffed at the notion that his humblest tunic was so obviously well-made that it had to have easily cost more than everything she had ever spent currency on combined. Instead of remarking on this, she arched her eyebrows and curled her lip. “What, so no palanquin today?”

“We’ll be walking. And if you don’t hurry up and get ready, we’ll be jogging. We can’t be late.”

“Luckily,” Katara said, holding out her arms, “I’m still dressed for sneaking.”

Zuko cast a brief glance over her. “You look like a criminal. Nobody dresses all in black unless they’re lurking in the night, trying to not be seen.”

“Then I’ll throw on a tunic over it. Let me just go pick out something really humble real quick.”

She nearly stomped around him and made for her rooms but then whirled around to address her students, very few of whom were still practicing their form.

“Prince Zuko and I have business in the city. Until I get back, Iyuma will lead you in practicing the first sixty movements. Keep in mind what I’ve told you today and help each other identify ways you can strengthen your form.” 

She paused, taking in their nervous, uncertain faces. The way many of their eyes flicked between her and Zuko. It might have made her anxious - on a deep level, it still did - but she recognized it for what it was. A distraction.

“What you’re doing is serious and important. Your training is your top priority right now. I know it feels... so exciting and... fun to finally learn these skills, but keep in mind that you’re learning them for a reason. When you get tired or sore or bored, remember that practice is vital to getting stronger. Remember your reason. Use it to push yourself. When you feel like you’re done, think of your reason and go through the movements one more time.”

“Five more times,” Zuko said in an undertone. When she shot him a sideways look, he shrugged, still with his arms crossed over his chest, and spoke a bit louder. “I always add five extra repetitions.”

“Five can be daunting,” Katara snipped. “We aren’t all blessed with a firebender’s freakish stamina.”

“You think I was born that way?” he scoffed. “Firebenders have stamina because we train for it. Same as anybody.” His eyes narrowed. “Except we add five. Not one.”

Katara rolled her eyes and looked back at her students. “Add whatever you want, just do it again.”

She encouraged them to all stay and practice a while and then made her excuses and marched off to her room, leaving Zuko standing by the doors. It didn’t occur to her that she had left him alone with her students until she was halfway to her suite, and that that wasn’t likely to help any of them focus on their movements. But it wasn’t like she could take him with her to her rooms, that would be- just- so weird! She just had to hurry back. 

With this running through her head, it was a bit of a shock when she rushed through her open sitting room door and found Bogara at her table, waiting patiently with a pot of tea, two cups, and her hands folded neatly in her lap - as if she had been waiting here since the dawn of time and would go on waiting forever if need be. 

When Katara arrived, Bogara looked up at her - and did not smile.


.


.

 

“Prince Zuko,” Iyuma said not two minutes after Katara had marched out of hearing range, “you said firebenders train for stamina. Apart from more repetitions, what do you do to achieve that?”

It wasn’t like Iyuma had never spoken to him before. They had exchanged words when she was healing him in the past, and it had been cordial if not entirely comfortable. But now, she seemed to be striking up a conversation with him. Which was such a... Water Tribe thing to do...

She wasn’t being impolite or anything, though. She just seemed genuinely curious. And one of her ‘minor inconveniences’ had been something about ‘engaging in friendly discussions’... So Zuko sighed and answered.

“Most firebenders focus on the katas - like your movements, only the power doesn’t come from the transition between push and pull, but the energy built up as the body moves and then released as fire. But... really, firebending comes from the breath, so there are also a lot of breathing exercises meant to increase lung capacity or control.”

In fact, Uncle Iroh had been infuriatingly committed to incorporating those exercises into Zuko’s training over the years. He’d hardly gotten the old man to teach him any advanced sets at all before Uncle was satisfied that Zuko had truly mastered breathing. And, closely related, emotional regulation. Which had been just... impossible.

“I did not see you firebend at all this morning,” one of the older women ventured - the taller one. She had clever eyes and her hair was cropped much shorter than the other women’s. She didn’t stop her practice of the form, but she raised her eyebrows at him minutely. “You must have worked very hard to achieve such a level of skill with those swords as well. I’ve never known a bender who also bothered to learn to handle weapons. Do you prefer them?”

Zuko wasn’t sure he wanted to talk about this. It cut dangerously close to an insecurity he had no intention of sharing with these people. But, the healers before him were all so diligently working on their forms and it was a simple enough question...

“Sometimes. It depends on the situation.”

“I can’t really imagine,” one of the younger women said, her voice sharp, “a situation in which swords could be more effective than fire. Fire beats swords, pretty much every time.”

A brittle silence hung in the air that reminded Zuko acutely of the broken, blackened ice walls of the Northern citadel, the captive waterbenders he had watched through his spyglass as they worked to rebuild. And he remembered Chief Hakoda leaping through the flames onto the throne, his whale-tooth sword slashing just a hair shy of Zuko’s throat.

“Fire isn’t always a better tool though,” he said thoughtfully. “Steel can be versatile in ways fire can’t. And it’s static, doesn’t have any fight of its own. It doesn’t matter what the swordsman is feeling - a sword doesn’t get sharper or become a bunch more swords that spread around chopping up random stuff that happens to be in the way.”

“I think I’d rather win and devastate my enemy than practice any more restraint.”

“It’s a lucky thing you’re a waterbender, then.”

She stopped practicing and snapped her fierce eyes up to him. “Because water’s so inherently weak and inferior, you mean. And you might as well just fight it with a sword!

“No,” Zuko sneered back. “Because water’s inherently versatile. It can devastate your enemies and then build walls and restraints to hold them. If your water cuts too deep or hits too hard, it can heal those wounds, too. A waterbender without restraint is dangerous, but a firebender without restraint is a liability on a good day and a monster on a bad one.”

She watched him through narrowed eyes, then seemed to break past some internal point and curled her lip. “What does a firebender with restraint look like? I’m having trouble imagining, since all I’ve met in this country are monsters.”

Zuko glared back at her, but only for a few seconds. In the sudden silence, he became aware that several of the waterbenders had stopped practicing and were watching him with anxious flashes of their eyes. He drew a deep breath and rolled his eyes and struggled to think up a properly diplomatic and cutting way to tell her she was full of rhino dung while also being sensitive to what had probably been a very hard ordeal. She very well could have met only monsters, and that troubled him enough to derail the offense he knew he should be taking at her attitude, much less her open insult.

He wasn’t looking, so he didn’t see the way her combative posture eased minutely as the seconds stretched long. Everyone’s tension eased back from its edge while Zuko stewed and thought ferocious thoughts.

“Takima,” the other older woman stepped in, her tone firm and her eyes flicking once, then twice to the Fire Prince, but mostly staying on the younger woman. “stop instigating. Prince Zuko clearly possesses a great deal of restraint.”

“And weren’t you telling me earlier,” Iyuma cut in with snide tranquility, resuming her form a little stiffly, “about your friend Sho?

“Tch! Sho’s a woman. That almost makes up for being a firebender.” She jerked her chin toward Zuko, who glowered back even though she wasn’t looking at him. “And so what if I’m instigating, Tenna? You ought to be grateful I’m bold enough to stress-test the hull before we all go piling aboard and wind up sunk.”

“We’re already aboard, frost-for-brains,” a thick-limbed young woman muttered. “Stop rocking the boat.”

“Yeah, yeah...”

Takima went back to her practice but the woman who had called her out, Tenna, fixed Zuko with a nervous sort of smile. 

“So sorry - I think we’re all a little raw this morning.”

“Not at all,” Zuko said with an upward tick of his chin as if to imply he was above such conflicts. Now. After his own raw episode this morning. He apparently wasn’t the only one thinking along those lines.

“Yeah, Prince Zuko, about that fight earlier,” Iyuma said as she guided her water through a slow whip and then repeated the move with speed. “I’ve seen you and Katara spar before and kind of really fight before and it was pretty clear you held back then. Today you looked like you were out for blood. If you’d won, what would have happened?”

“You saw it. I thought I had won,” Zuko grumbled, “before she threw that cheap shot.”

“So you just wanted to talk to her? Does she always make you work that hard to communicate? I mean,” she paused her movements and fixed him with a mild shrug that still came off to Zuko as extremely suspect, “I’ve only really known her while she’s recovering from a major injury. As her healer, is this the energy level I should expect?”

Zuko hesitated only a second before answering honestly. “She’s getting stronger, but she’s still not over it. At her best, she could have taken me out a half-dozen times this morning, but she missed her shots until she got that surprise attack in.”

“Like when? When else could she have taken you out?”

It was the youngest of them - a little girl, really. She peered at him with wide-eyed curiosity - but then quickly dropped her eyes. Her cheeks got a little pink. The older girl next to her, probably a big sister, kept casting Zuko nervous looks.

“When she surfed around the fountain and brought that wave down on me, for one.” Zuko rolled his eyes upward both to recall the moment and to release the pressure of his gaze. He didn’t like the feeling he got when the little one had wilted like that. “I was slow getting out of the way, but she’s still rebuilding her speed...”


.


.

 

No one but Toph could have noticed the figure as it materialized out of the steady rain that poured beyond the cave’s mouth. She stood out of the range of the firelight and, thinking she would not be seen, hesitated. Rested. She could not even clearly see the people inside - or that what appeared to be the back wall of the cave was actually a giant furred beast. 

She had walked all through the night in the rain, and her journey before that had been so long. She was weary and drenched in despair as well as water. It would be nice to sit by a fire in a shelter, even if such a comfort came with terrible risks. 

“Come on in,” called a girl’s piping voice. “Don’t be shy.”

The herbalist was too tired to be shy, and so let herself be reassured by the child’s voice. She drew a breath and stepped out of the rain. A girl, a boy, an old man, and a young man sat around the fire, all of them watching her. Or - she realized as the girl who had spoken grinned and the light caught her milky eyes - at least attentive to her.

“Lemme pull you up a rock.”

She slid one foot across the cave floor and a short pillar punched up between the young man and the boy... the boy with blue arrow tattoos and an open, smiling face.

“Greetings, fellow traveler,” he said. “I’m Aang.”

It did not fully break upon her for a moment, though it should have - a clear mark of the deep exhaustion weighing her down. She had certainly heard the stories circulating among other travelers on the road. The Avatar and his allies had broken free from the palace. They had aided the prince of the Southern Water Tribe in his unheard-of escape from the Boiling Rock. She had even put together that the Captain and his men who had come to her home some two weeks ago were none other than the Chieftain and his rescue party...

...but it was an enormous stretch of the imagination to think that she would meet the Avatar. 

“Kuo,” she said, her voice hoarse from disuse, as she made for the stone seat. The young man stood and offered her a hand so she did not entirely fall onto it. The hand she grasped was strong and warm with a swordsman’s calluses.

“Pretty nasty morning for a walk!”

His eyes were the pale blue of shadows cast down the flanks of glaciers and, looking briefly into them, she could not help thinking he looked familiar, this young man with his easy smile and awkward haircut. But the thought was interrupted by the incredible relief of sitting, and by the boy, who pulled the water from her clothes with a few graceful passes of his hands. The fire’s warmth baked through her suddenly dry clothing and had her leaning forward, raising her shaking hands. 

An earthbender and a waterbender. How very odd.

“I’m Sokka,” the young man said genially, “Aang you know, that’s Toph, and-”

“What kind of introduction is that, Snoozles? Where’s the hype? The pageantry? ‘That’s Toph’? Up your game!”

This was the moment when the herbalist realized the names of the people around her were matching up with names she had heard. She stared at the young man as he rolled his eyes and made some sarcastic reply, then plopped back down on his own rock. Suddenly, she could see it. Those arctic sea eyes, just like his father’s, and a similar jaw emerging from the softness of youth.

And that awkward haircut...

Prince Sokka,” she said very faintly. Reverently. As the humble ought speak to royalty.

“That’s seven for you, Sokka!” The boy held up his fingers, delighted.

“He’s just patronizing you because you don’t pose any real threat to his lead, Snoozles,” the girl chortled. “He’s sitting pretty at twenty-nine now.”

“Yeah, yeah, I get it. I’m only kinda famous, Aang’s real famous.” The young man just blew his awkwardly-shorn hair off his nose and looked back at the herbalist with a droll mimicry of a haughty expression. He sat up very straight. “The Water Tribe will never accept Fire Nation sovereignty. Tell all your friends.”

The herbalist peered between them, staring now at the Avatar, who smiled back at her, a little mischief in his eyes. But before he could make whatever joke he clearly had queued up, the old man spoke for the first time.

“Would you like some soup?” 

That voice. She would know it anywhere, no matter the span of years. The sound of it now filled her with torrential horror and shame.

Her eyes snapped up to stare at him across the fire, where he was presently fishing a ladle out of a small pot. He had gotten fatter and much grayer, and the years weighed deep in the lines of his face, but he still had the pleasant warmth about him that had endured for all the years of their acquaintance.

Until she had murdered his father and stolen his birthright and skulked off like a thief in the night.

She needed to run now. She needed to not be seen, to crawl back under her rock and disappear. But she could only stare as, slowly, Prince Iroh looked back across the fire at her. 

And saw the startled recognition on her face.

And mirrored it.

“Ursa.”


.


.


“Bogara! Hi!” Katara stood awkwardly just past the doorway, shooting glances at her bedroom door.

“Princess Katara,” Bogara said in her reserved way. Her mood was not easy to read at the best of times, but now there seemed to be a hidden tension that Katara had not seen in her before. “I am so glad to have caught you. I thought we might confer on the current situation and strategize for the coming days.”

“I actually have somewhere I need to be...”

“It won’t take long. Close the door, if you would, please.”

The words were polite, reassuring, but the tone in which they were spoken made the command clear.

Sit down. We’re having this talk.

Katara shut the door and sat. Despite her assertion to Iyuma that Bogara wasn’t her Gran-gran and had no power over her, it was much harder to argue that when faced with the woman herself and all the authority she managed to pack into her firm, upright posture and direct, unsmiling stare.

Bogara swiftly raised the pot and poured the tea. She spoke at a rapid clip.

“It has become clear to me that we, the free Water Tribe as it exists within the Fire Nation, require structure. Without it, we risk being defined and directed by our host and his majordomo into their ways and practices rather than our own - and regardless of how accommodating they suggest they are willing to be, I have no stomach for being penned in another such bind...”

The words resonated with Katara’s own thoughts on her new freedom - and yet they also unnerved her. Because she didn’t want to be penned into anyone’s traditions, including and perhaps especially the Northern Water Tribe. 

Bogara poured the tea with a precision that was almost too cautious, then set down the pot delicately and folded her hands in her lap, still speaking the entire time. 

“I had not... intended... to take on a leadership role, but we must all step up as we are able and it is true my past experience is the closest any of us can claim that might suit our current need, so it seems inevitable that this duty must fall to me. Therefore-” She tipped down her chin as if to peer over a pair of spectacles that were not there. “Princess, do you have objections to my becoming your... deputy, of sorts?”

“Oh, no!” Katara said, shaking her head and smiling a nervous little smile, “I’m actually really glad to have help-”

“Excellent,” Bogara pounced, and from beneath the table she withdrew a crisp little notepad and a charcoal stick. She flipped open the pad to a particular page where many tidy notes had already been scratched. “Now, there are several issues in need of your attention. First and foremost: that was quite an argument this morning. Is your alliance with the prince always so explosive?”

Katara fought the urge to grab her elbow and stammer. Instead, she sat up straight and settled her hands carefully in her lap as well, just like Gran-gran had taught her for guarded conversations. 

“Well-! No! Not always. It’s kind of...” She struggled for the right words. “We had some things to work through. It should be... calmer... after today.”

Bogara gave a short, businesslike nod. “It was a big secret to keep from him. All things considered, he seemed to take the discovery rather well.”

Katara snorted, thinking she was making a joke, but Bogara only peered at her and raised one eyebrow. Katara’s smile dropped. “I guess...”

“I had not realized he was so young. When you spoke of him yesterday, I had an impression he was at least... a grown man, established enough to pose a substantial threat to his father. But he’s hardly any older than you. Just a teenager. A boy, really.”

This was very nearly the impression of Zuko Katara had been thinking would be good for her people to have... And yet, hearing it aloud, she found she was a little offended. She tried not to let it come through in her voice. 

“Zuko does pose a substantial threat to the Fire Lord. We all have to play our part, like you said. Just because we’re young doesn’t mean we can’t do what has to be done.”

“On the contrary. Your youth, your newness to our world... it is a great advantage.” 

She settled her hands on the table on either side of her teacup and was silent for a long moment. Katara watched her rigid posture, unsure of what she was seeing.

“Penguins do not fly,” Bogara said abruptly. 

Katara blinked, confused by the shift in topic and the lines deepening on the older woman’s face.

“Their wings are weak and narrow - not even strong enough to glide. So they swim instead, and are quite graceful and quick in the water, and they do not envy the gulls that soar the skies because they have their own world beneath the waves.”

Bogara raised her hands and drew the tea from her cup up into a shuddering, shimmying sphere. It dripped, not quite holding its shape.

“That is what my father told me fifty years ago, when I was a little girl who wanted to become a waterbender.”

All of a sudden, Katara recognized the anger, the sorrow, the bitterness in Bogara’s face and posture. It was so carefully integrated into her stately presence that it did not stand out at all. Bogara began to adjust her hands and pull shapes from the amber sphere - petals, Katara realized. She was making an ice flower, as Katara had demonstrated just yesterday.

“I resigned myself to being a penguin,” she enunciated, “for fifty years. And make no mistake, I have done great things for my tribe. I have saved many lives - hundreds - and eased much suffering. I stood as a leader and did everything a penguin could and should do. I won respect, accolades. I was on my way to veneration...”

Her flower was misshapen, half ice and half water. Half too rigid, half too loose. At her next words, hairline cracks formed in the petals, a webbing of fragile veins.

“...and then the Fire Nation attacked.”

The look on her face did not change exactly. But it was as if, instead of staring down at the delicate craft between her hands, she was seeing a vast and raging inferno.

“And everything I thought I was would eventually be stripped from me - my dignity, my respectability, my poise and self-possession, my very humanity...” She blinked as if to clear smoke from her eyes. “But before any of that could happen, the waterbenders and the warriors made their daring escape. And they left us there, with an angry army in search of someone to punish.”

Her flower shuddered, turned too fluid and lost some definition, then over-corrected into a jagged, almost unrecognizable thing. 

“We were their Yin, and they were our Yang, and together we were strong and whole. That is another story my father told me. I have thought much about my father since coming to the Fire Nation, where women firebend and serve in their guard. I have been observing this strange, fierce land and thinking... perhaps the Yang that would make me whole was always only in myself. Thinking, all this time, I could have been a cormorant. And now, here you are, a teacher seemingly plucked from fantasy to offer me my chance to fly-”

Her little shape of tea shattered and blotted the table’s surface. She dropped her hands to her lap. 

“-and I fear it is too late. I am a penguin. Because that is what I was told until I believed it, and that is what I have believed all my life, and such beliefs do not simply... flow away, as the waterbenders say.”

Katara wanted to deny it, wanted to stop her or comfort her, but Bogara fixed her steady gaze on her and went on, her words unrelenting as a current.

“You and the Fire Prince, you are both challenging the way of things in the worlds you come from... in part because you have not been forced to accept it for fifty years. I... believe you about him. His words this morning were a young man’s words. Hopeful and idealistic. And such high hopes inspire me and terrify me in equal measure, because I have seen mighty ice walls tumble, and I have seen idealists die.”

Her eyes on Katara were a steady, insistent weight.

“Only the young possess the hope and will to do this, I think, and it is such a cruel thing that it falls to you. But I won’t allow you to go alone, either, Katara.” Her face was taut with conviction. “Prince Zuko can have his concerns and he can blow all the smoke he likes, but you said he was indecisive in the past. Perhaps his concern will wax and wane. Be assured that ours will not. You are ours as much as we are yours.”

Katara became aware that her eyes were welling up with the intensity of hearing these words. All her persistent fears that the Northern women would judge and reject her, that they would exclude her the way the boys in the resistance base had or instill doubt in her the way her own family had... Those fears had gnawed at her for so long from a shadowed corner of her mind. An insecure part of her had been certain when Loska confronted her in the spring that that was how it would be with all the healers, that Iyuma was an outlier. 

But now, here was this stern almost-elder asserting the tribe’s claim on her. Not just accepting her, but insisting on their support. As much as it had heartened her to feel the perfect parka of their appreciation yesterday, it was nothing next to this. This was the ice flow rising up sturdy under her feet or the igloo building itself around her, cocooning her from the cutting wind. 

Katara blinked back her sudden tears. 

“Now, as such,” Bogara continued at her brisk speed, evidently untroubled by sentiment, “it is not proper for a young woman, much less a princess, to be in a strange land without the support of her kin. Several among our number have offered to stand for you - Ulka, Pawe, and myself included. You are now in possession of a handful of aunties. Do not hesitate to come to us for support, and be advised that such support will come looking for you if you do not.”

“I- thank you,” Katara managed. She was thinking of Pawe earlier, when she had informed her she had done the right thing in her confrontation with Zuko. She was thinking of Ulka yesterday, peering at her with a mother’s warm, proud eyes. A couple more tears dropped down Katara’s cheeks and she glanced down at her hands in her lap. “I didn’t expect this.”

“You thought we would be content to let you go to war for us with just that volatile young man at your side? No. Such a thing would be unconscionable. We are not all suited for combat, but we all possess skills to contribute. I, for instance, may never be a waterbender, but I can herd a flock of penguins.” Her mouth was down-turned, yet her eyes were mild, almost amused. “I will get you more students, and I will keep order and attend to the needs of our people.”

“It might actually help,” Katara said, thinking back to what Iyuma had said, “if you attend lessons and try to learn anyway. To show others that it’s worth their time.”

Bogara watched her flatly. “That is not my preferred approach, but I will take it under consideration.”

“Great!” Katara said, not grasping the rejection. “You know, the trick to making those flowers is to work them in slush - in between solid and liquid. You’re really close!”

“Thank you,” Bogara said with a dry blink and then peered down at her notepad. “I shall keep that in mind going forward. At present, we must address the obvious nature of the Fire Prince’s regard for you.”

Notes:

Thanks for reading! Next chapter coming Sunday

Chapter 42

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

“Ursa.”

She had not been called by her name in almost ten years. Had she known Prince Iroh would say it, she would have expected it to be a growl, a curse. But it was only her name, sudden and surprising as this encounter.

And as she watched him, his surprise faded and was replaced with good humor and faint bewilderment. His eyes crinkled slightly - almost just the same as they had when he had greeted her and the children as they passed in the grand halls of the palace.

“She said her name was Kuo, Gramps.”

The Water Prince peered between them. “You know each other?”

Iroh blinked at the children and then back at Ursa, squinting now. “The light is not so good. Perhaps I was mistaken...”

He was not, and he knew he was not. He would simply allow her to slither away?

“No,” Ursa said, rubbing her stinging fingers together. “We knew each other... a long time ago.”

“Another life, really,” Iroh agreed with a shrug. 

A life I stole from you.

The girl narrowed her eyes. “Did you, like, date or something? Because you’re both giving off crazy vibes.”

“Au-!” Ursa was entirely shocked and taken aback by the mere suggestion. Iroh just laughed, his cheeks a little pink.

“No! We were just friends.”

Friends. How could he call her that, after what she had done? How could he seem so... whole? Still smiling in amusement, he bowed his head to his task, filling a bowl. Ursa could only watch him, too stunned for clear thought.

“Wow,” said the Avatar, a grin spreading across his face. “What an incredible coincidence, to meet an old friend in the middle of nowhere after years out of touch. That’s a sign if ever I saw one! Yup, we are definitely meant to be here.”

“Aang,” the prince sighed with an air of long and dutiful suffering. His good posture had evidently been forgotten. “Would you stop trying to make this an Avatar thing? We cannot stay here...”

A bickering argument ensued, but Ursa turned her head to look at Iroh as he approached with the steaming bowl. She accepted it, not quite able to believe that this man who had once been the crown prince was serving her a meal... but it should not have been such a surprise. Princes always found ways to subvert the rules that were supposed to apply to them, and Iroh had always been on the informal side. 

From the look of things, he had veered very, very far in that direction.

Ursa quickly burned her fingers and had to settle the hot ceramic in her lap but kept staring up at him, trying to give voice to the questions she needed to ask. 

Iroh only peered down at her, a little sad and wistful, a little sympathetic. His voice was pitched low enough to catch only her ear. “I must admit, I am very surprised to see you at all, much less here in the Fire Nation. It is a terrible risk for you. Anyone might recognize you.”

“You are the first in all these years,” Ursa whispered back.

“Only because you recognized me! They joke about it, but it almost hurts my feelings. I used to be a big deal around here! Now I’m just the old man stirring the Avatar’s soup.” He chuckled, seemingly genuinely amused.

Ursa’s face broke into a long-forgotten smile. Tears threatened. 

What if... he did not know exactly what had happened? What if he was only being kind to her because he had no idea that she had been the one to poison Azulon’s mind and then snuff out his life?

She should tell him. She should admit what she had done to him. 

“It’s so good to see you, Iroh,” she choked out instead.

Because it was. There had been a time when this man had been a brother to her. Older and preoccupied with his own important business, but he had taken time to visit with her young family. His son had played with hers - as much as he could considering the wide gap in their ages. He had written to them during his campaigns, had sent birthday gifts for the children. He had been beloved, a warm face in a chilly court that thought of Ursa as little more than an elevated peasant. A mere descendant of Avatar Roku. 

Breeding stock.

She had come to think, as the years passed, that her wounds had healed. But now, suddenly, looking into the kind eyes of the kind man she had betrayed, with the cruel words of the cruel man who had convinced her to do it echoing still in her mind, Ursa realized that time was at best an inconsistent barrier against pain. Ten years was not so long at all when the memories that endured remained sharp enough to bleed her.

Iroh settled his warm hand on her shoulder and smiled. Ursa unthinkingly laid her own hand over his and gripped tight.

“What’s a few more days,” the girl was saying. “How long could it possibly take for Fanboy to get his act together and figure out a way to set her free?”

A sudden silence fell. The hand on her shoulder twitched minutely. Iroh’s smile vanished and he turned his keen eyes back on the others.

Whoever this person was, the very mention of his name had blown a chill through the companionable atmosphere around the fire. Reflexively, Ursa shivered.


.


.


“We must address the obvious nature of the Fire Prince’s regard for you.”

Katara froze, all her happy feelings fizzling away, but managed to lift her eyebrows. “Oh?”

“Indeed.” Bogara folded her hands back together in her lap and somehow attained an even greater height of severity. 

Katara could feel the walls of tradition closing in around her. She could feel the pressure of Bogara’s authority, weighing her down. But Katara would not be held down. Not by tradition. Not by her own shame. Not by her respect or gratitude for this almost-elder’s support. Not even by her nagging fear that that support might be withdrawn. Katara sat up straighter and frowned, even though her face was too warm.

“His regard is not my problem. I won’t be controlled and chaperoned and monitored like a child. I’m a warrior. I need to be able to meet with my ally privately. Regardless of- of whatever he’s... My word that nothing is going on should be enough.”

“Agreed,” Bogara said with a placid blink. “To insist otherwise would place an undue burden on you. What is proper for a warrior-princess is open to be defined, as we have never had one before. I sent Iyuma today merely to reassure myself that your discussion remained peaceful.”

“Oh,” Katara said, relaxing her posture a little. “So then... what are we talking about?”

“The Fire Prince is clearly deeply invested in you - far more than one would expect of a mere ally. I am willing to take your word for it that he did not exploit your servitude, but I am not so naive as to believe there has been nothing between you.”

Katara pinched her lips together and stared at the wall over Bogara’s shoulder. Her face was getting hotter. The obvious nature of his regard, she had said. Of course it was obvious... he’d been shouting about her safety like the worst kind of mother arctic hen... And she’d been shouting back... 

She couldn’t and didn’t want to lie and try to conceal the choices she had made, but she also didn’t want to have to try to explain them, especially to this particularly stern woman. She had hoped she might linger a while longer in the wide, unspeaking space between deception and forthcoming.

And, to her shock, Bogara allowed it.

“However this situation came about,” she went on carefully, “he clearly values the bond you have forged... so much so that you were able to convince him, the crown prince of the Fire Nation, to apologize to us.”

“Honestly,” Katara shrugged, nervous sweat sticking her shirt to her spine, “he pretty clearly had that one ready to go.”

“What is clear is that he cares for you a great deal. This is to our benefit.”

Katara blinked questioningly at the woman across from her.

“You voiced concerns that he might be inconstant,” Bogara said with an arched eyebrow. “He would not be the first young leader to demonstrate and cement his commitment to his cause with a political marriage.”

She could have slapped an angry pricklesnake down on the table and not shocked Katara more. She sputtered and blushed hotly, floundering for a moment before she could get a grip again.

“I-! Wha-?! I am not marr-! How can you even say that?”

“It is a simple matter of practicality. I would be remiss if I did not at least float the possibility.” Bogara watched her steadily, evidently having ice water for blood. “Sometimes, for the wellbeing of her people, a princess must make sacrifices-”

“You can forget it,” Katara snapped. “I’m a warrior first. I won’t be traded off to the guy I was enslaved to - who I kind of hate - just to secure an alliance that’s secure enough as it is. Zuko doesn’t need to be bought. He isn’t going anywhere.”

Bogara’s eyes narrowed. “That statement is in conflict with your remarks yesterday. What about his previously shifting allegiances? An enemy who becomes an ally could easily become an enemy again.”

“That was before we talked,” Katara insisted, slowly so as not to stammer. She was thinking suddenly of the Fire Lord’s cold stare, of Zuko’s deep-rooted fear. 

...one wrong step and it’s over... 

...taught me the price of disrespect...

“There’s no going back. Not this time. And he knows it.” She shook her head and banished the weird little grieving pang from her chest. Panic flared up right after it. 

Oh no, it cried. Oh no no no - don’t let this happen! Don’t let yourself be fooled again!

But it was too late. There was too much at stake. And she refused to compromise who she was, who she needed to be, just because fear was clanging its warnings. Katara shut her eyes and heaved a deep, troubled breath, but she still went on.

“In the past, he was unreliable because he was conflicted. I took a leap of faith putting my trust in him before and he... disappointed me... because his loyalty still belonged to his father. But that’s no longer true. He’s still... working stuff out, I guess, but he doesn’t believe the Fire Lord can be reasoned with anymore. He knows there’s no chance of mercy or forgiveness. He’s already committed.” 

As she said it, she realized it was true. She hated it, she didn’t want to step out on the ice like that, but she knew it in her heart. Things had changed. Zuko had changed. Maybe not reliably in every way, but in this way, in his politics and purpose, Katara found herself confident. 

“We’ve agreed on a real plan of action. Real things that I will help him do that will set back the Fire Nation’s efforts to win the war. And we’ve agreed that he will help me free the rest of the healers.”

Bogara watched her the whole time she spoke with keen interest. “A strong defense. I’m glad to hear it. Conflict in a partnership should lead to tighter bonds as new understandings are reached. Just remember that we are all depending on this particular partnership to last. A marriage would have formally solidified it, but we are not without other means.”

Her eyes dropped pensively to Katara’s untouched teacup as she went on.

“We must all do what we can to be a steadying influence on that young man, on whom so many hopes are riding. That may mean different things for you than for the rest of us, but multiple approaches are ultimately more effective in any case.”

Katara nodded slowly, though she wasn’t entirely sure she understood. “I mean,” she smiled a little nervously, “probably nobody else is gonna want to knock sense into him when it’s necessary.”

Bogara performed a slow blink, sizing Katara up anew. “Likely not.” 

Very uncomfortable and suddenly terribly aware of the time, Katara glanced at her bedroom door. “I really do need to-”

“Yes, go ahead. I’ll continue through the list while you ready yourself for... what, exactly?”


.


.


Ursa had a sick, choked feeling she had once been very familiar with - the feeling that a delicate subject had just been broached and an ugly fight was immanent. Her heart ratcheted into her throat, because for all the years that had passed, her body had never forgotten that feeling. Perhaps it never would.

“Assuming he’s ever going to set her free at all,” the Avatar muttered. His tone had gone dark. The playfulness had evaporated and left only grim animosity.

“No offense, Toph, but we’re one-hundred percent gonna get captured if we resign ourselves to waiting around for-” The prince’s eyes flicked toward Ursa, but he hardly paused. “-Fanboy to find the perfect opportunity to do the right thing.”

“Am I the only one who realizes he’s responsible for any of us going free?” The girl leaned forward in her chair, one hand braced on her knee and the other jabbing through the air to point at both boys. “If he hadn’t dropped by with his little gift, I’d still be in fancy-girl jail, you’d still be shriveling up in prison, and you’d still be dangling in that bunker like the saddest festival decoration.”

“And if it wasn’t for him,” the Avatar insisted, “we’d have never been in those situations in the first place.”

“That’s not the point. When he brought me the clock and told me Gramps was about to be sentenced, I could feel his heartbeat-”

“So what?” The Avatar threw up his arms. “Sometimes hearts just beat faster! Maybe he was nervous about seeing his uncle! Maybe his noodles were too salty! Have you considered that?”

“No,” the eathbender said loudly, “because I don’t waste my time being wrong. Look, if it was as simple as ‘his heart sped up’, that’d be one thing. But it didn’t. He put his hand on the clock because he wanted me to know. He talked about his uncle and where you both were. And his heart was banging. Whatever he was feeling, it was intense.” Her voice got suddenly softer. “Plus, he brought Splatto with him so we could say goodbye.”

“Yeah,” the prince said sarcastically, “and how did my sister seem to you? Cheerful? Hunky-dory with pal-uh- with her whole deal?”

Toph’s mouth tightened but her eyes just looked sad. 

“I don’t care about his feelings,” he continued, low and steady, “or anything he did to help us. As far as I’m concerned, how he treats Katara is the only thing that matters right now.”

“Exactly,” the Avatar asserted. “He’s keeping her as a slave. No matter what other good deeds he might do and no matter what justifications you want to throw at it, there’s no balancing out keeping someone trapped like that.” He shook his head as if coming to a stark and terrible realization. “Even if he does free her, I don’t think I could ever forgive him.”

Ursa stiffened even more as Iroh spoke quietly. They all turned their attention to him, perhaps a little shame-faced. His hand, still resting on Ursa’s shoulder, was a bracing weight.

“None of your points of view are wrong in this. The situation is very complicated. After the Eastern Air Temple, I was certain that my nephew had committed himself to a dark path-”

Ursa’s stomach dropped violently. She was forced to acknowledge all at once who Fanboy was, and who Sokka’s enslaved sister was. Her mind flooded with weeks’ worth of rumors and horrible stories, nightmarish mutations of the sweet boy she had sacrificed so much to save, grown now to a man...

...so like his father...

“-and, while his actions ultimately facilitated our escape, I am not convinced that that signifies any deeper change of heart... but I will tell you that I witnessed him try to send Katara away with her family during the confrontation. I did not stay to the end, so however she came to remain behind, I do not know, but it was not because he held her there.”

Prince Sokka heaved a sigh and crossed his arms, gesturing with one hand. “But he didn’t free her in front of any Fire Nation witnesses, right? See, this is the exact problem we ran into on the ship. He wants her to go but can’t publicly release her without losing face, she won’t go until honor is openly satisfied... They could be stuck in this battle of wills and technicalities forever. We cannot wait-”

“You mean,” Ursa found herself saying in a cracking voice, “Zuko has not truly been holding that girl against her will?”

They all stared at her, perhaps thinking she was some manically invested follower of the royal family, but she could not find it in herself to care. She only watched the Water Prince, her heart in her throat. He glanced up at Iroh as if for some signal, then squinted at her and spoke with shrugging caution. 

“I mean, he did at the start, when we were just prisoners... but that got complicated pretty quick, if I’m being totally honest. He tried to release her from the oath almost immediately.”

“It was Azula who forced the bond of service,” Iroh said quietly, gently.

Ursa pressed her fingertips to her mouth and breathed deeply, slowly, as relief and guilt pounded through her. It was awful, shameful really, that she should be less horrified that her daughter had done such a thing. But Azula had always been ruthless, even as a child. Zuko... For him to be so cruel, the boy she had known would have had to be so very destroyed, so very terribly lost.

And now, suddenly, after weeks of thinking he was, a light shone through the despair and horror. A few tears tracked down her cheeks.

Perhaps he was not.

“Alright, what gives?” the girl demanded. “All my adults-keeping-secrets alarms are going off like crazy.”

“Yeah,” the prince said quietly, watching Ursa now with steady suspicion, broken only by occasional glances up at Iroh still standing beside her. “You know Zuko, don’t you?”

Ursa sniffed and stared down into the bowl in her lap, the soup going cold as her tears pattered into it. 

“You do not have to reveal anything unless you wish to do so,” Iroh said quietly after a moment.

She nodded with some urgency, not trusting her voice yet.

They waited, sharing glances as she calmed herself. Iroh’s hand on her shoulder was an unmoving comfort - and she was ashamed to accept so undeserved a gift but was helpless to refuse it.

At length she straightened and took in their curious, searching faces.

“I believe Avatar Aang said something about chance meetings,” Ursa managed at last. “Perhaps, as you say, it was meant to be this way. I avoid strangers on the road as much as I’m able. But this morning? With the rain? Your fire shining in the mouth of the cave like a beacon... Who am I to deny destiny?”

She licked her lips and said words that she had condemned to remain unspoken a decade ago.

“Zuko and Azula are my children.”

“No way,” Toph uttered, her face falling open in shock.

The Avatar gaped at her, his jaw momentarily dropping low.

But Prince Sokka tipped his head back and peered at her through narrowed eyes. “I’m not seeing it. Could you, like, scowl or glower real quick?”

“I believe what Sokka means,” Iroh said in his diplomatic way, “is that your countenance is both temperate and comely.”

“Nonsense. Time has not been kind.” Ursa turned her eyes upward and shot the old flatterer a mild look of exasperation. 

“Ah!” Sokka said. “Okay, yeah - there’s some resemblance. But this only begs the question...” He threw out his arms wide to either side. “Why are you in the middle of nowhere and not in Caldera, giving your son the motherly guidance and tough-yet-tender correction he is so clearly in need of?”

“Yeah,” Toph smirked. “Fanboy’s kind of a mess. He needs all the help he can get.”

“For my role in the succession,” Ursa said carefully, “I was banished ten years ago.”

She glanced again at Iroh, but his expression was unchanged, unsurprised. That didn’t necessarily mean he knew... His hand remained on her shoulder, a steady support. Surely, if he knew, it would not be there.

“And you’ve just been wandering the Fire Nation for ten years?” Sokka asked with some skepticism. “Isn’t the point of being banished that you aren’t supposed to be in the place you were banished from?”

“I lived simply in the Earth Kingdom for almost six years... until I heard about the Agni Kai.”

“What’s an Agni Kai?” Aang asked, trepidation writ large on his face. Ursa felt a pang of guilt. Her own turbulent emotions were clearly showing if they were effecting the young Avatar.

Iroh answered. “A firebender’s duel.”

“Sweet,” Toph muttered. But Iroh went on as if he had not heard her.

“Lady Ursa is referring to Prince Zuko’s Agni Kai against the Fire Lord.”

“Say what now?”

“Zuko dueled his father?” Sokka blurted. “That’s intense, even for him.”

“It is not what you are thinking,” Iroh said, his voice quiet and grim. 

Iroh made his way back around the fire to his own rock seat and began to relate the story. Without the warmth of his reassuring presence behind her, Ursa felt a terrible chill. Or perhaps she was only remembering when she had first heard this story, the way it had cast her life into shades of gray and stripped away any peace she might have found in exile.

Iroh told it differently than the traders Ursa had gotten it from those years ago. They had had no reason to know or care that Zuko at the start had been so achingly recognizable; he had insisted on attending the war meeting to better prepare himself, and Ursa could see in her mind his dear little face, lit up with his bright determination, enthusiasm, excitement. In Iroh’s story, Zuko had not challenged his father, but a general who had made a callous proposal. He had refused to fight not out of cowardice, but loyalty and a child’s reasonable fear.

And Ozai had burned him while he knelt, pleading for forgiveness. He had burned her child’s dear, sweet face. He had-!

Inside Ursa, there was a bottled storm. She had fed it and confined it by turns for years now. She had whispered How could he? and watched it rage. Its winds, even so restrained, had blown her across an ocean. She had reinforced the glass containing it with her doubts and uncertainties and guilt and failure and shame and fear fear fear. 

Iroh’s version of the story - the true events he had witnessed - thinned that glass to an eggshell. And beneath that delicate membrane, the storm cracked vicious lightning, howled a steadily building certainty.

The time for hiding had come to an end.


.


.


“And then there was a moment near the end where she was launching those ice chunks,” Zuko went on, starting to wonder irately if Katara was ever coming back. “If she’d had a little more power then, I wouldn’t have been able to bat them off course so easily.”

“I’ve never seen a waterbender do that before,” Tenna said. She was practicing near the kids and had enough resemblance to them that they might have been related. “Throwing ice chunks, I mean. Ice blades, I’ve seen, or daggers or spears, but...” She shrugged and trailed off.

Zuko nodded. “Princess Katara is incredibly innovative. There was no one at the South Pole to teach her, and as unfair and hard as that was for her, it’s made her a bender who can think outside of technique and tradition. That move where she froze my pants? I’ve never seen that before. She always seems to have a new trick-”

“She froze your what?” Iyuma asked, that irritating grin spreading across her face again.

Zuko blinked. They were all staring at him suddenly, eyes wide and bright. His face started to warm. He scowled. “Why do you think that surprise attack was such a surprise?”

“I thought it was just fast and came from an unexpected angle. I didn’t realize she’d iced your intimates,” Iyuma snickered.

Zuko’s face and ears and neck were scorching and his scowl kept getting impossibly deeper. But the tall woman spoke before he could gather his wits and command that his intimates never be mentioned again.

“Ladies, I believe we’ve discovered why the waterbending masters have so jealously guarded their secrets.”

“Imagine Pakku’s face,” hooted Tenna quietly. Her own face was very red as well.

“Never gonna happen. You’d have to catch him with wet pants - and I don’t think his has ever gotten wet.”

“Takima!” 

Zuko looked on, blushing for entirely different reasons now as he watched the women giggle and cackle and chastise each other. It occurred to him that he should blow up, be outraged and offended and probably storm off to nurse his wounded dignity... but they weren't even looking at him, and while a part of him chafed to be dismissed and ignored, a larger part felt... secure. They weren't laughing at him exactly. Men at large, more like...

It wasn't like Azula's childhood tricks, making him look like a fool for her friends' amusement. It was Katara, laughing at the notion of him marrying Machi, gasping up mirth like she'd been drowning without it.

And the way the healers smiled at each other now, the way their voices rose loose and open on the humid air of the courtyard... it was like watching clenched buds burst into full bloom. 

Yes, he supposed he could endure Iyuma’s minor inconveniences to see these women find this sort of peace...

But that didn’t mean he had to be happy about it.


.


.


Silence filled the cave after Iroh finished telling the story of the Agni Kai and Sokka, for a long moment, did not notice it. In the back of his mind, he remembered a conversation in the steamy locker room under the mountain. He remembered Zuko’s challenging scowl, the unusual hunched way he stood when he spat out the insult some guy had used to try and provoke him into a fight-

He said anyone could look at my face and see I was an unwanted son.

-and Sokka had kind of... known then that it had been Zuko’s father who marked him. The rest of the story - Zuko’s protest in the war meeting, “fighting for his honor”, all the witnesses to the event - made it so much worse than what Sokka had had in the back of his head. For a minute, he had to just sit with that.

Ah, buddy.

The shape of Zuko’s life was unfurling itself, and things that hadn’t quite made sense before suddenly clicked into place.

Sokka remembered the first time Zuko had taken him from the brig to a training room and gave him a sword. That had been just days after the Air Temple, and when that weapon was in Sokka’s hand and Zuko was goading him about how the Southern Water Tribe was going to fall and how he’d never let Katara go - she was his, the ice-hole had said - it had been easy to really throw himself into trying to kill the guy. 

And it had been easy to set aside how weird and dangerous that situation had felt when Zuko had said that nonsensical thing, something about Sokka fighting for his honor. Or when Sokka had finally fallen, too exhausted to keep fighting, and Zuko had loomed over him, sword in hand, with that horrible, electric potential hanging in the air...

Because, Sokka suddenly understood now, that had been the moment he was supposed to strike the fight-ending blow. That was the moment Sokka was supposed to be maimed, taught a lesson he would never forget.

And instead, Zuko had said something pithy and continued the fight later. They’d fought like that for days, but that dangerous feeling had never returned. 

At the time, Sokka had thought it felt different because he had felt different. He was seeing Zuko’s gestures at decency, his inner turmoil as he tried to live up to his father’s expectations and not be entirely evil at the same time. But now Sokka could see that it hadn’t been some change in his perceptions. It had been Zuko. 

Zuko had been trying on his father’s cruelty. And he’d decided it wasn’t for him. 

That time.

It was terrifying, realizing he’d been that close to doing something awful, something permanent. And that was just to Sokka. If Zuko had been testing cruelty with Sokka, he’d been testing it with Katara, too.

And Sokka remembered that healing session, when he’d heard a commotion and rushed into the room to find Zuko had thrown a table against the wall because he found out Katara had let on to Azula about the pregnancy. Had that been Zuko dabbling in his father’s cruelty as well? Trying to punish or frighten her with indirect violence?

Or just genuinely freaking out about a frankly terrifying situation?

Sokka knew what he wanted to believe. And it unsettled him, terrified him all over again, that he found himself still wanting to think the best of this guy. Despite all the awful things he had done and all the incredible danger he posed. Despite everything... or because of everything...

“That’s terrible,” Aang was saying, his voice betraying the depth of his horror. 

“No wonder Fanboy’s so messed up,” Toph said with stunned anger. “He was just looking out for some soldiers and caught a life-ruining pile-driver for it.”

Sokka rubbed his face and forcibly focused his mind away from compassion and speculation and fear. He couldn’t do anything about all of that now. Instead, he thought hard and fast about how Zuko’s past was going to effect the current situation. And very suddenly, he understood. 

“Zuko can’t free Katara. Not unless he decides to openly challenge his father.”

He met all the startled eyes around him and shook his head.

“Think about it. The Fire Lord is keeping all these healers and other benders as slaves, right? That’s his policy. If Zuko frees his own personal slave, no matter what reason he has for it, he’d be implicitly criticizing the Fire Lord’s policy.” Sokka waved his hand impatiently through the air before him. “Just like he implicitly criticized the way the Fire Lord ran his war council.” 

Iroh had shut his eyes and was frowning either in thought or pain. Toph was shaking her head in mute denial. Aang just stared back at him, wide-eyed. And the ragged, worn woman beside him went on staring into the fire with a tightly-contained intensity that was sort of familiar. Really, the family resemblance just kept getting stronger...

“In fact,” Sokka went on, “the more honorable a stand Zuko makes over it, the worse the reprisal is gonna be for him - because if what he does is honorable, what the Fire Lord has been doing is not. Zuko could get away with letting Katara escape with Dad because that wouldn’t be an open stance for or against the policy. He can’t publicly release her like she wants without landing himself in another Agni Kai with the Fire Lord.”

“And if his father burned and banished him last time,” Toph said with growing alarm, “he’d probably come to the rematch with the intent to bury him. Not in the fun way I bury people either. The permanent kind of burying.”

“So Zuko’s just never going to let her go,” Aang said, frowning and then scowling. He seemed on the brink of going on, but Ursa spoke first.

“Zuko always tries.”

The ferocity in her voice had them all stopping short, watching her. She was peering among them now, the set of her yellow eyes fierce yet so strangely kind and urging.

“I do not... know exactly the sort of young man my son has grown into,” she went on in a more controlled tone, “but one of his greatest qualities was always his eagerness to try. Even if he could not succeed, or might look foolish, he always tried. If seeing Princess Katara free matters to him, he will try. And he will keep trying until he finds a way. That’s who Zuko is. Or... that’s... who he was.”

Looking at this woman, hearing the suddenly uncertain note in her voice, Sokka realized very suddenly that Zuko had not been the only victim of the Fire Lord’s cruelty. He wondered, his heart aching a sad thud, how many tables Ursa had seen thrown at walls. In what ways had she been forced to fight for her honor? 

If the Fire Lord could scorch half his son’s face off in public and remain above reproach, what could he do to his wife in private?

With such an upsetting prospect souring his stomach, it was an enormous relief to Sokka when, after the briefest pause, Toph snickered. 

“Nah, that’s Fanboy. When I met him, he was disguised as a refugee in Gao Ling. He’s Fanboy because he jumped right into an earthbending pit-fight when he thought I’d squashed Splatto.” She shrugged and smirked coolly. “Not without reason. She was so wimpy back then...”

.


.


Zuko glowered down at the Water Tribe women in their merriment, his arms still folded tight over his chest and his face still uncomfortably warm. Girls were crazy and women were weird. This was just the way of the world.

One of the girls - the older sister - was watching him. She bit her lip for a long moment of indecision, then spoke, her quiet voice a little hard to hear over the others.

“Prince Zuko,” she began, and when he looked directly back at her, she turned her eyes up slightly above him. “Could you... How did she manage that surprise attack? I mean... she seemed... pretty trapped.”

“I don’t really know the nuances of waterbending, so she’s gonna have to explain the details,” Zuko demurred, but then went on thoughtfully. It didn’t hurt to tell her what he’d observed. “She did seem trapped, though. I had a solid hold on one hand and she used her other to steady my sword hand. And then...” He frowned faintly harder. “...while I was distracted, she... wiggled.”

She squinted at him. “Wiggled?”

Zuko shrugged. “I remember feeling her shoulders move. There was probably more to it but I didn’t notice.”

“Because you were distracted,” Iyuma provided cheerfully. The others had settled down and were back to their practice.

Zuko scowled at her as fiercely as he could, but kept his voice level. “Yes.”

“Does your face still hurt?” the girl asked, and although the question certainly could have been mockery, her expression showed nothing but a sympathetic wince. Zuko’s scowl faded. “It looks like it kind of hurts.”

Zuko prodded at his unscarred cheek. He hadn’t touched it or looked in a mirror yet, and was surprised to find it actually was a little tender. “There’s a mark?”

“It’s a little red.”

“I’ll heal that for you, if you like,” Iyuma said breezily, swooping her water around and swinging it back. Some of the women raised their eyebrows. 

Maybe she was trying to extract another ‘please’ from him, showing off for her little friends. Being irritating. But a little redness in his cheek wouldn’t be all that noticeable, and maybe it would even help him to appear less conspicuous by making his scar less obvious. He wasn’t going to any formal meetings for a few days anyway, and by then the mark would fade. 

Zuko only curled his lip mildly at Iyuma. “I’m sure it’s not that bad.”

“It looks a little bit like somebody slapped you,” the tall woman said, stopping her practice to look up at him directly. “I would like to heal it for you.”

Something weird was going on. The other healers were sharing glances as if this meant something that Zuko didn’t understand. He narrowed his eyes, watching them, but the tall woman only went on, unperturbed.

“So that no one you meet during your business in the city will think for a second that anyone has had cause to slap you. Healers do not let the men in their households go about looking slapped unless they deserve to look that way. And I have come to believe you do not, Prince Zuko.”

Zuko blinked. “Oh. Alright...”

She strode up the steps toward him and laid her blue-glowing fingertips against his cheek light as a kiss. It took only a second, during which Zuko stared off straight ahead, feeling strangely... warm. Good in his chest in a way that had nothing to do with the sting fading from his cheek. 

Included. It was coming together in his mind that some decision had been made about him. The healers were technically members in his household, but the opposite was somehow also true; he was a member of theirs as well.

Then the tall woman withdrew - she was actually almost Zuko’s height - and smiled a tiny, satisfied smile. “There. Good as new.”

“Thank you,” Zuko said quietly. Her smile deepened faintly at the politeness. “What’s your name?”

“I am Pawe, Prince Zuko.” She tipped her head to the side, a little thoughtful. “Are there any other injuries you would like seen to? I seem to recall a terribly scraped shoulder...”

He shrugged, uncomfortably aware that she had seen just about all the little sore places hidden under his clothing. They all had. “No, that’s- I’m fine, thank you.”

Pawe nodded and returned to the drive, pulling up fresh water to resume.

Tenna spoke, watching her water as she worked. “I’m surprised Princess Katara did not already see to Prince Zuko’s injuries.”

“She hasn’t had any healer training,” Iyuma said at once. “You should have seen the mess she made of his shoulder. It took three sessions to fix it.”

The other healers started making knowing sounds about common mistakes and natural healing abilities. Zuko couldn’t help himself.

“That was an emergency,” he insisted. “There were assassins.”

Real assassins?” the little girl asked skeptically. 

Zuko fumed, “Real enough to shoot me with a crossbow!”

Her sister peered up at him solemnly. “I believe in the assassins, Prince Zuko.”

Zuko glared at the rest of them, their bright eyes and suppressed smiles, and then heaved an exasperated sigh. 


.


.


A light seemed to switch on in Ursa’s eyes and she asked a couple of questions, drawing out the story of how Zuko had come to be trapped in the resistance base. Toph told her about Zuko’s obvious crush and his determination, and a faint smile hovered at the corners of Ursa’s lips. The sight of it made Sokka feel a weird ache in his chest. Like when Gran-gran was worrying about him.

He didn’t know Ursa, but he didn’t need to know her to guess what she might have heard and thought about Zuko before today. And that... really sucked. Zuko was pretty high on Sokka’s list of least-favorite people, and the danger he posed to Katara was real. But Ursa was his mom. And she pretty obviously loved him and missed him. Every time she said his name, there was an ache in the sound. It wasn’t right that she should be uncertain about who her kid was - for better or for worse.

So Sokka heaved a sigh and pitched in. “I met Zuko in training a little after that. He was trying to pass as Water Tribe but... honestly, that was a stretch. Not exactly a team player, that guy. But he was pretty good with a sword, and that impressed a lot of people.”

Ursa smiled faintly. “Zuko liked swords so much better than firebending when he was little. I think he viewed his bending as more of a burden and a responsibility. And it was a source of worry, since his little sister was so naturally gifted. Swords could just be fun.”

“Aw,” Sokka said, then coughed to cover the unmanliness of the sound. “He never seemed to be having fun, but he sure was invested in learning how to use Water Tribe weapons. He practiced harder than anybody else and pointed out the mistakes in my form every chance he got.”

“Oh!” Iroh said, smiling. “I imagine he probably was having at least a little fun.”

“Hard work and spit-talking your friends,” Toph said with a toothy smile. “Yeah, that sounds about like what I imagine when I think of Fanboy having fun.”

Were you friends?” Ursa asked Sokka, a skeptical little smile in her eyes.

“No! I mean...” Sokka waved a hand in the air, searching for a way to describe that whole funky kettle of fish. “We were enemies - because he was the Fire Prince and he was trying to take my sister away to the Fire Nation - but... he was also pretty great to train with. I learned so much from him about footwork. And, okay, he was really fun to tease. I never got tired of picking on him, even after he turned on us...” 

He frowned thoughtfully. Because in the back of his mind, Sokka knew he had skipped right over friends and started thinking they could be brothers. He had - briefly, crazily at the end there - wanted Zuko for a brother.

“Maybe we were a... really weird kind of friends,” he finally admitted, then pressed, “but my number one concern was always - and still is - Katara. All that time, I couldn’t really be Zuko’s friend because either he was cozied up next to her in that super-weird tiny barracks and threatening to take her away, or he was-”

“He was living in her barracks?” Aang asked, somewhere between concerned and irritated. “Why didn’t anybody tell me that?”

“We don’t talk about Zuko,” Sokka shrugged. “Katara assured me he minded his manners but then she went and kissed him, so she really just tossed out any reassured feelings I might have-”

She kissed him?” Aang demanded, both hands planted on his head now. Ursa looked on, her eyebrows inching high. “Why would she do that?”

“Aang, you are seriously asking the wrong guy here-”

“This guy,” Toph said, jabbing herself in the chest with her thumb. “You wanna know intimate details about Splatto liplocking Fanboy, you ask this guy right here. And the answer to your question is ‘because he’s pretty and Katara liked him and they were at war.’”

“It wasn’t just that,” Sokka protested, but Aang spoke over him, seemingly unaware.

“Katara wouldn’t just kiss a guy because he looked good! She’s so much deeper than that! And Zuko’s not even that good looking!”

“Apparently, he’s plenty good-looking to Katara,” Toph smirked. “But you’re right. It wasn’t just about looks. They had this intense chemistry-”

“What, when he was trying to capture her?” Aang scoffed, shaking his head.

“Yeah, heh heh, they fought about that pretty hard at the start.” Her smirk faded to something more pensive. “But at some point, I’m guessing they came face-to-face with the real life-or-death danger they were in and stuff got serious.”

“I got captured by the Fire Nation during a training exercise,” Sokka said, watching Aang fold his arms tight over his thin chest. “Katara would have come looking for me alone - into a war zone, like a total maniac - if Zuko hadn’t come with her.”

On the one hand, Sokka could sympathize with the kid - it had to be tough having a giant crush on a girl who viewed him as a child she needed to protect - but on the other, this was the day he’d decided they were going to face facts. Speak the hard truths. And this was one hard truth Aang was gonna have to face sooner or later. So Sokka pressed on.

“It was always kind of serious for him, I think, because he’s just a serious guy... but that rescue mission was when it got serious for her. He put a lot on the line to help her. And me,” he shrugged, “but mostly her. He even revealed who he was to Admiral Zhao to protect Katara’s back and got a pretty nasty burn in the process.” 

Aang still looked angry and unconvinced, glaring off at a shadowed corner of the cave, but Ursa stared back at Sokka, her expression open, stricken.

“After that,” Sokka went on, “it didn’t matter what I said. Katara was sailing the FNS Zuko all the way to the Eastern Air Temple. She was totally snow-blind, refused to even consider he might not be able to choose her over the chance to capture his five-year obsession.” He hesitated, a pained line cutting his brow. “...or, I guess, grabbing his impossible-for-a-hundred-years shot at redemption, if that’s how he saw it.”

“He still might have chosen her,” Iroh said quietly, but with a hard note Sokka had certainly never heard directed at him, “had he been allowed to make the choice freely.”

They had not spoken about Zuko’s time in the trunk before, but Sokka could tell right now that the old man knew what had happened and didn’t approve. More than that, this was probably a big part of the force drawing Iroh to stay in the Fire Nation - wishful thinking that Zuko, given the perfect chance, might have made the right choice. That he might at any moment correct his course. Sokka shook his head and raised his hands to either side and laid out another hard truth.

“Hey, he had plenty of time to choose love and peace, alright? He didn’t. He was just like Katara, floating in whatever goofy little fantasy they’d cooked up and not willing to confront reality. I might have muddied the water for him a bit, but if he’d just calmed down and reflected on his place in the universe for a couple hours, he would have seen that I was only trying to keep him out of his own way.”

Iroh met his frank stare for a moment longer, then sighed and dropped his sad eyes back to the fire. Toph spoke up. “Are you guys talking about Operation Boxed Fireflakes?”

Aang was peering between them with narrowed, bewildered, irritated eyes. “Operation what?”

“Don’t worry about it,” Sokka said, bracing his hands on his knees and refocusing on Ursa. “The point of the story is that my sister really liked your son, and he really liked her. They were kind of stupidly into each other. But then he joined Azula and captured us all and took us to the Fire Nation. Before that though, pretty good guy.”

She did not look entirely convinced. She drew a breath as if to speak - but was cut off as Aang lurched to his feet. A weird wind rose, stirring hot cinders up out of the fire.

Pretty good guy?” 


.

.


Katara rushed through undressing and scrubbing down with the tepid water in her basin. Bogara’s voice continued through the door, unrelenting as Katara’s own sense of urgency.

“...Machi tells me he has broken from his entire family. She did not divulge any details regarding his finances, but I assume, this being the Gan villa, that we are living on the charity of his supporters.”

“Charity isn’t the right word...” Katara said as she washed the soap from her hair and bent the lingering water away. “It’s more like... homage? I guess? We’re in good with several families now. Zuko seems confident.”

“Young men often seem confident about things they have no business being confident about,” Bogara said flatly. “Do you imagine he would let it show if he had doubts?”

Katara reflected on this for a moment, then dropped her water in the basin and sighed. Because... yeah, Zuko would totally conceal something he was insecure about. 

“I don’t think money is gonna be a problem, but I see what you’re saying. I guess the only thing I can really do about it is be more involved in... all the stuff he’s doing. I’ve sat out his meetings with nobles before. But, you’re right, we’re all depending on his decisions now. So I guess I get to look forward to that again.”

Bogara was silent for just a second. “Do you mean you expect to sit there like a slave during these meetings? Because I can’t say I approve of that approach.”

“No! I mean-” Katara shook a few drops of oil from the crystal bottle and rubbed it into her hands and elbows and knees. “I made it through one really awkward meal with the Gans. But I’m not- I’m not a real princess. Apart from being intimidating or Water-Tribe-village-girl polite, I don’t really know what to do or how to behave around those people.”

“What’s wrong with Water-Tribe-village-girl polite?”

“Nothing’s wrong with the ways my Gran-gran taught me...” Katara hesitated, then shrugged and grabbed the clothes Sian had somehow known to leave out on the bed.  “All that time I was a slave, it was like wearing a mask. It was demeaning, because I was forced to hide my real self away. But now I worry that anything I expose to Fire Nobles is probably going to end up a part of some cruel parody later on.”

“It may well be so,” Bogara said with unhelpful honesty. “But politeness, like intimidation, is simply a tool in your kit. It is not intrinsic to you or your culture. Fire Nobles may find you unpolished, but you do not need polish to command respect. Give them what they deserve and not a drop more - like uninvited guests. And if they dare mock you to your face, cut them down to size. In whatever way you like.”

She said it so prim and businesslike, Katara couldn’t stop a little chuckle. “Unless - haha - the way I really want to cut them down is with a knife made of tea. Because that would be - haha - just so uncivilized!”

She made a a fussy gesture with her hands as she spoke but Bogara could not have seen it and would not have laughed in any case. “A princess may make such decisions.”

“You keep calling me a princess, but I’m really not...” Presently, Katara was hopping around trying to get into her baggy pants. “I told you how I grew up. There’s really nothing refined about me.”

“You were right that you are not like Princess Yue,” Bogara said at length, a little sadly. “She was raised in prosperity and refinement, blessed by the moon spirit itself... a true paragon of the Northern Water Tribe’s culture and traditions. And she was called to sacrifice herself by returning all those gifts, and so saved us all. Whereas you...” 

Katara threw on her tunic, tied the sash, and realized she’d skipped a layer and had to undress again to put on the undershirt. Bogara went on mildly.

“You came up through hardship, all the resources and bending traditions of your people - and even people, the people you loved and needed most - stripped away from you so that every step forward has been a struggle, a fight to survive. You, too, are a paragon, because you are exemplary of what the Southern Water Tribe has endured - and survived. You are called to be a warrior, and wherever you go, that is where you will fight.

“So,” she finished with a shrug in her voice, “if the Fire Nobles think you are uncivilized, you are only delivering to their sitting rooms the very incivility they exported to the Poles. Perhaps that is the calling of the Southern Princess. I cannot say. I only agreed to be a deputy and an auntie, not a royal advisor.”

Katara fumbled in tying her sash for the third time, a little taken aback. The princess thing had always seemed like a bit of a joke, even when Zuko took it so seriously. But what Bogara was saying made sense. It struck her deeply. 

She looked at her reflection in the mirror. Her warrior’s hair still loose and drying, her subdued clothing. The straight-yet-relaxed way she stood. Her eyes, somewhere between hard and soft. Katara tucked her mother’s necklace under her bracer and the lock of Sokka's hair into her sash, and then she squared her shoulders.

“And as your auntie,” Bogara said through the door, “I feel compelled to urge you again to be so very careful on this trip. I can accept its necessity and even the need for secrecy, but I am... most unsettled to have you both go haring off just the two of you. Losing the prince would be difficult but not insurmountable. If you should fail to return, I do not know what we would do.”

Katara steadied her hands and smoothed her sash, a little smile tugging at her face. Having an auntie around - even such a formal, cool one - was... nice. “Don’t worry. We’ll both be back the day after tomorrow. I’ll make sure of it.”

“See that you do.” There was a long pause as Katara tied her hair back into its wolftail. At length, Bogara added, as if it was an afterthought, “I also feel compelled, as your auntie, to urge you not to give that young man any rewards he has not thoroughly earned-”

Katara stared at her own wide-eyed, paling reflection.

“-because the novelty may wear off if he gets it too frequently and it will lose its power as a motivational tool-”

“He’s not getting it at all,” Katara squeak-yelled. 

She caught a flash of her blushing, scowling face in the mirror as she spun around and marched back out to the sitting room, where Bogara was scratching a new note in her little notepad. She raised just her eyes to assess this response.

“Not at all!” Katara snapped as she stomped through the room and shoved her way into the hallway. 


.

.


“Alright, I’m ready, let’s go!”

Katara came marching up to him and, for a second, Zuko couldn’t help but stare down at her. She was either flushed from rushing around or she had been blushing, and the frown she fixed on him was nothing short of surly and defiant.

She had evidently washed, because the air as she arrived smelled fresh and most strongly of her mild scents. She had also changed into entirely new clothes - dark shades of brown with a faintly purple sleeveless top layer that pointed her shoulders and contoured around her breasts... 

...which were suddenly there again...

It was just a flick of his eyes, but he immediately felt like a clod. He glowered to cover his embarrassment, but it lacked heat.

“Did you find everything you needed?” he asked.

She squinted at him like he was being weird. Because, he realized, he was being weird. Of course she had found everything she needed. There were servants whose job it was to supply her with everything she needed. But the question had just felt right and had simply fallen from his mouth.

“Yes, thank you,” she said quietly, then huffed. “Can we go? I thought we were in a hurry.”

Zuko nodded and, without a backward glance at the healers while Katara exchanged quick parting words with them, he made for the gate. Shortly, she came to stride beside him.

“Bye, Katara! Bye, Prince Zuko,” Iyuma called at their backs. “Have fun at all those important meetings!”

A few of the others echoed her. Zuko picked out Yakita’s voice among them, even though she was quieter than her sister.

“Iyuma is so annoying,” he hissed out the side of his mouth as they approached the gate and the soldiers saluted and opened the way.

“Take it as a compliment,” Katara said with a sour lack of sympathy. “It means she likes you.”

“Hmph.”

They left the villa and hurriedly made their way along the outskirts of Harbor City to the docks, pulling up their hoods against the rain and keeping mostly out of sight. But it was of course impossible for the Prince to walk among his people and completely avoid notice, and the Water Princess was somewhat obvious with her collar and her grim, watchful blue eyes. Their passage and departure on a small fishing vessel - purchased just that morning by unknown parties - was much remarked-upon.

And such whispers grew louder and wider-spread scant hours later when the great plume of smoke rose up from where the Gan villa had stood.

 

Notes:

Thanks, everybody! I'm not totally sure when the next update will come. Next chapter is mostly written but there are some big gaps yet to be filled. So... Maybe a week or two? Next Sunday? Here's hoping!

Chapter 43

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text


The little fishing boat bobbed on the waves as it made its slow way past the Gates of Azulon and veered south to one of the larger islands in the archipelago. It was a sailing craft, crewed by a few last-minute hires off the docks whose only instructions had been to go slowly and not disturb the passengers.

They of course all knew who the passengers were. Nobody had a scar like that except the Prince. And the Water Princess was too distinct to mistake for any other Water Tribe girl. What they were doing down in the bunk room was a topic of much speculation - all of it chortled in undertones into the wind, because the Prince kept coming up on deck. The tension never left his stiff back and grim face, so it was generally agreed that nothing too interesting was being accomplished down there.

At least, no proud victories to honor the Fire Nation. Perhaps the Water Princess was a deft hand at damping the Fire Prince’s ardor. It was a more entertaining prospect than the notion that she was just sleeping all day. 

Although, whatever they were up to on this little ferry ride, it was clearly not above board. Men who loitered about the docks looking for last minute work knew a thing or two about sketchy behavior. And this was it.

Zuko watched their destination grow from a spot in the distance to a looming jut of jungle and tried not to think about the last sailing craft he had felt creak and sway beneath his feet. It felt surprisingly good to be back at sea. The wind blew through him, clearing away the fog of his long weeks in the capital. Standing at the prow of a ship on its way to a destination he craved filled him with promise and pride and resolve. 

He had been unable to sleep, though not for lack of trying. The morning had been tiring and the coming night was sure to be long and demanding. But every time he went below and tried to settle in, he could not stop stealing glances at Katara where she curled up in a hammock with her face so soft in exhausted slumber. She’d pulled the tie from her hair so her dark waves curled around her cheeks and ears, occasionally tickling her lips and nose so they scrunched up until she finally raised a leaden hand to rub them away.

Zuko only barely thought of brushing her hair back himself with the lightest touch of his fingertips. He dismissed the notion immediately because it would be deeply inappropriate to touch her while she was sleeping, even innocently. Much more inappropriate than simply letting his eyes slit open so he could watch her instead of sleeping himself.

It filled him with a tremendous sense of rightness, the sight of her sleeping. As if he was where he was supposed to be, doing what he was supposed to do, with the ally he was supposed to be with. And that certainty was so invigorating, he kept having to go back above and breathe the whipping wind for a while.

They steered into the harbor as the sun was beginning to set behind that skyfull of clouds and, apparently roused by the changing rhythm of the seas, Katara emerged. Her eyes were bright and her wolftail was freshly tied. She came to stand beside him as the crew was tying off. As if her presence had been much-anticipated, the rain began again, a drizzle easily blocked by a hood. Zuko pulled his up, but Katara only turned her face up to it, letting it speckle her until her skin looked like velvet.

He looked away before she could open her eyes and catch him staring. “It’s a short hike to the estate but we need to take the woods to avoid any witnesses.”

“Didn’t we come here with a ship full of witnesses?”

“They can talk about us all they want,” Zuko said, lowering his voice still more. “We’re obvious insurrectionists. It’s our allies we have to protect. There are dozens of estates on this island. It will be difficult for anyone tracking us to figure out exactly where we were going.”

“Good,” Katara said, wiping a hand down her face and pulling all the tiny droplets away in a twirl. Her eyes, when she opened them, were shockingly blue. “Let’s hurry up and go there.”

Zuko led the way down the gangplank and then straight past the village into the woods. The climb was arduous and circuitous and they ended up making the last ascent to the Hito estate in full darkness. The thick cloud cover blocked out the light of the moon, but the rain stopped for a while at least. Zuko spotted the lantern that was his signal and crept into the stables, Katara on his heels.

A grizzled man with one eye waited there with a giant eel-hound already saddled and standing more patiently than the attendant. He nearly jumped out of his skin when they materialized before him.

Ag-ni love ya,” he choked, hurriedly bowing and mumbling apologies. 

“There were supposed to be two mounts,” Zuko said.

“The gelding tore a dewclaw this morning, sir. He’s laid up.” The attendant scratched the saddled beast behind the ear - which twisted forward in a seemingly pleased way. “Cudi can carry two, though. She’s strong.”

“I’ve never actually ridden one of these anyway,” Katara said quietly as she reached out to pat the scaly hide of the creature’s shoulder. “It’s probably better we ride together.”

That wasn’t the point. There had been an agreement and a plan and, even if Katara couldn’t have ridden solo, it would have been helpful to have a second mount so they could switch and stay fresh... but there wasn’t time for any of that now.

Zuko huffed and gave the attendant a parting annoyed look before taking the reins to lead the eel-hound out. He mounted in front, helped haul Katara up behind him, lit a flicker of fire to reference his compass, and they were off.


.


.


Pretty good guy?” 

Sokka hadn’t seen Aang get this angry over anything before. The kid was scowling in fury, little eddies of wind gusting off him to whip sparks from the fire. Iroh, unnoticed, altered his breathing and the hot flying cinders cooled before they could settle and scorch.

“When I met Zuko,” Aang shouted, “he had captured Katara on Kyoshi Island and tied her up! His soldiers started fires in the village! She told him she was the Avatar to protect me, and then he chased her all the way to Gao Ling, not because he had some cute crush, but because he was hunting me.” 

Aang flung an arm through the air. Everyone’s clothes fluttered. 

“At the Eastern Air Temple, nothing had changed! He helped Azula capture us, kept us imprisoned on the ship, and handed us all over to the Fire Lord! Sokka, he gave you that stupid-looking haircut and put you in so much danger at the Boiling Rock! You were starving when we rescued you! Most of all, and I don’t know why I need to repeat this, Katara is his slave! I don’t understand at all how you guys can rationalize this and joke about him and act like he’s this pretty good guy after all the evil stuff he’s done!”

Sokka winced. He had already put in his ‘defending Zuko’ time for the week... month... year...

But at the same time... he had insisted that today was the day to face facts. And that meant he had to face a few, too.

“All totally true,” he said, heaving a tense sigh, “but you’re just looking at one side of the iceberg, here-”

“Oh yeah, Sokka? What’s the other side of the Katara-is-a-slave iceberg?” Aang threw his arms up. Behind him, the curtain of rain did a wild shimmy. “Let me guess! Is it that he wants to let her go and just can’t? That’s not an excuse! It doesn’t make it better!”

“No, on that one, I’m completely with you. Until Katara is free, there’s nothing Zuko could do or say or experience in his childhood that would make me be his friend. I’m not budging on that, and telling his mom-” He tipped his head meaningfully toward the worn woman who was obviously having a pretty rough life and whose thin shoulders were presently slightly hunched as if enduring an unseen onslaught. “-about the less-horrible things he’s done isn’t a signal that I’m suddenly ready to see past that. So do me a favor and dial it back down to an eleven, wouldja?”

Aang frowned at him, but he followed Sokka’s gesture to Ursa and, very slowly, his fists at his sides unclenched. The stormy look on his face lost its thunder.

“Now I can’t speak to most of the stuff you talked about being as I wasn’t there...”

“If I may,” Iroh volunteered genially, “perhaps I might offer some insight.”

Sokka gave him a ‘by all means, sir’ sort of a wave.

“It really kind of was the crush.” The old man shrugged, round-eyed up at Aang. “I tried more than once to point out what a weird coincidence it was that an air nomad would suddenly reappear at the same time as the Avatar. It was pretty obvious, you know!”

“It was so obvious,” Sokka sighingly piled on. “I even told him to his face that my sister wasn’t the Avatar and he refused to believe me. He was sure it was a trick to throw him off.”

“Zuko held onto the hope that Katara might be the Avatar like a lifeline. In no small part because he wanted to be chasing a beautiful girl!” Iroh smiled at Ursa, bright-eyed and holding up his hands in a ‘picture it’ gesture. “Finally! There had never been a girl before!” 

Ursa, Sokka noticed, only squinted back at him. Iroh went on, a little sorrow creeping in as he talked. His focus shifted back to Aang.

“You must understand, I spent five years trying to interest Zuko in anything other than the Avatar. Anything from his life before, anything he had ever seemed to enjoy. It was as if that boy had burned away almost entirely.” 

Aang’s angry expression faded to something closer to irritation as his compassion reasserted itself. He let out a long breath and sat back down, folding his arms over his chest again and frowning into the fire. Iroh went on quietly.

“And the young man who was left only existed to train and prepare himself to face a destiny that seemed, for five years, like it would never come.”

“Of course it would never come,” Ursa hissed. “He sent him to capture the Avatar. He may as well have sent him to gather up the stars. Zuko was never supposed to succeed.”

Her rage was so quiet, so closely controlled, and as quickly as it showed itself, it slipped back beneath the surface. For Sokka, who had seen Katara stew for days about stuff before finally unleashing it all in a rage-lecture, Ursa’s restraint sent weird prickles up the back of his neck. 

“Anyway,” he said awkwardly into the silence, forcing his stare back to Aang, who was peering at Ursa with a similarly unsettled expression. He quickly turned his frown on Sokka. “I feel like I’ve gotta remind you that Zuko never meant for me to actually reach the Boiling Rock. Remember? We all agreed we were gonna escape in those first few days before I got shipped off? Because he came down to the brig and warned me that the prison I was going to would be tough to get out of again?”

“Yeah,” Toph said airily. “After Twinkle Toes tipped him off about my metalbending. I remember that.” She grinned hugely in Ursa’s direction. “I was sabotaging the ship most of the way here. Apparently Fanboy suspected the entire machine crew and got a little crazy flinging around the accusations.”

“I do think the eye-twitch was full-time by then,” Sokka shrugged, “but when he found out it was Toph, all he did was warn me to keep a lid on it. Which was just...” He raised his hands, then dropped them on his knees. Grudgingly, peering a little hopelessly at Aang, he pressed on. “It’s just... It’s always more complicated than just good or evil with the jerkbender. My stupid haircut is actually a perfect example... 

“I know it seems like it was just pointless cruelty or some bid to hurt or embarrass me and the Water Tribe that special extra bit, but Zuko didn’t cut my hair because I was a prince. He cut my hair to make me a prince - and by extension to make Katara even more a princess - in the eyes of the Fire Nation. All these people who know who I am? They-”

“Yeah, all seven of them,” Toph tossed in with a grin.

“Oh ha ha. That’s just the people who recognize me before Aang; they pretty much all know me. You’re just jealous that nobody here knows or cares who the Blind Bandit even is, pint-size.”

“Actually, it’s kind of nice to take a break from my adoring public. Just listening to you struggle with your new fame and act all prince-stuffy-britches is exhausting enough.”

“Anyway,” Sokka said, rolling his eyes back to Aang. “You’ve seen how people treat me here. I’m not even their prince, but it’s like...”

“Fear and respect,” Iroh suggested quietly. 

“The reverence of the humble for the mighty,” Ursa offered even more quietly.

The Fire Nation was so weird.

“Sure, I guess...” Sokka shrugged. “When I tell them about what the Water Tribe will or won’t do or does or doesn’t believe, it’s not just Sokka, Southern Tribe guy running his mouth.” He sat straighter, deepened his voice. “It’s Prince Sokka, embodiment of the Water Tribe.”

Toph snickered. And she should, because it was silly. Sokka meant it to be. Iroh cracked a rueful smile. Ursa did not. She only went on watching Sokka with something like empathy, as if being reshaped into a symbol was a thing she knew a lot about.

Aang rolled his eyes, uncharacteristically surly. “Embodying the Water Tribe with stupid-looking hair.”

“The Water Tribe is just about defeated, you know.”

Sokka might have felt guilty for speaking sharply to the kid any other day - but today was the day he had decided they had to confront it. All of it. Today was the day they had to go.

Aang, predictably, got that guilty look that hung around him like rain clouds. 

“Not your fault; just a fact. The North has fallen. The South is decimated - Katara is the only waterbender we have. All that’s left defending the Water Tribe is my dad’s fleet,” he enunciated, “and those ice-holes hiding out under the mountain.”

He paused for a second. Let that sink in for all of them. 

“So yeah, my hair looks stupid - because it’s a mark of shame and defeat. It’s a mark of everything that the Fire Nation has done to my people. A total stranger can look at me and see that everything isn’t going super great.” He shrugged, shook his head. “Zuko could have done that to me without a word or a thought. But he didn’t. He took the time to pace around my cell and tell me what being a prince meant. What a prince had to think about. I’m not sure how much of this he planned to happen - because planning is not that guy’s strong suit - but he put a weapon in my hands when he did that.”

It sometimes seemed like Zuko couldn’t stop himself from putting weapons into Sokka’s hands.

“Because now, yeah, I look like a dweeb, but when I can stand up straight and meet people’s eyes anyway? When I can be fair-minded and helpful to all these Fire Nation villagers - who, sure, fine, Aang, I get it, they’re just ordinary people - when I can do all that, and I’m emblematic of the Water Tribe, I’m showing these people the pride and resilience and generosity of the Water Tribe.”

Aang was watching him with that conflicted, almost-stricken look he got sometimes. Sokka held out his hands to either side.

“I’d also like to be showing them the justified rage of the Water Tribe but, you know, we’re on a time crunch. Maybe next visit.” He turned his eyes to Iroh, saw the gravity there. “We have to leave the Fire Nation. Today.”

And there, finally, he saw it. Iroh inclined his head. He had his grown-up ally. These kids were going down.

Toph shuffled her feet. “Fine, Snoozles, jeez, you didn’t have to guilt-trip us out of the country.”

“Apparently I did. But I’m not above doing what works, so here we are.”


.


.


The ride to the first airfield made it immediately clear to Katara that sitting in back was not acceptable. She silently cursed that other eel-hound for tearing his dewclaw, whatever that meant, because his absence had left her in what turned out to be an absolutely intolerable situation.

Firstly, she could hardly see over Zuko’s shoulder. Cudi the eel-hound ran so fast it was impossible to brace for changes in direction without being able to see the terrain ahead and Katara had to hold on tight with her arms looped around Zuko’s torso. She tried to just grip her own wrist but it was impossible not to get pitched off the saddle without grabbing hold of him when there was a sudden jerk or lurch. Under her hands, she felt the muscular shape of him through his humble tunic, the firm ridges of his pectorals, the hard ripple of his abdominal muscles as his lower body flexed to match the movement of their steed. 

It dragged her inexorably to recall other rhythmic flexing she had known those muscles to do under her hands in the dark.

His scent did not help. It wasn’t anything overwhelming, just the well-washed boy smell Zuko had had since the royal cruiser, overlaid now with clean sweat... but in the same way it had teased her that day in the hot spring with memories of earlier times, it teased her now. Persistent and welcoming and stronger near his neck.

Undoubtedly the worst part of riding in back, though, was the way her thighs kept pressing snug behind his, spread on either side of the saddle - and the way, when the eel-hound barreled down a steep slope, her crotch would occasionally brush or rub against Zuko’s backside. By the time they reached the airfield, Katara was breathing hard and tingling between her trembling legs.

Zuko, meanwhile, was all business. He leapt down and tied the eel-hound to a tree and then began peering through the bushes at the airfield. Katara, blessedly unseen, peeled herself off the saddle and half-fell down to the ground, barely catching herself on her wobbly legs. She glared at the vague shape of his stupid back as he very quietly parted the leaves to get a look.

If he had noticed her touches, they appeared to have had no effect on him at all. It made Katara want to shove his big dumb muscly back so he fell in those bushes. Or... grab the front of his tunic and yank it so he was at least disheveled. Yeah. 

Not so much to bare his skin, which had felt so hot and hard through the fabric under her hands...

Katara shook the thoughts off and pulled her cowl up to cover her nose and mouth, then set her mind to scurrying in the shadows and remaining unseen. 

They waited for a patrol of guards to pass, then hustled silently aboard the closest airship in one of a few rows of airships. Zuko led the way to the engine room - which was good because Katara had not really been able to picture any of this from her one look at the schematic and would probably have gotten lost. Without speaking, he indicated the targets - the parts that would be expensive and time-consuming to replace - and Katara pulled water from the canteen she wore strapped to her back and froze them, split them, crushed them. She sent her water down pipes to difficult-to-find places and broke them with choking swells of ice to leave fine cracks. She weakened ropes and chains and bolts so they would break unexpectedly. She was careful, methodical, hid the damage well. 

When she was finished, she turned to find Zuko watching her. He had, in fact, been staring at her the entire time she worked. There was a low red light here in the engine room, so Katara could very clearly see the warm yellow of his eyes. His mouth was covered by his own cowl, but his eyes were wide and soft, like he was beholding a wondrous sight and committing it to memory.

It made Katara feel two intense feelings at the same time. Deep, furious annoyance dominated - because he had no business looking at her like that ever and it wasn’t like anything she was doing tonight was new or surprising. 

And at the same time, that hungry pulse beat with desperate force between her thighs. It dragged her toward him so powerfully she actually took a step. One step closer to slamming her body against his and dragging him to the deck. One step closer to making him feel the thrill-stoked craving now pounding through her.

Instead, she scowled at him and snapped up her hands in an irritable What are you looking at? gesture. Zuko jerked back an inch like she’d taken a swing at him and, blinking, turned away.

Then they crept to the next ship and she did it all again.

Once he was sure she knew where to go and what to do, Zuko sneaked off to watch for guards and, if necessary, create distractions that would draw them to the far end of the airfield so Katara would not be discovered. 

And she was not. She carried on, quiet and methodical and thorough down the rows. She wrecked her quiet destruction inside and used the intermittent rain to stitch icy needles through steel and fabric balloons, creating so many leaks it would be impossible to find and fix them all. She did not miss one ship. 

By the time she was done, she was... kind of tired. This was so much more bending than she was used to, and far more demanding than just leading healers around in the night. But that wasn’t a problem; she could rest on the ride to the next airfield. 

In fact, it was probably for the best if the edge of her energy was dulled down. Maybe if she was tired, she wouldn’t have the same... discomfort... she had had on the last ride.

Katara whistled the night-thrush signal for Zuko to meet her back where the eel-hound still stood tied. She waited in the clearing for only a moment before he emerged from the bushes with the faintest rustle, a darker shape welling up out of the night.

The clouds parted and the light of the nearly-full moon fell on him in spots thrown through the canopy overhead. Moonlight glazed his face in pure white light. For a second, Katara felt a sweet, terrible rush of familiarity as he came toward her. His shape, his scent in the dark, the way he moved, that pristine light illuminating the pale clarity of his one cheek and the glossy rippled darkness of the other.

A thought flitted at the periphery of her mind, so soft and light that it was easy for Katara to shoo it away. It didn’t belong here. Not anymore. 

Outwardly, she only frowned at Zuko as he came to stand before her, stopping just within arm’s reach. 

“We need to hurry,” he said, his voice coming low through his cowl. “This took a little longer than I expected. We’ve gotta pick up the pace if we’re going to get through the other two airfields tonight.”

He untied the reins and started climbing up into the saddle. Katara braced her fists on her hips and tried to set his head on fire with her glare.

“You mean I’ve got to pick up the pace,” she whisper-huffed as she climbed up after him.

“That’s not what I mean!”

“I didn’t see you doing any sabotage back there.”

“I was distracting the guards!” He was silent for a moment as she settled in behind him. “But... they were being pretty negligent. They never even spotted me.”

“What were you even gonna do if I wasn’t here?”

Zuko reined the eel-hound around and set off at a fast pace. “Blasting jelly, probably.”

“Oh right!” Katara whisper-snapped as they took a hard turn and she had to grab around his chest again. “That new quiet blasting jelly I’ve heard so much about.”

She could feel him growling where her hands were planted against his ribs. “Fine. Yes. I would’ve only been able to hit one airfield before an alarm went up and the others got cleared out or improved security.”

“Hmph. We’re putting all this effort into being sneaky and without me you would have just blown up one airfield and called it a night.”

“What do you want me to say?” he whisper-snarled over his shoulder. “When you’re with me, incredible things become possible. That’s not my fault.”

Katara didn’t fire back, too stunned by the warm pleasure she felt hearing him admit it out loud like that. She swiftly shut the thought down and focused on how aggravating he was, but the warmth lingered and was swiftly joined with other, less pure heats.

The second leg of the journey was just as bad as the first. The eel-hound had to swim some miles to the next island and the pull of the waves meant Katara had to hold onto Zuko even tighter, pressing her chest fully against the firm, warm plain of his back. She even had to press her cheek against his shoulder at one point, and the scent of the damp fabric pulled her like the moon pulls the tide to drag her mouth there - just for a second. Just to fill her senses with the warm, rich scent of him.

She immediately felt so very incredibly stupid. What was she doing? Nothing had changed. Just because she had to be close to him now didn’t mean he was any less the jerk who had betrayed her and been so awful for months. Just because he was being good now didn’t mean he wasn’t still that same jerk. 

After that, she held her head away or jabbed at him with her chin, hoping to make him just a little uncomfortable. When they got to the second airfield, she found she had plenty of energy and appetite for destruction.


.


.


Aang put his heels on the rock he was sitting on and hugged his knees to his chest. Now that his anger had passed, he was thinking, uncomfortably, about the Avatar State. About how, if his chakra hadn’t been blocked, he would almost certainly have slipped into the Avatar State moments ago in his anger over... the thing... between Katara and Zuko. 

...which was apparently way more of a thing than he had thought it was...

It was over, though. It had to be over. She’d been so furious with him, had seemed almost to hate him. She would never get back together with him! 

...would she? 

The thought filled Aang with powerful emotions, just barely restrained. A dammed river of anguish that could flatten villages if the dam should fail. 

It was a lucky thing the dam couldn’t fail right now.

The last time Aang had entered the Avatar State, he had destroyed so much of the Southern Air Temple. He’d come to in the wreckage and had to start mourning all over again - not just over what his absence had allowed to happen, but over the damage he had done in his rage and pain to the sacred ruins that were all that remained of his people and his culture.

If that had happened here, he almost certainly would have killed everyone in this cave. 

Maybe it was best if he never opened that chakra. Maybe such terrible power didn’t belong in his hands. Certainly, he didn’t want to let go of his attachment to Katara, and if the Avatar state was too dangerous, well, then that seemed like a win-win!

Except... there was the fate of the world to consider. There was the Water Tribe...

Aang felt terrible about Sokka and Katara’s people. It wasn’t as extreme as what had been done to the Air Nomads, but it wasn’t that far off. He had to stop the Fire Nation from destroying the Water Tribe, it was his responsibility as Avatar and his duty as Sokka’s friend and Katara’s... hopefully-one-day-more-than-friend-but-friend-for-now.

...assuming she didn’t reconcile with Zuko...

...which, there was no way she would!

...so... maybe the wisest course was to do what Sokka said, go help the guys in the resistance base under the mountain. Maybe he wouldn’t even need the Avatar State to help Katara’s people. Then, when he got back, after he’d done his Avatar thing and saved the Water Tribe, she’d have to see him differently. Not just her student. Not just her friend. Not just a sweet little guy, but a hero.

Maybe then, when he’d shown her he wasn’t just a little kid, she would be ready to love him in the way he longed for. The forever way.

“How about it, Aang?” Sokka asked at length. “Are you ready to go save the resistance?”

He had the usual reassuring warmth in his eyes, but also a hint of that hard confidence he’d spoken with before. Aang understood. Sokka had been trying to get them to leave the Fire Nation all week, sometimes with direct demands, sometimes with subtle coaxing. Aang had sidestepped all of it. But now he found himself in a carefully built corner Sokka had been backing him into this whole conversation. There was no evading this anymore. They had to go.

And now, Aang saw a way that stepping away from Katara would actually take him closer to her. He let go of his legs and crossed them before him, sat up straight and balanced.

“I’m ready.”

“Great!” Sokka said, popping up to his feet and busying himself. “I’ll repack the bags. Uh, Mrs.- Lady? Ursa?-”

“Just Ursa,” she said with some force. “Please.”

“Ursa, I want to leave you with some food and stuff, and you’re of course welcome to our cave...”

He went on chatting happily as he stuffed things into bags, and Aang watched the care-worn woman watch him and nearly smile. 

Aang knew in theory about mothers. He knew, of course, that an Air Nomad woman had given birth to him more than a hundred years ago and that she had, in the Air Nomad way, passed his care to the monks at the male temple. He had a vague sense of gratitude for her giving him life, but he didn’t feel any particular bond to her - not like he felt to Monk Giatso or any of his friends. This was by design. The power of a parental bond could make it difficult to transcend and achieve enlightenment.

So Aang didn’t entirely get Sokka and Toph’s instant reaction to discovering this woman was Zuko’s mother. He didn’t really see how it mattered so much apart from the crazy odds of running into her, why Sokka would suddenly start talking about Zuko now like he was an annoying relation instead of the ruthless, domineering adversary he really was. 

What Aang did understand - or, more accurately, what he had subconsciously sensed instantly when he met the gentle yellow eyes of this woman as she came in out of the rain - was a sense of kinship. He had wanted to cheer her up and had felt in his heart that her sorrow needed to be alleviated. When he had been angry, she had been afraid. Silently, stiffly frozen where she sat. And that had felt so terribly wrong...

But it had nothing at all to do with Zuko. To Aang, Zuko was not much removed from the Fire Lord. He had faced them both while chained and helpless. Zuko had loomed over him in the brig and snarled his seething rage. Ozai had only gloated in that special Avatar prison under the palace, smirking and smugly self-satisfied. Of the two, Zuko had been more frightening.

...so it was strange to think that the man who had seemed on the brink of violence was the one who had had a terrible act of violence done against him - by the man who had seemed so calm. It was unsettling in the extreme to think that Zuko had been a different person before. That one event could change him so completely from the boy Iroh described - a boy who Ursa had clearly loved in the deep, unconditional way that Aang knew (theoretically) mothers loved their children. Unsettling and horrifying and tragic that one act of cruelty could destroy a normal person and leave him with nothing but anger inside him.

Only... Aang knew that wasn’t really true. From the way Sokka and Toph and Iroh talked about him, Zuko was brave and loyal and had a strong sense of fairness. He owed his loyalty to his father - another parental bond Aang only understood in theory - but still found ways to give Sokka and Toph a chance to fight back.

Which was kind of weird, coming from a guy who had snarled at Aang about mercy being weakness. 

...no... he’d snarled that he’d been taught that mercy was weakness.

“If it might help, I could carry a message to Princess Katara,” Ursa said quietly now, and Aang gladly abandoned his uncomfortable line of thinking. “It seems to me that... I am needed in the palace.”

“That would be terribly dangerous,” Iroh said at once. “You have avoided notice out on the roads, but I do not believe your luck will hold if you place yourself directly in the path of those who would remember your face most clearly.”

“Some risks can’t be helped.”

“But consider what might happen if you are discovered after reaching Zuko. You are banished! Terrible consequences will fall on you for returning - and on him if he harbors you.”

Ursa paused as if considering this, and her eyes fell suddenly from Iroh to the fire.

“Well,” Sokka said as he cinched the ties tight on his sleeping bag, “you wanted him to have a chance to choose freely? Here it is. Mom or Dad. Pick a side.”

He and Iroh shared a steady, not-entirely-friendly stare. 

“Oof,” Toph murmured on Aang’s other side, “right in the family dysfunction...”

“Ursa?” Aang waited until she turned her head to fix him with those kind eyes. “Going to the palace probably isn’t a good idea for you, and you really shouldn’t do it... but I want to leave you with a message for Katara anyway, just in case you figure out a way.”

“Me too,” Toph pitched in, digging her toes into the solid rock floor. “I just want to make sure she knows it was Snoozles’ idea to leave and we’re not ditching her here forever.”

Sokka tossed a couple of bags up into Appa’s saddle and huffed. “Yeah, yeah, I’m a terrible brother, I get it. Just tell Katara I love her and we’ll be back soon.” He stopped suddenly and turned to look at Ursa, a grim sort of smile on his face. “But, if you do get a chance to talk to the jerkbender, I have a thing or two you can pass along to him. I think it’ll probably make a bigger impact coming from you...”


.


.


“I want to be in front this time,” Katara insisted as Zuko loosened the rein from where he had tied it around a slim trunk. He pretended not to hear her and made to climb up in the saddle, but she swept in front of him, glaring.

“I said,” she said, “I want to be in front.”

“You’re not riding in front,” Zuko said with every ounce of authority he could muster. The night was growing long and they were both tired and irritable, but they still had one airfield to go. “You don’t know how to guide an eel-hound. And you don’t know where we’re going. Just let me do it.”

She slapped his hand off the harness and shoved between him and their mount and started clambering up. “No. I’m shorter than you. I should be in front. It doesn’t make sense for me to spend the whole time clinging to your back blind like a baby koala-otter. You can tell me what to do and where to steer. It’ll be fine.”

Zuko wanted to argue, but there really wasn’t time. He couldn’t sense the coming dawn yet, but they had been at this for hours. They couldn’t have long left. So, against his better judgment, he climbed up behind her and pointed her in the right direction.

If he was being completely honest with himself, he had enjoyed Katara’s grasping hands on his chest and belly, the heavy brushes of her body against his. Her breath against the back of his neck and shoulders. Even her pointy chin stabbing at him. It had been entirely too pleasing to feel her against him, even if she only meant it in an entirely platonic I-just-don’t-want-to-fall-off kind of way. 

And Zuko respected that. He had firmly kept his mind on the task ahead and on the work of handling the eel-hound. Not once - not even when he had felt what he assured himself had not been her nipples stiffening against his back when they were swimming between islands - had he allowed his mind to stray to thoughts inappropriate to have about an ally.

As soon as he mounted behind her, that discipline started to crack. 

Zuko had the leg and core strength to hold himself steady without grabbing the rider ahead of him. Which he did, diligently. He braced his hands on his thighs or the back of the saddle except when he was pointing to direct Katara toward the best path. He also kept his seat farther back than she had, so his thighs were close to hers, but not touching. Overall, he had excellent control over his body and his mind.

What he could not control was Katara.

She slipped and swayed in the saddle so much Zuko worried she might fall all on her own. So, after watching her and wincing for several minutes, he just caught her waist with both hands and steadied her. 

“You’re gonna fall off like that,” he grumbled. 

“I am not,” she snapped over her shoulder - but did not tell him to remove his hands.

Which... he glanced down and saw in a moment of moonlight when the clouds thinned how pale his thumbs were where they curled around her dark-clad sides... how her hips flared out just below where he gripped her, how she leaned forward slightly as they surged over a short rise...

You never asked her if she might like to try it from behind, murmured the hissing voice, low and insidious, because you were too busy kissing her to think how delectable such a view as this might be... but if you’ll recall, when you woke her in the tent, pressed behind her with every inch of your bodies touching, she arched her back and ground herself against you... She’d be game - you could bet your crown on it...

“You should start doing strength building exercises,” he said instead of thinking about that. He hurled the thought as far from his mind as he could as if it was a lit explosive. “You need muscle.”

“I don’t need muscle. Waterbending isn’t about muscle.”

“No, but staying in a saddle is.”

“Hmph,” she said, and Zuko was annoyed enough to forget about his hands for a time.

But when they hit the sea for the swim to the next island, the impact had her leaning until her back was square against his chest. She straightened away from him, but the buffeting of the waves pressed her back to brush against him again and again. 

The rhythm of it was... distracting. Zuko wanted to command her to pick one and just stick with it. He wanted to tell her that it was okay to lean on him. He wanted to drag her back by his grip on her waist and close his arms around her and hold her against his chest.

Instead, he just endured it, the slow, wet impact of their bodies colliding. The warmth of her. The smell of her, somehow stronger with seawater wetting her skin. Her wolftail, brushing his throat with a fiendish tickle that jolted through him. 

His grip on her waist... he could feel the way her hips... rocked... with the movement of the saddle...

That thought he had hurled away previously had not been an explosive at all; it came slamming back into his head like a boomerang.

He tried to turn his mind to other things, tried to stop the inertia his body was building, but it came on him nevertheless. In a moment of mortifying inevitability, he felt himself harden in the sodden confines of his pants.

He felt like a creep. An idiot and a pervert and a creep. Katara had been frightened when his desire showed on his face; how much worse would it be if she realized he was having a physical reaction while his hands were on her? 

At the same time, Zuko felt a surly, put-upon irritation, because he had tried his best to avoid this situation. He hadn’t meant for this to happen! She had insisted! It wasn’t his fault! 

He bent his mind toward thinking his most chilling thoughts and forcing his body to cool. He tried briefly thinking of his father’s dismissal, but that only looped him back around to the fresh memory of Katara destroying the first of the Fire Lord’s airships... which led him to invent a few symbolic things they might have done in that engine room... 

He banished those thoughts as well, but it was too late. He was now thoroughly worked up. At least Katara didn’t know and he’d have the rest of the ride to get a handle on it... if she would just stop brushing up against him!

As they lurched up on the rocky shore, Zuko had just enough time to be relieved the swim was finally over... and then the eel-hound started climbing the extinct volcano atop which the final airfield was hidden. They both leaned forward in the saddle to accommodate the incline as the beast heaved upward.

And then, suddenly, on the wet, slippery saddle, Katara’s hips slid back and her butt slammed against Zuko’s groin with a wet slap.

“Uhgh-” he grunted helplessly, now bent practically over her. 

“Auh-!” she squeaked, freezing where he held her.

His chest was now poised a short span above her back. His grip remained firm on her waist, but that only made it worse. Because instead of holding her body away from his, he found he was suddenly almost pinning her down to the saddle with her thighs flush against his.

And her butt, with the eel-hound’s every surging stride up the volcano, ground roughly against his aching erection - which had swiftly rallied, his efforts at control blown in an instant - in the worst, most wonderful accident that had ever befallen him.

“Uh-hum,” he said, his mind gone numb with shock and sluggish with pleasure that would not relent.

Katara just sat stiff in his grip, her ribs expanding a little hard against his fingers with her elevated breathing. Her hands still clutched the reins but were braced against the wide front edge of the saddle, the only thing stopping her from falling belly-down against it. 

There was no possible way she could not notice this. She was definitely aware of this happening, of him doing this, and was clearly too shocked to react.

“Um!”

Finally Zuko regained his senses, jerked his hands the few inches down to her hips, and shoved her forward, widening the gap between their bodies enough for decency. She let out a startled squeak that instantly became repurposed in his brain. He wanted to yank his hands off her at once, but he didn’t dare; she’d just slide back again as their ascent continued. Instead, he gripped her hips and throbbed and focused on his breathing and, because it was solid and available and a distraction, he grabbed hold of his anger and frustration.

“You had to sit in front,” he growled near her ear. “Stubborn, bossy little brat-!

There was an instant while he was talking when he might have felt guilty. The last time something like this had happened, it had frightened her. Zuko had frightened her. But tonight, with his blood and his temper both so hot, apologizing was not at the front of his mind. He really just wanted to make sure she knew that this situation was very obviously her fault and not some sleazy plan of his. 

But the moment when Zuko might have felt guilty for blaming her for his reaction passed in the nanosecond it took Katara to respond.

“Not so fun in the back, is it?” she demanded, her voice all breathless vindication. 

It took Zuko a moment to put her words and tone together in his muddled brain, but the hissing voice was there, quick to seize an opportunity in his moment of weakness.

She felt it, too! With her arms around you and her legs spread against yours and her nipples scraping against your back - yes they did! - she may not like you, but she feels the enticement of your body on hers. Being in back could be a great deal of fun with her desire awakened to you...

His fingers, unbidden, splayed just slightly wider where he gripped her hips.

She felt it, the raspy voice cut in and corrected, and she did not like feeling it.

It blew his mind a little bit that she could actually be aroused by him at all after everything, but then he quickly realized that was a stupid thought. Of course she could still feel that way about him even though she didn’t like him; she hadn’t liked him a whole lot when she had first kissed him, either. They had actually been fighting - truly fighting - when it had happened. So it made a kind of sense that, despite the rift between them, they could still both feel the attraction.

This is an opportunity! She might be more inclined toward forgiveness if you alleviate some of her tension first. You could slide your fingers down over her trousers now - you’re just inches away and the saddle would make it so easy to give her all the friction she needs... And perhaps afterward she might let you bend her over and alleviate your own tension...

Zuko drew a deep breath and shut his eyes and tipped his scowl up to the rain. He had made a promise. Nothing was going to happen. And just because they both felt it - this simmering attraction laced so tightly together with their animosity - didn’t mean anything should be allowed to come of it. 

She didn’t like feeling this way for him. She didn’t want to.

And this situation, for reasons he struggled to put his finger on, was both dizzyingly exciting and wrenchingly sad. The possibilities were as painful as they were hopeful. That he might abandon his promise so easily. That Katara might be so torn within herself that she would forget his crimes against her. That her forgiveness might be won in some half-measure, stripped of a precious weight he needed desperately to give her. That he might have her body and not her forgiveness at all.

Enticingly, that she might feel so aroused by him that she would set aside her pride and hurt... 

Or, horribly, that she might simply be excited by the situation and not him, not really...

It just felt... wrong. And maybe it was a really enticing kind of wrong, maybe (as the hissing voice giddily suggested) it would be very satisfying to feel her succumb to him like that, but Zuko simply didn’t feel right about it. And he fought now to remind himself that he needed to listen to that feeling, that it was a warning. A warning he had ignored in the past to total disaster.

He had made a promise. And he was going to keep it.

So Zuko grabbed onto his irritation with both hands, just as tight as he held onto her hips. Tighter.

“You’re right,” he said snidely. “It’s kind of uncomfortable back here. Because you don’t have the muscle it would take to keep from rubbing all over me.

Katara turned an outraged eye over her shoulder to glower at him. “Fine. Maybe I will start working out. But not because you suggested it!” She stuck her nose up in the air and faced forward again. “I certainly wouldn’t be rubbing all over you if I could help it.”

“Good. Then you can ride in back when we go to meet our contact.”

“I’m not riding in back!”

“Rrgh! Katara, you can’t seriously think this is better than just holding onto me!”

“Better for me,” she said primly.

“It’s better for you,” he said with scathing disbelief, “to feel me... pitching a tent behind you? Are you being serious or do you just feed on my embarrassment?”

“I’m serious. It’s better than riding in back. You can just hold onto my hips, that’s fine.”

Zuko rolled his eyes and gritted his teeth. She probably wouldn’t say that if she knew where his mind went with her hips filling his hands and feeling so deeply right

But she was saying it, he realized, because she would rather he was teased into a state than be teased herself. And she’d only have to deal with the girl kind of state! Which was a subtle, mostly concealed phenomenon - still largely pretty mysterious to Zuko - that happened under clothing and did not protrude humiliatingly to announce itself to the world. She would rather he put his hands on her and ride all the way across the Fire Nation with a raging hard-on than be forced to feel good herself just holding onto his back. 

That didn’t seem fair.

But then, when was Zuko’s life ever fair?

Zuko tried to think exclusively of this injustice as they arrived at the top of the volcano and began their descent into the caldera. The airfield was cut into the forest below, lit with a few widely-spaced yellow lamps. They could see it for a moment before they descended past the treeline. At length, Katara shrugged and spoke in the leafy dark.

“And you don’t have to be embarrassed,” she huffed. “It’s an involuntary reaction, I know that. It’s perfectly natural.”

It is also quite natural to take a woman on her hands and knees in the dirt. That’s how all the animals do it. Very natural. And wouldn’t it be especially pleasing to have this superior, demanding woman in such an undignified state? To drive her into her own involuntary reactions..?

Zuko huffed out a sigh through his teeth as a fresh pulse beat through him. “Can we just stop talking about it? You win. You can have the front.”

“Such a gentleman.”

“Shut up. You’re doing hot-squats when we get back. At least fifty.”

“What are hot-squats? And no?”

“You said you wanted to work out. They’re good for building leg and core strength.”

“I don’t want to do your fire-themed exercises, thanks.”

“Then you can rename them,” Zuko growled at the back of her head, “but I’m giving you the front and I want something in return.”

“What, and you’re just dying to micromanage my fitness regimen?”

“I just want to be the reason you’re too sore to walk comfortably for a few days.” 

She gasped and stiffened in front of him and Zuko immediately gritted his teeth in frustration at his own stupid flapping mouth.


.


.


Azula led her soldiers down from the pass under the midday sun. She did not bother with the rope ladder - merely leapt from the cliff and landed with a puff of blue flames and an expert stance. 

Her scouts had informed her there did not seem to be any way through the wall that surrounded the estate, but that was what grappling hooks were for. She divided her forces. Half she sent to beset the front gate and the other half would accompany her over the wall. When the signal came, the assault was swift and efficient from both prongs. Just as it should be. Perfect.

Except the villa was empty. 

Azula had it searched thoroughly, but nothing of any use remained. No escaped slaves. No witnesses. No documents or plans stupidly scribbled down in her brother’s heavy-handed characters. The house had been stripped even of stores of food and spare clothing. 

The only sign of what had happened here was the heap of clipped iron collars left in the drive like a message. 

She had not planned to set fire to the villa. She had thought she would march her traitorous brother through the streets of Harbor City to show the rabble what a deficient weakling they had so foolishly thrown their support behind. But then she had been staring at those collars and a fragment of memory had knifed through her mind - running in the swaying grass of a dune, chasing-

Too slow, Lala!

It hardly mattered if the hovel burned, she thought as she watched her blue flames catch and spread. The Gans were obviously traitors in any case. Their support for Zuko had so far publicly extended only to proper hospitality for a royal guest and saccharine enthusiasm for his humanitarian endeavors, but their private meetings were another matter. Even just in the hours it had taken to arrange this raid, Azula’s agents had reported back to her a number of little events and get-togethers held prior to some trivial business that conveniently took the Gan family - and their entire household - from the city.

That conniving inveigler and her bleeding-heart husband were obviously moving against the Fire Lord. Father had suspicions, but Azula was certain. It could be nothing else-

Haste makes you foolish, Azula. 

You wouldn’t want to disappoint me like your brother...

Azula’s eyes were wide as she watched the flames - yellow now and sickeningly ordinary - lick up the walls and fill the windows with smokey shadows. She felt, horrible and unfamiliar, a lancing pang of doubt pierce through her.

She was right, of course, the Gans were traitors. It was obvious!

But perhaps burning their villa had been premature. Perhaps such an act of obvious aggression would incite more unrest. Perhaps there would be a backlash among the court when it became known that the Princess was at it again...

Perhaps Father would not approve.

The fire before her roared, but the heat felt so far away from her numb fingers, suddenly clenched tight on nothing.

She crammed those pathetic misgivings deep into the back of her mind. Azula did not make mistakes and she did not doubt her decisions. She was the crown princess, the heir apparent. She was perfect.

She had to be.

Completely unaware of the wide, furious set of her eyes, Azula ordered her forces to return up the cliff the way they had come. It would not do for any riled-up peasants to see the royal guard leaving this scene. Without any witnesses to the event, it could remain unconfirmed who had started the blaze. If it turned out to be a misstep - which it wouldn’t, of course, the Gans were traitors and traitors did not deserve unburned houses - then at least the arson would not be connected directly to Azula.

The royal guards themselves knew better than to cast their unnerved sideways glances where the Princess might see them. They knew to remain silent for the entire march back to the palace. They knew to stare straight ahead until they were dismissed and had made their way back to the barracks.

And they knew, when they talked behind closed doors about what had happened with their friends and families who worked in the palace or the fine houses surrounding it, they must even then speak of it only in whispers.

 

Notes:

Thanks for reading! I'll aim for Sunday again for the next chapter. But no promises on that one... it also has missing scenes atm.

I borrowed Lala from this comic by demaparbat-hp on tumblr: https://www. /demaparbat-hp/751511401044066305?source=share

Chapter Text

 

“I just want to be the reason,” Zuko growled, practically in her ear, “you’re too sore to walk comfortably for a few days.” 

Katara gasped in a tiny, shocked breath as heat pulsed through her, down her spine, between her presently-overworked legs, and deep in her heavy abdomen. It radiated especially through her hips, where his palms pressed and his fingers dug in, his smallest fingers tickling the seams of her thighs when the eel-hound jostled.

Those hands had felt very similar that night he took her against the wall in the hold - hot palms spanning her bared thighs and butt, pulling her apart as he drove into her, just his breath and hers in the dark to drown out the roaring ocean in her ears.

She had been very sore indeed the morning after that time. She hadn’t realized it if he’d noticed... but he had been watching her so very closely on that voyage...

“Tch,” Katara said now with no small amount of breathy disgust.

It was a little better in the front, but the feelings were not gone. His hands, even just on her waist, had been a teasing distraction. Stubborn, unshakable, unfailingly staying put... despite how her mind provided possible places for them to stray. Her stupid, stupid mind. That sneaky force, pushing her towards what was obviously the worst impulse for her right now. 

The stronger, smarter part of Katara had been thinking, when the waves were pushing her around so easily before, that she might as well just give it up and ride in back again. At least then she could just kind of hold onto him and relax for the most part. 

But the second they had started up the mountain and she had slipped back against him, she had become determined that the front was hers. What really made it better was the knowledge that Zuko wasn’t immune. If he was suffering too, then the added physical strain was worth it. 

The feeling of... just how hard he was suffering... had been extremely gratifying. 

But it could have been much more gratifying. 

She had been wrestling an impulse - an absolute catastrophic near-compulsion - to lean even farther forward and feel that hot swell in his pants rub against the spot where she really needed it.

Luckily, Zuko had saved the day by being the disciplined jerk he was. 

Well, mostly disciplined.

“I mean-! I didn’t mean...” He huffed out a sigh and dropped his voice to a grumble. “No, that’s a lie. I meant that exactly how it sounded. Sorry.”

His tone was too petulant for him to really be all that sorry. Like she wasn’t playing fair somehow. 

She wasn’t the one saying extremely provocative things that made him think of past events and experiences better left un-reflected-upon!

Well two could play at that game.

“Huh. Alright, Zuko,” Katara said archly, turning her narrowed eyes over her shoulder at him. “I’ll do your stupid exercises, but you have to help me with my waterbenders.” She smirked. “They’ll build confidence faster if they have a firebender dummy to practice on. That can be you.”

She couldn’t see his face terribly well, even from so close, but she could smell what was probably tea faintly on his breath. “What? No. Make one of the guards do it.”

“I don’t know them and neither do the healers. Besides, the point is-” She bared her teeth and hoped he could see her grinning in the gloom. “-if I’m gonna be sore, you should be sore, too. Fair’s fair, Zuko.”

For a second, the shadowy shape of him was silent. She could just barely make out his wide eyes. His hands held very still on her hips. He seemed not to be breathing.

Then his fingers twitched - the briefest clench into her flesh - and did not otherwise move. It shot a lick of fire along her nerves, had her pulsing where she was pressed against the saddle.

“You’ve got a deal - but not a very good one.” 

The moonlight brightened and she could see now that he was smiling that mean little smile he used to use when he thought he was winning some petty contest. Katara had not seen that look on his face in months and it struck her very suddenly as odd that he had never gloated quite like this when he had held all that power over her.

“I’ve seen your waterbenders. The worst they’re gonna do is splash me and giggle about it.” He let his teeth show, he might have been savoring her widening eyes. “You, however, are gonna rue the day I take charge of your conditioning.”

She met his eye a second too long, breathing a bit unsteadily, then scoffed and turned away. “Phuh. We’ll see who’s ruing when they start practicing the water whip.”

“Sure,” he said, sounding way more smug and confident than he had any right to be. 

It made Katara want to feel his breath on the back of her neck again - and his teeth - but he was sitting too far away now...

No! He was sitting at a proper distance and Katara did not want him breathing anywhere near her! She had made that deal so she could watch Zuko get beat up by her students, and maybe a little bit so that she didn’t have to concoct her own strength-building exercises - not so he could boss her around and smirk about her sore muscles. And maybe growl more provocative things...

The thought shortened her breath. Then she huffed.

What was she doing? Had the last couple of months not been enough of a lesson to teach her that messing around with Zuko was a mistake? Letting her guard down around him wasn’t safe! She should have shut him down with some snide comeback or shamed him for being intentionally inappropriate or slapped him with the icy wash he so clearly needed. Any of those things would have been more prudent. 

But instead, she basically invited him to keep teasing her. Keep gripping her hips. Keep pitching that tent just inches behind her... where she might, given another sudden change in direction, slip in the saddle and encounter it again. 

He would want more than teasing. He pretty obviously already wanted more. The way he had groaned and hesitated before moving her, the way the rhythmic motions of the eel-hound had rubbed their bodies together and the flex of his abdomen had continued with that long stride... If Katara had arched her back and lowered herself just a little more, if their clothing had not been in the way...

He would have slid in so easy through all the slippery wetness this ride had coaxed out of her.

He still could, she realized, her neck and back prickling.

And... if she wanted it, was that really so bad? She didn’t need to trust him or let her guard down to get what her body was craving, did she? She was a warrior, after all, she was risking her life and warriors sometimes indulged their appetites. And if she pulled him down in the shadows of this forest, only she and Zuko would know. There was no one here this time to write a play about it. And besides, Bogara already thought she was giving him rewards! The sky hadn’t fallen. 

He had pushed her away before... but she sensed that resistance was a tenuous thing, perhaps just for her benefit. It probably would not take a lot of effort to break it...

But he was resisting. Even when she admitted - like a moron - that she had felt the same kind of troubling arousal riding behind him. The only change in him when she let that slip was his hands tightening on her hips and a long, tantalizing pause during which he evidently decided to just needle her rather than let her slide back against him and keep stoking the heat between them. 

He wouldn’t even have needed to do anything. Gravity would have done it for him.

And Katara knew with shameful certainty that, if he had let that happen, her own restraint would have crumbled pretty quickly. Her tired legs would have offered meager resistance. She would have slid back in the saddle until she felt it - him, his... parts, his... hardness - hot enough to penetrate through all their damp clothing. A few more strides of the eel-hound and she would have been face-down, trying to get that hard ridge right in her softest, most yielding place.

“We need to slow down,” he said in a low voice. “We’re getting close.”

Katara heaved a deep breath and slowed Cudi as the lights began peeking through the foliage. 

At the same time, she tried to push her heated thoughts along down the stream of her mind. Her fear was still there, smothered under all the enticements she’d been entertaining, and she took this opportunity to pull it out and shake it off and put it to work.

She was not going to be a fool again. She knew better now. She wasn’t going to be tricked into that soft, sweet chamber of her mind and let him betray her a second time-

You told Bogara that wasn’t going to happen. He isn’t going to switch sides again. He’s changed. Remember?

Changed enough to destroy airships with. Changed enough to let him watch her back. Changed enough to be an ally - an unwelcome guest who needed to be watched lest he try to make off with something of hers while he was in her house. Zuko could be trusted in the fight against his father. That was the extent of the trust between them.

They certainly weren’t friends. They had never been friends. 

She reined in the eel-hound as they came close to the yellow lights. Zuko leapt down from behind her before they even fully stopped and went to tie off the lead. Once again, Katara had to peel herself off the saddle and slide gracelessly to the ground. She was glaring pretty hard at his back, so she saw when he finished with the reins and paused to adjust himself.

And that didn’t help her clear her head. At all. That just made her think about him running around this airfield, stiff and ready to give her what she needed. Any moment. Anywhere.

Here and now. 

She didn’t need him to be a friend to her - what she needed from him was as simple as two bodies fitting together in the dark. 

He could do it from behind. He could pant and scrape his teeth on the back of her neck and she wouldn’t even have to see the shape of him.

Zuko glanced over his shoulder at her and froze under her stare. It was too dark and too far to pick out each other’s eyes or expressions, so for a moment they only watched the shadowed person across from them. For a moment, they watched each other through the muggy gloom created by the distant yellow lights, each hovering in an unspoken place. 

Zuko turned slowly to face her, his shoulders appearing narrow and then wide again. Broad. Strong. His voice came quiet to her.

“Are you okay? There isn’t a lot of time left before sunrise but, if you want a rest, I could scout ahead-” 

“I don’t need to rest,” Katara said, kind of lying, kind of resenting the gentle note in his voice. “What I need-”

She hesitated for only an instant.

“-is to get this over with.”

He nodded and led the way through the bushes and Katara followed, stewing. 

She felt... so tangled up. Angry and resentful and hurting and sad... Like a pot of different kinds of noodles that shouldn’t be mixed but were, and her desire was the flame underneath, driving the boil to disastrous levels. She could do it, reach out across the space separating them and make it happen, this thing they both clearly wanted. She had a feeling that, if she did that, all those noodles were going to fuse together into a knot that could never be untied. 

And that maybe that’s how it should be. Forever.

But right now, there was a vitally important mission to be accomplished. Life and death for hundreds, even thousands of people hinged on what they did tonight. They were so close to total success; not even one alarm had gone up yet and, if they could finish strong, then they could do even more good tomorrow. Everything else was unimportant. Everything else could wait until after the mission was done.

Until then, if Zuko could resist, by Tui and La, Katara was going to resist harder.


.


.


Ursa slept the rest of the day alone in the cave after its occupants had departed and woke well into the night. She had thought she might wait there until morning, but felt herself drawn to get moving. A steady mist fell beyond the cave’s mouth, but the moon occasionally spilled through the clouds and cast all the world in glistening cold light. 

And Ursa knew now, at last, what she truly needed to do.

She packed up her new supplies and rolled up her new blanket - which smelled unfortunately rather strongly of the gallant prince who had given it to her without comment. It would appear no one in the Avatar’s entourage was adept at doing laundry. But Ursa found herself too fond of the young man to hold his odor against him. 

It had been on the tip of her tongue to tell him she had met his father, that he possessed the man’s good-hearted chivalry. That the Captain had tried to leave her with rabbits much the same as his son had. But of course, if she had begun the story, she would have had to finish it.

So then I poisoned them all. Just a little, to make them sleep. No, they didn’t actually do anything to deserve it...

Not like your father, Prince Iroh. He very much deserved the silent agony I saw in his eyes before the end-

There had been a moment as everyone was climbing aboard the - startlingly present the entire time - bison, when Ursa had stood with Iroh apart from the rest.

“You must be so very careful, Ursa,” he said, earnest and entirely too kind to bear. “If my brother catches you, he will not let you escape a second time. I am not even certain why he let you go into exile the first time. Sentiment has never weighed very heavily in his decision-making.”

Ursa had not told him the words Ozai said that night so long ago, smirking with his horrible, handsome mouth, but they had echoed through her memory.

That’s the way it’s done with brood mares, is it not? Put out to pasture as a reward for their service once their age of usefulness is past.

“I think,” she breathed through the old sting and humiliation, “he was just in a good mood. And did not believe I posed any danger once the throne was his.”

“An arrogant miscalculation. He has made a number of them, but that is perhaps the most egregious.”

Iroh’s expression had shifted then, steady and sharp and penetrating. Knowing. The kindness thinned and beneath it was the great general, equipped with all the ruthless strategic cunning that had earned him his glory.

“After all, there are not many who could force a monarch to name a new successor, much less assassinate him in the same fell swoop.”

Ursa had stood pinned by that stare, struggling to put any explanation or excuse or justification into words. He knew. He knew, he’d always known, of course he did, Iroh knew everything

But after a beat, Iroh only shrugged and shook his head. The warmth and concern returned to his eyes.

“An oversight I imagine Ozai has realized by now. You must not be caught. And yet I...” He furrowed his brow, rubbed the back of his neck, and then peered at her earnestly. “I understand why you must go. Zuko truly does need you now more than ever.”

Ursa hesitated, did not speak. She let her thoughts swim behind her secret eyes. Iroh went on, evidently not knowing everything after all.

“It is my belief that he is torn between the two halves of himself. The legacy of Sozin and Roku lives on in him, an endless struggle between evil and good. The good half came from you, Ursa.”

Iroh offered her a faint, hopeful smile. It cracked a great fissure in Ursa’s heart.

“Perhaps it really was destiny that brought us together here. If anyone could save Zuko, it is you.”

Ursa had stared back at him for a long, silent moment, too stunned for words.

How could he believe such a thing? He knew what she had done, what she was, and he somehow still thought she was some kind of embodiment of goodness? 

Or perhaps - a horrible shudder passed through her as the thought struck - he believed she was a conduit through which goodness could flow from a man in her lineage to a man she had birthed. For a shattering moment, she was a vessel again, a plain clay pot that could transport fine wine but possessed no such quality herself. 

No. 

No, the other brother would suppose such a thing. That was not what Iroh meant. What Iroh meant was just... so difficult to believe.

Her hands were so tainted with the baneful poisons she had administered to his father that she could never ever wash them clean - and yet Iroh believed they were somehow fit to comfort Zuko. More than that, he thought she could be some towering example for him, some grand force of Good.

Zuko had suffered so terribly, for years and years now, and it had all been Ursa’s fault. She had run away to hide in her self-involved shame and devastation and had left him there with his father, had foolishly trusted that a weak and easily-circumvented promise could protect him from that beast.

Swear to me that my children’s lives are safe in your hands. That you will always do what’s best for them.

-what’s best-

Had anyone ever been more stupid and desperate than Ursa? 

And looking into Iroh’s eyes now, she saw a lost version of herself reflected back; a gentle young woman snatched from her simple life to bear children for a wicked and ambitious man. Before she had sunk beneath his twisted depths. Before she had become a killer and a torturer and an instrument of his advancement. Before she had abandoned her children to his brutal keeping.

Iroh knew everything... but he did not know anything about who Ursa was now. Not really. What he believed she was was... impossible. Crazy. He looked right at her and did not see her. 

The shivering pain through her chest might have been relief... but was not.

“I will do all that I can,” she said with agonized honesty.

Ursa had laid a hand on his shoulder and, abruptly, found herself hugging him - found him hugging her. They had never embraced in that life before, not tight and fierce like this. But then, they had never realized in that life that they might be saying goodbye forever. 

And perhaps Iroh did not really see her... but he was the closest she might ever come. He was family.

Presently, Ursa spied lanterns on the road ahead and veered onto a rutted track that climbed up into the patchy shadows of a thinner forest. When the moon was swallowed up by clouds again, she could see a faint glow ahead, the distant castings of whatever town waited at the top of this path. Better a town than strangers on the road.

But it seemed luck was not with her; the lanterns turned up the same track and Ursa found herself breathless with her effort to reach the top of what turned out to be a mountain. She emerged from the forest onto a switchback road that climbed the bare reaches of rock toward the pinnacle and only after making her way up and up to almost the top could she see that the light she had spied was not coming from a town, but from a guarded gateway. Lanterns hung from posts on either side of the entryway into the caldera, and by their light Ursa could see soldiers loitering, keeping watch.

There was no town, she realized. Just some military installation. A hidden one, which meant secrecy. And the lanterns coming up the path behind her were likely soldiers. 

Best not to be seen here.

There would be no going back the way she had come until the road was clear, and with so little cover here, Ursa could not hope to hide by the road and backtrack. But there was a narrow goat-monkey trail she could just barely make out in the gloom, winding along the mountain’s side. Perhaps she could get out of sight and then make her way back later or find another path down.

She picked her way carefully east along the trail until the road and the lanterns were out of sight, then sat beneath an overhang as the rain picked up again. The clouds kept thinning and the moonlight cast over the shadowy shapes of the rocky coast far below. The sea seemed to dance when the moon peeked out. Along the coast to the west, there was a cluster of lights. She would make for them and hope it was truly a town this time. A port where she could buy passage to Harbor City.

Somehow. She had no money, but perhaps she could trade some of the supplies she had been given. And if not that, perhaps she could offer remedies or cook for the crew. Or something. It didn’t matter how she got to Harbor City, so long as she got there. Then she would climb another switchback road. 

No - there was another, better way to reach the palace; the hidden passage Ozai had escorted her to that last night.

After she had done his evil for him and he had sworn on his life to always do what was best for her children.

It was only as she was stumbling empty-handed down that narrow path on the cliff - so similar to the one she had just walked - that she realized that what was best could be used to destroy her children all the same.

Because discipline for unruly behavior - that was best. Teaching the lessons a child needed to face the responsibilities of the role they were born into - that was best. It became clear before she reached the end of that trail in the dark that the only way Ozai could unequivocally break his promise was by actually killing one of them.

But by then it was too late. The promise was made. All Ursa could do was leave her children and her life and her name behind and hope that Ozai would honor the spirit of the promise he had made. 

For all the six years she lived in the Earth Kingdom and grieved the loss of her children, she had comforted herself with the insistent belief that he had. It was only when she heard about the banished prince that she was forced to accept how she had deluded herself, how it had all been for nothing, how her instinct had been right from the start. 

And yet, technically, Ozai might not have broken his promise.

There was nothing Zuko could have done that would have deserved it. Even if he had challenged his father to an Agni Kai as she had believed for years that he had, banishing him, burning his face was too much. There was simply no possible way for that to be what was best for Zuko!

You have ruined my son with your pathetic weakness. If he suffers and struggles to be a proper prince, it is your peasant blood and your simpering submission that has brought that fate on him. You are entirely ignorant of what it takes to rule, so do not presume to question how I raise him.

Back and forth, back and forth. Like the waves crashing against the rocks below, creeping ever higher as the tide pressed them in. So Ursa had pressed for years closer and closer to the palace. Closer and closer to what she knew had to happen, to what she was now finally certain beyond any doubt had to be done.

Ozai was going to pay the price for breaking his promise. Because even if he could justify what he had done by some convoluted argument based in the loose terms she had chosen, even if he truly believed he had kept his promise, he had not.

Iroh had said it himself. The boy Zuko had been was burned away almost entirely. Perhaps he was still alive - but the boy she had known, Ursa’s child, her Zuko, had died on that dueling court. His father had killed him.

And now Ursa was going to do to Ozai what she had done to his father before him. Only this time, there would be no shred of remorse in the eyes that watched him writhe and squeal and succumb. There would be only Ursa, watching patiently as his body - the body that had used and tormented her for ten years of marriage and another ten of memory - devoured itself.

Ursa’s seething, patient thoughts were so all-consuming that even though she was staring right at the coast, she did not notice the giant beast coming until it was bounding up the mountainside as if on level ground. Then, she blinked, and fear zinged through her. 

It was coming right towards her. 

Unthinking in her terror, Ursa scrabbled back on her rear, pressing hard against the back wall of the shallow overhang - but there was no space, no cover. That great animal was coming right for her and she had nowhere to hide, no chance of running-

And then it leapt right over her overhang and continued on up the slope, but Ursa still heard the voices that carried slightly over the beast’s scrabbling claws.

“-not riding in back!” said a girl’s voice, sharp and irritable.

“Rrgh! Katara, you can’t seriously think this is better than-!”

And then the eel-hound had passed and Ursa could only hear the distant sounds of its leaping strides as it moved quickly beyond hearing. Then, the quiet of the night fell on her ringing ears.

Katara. There was only one Katara in the Fire Nation.

And arguing with her, making that particularly frustrated sound he had made when his sister had played another of her tricks at his expense, sounding so exasperated and disbelieving and put-upon...

His voice had grown deeper, a young man’s voice now, almost unrecognizable... but it was him. Ursa knew it in her bones, in the blood beating furiously through her shattered heart.

That was her Zuko. 

Ursa forgot her plan. She forgot her pack, which she had pushed off her shoulders while she rested. She forgot the dangerous secrecy of the military installation in the caldera above. She just started hurriedly climbing up the slope after the eel-hound, desperate to hear that voice again. To see the dear face she had not seen in so terribly long. To enfold him in her arms one more time.


.


.

 

“Azula, you’ve really outdone yourself,” Ty Lee gushed. “I had only just gotten back to Caldera when I heard from Chi Fong’s cousin that you had commanded all the slaves returned to the palace. The whole court is so relieved that the Water Princess won’t have a reason to come sneaking into their houses anymore!”

“Perhaps if the court was not entirely peopled with incompetent cowards who employ even more incompetent cowards to guard their households, I wouldn't have had to resort to such drastic measures,” Azula sighed, leading the way down the long, torch-lined tunnel that was the only path in or out of her trap. “As it stands, this situation requires precision and control. With their nest burned, the rats have scattered. The surest way to catch them now is with irresistible bait in a single, inescapable location.”

“You’re so smart, Azula! They don’t stand a chance!”

It was true, of course. The moon would be full tomorrow night. That scheming peasant would be desperate to use the best of her power while she had it, so even fully aware she was walking into a trap, she would not be able to stay away. Perhaps, when she discovered there were no slaves left to free among the noble houses, she would even be drawn into the trap tonight. Azula smirked at the thought. Victory was assured either way - down in these tunnels deep below the palace, there were no streams or lakes to draw from. The waterbender would be severely limited, full moon or not.

“It’s actually pretty lucky,” Ty Lee went on, her good cheer turning more muted, “that the Gan villa caught fire, huh? Do you really think Zuko did it?”

“Who else could it have been? He was probably attempting to destroy any evidence of his next moves. Now that he’s decided to make a nuisance of himself on a grander scale, he will only grow more desperate and destructive. Honestly, I wouldn’t put anything past him.”

A silence hung between them as they walked. It was nothing to Azula to lie to Ty Lee and blame the destruction of the villa on Zuko. Ty Lee would serve her purpose and spread the misinformation, and the court would gnaw the bones of that gossip rather than digging deeper and realizing Azula’s involvement. 

Of course, Father knew the truth. Azula had very briefly seized on the notion of concocting a story about Zuko fighting and somehow escaping her - but she had immediately realized that that would have been even more shameful than the truth, that he had predicted the attack and relocated to a now unknown base of operations. At least in the truth, she had not allowed him to beat her in combat, too.

No, in truth, it was only being too slow, too late, not quick enough. Just thinking the words, thinking of Father’s terrible cold silence as he listened to her report, had Azula’s heart pounding harder in her chest.

“I did hear this other rumor,” Ty Lee finally said in almost a whisper, “that some of the royal guard was there when the fire started...”

Azula stopped short. A guard had dared speak? She would have that one flogged. No, all of them. She would have the entire garrison flogged!

“Nonsense,” she said, smooth and easy and meeting Ty Lee’s wide, uncertain eyes. “If the royal guard had been there, don’t you imagine I would know about it?”

“Oh! Yes, of course you would, Azula!”

“It must be a ploy by Zuko’s supporters to spread lies and insulate him from the consequences of his rash actions.”

“That makes so much sense,” Ty Lee cried with a huge grin.

Azula carried on along the tunnel, carefully hiding her disquiet. She liked Ty Lee. Ty Lee was agreeable. Ty Lee made herself useful. Not like Mai, who had become basically worthless as soon as she began procreating. No, Ty Lee had her priorities straight; everything in her petty little life came after Azula. Because Azula was powerful and beautiful and perfect, and the only real glory available to Ty Lee was to ensure her princess’s success.

It felt good to be confident in that, especially now, with Father’s favor not so certain as it had always been before. Azula didn’t need Ty Lee or any of the other insignificant lackeys that flitted around her, but having her here settled a wild, frayed place in her mind and heart.

Perhaps that was why, when the attendants opened the steel doors to reveal the chamber packed with kneeling slaves - over a hundred all-told, every slave that had remained in the noble houses and every one the palace had kept tucked away - and when Azula watched Ty Lee take in her gathered bait with satisfaction, it did not occur to her that her friend’s wide eyes were indicative of more than just awe and the fear that was correct for the humble to feel for the mighty.

“Oh, Azula,” Ty Lee said, her heart crashing into her stomach at all those downturned faces, at the stench of their gathered fear, at the dark and seething auras of all those captive, tormented women, “you’ve really outdone yourself.”

Ty Lee had not actually met any of the slaves, apart from Princess Katara. She, like many minor members of Fire Court families, had known about the slaves mostly just in the abstract. Her family had had one floating around the house somewhere, periodically healing someone, she supposed. Meeting Katara, if anything, had deepened Ty Lee’s misconceptions - because the princess had come off as a bit withdrawn and somber, but she had not been... like this.

Unlike Azula, Ty Lee was not able to continue seeing other people’s misery in the abstract when she came face-to-face with it. What she was seeing in this moment undermined her comfort in the life she had been living here in Caldera. It made her long desperately, so much more than usual, to be back in the circus.

“When that peasant princess comes to free her people,” Azula explained in a clear, ringing voice, “she will either surrender or she shall watch as hidden archers cut down every last one of them.” With an elegant hand, she indicated the murder holes set in the ornate walls around the room. “Meanwhile you and I will engage her here in the entryway. The longer she attempts to resist us, the more of her people will die. I doubt she will put up much of a fight.”

Azula cast her eyes over the silent room, knowing these helpless fools would all be even more afraid, even more desperate to cling to their miserable lives. They were unrestrained and so very numerous - waterbenders, each and every one - yet they all just knelt there obediently. Defeated by their own barbaric culture. Pathetic. 

That impression did not change for Azula through the long hours of the night. She and Ty Lee strolled the tunnel or sat with hot cups of tea in an antechamber, just waiting for one of the runners to come in with news that any of the alerts had been set off. But nothing happened. None of the guards or servants Azula had planted with directions to the chamber had spotted the waterbender. No one did.

The waterbender hadn’t come at all.

In the end, Azula felt the rising sun flare hot as the acid in the pit of her stomach, and she stalked back into the chamber full of bait. Many of them were lying down by now, some curled together, grabbing what sleep they could on the stone floor after the exhausting hours of fear the previous night had brought them.

Perhaps it would take more than just knowing her people were captives to draw the waterbender in. Perhaps they needed to suffer.

“Get them up,” Azula snapped at the guards. “March them around the room. No. Take them up and march them around the palace drive. Let the city see how many of her precious people the Southern Princess left behind.”

Ty Lee stood in her place behind Azula’s shoulder, watching with her own tired, burning eyes.


.


.


Zuko kept to the shadows and watched for guards and tried to think about exercises that would benefit a waterbender. He was not trying to think about exercises that would be enjoyable to watch Katara perform. But that also seemed to be happening with increasing frequency. There was a certain hip-opening stretch he repeatedly caught himself trying to justify including in her training program...

He let out a sharp breath through his nose, almost wishing a fight would break out so he could work the edge off his energy. That would be terrible, of course - they would lose the element of surprise tomorrow night - but it would certainly feel better in this moment.

Enduring the agonizing struggle of the present in favor of long-term success was kind of becoming a theme tonight.

Katara was so confusing. She had been afraid of his desire a few days ago and now she was... not? Suddenly tonight, she was willing to let him get away with making stupid double-entendres. More than that, she let him get away with touching her, grasping her hips and waist and - he was still shocked it had happened every time he remembered it - grinding his hard-on against her butt. 

Presently, she emerged from one airship and, with a quick glance around, proceeded to the next. Zuko followed at a distance, still watching for guards but also kind of watching the darting dark shape of her.

In the night, wearing her discreet clothing, he couldn’t really make out any details of her figure... but that didn’t stop his eyes from sliding downward - and then snapping away.

He had rubbed up against her for a solid minute - maybe, he wasn’t sure, time had become fuzzy - and there’d been no reprisal at all! She hadn’t even called him a creep. She’d been... She had been aroused by it. Instead of tearing into him or physically attacking him, she gave him the power to plan her exercise regimen just so her waterbenders could practice on him. Instead of punishing him for his audacity, she just... just teased him back.

If I’m gonna be sore, you should be sore, too. Fair’s fair, Zuko.

It had instantly become a personal goal of his that she would always be the sorer of the two of them. He was going to work her so hard she-

Zuko drew a breath and checked all around, then darted to a shadowed spot under a different airship. He wanted her. Fine. That was nothing new. What was new was her reaction. Her tacit permission. 

She was letting him get closer. 

So why did it make him feel so... anxious? He should be excited. Happy. Encouraged by the progress. Surely this meant he was kind of succeeding in what he set out to do-

Only, no. It didn’t mean that at all. Katara could get hot enough to beg for him (his mind went on a very brief but intense tangent that had him tugging his pants to ease the returning pressure) but it didn’t mean she was any closer to forgiving him. 

Which was the point, he reminded himself firmly.

This development didn’t mean he was any closer to redeeming himself, just that there was a fresh new opportunity for him to screw everything up again. A desperately tempting opportunity. Which Zuko was determined he could resist. He was going to resist.

Something had changed for Katara, and as he watched a distant patrol pass - security was especially lax here, probably due to the remoteness of the base - Zuko bent his mind toward trying to understand what it could be. 

The likeliest explanation, he decided at length, was that this night, this mission... it was so similar to the training exercise. Before it had become so deadly, with Sokka captured and soldiers’ throats cut in the mud, it had been just them and the Water Tribe boys. Rescuing real prisoners in the night. Waking pressed together in the tent. Making out against that tree just out of sight of the others, where Zuko had really ground against her and she had hooked her leg around his hips so perfectly...

Katara emerged from the last airship, checked that the coast was clear, and made some big gestures. Zuko couldn’t see the icy needles fly, but he heard the chorus of low pops as they punched through the steel balloons again and again.

If he pressed her up against that wrecked airship, would she wrap her leg around him that way again? Would she let him kiss her neck and rut against her and whisper how it made him feel to watch her destroy his father’s fleet?

Zuko shook the thought away and followed her to the next airship - carefully, at a distance. 

They had come so far from those days. So many jagged pieces lay between them now. But the excitement was not so different. The thrill of adventure. Cleverness and subterfuge, bringing down the stronger foe. Maybe that was it. Maybe she was just remembering a time she had enjoyed working with him, a time when she didn’t hate him so much.

It gave him a soft and warm and painfully tender swell in his chest. She was so very close and still so terribly far away.

If she wanted to do that... well, Zuko could appreciate that. If he needed to be the one to make sure nothing happened between them that she would regret, then he would. It wasn’t easy to endure all the temptation and desire and anxiety... but this was a scant portion of the hardship he owed her.

He could take it.


.


.


Ursa found the eel-hound before even the soft gloom of dawn - but only because the creature kept shaking its head, jangling the bridle. She came upon it tied to a tree, its long neck hanging low in weariness. Whatever Zuko and the Water Princess were up to, they had ridden long and hard through the night.

The eel-hound raised its head to watch her approach, its ears twitching toward her and eyes going a little round.

Ursa spoke the sort of soft nothings she’d learned as a girl to speak to the draft animals in the village. She let the eel-hound sniff her, then worked up to stroking the creature’s neck. She idly plucked burrs from the halter that had evidently been chafing.

She couldn’t believe she had found it. The cliff had taken so long to climb. Ursa was not a tracker and the forest was not easy to navigate in the dark. It was incredible luck that she had managed to get here in time. That at any moment, her son would return. She would meet the man he had become. She would-

She would have to explain where she had been. 

Why she had not come to him sooner. 

Why she had never tried to reach him when they were both banished and she might have provided true comfort, she might have still been a mother when he truly needed a mother.

And now, instead, she would present herself to him in the middle of nowhere, as good as a stranger for all the years she had been parted from him. He might look at her face and not even recognize her at all. Or it could be worse. He might know her on sight - and look down at her as his father so often had, a prince regarding a peasant who dared meet his eye.

A rustle in the bushes was all it took to startle her and send her darting behind a tree. Ursa pressed her back to the ridged bark and all but held her breath as their footsteps came within her hearing. She did not see them, stared wide-eyed out at the dark forest instead, but the weariness in Princess Katara’s voice was evident.

“-almost be easy if there weren’t so many of them to destroy.” 

There was a pause, and then Zuko’s voice came from startlingly close to Ursa’s hiding place.

“Are you in any pain?” he asked quietly. 

From the corner of her eye, she could see the eel-hound’s lead come loose from where it was tied around a neighboring tree - but Ursa did not really notice that. She was listening to her son’s strange new voice. Probably, if he had been any other young man, she would not have heard the emotional undercurrents of such a question asked in such a mild tone. But like a ripple in a still pond, it echoed back over years and Ursa could see his puckered brow as he asked one of the thoughtful questions that hinted at the empathetic slant of his young mind.

It was him. It was her Zuko-

“No, I’m not in pain,” the Water Princess shot back witheringly, as if the very suggestion offended her. “I told you, I’m not frail.”

“I’m not saying you are,” Zuko returned, irritable now. “Deep burns like you had just... they can seem healed but still hurt for a long time.”

His had, Ursa instantly understood. His burned face had hurt long after it should have healed. His dear face-!

“Well, mine don’t.” There was a pause, then she sighed and went on in a less sharp tone. “My fingers sting or feel numb sometimes. And my face and chest... Iyuma says it’s normal. Otherwise, it’s like it never happened.”

There was a creak of leather, a grunt - and then a scrape of a boot returning heavily to the ground. The sequence repeated twice more. Then there was a long beat of silence. Neither of the voices spoke. Then, finally, Zuko heaved a breath. 

“Do you want a leg up?”

“I can do it! I’ve been climbing up on my own all night!”

“Then do it again,” he huffed, exasperated. “It’s just one more time.”

Ursa was not certain whether this was intended to encourage or disparage, but Princess Katara just growled something too low for her to hear. Leather creaked and no boots hit the ground. 

“Hmph,” she said, superior and higher up than she had been. “And don’t you mean five more times, workout chief?”

She said the title with faint mockery and an audible, not-very-nice smile.

Leather creaked a second time and Zuko’s reply was quiet, low in a slightly different register. Gloating.

“I’m told five can be daunting. But don’t worry; I’ll work you up to it.”

Humph!” 

The eel-hound wheeled and tore off through the underbrush and for a long moment, Ursa only stayed with her back against the tree, breathing. She raised her hand to her chest and was shocked it did not tremble.

Her regret was a living, raging thing. She could have met him. She could have looked him in his eyes and told him she loved him, told him she was sorry. She had just had a miraculous chance - and had spoiled it because she could not master her fear. She’d just hidden here like a coward! The time for hiding was over - and yet here was Ursa, still hiding!

All these years had passed, but some things remained so pathetically unchanged.

Ursa leaned against the tree for a long while, feeling her heart pound against her fingers and cursing it and herself. 

And yet, a longer-held fear at last was dying its final death. Princess Katara was not the cowed and ensnared girl that Ursa had been. And Zuko was not callous and controlling in the way of his father. They did not talk to each other like a prince and the girl he had enslaved. They talked like-

Stupidly into each other, Prince Sokka had said.

-young lovers who had quarreled and parted ways and bickered now with a tense, loaded energy building between them. The timbre of their voices, the prickling energy in their silences... The words they had exchanged had seemed largely innocuous - but Ursa had lived for ten years in the Fire Court. She had earned a survivor’s keen sense of tone.

Princess Katara was of course furious in the enduring way of the deeply betrayed. And Zuko was courting her forgiveness and, despite something of a surly attitude, appeared to be meeting with some success because Princess Katara, likely despite herself, evinced the faintest signs of thawing.

The Water Prince had been so insistent that Zuko was not exactly the man his actions made him seem to be. So much of what Ursa had heard around the Avatar’s fire had warmed her, offered a measure of reassurance... but it hadn’t been real. It was just more second-hand information. It was a portrait painted in sand; a sigh could rearrange it.

Now his new voice was in her heart, aching with the knowledge that this part of him had truly survived. The boy he had been had burned away but, like a torchwood tree charred down to a brittle skeleton, enough of his root remained to sprout again and grow. Compassionate and persistent and...

...sneaking around a military installation with a foreign princess, destroying things in the night.

Ursa understood in a crashing rush that Zuko had outstripped his uncle’s wildest hopes. Perhaps he was not openly defying Ozai, but he was working against his interests. Prince Sokka had been certain that he would not dare to free Princess Katara, but by some unclear means, Zuko had elicited her help to enact sabotage against the Fire Nation war machine. He was taking direct action to put an end to the war. 

And if Ursa was caught here, she would risk exposing their efforts.

She picked her way through the forest back as she had come as well as she could judge in the dark and then the rising light of day - but there were few landmarks and no jangling bridle to draw her back out. The sun was high in the sky when she finally managed to climb her way back over the ridge of the caldera and start making her way down the mountain.

Likely, that was when she was spotted. There was no loud alarm - no horns or bells that Ursa heard, so it was terribly surprising to find soldiers waiting for her on the goat trail where she had dropped her pack in the rocks. She very nearly tripped and fell down the mountain... But, when the guards’ hands cuffed around her arms and steered her back toward the gate, it quickly occurred to her that it would have been better for everyone, including her, if she had simply fallen and broken her fool neck.


.


The sun had not yet risen, but the sky was pale by the time they rode down to the sea and swam the eel-hound out to the sandbar that marked the westernmost reach of the island. Beyond it, a sailing craft waited at anchor. 

Quite unlike the fishing boat, this ship was massive and fast-looking, with elegant filigree detailing along its sides and three towering masts. It sat low in the water, clearly heavily loaded with cargo.

Katara steered the flagging eel-hound toward it and, once they were close enough, bent a swell to heave them all aboard. She barely had the strength to raise Cudi level with the deck, but luckily the eel-hound was able to scrabble her way up over the railing. 

Zuko leapt down the second he could, but Katara dismounted more slowly and gave the eel-hound’s gusting flank a final appreciative pat. A couple of sailors came to take the reins and guide the spent mount down a large ramp that let into the hold. Katara watched them go, feeling as exhausted as Cudi sounded. 

And yet also filled with a fierce, hungry ache that gnawed viciously at her temper. She glared at Zuko’s stupid, straight, broad back. He was facing the aft deck, where two finely-dressed figures made a stately descent, arm-in-arm.

“Ahoy!” said Lord Gan as he and Lady Gan performed one of their synchronized bows and smiled their genteel smiles. “Welcome, your highnesses, aboard The Ruby Kestrel.”

“Accommodations are awaiting you in your cabins below,” Lady Gan said with easy graciousness, “though we would be delighted if you should choose to grace us with your company for breakfast.”

“It’s been a long night,” Zuko said sourly. “We’ll be retiring directly.”

Katara shot him a reproachful look as she came to stand beside him. Maybe he was unaccustomed to being civil after staying up all night and running around, but she could do it just fine.

“That sounds lovely,” she said, smiling politely (and with just a hint of superiority), “but I’m afraid I’d probably doze off at the table. Maybe this afternoon? I would certainly like a chance to catch up.”

She looked especially at Lady Gan as she spoke and found the sentiment was actually genuine. It was kind of nice to see her, this unexpected ally who had put a map to her people in her hand.

Lady Gan smiled that proper smile right back, but a flicker of true warmth lit in her eyes. “We do have a great deal to discuss, Princess Katara. Daga very much wants to meet you - she will join us later, at what she has informed me is a decent hour. And there is the matter of your new wardrobe as well! My seamstress has only just finished. Perhaps once you have had a chance to rest, I might entice you into a fitting?” 

Her eyes had a special sparkle to them, a hint of something very near playfulness. Katara felt leery - her conversation with Bogara still hung at the back of her mind and she was not about to forget the woman before her was a Fire Noble - but she also felt weirdly... excited. She hadn’t tried on new clothes, clothes made especially for her, since back home in the village when Gran-gran had sewed her a new dress last fall. The thought of an entire wardrobe of things made just for her coaxed a thrill to bloom in her chest and throat. 

“That sounds... really fun, actually,” she said, fighting back the sudden urge to grin.  She was clearly dangerously close to exhausted hysteria. “But for now, I can’t imagine anything past getting to bed.”

“Of course, Princess. Please allow me to show you the way to your cabin.” 

Lady Gan’s expression did not change, but her eyes flicked slightly and Katara became aware of Zuko beside her, watching her with a smoldering side-eye. She glanced directly at him and felt herself briefly pinned by what seemed to be equal parts irritation and hunger.

He was clearly imagining a few things beyond getting into bed.

Katara tipped her nose up into the air and pretended the unsettling pulse between her legs was not pounding as hard as it had against that accursed saddle all night. “Goodnight, Zuko,” she said primly. “Lord Gan.”

They said some parting words, but she did not really hear them. Instead, she marched off with Lady Gan, trying to act smooth as the other woman escorted her down the stairs into the interior of the ship.

“His highness seems to be in something of a mood this morning,” Lady Gan said in an amused undertone.

“A real snit,” Katara corrected icily. “And I can’t say that I care. His highness is his own problem.”

“How intractable you are! I positively adore it.” She said it somewhere between scandalized and jubilant. “If he looked with such heated intent at most any unattached woman in the Fire Court - and a fair few of the attached, to be sure - he would have her at his leisure.”

Katara let out a startled snort, then covered her mouth and nose and stared at Lady Gan, sure she had to be joking.

But, by all appearances, she was not. Lady Gan smirked faintly back at her. “You thought he was not desirable?”

Blushing hard and huffing in her shock, Katara sputtered. “He- I- He’s not that good-looking!”

“A great many would debate that point to breathlessness,” the lady said with an artful twitch of her shoulders that conveyed her own ambivalence, “but it is his power that makes him such an enticing potential lover. Countless young women of the court have plotted to entice him, yet none manage to draw his eye. Since his return, there has been only one woman to preoccupy him, but she has ever been... intractable.”

Katara made a disgusted noise and remembered why she had so disliked Lady Gan on meeting her. 

“If I believed you were inclined toward pretense or manipulation, I would commend you,” she went on, apparently idly as they strolled. “A young man of power can find himself embroiled in the keeping of cunning mistresses, who oft times expect extended favor that can complicate his later dealings for years to come. But, with all his desire fixed on one held forever just beyond his reach, one to whom he owes a great debt of honor, Prince Zuko has thus far handily sidestepped any such political pitfalls.”

“Well, he should get me a nice thank-you card,” Katara snipped. 

“Indeed. Though it may be some years before his highness possesses the wisdom to do so, I should think.” Lady Gan stopped walking and turned her full scrutiny on Katara. “They improve, you know. Men. Much like wine, time ripens the bouquet of their offerings.”

“Yeah, well, time ripens fish, too,” Katara said, raising her chin. “But that doesn’t make it more palatable.” 

Lady Gan’s eyes sparkled. “Adore it.” 

A servant swept open a door at her wave and she showed Katara into a lavish cabin with a bath already waiting in a deep enameled iron tub. A bed sprawled on the other side of the room, some very soft-looking sleep clothes laid out upon it. Great windows filled one wall, revealing the shining morning sea beyond - but already heavy brocaded drapes had been half-drawn to limit the dazzling light that poured in.

“I thought perhaps privacy might best please you, but simply pull this cord if you find yourself in need of assistance. A maid will answer your bell at once.” Lady Gan pointed out a few other amenities and then returned to the doorway. “I do look forward to our afternoon, Princess Katara,” she said with a tiny, not-quite-so-performed smile. “I think it shall be great fun.”

Katara politely agreed and then, once the door was shut, she stripped down immediately and climbed into the tub. The hot water was perfect, soothing aches she had not even realized she had. And if, as her hands drifted like languid fish across her skin and teased between her trembling thighs until she gasped her way to a long-awaited and much-needed release, if in her steamy repose her mind was filled with visions of a man she wished she hated, it didn’t matter.

There was no one writing a play about that, either.

Chapter 45

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text

Zuko glowered at Katara’s receding back until he could no longer see it, then glowered at Lord Gan. 

“Forgive me if I misunderstood your instructions,” the noble said carefully, his eyes darting toward the stairs and back to Zuko. “Was there to be only one cabin?”

“No,” Zuko snapped, then drew a deep breath and pinched the bridge of his nose. “You had it right.”

“Then... if your highness is ready, I could show you the way to your cabin as well.”

Zuko was absolutely ready. The stubborn erection he’d been fighting for the last few hours had diminished somewhat and could thankfully be concealed by his loose outer clothing, but his desire lingered as a dizzying distraction. He needed, with aching desperation, to be in a private room, and he needed very much also to not be standing around chit-chatting with this dangerously observant man.

But he needed more to be sure that Katara was out of the hallway. Because he absolutely did not want to know where her room was. Because if he knew, he would think about going there. His mind would spin and spin around the possibilities - her inviting him in, her sleeping so soundly he might sneak through the door unnoticed, not to do anything really, just to be around her... After all, he had watched her sleep yesterday and it had been perfectly innocent... 

But Zuko knew he did not want to be in her room, where her bed was, to watch her sleep in it. Not this time. And while he knew realistically that he would not go to her even if he did know where her room was - because he had promised nothing would happen, he had promised - it was more that his mind would fix on it and he would be unable to relax when he needed to rest.

Which he would do. After he dealt with himself.

“And,” Lord Gan went on in a faintly exploratory tone, “if there is any whim your highness should wish-”

“There was only one eel-hound,” Zuko managed finally, a biting complaint being the best he could presently do. “I won’t be able to transport much back to the capital on just one mount that’s already carrying two riders.”

“Inconvenient, but not a major setback,” Lord Gan transitioned easily, gladly. “After we part ways, the ship will bear us on to my lady-wife’s cousin’s beach house in the north, then loop around to Harbor City. Little of the shipment was ever going to be able to travel with your highness in any case.” His mild smile widened a bit. “The most critical goods, however, are not too terribly cumbersome and would be best delivered quickly to your new home. Daga informs us they won’t keep terribly long, even packed in ice.”

Zuko nodded, his eyes straying to the doorway through which Katara had disappeared. 

“Is her highness aware of the nature of those particular goods?”

“It’s supposed to be a surprise.”

“It would still be a surprise for her people,” Lord Gan said with an overly-graceful wave of his hand, “and if the princess might be surprised in advance in a more intimate setting, that hardly seems like it would diminish her pleasure.”

Zuko glared at him for both the suggestion and the wording. “She’ll want to share that moment with them. Not me.”

Lord Gan bowed his head in assent. “I am certain your highness knows best. Yet...” He tipped his head slightly to one side, casting Zuko a thoughtful look. “I feel it is my duty to admit to you - both as a loyal and proud supporter of your highness’s incipient administration and as a fellow man - that it took a great deal of time and many such minor enticements to entreat Yaza.”

Zuko scowled but did not interrupt. Lord Gan, seeming to take this as tacit permission, went on.

“If you mean to woo her, the gesture should be personal. A thing you have clearly done for her. Perhaps it may benefit all her people, but the giving of it should show her that she is the true recipient. All others fall away beside her.”

Zuko clenched his teeth and drew a long breath through his nose. “This isn’t about wooing her. It’s a simple comfort from home. I won’t make some big production out of providing my guests with such a thing.”

“When Daga opened the first package, she wept. Do not underestimate the power of such a comfort.”

“I don’t,” Zuko snapped, “which is why I’m not about to use that power against her. It’s a small matter and it’ll stay that way.”

Lord Gan peered back at him, squinting his eyes slightly, then smiled. “Your highness knows best. If you are ready to adjourn..?”

Surely she would be out of the hallway by now. Zuko allowed himself to be led to a cabin, which he quickly cleared of servants and sealed himself into. And, leaning his back against the shut door, finally freed his aching hard-on from his trousers to the rough treatment of his hand.

His urges had been nearly nonexistent since well before his return to the Fire Nation, and always polluted with emotional turmoil that had become inextricably bound to his most inspiring thoughts and memories. Now, there was no such obstacle. Zuko could think very comfortably of the previous night, of Katara pinned and spread out before him on that saddle, and while he knew she didn’t want to want him, he also knew she wanted him. 

Nothing was going to happen... but things that happened only in his mind posed no danger to his promise.

So, in Zuko’s mind, he ripped the seam of her trousers and pressed her down against the saddle and let the eel-hound set the rhythm. He bore her to her hands and knees in the dirt and leafy darkness and extracted her involuntary reactions until she was a quaking, moaning mess. He hoisted her up against the side of one of his father’s sabotaged airships and watched her face in the distant yellow lights as it twisted in passion he had never actually gotten to see before, and in his mind she was making the sweetest shocked, angry, ecstatic sounds and shoving back against him and glaring back at him with those fierce blue eyes and just-

-right.

Panting, with his head tipped back against the door and his eyes shut and his tension finally finally spent, Zuko felt right. He felt good. Relieved. Clean. 

Well, clean in an emotional sense... His body was decidedly not. He stumblingly tidied up and washed before falling into the bed and into a deeper, more relaxed sleep than he had known in months. 

Not since that other sailing ship. Those nights after Katara left him in the dark of the hold, when he sneaked back up to his hammock and settled in with a feeling of... a difficult to name sort of...

Peace.


.


.


Katara woke at her leisure and joined Lady Gan and Daga for a private late lunch. Daga turned out to be a middle-aged woman with laughing eyes and a fairly guilty conscience. 

“It shames me to say it, but while my sisters have been suffering and struggling, I live with a nice couple who see to my every need and have been attempting to fatten me for winter for nearing a year now.” She patted her thick waist, peering at Katara in wide-eyed alarm. “If I go back home like this, my husband won’t be able to keep his hands off me!”

They shared an assortment of crispy dumplings with chili oil for dipping and sweet fruit juice on ice before retiring to a spacious dressing room - which seemed out of place even on such a lavish ship. There, they began going through what quickly became clear to Katara was a wardrobe so extravagant it put the ship itself to shame. 

Back home, she had had six dresses and one parka and one sturdy pair of boots. The clothes she had worn as a slave had been numerous and fine by comparison. 

Now, Lady Gan was dressing her up like a queen. 

There were tunics and jackets and dresses and trousers and robes, over-garments and undergarments and layers meant to go between, in so many various cuts and colors and cloths and styles that Katara was swiftly dizzy. The seamstress and a maid helped her into under-layers light as mist, silk pants and cloth shoes that matched, and topped the ensemble with a stiff, knee-length silk coat the color of a warm sea, dappled in swirls of gold stitching so fine, the design winked in and out of view with the light. The seamstress wrapped it just so and tidily tucked the ends of the wide sash out of sight and, when Katara stepped from behind the screen, Lady Gan and Daga both let out little breaths of startled delight.

“Princess,” Lady Gan said, rising to her feet and offering a proper bow. The baby was playing on a soft rug before the sofa and craned his little head back to gaze up at her when she stood. “Now you truly look the part.”

Katara examined herself in the standing mirrors and saw an elegant stranger. Her hair and face remained the same, but the figure she cut in these clothes was so strange and new. Distinguished. Tasteful. Refined. A lady who could stroll through a palace or a Fire Court party with the confidence of knowing her finery was finer than much of that around her.

Or that's how it should have been. But it didn’t look like her. It all just looked... off. She looked silly, out of place with her awkward middle-stage hair - a bumpkin playing dress-up, who was she going to fool? - and the slim steel collar was still locked around her throat - an ugly reminder of the status the Fire Nation had assigned her and all her people - but then Bogara’s words slammed back into her head.

...a paragon, because you are exemplary of what the Southern Water Tribe has endured - and survived. 

Her warrior’s hair was growing out, but her wolftail was tidy and proud. She looked like what she was-

You are called to be a warrior, and wherever you go, that is where you will fight.

-like she’d stepped off one battlefield and onto another. A strange one, with a whole new style of combat that she didn’t understand. All she’d been taught to do was look small and submissive and unassuming. And it struck Katara very suddenly as she looked back at her own frightened eyes that so many people were depending on her success, not just destroying airships in the night, but embodying the Water Tribes by the light of day.

And the Water Tribes really didn’t need to be represented as scared-eyed bumpkins dressed up in obviously donated finery.

It was too much. Instead of thinking about all that, Katara sank into a bending stance and assessed the way the coat split to allow her legs free movement. The roomy cut of the trousers was generous - excessive with such an obviously expensive fabric - but it was also so unexpectedly practical, allowing for deep stances. The wide sleeves hugged her shoulders but did not hinder her. The shoes were soft and let her feet shift easily and quietly through the movements. 

“Oh, gives me chills,” Daga said excitedly. “You look like a legend in the making, Katara. I don’t think there’s ever been a Water Princess like you before.”

“Do you like it?” Lady Gan asked, tipping her head to the side, assessing Katara’s face. “Is there any adjustment that might make it more comfortable?”

“No - it’s perfect.” Straightening, Katara shot the beaming seamstress a smile.

“It is not perfect,” Lady Gan said, light but persistent, “until you feel perfect in it. And you do not appear at ease. Perhaps-”

“How can I be at ease? This stuff isn’t- I’ve never been-” Katara waved an irritable hand at herself, then let it fall hard against her hip. She glared at a corner of the ceiling, struggling to find words that were right and wouldn’t make her look even more out of place.

Lady Gan raised one hand and the seamstress and servants filed out. Daga, beside her, shot Katara a reassuring look and then knelt down to play with Jung on his rug. Lady Gan approached Katara and the mirrors with even steps, not dissimilar to how one might approach a strange and upset animal. She looked past Katara at her reflection.

“They are not your clothes yet,” Lady Gan said carefully. “But they could be, given time and familiarity. I suppose the true question is not one of adjustment but of intention. What do you intend for your life, Katara?”

Katara found herself meeting the eyes of the elegant woman beside her in the glass. “What do you mean?”

“You are fighting doggedly to see your people free and the war stopped. Well, all of that might be accomplished in the clothes you boarded this ship wearing. But once you have succeeded, once you’ve won every fight and emerged a hero, what do you want to do with your life after that?”

Katara hesitated. “I guess I haven’t thought much past the war. I used to...”

Back when she had dreamed she might marry in a temple of ice, a gown of softest furs, all her family gathered around her. Back when there could have been a good husband to stand beside her.

“...but I don’t really think about the future anymore,” she finished tightly.

“Oh, but you must.”

The urgency in Lady Gan’s voice was strange and soft. Her eyes simmered with emotion.

“You have only just begun living, Katara. And the pathways before you are more numerous than you know. You might return to the South Pole and live a life of peace and simplicity, or you might travel the world as a companion to the Avatar. You might unite the Water Tribes under a benevolent reign. You might even, if you are especially determined or especially masochistic, spend some years in the Fire Nation ensuring the world’s new peace is molded to a design you believe is right. Such possibilities, such choices are laid out before you like precious jewels.”

Katara couldn’t look away. She wasn’t seeing the Fire Court noble now, but an older woman who truly believed what she was saying. A native to this land of extravagance, who knew how to read its signs and speak its language.

“Any of these paths, or all of them, are open to you,” Lady Gan said, stepping behind her, still holding her gaze in the mirror. Light as a feather, with just the tips of her fingers, she pulled Katara’s shoulders down and back and square. “The clothes fit your body, Katara. It is just that your ambitions must grow to fill them.”

She touched a fingertip to the underside of Katara’s chin and tipped her head up to a certain angle, drawing her neck long and straight.

“It’s not a choice you need to make right now. This is the time to lay a wide foundation. Hone all of your many skills-” Lady Gan passed behind her and gently eased Katara’s elbows a degree outward to cut a slightly different figure, to take up more space. “-because at some point, the last battle will be fought and the new era of peace shall arise. That, I imagine, is bound to be the hardest time for warriors such as yourself. Because your heart might long to return to a peaceful life, but perhaps it does not - and when the fight turns inevitably from battlefields to boardrooms, all the bending skill in the world will not win your people their due. Perhaps you intend to hand that fight off to another better prepared for civil combat,” she shrugged and stepped away, “or perhaps you mean to embody the spirit of your element and adapt to the changing demands being made on you.”

Katara looked away from Lady Gan and found herself subtly transformed. She no longer looked like a bumpkin in a costume. Her face remained expressive, her hair out of place, but she looked more like the sort of woman these clothes were made for.

“Just something to consider,” Lady Gan said, and then summoned the servants back in.

Katara mulled this over while Lady Gan talked her through a few more ensembles and grand outer layers, subtly correcting her posture as she explained the particular situations each garment was intended for and the sort of statement a woman might make by including such and such a color at such and such event or even time of day. Katara absorbed as much as she could - but there was entirely too much information to keep straight.

“Your maid will handle details of that sort-” There was a tap at one of the windows and Lady Gan swept over to take a tiny scroll off a particularly small and handsome falcon. She took the missive, fed the creature some treat from a canister nearby, and shut the window as it took off, then read the contents of the scroll with a somewhat bored expression. At last, she tucked the missive into her sash and turned back to Katara as if the interlude had not happened at all. “Simply inform your maid of the impression you wish to garner and she will see to it your ensemble conveys as much...” 

The seamstress made a few notes and marks on some garments - though shockingly few. She had evidently gotten Katara’s measurements through Sian somehow, which was both convenient and weird. Then, at last, the fitting was over and it was time for dinner.

It turned out to be a pleasant affair. A meal of numerous small dishes - spicy or sweet or sour - from which Katara picked and chose and found herself eating her fill with surprising ease. She decided early on that it was because of Daga, who was seated on her right and engaged her in steady friendly conversation, speaking in undertones while the Fire Nobles carried on their own more formal discourse regarding the whirling names of shared acquaintances. But it didn’t entirely escape her notice that Zuko seemed more relaxed than usual on her other side. His voice held only a fraction of the tension he usually exhibited at meals or formal tea meetings. 

Perhaps because the allegiances around this table were certain in a way dealings with Fire Nobles rarely were. They were all committed together in their pact of treason and there was no turning back for any of them.

Or perhaps, Katara thought fleetingly, Zuko was more relaxed because he had had his own hot soak before retiring this morning. The image flashed through her head - his wide chest glistening through the steam off the water, his head laid back against the rim of the tub as he bit his lip, his large hands moving rhythmically beneath the surface. It flushed through her like boiling tea and left her face suddenly hot as she choked on a bite of pickled vegetables.

Once she - and everyone else around the table - was reassured Katara wasn’t about to expire from coughing, Daga asked for any more news about the other healers. Her face was bright with relief and recognition as Katara gave her as many names as she could remember.

“Oh! That’s so good to hear. Tenna was separated from her girls before they even got us on the ships. She must be ecstatic to be back with them now. And of course she would get someone on the household staff to help her figure out where they were being held. You’d have to be entirely heartless not to help a mother so desperate to find her kids-” 

Daga lowered her voice and Katara leaned in a little closer. Lord Gan was going on at length about some upcoming function or festival or celebration while Zuko listened patiently.

“-and I’m sure you’ll agree with me if I say the problem with the Fire Nation isn’t a lack of people with hearts. I think maybe it’s more a strange cultural disconnect from them, as if compassion is a sign of weakness. Yaza is always telling me Koji has to fight harder for respect because his compassionate nature diminishes him in the eyes of other nobles.”

“The Fire Court is so weird,” Katara whispered back. Lady Gan was reading her lips from across the table, but Katara just arched her eyebrows at her and kept going. “It’s like being the biggest jerk is a competitive sport here or something.”

“Your highness could become quite the contender,” Lady Gan smirked as she raised her water glass.

“Ohh ho, she got you,” Daga said with a cheery laugh, patting Katara’s forearm. 

“Pardon, contending for what?” Zuko asked from the end of the table at Katara’s left. 

“Oh,” Katara said, pressing one hand to her chest and peering from Zuko to Lady Gan with wide, guileless eyes. “Lady Gan was just telling me how skilled I am at being mean.”

“Her highness is too modest. Her wit is a flashing blade that cuts and dazzles with the same stroke,” Lady Gan said with a benevolent smile... which she slid easily to Zuko. “Do you not think, your highness?”

“Uh,” Zuko said stiltedly, sitting very straight and glancing at Katara as if searching for guidance. Or watching for warnings. “I guess...”

Katara, annoyed with Lady Gan’s satisfied smile, turned a dry side-eye on him. Because maybe he was trying to help, but he so wasn’t. But Lady Gan went on before she could speak. 

“Equipped with such a sharp mind and bold heart, and adorned in raiment proper for her station, don’t you imagine she could command the respect of the Fire Court itself?”

“Of course,” Zuko said a little absently. He was meeting Katara’s eye, reading the annoyance in her arched eyebrow and narrowed eyes that for some unfathomable reason seemed to confuse him. 

“Since the topic has come up so naturally,” Lady Gan went on with unveiled delight, “I remarked earlier that this particular shade of blue brings out the pink in her highness’s cheeks. What do you think, Prince Zuko? Does she not positively glow?”

Katara felt her face heating and turned her frown back on that scheming fox-partridge. “I’m sure Prince Zuko has more important things to think about than what colors suit me and would thank you to keep your observations to yourself, Lady Gan,” she said, primly looking down her nose.

“I can imagine little a young man might deem more important than the harmonious visual delights of beholding the beautiful woman seated at his side. Especially when she has the audacity-” She said the word with twinkling eyes. “-to speak for him while herself remaining so perpetually intractable.”

“Oh-!” Katara said, her mouth springing open with genuine outrage that quickly brewed up to speechless embarrassment. Her face burned.

“Princess Katara is free to say whatever she likes,” Zuko cut in firmly. His uncertainty from before had vanished and, when Katara stole a sideways look at him, he was watching Lady Gan steadily. “And she’s right. I have no interest in discussing how good she looks in her new wardrobe at present. She’ll command new respect. That’s what matters.”

It was both a clear statement of his priorities and an end to the teasing, but it was also the slightest blunder into Lady Gan’s game - because at the heart of it he had admitted that he thought she looked good. 

But as Lady Gan murmured her contrition, Zuko’s unflinching eye turned back to Katara, and she felt an uncomfortable swoop in her chest and belly as she wondered if it had been a blunder at all. Maybe he’d meant it just like he said it. 

Her face was no longer burning, but she had the uncomfortable certainty that her cheeks were still pink as she dropped her eyes back to her tea. She huffed for effect.

Daga nudged her with her elbow and, when she glanced over, she found the older woman’s eyes bright and mischievous. “What a gentleman,” she mouthed.

Across the table, Lady Gan’s contrite veneer did not crack, but her eyes shone smug as a cat’s. Katara’s huff was very real this time.

At length, Daga excused herself and the servants were sent away and the discussion turned to more concrete matters. 

“Koji dear, it seems Princess Azula has burned your villa.”

Katara’s stomach dropped out and she nearly choked again, but Lord Gan only sighed.

“Shiro will be devastated. He took such pride in that old house.”

“You shall simply have to build him a new one once all this has settled down. Perhaps assign him the task. Who better than a majordomo to plan such an undertaking?”

“Quite so,” Lord Gan said and then, seeming to recognize Katara’s expression, offered her a reassuring smile. “All to plan, of course, your highness. There is no cause for alarm.”

“It was not entirely expected that the villa would be razed to the ground,” Lady Gan clarified blandly, “but that was always a possibility. All the better for our cause, in the end.”

“How,” Katara croaked, “could this possibly be good?”

“Because the Fire Court just got reminded what happens when Azula doesn’t get her way,” Zuko said, hard and unsurprised. “Everyone got out safely. Right?”

Lord Gan inclined his head immediately. “We had a note yesterday evening from Prince Zuko’s majordomo indicating the move was a success.”

Katara found Zuko’s eyes back on her, a little too proud. “I told you Machi was handling it,” he said.

Katara scoffed, then fixed him with an overly sweet smile. “She does take such good care of you.”

Zuko’s face shifted from faintly haughty pride to confusion, then annoyance as he heard the unspoken part - as any good wife would - and realized she was poking fun at him again. He huffed and turned his attention back to Lady Gan.

“Was it public?”

“My knowledge as of yet is quite limited, but it seems she attempted to conceal her involvement,” Lady Gan laid a hand over her sash and Katara remembered her tucking away that tiny scroll just hours ago. 

She also remembered the bored expression on the noble’s face as she read about her burned-down home. As she reflected on it, Katara supposed that if she had four or more grand homes spread around the countryside, losing one to political games wouldn’t seem like such a big deal. But still, she wished Daga was still sitting beside her so she could share a meaningful look with her. The way rich people viewed the world was positively bizarre.

“I received no word of Princess Azula being sighted approaching or leaving the villa,” Lady Gan went on, “only that whispers have emerged from royal guards who witnessed this particularly unsettling incident. Such attempts at secrecy can only fan the flames of rumor. I have no doubt the truth will be widely known by your return to Caldera. But your absence from the public eye will not go unnoticed at such a time either,” she said, tipping her head thoughtfully to one side. “Alongside the truth, there will doubtless be rumors that you were apprehended in secret and made to disappear. Such a clandestine solution to your open insubordination would not reflect well on the Fire Lord, but it would still be best if you put such concerns to rest as soon as possible. Tomorrow, if it can be managed.”

“Right,” Zuko sighed. “I’ll arrange a palanquin ride after we get back to Harbor City.”

“Ugh.” Katara couldn’t restrain herself from rolling her eyes. They were going to stay up all night destroying airships only to then endure a boring, hot, uncomfortable ride around the city? This struggle for public perception was exhausting.

Zuko’s eyes cut over to her, but his look was more annoyed than sharp. “You don’t have to go.”

“Good. Because I’m not going.”

Zuko rolled his eyes back to Lord and Lady Gan. “Any other recommendations?”

“Nothing we haven’t already discussed,” Lady Gan said as she shared a knowing smile with her husband. “I suppose the time has come for your highnesses to prepare yourselves for your evening exploits.”

Katara narrowed her eyes at that wording but Lord Gan picked up without missing a beat. “The captain informs me that we shall pass your point of departure in the hour after sunset. Best to be ready.”

After that, they all parted ways and Katara found herself changing back into her freshly-laundered dark clothing. The finery was whisked away by a maid with promises that it would join her shortly at the Piang villa. But as she donned her trousers and boots and tunic, Katara felt herself departing a strange interlude and returning to something more real - or at least more familiar. The many prongs of the future Lady Gan had laid before her did not have to be decided tonight. Diplomacy was a language Katara could learn later. If she really had to. Tonight, Katara would treat with the Fire Nation with all the simple rage and destruction her heart had long called for. 


.


.


Ursa managed to convince the soldiers she was a wandering madwoman for about ten hours. 

They unpacked her bag and the contents seemed to corroborate the impression. What sane person travels around the isolated reaches of the Fire Nation with a pack full of strange plants and decade-outdated portraits of the royal heirs? She didn’t look like any kind of conniving insurrectionist. She looked like a loyal citizen worn ragged by travel and sorrow. The long lines across her face and knots in her hair were not uncommon features in the Fire Nation at present.

The name of the former Fire Lady certainly did not come up. 

For the first hours after dawn, she cried very real tears of anxiety and exhaustion and pleaded that she had just gotten turned around in the night and thought there was a village in the caldera. She hadn’t even made it to the base - hadn’t been able to get through the woods. She left her bag behind when she became too tired to carry it. She was looking for her lost son who had been sent overseas. The guards gave her pitying looks, but did not send her on her way as she’d hoped. Instead, they shut her in a cell and Ursa could do nothing but worry in the stillness of the installation’s tiny brig.

She could not let on what she knew - or suspected. Zuko’s involvement here was obviously a secret, and whatever he and Princess Katara had been destroying was best left undiscovered as long as possible. The hours stretched out longer and longer, and Ursa found herself filled with ever-increasing gratitude for the time Zuko was winning but also dread for the inevitable discovery.

It was apparently late in the afternoon when a higher-up finally deemed it prudent to order an inspection of... whatever it was this facility was built to protect. After that, the stillness of the brig came to an excruciating end.

“Where is your team?”

“How many are there? Who’s in command?”

“How could one little spy manage to crush an engine made of solid steel - much less fifty of the blasted things - and not make so much as a sound?”

“Are you a bender? Tell me now and it’ll stop. Are you a bender?”

As quickly as pain stepped into the room, Ursa stepped out. Her mind pulled back and locked down like honeycomb under the buzz of a thousand bees. It was a cruelly familiar sensation. It was a simple habit, an agonizing curse that had grown in her long ago, when she had often needed to be insulated from what was happening beyond her control. So for several long hours after that, Ursa heard little and thought even less. 

She felt everything, of course, but pain crashed through and through her like a river. She knew better than to believe there was any way to stop it.

But these guards, it seemed, got no satisfaction from hurting a dull-eyed and wordless woman. They went back to questions.

“No scorch marks, so you’re not a firebender. No sign of rubble, no banging or noise. Not an earthbender, then.”

“One of the engineers says it looks like the pipe froze and split. Waterbender.”

It must have occurred to someone that she might be waiting for moonrise to make a break for it, because Ursa shortly found herself locked alone in the cell, bound in chains so heavy they made it hard to sit up from the cot. A guard watched her through a little sliding panel in a steel door.

But Ursa only laid there, curled on her side and staring at the flat stone wall. She held her aching hands and wrists to her chest and fought to think. She had to think. She had to come up with a plan, because there was no way they would let her go now. She was the only suspect and the only possible witness to whatever had happened. Eventually the higher-ups would reach out to the higher higher-ups and she would be squeezed for information until even the dumb protective layer around her mind finally broke and something came out.

She would never give away Zuko. She would die first. But eventually Ozai himself would lay eyes on her. And he would know.

It was not the first time Ursa cursed the terror-choked silence of her mind, but it was perhaps the most desperate. She made fists against her chest that lanced with pain and fought desperately to think. She had to think!


.


.


It was weird mounting up on the eel-hound behind Katara while Lord and Lady Gan stood on the deck smiling and waving good-bye, but Zuko did his best to grimly fix his eyes on the dark landmass on the horizon over her head, grip her hips at a safe distance, and not think about it. She smelled of different soaps and oils than she usually did and that was especially distracting, but it was still easier tonight to hold his thoughts apart from the warmth of her body. 

They rode through the chilly breakers and then up on the rocky shore, exchanging no words except the few he needed to direct her toward the first airfield. There, they did not speak at all. It was easy now. Katara could telegraph her plan with a few glances and a nod of her chin and Zuko would dart off to watch guards, or to create rustles in the undergrowth for them to investigate. She seemed quicker, stronger. Perhaps it was the solid rest in a good bed instead of a hammock. 

But more likely, it was the moon. He was probably imagining it, but she seemed to move differently in that white light, a viper-quick shadow pouring through her stances. The sky was clear tonight but last night’s rain lingered in puddles and humid air. Her work was brutal and exacting. She was magnificent.

When they returned to the eel-hound and he climbed up behind her for the ride to the final airfield, Zuko couldn’t help but breathe deeply a short distance behind her neck. The scents of unfamiliar soaps and oils had faded and now she just smelled like herself, well-worked and warm under his hands. He wanted, more than anything, to open his mouth against the side of her neck and taste her satisfaction at a job thoroughly done.

But they weren’t done. Not yet.

They arrived at the final airfield and Zuko was immediately confronted with the difference from the one they had just left. There were more guards here - dozens more. Their patrols were frequent, leaving very little time when any individual airship was unobserved. Their voices raised in regular checks ensuring that all was well. This was a facility on high alert.

Katara seemed to sense the difference too. At her shoulder, Zuko whispered, “They’re expecting us. One of the other airfields must have been discovered.”

“The one we just left wasn’t this bad.”

“Maybe it’s because we’re a lot closer to Caldera now. Central command could enact this kind of security in just a couple hours here.”

But she was right. It was weird that this base was on alert and the last was not.

They watched in silence as tight squadrons passed in two patrols going in opposite directions. Katara let out a breath that Zuko felt more than heard.

“I may not be able to pierce the balloons, but I can still do the internal damage. I just have to be more careful getting from one ship to the next.”

“And not making too much noise. There’s no rain sound to cover it tonight.”

“The bugs are pretty loud,” she shrugged. It was true enough. Cicadas and crickets and ash hoppers chorused in the woods, seemingly extra noisy to make up for the previous night’s rain delay. At length, Katara shook her head. “It doesn’t matter. We can’t give up now. This is the last big cluster of airships. Even if we’re seen, I don’t want to stop until they’re all grounded.”

In the gloom of the bushes, Zuko met her meaningful stare. Chips of moonlight fell on her face like diamonds. Like that night in the valley. He would, he realized with dazzling, terrible certainty, do anything for her. Still. Always. Now especially.

“We won’t stop,” Zuko promised. “Keep it quiet as long as you can. After that, I’ll buy you time.”

She nodded and slipped away like a whisper. At a distance, Zuko followed.

She was careful, watchful and quick, and in seconds she had vanished into the nearest airship. The insects were loud, but Zuko still heard the muffled pops of bursting pipes, the high cries of steel twisting and crumpling. At length, she finished and crept like a shadow to the next ship. Zuko distracted one squadron and then another and another with rustles in the bushes, just loud enough to investigate and not quite loud enough to raise further suspicion. 

But these soldiers weren’t stupid. They noticed unusual rustling in the bushes and at some point, they must have reported it at a check-in. A specialized crew with lanterns began combing the woods. Zuko scrambled up into the branches of a tree and watched them pick their way by below. He had positioned himself so that he could watch them and keep an eye on the airship Katara was presently working inside. For a while, it all worked. He avoided the search crew and still managed to distract the patrols. Katara crept from ship to ship, slowly destroying them all.

It was just bad luck that she happened to bust a pipe at the very moment the crew had paused below Zuko to discuss giving up the hunt and returning to base. He watched in horror as all their heads turned in unison toward the airship.

Before he could think, he leapt.

He dropped boots-first onto the lieutenant in charge of the crew and rolled to absorb the momentum, then drew his swords as he came easily to his feet. The soldiers around him were no longer looking at the airship. They were gaping at his half-hidden face with wide, terrified eyes. Zuko sprang in their moment of surprise and slashed two of their lanterns in half. Fire blossomed too-bright in the air with a hungry fwoom! and burning oil splattered the brush surrounding them. He was able to knock out two more soldiers before one of them thought to raise a horn and sound the alarm. 

After that, it was a chase.


.


.


Katara didn’t see the fire - which guttered out quickly in the damp foliage - but she heard the clarion call of the horn. She watched from the shadows of the airship she had just finished with as a half dozen squadrons peeled off their patrols and hastened off into the woods in that direction. More horns sounded. Great torches flared up around the perimeter of the airfield.

But the threat was already in the airfield. 

For a few long moments, Katara remained hidden in the shadows, watching yellow lantern lights bob in the woods. This was what they had agreed to do. Zuko would distract them. Zuko would buy her time, and Katara would finish her work. It had seemed very simple when they talked about it, a risk well worth taking.

But each squadron was at least six soldiers, and she presently found herself doing that math. How many soldiers, multiplied by how many squadrons... equals all the people chasing Zuko right now...

He’d be fine. He was quick and the woods were dense, he’d surely be able to disappear out from under their noses. The only reason they’d seen him to start with was because he wanted them to. He was drawing them off. It was part of the plan. Thousands of lives hung in the balance. Katara had to do her part.

And, she huffed and shook her head, she certainly wasn’t going to run off and rescue him when they had a plan.

She peered around carefully and then scurried to the next airship.


.


.


Zuko had this situation totally under control - until he very suddenly didn’t.

He led the soldiers back and forth through the forest, popping out of shadows and knocking out the less wary. He hid in the trees and listened for the urgency to die down and then dropped down on them repeatedly. He shattered a great many lanterns, but never cut any of the soldiers. They were protecting something incredibly destructive, but they were still his people. He didn’t actually want to see them hurt. One man caught a chestful of burning oil but a firebender in his crew extinguished the flames before taking several shots at Zuko - who swiftly disappeared back into the darkness. 

This went on for a long while. Hours maybe. Zuko could not have guessed an exact duration. He knew only that he was beginning to get tired. He hid out more and rested as the search went on, but it occurred to him that he couldn’t let the soldiers rest much either, or they would figure out they were just being baited. So he pressed and harried and disappeared only to come at a different squadron from a new angle. 

Everything was going fine until some smart guy took off his helmet and threw it at the back of Zuko’s head. It was easy to evade firebending because the blasts were a dead giveaway. A steel helmet, on the other hand, made only the faintest rattle as it left the hand of the soldier throwing it. Zuko only had time to turn his head slightly and see the dark shape coming up quick to meet him before it clocked him above and behind one ear. Then he dropped to the shadows of the forest floor bonelessly and for a long while after that couldn’t see or hear anything very clearly at all.

He didn’t hear the soldier cry, “Gotcha!” in triumph, and he didn’t hear the rustles of soldiers closing in on him where he lay crumpled amongst the roots of the forest floor.

He didn’t hear the call of a strange bird that did not belong on this continent.

He didn’t hear the scuffles and cries of men being taken down and bound and knocked out, or the soft scuffs of hide boots, or the undertones of hard voices hissing back and forth.

Zuko did pinch his eyes shut against the light when a man took up a lantern and held it nearby, but he didn’t resist when the cloth was jerked down past his chin, exposing his face. He wasn’t aware of the sudden stillness of the men now surrounding him, or the approaching sounds of horns and soldiers’ voices. Even the hissed argument slipped past him like rain off a waterbender’s face. All Zuko heard with any clarity was the vaguely familiar voice of the man who hoisted him upright in the second before he blacked out fully.

“-get some answers. Then the hornets’ nest can have him-”

He slowly became aware of being carried some time after that - one man had his arms wrapped under Zuko’s armpits and across his chest and someone else had a grip on his ankles. For a long while, that was all there was. The dark of the woods, the darts of moonlight, the thunder inside his skull, and the pinch of being carried. 

Then there was a sound of a door, and Zuko found himself arranged in a chair and tied to it tight. Wrists behind him, then ankles and chest. He was starting to regain his senses now, heard the spark rocks and the whuff of a lamp being lit. He heard voices that echoed wetly off the walls of his mind, far away things that tugged at memory but did not quite connect clearly to the past. He felt the pounding in his head coming especially sharp from the spot where the helmet had struck him, but also very suddenly now from the pull of his hair as a fist clenched against his scalp and dragged his head up.

For a fraction of a second, he couldn’t put a name to the face that loomed over him, twisted with malice, but he felt very keenly the dread and betrayed fury the sight of that face inspired in him.

“Wake up,” Chief Hakoda snarled. “Where is my daughter?”


.


.


Katara worked hurriedly for what felt like hours. She heard the distant horns, spied the movements of soldiers with their lanterns and clanking armor, heard their slowly diminishing alarm. She watched closely for a while but never saw any prisoners among the returning squadrons. Zuko must have given them the slip.

She got back to work and did not notice that fewer squadrons returned than had gone out. She was inside an airship when a different horn sounded - a call she could not have known signaled a return to base - and did not see more squadrons disappear into the woods less than an hour after that. 

She especially did not see that none of those squadrons came back at all this time. Not even when the horns sounded to summon them again. And again.

Katara did notice that the patrols had become few and far between, and that the lantern lights shimmied slightly in shaking hands, but that only struck her as good news. She was focused on her task and she was succeeding. Their mission was almost complete - the people of the Earth Kingdom would be spared.

It was only when Katara emerged from an airship and saw no firelight at all around the airfield - every lantern and every great torch had been snuffed out - that the hairs on the back of her neck began to rise. In the absence of any warm yellow glows, moonlight poured in a cold and uninterrupted flood over the still expanse, seeming to radiate out of the fog now welling up among the husks of ruined airships. 

Nothing moved. Even the bugs, Katara realized, had gone silent.

“Well hello,” creaked an aged, dry voice. 

“Gah!” Katara squeaked, spinning around in a bending stance to aim the stream of water she had snatched from the air at- at-

Out of the deeper shadows under the airship emerged an old woman with long white hair and large, pale eyes. She was smiling in surprise and delight. Katara immediately felt very silly and dropped her stance. Her water pattered to the grass.

“Oh! Ah ha ha, hello! You’re not - uh - a soldier... I didn’t mean to bend at you, um- Sorry...”

“Don’t ever be sorry,” the old woman said, and to Katara’s jaw-dropping astonishment, she swept her hands around her and pulled vapor from the air as well. “A lone waterbender can never be too careful in this land of savages.”

Perhaps it was the shock and delight of meeting another waterbender - here and now of all times - but Katara forgot for a moment the unease she had been feeling. She forgot the vanished lights and the silenced guards. She forgot Zuko, presumably still doing his part in the woods somewhere. She even overlooked the disconcerting feeling the old woman’s cold words gave her.

“You’re a waterbender!” she said, her heart swelling with sudden wonder. “Me too! I mean, obviously. You probably saw... My name’s Katara.”

“It’s a pleasure to meet you, Katara.” Her wizened face creased deeper still as she smiled. “You can call me Hama.”

Notes:

happy halloweeeeeeen

Chapter Text

“You wouldn’t happen to be,” Hama ventured, her clever eyes peeking out of the creases of her face, “Hakoda’s daughter, would you?” 

Katara’s eyes widened even more. “You know my dad?”

The old woman grinned, her teeth and her pale eyes gleaming. “He’s here! Well, somewhere around here,” she grumbled, peering about the airfield like she was looking for a misplaced ladle in her kitchen. She waved one gnarled, clawed hand. “Men, always running off to find trouble. He and his crew have been staying with me for a few days. Good boys. Good soldiers.”

“He-! I can’t believe he’s still here!” Katara clasped her numb hands before her, so shocked and excited she had sort of forgotten where they were standing right now, what she was in the middle of doing. “Can you take me to him?”

“Oh yes, Katara. But perhaps it would be better to let him find us - my eyes are old as the glaciers and I couldn’t see well enough to track him down in these woods at night. Surely there are better things for two waterbenders to get up to by the light of a full moon!”

She grinned again and Katara grinned back. And remembered where she was and what she was supposed to be doing. “Actually, I really should finish destroying these airships before I think about going anywhere.” 

“Airships, hm?” the old woman asked, peering up at the balloon overhead. “Well, I’ll help out and we’ll make short work of them.”

“We should be careful, though. Uh... we wouldn’t want to be spotted...” Katara trailed off, glancing around the deserted expanse surrounding them. The fog was dense below her knees and sprawled the entire length and breadth of the airfield. Here and there, fire lilies poked up like little clawed hands rising out of the murk. No lights shone, not even from the tower that oversaw everything. It was all so unnervingly still.

“Scared of a few soldiers, Katara? I’d heard you were a mighty warrior...”

“Oh! Well! Yeah! Did... Did my dad say that?” 

Katara looked back to find Hama watching her like a cat. She could not have put words to it in that moment, but there was a distinct difference between the cat Lady Gan resembled and the one Hama seemed to contain within herself. It was the difference between an indolent observer, confident of her high perch, and a feral and hungry beast possessed of the claws and the will to devour many, many lives.

But this was not a thing Katara truly understood in this moment; it was only a thing she felt, an unsettling chill against the small of her back.

“Not exactly, but you shouldn’t hold that against him,” Hama said a little dismissively. “Even the best fathers can sometimes struggle to believe their daughters can hold their own. No, I heard about you through the rumor mill long before Chief Hakoda appeared at my door. The Fire Nation loves to tell their stories, especially when they think they’ve got a tough opponent beat. But if I was to hazard a guess, Katara-” Her eyes traced the stretching shape of a war balloon and snapped back down to her. “-it’d be that you aren’t beat. Not in the slightest.”

“I’m not,” Katara confirmed, tipping up her chin. “This fleet was going to put the Fire Nation on track to win the war this summer. But I’m not about to just let that happen.”

Hama emitted a delighted little cackle. “Oh, that warms my heart to hear. Now, teach me how to really ruin one of these things so we can strike that killing blow. And maybe, when we’re done, I can teach you a thing or two...”


.


.

 

Zuko blinked hard and clenched his teeth against the pounding in his head - which the hair-pulling was not helping. He had to breathe carefully to get enough air under the strap securing his chest and belly to the back of the chair. 

The last time he had seen the man presently scowling back at him, he’d been carrying Katara out of the throne room over his shoulder like some kind of barbarian. It wasn’t the only memory that set a seething ember in Zuko’s chest, but it was the freshest.

The last few weeks did not appear to have been kind to Chief Hakoda. He was thinner and, where he and his men had looked like renegades before, now he had a finely honed edge of desperation that made Zuko nervous. It made him want to look away, but he knew instinctively that that would be a mistake, so he met the chieftain’s hard eyes and focused on his anger-

And it was so easy to be swept away on that familiar current. Fear and pain hardly touched him when anger was having its way. 

“What are you still doing here?” Zuko demanded in a slurred wheeze. “You broke Sokka out of the Boiling Rock almost two weeks-”

The grip on his hair tightened, jerked shortly. “Don’t talk to me about my son. Where is Katara?

Zuko gritted his teeth and glared. If he had been thinking clearly, he would have realized there was really no reason not to tell him, but Zuko didn’t want to just cooperate. Looking up into Hakoda’s scowling face was bringing back a lot of very sharp emotions from that last night on the ship. 

When Hakoda had demanded he make his choice and Zuko had stood there hesitating like a fool until his time ran out-

When someone had struck Zuko in the back of the head, and they all piled onto him and tied him up - very much like he was tied now-

When Hakoda had taken Katara’s necklace and exposed the faded bite mark on Zuko’s shoulder and realized what had been going on and had been so obviously furious, so contemptuous that his daughter had already chosen him, that she would want to share her life, her body, her love with him

Zuko was not consciously aware of it - and he certainly did not have the wherewithal at present to realize it now - but he thought of Sokka’s motivations that night as completely separate and different from Hakoda’s. Zuko could understand that Sokka had locked him up for his own good to stop him from making a terrible mistake. To save him from himself.

Hakoda was another matter entirely. While Sokka had been almost a brother, had called himself Zuko’s brother, Hakoda had never really stopped viewing Zuko as just another firebender. Just another enemy in the war he had been fighting for years. All those sailing lessons, all the seemingly idle questions about the Fire Nation or Zuko himself, none of that had meant anything in the end. All that time, while Zuko routinely bit his tongue to stop himself from bringing up his sweet, aching hope that Katara might marry him, Hakoda had just been waiting for his chance to get rid of him. Scrape him off like mud from a boot. 

Because, to this man standing over him now, Zuko was simply unworthy to be his son-in-law. Not good enough. A firebender to be dealt with in the usual way; strap him and lock him in the trunk and finish him off later. 

Hard feelings hammered through Zuko, especially compelling now, when he was still groggy, still trying to get his wits back. Still possessed by that special fury and defiance.

“Why? So you can try to abduct her again?”

Hakoda bared his teeth and gave Zuko’s head a firm yank to one side. “That’s bold coming from you after you dragged her all the way to the Fire Nation.”

“At least she wasn’t struggling over my shoulder the whole time!”

“No. I’d imagine you had her in chains, didn’t you?”

“Not for as long as you’d think.”

For reasons Zuko didn’t try very hard to understand, this seemed to snag Hakoda on a hook of rage. His free hand, Zuko saw from the edge of his vision, curled into a quaking fist. For a moment Hakoda teetered just a heartbeat away from unleashing some terrible punishment, and Zuko snarled silently up at him, daring him with his eyes to do it, just do it! 

Just hit me!

But another voice sounded from behind the chieftain.

“As I recall, he’s the one who tried to foist her off on us.” Zuko didn’t look - couldn’t tear his eyes from the furious blue stare piercing through him, but he knew the dry voice of the tall man, Hakoda’s second. “Like things hadn’t really panned out the way he was hoping once he got her here.”

Hakoda abruptly released Zuko’s hair with a shove and stalked around him, stepping out of sight. Zuko followed him with a mutinous scowl until he could no longer see him, then assessed the men gathered nearer to the door. There were six of them, all men he recognized from the attack on the throne room and, before that, the ship. Some sat in chairs but most stood or leaned against the wall with arms crossed, all relaxed and calm and patient. They all watched him with disdainful eyes.

Zuko glared back. He hadn’t been intimidated by this crew of ruffians before, and he wouldn’t be now.

“That’s what I saw,” one of the younger men said with the sort of false lightness that was intended to cut. “A spoiled prince who wasn’t winning the game quite like he wanted, so he decided to flip the board.”

“Guess she wasn’t impressed anymore after being collared like a dog,” another man muttered through his teeth. 

“Actually,” Zuko growled, slashing his eyes over to what turned out to be the late-middle-aged man who had always suspected Iroh was trying to poison them, “she demanded that collar. I said no but she insisted - because she wanted to punish me every time I looked at her. Now she-”

“Ho, that’s convenient,” scoffed the open-faced young man who had been injured in the throne room. “Don’t worry, guys! She actually wanted to wear a collar, so, actually, it’s not his fault. It’s a punishment for him, actually!”

“That’s not what I mean!” Zuko wasted too much breath on being loud and had to stop to settle himself. They carried on in his pause.

“This all must be so hard for you.”

“Pompous little spark-tosser.”

“-weakest kind of man, making excuses for mistreating a girl-”

“I’m grateful,” Zuko finally managed, hot-faced. “I was confused and she made it really simple. There was no way I could see that collar and not be reminded how wrong I was to give that order. Every day. I let my temper rule me and have regretted it every day since. I-” 

He blinked, grimaced down at his knees, and drew as deep a breath as he could. 

“I’m doing it right now,” he realized, then turned his head sharply to the side to address the man still out of sight behind him. “Katara’s at the airfield, sabotaging war balloons. I was distracting the patrols. I have to get back-!”

“Bato,” Hakoda’s voice came suddenly, level and in control. “Take three. If she’s there, help however you can and send word.”

“She’s there!” Zuko insisted. “You think I’m lying?”

No one answered as the tall man swiftly picked his three and departed. The door shut behind them, leaving the dour older man and a thick-shouldered guy Zuko couldn’t immediately place. They both watched him with flat distaste and the grim patience of soldiers.

These men would kill him, Zuko realized abruptly, and the truth of it settled in his stomach like a stone. He was thoroughly tied and effectively helpless. There was no second knife this time. No Sokka to vouch for him. Hakoda still stood behind him, and the hairs on the back of Zuko’s neck prickled with his persistent awareness of the threat. Whatever these men decided to do to him, he wasn’t going to be able to stop them.

“So now what,” he finally demanded. His voice was hard and steady but, in the back of his mind, some very dark, painful ideas were presenting themselves.

“Now we wait for Katara,” Hakoda said, and he paced slowly around to move a chair. With careful poise, he sat across from Zuko and folded his arms over his chest. Grim. Patient. Holding back a powerful force. “If she comes, she can tell me what I want to know. If she doesn’t, I’ll have to ask you.”


.


.


Katara showed Hama what parts of the engine to target and the old woman went to work with giddy enthusiasm. She was kind of too loud about it. But when Katara peeked back out at the airfield, there was no one there. No lights. No squadrons on patrol. No horns sounding, near or far.

No bugs.

“See anyone?” the old woman asked from inches behind her.

Katara squeaked and whirled around, then chuckled nervously. “Nope, all clear. I just don’t understand it. There were soldiers crawling all over the place before.”

“Maybe they all took a break,” Hama said with another of her creepy little smiles. Then her eyes lit up. “Can’t we pop the balloons? It seems like a shame to go to all this trouble crunching up fiddly little parts and not just pop the balloons.”

It was so achingly heart-warming, watching this woman - who was so like Gran-gran - get such a kick out of committing sabotage against the Fire Nation. 

“Yeah, okay, I guess it does seem like nobody’s watching now,” Katara said with a smile and a shrug. “There’s kind of a trick to it...”

They went down the row and finished destroying engines, then went back and began popping all the balloons in storms of ice needles. The work went so much faster with two, and Katara found herself again and again forgetting the weird situation, the vanished guards. It was weird that Zuko had been gone for... hours now... But maybe that was why all the guards were gone. Maybe they had all gone off to chase him...

That didn’t seem right, but Katara did not get much time to reflect on what about it troubled her.

“My my, I’ll admit I walk the woods around this base fairly often on the full moon, but I have never had this much fun.” Hama peered up at Katara, smiling so deeply her eyes crinkled. “I don’t think I’ve had such a good time since I was a girl at the South Pole.”

Katara’s jaw dropped all over again. “You’re from the South Pole, too? I- Hama, I thought I was the only Southern waterbender in the entire world...”

Her smile was like thin soup, but her eyes gleamed, wildly alive in the moonlight. “I have often felt that way, too, Katara. When I was taken from our home, I was the last of many. And the cruelties I endured after I was brought to the Fire Nation-”

She shut her eyes and Katara laid a comforting hand on her shoulder. When Hama opened her eyes again, something in her expression had sunk down deep, iced over again. She peered steadily at Katara now.

“I expected I would leave this world without ever having the opportunity to pass down Southern style, Katara. Even when your father told me he had a daughter who was a waterbender, I never dared to dream that you would come here. I want so very much to teach you our tradition, Katara, so that you can carry on our ways after I am gone.”

Katara felt like she was soaring, like one of the balloons, filled to bursting with lightness that sought only to rise against whatever harder matter held it down on the earth. “To learn about my heritage! That would mean everything to me.”

“Dear child,” Hama said, and cupped her cool fingers against Katara’s cheek. 

It shot through Katara’s mind - and she stamped it down guiltily - that having those long, sharp fingernails so close to her skin was dangerous.

“I must teach you now,” Hama said softly, “because there is never enough time for anything in this life - especially for our people, Katara.”

“I’m ready to learn. Besides, we’re kind of finished with the airships...”

She glanced at the wreckage of the fleet surrounding them. They had kept the pin holes subtle at first, but by the end, that caution had drained away. This was the last airfield, after all. It didn’t matter if the sabotage was discovered now; the damage was done. So Katara had let herself get carried away by the power of the moon and Hama’s delight and they had shredded row after row of airships. Now they lay strewn across the field, slashed open like a herd of disemboweled animals.

“Thoroughly finished with them, I’d say.” Hama shot Katara a wicked smile, and Katara grinned back. “Now. As to what waterbending lessons I can teach you. You already possess almost all of the skills I might have shared. Your technique is very Northern, either hard or soft, so rigid! But a waterbender’s greatest strength is the quick transition. Soft to hard. Solid to liquid to vapor and back, so fast your enemies do not even know that you are attacking them before you have pierced them through their charred hearts. Here, let me show you... Let me teach you our old ways. And then,” she smiled her rickety smile, “I will teach you a few new ones as well.”


.


.


Zuko waited long enough to draw a few deep breaths - or as deep as he could manage under the strap, anyway - and tried to settle his mind. It was hard. He could feel Chief Hakoda’s eyes on him like blue suns, crisping his nerves, and it made him want to snap back, take offense, lash out. 

Instead, he only raised his chin, meeting Hakoda’s stare evenly.

“Why don’t you just ask me whatever you want to know now? It seems like we’ve got time.”

“I don’t expect to get a lot of reliable answers out of you, Prince Zuko. Whatever story you would tell me, my guess is it would justify every villainous thing you’ve done.”

Zuko clenched his jaw and scowled at a corner of the floor. He absorbed this without comment, and as the immediate outrage faded, he realized that he had already done exactly what Hakoda was saying. He’d made an excuse to justify the collar. He’d only been trying to explain and he’d still managed to put the blame on Katara for his decision, his order-

“But you can tell me exactly what you meant,” Hakoda said in a cold, low voice, “when you said she didn’t stay in chains for long.”

Zuko took in the tic in the older man’s jaw. He wasn’t sure what that repressed anger was about, but he knew better than to ask. Hakoda had plenty of reasons to think the worst of him. Zuko was just going to have to accept that if he hoped to control his temper through this little chat. So, finally, he just shook his head and shrugged as irately as his bonds would allow.

“She has a technique for escaping waterbender control chains. She wore them up until the full moon, then broke out and trounced me and half the guards on the royal cruiser before Azula nearly killed Sokka. After that, Katara was bound by the oath and it was pretty obviously pointless to keep her in chains anyway, so I had them struck.”

Hakoda frowned back at him, assessing, trying to decide if he believed this.

“Actually-” Zuko frowned at his own habitual use of the word. He’d just been mocked for it... “-I had to do it myself. The guards were so afraid of her by then that none of them wanted to be in the room when the cuffs came off.”

“Atta girl,” murmured the big-shouldered man by the door. 

In the moment when his eyes flicked to him, Zuko finally remembered where he had so often seen this man. It had not clicked, because he was not smiling. But back on the ship, he had almost always had a faint, bemused smile on his face, laughing as he leaned in to listen to some joke from the man beside him. At the sight of him, at the memory, Zuko felt the worst of his anger drain away.

“I’m sorry my sister killed Tukna,” he said, figuring he might not get another chance. “He was your brother?”

The grim look on his face twitched. “Cousin.”

Zuko nodded, not knowing what more to say. And then very suddenly he did. “I lost a cousin in the war, too. We weren’t as close as you and Tukna were, though. That must have been really hard.”

“I’m surprised you even remember his name.”

“Next to my uncle, he was the fattest man I’ve ever met,” Zuko said solemnly. “And he was... kind of funny.”

Both men by the door scoffed, but with very different attitudes. The dour man curled his thin lip. The thick-shouldered man just smirked. “I don’t recall you ever laughing.”

“I’m not really big on levity. It just made him memorable. I don’t remember your names at all.”

“Akuma.” Akuma tipped his head to the side to indicate the other man. “Kottik.”

Zuko nodded in acknowledgment and looked back to Hakoda, who had tipped his chin up and was watching Zuko with a considering look. 

“The last I spoke to Katara,” Hakoda said at length, “she was determined to fulfill her oath. How’s that going?”

“She did it.” Zuko didn’t really pause to register the surprised hop of Hakoda’s eyebrows. “I released her publicly like she-”

“How?”

“What?”

“How did she fulfill her oath?” Hakoda asked slowly, as if speaking to an idiot- 

-or trying to restrain powerful emotions. Zuko drew another not-deep-enough breath and rolled his eyes up to the ceiling, struggling to keep an even tone of voice.

“She fought an Agni Kai on my behalf,” he said, frowning. 

He didn’t want to... couldn’t get into all that had happened, all that it meant, especially not in front of this scowling man who loved Katara so very much. He did not want to admit how he had risked her. How very horribly close it had been. 

He was so excruciatingly ashamed that he had done that. He couldn’t even meet Hakoda’s eyes as he went on.

“She fought bravely and with honor. I decided that was enough to justify dissolving the oath. More than enough.”

Hakoda watched him steadily, tightly as one would watch a faulty explosive. So Zuko pressed on.

“When I freed my crew from jail, I tried to send her away with them. She left on the ship, but... then she came back again...” 

He stopped there. This audience wasn’t going to appreciate hearing about how she’d saved him from assassins. Hakoda had chastised her for saving Lieutenant Roshu - how much more disappointed would he be to know she’d saved Zuko, too?

“Sounds like that’s been a real problem for you,” Hakoda said with a distinct lack of sympathy. 

“I get a chance to try and make amends for my mistakes, so I’m not complaining. She can stay as long as she wants.”

They watched him for a long moment, each man holding his own thoughts behind his eyes. “The last time I spoke to you,” Hakoda said coldly, “you wanted her gone. You were pretty vocal about it.”

A blush seared its way down Zuko’s grimacing face as he remembered the things he had shouted at her in the throne room. “Yeah. That was... I was wrong when I said that stuff. Both the things I was saying and the way I was saying them... I made a spectacle of myself in front of Katara’s family and embarrassed her. And I was deluding myself about pretty much everything I said. Because Katara was right; the sight of her was a constant reminder of all my mistakes. I made myself miserable and then blamed her for it. It was... childish and pathetic.”

“I’m so glad you could learn that valuable insight at the expense of my daughter’s self-respect.”

Zuko scowled up at Hakoda and the fury came scorching back through. “I’ll bet she had a much easier time respecting herself while she was hanging over your shoulder like a sack of seaprunes!”

Hakoda squinted and Zuko belatedly realized the phrase sounded stupid coming out of his Fire Nation mouth. He didn’t care. He glared just the same. But Hakoda tipped his head back, thinking.

“She said that to you,” he stated.

“She... Yeah. When she explained how messed up it was that I tried to hand her off to you like that. She was pretty mad about it.”

“And I suppose you came to that conversation with the kind of calm restraint we saw in the throne room?”

Zuko scowled at the ceiling, his anger pulsing slowly out like blood from a deep wound.

“Pretty much. Only without her family there to distract her, Katara was free to come back at me just as hard and lay into me for all the things I’d said. And for trying to blow up everything she was working toward - just over my own hurt feelings.” He shut his eyes, remembering, aching over his mistakes again. “And for taking her choice... All of which was true and, honestly, I needed to hear.”

He could still remember the hurt and fury on her face as she defended herself, her genuine love for him, her very real heartbreak. It had been so hard to accept that it was true at the time - because accepting that it was true, that she was true, forced Zuko to begin to accept how terribly wrong his thinking was at the time, how wrong it had been for so long...

It battered at him again now. She had loved him. They had thought she was carrying his child. And he had chosen his destiny, the fool’s errand his father sent him off to chase for five years - probably for his whole life if the Avatar hadn’t reappeared... He had chosen to pursue the love and acceptance and forgiveness of that man over the girl who actually loved him and the sweet promise of the family they could have made together.

Worse, he hadn’t just abandoned them. He had dragged Katara with him, forced her into a situation where she felt the need to use his child as a political tool against the Fire Lord - because Zuko wasn’t strong enough to do what was right himself. He had forced her to change, to harden into someone who could deal with the situation she was faced with. 

And then, when that hardened version of her had cut at him and struck at him in any way she could, using any scrap of power that remained to her, Zuko had had the audacity to feel like he was the one being wounded and wronged.

Reflecting on this under the eyes of her father and uncles, Zuko felt the shame even more acutely. Hakoda had asked him that last night if he was a good enough man to receive Katara’s love, and he knew now the answer was no. He wasn’t good enough. He hadn’t been good enough then, and he obviously wasn’t good enough now after all the terrible choices he had made. 

Maybe that was why Hakoda had rejected him so fully. The look on his face when he saw that mark on Zuko’s shoulder... he had been so repelled by the notion that his daughter would choose such a man. Maybe it was because he had been able to see even then just how unworthy Zuko really was. 

Like it was stamped on his face.

Zuko was scowling at the corner of the floor again, so he didn’t see the look that passed between the two men at the door. Bewilderment, suspicion, annoyance. 

Hakoda, meanwhile, only frowned at the distracted Fire Prince. He knew there was a strong chance that anything this man said was another trick. Whatever strange performance of penitence he was putting on now, his past actions remained damning, and Hakoda kept sight of them as he would the stars guiding him through the blind night. 

Prince Zuko had sent them into that trap at the prison tower, after all. He had threatened and kidnapped Hakoda’s kids, had put them through untold hardships, and had lied to Katara, convinced her he would marry her, and somehow got so insidiously into her head that, when he tried to discard her, she had turned on her own tribe to get back to him and the impossible task he had set her.

...And, apparently, to tell him off so thoroughly that he was still, weeks later, thinking about details of what she had said.

Which actually sounded much more like the Katara he had raised... and did not entirely fit with the image of the prince that had solidified in his mind.

Hakoda had tortured himself during his time stranded in the Fire Nation over what could be going through his daughter’s head. Whatever the reason, she had committed herself fully to the cause of changing the way the Fire Nation viewed the Water Tribe - which had seemed entirely hopeless to him. It had become a recurring nightmare for him, watching her run back to the palace on her futile quest, trapping herself in anguish forever.

Now, though, she had apparently escaped that foul oath and was sabotaging Fire Nation airships. She was making a real difference, fighting the war where she was. Like she had said she would.

Or so the Fire Prince claimed.

Hakoda frowned at his children’s abductor and tried to see what lay beneath this veneer of a properly scolded boy. The prince just looked angry and bitter and ashamed - all seemingly genuine, or at least the same sort of prickly, apparently-guileless performance Hakoda remembered from conversations aboard his own ship. 

He had forgotten how convincing the prince could be, how easily he donned the appearance of an earnest young man. There had been no whiff of deception in his apology to Akuma. No hint of nerves or performed contrition. If he had said the words to win himself an ally, it was a well-delivered attempt. Akuma would certainly allow him to think he had succeeded.

But they all knew how this had to end. 

This same man had stood on a beach and threatened to make Sokka pay if Hakoda did not yield. It had been easy to set aside memories of sailing lessons when Hakoda carried such an overpowering parting image. And towering for all these weeks in Hakoda’s mind was his terror that Katara had stumbled out of her depth, that she had landed herself in the Fire Nation at the mercy of a cruel, selfish, unyielding man. 

But there was a slim chance... Perhaps Prince Zuko was not so unyielding after all. He was here too, after all, sabotaging airships. Perhaps. And it would seem - if appearances counted for anything - he was not at all immune to being lectured. 

Which would throw some things into question for Hakoda. He had come to think of the prince as ruthless and false. The sight of him in the throne room, decked out in ornate black armor and shouting his crazy-eyed accusations at Katara, had fit perfectly into Hakoda’s notion of him as an entitled prince who could proudly deny he was a liar and in the same breath twist facts to see his own selfish desires justified and fulfilled.

In the back of Hakoda’s head for weeks now, Katara’s voice had echoed again and again...

...like a good little slave... pour his tea... let Fire Nobles stare at me... don’t speak... don’t waterbend... unless my master tells me...

She had only explicitly complained about the misery of her humble role and had imbued the word ‘master’ with such scorn and disdain... but Katara had hidden things from Hakoda before. He did not doubt there were things the prince had done that she would gladly hide from him forever. Certainly, he had encountered enough atrocities committed by the Fire Nation in this war that he was deeply reluctant to pull any threads or venture guesses about what might have been done to his child.

And horribly, the prince kept saying things that poked right into the raw spot Hakoda was avoiding. It was difficult to tell whether that was intentional or... just the bad luck of a dense, kind of blundering... kid. It was always possible he could be a better liar than Hakoda had estimated... and yet.

The prince remained difficult to read. That remark about Katara’s quick release from chains had initially seemed like another boast. Another gift, as he had called the love-bite she had left on his shoulder. But he claimed he had meant the comment about the chains as a simple fact. 

Not, your daughter was eager to pay the price I demanded for her release, but yeah, she escaped and beat me up.

It hardly mattered one way or the other. None of this was real until Katara confirmed it. Hakoda had that fixed in his mind as well. But it was getting harder to look at this young man and see that crazed prince instead of the unsettling teenager who had knocked around his ship, asking questions about sailing craft and staring after Katara like a moth at the moon.

...for taking her choice... he’d said, his voice pained.

Hakoda suddenly remembered Iroh, floating around alone with his teapot during the month it took to sail to the Fire Nation. The old general had never mentioned losing a son to the war. He had only ever spoken of his nephew, and only in those earliest days of the voyage.

You took away his choice. He is lost now, because you were impatient!

Prince Zuko had not looked lost on that beach. Furious, ruthless, forbidding. Not lost at all.

And he hadn’t looked lost in the throne room, either. At first, he had appeared perfectly at home sitting behind the flames, like any piece of the jagged decor. But the more he talked - yelled - the clearer it became that he was truly deranged. He was not lost, but he had the look of an animal with its foot cinched tight in a snare. Teeth bared, ready to tear himself and everyone around him apart to escape.

He did not look lost now either. Scruffy and dressed for stealth, with his hair loose and grown into an awkward in-between phase and his sharp eyes turned aside in thought, he seemed... different. Troubled, and quick to slip back into anger, but working each time to climb back out again and for the most part remaining calm as he reflected and spoke tersely of his mistakes...

Maybe it was just the strap that had him so much calmer this time. He couldn’t really work himself up to a rage when his breath held him hostage. 

But Hakoda had a gut-deep feeling that this went beyond the strap. 

It was unsettling to think what it might truly be. He needed to hear Katara’s side of things. But until then, as long as he held the constellation of facts in his mind, there was no harm in asking...

“What are you doing here, Prince Zuko? Katara, I understand. You... I would have expected you to be proud of your nation’s ingenuity. Flying machines, after all. What a wonder.”

“An Earth Kingdom mechanist designed them,” the prince said at once. “If anything, the wonder is how the Fire Lord can pillage something from another land, slap the flame on it, and convince the world it’s Fire Nation ingenuity.” The distasteful curve of his mouth tensed further. “He intends to drop bombs on Ba Sing Se and raze the entire Earth Kingdom from the sky. I couldn’t stand by and let that happen. So I got Katara to come with me to use the full moon to destroy the fleet before it can ever launch.”

“Got her to come with you,” Hakoda repeated flatly. “What does that mean?”

“I asked for her help. She agreed it needed to be done.” His broody face tightened in sudden offense. “You think I commanded her? I told you already, she’s free.”

Hakoda wanted so badly to believe that... but the enticement of the thought made it even more likely it was some smokescreen. So he did not argue, only tipped his head to the side. Kottik took the opening.

“So we’re to believe you’re some altruist now, just out here averting calamity?” he sneered. “The lives of a bunch of common Earth Kingdom folk mean something to you all of a sudden?”

“Yes. The lives of innocent people matter to me,” Prince Zuko ground out. “Even when I sailed with you, I wanted the war to end. I thought I would have a better chance of stopping it from inside a war meeting.” He glared but then shut his eyes bitterly. “I was wrong.”

“Daddy wasn’t open to suggestions, huh?” Akuma rumbled. 

Hakoda watched the Fire Prince twist his mouth and seem to focus for a long moment on his breathing. The proud and angry son of a cruel man, he remembered thinking not so terribly long ago. Now, though, something more was going on, some deeper struggle that was harder to characterize than the barely-restrained hostility he remembered. 

“Not from me,” he finally said. He still looked angry - furious even, it was so intense - but his voice came out quiet and tight. Controlled. “I tried pretty hard to build a proposal that would save lives and still lead to a victory for the Fire Nation. I based it on documented strategies that had worked. I was careful and patient and presented it at the perfect moment, in words that could make an act of mercy seem like strength and strategic wisdom.” His frown got deeper, his voice got closer to a growl. “He wasn’t interested. He mocked me - because Sozin’s comet is coming and that power, to him, means he no longer needs to even bother pretending he doesn’t just want to dominate everything and everyone.”

Hakoda listened and watched him even more closely. Sokka had mentioned the comet. The Avatar had had a vision, and the end of summer was going to be the end for them all if they couldn’t stop the fighting by then. That knowledge had added even more desperation to his efforts to escape the Fire Nation, and then for the past few nights, that desperation had had him following a strange cluster of lights Bato spotted in the sky - lights they had tracked here, to this airfield. 

Because if he couldn’t get out of the Fire Nation, he certainly wasn’t going to just waste his time hiding. Not with the end two months away. He and his men were going to do something. And if it led to their capture or death, they would at least go fighting, and perhaps strike a blow to the hearts of their enemies.

Instead, his carefully planned raid on that observation tower had been abruptly and perhaps foolishly canceled because some idiot with swords was running around, stirring up the guards. Instead of following through on his plan, Hakoda had stumbled upon his daughter’s kidnapper and couldn’t resist the chance to squeeze him for information. 

Or, on the bright side, instead of maybe taking control of that tower and maybe finding some good intelligence or a way to blow up all those airships, Hakoda had acquired a disaffected prince. Who could say how many useful secrets were stored in that head? What might Hakoda accomplish here in the Fire Nation with the use of such a resource? 

Another enticing thought. Another possible smokescreen. But unlike talk of Katara, Hakoda did not feel his sentiment might outweigh his cunning in this. He was in no danger of losing his own temper over strategy; that was an occupation he had sunk years into mastering.

“He mocked you,” he repeated quietly, at once drawing focus to the point of contention. Wounded pride, he had learned, was often very motivating for Fire Nation captives who might be convinced to give up information. “Right there in the war meeting?”

Prince Zuko looked at him sharply, seemed to sense a shift in tone. 

“I would have thought, after you captured the Avatar, you would have enjoyed a bit more status.”

Those yellow eyes narrowed, assessing him right back. Coming to some decision. “I did. For a while. But that dried up pretty quick when I kept disappointing him.”

“By letting us escape the throne room that day.”

“By being me.”

It sounded like the kind of thing a petulant teenager would say about his father, but somehow, coming from the Fire Prince, it was not a complaint. It was a grim admission of reality.

“My father,” he said, almost spitting the word, “thinks I’m weak. He heard my plan and called me a humanitarian. To him? That’s an insult. Because he believes that treating other people like human beings instead of chits on a battle map is a sign of weakness. Something to be ashamed of.

“The really pathetic thing is,” Prince Zuko said with a sardonic flash of his teeth, “I believed him. For so long, I thought I was just weak, that that’s what it was when I felt bad for other people. I thought I was weak when I couldn’t bring myself to be ruthless and do the things I knew he would do, things that would work.” He clenched his jaw but quickly pressed on. “I kept trying to burn that weakness out of myself, and I kept failing. I did so many things I thought were half-measures. Half as hard as I needed to be to achieve my goals. Half as cruel. Weak.”

Hakoda felt his face going stonier because he understood without the prince even explicitly saying it that these half-measures were things he had done to Katara and Sokka. Prince Zuko only went on, meeting his eyes with an intensity that was... unclear in its nature.

“And after the...” the prince hesitated, then pressed on. “It was only after hearing the Fire Lord’s plans and seeing... the reality of what I was trying to sacrifice that I started to really understand that all those half-measures? That wasn’t me being too weak to go all the way. That was some instinctive part of me resisting because what I was trying to do was beneath me. If I went that low, I wasn’t gonna come back.”

Lost, Hakoda’s mind provided, though he did not reflect on it. He only watched as the Fire Prince shook his head and continued. He watched and he wondered why he was being told all this, what purpose it might serve for the prince to reveal so much. What was he looking to gain?

“I let you go in the throne room that day,” Prince Zuko went on, “not because I wasn’t strong enough to fight you and slow you down until reinforcements came, but because using your kids to trap you and your tribe was twisted and wrong.” He paused a beat, then frowned at the floor. “I wasn’t really thinking clearly, though. I probably would have kept fighting you if Katara and my uncle weren’t there.” 

He seemed almost... ashamed. Hakoda, after a beat, shrugged and shook his head.

“If your uncle had been more amenable, and if my daughter hadn’t been watching, I would have killed you that day.”

Those yellow eyes flashed back up to him, fearless. Not even that angry. Just thinking, weighing Hakoda’s expression and tone carefully. 

“So I suppose,” Hakoda went on after a beat, tipping his head dryly to one side to let off some of the pressure, “it’s a lucky thing for both of us that they were there. Otherwise, you would be dead and my men and I wouldn’t have made it out of the capital.”

“Is that why you haven’t killed me yet tonight?”

“It’d be pretty short-sighted to kill you before finding Katara.”

“Right, but - I mean... is my uncle still with you?”

Dread. Anxiety. Hakoda read those vulnerable emotions and very briefly considered withholding the information, using it to work some other angle later, but decided to relent, more interested to see how the prince would react. 

“Iroh parted ways with us to travel with the Avatar.”

“Good, that’s good,” the Fire Prince breathed, though whether he was relieved his uncle was alive or that he wasn’t about to have to face him, Hakoda couldn’t guess. The relief itself was obvious, though, tilting back that one eyebrow in its intensity.

Prince Zuko remembered himself and put the look away. 

“You never said what you were still doing here,” he said.

“Never mind that for now,” Hakoda said. He certainly wasn’t about to admit that they were not in the Fire Nation intentionally. Instead, he tipped his head thoughtfully at the prince and shrugged. “I’d like to hear more about this war meeting.”


.


.

 

Katara shifted through the movements with devastating smoothness. Her water flashed and rushed and hissed around her, solidifying and crashing apart easily. Vapor became blades of ice just long enough to sever some lilies, then liquid just long enough to snatch the flowers from the air, then solid to freeze them in place - and then the ice burst back into gas, shredding the flowers to tiny bits.

It made so much sense. As soon as she understood that the water was never only one thing; it was always all things, and the notion of distinct phases was only an illusion. The ice melted to water the instant her breathing shifted because there was no such thing as solid or liquid or gas. Water was always water. The capacity to shift from one to the other was like a compressed spring, always just waiting for release.

“Very well done, Katara.” Hama’s eyes shone in the moon’s cold light, her teeth almost skeletal as she grinned. “You truly are as prodigious as they say. A master waterbender, and now that you possess the fundamentals of the Southern tradition, you can truly carry on my legacy.”

“Hama, thank you so much,” Katara said, shaking her head and grinning. “I can’t wait to try this out on-”

The disquiet she had put away came roaring back. Zuko had been gone for a long time now. Too long. There was no sign of him and there was no sign of any of the guards. And Hakoda had not emerged miraculously from the forest. Katara was starting to get the feeling that she needed to at least figure out where Zuko had gone...

...because if he was in trouble, she couldn’t just leave him to face it alone. They were finally working together toward their shared goal! He was finally doing the right thing! If he got captured or... whatever, the whole strategy for slowing down the Fire Nation’s war efforts would fall apart. 

That’s why Katara felt a frisson of real fear. Practical concerns. Worry for her people. Not for Zuko, alone and in trouble.

“Hama, this is all so amazing and I’m so grateful to learn... but I think I need to go find my ally. He’s been gone for a really long time and I’m honestly starting to worry a little.”

“Your ally, Katara?” Hama asked, her voice cold and dry as a winter wind. “You don’t mean the Fire Prince?”

Katara felt herself freeze, but quickly shook it off. Hama had heard stories about her. Maybe she was just taking a wild guess. “Actually, I know it seems crazy, but yeah... We came here to destroy the airships and he was keeping the guards busy but-”

“He can’t be counted on. Surely you know that by now, don’t you? Surely that ugly jewelry he gave you is reminder enough?”

The words were harsh, faintly mocking. It took Katara a little by surprise, that sudden change in tone, but she could understand it. Hama had suffered in the Fire Nation, and she had obviously heard... some things... and didn’t want to see Katara fall back into the trap she was honestly still fighting to escape.  

She met Hama’s stare steadily and raised her chin. “I know better than to trust too much. But he is my ally and we’re working together for the time being. And this-” she said, pointing at the collar that hung heavy around her neck. “-is a symbol. I could remove it at any time, but I’m not taking it off until my people are free.”

“Then you’ll still be wearing it when you’re my age,” Hama smirked. “Our people - our people, Katara - can never truly be free. Even in my day, the Fire Nation had carved away too much for us to ever really be a society again. Hakoda told me what’s become of the village now. We can never recover what we were! We can never be free of the Fire Nation, because the scars it has left on us will last forever!” 

The pain and rage in Hama’s voice rang in tune with a note that had been ringing in Katara’s heart since the day her mother had died. 

“I know that,” Katara said, her arms coming up to fold over her chest. “And I’ll always bear the scars of what was done to my family and my people. But scars are different from servitude. Just because we’ve been hurt doesn’t mean we can’t ever be free. We can be free, but to do that, we have to be brave enough to hold onto hope.”

Hama stared at her, a hollow sorrow and uncertainty crumpling her expression. “Maybe such a thing is possible for you, Katara. But I was taken by the Fire Nation when I was not so many years older than you, and even after I escaped that horrible prison, I spent another forty years trapped here, cut off from everything and everyone I ever loved.”

Katara shed a tear just trying to imagine it. An entire life spent and spoiled in tragic isolation. “Oh, Hama. I’m sorry. You must have felt so alone.” She laid her hand on the old woman’s hunched shoulder. “I’m sure my dad could take you with him when he leaves. You could still make it back to the South Pole one day.”

But her bowed head was already shaking. “No, no. I will only be free of the Fire Nation when I am dead, Katara.” She smiled faintly, sad and wry. “And only when I’m dead will the Fire Nation be free of me.”

The words were... a little weirdly ominous, but Katara forced out a little laugh to be polite. 

“I owe you an apology,” Hama said finally, her eyes dropping to the collar. “After a little reflection, I understand exactly why you would choose to keep wearing such a terrible symbol. An evil thing was done to you, and you cannot be at peace until that evil is paid back. Is that it?”

“Well... I thought of it more like... stopping the evil from being done to other people... and forcing the people who are indirectly benefiting from the evil to look at the ugly reality of the evil they were willing to accept... so kind of?”

“Kind of,” Hama repeated. She nodded a little and smiled. “Close enough.”

“To...”

“Let’s walk a bit. Perhaps we will come upon your father. Or your... ally.” Hama smiled again and led the way out of the clearing.

Katara hesitated in the moonlight and had to remind herself that Hama was only a strange, deeply lonely old woman, just trying to be helpful. She didn’t mean to be so creepy...

She wasn’t sure if it was a good idea to leave the airfield entirely, but she couldn’t just wait around here for Zuko to come back or Hakoda to find them. Maybe she and Hama really would find a trail in the woods.

But there was a little part of her that was suddenly certain it would be better if they didn’t cross paths with anyone. Especially Zuko.

“Coming?” Hama called from out of the dark.

“Uh, yeah! Right behind you.”

As she followed, Katara snapped a thin branch so it hung at about shoulder height - just enough to signify to a searching eye which way she had gone. Then she hurried after Hama, breaking branches occasionally along the way.

“I hope you’ll forgive my skepticism, Katara, but in my experience, allies tend to come and go,” the old woman said as Katara caught up to her where she had begun to ascend a long slope. “The paths we walk grow narrow and we are forced sometimes to walk alone. It’s best to be ready for that time when it comes. Otherwise, your allies can be just as dangerous to you as enemies would be.”

She was breathing a little hard, clearly struggling despite her familiarity with this area. Katara followed at a polite distance, listening and remembering how Gran-gran sometimes struggled with long walks across new snow. She wanted to help Hama along as she would her gran-gran, but something was telling her to keep back. “I guess that’s been kind of true for me, too... None of my friends could stay with me here in the Fire Nation. I had to do this on my own. And... Zuko has been... yeah, the line between ally and enemy has been especially sketchy with him.”

“Hah! Well. In the end, you can only really rely upon yourself.” Hama paused to catch her breath and looked back down at Katara. It wasn’t easy to read her expression in the hard darkness of moonshadow, but she sounded sad. “You know, when I escaped the prison, I freed my friends - what I thought were my friends - those few that had managed to endure the long years of deprivation. That prison was full when I arrived. Dozens of waterbenders all lined up in our cages... When I escaped, after twenty long years, there were only two strong enough to flee with me.” 

Her voice was reedy and hollow, her sorrow a deep wound Katara could feel in her own chest. 

“Kima died the next day, staring into the rising sun and weeping - she was so relieved to die free. Nortuk... he only wanted to go home. Back to the South Pole.” Hama’s tone darkened and she began climbing again. “Even after all those years, he could only think of his wife and their child - by then a grown man... and likely killed by the Fire Nation along the way. He couldn’t seem to grasp that, back there, in our village, we were powerless. There was nothing we could do from our home except wait for the Fire Nation to take its next greedy slice of our lives. And if we fought to protect what was ours, if we used our waterbending, more soldiers would come to subdue us again, to unleash their fury on our people again. Why go back to our loved ones when defending them would mean their ultimate destruction? They could only suffer retaliation for our attempts to help.” 

Katara felt a terrible shudder come creeping up her spine. Something about this did not sit right. She broke a branch and followed on.

“For Nortuk, that price was worth seeing his family again... and I suppose I cannot blame him, really. He was my last companion, and he left me alone here forty years ago. I do not think he even made it back home after all that. None of the men of your tribe recognized his name.”

Hama stopped for another moment, breathing hard. She half-turned in the patchy moonlight, peering off into the distance.

“For me... There could be no going back. My time in the Fire Nation had changed me. I refused to be made powerless again, to be unable to exact any price for the hardship my people endured. I had been dragged into the den of my enemies. They foolishly sought to hold me close - so close that, free at last, I could enact retribution against them.”

Katara, who might once have been horrified at the notion of a heart that beat only for vengeance, looked into Hama’s faded, cunning profile and saw all the women she knew who had suffered in just a year of captivity. Bogara’s wounded dignity. Keyu, always afraid. Dakata’s grief, so deeply swallowed. Yakita’s nervous eyes. Loska always with her head down. Pawe and the pregnancy no one spoke of.

Katara thought of their damages, their resilience, and she looked at Hama and could see a woman who had endured unimaginable pain and grief - truly off the scale of comparison - and rather than collapse under the weight of it, she had forged her pain and grief into a vicious weapon that could do something to right that wrong.

“What kind of retribution?” Katara asked, her voice a little high but steady.

Hama turned fully to face her and smiled. Her pale face appeared almost skeletal in the gloom. “The terrible kind.” 

Wrinkles pulled her mouth like strings, and her teeth when she grinned were still so sharp. 

“Walk with me just a little farther, Katara. I think you are ready for the greatest lesson I have to teach you. Let me tell you how I took my freedom.”

They continued on up the slope. Katara listened as Hama described how, during the many full moons of her captivity, she had noticed... blood. She had honed her awareness of the blood pumping in the rat-vipers that crept through her cage. She had practiced and planned for years before the right moment arrived. As Hama talked, they ascended the final steps and came to a banded steel door set right into the face of the mountain.

There was a... smell. Faint at first, but unmistakable. Something had died and was rotting nearby.

And Katara had a feeling - dread rooted deep in her gut - that that smell of death was coming from beyond that door.

Hama stood there in the threshold, looking back down at Katara and seeming to grow taller and fiercer in the moonlight.

“Bloodbending,” she said, “controls the water inside a living body.”

Katara had bent sweat before, and she had bent the water inside plants. She had drawn the water out of food to preserve it, and she had used her waterbending to heal - though how that worked exactly was not entirely clear to her, since she hadn’t really trained in healing. But, of Katara’s experiences, that seemed like the closest thing she had encountered to controlling the water inside a living body.

“That sounds a little bit like healing.”

“Phuh.” Hama waved a hand in dismissal. “Healing is what they teach girls in the North because they think it isn’t dangerous. But healing is just the soft side of bloodbending. Healing asks the body to do what it would eventually do anyway. Bloodbending imposes your will over flesh itself. And,” she smirked, “over the will of the current occupant.”

Katara had to take a moment to swallow down a sick feeling. That rotting smell seemed to be growing more intense. “You mean you-” She thought of all her experiments dragging the water out of seaprunes and imagined instead a living person. “-you just... take control of someone’s body- like- like-”

“Like a puppet, Katara.” Hama raised her arms out wide to either side and bowed her head, watching Katara closely. “Or like the chains we both once wore...”

Suddenly, Katara recognized the posture Hama was assuming. She remembered those cruelest days aboard the royal cruiser, when she had been chained in that same position every time she was given a drink. She thought of the control chains that had yanked her off her feet hundreds of times in training to prepare her for reality...

“The strong impose their will over the weak all the time,” Hama said, lowering her arms back to her sides. “That is what war is. The Fire Nation has imposed its will over the Southern Water Tribe for generations. They abducted our waterbenders until the village was a ruin, and they kept us strung up in chains to watch each other slowly die. Now I hear they drive waterbenders into battle with threats against their captive families. That is monstrous. That is the sort of great evil that was done to me, Katara. To us! To all the Water Tribe!” The furious sorrow in her voice turned cold and sharp. “That is the evil we must pay back to them in kind.”

Katara licked her dry lips and finally thought to try to calm her breathing. Her heart was pounding hard in her throat. Because she agreed - those things the Fire Nation had done were monstrous and evil - but the notion of paying it back in kind, of taking that sort of cruelty and evil into her own hands to deliver justice by imposing her will on others, was terrifying. Hama went on, watching her steadily.

“Bloodbending is the ultimate weapon, because it takes the weapons of your enemies and makes them yours to command. Let me show you.” She reached out one clawed hand and pulled open the steel door.

The stench that rolled out of the lightless hole beyond was overwhelming. It made Katara’s eyes water and her nose burn. Worse, at the sound of the door, several voices in the distant dark emitted stifled cries of terror. There were living people in there. And there were rotting corpses in there. That certainty filled Katara with such horror that the only thing preventing her from turning around and racing down the mountain and back to the airfield was the sudden terrible realization that-

Zuko might be in there. Dad might be in there.

Slowly, unsteadily, Katara followed Hama into the dark.

 

Chapter 47

Notes:

Warning I guess for horrors? In the cartoon, they played it like the horrific thing was the bloodbending. Which, fine, yes, there are some moral issues there. It's spooky, yeah. It's a power that, like any power, can be used to abuse people. But the real horror to my mind wasn't the bloodbending but what Hama used it to do. It was her quest for revenge that was truly dark, and the ramifications of what she was doing and how long she had spent doing it had to be downplayed for that episode to still be for kids.

I put the focus and the horror where I really thought it should be. I wanted Hama to be more than a spooky villain - because this is a pretty Katara-centric story and Hama stands as a personal warning to her about what unchecked rage and unhealed trauma can do. (In a way, bloodbending in the show seemed to come to represent all that. She used it on what she thought was Yon Rah, and no other time, because that was when she was closest to Hama's vengeful state.) This Katara has had different experiences from canon Katara, so she'll come to think of Hama and bloodbending in different ways.

Chapter Text

Katara trailed one hand along the hewn stone wall as she followed Hama away from the short radius of moonlight in the doorway and deep, deep into stifling darkness. She could hear the old woman’s scuffing steps just ahead of her, and quieter than that was her heavy, excited breathing. Katara’s own breath was suddenly loud to her ears. So loud, in fact, it was hard to pick up the distant sounds of whimpers.

But they grew easier to hear with every shuffling step.

“Hama, what is this place?” she breathed. Her voice came out thin but so terribly loud.

“An abandoned mine. Nobody comes here. They say it’s haunted,” Hama smirked in the dark. “I mentioned to you that I visit that base fairly regularly on the full moon. Well, it’s not just to admire the fire lilies.”

The passage took a hard right and faint yellow light appeared up ahead. Over Hama’s head, Katara could see it - a rectangular glowing outline. A shut door. Hama’s hunched shape lurched faster toward it.

“I go there because it’s better than wandering the road,” she said. “The locals wised up about cutting through the woods on the night of a full moon years ago. But then the military came and flattened my favorite field of lilies to build all those balloons. I’ve been picking off the strays ever since. But when I saw you at work out there-” Hama chuckled and paused as she unlatched the door. In the dim light, Katara could see her peering over her shoulder at her, though she couldn’t make out her expression. Just the luminous flash of her eyes in the shadows. “-I decided tonight was a good night to... go big.”

She opened the door and Katara’s stomach dropped horribly. In the foreground was a lantern - one of those that the squadrons had been patrolling with just hours ago. Inside the lantern’s glow, the chamber was packed with chained soldiers. There must have been at least forty of them, bound together in groups or cuffed alone to the walls. They all sat silently, the whites of their eyes shining bright at Hama in their frozen terror. 

But it was what lay around them, behind them, vanishing into the unfathomable black depths of the tunnel beyond, that had Katara’s stomach stewing with acid. 

Bodies. Dozens. Hundreds. Most so decayed they were recognizable only by the rat-gnawed rags of clothes still wrapped around their wasted and desiccated remains. They were piled around the walls like rubbish, mounded back into the dark. There could be mountains of them down there.

One of the guards, an especially young man who was missing his helmet, fixed his eyes on Katara and mouthed a single word.

Help!

“What have you done?” Katara choked, pressing her hand over her mouth and fighting not to retch. “H-Hama, what have you done- to- to all these people-?

“I thought you understood, Katara.” Her voice was low and dangerous, climbing to a wild peak. “This is retribution. This is the price! This is the evil the Fire Nation sowed when it stole our people and put us in cages to watch each other waste away!”

“No!” Katara darted into the room, put herself between Hama and her victims. “What the Fire Nation has done to you is horrible, Hama, but this is- this is too much! This is insane!”

“Too much? Too much? When they snuffed out our traditions and our culture, wasn’t that too much? When they slaughtered your mother, wasn’t that too much?” Spittle flew from her bared teeth. Her eyes were two furious moons twisted up in the pain and rage of her face. “When their prince made you his slave, Katara? Wasn’t that too much?

“Yes, but-!”

He should be your slave!” Hama thundered over her, stabbing one bony finger at the ground. “He and all the rest of his power-worshiping people belong on their knees before you! You are the last Southern waterbender and you must carry on this fight until this accursed land of volcanoes sinks back under the sea where it belongs!”

“I won’t!” Katara raised her chin and clenched her fists at her sides. “I’m not here for retribution, Hama. I’m here to stop the war. Destroying those airships will prevent thousands of deaths. Killing these soldiers, taking them away from their families, torturing them? That’s just creating more pain and suffering!” 

Hama laughed, slow and mocking. “Some wounds don’t heal, Katara. They just rot. Contaminate the blood. That’s what I’ve been trying to tell you. That’s what I tried to tell Nortuk. Our tribe is rotting and wasting away. There is no going home and healing it, because the Fire Nation will always come back to reopen those wounds. Your father understands that. Otherwise, he would be there, defending the homeland.” 

Katara puffed out a breath like it had been kicked from her stomach. That couldn’t be true. Hakoda was nothing like Hama. Hakoda was...

But for whatever reason, her mind caught on the memory of Hakoda leaping through the flames to attack Zuko on the throne. He’d been wearing a helmet that hid his face and Katara had not only not recognized him, she had reached out and tripped him. The helmet had fallen off and she’d immediately been so glad to see him, but for a few heartbeats before that, he had been only a murderous stranger to her. There had been no time to linger on it then, but it welled up in her mind now.

Hakoda had been away at war for four years. There was no doubt he had killed. And for a second, Katara could not help but wonder how full this chamber would be if it contained her father’s victims instead.

“We cannot win this war.” Hama’s glare twisted tighter, more determined. “My responsibility and duty as the last Southern waterbender has always been to use whatever power I possess to drag our enemies with me to the grave. Now that duty falls to you.”

Still reeling, Katara shook her head. “No, I don’t believe that. I don’t believe you believe that! Hama, there are so many ways we can use our power to help the Water Tribe!”

“Don’t be naive,” the old woman growled. “Do you think you’re the only one who’s thought to fight fair and spare lives? This war has gone on for a century. Given time, the ruthless always run down the good-hearted.”

“The Avatar has returned! Everything is different now!”

“The Avatar is a child! He cannot comprehend what has been done to us because he has not been here to witness this war! He doesn’t know what it is to drink of the despair we have always known! And even if he could understand, he doesn’t have any magical power to wind back the clock, Katara. He can’t bring back the dead, or return a stolen life, or teach you the ways of our culture that have been erased from memory.”

Katara clenched her teeth and straightened with new resolve. “But he does have the power to stop the war. And so do I. I’m not going to carry your legacy forward, Hama. In fact, I’m not going to let you go on torturing and murdering people at all.

“Foolish girl,” Hama said, raising her hands in poses Katara did not recognize. “You should have learned my final technique before you turned against me. Now you’ll share a tomb with all this Fire Nation scum.”

Pain lanced through Katara’s joints as she found her body suddenly contorting, hunching forward as her arms twisted behind her. Tears sprang to her eyes and she was sure she could hear her own bones grinding together.

“Ah! Stop!”

Hama cackled and made a spidery gesture. Katara flung backward, her cracking spine arched so far she was suddenly staring at the guards chained and huddled behind her.

“Fight it!” one of them cried. And it was like the others had been waiting.

“Come on, Princess Katara,” that young guard called.

“Please, you’re our only hope!”

“Princess Katara!”

“Katto, Katto...!”

“Quiet! All of you!” Hama barked. “There is no fighting my technique. Her every muscle is mine to command.” She twisted her hands again. Katara crashed face-down on the stone and immediately tasted blood as her lip split-

-and then she gritted her teeth. And felt the full moon throb through the rivers beneath her skin.

It was hard, taking back control. Like thawing ice that was also her body. But Katara managed a deep breath, then glared up at Hama and climbed slowly to her feet. The old woman gaped at her. Her knobby hands quaked before her as she strained against the unyielding power of Katara’s control.

“Impossible-!” she wheezed.

“Oh, you’re in trouble now, witch!” hooted the soldiers behind Katara.

“Yeah, haven’t you heard the song? That kid came up from pit fights in the Earth Kingdom!”

“Nobody knocks Katto of the Southern Tribe down for long!”

Katara knuckled the blood from her chin and popped the cork out of the canteen at her hip. “They’re not wrong.”


.


.


Zuko kept his breathing as deep and even as possible under the strap as he related what he had heard in the war meeting. Chief Hakoda listened sternly, occasionally asking for clarification or further information. It was as he got into the plans for Ba Sing Se that it got harder to stay calm.

“After the bombings, they were talking about taking kids away so their parents wouldn’t resist the occupation-” Zuko had to stop to breathe for a beat. “General Choy suggested a system to number them so any-” He tipped his head back to try and get more air. “-any resistance from their families could be met with orderly punishment.”

The three tribesmen were watching him with their weathered, hardened faces, and if the notion of the Fire Nation stealing children shocked them, they didn’t show it. That just made Zuko’s heart beat faster. Because of course they weren’t shocked-

“Against kids. They’d threaten to hurt kids to control their parents - and if they made the threat and anybody tested it - they’d have to follow through. But the Fire Lord decided that wasn’t enough. He plans to stamp out resistance by executing rebels - and their relatives twice removed - innocent people - whole families-”

His father’s eyes flashed at him out of memory-

...since we would not want to divide families...

-because it was his fault, because Zuko had hinted at his own concerns and Ozai had sensed a vulnerability and-!

“Stop and breathe, Prince Zuko,” Hakoda chastised mildly. “You’ll knock yourself out like that.”

Zuko nodded, dropped his head forward, and focused on steadying his breath. He put the memory away. Or tried. But the panicky feelings could not be so easily shaken.

“We could loosen the strap,” Akuma suggested quietly. “Probably an inch won’t make a difference.”

Kottik made a disgusted noise. “The second you loosen it, he’ll make his attempt. Don’t let him ply your sympathies like one of his conquests.”

Zuko didn’t see the dour man’s face or Akuma’s answering glare, and he didn’t see the sharp look Chief Hakoda turned over his shoulder - but he heard the sudden silence. There was some tension here that Zuko wasn’t grasping, but he was too focused on breathing slow and steady to think about it - and he had more important things on his mind.

“I understand why those tactics aren’t surprising to you,” he finally managed. “The Fire Nation stole your people years ago. So you know.”

“Better than you, pup,” Kottik grumbled. But Zuko only bit his tongue and dipped his chin in irritated assent.

“I looked it up after... Fire Lord Azulon’s campaign against the Southern Water Tribe came up in the war meeting.” 

While Katara was lying defeated in the infirmary and I had to know what the tactical inadequacy was, what the difference was between Katara in the world and Katara never born, had to face it because the loss of her was so, so close-

“I hadn’t... put together exactly why Katara is the only waterbender in the South Pole. But I understand now. And I can understand how-”

Chief Hakoda never could have accepted me for a son-in-law. It would have been like letting the Fire Nation just have the last surviving sliver of the defining art of their heritage-

Zuko shut his eyes, then forced himself to straighten and go on.

“-how much she means to you. To your entire people.” 

Hakoda met his eye with reserved interest, arms still folded over his chest. Zuko felt his own shame and lingering anger mingling sickeningly in his belly.

“I... I owe you and the Southern Water Tribe an apology for the indignities and dishonor I’ve done to her. Both personally and symbolically. It’s unforgivable, but... I’m so sorry.”

There was a silence in which the lines deepened around Hakoda’s eyes and nostrils. Zuko struggled to keep meeting his eyes. Then Kottik spoke.

“Not as sorry as you’re gonna be.” His tone left no doubt in Zuko’s mind that those dark, painful notions he had entertained earlier were just there on the horizon. Waiting.

“Assuming,” Akuma added more thoughtfully, “Katara doesn’t show up and vouch for him.”

“What difference would that make?” the dour man demanded. “As if she wouldn’t defend him given the chance. That girl’s brain was half-smoked back in the capital. You can bet-”

“Kottik,” Hakoda growled with the thinned patience of a long struggle. Zuko hardly heard him, glaring too hard at the older man as he pressed on.

“Your girl is compromised, Hakoda.” Kottik had an almost pleading note in his voice. “She bent against us. She rejected her tribe to get back on her knees for this firebender and we all know what he’s had her doing with that oath-!”

Hakoda jerked to his feet so hard the chair he’d been sitting on clattered sideways to the floor, but Zuko was already shouting, swiftly becoming light-headed and going on anyway.

“How dare you question her honor or her devotion to her people! How dare you question her judgment! While you’ve been grubbing around in the countryside like a vagrant, probably terrorizing innocent people, she’s winning allies and respect for the Water Tribe! She’s thwarting the Fire Lord and setting the healers free! She’s a hero! You’re just a bitter old fool mouthing off about your betters!”

Zuko had to stop and hang his head until the spots cleared from his vision and his tongue stopped feeling so heavy. For a brief moment, he felt like he might pass out. Then his view of the room returned and he found that the chair still lay on its side on the floor and Hakoda stood near Kottik, evidently just finished exchanging some quiet words. The three men watched Zuko flatly.

“All done?” Hakoda asked with a strong note of censure.

“No,” Zuko said, calm but tight-mouthed. “You need to know right now I never used the oath to make Katara do anything more debasing than serving tea.” 

Hakoda scowled at him, and Zuko felt the weight of his appraisal but did not falter. He had failed in so many ways, but in this at least, his better nature had prevailed. As he kept talking, he met the older man’s eyes and willed him to read the truth on his soul. And he could feel it; Hakoda believed him. Maybe he didn’t want to - it would probably be easier to purely hate Zuko after what he’d done - but that wasn’t what was happening.

“What I did was shameful. I’m not arguing that. But what your man is suggesting I did is vile, disgraceful, and dishonorable. I would never do that. But even if I had tried it, Katara would have put me in my place, oath or not. She’s not compromised and she deserves to be listened to and believed.”

Hakoda’s head shook slightly. “I don’t need you to tell me to listen to my daughter-”

“Apparently you do,” Zuko cut in, “because in the throne room, Katara told you Toph was gonna escape. She told you she could metalbend. And you acted like she was crazy. You all did.”

“To be fair,” Akuma said with a raised eyebrow, “nobody’s been able to bend metal before. It seemed pretty outlandish.”

“Like the kind of wild tale a manipulative kidnapper might tell,” Kottik grumbled, “to put a hopeful girl at ease.”

“Katara’s not some trusting idiot,” Zuko snapped. “She doesn’t believe half the stuff I say. Not because I’ve ever knowingly lied to her, but because I lied to myself and broke trust badly enough that I might not know I was lying to her. I deserve that scrutiny. Katara doesn’t.”

“Except,” Hakoda said testily, “that she judged trusting you to be a safe bet.”

Zuko jerked his head back in offense that quickly morphed into shame. “Oh...”

He knew he’d made her look bad that day in the throne room, but it hadn’t occurred to him that he might be responsible for the way her family had treated her that day, too.

“She also ran off from home when she was told to stay and-” Kottik’s surly eyes flicked toward Hakoda, then back to Zuko. He went on through his teeth. “-made some other life decisions that suggest a lack of good sense.”

“She’s not grown,” Akuma said, shrugging his big shoulders and folding his arms over his chest. “In a lot of ways, Katara acts older than her age, but the truth is she’s still a kid. Kids don’t always have the hindsight to know when they’re making big mistakes. That’s why adults have to step in sometimes and make judgment calls.”

“Katara has always been so responsible,” Hakoda said, quiet and firm. “But she’s also headstrong. She gets an idea and refuses to compromise on it, regardless of reason.”

“Yeah,” Zuko sighed. 

He didn’t mean for it to come out the way it did - a little wistful, a little annoyed. He cleared his throat and pressed on, not meeting any of their eyes for a second as his ears got hot. 

“Look, maybe the huggy-snuggly Water Tribe ways of supporting teenagers worked great for you, but sometimes life makes demands even when you’re young. Especially if you’re a leader, which Katara is. Her destiny is calling now. She’s the one who has to save the healers and teach them and lead them. She has to have confidence to do that and having her family question her choices and erode that confidence will just make things harder for her.”

“Hakoda, why are we listening to this whelp lecture us?” Kottik grumbled loudly. 

But at the same time, Akuma spoke to Zuko. “That’s the second time you mentioned the healers. What’s that about?”


.


.


Katara slashed her water out at Hama, but the old woman was quick and redirected it back at her in a flight of needles. Katara puffed them into vapor and whipped it at her. Hama disrupted the roll of the whip so it flopped awkwardly, then turned it to a lance of ice that nearly pierced through Katara’s stomach. She took control of the water and looped it around to come down as two ice boulders aimed at Hama’s head, and the old woman stumbled back the instant before they smashed down on the stone where she had stood.

The soldiers were shouting, cheering - and maybe that was what made Hama redirect. She made those spidery hand gestures at the nearest soldier and Katara watched in horror as he screamed and raised up in the air, seeming to hang sideways from the chains set into the wall. Blood was dragging out of his very skin like juice out of one of the seaprunes Katara had dried long ago.

“No!” she snarled, and used the fragments of ice shattered on the floor to trip Hama and send her spinning through the air. 

The soldier fell back to the ground but went on making sharp, agonized noises. Hama was struggling to regain her feet. The other soldiers were shouting louder, begging Katara to finish her, stop the witch.

But Katara looked at Hama’s pained face, her hair hanging raggedly over her pain-creased eyes, and couldn’t stop seeing a fellow woman of her tribe. An old woman who had to be about Gran-gran’s age. And in her heart, Katara knew she couldn’t end it. She might be able to trap her or force her to surrender, but there was no way she could kill this woman.

“Give up, Hama,” she said instead. “My bending is more powerful than yours. You can’t beat me.”

“You possess a great power,” Hama said, smiling through blood-pinked teeth, “and a great rage, but how do you see yourself winning this, Katara? Do you still think you can save me? Send me back to the South Pole to while away my final days?” She straightened slowly as if having to convince each vertebrae to right itself. “Or do you imagine I should face justice here in the Fire Nation for my crimes? You do know where they’d have to put me, don’t you? Right back in my cage...”

She reached a hand down and dragged splatters of blood and ice from the floor, pulling them into a deceptively slow stream that orbited languidly around her hips.

“Or maybe you think I should join your lukewarm war effort.”

“Is that so crazy?” Katara found herself asking suddenly, desperation compelling her toward a possible solution. “That prison you escaped from, it’s probably full again. You could free other waterbenders! You could make the world a better place.”

“I have made the world a better place,” Hama said, drawing her bloodied water up in preparation for an attack. “I took a great many of our enemies out of it!

The strike came suddenly, but Katara was ready. She took control and riposted with a two-pronged attack that sent Hama spinning back to the floor. She tried to lock her down with cuffs of ice, but Hama had too much nuanced control to be trapped that way and sent the ice back as stinging pellets. Katara redirected the mass but it was a feint; one of the guards behind her gave an “Uck!” of startled pain as he was stretched out to kick at her ankles. She staggered clear and then whipped the ground where Hama barely managed to roll out of the way.

“Katara!”

She had to turn and look at the men standing in the doorway to be sure her ears weren’t deceiving her. “Bato!”

For a second, she felt the rush of an old, near-forgotten relief. An adult had come. Bato was here and he would make sure this situation was under control. For a second, Katara felt the old familiar urge to run over and hug him.

But then a knife of doubt stabbed through her. He was assessing the scene with wide, shocked eyes. The old woman on the ground. Katara in a fighting stance over her. The enemy soldiers who had seconds ago been cheering Katara’s name.

And Katara remembered the silence in the throne room after she healed Roshu. She remembered being carried out of that room like a child. She remembered Bato not meeting her eye. 

He has a point, Katara.

“Hama,” Bato said, his voice tight and uncertain. He looked between them. “Katara, what’s going on here?”

Miku darted into the room and was helping Hama to her feet, but Katara did not see how his eyes were wide and fixed on the mounded-up shadows. Katara could only stare back at Bato.

“It’s not what it looks like! She’s- she can-! Did you know she’s been-?” 

And it came horribly into her mind that maybe Bato did know. Maybe they all knew that Hama was enacting her vengeance this way. Maybe Katara’s uncles all knew. And approved.

Maybe her dad did, too.

But Nuklok and Kovu were moving around Bato and peering into the darkness. Kovu had a hand over his nose and mouth. Nuklok was pale as a sail.

“Wha- What is this place?”

“This,” Hama croaked as she regained her feet, “is my oubliette.”

Miku, still holding her forearm the way a good grandson would, snatched his hands back like she had suddenly grown hot. Hama only smiled crookedly at Katara. Perversely, that gave Katara a surge of reassurance. She was afraid of her family’s reactions, but that wasn’t going to stop her from doing what was right.

“She brings people here to die! She’s been doing it for years! Look at all the bodies!”

“I see what you mean about this girl,” Hama said into the stifling quiet, though her pale eyes were still fixed on Katara. “She really doesn’t see the difference between friend and foe. Surrounded by enemy soldiers and she wants to fight me, the only other Southern waterbender, when she should be learning the lessons I could teach her.”

There was a terrible beat in which Katara felt the insulating layer of her family stripped fully away, leaving her raw and exposed. Alone. She felt all their eyes on her and she felt condemnation - real or imagined, it hardly mattered - hammer at her mind and heart.

“No matter, though,” Hama said, raising her hands. “If she wants to fight her friends, it’s all the same to me.”

Miku stiffened and, arm swinging wide, drew the long knife from his hip. Then he flew, knife-first, at Katara. “Woah-woah-woah!”

“Miku! Stop!” Kovu cried, lurching farther into the room.

Trying!

Katara was already in motion. She sidestepped the first slash, then swung the bloody water around and snagged Miku’s knife hand, icing it to a nearby post. Even as she did that, though, Hama redirected her focus. The other three men drew their weapons and, with panicky eyes and shouts of fear and pain, came staggering toward Katara.

She was running low on water. What little she had was barely enough to deflect a sword or club. The rest, Katara had to dodge. 

“What is this?” Bato yelped as she turned his sword-tip wide and sent him stumbling past.

“She’s bending your blood,” Katara snapped, using her water to whip the club out of Kovu’s upraised hand. The look on his face was a cringe of shame and horror as his arm swung down anyway.

“Sorry Katara! Sorry Katara! Sorry Katara!”

“Look out!” 

Nuklok’s warning came just in time for Katara to swing her hips hard to one side. His spear sliced shallowly across her ribs, barely shy of a killing blow.

“Augh,” she choked, then kicked his forward foot out so he toppled to the ground. There wasn’t even a beat of rest because Bato was surging back toward her, his sword slashing down.

“You see?” Hama chuckled. “Bloodbending is the ultimate power! When your enemies are big strong men, their size and strength is your advantage. When they outnumber you, they outnumber themselves!”

“These aren’t my enemies,” Katara shouted, and she tripped Bato with a block and used her thin stream of water to send Kovu flying. He would have struck Hama, but she arrested his momentum right in the air. He hung there, wincing like he’d been impaled.

“Didn’t I tell you that allies could be just as dangerous?” Hama hissed, and slammed her clawed hand down.

Katara saw what was about to happen. Nuklok still lay on the ground, his spear up at an angle. Kovu was poised above it, aligned to take that deadly point through his chest. 

She reacted on desperation. She took a stance she had never tried before, and she felt the moon in her bones and the blood throbbing through all the bodies that surrounded her. And she grabbed it.

Hama stiffened and dropped her stance. She quivered in Katara’s unrelenting hold, baring her teeth in a rictus grin.

Kovu fell straight down and cried out as the spearhead pierced his shoulder - but not his heart.

Bato regained control of his body and, without hesitation, lunged to punch his sword through Hama’s chest.

It all happened so fast. Katara gasped and lost her hold. The old woman wheezed and sank to her knees, sliding so easily off Bato’s whaletooth blade. She coughed up blood and smiled with it dotting her creased lips.

“Such good boys,” she gurgled. Her pale eyes fell to Katara and, where there had been such intense rage and grief before, now there was just a rapidly growing stillness. “The power... is there.”

Whatever more she might have said, no one would ever know. The old woman crumpled to the side and breathed no more.

For a long moment, Katara could only stare at Hama, her head and her heart ringing with the horror and sorrow of all of this. 

Then Kovu winced as he pulled free from the spear and Katara’s attention was diverted. Without a word, she batted Nuklok out of the way, pulled the ice that had locked Miku in place, and set to closing up the bleeding gash in Kovu’s shoulder. She tried to be careful, like Iyuma had been talking about, tried not to bind a bunch of tissues together that weren’t meant to be bound. It took focus. And that was good, because it meant not thinking about the enormity of what had just happened. When that was done, she turned to the soldier who had almost been drained like a seaprune and healed him as well as she could. That was much harder and took even more focus, which was even better.

When she had done all she could do, she rose and turned to face her family. Bato and Nuklok stood steadying Kovu. Miku was nowhere to be seen. The chained soldiers all sat quietly, watching with anxious eyes. Katara met Bato’s questioning look and raised her chin.

“I’m setting these people free,” she said. 

Bato glanced at the soldiers, then back at her. He was doing some sort of mental calculation, assessing her anew. “These guards... are probably going to want to arrest someone.”

“They’re gonna be pretty busy for the next few hours.” Katara turned a fierce, tight-lipped stare on the guards. “Right?”

A lot of heads nodded. “Yes sir,” several voices said.

“When you tell this story,” Katara pressed, her voice hard as the stone walls around them, “you tell everybody you can that I was here. I came here to wreck that fleet. And I saved your lives. Because it was the right thing to do.”

“Yes, Princess Katara,” a few of them said. “Thank you, Princess Katara.” Solemn nods. Hopeful, shining eyes.

“And one more thing,” she said, clenching her fists at her hips. “You’re all gonna remember that this woman, Hama, wasn’t just some evil witch. She was a waterbender. And she was trying to do to you what was done to our people in a waterbender prison. All this,” she snarled, waving at the mounded up corpses. She snarled harder, fighting not to cry. “All this could have been avoided. Just- remember that.”

Nods and affirmations. Katara couldn’t stand being under their scrutiny a second longer. She whirled her much-diminished stream through the air and struck a few chains, freed a handful of them. They could handle the rest themselves. 

She turned on her heel to go. Nuklok and Kovu had already left, but Bato waited. He fell in at her shoulder as she marched out the door. They turned the corner and walked together in the dark. The silence was tight between them.

Katara’s heart was singing and hammering, but she didn’t want to talk where the soldiers might overhear them. It was fine if they reported seeing Katara. Better if they didn’t have any further confirmation about who Bato and the others were, much less that the Southern Chieftain was still in the Fire Nation. 

“I never realized how quick you are,” Bato said at length as they approached the moonlit doorway. “I knew you were a powerful bender, Katara, but I had no idea you had that much hand-to-hand combat. You held your own against three opponents at once.”

“Ah,” Katara shrugged, her face warm in the dark. “I picked up a few things from the training base. And Suki. You... probably don’t remember Suki... It would have gone differently if you weren’t all, you know, moving like... puppets.”

“True, but a clumsy fighter can kill you just as dead as a skilled one. You navigated a lot of moving parts and kept your head. It was impressive.”

Katara swallowed down the praise and hovered in a strange place between pleasure and suspicion. Something in his tone suggested he had more to say, so she waited, listened.

“I’m sorry you had to see that,” Bato finally said. “But she had to be stopped.”

In her mind, Katara heard the sound of his sword ripping through cartilage and old, fragile bone. “I know,” she said. “I just... I hoped there was some other way...”

Bato’s hand settled unerringly on her shoulder and they walked on through the dark. It was warm and familiar, the sort of touch that called up memories from her childhood, when this man’s wry smile and fun stories had been a bright spot in her life. But presently, all Katara could think was that the hand on her shoulder had just killed Hama, had run her through so deep that her blood was probably spattered on his knuckles. 

It was a relief when Bato withdrew as they passed through the doorway into the moonlight. 

Nuklok stood supporting Kovu nearby, and they both perked up at the sight of her.

“Sorry, I had to get away from that stench. Thought I was gonna pass out,” Kovu sighed, grasping Katara’s shoulder in belated greeting. “Thanks for patching me up even though I kind of tried to kill you.”

“It was Hama,” Katara said, her stomach in knots. 

“Yeah... Bloodbending, you said,” Nuklok puffed out a sigh and rolled his eyes up at the sky. “My granny never mentioned anything like that when she was spinning waterbender stories.”

“It was...” 

...how she survived, she was teaching me, your enemy’s strength becomes your own...

The power is there.

Katara swallowed, then drew a fortifying breath. She iced it all over. Hama, bloodbending, the whole tangled mess in her chest. The occasional sharp twinge in her side. “Where’s my dad?”


.


.


Moonrise came and went, and in the antechamber beneath the palace, Azula waited. And seethed.

She thought at first the waterbender would come when the moon was at its zenith - and so, presumably, would be her power - so it was easy to be patient and watch the clock tick and tune out Ty Lee’s increasingly nervous chatter. But the moon rose to its peak and began its descent, and the clock ticked on through the harrowing hours of very early morning.

Azula had not slept at all since the day before yesterday. She had had the slaves marched around the drive for hours - until the sun was high in the sky and the weakest among them began to keel over from exhaustion. It was not long after that that she received a summons from the Fire Lord and shortly found herself kneeling before the throne.

“Perhaps their suffering might prove irresistible to your quarry,” Ozai had said icily, “but it does not do to extract it before the eyes of the entire court.”

Thoroughly chastened - and shocked to be confronted with her miscalculation, another miscalculation - Azula had the slaves sent back to the chamber of her trap. She ordered the guards to beat anyone who lay down, ensured that her agents spread news of their suffering widely, and then retired for a time.

But it was not natural for a firebender to sleep during the day, and a princess always had matters to attend to. Especially now that Zuko had removed himself from consideration and she was to be crown princess and heir apparent once again. It was her right, of course, and she had always been the superior and obvious choice to succeed Father, so it should have been satisfying that she would soon formally resume that role. It was a great honor, after all. 

Instead, Azula felt sick. It was most assuredly the lack of sleep, but every passing thought of the duties awaiting her - of her growing list of miscalculations - filled her stomach with a sour dread that would not relent. It had kept her awake those scant hours she had permitted herself to rest, and finally drove her out to the garrison to oversee the flogging of the royal guards who had accompanied her to the villa - some of whom had spread word of what she had done.

It had seemed like a perfectly reasonable response at the time. Such easy betrayal from what was supposed to be an infallibly loyal force! The very thought turned Azula’s stomach. She had to be sure punishment reached all those responsible and it was actually even advantageous to stoke any resentment between individual soldiers to ensure their ultimate loyalty remained to the crown. 

But as the whip came down and each guard cried out in turn, Azula was struck with a terrible, unnatural thought; it was not the crown that had ordered this flogging, but Azula. Just Azula. She was not Fire Lord and she was not yet officially the heir apparent again. She did not speak with that authority.

She had, perhaps, overstepped. Miscalculated. Again.

Father did not summon her after she returned to the palace, but fear and anxiety curdled in her belly and gave her no respite. Even now, when her trap was so perfectly set and the waterbender had to be on her way, there was no end to the waiting. The clock ticked on and on, and the waterbender did not come. 

Until Azula didn’t need the clock anymore. She felt the sun licking at the back of her mind, just an hour perhaps from rising. The moon would set, just like last night. And just like last night, her trap would fail.

And she must not fail.

Azula shoved to her feet and stalked from the antechamber. She hardly noticed Ty Lee fluttering along behind her.

“A-Azula? Is something wrong?”

Azula entered the large chamber and raked her glare across the assembled healers. They had been standing now all day and all night. Many wobbled and wavered on their feet. Many bore the marks of beatings. Many stared back at Azula with glazed, confused, frightened eyes. 

Blue eyes. Her eyes. 

And one set of those eyes watched with the same muted scorn, the same poorly-concealed defiance.

Azula lashed out on instinct. Perhaps out of rage or frustration. Perhaps because her weary mind stuttered over an instant’s confusion and she actually believed the waterbender herself had sneaked in past all her guards. The end result was the same. Azula punched a blast that shone brighter and bluer than any of those watching eyes before it found its mark on the face of a girl.

She tumbled to her back and shrieked for a second, then was silent except for her sharp, agonized breathing. She lay curled on her side, her hands hovering, shaking, before her scorched cheek and mouth. 

The silence of the room crackled with unspent lightning. Over a hundred healers stood stock still, waiting for whatever cruelty would come next. The scent of burnt flesh choked the stuffy air. But there was no water to heal her and perhaps, even had there been water available, no one able to conquer their horror to step forward and do it.

Azula, watching that girl shudder on the floor without making a sound, realized she had done something that did not make sense. She had lashed out wildly for no reason but the rage and fear eating away at her. Cool logic had flown and left her here again.

Crazy.

That’s what they’d said before. When she had banished that faithless fool after he had shamed her the way he had. The Fire Court hadn’t cared how he had betrayed her. They only saw that she banished him. And they called her crazy. That’s what they’d whispered then, and that’s what they were whispering again. 

She was crazy. Unpredictable. Unfit to rule.

“Azula?” 

Ty Lee’s voice was soft enough that it would not carry, but Azula whipped around toward her at once. She found her friend’s face wrinkled in concern. Alarm.

Pity. Azula didn’t need pity. Azula’s status put her above such shameful wheedling maneuvers. 

But this situation had to be salvaged. Quickly.

“It has become clear,” Azula said, looking back at the slaves and assuming the cool cloak of authority, “that your peasant princess does not grasp the tenuous nature of your situation. She has abandoned you in my keeping, perhaps because she thinks I won’t destroy each and every one of you. But despite this slight, I have chosen to be merciful. I will send her one final warning.”

The healers stared at the floor before her feet or at the burned girl, and they did not so much as blink.

“You,” Azula said, snapping around to point at one of the stunned guards still posted by the door. He stepped forward at once and stood at attention. “See this slave down to Harbor City. Perhaps the wolf princess will come out of whatever hole she’s hiding in long enough to repair the damage to her face.” 

She watched as the guard grasped the girl by the shoulders and lifted her upright. She was young, Azula realized. Maybe fourteen. Her thin arms tucked tight to her chest and her feet dragged and staggered as the guard began steering her toward the door - but Azula did not miss it when those blue eyes flashed briefly up at her. There was fear behind them... but not as much as there should have been. Instead, that light remained, that stifled and hidden defiance.

And that wouldn’t do at all. 

“Hold,” she said as the guard came close.

He stopped and the girl swayed in his grip, hardly even able to stand. She wasn’t meeting Azula’s eyes anymore, but staring down at the floor as if assuming a meek posture now might protect her. Azula assessed the burn that splotched a furious red across her cheek and one half of her mouth. It was blistering already, and a little blackened in the center at the point of contact. Tears slicked her cracked skin. 

The smell of scorched flesh was distantly familiar. It was an exciting smell, Azula had decided a long time ago. It was the smell of an overenthusiastic blundering oaf being put in his place. Of a weak limb being rightly culled so that a strong one could flourish. It was the smell of power - the physical heat of fire and the cold, pure, inevitable force of ruthlessness.

“It’s a mark of shame, you know,” she found herself saying in a low, threatening voice. “You were too weak and pathetic to even defend yourself, and now you are too stupid and stubborn to learn from your mistakes.”

There was no defiance in those eyes now. There was nothing but terror and fresh tears that spilled over that raw burned flesh. The girl leaned against the guard’s grip on her shoulders, straining to push away. 

But Azula’s chest was suddenly full of a shrieking, aching fury. The burn wasn’t deep enough. The lesson wouldn’t take. She raised her right hand-

“Azula!”

Ty Lee’s voice broke the moment like a spoon stabbed through the sugar crust on a decadent dessert. Azula blinked, then narrowed her eyes at her friend. Ty Lee was watching her with gaping uncertainty that became something like embarrassment.

Azula stared back at her, her mind whirling. What was this? In the years of their acquaintance, Ty Lee had never directly disagreed with her before. She had expressed reluctance to leave her circus career and return to the capital, yes, but she had certainly never protested or criticized Azula’s actions before. In fact, Ty Lee had rarely ever been less than supportive, even of Azula’s most extreme decisions. 

Banishment was actually such a generous response, Azula. Chan should consider himself lucky after what he did!

If Piandao didn’t want his house to burn down, I guess he just shouldn’t have harbored an enemy of the Fire Nation!

But now, here she stood, a note of shock and censure in her voice as she dared interrupt Azula-!

...from laying her hand on a slave and burning her down to her skull.

It did not seem so necessary, now that Azula had broken from the moment. The slave’s terrified, twitching eyes remained fixed now on the floor, that flicker of defiance so easily stamped out.

Perhaps... Ty Lee’s interruption was not insubordination so much as an effort at sparing Azula the indignity of following through on another potentially problematic impulse. She was feeling a bit... fraught... at present. Perhaps Ty Lee was only trying to relieve that pressure. She certainly appeared contrite.

“Princess Azula,” she was stammering, “ah, should I send for a cart? To get her to the lower city faster?”

Azula watched Ty Lee steadily for a beat. She sensed that an enduring stability in the foundation of her life was threatening to erode - but her rational mind pressed that suspicion to the side. It was simply unbelievable that Ty Lee might one day rise up against her. Laughable, even. If anything, this moment, this episode would only further entrench the fear and respect that held Ty Lee in Azula’s thrall.

“If you must,” Azula sighed, turning her back on the healers and making her way unhurriedly toward the door. “Have her chained in the square under heavy guard. My brother’s attempts to capitalize on his bleeding heart have gone on long enough. If he and that waterbender intend to go on cowering while the chattel suffer, let those hoards of idiotic peasants witness it.”

Chapter 48

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text


“It’s exactly what it sounds like,” Zuko said, shrugging and shaking his head at Akuma. “She’s been sneaking them out of the noble houses one at a time and taking them out of Caldera. She’s teaching them how to waterbend. We had to use the full moon for this strike on the airship armada before it launched, but we’ll continue her work when we get back to the city tomorrow.”

Akuma frowned back at him, rubbing his chin. Hakoda and Kottik had quickly abandoned their conversation and were watching him with similarly narrowed, critical eyes. “And your role in this is like tonight? Run around with swords and keep the guards busy?”

“Basically. I guess. I haven’t actually gotten to do anything yet, but now that I know what she’s up to, I’m not gonna let her keep doing it alone.”

“You didn’t know,” Hakoda said. “Katara didn’t tell you.”

Zuko tried not to look surly about it and probably failed. “No. She wasn’t ready for me to know. But I found out anyway. So now I’m gonna help.” 

“If she didn’t tell you, how’d you find out?” Akuma asked.

“I, uh...”

He wasn’t gonna lie, but he really didn’t want to divulge any more about busting into Katara’s sitting room than he had to...

“You know, if you want to be convincing,” Hakoda said blandly, “you should avoid these long pauses where you think really hard about what you want to say.”

“I was up early and heard a noise in her sitting room, alright. I don’t go in her rooms at all normally,” he emphasized with some force, “but I thought she was being attacked and I wasn’t gonna knock and wait for the assassins to let me in. So I kicked the door in and found a room full of healers and-” Zuko grimaced and his temper cooled. “And scared them pretty bad. Katara came out and we fought over it. It wasn’t... my best first impression.”

Kottik scoffed. “Yeah, wouldn’t want to be too honest about the kind of man you are from the jump.”

“I’m not some-! I don’t just blow my stack over nothing! She was sneaking up to Caldera alone! If she’d run into trouble, I wouldn’t even have known until the next day! She could have been dead by then, or tortured or used to force my surrender! So no, when I found out what she’d been doing, I didn’t take it well.

“You’d do that,” Hakoda said in a tone that clearly expressed his disbelief. “You’re out here with your big plans to stop this invasion and you’d just give yourself up if Katara got captured. You want me to believe you’d make that choice.”

Zuko, who hadn’t really thought about what he was saying, shrugged and looked away. “Believe what you want. It’s my fault she’s here. Everything that happens to her here is on me. Which is why,” he said, glaring back at Hakoda, “I should be out there right now. That airfield was crawling with guards on high alert. Her waterbending is incredible under a full moon, but she’s not invincible. She needs backup.”

“She has it,” Hakoda ground out, “from her tribe. Not her kidnapper and his guilty conscience.”

Zuko worked his jaw to the side, but there was nothing he could actually argue against in that characterization. 

“Now, let’s not get off topic here,” Akuma said, his teeth flashing as he cracked a half-smile. “You were telling us how Katara’s been bringing all these Water Tribe women to live secretly in your house, under your nose, without you knowing about it. How’d she swing that?”

“She just kept them in her private rooms. I guess her maid must have been in on it, since she’s the only servant who comes and goes from her suite.”

“Katara’s got a maid?”

“Of course she has a maid. She’s the Southern Princess.”

All three of the watching men snorted. Zuko rolled his eyes to the ceiling and pressed on.

“I know that’s not your way, but in the Fire Nation, princesses have maids. It’d be a mark of disrespect if I didn’t provide her a basic consideration like that.”

“You do realize,” Hakoda said, folding his arms over his chest, “that there’s no such thing as the Southern Princess. Right?”

Zuko blinked back at him, confused. Hakoda scoffed and went on with a slow shake of his head.

“The Northerners started calling her that the second they found out I had a daughter, because their grief for their own princess made them desperate for some ideal they could cling to. About a dozen warriors sought me out trying to arrange a marriage with a girl they’d never even seen over that ridiculous made-up title.”

“Real parade of puffed-up turkeys,” Akuma chuckled. 

“But at least she had prospects,” Kottik muttered, scowling at Zuko.

“Like I said then,” Hakoda said sharply, “it was all smoke. Just ambitious young men chasing status. Katara looked to them like a convenient way to get it. But I know my daughter well enough to know she wasn’t going to want to marry for politics.” 

His eyes snapped back to Zuko, and his look was hard. There was something accusatory there, a bitter censure he wasn’t quite speaking aloud.

“And those warriors would have been disappointed when they realized the truth. I’m only the chief because everyone else is dead or imprisoned. It’s not like the Fire Nation, or even the Northern Tribe, where there’s a family that’s always ruled. The line of chieftains in the South was severed a long time ago. I’m just the man who stepped up when someone had to do it. Not even the first. So any notions you’ve got about Katara coming from some storied lineage or having some kind of special divine right in her blood, or being born to lead - that’s all just in your head.”

Zuko held his stare for a long moment, taking this in. It didn’t really occur to him to wonder why he was being told all this - why it was being delivered to him with such insistence. It just sank in that none of what he was being told was actually new information.

“Katara was always pretty clear that she thought her title was a joke,” he said quietly, not batting an eye. “And yeah, it might have started out that way. But it’s not a joke here. Not anymore. I did everything in my power to present Katara as a princess, even when she was a slave. So that’s how the Fire Nation sees her. That’s how the healers see her. And if the Fire Nation and the Northern Water Tribe agree that the Southern Princess exists, and Katara holds that title, then I’m sorry, but your daughter’s a princess.”

Hakoda frowned back at him, thoughts shifting unspoken behind his eyes. 

“So yeah,” Zuko couldn’t help but add with just a little hostility, “she has a maid.”

“And she sneaks around behind your back,” Kottik fired back, “doing whatever she wants. Like princesses do.”

Zuko glowered at him, but Akuma spoke before he could.

“Just how many healers has she brought to live at your house now?”


.


.

 

Katara insisted on stopping at the airfield to collect Cudi the eel-hound, then let Kovu ride as Bato and Nuklok led the way to the hideout.

“We think it was somebody’s hunting lodge,” Bato said as they picked their way steadily along a valley to the west. “Long abandoned. I guess now we know why.”

Because a bigger hunter moved into the area, he did not say. The words hovered in the silence between them, ominous and painful.

The moon was settling down toward the horizon and Katara was beginning to really feel her exhaustion, but she pressed on. They had to get back to Harbor City before they could rest. They-

“Zuko,” she wheezed, and stopped short. She had all but forgotten him in the chaos and high emotion of the last hour. But she didn’t have time to assess the jag of panic she felt.

“Yeah, we got him,” Nuklok snickered. “He let himself get knocked stupid so we scooped him up.”

“That’s how we knew to come looking for you at the airfield,” Bato said. “He said we’d find you there.”

“We didn’t believe it until we saw the mess you left of all those airships.”

“You were smart to leave a trail so we could follow you.”

Katara was only half listening. She felt an uncomfortable throb in her chest at the thought of Zuko sending her people to find her. Because he hadn’t come himself. Did that mean he was seriously hurt? Or...

“Before we got a good look at his face, I never would have guessed it was him,” Kovu said from the saddle. “Running around baiting his own soldiers like that? Crazy.”

“I thought my mind was playing tricks on me, but I suspected it was him from the start,” Bato put in. “Dual broadswords are pretty common, but real skill with them isn’t. When I saw him tonight, I remembered how he held off those earthbenders back when we escaped the base.”

“Oh yeah, haha,” Kovu chuckled. “I forgot all about that. Couldn’t believe he was a firebender after he took that beating with just the swords.”

Katara frowned at the thickening shadows as they chatted companionably. She was not going to ask if Zuko was okay. He just took a blow to the head. Zuko did that all the time. If he wasn’t okay, they wouldn’t be joking about him right now. Probably. Unless... 

...they had done something to him themselves.

Her heart gave a cold lurch at the thought. Her imagination, fired up with the fresh horrors she had just witnessed, sketched out the scene as she might find it. Zuko restrained. Chained. Bloodied and wracked with pain. Her family, her father, extracting it.

Her stomach soured. It almost felt like being back in the mine, choked by that horrible sickening smell again.

“So is he really out here helping you mess up airships?” Nuklok finally asked, sounding almost plaintive, as if this was a thing he had a hard time believing because he really wanted to believe there was some other explanation.

“Yes,” Katara said, a little tight-lipped. “It was his idea to destroy the fleet.”

They waited for her to go on, but Katara... couldn’t. She was twisted up by riptides of conflicting feelings. She had just freed all those soldiers and Bato and the others hadn’t protested, hadn’t criticized... But they’d been talking to Hama about her, about how she couldn’t tell friends from enemies. Either they thought she was confused, or they thought she was disloyal, and both prospects filled her with hurt and resentment. 

And now they were putting her in a position where she felt like she needed to defend Zuko, which was just about the last thing she wanted to have to do. He didn’t deserve her defense after everything he had done...

...but he also didn’t deserve to be locked up and tortured... Not really.

“Huh,” Nuklok finally said. “Why would the Fire Prince want to do a thing like that?”

Katara heaved a sigh and struggled to formulate an answer, but before she could stress too much about it, Bato spoke.

“Stop pestering Katara. Now’s not the time-”

He paused and stiffened and everyone instinctively stopped with him. Rapid footfalls came from up ahead. 


.


.


The Fire Prince shuffled, looking faintly embarrassed. But not as embarrassed as he deserved to feel. 

Despite his apparent contrition, Hakoda could very clearly picture him kicking in a door and terrifying a bunch of helpless women. The shame and remorse was kind of unexpected - but that was just convenient, really. An angry man could unleash his wrath in the moment his pride got stung and then feel bad about it later, but that didn’t undo any of the wrath. It just sometimes convinced compassionate hearts to give him undeserved second chances.

Only... it wasn’t the stung pride he seemed to be hung up on. That was pretty obviously a factor, but he wasn’t talking about Katara sneaking around and keeping secrets from him. He wasn’t rising to that bait. Even the servant apparently conspiring with her seemed like a minor detail to him. If anything, he acted mildly annoyed about it. 

Instead, he would have them believe his anger came from a place of genuine worry. He wanted to seem like he was taking responsibility, like Katara’s safety was a serious concern-

It’s my fault she’s here. Everything that happens to her here is on me.

-like she mattered more than his pride.

Not likely.

Hakoda watched Prince Zuko think and wanted to shake him until the actual truth revealed itself. Until Katara’s farce of a title evaporated and he admitted to believing she was a common girl he had thought he could control. Until that rage came back to the surface and revealed whatever nastier parts of himself he might be trying to keep hidden.

Except... he had flown off the handle earlier when Kottik called Katara compromised, and he hadn’t shouted in his fury about his own honor - he’d come back to that when he’d calmed down - but hers. He’d defended Katara until his eyes crossed and his head slumped and he’d nearly lost consciousness completely. He had just about knocked himself out castigating Kottik for his disrespect.

And, for a horrible moment, Hakoda had been forced to feel like he and the prince were on the same side. Kottik was the eldest among his crew, more than a decade his senior, and he’d had long experience at war - he had fought under the last chief long before Hakoda took the position and eventually mobilized all the men remaining in the village - so his was an opinion that counted a lot in strategic situations. His opinions about rebellious daughters, though, and Katara in particular... 

Hakoda didn’t want to hear it on a good day. And today was not a good day. It was kind of lucky that the Fire Prince lost his temper when he did, because Hakoda had never been so close to actually striking one of his men. 

-we all know what he’s had her doing-

Months ago, when they had reached the end of their voyage, when he had questioned Katara about that bruise on the Fire Prince’s shoulder, she had informed him that she hadn’t been aware she was biting that hard. The implication had been pretty shocking to Hakoda, who thought of his daughter as mostly still a child and on some level viewed her sudden arrival in his adult world as a loss of the little girl he’d so loved, but that shock and loss was significantly better than the fury and pain and horror of thinking she had bitten the Fire Prince in self-defense. 

It was bad enough that he had convinced her it was love. Bad enough that he’d told her he would marry her but never took the leap and made it real by stating his intentions to her father - not even when Hakoda had confronted the issue directly with him that last night. Bad enough that she had gotten carried away, that she’d done things she likely wasn’t ready for and gotten tangled up with a young man who wouldn’t, probably couldn’t, devote himself to her like she deserved. 

Because admiring a girl, and desiring a girl, and gazing at her like she secretly had his heart in her pocket, was different from standing up beside her and making a vow for all the world to see. Different and less. And Katara deserved more

She deserved more than this, too. Prince Zuko could make all the noise he wanted defending her honor and heroism, but the things he had done made all that regard ring false. Maybe he hadn’t used the oath to exploit her past pouring tea, maybe that was true - another question Katara had to answer - but he’d certainly dealt her enough hardship without that to earn Hakoda’s scorn. 

Presently, he was squinting in thought as if trying to recall a scene.

“I... didn’t exactly get a head count.” 

“How can you just not know how many women are living in your house?” Kottik demanded, his lip curled in disbelief. Kottik, of course, had never married, and would have likely been quite overwhelmed by the presence of even one woman living in his isolated fishing hut.

“It’s a big house,” Prince Zuko defended. “And like I said, they were in her private rooms. I only just found out about them before we left. I estimated there were close to thirty but-”

Thirty?” Akuma sputtered into laughter. “That’s nearly the size of our village!”

“And what, they’re just hanging around your house, now?” Kottik asked, shaking his head. “Just a small village of Water Tribe women, setting up a sewing circle in your house?”

“Well- it’s not technically my house. I’ve been lent the use of a villa-”

“That’ll only make it worse. Those women are healers - they were used to status and influence back home. If you don’t stake a claim on your house, they’ll dig in like polar lice and you’ll never get the chance.”

Akuma laughed even harder, wiping tears from his face. Hakoda hovered somewhere between his amusement and Kottik’s alarm and disbelief.

Because, even in a big house, that was a lot of people. A lot of women. All of them dependent on this particular young man’s hospitality. There were a lot of ways that could go wrong. He might fly into a fury and throw the lot of them out. He might do something reckless and get them all captured or killed. 

And Hakoda was not at all certain that what the prince had done to Katara was not a symptom of a larger character flaw. Perhaps he was no longer meddling with her, and perhaps he might not force a girl into anything against her will, but with so many other women around, the prince might find a more agreeable target.

And, to his immediate shame, Hakoda felt a brief jag of hope and relief - because if that happened, maybe Katara would finally see what he was and be able to truly escape his hold.

But presently, the Fire Prince just fixed a withering glower on Kottik. “I’m not so insecure that I need to assert myself against a bunch of traumatized women. They can do what they want. They’re not slaves anymore. And managing them is Katara’s problem. She’s their leader.”

“She’s a child! A girl of sixteen!” Kottik said, eyes wide in his outrage. Akuma was still laughing, clutching his stomach now. “Those women are gonna be managing you both. Mark my words.”

“Katara is not a child! She-”

“Yeah - saw to that personally, didn’t you?”

Hakoda snapped a sharp look on Kottik. Beyond him, Akuma’s mirth evaporated. The prince sputtered loudly.

“I-! It’s not about-! Katara isn’t a child,” he finally gritted out, pink-cheeked and irate, “because she’s used to shouldering heavy responsibilities. She’s been doing that work for her family and her people for years. Princess or not, she’s a leader - responsible and headstrong, like Chief Hakoda said - and leaders don’t get to stay kids.” 

Hakoda turned his scrutiny on the prince, but he paused rather than speaking, just assessing his surly expression.

The Fire Prince was clearly speaking from experience. He was assuming the brutal path of his own upbringing - banished for disrespect and cowardice at thirteen, Hakoda recalled - was something Katara had also been forced to walk.

Which was not true. Her life, her family, had been so dramatically different from his. And not just because she’d had the huggy-snuggly Water Tribe experience. She wasn’t a princess. She wasn’t raised to be a leader in the way he was. She wasn’t held to the sort of extreme standards a kid expected to rule the Fire Nation one day would face...

And yet Hakoda was also thinking of Katara’s demand, months ago now, when he had first seen her with her wolftail and her obvious emotional turmoil after escaping the resistance base. 

What have I been doing for the last four years if I haven’t been taking care of myself and Sokka? 

Hakoda had known he was making a sacrifice when he went off to war. He’d thought he was sacrificing being with his kids, where he longed most to be. To protect them, he was sacrificing his chance to watch them grow up. He was giving up his chance to be a part of their last sweetest and tenderest years. It ripped the heart from his chest, but he had wanted that badly for them to have a chance to survive to adulthood.

And he had known, after the raid that killed Kya, that the Fire Nation would be back for Katara eventually. Shoring up defenses around the village would only make it obvious they still had something there worth protecting. Abandoning the village, taking every warrior who might have been perceived as a threat - including Sokka this year - had been Hakoda’s last-ditch effort to draw the Fire Nation’s eye away from the last Southern waterbender.

But the Fire Prince had come anyway. 

Katara had run off anyway. 

And somehow, even though the prince had seemingly been ignorant of her true importance in those early days, he had become obsessed with her. And, somehow, she had come to believe they were in love.

Perhaps because she had lacked her father’s support and guidance in these latest formative years.

Hakoda hadn’t just sacrificed his chance to watch his children growing up - he had sacrificed their childhood itself. But then... had he ever really had any chance of saving it?

Even before he had set sail, he had noticed his daughter working so hard to keep their home running smoothly. She had poured herself into the void Kya had left, had picked up every chore and duty with a sort of bossy determination that had been as endearing as it was heartbreaking in a child fighting her way through grief that seemed sometimes to strip the will right out of him and Sokka... 

...but it had only driven Katara to work harder, to hold tighter to their life as it had been before, to continue operating their home in that way that had been good, that had been all she knew. 

Hakoda watched this scarred, clearly damaged young man tell him a very true thing about Katara and he felt distinctly, horribly, as if he had not done enough as a father. He had failed to protect her - both by going off to war and by grieving there in the house beside her. He had left her behind in hopes of sparing her, but his absence had only allowed her to walk a brutal path he had never wanted for her.

Perhaps, no matter what choice he had made, Hakoda had never had the power to keep her from that path at all.

“Whatever you think the healers are gonna do,” the Fire Prince pressed, though Hakoda was hardly listening, “Katara can handle it.”

“What they’re gonna do,” Akuma said, faintly smiling and dabbing at his eyes, “is keep you so proper you’re gonna miss that strap.”

“I’m already proper,” Prince Zuko snapped. This only amused Akuma more. “I’m being serious-!”

“That’s what makes it so funny-” 

“-they’ve got nothing on royal etiquette tutors.”

“Oh, they’ll start you out just saying please and thank you-”

The Fire Prince’s mouth shut into a tight line.

“-and joining them for meals, and they’ll likely get in your kitchen and have you eating blubber and five flavor soup. Before you know it, you’re gonna be threading needles and shucking oyster-squid for the lot of them, and then...”

Those yellow eyes flicked slightly in thought but remained unchanged. Hakoda watched closely, no longer sure exactly what he was looking for. 

The tasks Akuma mentioned weren’t random; they were women’s work - more specifically, women’s work they’d all watched the Fire Prince do while he sat with Katara during the voyage. Hakoda had largely put that time from his mind. He had long ago chalked the prince’s lack of embarrassment up to class and culture; what was the difference between women’s work and men’s work when a prince sat so elevated above common work in general? 

The most significant thing about that behavior, in Hakoda’s mind, was the hidden motivation. Had that been a surly-but-earnest boy trying to be helpful to a girl he admired? Or was it some more insidious attempt to foster a sense of indebtedness in a girl he sought to possess? 

“...oh, and if they find out about you and Katara?” Akuma lifted his eyebrows significantly. “Your big house isn’t gonna be big enough to get away from that backlash.”

Those eyes widened a degree. “What do you mean?”

“In the Water Tribe, the home is the domain of women,” Kottik said with some force. “Water Tribe women don’t tolerate men who make trouble for girls in their domain.”

In truth, rules like that - a lot of rules, really - were much more rigidly observed in the North, and Kottik and Akuma had only vague notions of them. They were overstating matters a bit, trying to goad or spook the prince into revealing himself. Some proud defense or proof of cruelty. 

Something they could all hold onto should the night go... badly for the Fire Prince.

But Hakoda watched that lone eyebrow do an anxious maneuver as Prince Zuko’s stare turned more distant, more reflective. He seemed to be going over something rapidly in his mind, something that genuinely unsettled him.

Hakoda hated it, but his sense that Katara was going to walk through that door just kept getting stronger.

“What can I do?” the prince finally asked with a dutiful upward tilt to his chin, searching their faces with the merest whiff of desperation. More than he’d revealed all night. 

Akuma turned his eyes sideways to share a glance with Hakoda.

Not threats of harm to his person, but the possibility of being shamed out of his borrowed villa by a bunch of women who were famously unable to protect themselves. 

Huh.

“The doing’s already done,” Kottik growled. “Now you pay.”

The prince grimaced and briefly shut his eyes as if to firm up his grip on some internal force. When he looked back up at Kottik, he enunciated evenly and only his glare was shouting. “There has to be some way to reassure them. It’s not like anything’s gonna happen.”

“Why wouldn’t it?” Akuma asked, mild as the topside of a dead fall.

“Because she hates me and it’s over,” Prince Zuko said through his teeth. “That’s why.”

“With all those women under your roof now, sounds to me like you can have your pick.”

Those yellow eyes widened, then narrowed in a scathing sneer. “My pick? Is that a joke?

“What, Water Tribe girls aren’t good enough for you all of a sudden?”

“Those are my honored guests!” His voice had gone a little high in his upset, but he didn’t seem to notice. His unscarred ear was red-hot. “They’re depending on me for their safety and peace! It would be disgraceful to even consider pursuing one of them. Especially after what my country has put them through.” His shoulders hitched up reflexively in a suppressed flinch. “And especially with Katara living under the same roof. That’s definitely not gonna happen.”

Hakoda watched him, looking for some fissure or fault-line that could make all that offended righteousness seem like an act. But there simply wasn’t one. 

Hakoda heaved a sigh.

“I guess as long as you stay proper, you won’t have a problem,” he found himself saying. “Are there any elders among them?”

Prince Zuko blinked. “I don’t know... Maybe a few. A lot are... probably past my mother’s age.”

Hakoda pulled a mildly offended face. “Elders are old, Prince Zuko. Your mother couldn’t possibly be much older than me.”

“I- Yeah.” He dropped his eyes down and off to the side and looked terribly young for a second.

“The older they are, the more respectful you need to be. Wisdom deserves respect.”

“Stay out of their space unless you’re invited,” Kottik offered up, sharp and grating. He’d been sitting on that one since the voyage. “None of that intruding while they’re working nonsense - that’s not a man’s place.”

“Bring them little gifts,” Akuma said with a shrug.

Hakoda and Kottik both shot him sideways looks, but he only went on, a faint half-smile on his face.

“It’ll remind them of their sons.”

What it would do was make them think he wanted to butter them up so they would grant some request of his down the line. Akuma was sending the Fire Prince on a mission to suck up to the mothers like a boy who wanted a polar bear-dog puppy. 

Probably because Tukna would have thought it was funny.

And it was... a little funny...

Prince Zuko was listening attentively, clearly committing all this to memory. “What kind of gifts?”

Hakoda listened to Akuma make a long list of suggestions and reflected on what he needed to say when Katara got here. Because he no longer doubted she was coming. That constellation of facts remained in the back of his mind, and he would still be asking her to confirm a great many of the prince’s claims, but...

There was no use looking at this young man and trying to see only half of him. He had rage and cruelty in him, to be sure, and he’d been an absolute disaster for Katara and Sokka both, but he was this as well. This brave young man asking his captors for ways to make a bunch of traumatized women feel at ease. This Fire Nation man who’d lived for years among soldiers and sailors and still blushed when sex rose to the surface of the conversation, who loudly drew lines of honorable conduct and somehow managed to convince Hakoda that he had not crossed them. This boy who talked about Katara like she was the strong, capable, vulnerable girl Hakoda knew her to be.

Who called her a princess as if that meant she was owed honors rather than that she was an honor a worthy man might claim.

Prince Zuko had been right before when he said what he’d done was unforgivable. Hakoda had no intention of forgiving him. 

But he was beginning to understand how Katara had thought so much of him. It was kind of... a shame, really, that he had turned out to be such a disappointment for her... because what he could have been...

It was as he was thinking this that Miku burst though the door, breathing hard from running. 

“On their way back,” he panted. “Hama found Katara. Not a nice old lady. Mine full of corpses. Stabbed Kovu with Nuklok. Dead now.”

“Stay with him,” Hakoda threw back at Akuma and Kottik, then had Miku lead the way out into the night. He didn’t ask for clarification, didn’t waste the breath. He just ran, pushing Miku faster through the dark.


.


.


Rapid footfalls, quiet but hasty in their approach. Katara saw Bato’s shape shift in the deep shadows as he raised his hands around his mouth and let out a low whistle like some kind of bird. An answering call came, shortly followed by two shadows emerging from the deeper darkness. One broke from the other to sprint faster.

Katara!

Despite her misgivings, despite everything, Katara heard the urgency in her dad’s voice and dropped Cudi’s lead to run and meet him in a fierce hug. Tears leaked down her cheeks as she pressed her face into his shoulder and squeezed him as hard as she could. For a couple seconds, it didn’t matter that he might still be mad that she’d run away from him in Caldera, or that he didn’t fully trust her, or that he might not approve of the way she’d handled things tonight. For those few precious seconds, Katara was just a girl waking from a nightmare and running into the arms that could always protect and soothe her.

“I’m so glad you’re okay,” he said, still breathing hard from the run. His chest rumbled, enormous and warm and safe. “What happened? Miku said something about Hama and a mine?”

Katara choked on the reality of it, but Bato spoke up and sketched out the scene as he’d come upon it. “She had some kind of power, Hakoda. Bending our blood. She had us all attacking Katara.” 

Hakoda’s arms tightened a fraction around her and Katara felt a few more hot tears emerge. Because it ached, the proximity between this warm, safe world and that brutal, desperate one she had just escaped.

“But Katara managed to stop her,” Bato went on, warmth and pride in his voice that shifted subtly then to sober duty, “and I finished it.”

Hakoda’s arms loosened around her, and Katara knew her time here was up. She drew a deep breath and pulled away. Then, standing apart, she spoke. “Hama had been trapping people in that mine on the full moon for decades. There were... so many bodies.”

“Piles of them,” Nuklok confirmed. “And there were some pretty small shoes.”

Katara’s stomach turned - she hadn’t seen that - but she held firm as Hakoda cast her a worried look. “Let’s get back to the hut,” he said. “You must be tired after all that.”

“We can rest a bit,” Katara agreed as they continued walking, “but Zuko and I have to get back early tomorrow.” She sighed, more exhausted than she’d been moments before. “Today, I guess.”

“Yes,” Hakoda said a little stiltedly, “Prince Zuko was just telling me how you need to get back to freeing the healers...”

It turned out Zuko had been very chatty indeed. As they walked, Katara answered a great many probing questions about recent developments, all phrased in a neutral way that relied on her to fill in certain blanks. It would have been deeply unnerving if she had been trying to keep secrets from Hakoda about any of the topics he questioned, but she wasn’t. If Zuko found himself caught in a lie, that was his own stupid fault for lying.

“He seems to be experiencing some... remorse,” Hakoda ventured.

Katara snorted. “Don’t tell me he gave you one of his apology speeches.”

“Apology speeches.”

“Where he recites some planned statement about how what he did was wrong, and what the Fire Nation did was wrong, and he’s not gonna let it happen again,” she mocked uncharitably, then curled her lip and shook her head. “Because he’s good now.”

“But you’re not buying that.”

Katara huffed, annoyed as much at the topic as at his faintly wondering tone. “Of course not! He dug a really deep hole, Dad. It’s gonna take more than speeches and one sabotage field trip to get back to being a not-terrible person. Good is a long way off.”

Hakoda hummed thoughtfully beside her in the dark, and Katara could hear him smiling. And that was annoying... but also kind of amusing in a vague way that had more to do with being reunited than with the topic of conversation.

At length he shrugged and went on, even more quietly than before. It occurred to Katara that they had fallen a bit behind the others, that she could just barely make out Cudi’s serpentine tail twisting in the gloom ahead. 

“Can I tell you a secret?” he asked in an undertone.

Katara cast him a dry sideways look. “Uh. Sure, Dad.”

“I kind of want to believe that Prince Zuko really is good now,” he muttered, “because he could be an incredibly helpful ally.”

Katara stumbled in her surprise and turned her head to fully gape at him. 

“I know,” Hakoda said at once, heaving a sigh and scratching his jaw. “Just tell me honestly, Katara. How stupid am I being?”

Katara felt a little like she’d fallen through a portal into a bizarre reflection of her own reality. She wasn’t sure whether she should feel more shocked or outraged at what was frankly bald hypocrisy, or amused that her dad was struggling with the same dilemma she was, or maybe angry over his timing... Instead, she mostly just felt relieved. Because she didn’t have to talk to him about the guards she had freed, and she didn’t have to defend her choices. She could just tell him how stupid he was being.

“A little stupid,” she finally said, “but not totally stupid. Trusting Zuko is a pretty big risk.”

“It’s a huge risk. But with the comet coming, we’re at a point in this war where we have to take huge risks if we’re gonna have a chance.”

Katara thought about this, then nodded. “I have to take that risk. Through Zuko, I have a foothold here. I could free the healers all I wanted on my own, but he has the connections and authority in the Fire Nation that I need to make sure our people stay free.”

We can never recover what we were! We can never be free of the Fire Nation, because the scars it has left on us will last forever!

She stopped walking, feeling sick as she remembered the still, rancid air of the prison Hama had spent her life filling. The Fire Nation had destroyed her, shattered her mind and heart like so many bones, and Hama had gone on living, horribly misshapen where the broken parts healed twisted and warped. In place of hope, only vengeance had sustained her.

“Katara...”

Hakoda had stopped beside her. His hand was suddenly warm on her shoulder. Warm and heavy and strong.

“In the end, I don’t really care how useful he can be,” he said softly, and it took Katara a second to realize he was still talking about Zuko. “You’re what I care about. I know you’re committed to this cause, and I hear you say that he’s instrumental to your success, but I hope you know he’s not so important that he can’t face consequences for the things he’s done to you.”

“Dad, don’t.”

It came out choked and desperate, because in Katara’s mind, Hama was there-

That is the evil we must pay back to them in kind.

And Hama was a polluting shadow cast across the loving image Katara kept in her heart of her father. Under that shadow, Hakoda clutched a bloody sword still wet from enemies he had stacked into the darkness over the years, and his face was twisted into a stranger’s face... and in the vision, Zuko knelt small and helpless before all that rage and insatiable thirst for vengeance. 

His apologies, his pleas for forgiveness going unheard.

Katara had to swallow hard a couple times before she could speak. “Dad, I don’t want you to do anything to him. He’s been a real jerk and I don’t want to defend him, so please don’t make me, but... I’m handling it. Can you just trust that I can handle it?”

“Of course,” Hakoda said, light and faintly wry, trying to tug her back from that elevated emotional cliff. 

His voice was calm and gentle in the way she had once been so accustomed to - the way it had been when they were back home, before they had each gone off to war. It was comforting, but Katara found she could no longer relax into that comfort. Instead, she was nagged by the certainty that he didn’t believe her. That he couldn’t.

“I’m just saying,” he went on with a faint smile, “sometimes a well-worded criticism from an older man can do a lot to help a young man remove his head from his ass.”

Katara sputtered out a shocked laugh. At the notion, at the relief of his nominal acceptance, at the swear... Her dad had never sworn in front of her before. Not ever. And this felt meaningful. Deeply intentional. Like he was allowing her to enter a place she had previously been excluded from. A cold block in her chest began to melt. A terrible and long-endured pressure began to ease.

“Although,” he went on thoughtfully, “I do get the impression that Prince Zuko is pretty well-acquainted with paternal disapproval...”

“His father did that to his face.”

It shocked her a little bit that it just came blurting out of her mouth like that. She hadn’t meant to just say it. But the knowledge of it had been lingering in the back of her brain since Zuko had told her, and it just occurred to her that her dad needed to know. Because she had needed to know in order to understand...

And she needed to see Hakoda’s reaction in the pre-dawn gloom, the widening of his eyes, the slow lift of his chin as understanding broke and set in. She needed to know that violence could still unsettle him. That he could feel compassion for the enemy.

“He burned him in front of a ton of people and then banished him, all because he spoke out against sacrificing soldiers in a meeting with some generals and refused to duel his own father afterward. When he was thirteen. He’s so- Dad, he’s so-!

“Damaged,” Hakoda provided quietly. “I wish I could say any of that came as a surprise, Katara, but it just makes a lot of things about him make sense.” 

He paused, and Katara made a faint sound of troubled agreement. Because hadn’t she thought the same thing? Zuko had told her the story and she immediately recognized the deep wound in him that powered that seemingly bottomless rage. 

But at the same time, she hesitated, uncertain, because she could hear subtext in what her father was saying. What else did you expect from the Fire Nation? What else do they deserve but the evil they do to the world, dealt back upon their own?

Was her dad really that callus? Or was this just in her head? Just Hama’s ghost echoing through her thoughts..?

“Actually,” Hakoda went on with a sigh, “I asked him about his banishment when we first met, and he told me it was a result of his cowardice and disrespect. In retrospect, that answer leaves out some pretty... significant details of the story... in a way that really shifts the wrongdoing around... His father’s a cruel man, Katara. But that doesn’t give him the right to treat you the way he has.”

“I know that. And I know the Fire Lord is cruel. I’ve met the Fire Lord.” It welled up in her chest suddenly, a broad and grasping anger she did not entirely understand and was unprepared to express right now. She fought to settle it all back down. Hakoda seemed to sense her tension, but only paused and went on more carefully. 

“I just mean to say that having cruelty done to you doesn’t make it okay to be cruel to someone else. He may have suffered, but that doesn’t mean he gets to take it out on you. Even if it’s just harsh words, like in the throne room, he has no right-

“I know that. He knows that. And he knows if he does it again that I’m gonna let him have it. Again. I told you I’m handling it. You don’t have to tell me, Dad, because I know.”

They did not speak for a moment, just staring at each other in the faint light. Katara felt momentarily exhilarated, vindicated, but then her heart came crashing down into her stomach. Doubt gnawed her to the bone. Hakoda spoke first, his expression earnest. Pained. She’d hurt him.

“Okay,” he said as if the matter was closed. “I just... I’ve been realizing that I don’t actually know all the things you know, Katara. I’d rather repeat something than leave important words unspoken.”

Katara folded her arms and frowned hard at the ground between them as she tangled with her intense emotions. Finally, she looked back up at him. “Sorry. It’s just that...”

You don’t believe me. You don’t trust me. You don’t actually think I can do any of this.

“It’s been a hard night,” she said instead.

“I understand,” Hakoda accepted quietly. “We don’t have to get into it tonight. You’ve got a lot on your plate right now.”

“Yeah.”

They resumed walking, now distantly trailing the others. Hakoda kept abreast, and after a long moment, he spoke again. 

“Has he actually settled that temper down a bit? Or was his... relative calm just for my benefit?”

“No. He says he’s been working on that. And he has been less volatile. Mostly.” 

Katara thought of Zuko’s explosion when he found out about the healers, but she couldn’t help thinking of his calming tea ritual, too. She frowned harder - because how dare he try to change, how dare he put her in this position, where she had to be the one who assessed whether he was succeeding or failing, whether his efforts were in earnest. He could just as easily drop the attempt, and where would Katara be then? Looking stupid and gullible again for believing him when he said he was trying, for believing him again! 

And yet she did. Despite everything he had done, she believed him.

So Katara could only sigh and press on. “It’s hard to be sure how much of him is irredeemable jerk and how much is just... messed-up stuff he could actually work through. I don’t know. Either he’ll improve or he won’t.”

“He seems different,” Hakoda offered. “Like he spends a lot of time thinking about what he’s done.”

“I guess,” Katara muttered. “That doesn’t fix anything, though. I’m more interested in the actual stuff he’s doing to undermine the Fire Lord and the war.”

“Like sabotaging these airfields. Or was there something else?”

Katara took a moment to explain what she knew about Zuko’s efforts to help the people of Harbor City and erode the Fire Lord’s control there, and briefly touched on his dealings with various Fire Nobles.

“Huh,” Hakoda murmured. “He didn’t mention any big rebellion... With him sneaking around this way, I was under the impression that he wasn’t openly standing against his father.”

“Not yet. Unless you count refusing to be summoned back to the palace. He’s gonna have to take a stand soon, though. The Fire Lord would kill him if he caught him now anyway.”

“Really.” It wasn’t quite a question. It expressed no doubt that Katara was right. In fact, it was a subtle kind of agreement that urged her to go on.

“Yes. Especially after tonight. There’s no hiding what I did tonight, and that means the other airfields will be discovered quickly. The Fire Lord is gonna hear that I was here, and he’ll at least suspect that Zuko was here, too. And suspicion will probably be enough to justify reprisal.”

Which meant, if Zuko went for his little palanquin ride around the city like he wanted to, Katara needed to be there with him to back him up in case somebody tried to arrest him again.

Great.

“Alright,” Hakoda said as he let out a tense breath, “starting to feel a little less stupid... and like getting stranded here in the Fire Nation actually wasn’t the worst luck. At least this way I can be pretty close in case you need me while you’re doing all this... political intrigue stuff.”

Katara looked back over at him and felt an aching warmth well up in her chest. And just a faint pang of anxiety. “You’re gonna stay in the Fire Nation?”

“Yes. If that’s not too... I know you’re doing your own thing and it might be weird to have your dad hanging around, but if you don’t mind, I’d like to stay and help.”

Katara didn’t think about it. She didn’t presently have the ability to parse all the deeply complicated feelings she had about her father. It felt too good to simply embrace relief. So she just turned and threw her arms around his neck, hugging him even harder than before. 

“Yeah, Dad. I’d like you to stay.”


.


.


Chief Hakoda had been gone for about ten seconds when Kottik untwisted his thin mouth and broke the silence. 

“Alright. How’d it happen?” he demanded.

“What?” Zuko blinked at him, bewildered. He was still thinking about the phrase ‘mine full of corpses’ and what that could have to do with Katara. He was wondering who exactly was dead now and a thread of panic was tugging within him.

“You got her between the skins.” Kottik said a bit louder. “How did that happen?”

Zuko’s face twisted up in confusion. He had heard that phrase from trainees in the resistance base but did not recall that now - because corpses also had skins... “What skins? What does that even mean?”

“At the Poles, you make a bed out of layers of tanned furs. Skins,” Akuma provided. He was watching Zuko closely as well, though he wasn’t so intense and obviously angry about it. “When you get a girl between the skins, you take her to bed. But it doesn’t always happen in a bed. Understand?”

Zuko’s eyebrow crept up. “Yes.”

“So how did it happen?” Kottik repeated impatiently. Zuko glared back at him, offended now that he understood what he was being asked.

“That’s none of your business.”

“You said you subjected her to personal indignities and dishonor,” Akuma said, his voice cold now. “That’s our business.”

“I didn’t mean-! Not like that! I was talking about betraying her and keeping her a slave. Not... what came before.” 

“Then explain how it happened before,” Kottik barked. “How does a good girl like Katara, with all the possibilities and prospects she had in front of her, give her whole future up for a sullen, arrogant firebender, huh? How does that happen?”

Zuko clenched his teeth, met the other men’s accusing eyes. “That really isn’t your business. If Katara wants you to know something, she’ll tell you.”

“It’s less about her and more about you,” Akuma easily redirected. “You’re the one we really want to know about.”

“How many did she make for you?” Kottik demanded, sneering. “A prince sailing port to port for five years? You must have racked up a real harem.”

“No,” Zuko replied in the nastiest tone of voice he could summon, “I didn’t spend my shameful banishment chasing girls.”

“Your uncle knew of a few pretty colorful destinations in the colonies,” Akuma said mildly.

Zuko rolled his eyes. “My uncle spent his prime as an officer and a widower. He got around, I guess. I don’t actually know. My ship didn’t make stops in the colonies because the Avatar obviously wasn't gonna be there, and I really didn’t want to hear his stories about lady friends or tender mercies. I had more important stuff on my mind, like restoring my honor and getting my life back.”

“You didn’t answer the question,” Kottik observed. “How many?”

Zuko hesitated. 

“You can tell us,” Akuma said with that easy shrug. “Fire Nation men love talking about their lady friends. It’s a matter of pride to get around for you. We get it.”

“Right. And Water Tribe men are so virtuous by comparison,” Zuko said with a sarcastic twist of his mouth. “I don’t know how many recruits I overheard talking about what they wanted to do in the lady houses when they got to Gao Ling. They didn’t even care they were paying for it and the women probably didn’t even actually enjoy it, they were just doing their jobs. It was pathetic.”

The slight pause was so brief that Zuko didn’t even notice it. Akuma scratched his jaw. “Not you, though. Princes probably don’t ever have to pay for it, do they? Plenty of enthusiastic girls eager to take a tumble with royalty.”

“Do you not understand what being banished means?” Zuko demanded. “I wasn’t royalty. I was an outcast.”

“Girls like a rebel, too.”

“Just stop! There weren’t any girls!” 

“So Katara was your first.”

Zuko worked his jaw to the side and felt his face start to burn hotter than before. In the back of his head, the hissing voice was telling him to lie, evade because to admit the truth was to let himself appear pathetic and lose respect.

Because projecting an image of confidence and virility really served you well in the Fire Court, the raspy voice responded with dry disdain. If Lord Gan thought you were forcing yourself on her all this time, what sort of relationship do you imagine these men think you had with Katara? 

“Fine,” Zuko said through his teeth. “Yes. There’s only ever been Katara.”

They assessed him for a long, silent moment. Zuko just huffed and glared off to the side as his face blazed, wishing Chief Hakoda would come back and finish him off already because this was miserable. 

“Bull-spit,” Kottik finally decided. Akuma’s mouth quirked up in a crooked smile as he side-eyed the older man.

“If he was gonna feed us a lie, it wouldn’t be that he’s untouched as the morning snow.”

“What does it even matter?” Zuko demanded, too embarrassed and irritable to just sit and listen to this. “The Water Tribe is crazy! The men think they need to be with a woman regularly but can’t spend too much time around them or they’ll damage their Yang energy - but they don’t fool around with other men or they’re not manly! And meanwhile the women are supposed to just stay chaste until marriage? Or else no man will marry them? Because what - they lose it and suddenly have no value? But men don’t? That’s so stupid! How does your society even function?”

Akuma frowned at him thoughtfully while Kottik just harrumphed. “Unwed boys about to go to war talk a lot of garbage,” the older man said. “And Northerners keep some strange ways. Everybody’s supposed to stay chaste until marriage.”

“Agni! Why?

“Because girls can get pregnant, genius,” Akuma huffed. “Plus - and I really doubt now that you need to be told this but I’m gonna do it anyway - going between the skins with a girl creates a bond. A man dishonors his wife if he also feels a pull toward a bunch of girls from years back.”

His stare was frank and Zuko felt himself incriminated. He couldn’t really protest though - Akuma was entirely right. There was a bond tying him to Katara. A tether that had caused him enormous pain... and had kept him from sinking past the point of no return. Zuko could easily imagine it would always be there, tugging him back to her.

“Or it should form a bond,” Kottik picked up sourly. “Doesn’t seem to be that way for Fire Nation men, though. Just run around like beasts in rut. Doesn’t matter if the woman wants it, doesn’t matter if she takes pregnant, he’s gone as soon as it’s done.”

“She’s just a notch in a belt,” Akuma added. “One of a number that Fire Nation men talk about with pride, so long as it’s a big number.”

Zuko drew breath to argue - because that wasn’t what his countrymen were like at all! - but then paused and realized... Kottik and Akuma and all the rest of Katara’s family had only really encountered his people through war. And what did a conquering army do to the conquered? Zuko grimaced and shut his eyes and thought of the healers. Of Iyuma and Loska and Pawe and those two young sisters and the women old enough to be his mother. Of soldiers using them to put notches in their belts.

“You’re talking about war crimes,” he said, meeting their eyes. “That’s not a normal part of Fire Nation culture. Or it shouldn’t be. But... I guess a hundred years of trying to take over the world has... twisted things.”

“What’s it supposed to be?” Akuma asked, just a hint of scathing in his voice. Zuko looked between him and Kottik and let out a deep-as-possible breath.

“Passion is revered in the Fire Nation, and sharing passion isn’t something to be ashamed of. Pleasing a woman is a mark of a disciplined and honorable man. And maybe every love doesn’t last forever - a flare burns hotter than a hearth fire-” His heart ached, throbbed in his chest. “-but it’s not just... rutting. It’s like... it’s even more precious because it ends. And the lovers, even after they’re parted, are never the same.”

They just watched him for a moment. Zuko felt his face heating again.

“My... I used to go to the theater a lot as a kid. I don’t think there’s ever been a Fire Nation play that didn’t have lovers in it.”

“So when you told Hakoda that hickey on your shoulder was a gift,” Akuma finally said, “you were telling him you’d done a good job, because of your discipline and honor.”

“I-! No-! I mean, not exactly-”

“That’s a shameful thing to say to a girl’s father,” Kottik cut in. “We all thought you’d forced her and were rubbing it in his face.”

No! I already told you-!” 

“He’s been raw about this for months now,” Akuma said, frowning. “Won’t talk about it. Won’t let us talk about it in his hearing.”

“Seems like he’s afraid to know for sure what you did to her, so we had to wait for him to leave to squeeze it out of you, you swaggering little pustule.”

Zuko scowled and breathed out hard through his nose. “The only thing I was rubbing in his face that night was the fact she chose me. Because it didn’t matter what he thought of me. She chose me.”

They assessed him narrowly. He got a sudden sinking feeling in his gut, like he’d given something away that he’d meant to keep private.

“So she chose you,” Kottik said with particular emphasis. “That’s how it happened.”

Zuko narrowed his eyes, trying to suss out the significance of what he was saying. Because this was no longer a question, but an assertion. It didn’t make Kottik look any less sour-faced and suspicious, though.

“And you didn’t pressure her,” Akuma added, watching Zuko very closely. “You didn’t make her any promises you didn’t mean to keep? Didn’t try to convince her you were more serious than you were?”

Zuko glowered harder still. “No. I was always as serious as I told her I was.”

“If that was true, we wouldn’t be having this conversation right now.” 

“It is true! I just...” Zuko grimaced, scowled at his knees. “I screwed everything up because I thought I had to capture the Avatar. I convinced myself she would... see past it. I thought, if she really loved me, she wouldn’t try to deny me my destiny or my honor. My own family. My homeland. All of that was at stake for me. I just couldn’t see then that all that stuff... None of that was what it seemed to be. But she was.” He didn’t look up, couldn’t right now, and just heaved a few deep breaths. “I was confused about a lot of things, but I was never anything less than serious about Katara.”

In fact, he reflected, there had been just a brief time when that had not been true. A lifetime ago. When they had still been enemies who sometimes kissed. He had thought then (a little spitefully) he would just enjoy whatever she felt like doing and let her weird Water Tribe girl honor be her own problem. But that had lasted maybe a day at most, because then Sokka had been captured and she was going off alone and...

And Zuko had risked everything to follow her. He’d resented her over it and blamed her for his trouble - but when she took him into the valley that night, it never crossed his mind that he was just enjoying her and leaving the sticky issue of her honor for her to worry about. He hadn’t thought at all about the possibilities or prospects or potential futures she might be giving up... He had simply allowed her weird Water Tribe girl honor to conveniently fall into the background so they could be together... 

...but, he realized now, he had also already kind of considered them bonded. He had followed her into a war zone, and into that valley, and into Zhao’s camp, and onto her father’s ship. Because the tether between them had been there that whole time, tugging him along. Not because they had sex, but because he was so completely stupidly in love with her.

But for Katara... It was a dagger in his heart to realize it, but Katara hadn’t loved him then. She’d come to love him later, but she hadn’t taken him into that valley because she loved him. She hadn’t even really known him very well then. So why had she chosen him? Why give up her potential and prospects and-

And it sank through his bones and his guts with horrible sickening inevitability. She had been so shaken up over the soldiers they’d watched die. She had been so worried about Sokka. 

She just couldn’t think. 

I just want something good, she’d said in her breaking voice in the moon-spattered dark of that valley.

And the closest she could come to ‘good’ in that moment was Zuko. 

She might have chosen him, but not freely. Not even then. Circumstance had driven her to him.

What's it like to follow my sister around like a creep, waiting for her to have a moment of weakness and let you touch her?

Zuko hung his head and let the memory of Sokka’s scorn lash down on him. Because he deserved it. 

What had he even given her, he demanded of himself now, his chest wrenching with his self-recrimination and condemnation. What had he given her except pain and hardship and vanished prospects? A clumsy tumble in the dirt. He’d hurt her and hadn’t even realized it - and that had only been the start of his failures. His love had ever been a selfish and destructive force, a supposed gift that instead greedily snatched up everything it could reach.

And it didn’t even matter how awful he’d been, because after that night, Katara had been stuck with him. She had thrown away her future on a whim, so working something out with him had been her one shot at not bringing dishonor on her family-

No... that wasn’t quite right. She had loved him. Maybe not in that moment when she chose him, but she had come to love him at some point and Zuko knew in his heart that it wasn’t just because she’d had no other choice. He had proven himself to her. She had wanted a future with him. She had believed, had begged him to choose her that last night on her father’s ship-

We could face anything together, Zuko. I know it.

That was why she had hated him so much after he betrayed her. Because their love had been real and deep and true. It had been worth throwing away his honor - you’d be honoring me! - and his destiny and all the empty hopes he’d clung to for reconciling with his father. It had been worth giving up his birthright and accepting a humble life made rich by her affection. 

And instead, Zuko had rated their love second to his selfish priorities. Circumstance had steered her into his arms, and when Katara had truly returned his love, he had taken it for granted. He had been careless with her honor and then he’d been careless with her heart. 

-like I didn’t even matter-

“Serious, hmph," Kottik sneered, sharp and sudden into the drawn-out silence. "So you planned to marry her, then?” 

Zuko sighed and let the knifing throb of his heart fade. His head hurt and he was tired. He didn’t want to talk anymore. “Yes. Obviously I intended to marry her. That’s what ‘serious’ means.”

“Bull-spit.”

“But you didn’t ever talk about that with Hakoda,” Akuma pressed at the same time, faintly accusing, “did you?”

“Katara didn’t want me to.”

Bull-spit!”

Zuko rolled his eyes and raised his voice. “For some reason, she thought he wouldn’t take it well.”

Akuma scoffed or laughed - it was hard to tell. “Probably would have taken that a lot better than he took putting the pieces together himself.”

Zuko, who had a powerful and ill-advised urge to tell Katara that he had told her so (even though he couldn’t remember anymore if that was actually true) just scowled at them both and worked to steady his breathing.

“Where were you gonna live?” Kottik grumbled. At Zuko’s confused look, he sneered and shook his head. “Can’t just marry a girl and not offer her a house or a place or anything. What was the plan?”

Zuko fixed his eyes on the door that remained stubbornly closed. He didn’t want to talk about this. It made him uncomfortably aware of how very, very naive he had been.

“Were you gonna make her live on that old-model steamer?” Akuma asked. 

No!” Zuko couldn’t help but shudder at that thought. Returning to his ship with Katara in tow. Sharing his narrow bed with her. Trapping her beside him in the prison his father had consigned him to. 

“So you had some other idea.”

“My only idea,” Zuko said through his teeth, “was to end my banishment so I would have something more to offer her than a share in my disgrace. But that meant capturing the Avatar, which Katara wasn’t on board with. If I hadn’t been such a short-sighted idiot, I would have just swallowed my pride and gone with her idea.”

“Which was...?”

The breath slipped out of Zuko as he remembered that future in the clouds. Lost forever now. “She wanted us to live on the bison with the Avatar.”

Kottik and Akuma both snorted at that. And for whatever reason, that reaction offended Zuko deeply.

“She wanted me to help protect him! It would have been temporary! Just until the war was over!”

“No offense meant to Katara or the Avatar,” Akuma chuckled, “but I’ve ridden on that bison. It’s not an ideal home for newlyweds.”

“A wife needs a roof and a hearth,” Kottik groused. “She wanted to just fly around? Traveling with another man? What kind of wild notion is that?”

Zuko nearly argued back but found himself instead receiving a wry stare from Akuma. The upward twitch of his eyebrows clearly said, You see what I deal with every day...

But Akuma’s smirking mouth said, “You’d just have to have your own tent, I guess. And keep quiet as mice in the hold.”

Zuko felt the blood drain from his face and then come flooding back in a nauseating flush. Because Akuma’s steady stare was speaking again.

Like you did on Hakoda’s ship.

Kottik, thankfully, seemed unaware and just went on griping. “A tent! Like some hunting excursion! Katara should have her own household, not some transient Air Nomad nonsense...”

Zuko barely heard him, so caught up in the certainty that they had been found out, that Chief Hakoda might know that detail, too. But Akuma just let out a short laugh through his nose and finally broke into Kottik’s rant.

“Maybe the tent would work for a while, but eventually a woman wants something solid. I guess now that you’re a prince again with villas and palaces and such, you could really provide that.”

Zuko met his stare, leery of what he sensed was a trap.

“Except that she hates you and it’s over. Is that right?”

Zuko peeled his lips back off his gritted teeth. “Yes.”

“But if she changed her mind,” Akuma said with a shrug of his big shoulders, so casual it might have been idle - if it didn’t feel like a dagger to Zuko’s throat. “If Katara was to decide, despite what a lowlife you’ve been, that she’s not done with you. Then what?”

Zuko was breathing harder than he should have been. He felt a little dizzy. Because what Akuma was suggesting... the possibility had been there last night. Zuko had felt it. Despite everything, despite herself, she had wanted him. 

And Zuko had to be the one to keep it in check. He’d been careless with her honor and her heart before. Never again.

“Nothing’s gonna happen,” he said again, his resolve harder than ever.

“But if it could.”

“It won’t! She doesn’t actually want to be around me, alright! I enslaved her and humiliated her! The only thing keeping her anywhere near me is my influence, so long as its working in the Water Tribe’s favor. She doesn’t want me! She’s just waiting around for me to screw up again so she can be the one to end me!”

It was a relief to say it out loud. To summon forth the foggy image of her in that mineral spring, looming over him and promising to kill him. She had loved him once. For a while. But this was his reality now. Katara watching him narrow-eyed through her cracked door. Katara biting back her furious, devastated tears at his tea table. Katara vowing to kill him if he strayed from this path. 

This was the price he was paying for his mistakes. And he was grateful to her for lingering beside him, just close enough to allow him each fragile chance to pay it. 

Kottik’s scowl eased a degree. Akuma actually smiled. “So she’s the one keeping you proper, huh?”

“It’s not a joke,” Zuko snarled. 

“Nobody here is laughing, Highness.”

It took Zuko a second to remember, but it had only ever been Tukna who called him Highness. It had always had more a feeling of an overly familiar nickname than a respectful address. Coming from Akuma’s mouth now, it sounded much the same. A glib nod to his station and a taunting kind of acceptance.

This had been a test. And Zuko had somehow passed it. Oh happy day.

“That’s how it ought to be,” Kottik snipped. “You took her future. She owns yours now. With a normal girl, we’d be the ones who came to collect. But if she’s got her head out of the snow enough to do it herself, that’s probably for the best. Big warrior’s got to start tanning her own hides sometime, I guess.”

Akuma shook his head and rolled his eyes. “Hakoda’s not the only one who’s gonna deck you if you don’t quit running your mouth.”

“We can’t all be chuckle-heads hoping for the best! Somebody’s got to be on the lookout for the worst!”

Zuko watched them bicker for a moment, unhappily reflecting on how his own beliefs were lining up with the Water Tribe’s weird rules for girls. He didn’t buy into the notion that Katara had actually lost any sort of value by being involved with him - she was a hero and a princess, surely her social capital would ultimately outweigh an indiscretion - but Zuko found himself struck by the notion that he had taken her life and his was owed. 

He hadn’t just selfishly turned from her at that crucial moment. He had let her be enslaved and humiliated. He had damaged her spirit and almost gotten her killed. She absolutely had a claim on his life after everything he had put her through. 

...and besides, he accepted silently, he belonged to her in any case - even if she didn’t want him.

He heard their voices first - men in murmured conversation as they approached the hut - and watched impatiently as the door opened. Katara didn’t appear. Instead, it was the others. Bato and his three, which included a man with a bloody tear in one shoulder of his plain brown shirt. The sight of that blood refreshed Zuko’s anxiety and his eyes slid past them to the night beyond the open door.

But they filed in, then shut the door behind them.

“Where is she?” Zuko demanded, cutting through the low chatter.

All eyes returned to him, and a great deal of cheerful camaraderie evaporated.

“This guy,” muttered the runner with a scathing look. “Weren’t you and Hakoda supposed to be putting the fear of Tui in him?”

“Didn’t take,” Akuma shrugged. “Katara’s okay?”

“Katara’s an absolute demon. Of course Katara’s okay,” the injured man complained. “I’m the one who nearly got skewered. Isn’t anybody gonna ask about me?”

“She healed you. You’re fine,” said the fourth man - the one with the bad mustache and a spear he hastily leaned against the wall.

“But the trauma-”

Kottik harrumphed. The runner made some ribbing comment. Men laughed with the spent energy of having survived a situation that could have easily gone another way. Zuko watched them impatiently and missed his crew, who had at least known how to give a basic report.

“Who’s ‘dead now’?” he finally demanded. “What’s this ‘mine full of corpses’?”

“We’ll tell the story when Hakoda and Katara get here,” Bato said. “They were just behind us on the trail.” He narrowed his eyes at Zuko, then slid that look over at Akuma. There was a hardness in his stare, and a question.

Akuma met that stare for a beat, then shrugged and smirked at Zuko. “Worried, Highness?”

“You heard the phrases mine full of corpses and dead now and you’re not worried?” Sensing he wasn’t about to get a sincere answer, Zuko turned his irritation on the runner. “The point of a report is to relay the situation. Not throw out the most dramatic sentence fragments you can think of.”

“Hey! I ran all the way here and shared the most pertinent details. Nobody asked you for tips, actually.”

“Nobody asked you to paint half a picture,” Kottik groused. “You could have just said ‘found her’ and saved your fool breath.”

Zuko was briefly taken aback - because he had never expected (or wanted) to have this particular man take his side in anything, ever. But maybe it was less about taking his side and more about taking an opportunity to criticize someone. The rest of the men seemed to treat it that way, either piling onto the runner or coming to his defense in seemingly idle conflict.

But not Bato. He folded his long arms over his chest and assessed Akuma and Kottik and Zuko in turn with thoughtful eyes. He was Hakoda’s second, so of course he was a smart man strongly attuned to the dynamics of the group. 

Zuko might have just gone on staring challengingly back at him but then, finally, the door swung open and she was there. Weariness slumped her shoulders, and there was a scab on her lip and a particular sadness in her eyes, but she sought him out first in the room and he saw the faintest relaxation in the set of her shoulders. 

She was relieved to see him.

How incredibly pathetic that that was all it took to have Zuko’s heart banging in his throat. He was a fool for her. She still hated him sometimes, and he deserved it, but she was relieved to see him right now and he was her fool.

Zuko rolled his eyes away from her and glowered at a corner of the ceiling as Hakoda came in behind her. “Can someone untie me now?” he demanded.

But it seemed everyone else in the hut was intent on ignoring him.

“Good to see you, Katara,” Akuma said, grasping her shoulder. 

Katara smiled up at him, her expression warm and affectionate. Kottik’s greeting was surly but apparently genuine, and she seemed to take it with good humor. For a few long moments, Zuko just sat in his bonds and watched her being welcomed by her people. Watched them smile and laugh together, watched them catch each other up in low, genial tones. She looked so pleased and almost-relaxed as she fell in among them, one of her pack again.

It felt good to see her at peace, but the shattered bits of his heart grated together, too. A sweet and terrible ache - just like in the plays.

Zuko realized - with a feeling like a bucket of ice water dumping down his back - that Chief Hakoda was watching him watch her. And he remembered with a barely-restrained flinch that the man might know what they’d done on his ship... But Hakoda didn’t look angry. Just thoughtful. Zuko scowled and tugged pointedly at his bonds. Hakoda blinked blandly back at him, then turned his attention to Katara-

-who had just begun describing something terrible beyond imagining.

“She took me there because she wanted me to continue her... insane revenge murders,” she said, her jaw tight. “I refused, and we started fighting, and that’s when Bato and the others came.”

The other men related the fight and the frightening form of bending this old woman had apparently developed... Zuko didn’t care if Chief Hakoda noticed now. He watched Katara closely, taking in her white knuckles pressed against her sides and the faint over-bright quality of her eyes. She looked a little ill. She looked like she was barely holding it together. There was a tear in her dark tunic beneath one breast through which her skin was occasionally visible - along with a thin red flash of blood. Not a serious wound, but something she was clearly delaying thinking about.

“We couldn’t have guessed,” Bato said, shaking his head. He had just related running the bloodbender through and remained solemn, reflective. “To us, Hama just seemed like a kind old woman from the tribe.”

“She let us hide out in her house and made us five flavor soup,” the runner said sadly. 

A beat of silence passed. Katara’s eyes got brighter, but then she clenched her jaw and firmed up again. She looked at the men around her with a sharp flash of her eyes, and when she spoke, there was a clear note of challenge in her voice. “I let the guards go.”

Zuko felt a wash of relief at that, but he didn’t react. Instead, he watched for the same backlash he knew Katara was watching for.

But it didn’t come.

“Yeah,” chortled one of the other men. The spearman with the bad mustache. Nuklok, Zuko supposed. “I’ve never seen a bunch of Fire Nation prisoners look so much like a pack of terrified kids. You should’ve heard them. ‘Yes, Princess Katara,’ polite as you please. When we came in, they were chanting Katto. They all just knew her name.”

“Of course they know her name,” Zuko huffed. He got a few sour and dry and annoyed looks, and he met them with a disbelieving curl of his lip. “She’s a big deal! Soldiers on rotation at a secret facility have nothing to do but trade stories. Of course they’d heard of her.”

“Stars above, Katara, are you famous?”

“All of you back off, I knew her first when she was two and stuck me in the eye with my own blubbered seal jerky.”

Zuko glowered, very aware that he was being mocked again. But Katara finally looked back at him, still smiling faintly at the jokes. Her eyes even twinkled a little. It was a teasing kind of amusement, but no less beautiful for that.

It knocked the wind out of him like the strap across his chest never could.

“What are the chances those guards all go home and tell happy stories about how I heroically saved their lives instead of horror stories about the escaped waterbender who committed atrocities?”

“Uh...” Zuko shrugged a little. “Kind of seems like two parts of the same story. So probably not great. But it’ll likely be a few weeks before they rotate out of this installation and the story can hit the rumor mill.”

“Be honest,” the injured man, Kovu, cut in, squinting at Zuko. “Were they all just cheering for her because they wanted her to let them out of the murder-mine? They aren’t, like, fans. Right?”

“I don’t know every soldier. But probably not. She’s famous for being an enemy of the Fire Nation. Not the person a soldier expects to come to their rescue.” His eyes switched to Katara, took in the stiffness in her shoulders, the shadows in her eyes. “But it sounds like it was a pretty desperate situation.”

“It was like when your big brother hits you with your own fist,” the runner said. “Only with real weapons. I couldn’t do anything to stop myself. But Katara just locked me down. Easy-peasy.”

The others went on about how quick and effective she’d been in the fight, redirecting and stopping them without hurting them, but Zuko was hardly listening. He knew how good she was. He was more interested right now in the way she was looking back at him. Her eyes had fallen to the strap. And her amusement had drained away. 

“That looks really tight.”

For just an instant, Zuko got the pleasant feeling that she was concerned for his wellbeing. That she was going to defend him, even against her family.

“It has to be tight,” Kovu offered up mildly. “If he can draw too deep a breath, he can firebend.”

He smirked down at Zuko over his folded arms like a smug fisherman at the contents of his net. Zuko was briefly inspired to kick that scraggly beard right off his face.

“Yeah,” the runner chortled, raising one wise finger. “Basic firebender containment, Katara. The chest strap. Just because it didn’t work on him that one time doesn’t diminish the proven effectiveness of the technique.”

Katara’s eyes narrowed and cut over to the runner. “What one time?”

Zuko’s stomach dropped like a stone.

Notes:

This chapter got too long and it took forever because I kept having the 'to cut or not to cut?' dilemma - and just kept adding more. But now I've decided it's winter, it's holiday time, so why not just indulge in the untrimmed fat?

Next scene! I'm so excited! This confrontation has been brewing since CMK. It's written and ready, I think, so I might just post it tomorrow. Merry Ficsmas!

Chapter 49

Notes:

(See the end of the chapter for notes.)

Chapter Text


There was a silence during which every man in the room side-eyed another man. Hakoda side-eyed Zuko, who side-glared at Miku. Akuma and Bato shared a side-eye of growing understanding, and they both then studiously looked at no one. Katara observed all this surreptitious glancing amongst men and began to get a very unhappy feeling.

“What?” she demanded into the silent room.

“You didn’t tell her about the trunk?” Kovu asked Zuko in an ineffectual whisper.

“It wasn’t important,” Zuko growled. But he glowered harder. His face was reddening. Katara looked from him to her tribe and back.

“What trunk?”

“No,” Bato said, all that understanding heavy on his face. “That was a shameful defeat for you, wasn’t it? Getting taken unawares.” 

“And then the trunk. Not the kind of thing a proud man is in a hurry to tell anybody about,” Akuma murmured. “Especially not the girl.”

“Fire Nation logic,” huffed Nuklok. 

Hey,” Katara barked. 

All eyes snapped to her - because this was not a voice her father and uncles had heard from her before. It was a voice she had honed on Sokka over the years they had been away at war, and then hardened in the resistance base. She wasn’t really thinking about that now, though. Her scowl raked across them. 

“What. Trunk.”

The silence was stiff, brittle.

“It was Sokka’s idea,” Miku volunteered in a tiny voice.

Hakoda finally spoke, standing very straight. “We locked him up. The night we got to the Eastern Air Temple.”

Katara’s ears started ringing and her mind slid away as he went on. She heard him as if through water. “You... You what?”

“The plan was to keep him contained until we had warned Avatar Aang, then let him out and smooth things over. But he broke out prematurely.”

“You told me,” Katara uttered, “he left.”

“Technically,” Hakoda said, lowering his chin but holding her eyes, “I didn’t say that.”

Katara did not speak. She only stared at her father with building intensity as the ground under her feet became shifting ice floes and she reworked reality in her mind. She had to go over her understanding of all of it, because suddenly what she had thought had happened was not what had actually happened. 

Zuko hadn’t abandoned her.

He had still turned against her in the fight on the beach. He had chosen to do that, and he had chosen to do every other rotten thing he had done after that. The chains, the rage, the we-can-still-be-together-Katara delusion... That was all real. It was part of him.

But all of that rage and cruelty and betrayal, that had all come in the wake of this.

He hadn’t given her necklace back to her father - Hakoda had taken it. 

Zuko had told her that just the day before yesterday, and she had immediately wanted to ask how that conversation had gone exactly... but she had gotten distracted. Zuko had distracted her.

Because he hadn’t wanted her to know this had happened.

Katara turned her head to take in his burning, scowling face. His eyes darted away from her, then returned.

“It doesn’t change anything,” he enunciated.

Zuko hadn’t wanted her to know, she realized with sudden clarity, because he was ashamed.

He hadn’t run off after the Avatar before dawn. He hadn’t just left her without saying goodbye. He’d been there on the ship the whole time-

-because her family had strapped his chest so he could hardly breathe and locked him in a trunk. 

And he was ashamed.

Katara wrenched the water from her canteen in a flash and brought it down across Zuko’s chest in a hissing slash. It stabbed into the floor boards beside his chair, a blade of pinkish ice pierced deep into the wood. Zuko peered with wide eyes down at the strap where just a few strands remained unsevered. When he took a deep breath and flexed, it easily popped and fell away. 

But no one was paying attention to Zuko anymore. Not even Zuko, really. Everyone was watching Katara as she rose from her stance, her fists quaking at her sides. Her wild, furious eyes turned slowly back to her father.

“Smooth things over,” she repeated, her voice shaking, confused, incredulous. “How were you gonna smooth things over if I thought he left? Did you think he’d just suddenly reappear and I wouldn’t figure out what had happened? Did you want him to keep it a secret?”

“No,” Hakoda said with a baffled shake of his head. “I thought he’d tell you. I would have told you, once we were through the fight. But I also thought you were relieved to know you had other options. That you didn’t have to try and stand by someone who wasn’t going to stand by you.”

Zuko, unnoticed, hung his head and gritted his teeth and started burning through the ropes holding his wrists behind his back.

Katara did not see him because she was fighting hard against saying her next words - because these words came out of a little girl who had been so sure everything was going to work out and love was real and Zuko loved her, and that little girl was supposed to be gone now, don’t let her come back! - but the words came slipping from her mouth anyway.

“He might have stood by me,” she said, her voice wondering, horrified. She finally got a grip on herself and her voice turned hard. “And now I’ll never know.”

“No, you won’t,” Hakoda said, folding his arms over his chest. “But at least you know the kind of man you’re dealing with now. You know exactly what he’ll do when times get hard.”

Katara only stared at her father, and she felt ice locking up inside her. Grinding crunching blocks fitting together into a massive sort of order, an igloo to close over the top of all the tender, traumatized parts of her. And then all that was left was her fury screaming down from the white sky.

“When times get hard?” Katara repeated, baring her teeth. “Running out of food is a hard time. War is a hard time. Both of which, weirdly, Zuko and I dealt with together. What you did was not a hard time, Dad. It was a betrayal.”

There were some scoffs around the room, and Hakoda squinted like he didn’t see it. But it was Zuko who argued first. Of course.

“We were never really allies to start with, Katara,” he said as he finished scorching through the rope holding his wrists and shrugged the tightness from his shoulders. “We were always just enemies biding our time. You can’t betray enemies.”

Katara fixed a sharp look on his mulish face. “Was I your enemy, Zuko? When we were on my dad’s ship? Is that what we were then?”

“N-no! But we weren’t exactly...” His good ear was suddenly very pink. “Your family wasn’t really... part of that. They didn’t even know.” 

“They knew I didn’t consider you an enemy. And if you and I weren’t enemies, then you and my family shouldn’t have been, either.”

“They’re your family, Katara. They were looking out for you. I was a threat, so they took me out. It’s not a big deal.”

Something about the way he kept trying to brush this off was snagging Katara’s nerves like a hook. She turned fully to square up with him. “No. This is a big deal. Do you remember when I told you to stay away from my dad?”

He had been about to reach for the bonds around his ankles, but instead he just blinked at her like he didn’t follow. 

“When I told you not to talk to him, because he’s very perceptive and he would trick you into revealing stuff if he could. I told you that, and you refused to just avoid him like I wanted you to. Remember why you did that?”

Zuko’s eyes flicked past her, and she knew he was glancing at Hakoda. And Katara realized she was about to embarrass him. She was about to embarrass herself. She was about to air out a bunch of private business in front of her father and her uncles.

And, after the night she had had, after all her weeks in the Fire Nation with strangers speculating about her private business, Katara just didn’t care anymore.

“You said you wanted him to know you,” she said, reciting words that had nestled their way deep in her heart. Unconsciously, she pressed one hand to her chest where it ached, where these words had eventually torn her apart. “Because you wanted him to know you were worthy of loving me, too.”

The stillness of the room seemed to throb as she looked into his eyes and said those words back to him. He stared back up at her, and there was an echo of feeling in his upturned brow, his wide yellow eyes, his perpetual frown.

“Aw,” someone said very quietly from the other end of the room. 

Zuko scowled and rolled his eyes and blushed furiously. “Fine. I was a pathetic fool. Is there a point to this or are you just shaming me for fun now?”

Katara watched him, her frown darkening. “Don’t tempt me,” she spat, “and don’t ever say anything like that to me again. The pathetic fool was the guy who put me in chains and told me I could never leave him. Or are you confused about that again?”

Zuko hunched a fraction lower, grimaced harder. His shame was a palpable thing. But he looked up and met her eye. “No.”

“The point,” Katara bit out, “is that you insisted on being around my dad. You made up that stupid crap about sailing to have an excuse to talk to him so he could get to know you. You were trying to get close to my family. You were not treating them like enemies.”

“Because I was too-”

He stopped short, struggling to think about it. Probably struggling not to call the boy she had loved pathetic again.

Katara turned her hard stare on Hakoda, who was frowning thoughtfully at Zuko.

“He spent that whole voyage following you around, trying to prove himself to you.”

“But he never broached the subject,” Hakoda asserted. His voice was firm, but there was a little uncertainty around his eyes now. “He was hiding his involvement with you the entire time. Badly. You both were. What was I supposed to think?”

“That I had some agency!” Katara snapped. “That I told him to keep his mouth shut! Maybe, when I told you we were in love, you could have believed me instead of leading me to think he had run off without a word to me!

His eyes widened at her outburst, then flicked again to Zuko, then back to her. Katara did not see the reproachful way Zuko returned that look - but Hakoda certainly clocked it.

“So he was keeping my business private - like he was supposed to,” Katara went on, her voice climbing, “and trying to convince you that he was worthy, and trying to decide whether to abandon his entire life because I asked him to - and you just locked him up.”

“I asked him to make a choice,” Hakoda said. “He didn’t. So I took action.”

“You doubted my ability to judge the situation for myself. To judge any situation for myself.” 

“It wasn’t about that, Katara. It was about protecting you and the tribe.”

“No! It’s about you making decisions for my own good. Because you always know better than I do, even about things you know nothing about-!” 

Katara held her head high. A terrible bitterness inside her was erupting to the surface, drawn forth by this final straw of a revelation at the end of a waking nightmare. 

“-but it seems to me that, every time you take action, I just end up struggling even harder! You go off to war, and Sokka and I have to fend for ourselves. You take him and leave me at the South Pole, and I have to canoe to the Earth Kingdom alone. You carry me out of the palace, and I have to fight my way back in. You lock up my boyfriend, and I have to deal with his rage when he gets out!”

Hakoda’s eyes widened, shot to glare at Zuko. But Katara didn’t care, only surged onward.

“Not only that, I’ve spent the past couple months believing that I had badly misjudged that situation - that I was too stupid or naive to see what everyone around me was seeing. I thought I’d been tricked by an insane, cruel, evil man who’d been manipulating me all along - because he suddenly changed! For no reason! Except that he’d gotten what he wanted and didn’t have to pretend anymore!”

She threw both hands up in the air in her fury and the blade of ice ripped out of the floor and shot up to stab even deeper into the ceiling.

You made me doubt my own mind!

Other men in the room watched that ice and Katara with similar wariness. Zuko, who was closest to the deadly blade, spared the ice only an instant’s sideways glance as he reduced the rope around his ankles to cinders. Hakoda just stared back at Katara, the look in his eyes truly shaken now.

“Katara, I’m so sorry...”

But Katara wasn’t ready to hear that.

“You still think I can’t tell the difference between friends and enemies - which I know now, no matter what you say to my face, because Hama mentioned it! You trusted an actual serial killer enough to talk about my- my- what you think are my weaknesses with her!”

“She seemed like an ordinary elder to us,” Hakoda managed. “It wasn’t unreasonable to seek guidance-”

Katara bowled over him, not ready to stop.

“Guidance! I didn’t ask for it, but I’ve gotten so much sudden new parental guidance lately - after four years of just Gran-gran, by the way - it’s a wonder I haven’t given up yet! But maybe that’s the point,” she shouted, throwing out her arms. “Maybe the ideal situation for you is that I give up and just do what you tell me. Like an obedient little girl!

Her dad stared back at her, wounded. “I don’t always agree with your choices, Katara, but that’s not fair.”

“When you throw Sokka over your shoulder and carry him away from his mistakes, then we can talk about what’s fair!

Somebody emitted a short, startled laugh. Hakoda only held the same look, the same stunned stare. Katara glared back at him, but Zuko had finally regained his feet and interjected with force.

“You’re really not being fair. Everything your dad does, he does it because he loves you. This is your chance to reconcile with him - don’t waste it getting mad about stuff that ultimately doesn’t matter.”

Katara fully turned to lock her glare on him instead. She wanted to tear something up, and her father’s shock and hurt were much less tempting targets than Zuko’s stubborn face

“Did you just try to tell me that this doesn’t matter?”

At her quiet, threatening tone, the men holding their silence held it even tighter. But the Fire Prince stood up straight and raised his chin like a valiant soldier stepping onto a battlefield.

“Yes. Because it sucked what he did in the throne room, but he really didn’t have a choice. There wasn’t time to argue about it and he couldn’t just leave you-”

“He couldn’t just let me make my own decision!”

“You mean your decision to stay and be a slave for an indeterminate amount of time?” Zuko demanded, holding out his hands to either side like he was obviously the rational one now. “No. He loves you, he couldn’t just walk away and let you do that to yourself.”

Katara bared her teeth at him. “I know my dad loves me. This isn’t about that. It’s about me being an adult and a warrior and deserving to be treated with respect even when I make choices that seem bad. Because they’re my. Choices. To make.

Zuko paused to consider this for a moment, but Katara didn’t wait. She pressed onward, low and nasty, taking aim at his pride.

“You wanna defend him for locking you in a trunk next?”

He stiffened, his hands balling into fists at his hips. “That was a strategic move. My loyalties weren’t certain. Taking me out of the fight was the safest way to ensure victory.” His tone eased, his hands opening in a subtle plea. “He gave me a chance to choose and I didn’t, Katara. Just... let it go. It doesn’t change anything. I made the choice I made on the beach. Remember?”

Katara just scowled at him for a long moment. She hadn’t entirely expected him to do it... to defend her father for doing something that had clearly caused him pain and embarrassment... and yet it wasn’t so surprising that he would. And that, the fact that it was not surprising, the fact that he was standing before her trying to convince her to just let go of something monumental, tapped into a new well of pained fury.

“Yeah. But my memory is so funny sometimes! Let me just make sure I’m getting all this right.” She started counting off on her fingers as she loudly related events as she understood them. “First, we had that conversation on the deck while we were approaching the Air Temple. Remember? When we talked about the future?” She watched him hard and saw his eyes widen, soften as all the unspoken parts floated between them. 

Remember when there might be a baby? Remember how sweet, how close we were in that moment? How the future could have been in the clouds?

“Yes,” he uttered. Katara nodded and plunged ahead mercilessly.

“Then my family surprise-attacked you, half-suffocated you, and locked you in a trunk. Then you somehow escaped and set the ship on fire on your way to the beach. And then your sister, who you were so suspicious and wary of, convinced you she was a more reliable ally than me and my family - who had just, to be clear, locked you in a trunk! Does that sound,” she snarled, “like an accurate timeline, Zuko?”

Zuko glared back at her and then rolled his eyes up to the ceiling. “Pretty much.”

“And you don’t think my dad’s strategic move may have weighed on your mind a little when you were making that crucial choice on the beach?”

“Maybe, I don’t know, but that doesn’t matter!” It welled out of him a shout, but then he took a breath, held out his hands and went on in a gentler voice. “I made the choice I made, Katara. And I stood by it for months, making tons of other bad decisions in the mean time. Some new technicality doesn’t change any of the choices I’ve made. There’s no going back or avoiding the consequences. There’s no excuse for what I did. I have to be held accountable.”

Katara’s shoulders heaved with her furious breathing and she scowled up at him harder than ever. In the back of her mind, she remembered his angry, ashamed face-

-heard him insisting that he’d had to answer for his disrespect in his father’s war meeting-

-and the humiliating thing was his own weakness and cowardice when he begged for mercy-

-because the Fire Lord certainly hadn’t done anything wrong.

These things were bound together in his mind. She could tell. And any thoughts of stepping back and not involving herself in his struggle now were blown like fog out of an airfield of moonlit lilies. 

This wound was not going to poison him. This bone would not heal unset.

She was going to help him, and he was going to shut up and get helped.

“Obviously, there’s no going back and changing the past. And no, I’m not trying to say you shouldn’t be held accountable for all the terrible stuff you’ve done. I’m not trying to forgive you right now.” 

Her sharp tone grew sharper and her posture more belligerent. As she went on, she shook one finger at him and he glared down at it, wide-eyed with offense, but she didn’t care, the particular fury she had just for him searing its way through her aching heart. 

“But the way you treat other people,” she pronounced loudly, jabbing his puffed-out chest with that finger, “depends on what you believe is right and fair. And if, in your mind, it was right and fair for my dad to lock you up, maybe it was right and fair for you to lock me and Sokka up later.”

Zuko’s head jerked back in shock. “Those are totally different situations! I was going to betray you!”

“Maybe. Maybe you would have betrayed me. But I was definitely gonna hurt you. We were definitely enemies then. Not like when my dad tied you up in a trunk!

“Because he knew what I was going to do!” Zuko roared. “Because it was obvious!

“It was not,” Katara bellowed back, “obvious! How was anybody supposed to be able to read your mind when you hadn’t even decided for yourself?”

“Because I was- Rragh! Why are you doing this? Stop trying to make what I did okay!”

“I’m not! You’re the one who thought it was okay - because right and wrong are sometimes sticky concepts for you! My dad wronged you and if you can’t accept that, you’re probably going to wrong me again! Instead, you’re defending him to me like you think you did something to deserve getting tied up in a trunk!”

“I did deserve it! I failed! I wasn’t worthy! Not only was I the prince of the nation that destroyed yours, I was indecisive and short-sighted and selfish and I wasn’t gonna make the right choice!

“No,” Hakoda’s calm voice cut in. “You didn’t deserve it.”

Zuko froze, his argument cut off as if by the sharpest knife. The look he fixed on Hakoda was hard to read - almost like he’d been struck unexpectedly. Katara folded her arms over her chest and watched her father and waited. She was a little afraid of what he might say... but the quiet, controlled way he was saying it was a relief after the loud rage she’d been caught up in.

“I believed you did, before tonight.” His eyes switched over to Katara briefly, then returned to Zuko. “Because when I asked you directly what you meant to do, you gave me excuses and non-answers. You made a point of telling me you had no honor. From where I stood, I knew you weren’t a coward so I thought, at best, you’d been making promises you didn’t plan to keep. But... apparently, you were dodging me because you’d told Katara you wouldn’t talk about it. Is that right?”

“That was part of it. But-” Zuko grimaced, scowled off to the side. “I couldn’t have given you a straight answer anyway. I was-” He curled his lip off his teeth and flinched minutely. “-confused.”

Hakoda nodded. “You still believed you owed your loyalty to your father. That’s a powerful bond to break away from. Even when there are clear signs he might not deserve that loyalty.” 

He glanced at her again, and Katara could see him putting this together. She could see him seeing and understanding what she was seeing.

Like burning his child’s face and convincing him the wrongdoing was his.

“I shouldn’t have needed more proof,” Zuko bit out. “I had seen the war and what it was doing to the world. I knew the kinds of tactics he condoned. I knew.”

“There are truths that are hard to accept even when they’re staring you in the face,” Hakoda said quietly, still looking back at Katara. He released a controlled breath and turned back to Zuko. “Sokka thought you just needed more time to think it over... Did he know you were discussing marriage?”

“No,” Katara said.

“Yes,” Zuko said at the same time.

She snapped a furious look on him. “What?

Zuko rolled his eyes and glowered at her. “He’d just covered for us and he was concerned about your honor! I was sick of lying and hiding and I wasn’t gonna let him think I was some sleaze just- making trouble for you, alright! I thought he’d be reassured!”

“Yeah? How’d that go, Zuko? Was Sokka reassured?

He clammed up, scowling even harder at the ceiling. 

“Oh no,” Katara mocked, “don’t tell me he heard you’d proposed and thought he needed to come up with a plan to deal with you!”

“Sokka meant to buy him time,” Hakoda said in his calm, level voice. Katara met his reasonable stare and felt her temper start to ease. “It just so happened we were able to facilitate an opportunity for a little... undisturbed reflection.”

“The firebender time-out trunk,” Akuma volunteered. “We used it whenever we wanted to shake up a captive without giving him a chance to set fire to the ship.”

“Nobody ever escaped before,” Miku said with a shrug, “so... congratulations?”

Zuko only glowered back at him. Katara folded her arms over her chest and thought of bodies stacked into the dark. The look she fixed on her family was loaded with condemnation. 

“That’s a terrible thing to do to human beings.”

There was a beat of silence. Zuko huffed and shrugged. Then Hakoda tipped his head to the side and, watching Katara closely, spoke in a measured tone.

“No. What you saw tonight - what Hama was doing - that was terrible.” 

He said it gently, firmly, as if he was handling an injured bird. As if he knew this injury well, had treated it before. Katara clenched her fists against her ribs and braced herself to fight again, but she hesitated as Hakoda went on.

“I’ve seen terrible things in this war too, Katara, and I have done a few,” he admitted quietly. “It’s important for a warrior to be able to differentiate, to know what’s worth losing sleep over.” His eyes flicked to the side, to Bato, and he gave a sharp little nod, some wordless signal. “Terrible,” Hakoda said, looking earnestly back to Katara, “is breaking a man’s hands so he can never again pick up a weapon against the Fire Nation. Or a spade to work the land. Or a fishing rod to feed himself.”

“Or using a wounded, suffering captive to lure his comrades into a slaughter,” Bato continued easily. His expression was the gentle, familiar face Katara remembered from her childhood, but there was grimness that had not been there before. Hama’s blood still stained his knuckles - she could see it when he raised that hand in a gesture that he had made a thousand times, telling her and Sokka a thousand stories. “That’s what happened to Chief Ikoto. He sacrificed himself and his crew trying to save his son from torture.”

“In the Earth Kingdom,” Nuklok put in, “they dress up captives in red and put them on the front lines. So to fight back, they have to kill their own people first.”

Katara heard Zuko make a faint sound, but he did not interrupt. He just stood with arms crossed, listening with a deep furrow in his brow.

“Sometimes they’ll keep a girl locked up near an encampment for recreation - just like Sokka said happened to your little Kyoshi friend,” Kottik growled. “Unspeakable. ...But you knew what that was when you got her out of there,” he muttered, as if just realizing she had been there too. “Didn’t you?”

Katara nodded, feeling deeply annoyed but also ill at this litany of terrible things. “Suki didn’t want to talk much about it but... Yeah. I knew before I even saw her that they had been raping her.”

In the silence, Hakoda let out a sigh and frowned at the floor, then seemed to collect himself. He straightened and met Katara’s eye again. “A warrior has to know the war. You have to know what kind of force is called for so you won’t doubt yourself in the moment. So you won’t get sucker-punched because you’re too distracted by the blood on your own hands. Eventually, every warrior has to decide when it’s necessary to step over the line that separates humanity from savagery.”

Katara gritted her teeth. She knew what was coming. He doubted her. They all did. He thought he could include her now, talk like she was a warrior now, and she’d fall into line. They thought they could tell her horror stories of things they had seen and she would be cowed into fighting the Fire Nation in their way. They thought she was weak or confused, that that was why she was making a big deal out of this, that she was just blowing it out of proportion because she didn’t know every awful thing the Fire Nation had done to deserve retribution. 

But they were wrong. They had no clue about the blood on Katara’s hands, those assassins she had cut down without ever even seeing them. They thought that, just because she was condemning cruelty and torture, she didn’t know when and how to be savage - and they were wrong.

So Katara watched Hakoda choose his words, waiting for her moment to pounce, and she did not expect the thing he said at all.

“The fact that you have so much power that you can choose to be merciful is... It makes me extremely proud, Katara, of both your strength and your compassion.”

Katara stared back at her dad, her eyes suddenly wide and aching with tears she refused to shed. Because she had so desperately needed to hear him say this out loud. Yes, she was a warrior whether he acknowledged that or not, and yes she was forging her own path no matter what he thought, she was going to spare soldiers’ lives whenever she had that option no matter what he thought... but knowing her father could see her choices as marks of her strength was an affirmation that fed her starved heart. And knowing her father still valued compassion, that whatever he might have done, he was not lost in the war’s deep shadow, nourished her even more.

Unnoticed by her, Zuko watched her expression as she received this well-deserved praise and acceptance, and he drank in her look of poignant shock. The shine in her eyes, the unsteady breathing, the furrow in her brow - it all spoke a deep need, finally and unexpectedly met. Zuko watched her face shine like the sun, and he basked in her glow. He basked too in the sight of a father nourishing his child’s soul, working to make her stronger, to fix the rift that had opened between them. She had raged at him moments ago, and Hakoda repaid her with gentleness and understanding. It was... beautiful.

Zuko did not realize his face had fallen into a faint almost-smile. He wasn’t aware of how his eyes rested warm and admiring on Katara. But Akuma and Bato certainly noticed. Miku elbowed Kovu, who winced and clutched his shoulder and glared - but then followed his stare to the Fire Prince. Kottik, also watching, blinked slow and distasteful.

Nothing’s gonna happen, huh? Humph.

Hakoda’s attention, however, was entirely on his daughter. He raised his eyebrows and offered her a coaxing little smile. “But for us, a pack of non-benders who can’t afford to make a mistake, locking up the occasional firebender captive in a ventilated trunk is mercy.”

Katara, her head spinning a little, let out a huff that was relief and exasperation and disgust all at once. “I guess... it depends on what you did to them when you let them out again.”

“Mostly catch and release,” Akuma said mildly. “Low-ranking soldiers will give up what they know in a hurry when they realize they’re helpless.”

There were some pretty obvious gaps in that statement that he wasn’t filling in, but Katara didn’t jump to press the issue. With her anger mostly spent, she felt her exhaustion even more. For now, it was enough to know her family wasn’t lost like Hama. 

“Besides, Katara, it’s not like we left any captives in the trunk for days or anything,” Kovu jumped in. “And I drilled extra air holes myself! We put Miku in there for a few hours to make sure it was alright.”

“Yeah,” Miku said brightly. “There were blankets. It was cozy. Just, you know, also an inescapable coffin that filled your heart with dread and despair when you realized the only hope of getting out was when somebody else opened the lid.” His eyes got a far-off look common amongst ‘good sport’ little brothers. But then he smiled and jabbed a thumb at Zuko. “Until this guy blasted it off. How did you even do that, anyway? Were you able to firebend even with the strap somehow?”

“No,” Zuko said sourly. “Sokka left my boot knife on me. I cut the strap off.”

“Rookie mistake, Sokka,” Nuklok sighed.

Katara narrowed her eyes. That didn’t sound like Sokka. And when she caught her father’s thoughtful gaze, she was pretty sure he was thinking the same thing. 

“It would have been better if I hadn’t gotten out,” Zuko said, sudden and hard into the quiet. “But I did. And I turned the tide of that fight on the beach. I gave my sister the chance to kill Tukna. I imprisoned Sokka and enslaved Katara and delivered the Avatar to the Fire Lord.” He stared at Katara, urging her with his eyes. “I was cruel. None of that has changed.

Katara’s chest ached. She was so shaken and confused, still so angry... and seams in her heart that had seemed to be closing had split and stung anew. She grasped desperately onto the memories of his cruelty. He was right. Nothing had changed. This changed nothing.

Nothing.

“That’s all still true,” Hakoda agreed, folding his arms over his chest. “You did all that. But Katara’s right. I set you up to fail because I treated you like our enemy. When you weren’t.”

Zuko blinked and shook his head, clearly gearing up to argue, but Hakoda forged on.

“You said that we were never really allies, but that’s not entirely true. Sokka and Katara both called you a friend, with some reservations regarding the Avatar. We all watched you put yourself between Katara and that master waterbender. You had proven yourself a brave ally before you ever boarded my ship.” He worked his jaw to the side. “And on my ship, you were forthright whenever honoring your compact with Katara didn’t prohibit it. You may not have spoken it to me, but you acted out your intentions for everyone to see.”

Zuko’s mouth was fully shut now, a tight down-turned arch that tugged his pink cheek. His brow was deeply furrowed and his eyes watchful, alarmed.

“You deserved a fair chance,” Hakoda said. “And you deserved to make your own choice. I made the call to deprive you of that.”

He turned his focus to Katara, seemed on the brink of saying something else, but then drew a breath and looked steadily back at Zuko. Hakoda stood tall and some nuance of the angle and furrow of his brows spoke his remorse.

“Katara’s right. It was wrong. I apologize, Prince Zuko. I should have been more patient.”

Katara watched her dad with the sort of aching, complex love she often felt for him. Because everything could be so hard and they could seem to be on such different pages - and he could still see her struggling to accomplish something and somehow understand exactly what she needed from him. She still felt raw and angry with him for what he’d done, for how he’d misled her, but she was also warmed, reassured. She had released the terrible unspoken rage she had been keeping bottled in her chest, and he still wanted to be here for her. He still loved her. 

No matter what.


.


.


Zuko, on the other hand, was experiencing a terrible pain in his chest and a resurgence of his headache from before. He didn’t understand, couldn’t have put words to it had he wanted to, but it was, more than everything else, embarrassing to receive an apology from Katara’s father. It felt inappropriate, like a big production was being made over something that he would rather just hold under the surface, out of sight. 

It also felt like some long-disordered part of the universe was snapping back into alignment. Only it was like the broken parts of a bone coming back together. It hurt more than it had hurt to just accept the state of things. There was no way to feel comfortable about it, except in the deep knowledge that it was necessary.

But all of that was far too much, too complicated to hold in this moment, so Zuko did what he had learned to do in terribly awkward formal situations as a boy. He fell back on good manners.

“I accept your apology, Chief Hakoda. It is my hope that our improved relations might be conducive to a happier future between our peoples.”

Beside him, Katara huffed loudly though her nose, but Zuko only held out his hand and felt a warm surge in his chest when Hakoda clasped his forearm in the Water Tribe way. It was the first time he had shared such a gesture with anyone in months, and he realized very suddenly now that he had missed the sturdy honesty of it. Dealing with Fire Nobles was always a careful dance of power and appearances. Dealing with the Water Tribe was so much more straightforward. 

And it was a relief to be reminded of that.

“A hope we both share, then,” Chief Hakoda said with a firm nod before withdrawing. His eyes slid over to Katara, but before he could say whatever he was thinking, she jumped in.

“Give my dad your map.”

Zuko turned his head to fix her with an affronted look. “No! Why?”

“He’s going to hang around the Fire Nation and help out.”

It set off all kinds of alarms in Zuko’s royally-educated brain, the notion of a foreign leader loose and taking action on Fire Nation soil. But as he met Hakoda’s eye and thought about it... Yes. There were things he wanted done that he and Katara did not have time for, and he didn’t have a trusted elite force he could send to perform those tasks discretely. But here was the wily Chieftain of the South with his select team. They were obviously hungry and living rough, but if they had the resources and the intelligence...

“Reservations, Prince Zuko?” Hakoda asked, dryly arching his eyebrows.

“I’ll be honest,” Zuko said at once and raised his chin as he went on. “I could use you. But not if you’re going to kill my people everywhere you go.”

“What does he think we are?” one of the other men muttered to the guy beside him. “Maniacs?”

But Hakoda only stared back at him with a bland look. “We spare lives whenever we can.”

“Some of ‘em just need killing,” Kottik grumbled.

Zuko shot the old man a hard look. “It’s not your job to decide that here. If you affiliate with me and then get a reputation as killers, it’ll give the Fire Lord ammunition against me. The goal is to destabilize his hold over the Fire Nation and hinder his war efforts, not create chaos. A civil war breaking out here would not be good news for the rest of the world. Without a clear ruler in command, the armies won’t stop. They might even splinter off to pillage the Earth Kingdom. Field commanders could take the opportunity to become warlords. That can’t be allowed to happen.”

The dour man shrugged and looked away, but Hakoda nodded. “Nobody wants that. So far, we’ve managed to steer clear of any major trouble here. Apart from the capital and the prison, that is. We stole and scuttled a barge and scared a few folks but we’ve kept to ourselves and lived off the land otherwise. You have my word we’ll avoid casualties.”

He held out his hand this time and Zuko took it, grasping his forearm with some force and meeting his eye. It felt... dangerous to trust this man... but also right. More dangerous to not take a chance. When he withdrew his hand, he pulled the waxed-parchment reference map from between the layers at the breast of his tunic and opened it wide. Hakoda came to stand at his side for a look as he explained the color code.

“Red is munitions factories. Take what you need and blow them at night when no one is working. Green is minor airfields. They may get cleared out after tonight but it’d be worth checking if you’re in the area. The three blue marks-” He drew a breath and hesitated. “-are the waterbender prisons. Get reinforcements if you can but... those men are the holdouts. They refused to cave to threats, either because they had no one obvious that could be used against them or they gambled and were made an example of.”

He felt sick saying it with Katara and her family watching, but he met Chief Hakoda’s eye and finished.

“They should be free, but the Fire Nation was brutal to them, and I’m concerned they’ll visit that brutality back on my people indiscriminately.”

“Oh no,” Miku said flatly. “Comeuppance. That’s the worst.”

“Look-” Zuko started, but Katara cut him off.

“That’s what Hama was doing.” Her voice was quiet and hard. She looked around their faces, a little hawk-eyed. “And Hama had to be stopped.” 

Her stare fell on Bato, who dipped his chin a degree. Katara heaved a breath and looked back at her dad. 

“If they want to go to the front, we can get them on a ship. But they can’t just hang around the Fire Nation taking out their rage on the people here.”

“We’ll make sure they don’t,” Hakoda said. And that was the end of it.

Zuko watched Katara, so desperately grateful she could put words to this. They hadn’t even talked about it before... but she was here with him to draw the line with her people. Her eyes made their way back to his, and she looked so tired. 

He wanted to sweep her into his arms and carry her to the eel-hound, carry her all the way home.

But, even if she would let him hold her, he wouldn’t. Couldn’t.

He had already resolved that nothing was going to happen. But it was clearer and more necessary in his mind now than it had been last night. He wasn’t going to make her life harder anymore. He wasn’t going to be careless with her, not ever again. He would never set her honor aside, even if the rules of it were weird and kind of incomprehensible.

“We should go,” he said instead of reaching out to touch her. “Dawn is breaking.”

They made their way out to the eel-hound and Zuko checked the tack while Katara exchanged some quiet words with her dad. It seemed briefly tense, but then she hugged him and he hugged her back and Zuko couldn’t even bear to steal sideways glances at them anymore. 

It both hurt and soothed that tender place in his chest, seeing Katara so easily come to terms with her father. Moments ago, she had shouted her fury at him, and yet now she was welcomed back into his embrace. Zuko ached with relief and just a tiny bit of jealousy. 

Uncle might have hugged Zuko that way once. Another gift he had squandered in his single-minded pursuit of his father’s unattainable love. Idiot.

With a sigh, Zuko realized Katara was gonna make him ride in back for her family to see now. And that was just great. As if he hadn’t eaten enough of his pride tonight. Chief Hakoda and Akuma and Kottik and all the rest of these men would watch him climb up behind her and put his hands on her waist and they would read his mind as easily as they had read his map.

Not that Zuko felt especially lustful anymore. What he felt was more... a rattling, needy kind of ache that he intended to ignore until it went away. Which, it probably would go away pretty quickly when Katara was riding in front of him, so exhausted he was probably gonna have to support her all the way to the villa...

He would end this journey with her in his arms after all, and feeling even more desperate and less deserving than he had ever felt before. It was the sort of cosmic cruelty to which Zuko should by now be well-accustomed.

Finally landing on a distraction, he untied the bulky saddlebags and dragged them down to hang from his shoulder. He caught Akuma’s eye and waved him over.

“Here. Take this.”

“What is it?” he asked, making no move to accept the burden. The man who had been injured tonight, Kovu, took note and approached too.

“It’s food,” Zuko said, perhaps a little too hastily. “Just take it- Hey!”

Kovu had begun unlacing one flap of the saddlebags and poking around inside. “Ooh, there’s ice in here.”

“You’ll let all the cold air out!”

“What sort of Fire Nation food has to be packed in ice?” Akuma asked, folding his arms over his chest. The strap of the saddebags was cutting into Zuko’s shoulder.

“It’s imported. Here-”

He tried to heft the bags in Akuma’s direction, but the bigger man just narrowed his eyes and curled his lip.

“Imported? What kind of fancy-?”

He was cut off by the astonished sound Kovu made when he withdrew one of the little fruits. Zuko hadn’t seen them yet, but the sight of the purplish-green, slightly wrinkled oblong was nothing much to him. Akuma, however, stared at it with a far-off look in his eyes. Kovu held it aloft like a gem that might catch the rays of the rising sun.

“Is that a seaprune?” the runner asked as he hustled over with a couple of the other men. 

“The Fire Nation is importing seaprunes now?”

“No,” Zuko muttered, stealing a glance at where Katara was still talking with her father. He found himself suddenly desperate to end this scene before she could get involved. “A rich guy I know ordered a shipment for the healer who’s been staying with his family. There were too many and she wanted to share them, so I was gonna take these to the healers at the villa. But the eel-hound is tired and you need provisions sooner than my agent can rendezvous with you-”

“Hey Katara!” Kovu called out. “How do you stew seaprunes?”

Zuko wanted to sink through the forest floor, but the weight suddenly lifted off his shoulder and several hands were clapping him on the back.

“-not the worst guy, I guess-”

“-she should be nicer to you but don’t tell her I said that-”

Katara, frowning in confusion, approached and was quickly interrogated as to the best cooking methods. Apparently none of these men knew how to prepare a dish they all longed for. Watching the big saddle bags with bewildered eyes, she explained what sounded like deceptively simple steps. Then her stare fixed on Zuko and she cocked her head as if he’d done something inexplicable.

“You gave them seaprunes?” she asked, her face all scrunched up.

“It was supposed to be a surprise for the healers.” Zuko felt his face getting hot but pressed on. “Lord Gan got them. Daga sent them. I was just gonna deliver them.”

“And now,” Bato said mildly, “he’s given them to your poor starving uncles instead.”

“No take-backsies,” Miku snapped. “I can’t handle the disappointment.”

“I’m not taking them back,” Zuko insisted. “They’re too heavy for the eel-hound. And Daga will understand. I’ll get the healers something else. It’s not a big deal.”

Except that Katara was supposed to enjoy that surprise with her people and now he was essentially just waving it under her nose instead of actually giving it to her...

Not that she seemed especially offended by that. She was just watching him in the low light, squinting at him as if he was acting weird.

“Nothing’s a big deal with this guy,” muttered the man with the bad mustache. 

“Your boyfriend’s pretty modest for a prince, Katara.”

Her scrutiny vanished at that. “He’s not my boyfriend!”

“You called him your boyfriend just, like, minutes ago.”

“In the past tense,” she asserted loudly, red-faced and frowning at Zuko now as if this part was his fault, too. “Not anymore.”

Because it was his fault. Not the fact that her people were teasing her now, but the ‘not anymore’ of it, that was all Zuko’s doing. 

That hadn’t changed.

“Better watch out, Katara,” Akuma chuckled, smirking at Zuko over the saddlebags hanging from his shoulder. “He’s some charmer.”

“Funny,” Zuko spat before turning to Katara and speaking in a dramatically more respectful tone. “Are you ready?” he asked, tipping his head toward the saddle.

Katara gave him a long, glowering look. Then she flounced over and gestured impatiently for him to climb up first.

Zuko hesitated, momentarily confused, until understanding clicked. She meant to let him ride in front. She was gonna let him keep some shred of dignity. Presently, he didn’t care whether it was because she was too tired to keep her seat or because she felt sorry for him over some singular part of this miserable night. All Zuko felt as he stared stunned back at her was relief. For whatever reason, even though nothing had changed, she had decided that no further punishment was required at this time.

He hoisted himself up onto the saddle before she could change her mind. She even took his hand and let him help pull her up. She settled behind him with several inches between and, rather than touch his shoulders or his sides, bunched up a fistful of the back of his shirt. Zuko looked over the watching faces of her family and found Hakoda’s expression was a little wistful, a little proud.

“Fair winds find you in the capital,” he said to Katara with a warm smile. He went on more sternly. “Prince Zuko, we’ll be waiting for your agent at the crossroads.”

“He’ll be there,” Zuko replied.

“See you soon, Dad.”

Zuko waited only long enough for the smile to return to Chief Hakoda’s face. Then he wheeled their mount and tore off to the south.

They were barely out of sight when her arms came up around his torso and her breasts and cheek pressed soft and warm against his back. She held onto him tightly and her voice, when she spoke, was rough and quiet.

“You have an agent?”

“A few. I was considering sending Tyno-”

“Do not send Tyno to meet my dad.”

“Why not? He’s loyal.”

“He’s Tyno! He knows stuff. He wrote that play. What if he says something about it to my dad?!”

“...oh.” Zuko heaved a long breath, savoring the feel of her arms pulling taut against his chest, then loosening as he exhaled. “I could probably find somebody else... But, believe it or not, I don’t have a lot of people who will carry goods and intel to what amounts to marauding invaders and not think I’m actually trying to destroy the Fire Nation. Tyno owes you a debt. He’d be honor-bound to not discuss his dealings with your people.”

She was quiet for a long moment, thinking. “Okay. Tyno can go. But only if I get to explain to him the importance of keeping his mouth shut.”

“Fair enough,” Zuko agreed. 

Her hands were clasped above his navel, but the configuration was a little different than it had been the last time they rode this way. One palm - her right one, Zuko noticed absently - was pressed flat against his stomach, holding him snug against her. It was nice, being held this way. And her cheek against the back of his shoulder, her breath occasionally warming his neck... that was terribly nice as well. The rattling, needy ache in his chest was fading under that steady pressure of her touch.

Maybe it hadn’t been the worst night.


.



For the entire first hour of the ride, Katara just pressed her cheek to Zuko’s shoulder where it swooped up into his neck, and she let herself hold him. She wasn’t forgiving him. She wasn’t letting go of her pain. 

She was making room for all the new pain this night had brought her.

She was so tired and sad, but pressing herself against his warm back was soothing in a way it had not been the previous night. It was not so arousing today, not so forbidden. It was just there. Just Zuko, perpetual pain in her butt that he was, hiding his wounds so well that it was easy to pretend with him that they were not there.

Finding and then so quickly losing Hama had been so devastating. For a few hours, Katara had had a teacher and a mentor, a friend, someone who could stand beside her in ways the healers couldn’t... The old woman had shared so many secrets and techniques, so desperately quickly... as if she knew, when she taught her greatest lesson, she would not get a chance to teach any more. 

Hama was a wound in Katara’s heart, but it wasn’t a new wound, not really. She had only put a face and a name to the vast lost heritage that echoed like a cavern in Katara’s chest. Her lessons had been brutally efficient out of necessity - because that was how the Fire Nation had boiled Hama down over decades.

Once, there had been a lush bounty of knowledge. Now, there were just bones. An assemblage of treasured pieces Katara could build on but never recover to the fullness of their history.

And that colossal loss was entirely because of the ancestors of the boy she held now to her chest. Tight in her arms. Between her legs.

She didn’t want to comfort him. Or... she didn’t want to want to. Her family had hurt him, that was true, but it wasn’t the same at all. Yeah, her dad had unknowingly struck Zuko square in his deepest wound, but that didn’t excuse him for weeks of rage and cruelty. A normal person would cry about it and get over it. Zuko let himself become a villain for months. 

Over-dramatic child. He didn’t really deserve her sympathy, even if she did feel it.

“I had a bad night,” she said suddenly, crossly against his shoulder. “You should ask me about it.”

Zuko turned his head and peered at her, a crease in his brow and actual concern in his unscarred eye. “I didn’t think you’d want... I heard you talking about it with the others, so... Are you okay?”

“No.”

“No. Of course you’re not okay,” he said quietly, almost a curse to himself. That one yellow eye had gotten a lot wider. Zuko shifted as he pulled the reins, steered the eel-hound to a stop. He tried to twist around to face her, but Katara clung to his back stubbornly, frowning up at him with her cheek still glued to his shoulder. At length, he gave up and just peered back at her. “It sounded really horrible, Katara. I’m so sorry I wasn’t there. I should have been there.”

“She would have killed you,” Katara said against the warmth of his tunic. “She nearly killed Kovu and she didn’t really hate him or anything. She was just... If you’d been there, she would have known who you were and killed you before I could stop her.”

Zuko was silent for a moment. Then his warm hands settled over hers, clasping them tighter to his belly. “I still should have been there. I was supposed to be watching your back.”

Katara thought about what Hama had said about allies. She felt those large, warm hands close hers in like roomy mittens, toasty from the fireside. “Stop making it about you, Zuko.”

Those hands didn’t move, but he ducked his head a moment, seemingly in thought. When he looked back at her, his eye was steady, still so concerned. “It has to be so hard to find her and lose her all in one night like that. She could have been... so much for you... for your people...”

A few hot tears raced into his tunic and Katara shut her aching eyes. “Yeah. She could have.”

His fingers squeezed around hers. His belly under her arms expanded and relaxed on a sigh she did not hear. “What was she like?”

“Scary and sad. Wise. But also not. She was just so... so twisted by rage and grief.” Her voice cracked as she talked about it, came out a warble. “And pain. Being in that prison all those years, watching all her friends die slowly around her. She was just destroyed... All that was left was pain and hatred. Her only real joy was using her power to force Fire Nation people - just regular people she found in the woods at night - to endure the kind of horror she had. She trapped them in there to watch each other waste away.”

She swallowed hard, breathed his smell.

“Because that’s what the Fire Nation did to the Southern Water Tribe. Trapped us. Made us watch our loved ones waste away. Made us fight to survive.” Katara sniffed, peered up to find he was still watching her with that one achingly compassionate eye. “Bato killed her like it was nothing, Zuko. Like he was putting down a dangerous animal,” she said softly. “And my dad is... different than he used to be...”

“He still loves you so much, Katara,” Zuko said at once, tugging her arms tighter against him. “They all do. That hasn’t gone away. But you’re right. Being at war has changed them. They had to be different to survive. That doesn’t mean they aren’t still your family.”

She gasped and sobbed hard, turning her pain-wracked face into the fabric of his back. She tried to say I know, but it just came out as a muffled howl. The whole time, Zuko held her hands against him, hugged her arms and breathed steadily on, slow and calm and gentle and warm.

When the storm passed and Katara looked up again, that yellow eye was bright and soft and there was a wet track down his cheek. He couldn’t wipe it away and hold her hands at the same time. Instead, Zuko peered back at her, urging her with that one eye.

“We’re going to end this war, Katara. Your people aren’t going to suffer like this anymore. We’re going to put a stop to it, here and now.”

His resolve warmed her, held her steady and solid as his strong back. “I’m tired,” she mumbled. “Let’s just go home right now?”

Zuko nodded and drove Cudi onward at a quicker pace than the weary eel-hound might have preferred.

Notes:

Kat-tharsis?

I've been working on this and the previous few chapters since March and it was only in the last few weeks that I figured out what I wanted Katara to say to her dad. This story is so big now, I have to be my own scholar and hold in my head all the things that have happened - but simultaneously not focus too much on the past... It's kind of a lot of work, hah, so if there were any moments that stood out to you, that were especially satisfying to read, I'd love to hear them.

Merry Ficsmas Eve Eve! Tomorrow, I'll try and get out a chapter of But Then Again. (It's smut, don't read it unless you like smut.)

Series this work belongs to: